a Seated _

THE ANNALS ~— Rg

foe (20)

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

" INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

| CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

P. J. SELBY, Eso., F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.GS.,

J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

. A

OPAL AAL A

VOL. IX.—SECOND SERIES.

— eee

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS; S. HIGHLEY AND SON;

“SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER, BROTHERS, AND CO.; W. WOOD,

TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET,

AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND

STEWART, EDINBURGH : CURRY, DUBLIN:

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1852.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientic et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— ’

LINNZUs.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre ‘de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.”—BrucKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

, ‘

o ee sie 12 to ere spe ane sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cayern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.

[SECOND SERIES.]

NUMBER XLIX.

___I. Notes on the Diatomacee ; with descriptions of British species

included in the genus Pleurosigma. By the Rev. Wm. Smrru, F.L.S.

RE an oe nai acre caugcde edensienaintavagnoessse:

II. Notice of a new British Viola. By Cuarues C. BaBINGTON,

MNT a cee eee Ta reccu uth Ulta Gh once tehcsh Ucsck insta véakdse.ameess

Ill. A Catalogue of British Spiders, mcluding remarks on their

_ Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangement. By

MRAM WORIWT ASAE D0 UNa S95 0a a weed is clap ude ndkiad conidia cacsnkes cxoeidetseds

IV. Upon the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie. By

SIEEIEEE ic... dugnscsen0¢ anerabers savevdacabovssseatsncLiave eiliteceensees

V. Notes on Chalcidites, and descriptions of various new species.

By FRANCIS WALKER, F.L.S. 2c. ccssneteees secnnecsoescesersceserceecetes

VI. Descriptions of some Hymenopterous Insects captured in India,

with notes on their (iconomy. By Frepericx Smiru, Assistant

Zoological Department, British Museum _.......... ‘yess PR ce

New Books :—A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica, by P. H. Gosse.—

Man and his Migrations, by R. G. Latham, M.D., F.R.S. &e.—

The Ethnology of the British Colonies and Dependencies, by R.

. G. Latham, Esq., M.D. &c.—Revue des Odonates ou Libellules

d@’ Europe, par Edm. de Selys-Longchamps. Avec la collaboration

Page

de M. le Docteur Hagen .......-...-s+se00+s tiv ceile's deeds dua eeseees 50—57

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

MEENA | Scvedavdlodbdunl ads ce Wdvel\ vesBev des tstoevsbueeedserevvsdetesscoes 58—73

Notice of the Occurrence of the Black Tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., near

Coldstream, by John Alexander Smith, M.D. ; On the Circulation

of the Blood, and Nutrition in Insects, by M. Emile Blanchard

iv CONTENTS.

On the Occurrence of Eolis Landsburgii, by the Rev. T. Hincks,

B.A.; Discovery of the Remains of several Orders of Reptiles in

the Old Red Sandstone and Shales of Scotland; Notes on the

Habits of the Crustacea of the Antilles, by Dr. P. Duchassaing of

Panama; Obituary—Mr. Samuel Veall; Meteorological Observa-

Page

tions snd "Pable srs... co 3-5 5B 5 STR Le a ahok avs Gad coats 73—80

NUMBER L.

VII. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of some

new species of that family. By THomas Wricut, M.D. &c. (With

SOP AME: PO ce cdactlctesssdvsccekcodseddyss ebsatessiesoneiscebiees suueeGgnanatr 81

VIII. Upon the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie. By Prof.

REDE 6055 a5, 055 vavena cas esnbendecoeies sks (ued ddeuanauecadssuKAb@anpeaunmeteess 103

IX. Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells. By

Rie We RMIWE TRL, Sonsceutanncebevedsss bodbunecesscdeaaeasvenceacuuusetinashth 112

X. On the probable Dimensions of Carcharodon Megalodon from

the Crag. By J. S. BowerBank, F.R.S., LS. &. oo. .eereeeeonees 120

XI. Descriptions of Rubi. By Cuar.tes C. Basineton, M.A.,,

BARS. BoC 65 oppo es panegyagipre NE ee a PT REET RE eS 123

XII. Observations on the Affinities of the Olacacee. By Joun

Mans, Fag., F-RS. F.LS. 56. ceseacegescenye €a0.1y 2 ghion sh shay cagsy tapes 128

New Books :—Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, during

the years 1846-50, by John MacGillivray, F.R.G.S., Naturalist to

the Expedition.—The Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary and

Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, by Frederick Dixon, F.G.S.—

A Popular History of British Ferns and the allied Plants, by T.

Boore, F765 Be. ee eae T eck i RUS Eel sae 132—141

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

WINDS a sas ectnscenicgsanshevepsape sos snadateisehaeensdss tc Cane 142—152

Observations on the genus Acostea of D’Orbigny, by J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.; Notice of the Sea Bream, Pagellus centro-

dontus, Cuv., taken in the Firth of Forth, by John Alexander

Smith, M.D.; On the Circulation and Respiration of the Anne-

lida, by M. A. de Quatrefages ; On the Organ of Smell in the

Fluviatile and Terrestrial Gasteropodous Mollusca, by M. Moquin-

Tandon; Monstrosity in the Petals of Honkeneja peploides, by

Charles C. Babington, M.A.; On Anas glacialis, by William

Thompson ; Mollusca dredged m Cork Harbour durimg the Sum-

mer of 1851, by Samuel Wright and J. Carroll; On the General

Se Re AE a mE

- ee ele Ae are ie See :

CONTENTS. v

el 5 Page

Cavity of the Body of Invertebrate Animals, by M. A. de Quatre-

fages ; Early Flowers; Dr. Grant, F.R.S.; Meteorological Obser-

vations and Table .......1+.-0ssesse0ecsss000 Stites hieddsd 152—160

J NUMBER LI.

XIII. On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricur,

Professor at the University of Copenhagen. From the Danish by

Dr. WALLICcH, F.R.S... (With three Plates.) .........0-csseresceecseesrees 161

XIV. Observations on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide. By

ALBANY Hancock, Wink: caanetiandrgan-sach BAS ea CS 188

XV. On a new British species of Lepton. By Wi1Lii1aM CLARK,

Esq. <ceeeeess-sesscersseesneeneccsseeesteesersessateneseganeenasanenssasensesens 191

_ XVL. Enumeration of some Fungi from St. Domingo. By the Rev.

M. J. Berxevey, M.A., F.L.S. (With a Plate.) ........ © ewes aeenaig 192

XVI. Descriptions of two new British genera of Insects, and of

two new species, belonging to the family Curculionide. By JouN

Warton, eet ge carn coat cae wadadaamessaceea gubasenns 204

XVIII. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of

some new species of that family. By Taomas Wricut, M.D. &c. 206

XIX. Observations on Professor Loyén’s Homologies of Mollusca.

By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. ...2cccccsecceseeeseeenenseeenereeeees 215

XX. Observations on the Affinities a the Icacinacee. By JoHN

ga dire F.R.S., BLS. Ueeti eesveseecseseeeeseneenerensnaneesseesseees 218

New Books :—The British species of Angiocarpous Lichens, elucidated

by their Sporidia, by the Rey. W. A. Leighton, B.A.—Nereis

_ Boreali-Americana ; or Contributions towards a History of the

_ Marine Alge of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America,

by William Henry Harvey, M.D., M.R.LA. &c. Part I. Mela-

nospermee@ Ree tee ete eens Prrerer rr rereeeerrere ieee tee) Pe eeeeeteeee 226 —231

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-

Durgh cessesseseeesseesseesseessersseseecesaeersceeseeesnettneenaes 231—240

Note on a Monstrosity observed in the Cockchafer (Melolontha vul-

garis), by M. Lereboullet, M.D.; Description of a new species of

Macgillivrayia, by A. Adams, F.L.S.; Onthe Anatomy and Phy-

siology of Salpa and Pyrosoma, by Thomas H, Huxley, F.R.S. ;

Larus glaucus, by William Thompson ; Algz taken in Cork Har-

bour or along the coast during the Summers of 1850 and 1851,

by J. Carroll ; Anatomical Observations on the Dasyurus (Sarco-

vi CONTENTS.

Page

philus) ursinus, by M. W. Vrolik; On the Nervous System of

Insects, by M. Dujardin; Obituary—William Thompson, F.L.S.

&c. ; Meteorological Observations and Table.............-.400 240—248

NUMBER LII.

XXI. Notes and Descriptions of a few Brachiopoda; including a

Monograph of the French Liasic Spirifers. By THomas Davipson,

Member of the Geol. Soc. of France, &e. (With three Plates.) «..... 249

XXII. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their

Structure, Functions, G@conomy, and Systematic Arrangement. By

JOHNGBLACKWV AGES UTS. in Sdccd se aetes csdeds badass es 3phe0 elodey dapiunisaat 268

XXIII. Brief Diagnostie Notices of new Maderan Land Shells. By

hie Hilts Birth et AoW ws ME Ac SV %. Bis dee tbabide haven ets bia dksa cand Wes eave yey B7D

XXIV. On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricurt, *

Professor at the University of Copenhagen. From the Danish by

PW REACH, AUS) “iv siive's o's sidenue odébssbie Spneeuds saree nev LaaaeD abbee 279

XXV. Further Observations on Lepton Clarkie. By Wiiu1aM

CLARK; Esq. «4.2.10. ei Ae ee dot ai tackle 293

XXVI. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of

some new species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &e. 294

XXVII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BerKEeLey,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. (With four Plates.) .......+. 317

XXVIII. Rambles in Ceylon. By E. L. LAYARD ..........ce00ee0e 329

New Books :—Prodromus Flore Batavee. Vol. I. Plantz Vasculares.

In sociorum imprimis usum edendum curavit Societas promo-

vendo Flore Batavise studio ::cic3isiccccseJereccccceassdecceddedece wis. 340

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh eee eeererseee COOKER eee eee ree S HE Hee EH seeeeeHeeEesevaseeeser ee eens 342—354

On a new genus of Chitonide, by Henry and Arthur Adams; On the

Appearance of large Swarms of Butterflies, by M. Ghiliani; Rare

Trish Mollusca, by William White Walpole ; On the Insects inju-

rious to the Rape Crops, by M. Ad. Focillon; Note on a species

- of Coecus, indigenous to France, which lives on the Common

Bean, and appears to be capable of furnishing an abundant Colour-

ing Matter which may be used in the Arts, by M. Guérin-Méne-

ville; Obituary—H. N. Turner, Jun. ; Meteorological Observa-

OE OOD LOC 5.5 5 <a000y 2005s nasimaghaheossccntibers pirat eeenanl 355—360

CONTENTS. os vii

: Page

et 6 - NUMBER LIII.

XXIX. Sketch of a Classification of Recent Brachiopoda; based

upon Internal Organization. By Toomas Davipson, Member of the

SOC WME SPOS Ge 2 51-5 - cc. decenecagcess sciecescavcncivoadesweiaece cok 361

XXX. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BerKexey,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With four Plates.) ......... 377

XXXIJ. On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Miers, Esq.,

F. R.S5:F.L.8. Seetddsaiok eee eeeeene eee ee eee Ree ee eS 387

XXXII. On the Venus undata of authors. By Wriiriam Ciark,

BG SOMES Sie ce Sasittins niisicces essisasin’ hig deeFet ap chaneind esac Pn Taey 400

XXXII. Notes on some Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa. By

Wyvinte T. C. Tomson, Sec. R-P.S., F.B.S.E., Lecturer on Bo-

tany, King’s College, Aberdeen. (With a Plate.) ...........eeceeeesseee 403

3 Sicie. Characters of new species of Helix from Southern India

: and Bengal. By W. H. BENSON, Esq. ......-.++seeseseeseneeeenes Pas 404

}

ee es, | en Se eee ee

XXXV. Observations on Hyperoodon latifrons. By J. E. Gray,

urge FRS., FP DBRS. BRR iia k. tL 407

New Books :—The Vegetation of Eurepe, its Conditions and Causes,

by A. Henfrey, F.L.S.—Conspectus Cyclostomaceorum emendatus

| ~ et auctus Pneumonopomorum Monographie Prodromus, auctore

Dr. Ludovico Pfeiffer ..............+++-+-s08 Saket tebdinnte cove esas 411—413

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Cork Cuvierian Society. 413—434

Notice of a twin Mushroom, by Mr. Anderson (with a Plate); On the

Circulation of the Blood in Insects, by M. Léon Dufour; On the

Transmigration of Worms, by Charles Vogt; Meteorological

Observations and Table ....0200.-...-<sisevtsaervernesb oneardate 435—440

| NUMBER LIV.

4 XXXVI. On the Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and the

; Phanerogamia. By ArrHuR Henrrey, F.L.S. &c. (With a Plate.) 441

XXXVII. Upon the Mode of Generation of an Hymenopterous

Insect of the family of the Pteromalide. By Dr. Pu. px Finreri,

Professor of Zoology at Turin. _ (With a Plate:) 0... cere seeeeb he seein 461

XXXVIII. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on

their Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangemen

By Joun BLACKWALT, FUSE IVA A. 464

XXXIX. Contributions to the History of the Development and to

the Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. By Prof. Stein of Tharand.

AGMA Parl ZEAE ss sn aniwesrber esd deyesienils epdecbonenaseaccnegneceesescenaie 471

)

Vili CONTENTS.

Page

XL. On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Miers, Esq.,

PB hig RANG | Biles inde ts ycii od cutesy bas vay steons due sd ate Wassagee meena 481

XLI. Note upon the Male of the Argonaut and the Hectocotylus.

By Dr. HENRY MULLER of Wurzburg ......cccsscscsseseoncssenvesnonacee 492

XLII. On the Ergot of Rye, Sclerotium Clavus, D.C. By M. L. R.

TULASNE ...... Mane Seno sn anew seasenhap esis vwees¢ 4a sagas sna vesekssun ti auamenaens 494

New Books :—Class Book of Botany ; being an Introduction to the

Study of the Vegetable Kingdom, by J. H. Balfour, M.D. &c., and

Professor of Botany in the University of Edinburgh. Part I. Struc-

tural.and Morphological Botany ..........1000nescesessesnensennnensne 497

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

PUNE: ALOVOL INStEION | cass, panes. csacchceasceneen meeateeeniay 498—509

The Collared Snake, Coluber natriz; Note on the most important

Result of the Sericicultural Experiments made with the assistance

of M. Eugéne Robert at the Experimental Silkworm Establishment

at Sainte-Tulle, by M. Guérin-Méneville ; On the Petrifaction of

Organized Bodies (especially Shells) in the existing Seas, by M.

Marcel de Serres; Additions and Corrections to Mr. Davidson’s

paper on some Brachiopoda; Meteorological Observations and

BRI satin aetansKh scinbjiesnvicre onset rons erkassnts chennepy nine -- 509—515

PLATES IN VOL. IX.

igi } British Diatomacee.

~ FV } Cidaridse and Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

¥. :

at i Osteology of the Gangetic Dolphin.

Vil.

VIII. New Fungi from St. Domingo.

IX.

em fxn British Fungi.

XI.

ig } New Brachiopoda.

XV. French Liasic Spirifers.

XVI. Twin Mushroom.—Avenella Dalyellii.—Generation of an Hyme-

nopterous Insect.—Development and Anatomy of Infusoria.

XVII. Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia.

ee ee ee ee

a eo

ee te

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

66 ccssanscoussonsns per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

ee [eater e rupibus, et = coaches

erte, Dee i, et pingui conchylia succo.”

Pee ee ee ON. Parthenii Ghaanettasit Ei...

No. 49. JANUARY 1852.

1.—Notes on the Diatomacez ; with descriptions of British spe-

cies included in the genus Pleurosigma. By the Rev. Wm.

Samira, F.L.S.

[With two Plates. }

{Continued from vol. vii. p. 14.]

IN all systematic descriptions of the Diatomacee, the genus Na-

vicula occupies a prominent place ; in some arrangements, indeed,

the terms Naviculacee or Naviculee are adopted as the designa-

tions of the entire tribe, in others as the titles of an extensive

family, and, even when most circumscribed, embrace a vast

number of closely allied species whose distinction and identifica-

-tion present grave difficulties to the progress of the systematist.

In Prof. Kiitzing’s latest work on the Diatomacee (Species Alga-

rum, 1849), the genus Navicula includes 174 species ; and when

it is remembered that these minute organisms require the careful

employment of the microscope for their detection, and vary from

each other by diversities in form so slight, or valvular markings

so delicate, that the highest powers of our best instruments are

called into constant requisition, it will not appear remarkable

that the most judicious descriptions, aided by carefully prepared

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 1 ;

2 Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomacex, with descriptions

figures, sometimes fail in enabling the student to arrive at the

satisfactory determination of species.

It appears to me that somewhat of this difficulty might be re-

moved by a subdivision of this extensive genus, and by adopting

as generic distinctions those minuter diversities of structure

which the latest improvements in our microscopes have enabled

us to detect, and which seem to me not less important than those

upon which former observers have relied.

In pursuing this course I shall restore the genus Pinnularia of

Ehrenberg, rejected by Kiitzing, and adopt the term Pleurosigma,

as descriptive of another group.

The genus Navicula of Kiitzing and other writers will then be

resolved into three, whose characters may be given as follows:

Pievrosiema, mili.

Valves convex, sigmoid, striated ; strie resolvable into dots.

Navicu.a, Bory.

Valves convex, lanceolate or elliptical, smooth or striated ; strize

resolvable into dots.

PinnutartiA, Ehren.

Valves convex, oblong or elliptical, ribbed or pinnated with

distinct cost, not resolvable into dots.

The first of these genera is well distinguished by its sigmoid

form ; the two latter contain species which approach each other

in outline, but may easily be discriminated by the character of

their striz, which invariably present in Pinnularia the appearance

of continuous ridges or costee, and which no increase of magnify-

ing power enables us to resolve into separate markings; while

in Pleurosigma and Navicula, the striz which are apparent with

a low.magnifying power as simple lines, become on the applica-

tion of more powerful glasses, or the careful adjustment of the

light under which the valves are viewed, distinct series of dots or

beads probably arising from elevations on the surface of the valves.

In Navicula it occasionally happens that the elevations are com-

paratively distant, and may be recognized with a power of 200

diameters or under; but in Pleurosigma the resolution of the strize

into their constituent beads becomes a task of extreme difficulty,

and has from this circumstance been very generally adopted. by

microscopists as a means of testing the defining power of the .

object-glass. It now seems to be generally admitted, that

although the detection of the strize on Pleurosigma requires the

object-glass to be of accurate construction and considerable power,

yet the resolution of these striz into beads depends chiefly on

of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 3

the angular aperture of the lens, and the judicious adjustment

of the light ; and that an imstrument which may be brought by

the skilful manipulator to exhibit the most delicate markings of

these beautiful objects, may in the hands of a less familiar ob-

server altogether fail in the performance of its work, and appear

' inferior to another of equal power under more experienced ma-

nagement.

It must also be observed, that the employment of the high

powers required is liable to the intrusion of optical error, and

cannot be altogether depended upon. I am not indeed prepared

| to subscribe to Schleiden’s assertion, that, “if any one should af-

firm that he saw something magnified 3000 diameters that could

not be seen at a much lower power, it may safely be pronounced

to be mere imagination ;” yet I am persuaded that the use of

powers such as he alludes to can only be obtained under very

unfavourable conditions of light, is not available under ordinary

circumstances, and should not be made a requisite for the detec-

P tion of genera or species. I have, therefore, thought it better

to confine myself, as far as the discrimination of species is con-

cerned in the figures and descriptions I am about to give, to such

circumstances as may be easily noted by any observer provided

‘ with an instrument magnifying 400 diameters, giving however,

; for the gratification of the more curious, a few sketches (PI. I.

: fig. 2, & Pl. II. figs. 17, 18, 19), drawn on a larger scale, which

; have been kindly furnished by the Rev. W. Kingsley of Cam-

bridge, who has devoted great attention to this interesting sub-

ject, and succeeded in availing himself of powers hitherto con-

sidered unmanageable.

The presence of strize on the valves of Pleurosigma and Navi-

cula may be known, even when the power employed is insufficient

to detect lines, by the colour of the desiccated frustules viewed

by transmitted light. This colour differs in each species, and

slightly varies with the age of the individual specimen. It

arises from the refraction of the rays passing through the siliceous

plate, and its shades depend on the direction of the strie, and

their distance from each other; its aid may therefore be evoked

in the discrimination of species, and will sometimes be found to

be the most facile and certain means of identification. Another

means of detecting species is furnished by the direction of the

striz, whether oblique, perpendicular, or parallel to the median

line. These circumstances are not difficult of recognition with

the power I have adopted, and are shown by the greater amplifi-

cation of Mr. Kingsley to depend upon the position of the beads

in reference to each other, the striz appearing as oblique when

the beads of two contiguous rows are arranged alternately or in

-. quincunx, and transverse and longitudinal when these dots are

Sa a ol atin

oS i Se) Ee ey eee

f Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomacez, with descriptions

placed in regular squares or in direct opposition to each other.

It may be as well to remark in this connection, that in the follow-

ing descriptions when the distance between the strize is mentioned,

the distance between the beads in the same row may be known

by reversing the application of the terms longitudinal and trans-

verse : thus when the longitudinal striz are said to be z54 qth

of an inch apart, it follows that this fraction denotes the distance

between the beads in a transverse direction and vice versd.

In all the forms described in this paper, and in the Naviculee

generally, we may observe that each valve is traversed by a me-

dian line across which the striz do not pass. The centre and

extremities of this line are somewhat enlarged, and these enlarge-

ments have been regarded by many writers as openings in the

siliceous plates. I have never been able to satisfy myself that

such openings exist, and am disposed to regard the line itself and

its enlargements as peculiarities little connected with the essen-

tial structure or functions of the cell. More important in a

structural point of view is the form of the connecting membrane,

which in Pleurosigma consists of a narrow ring of silex, and

which in no period of its growth appears to have any very con-

siderable development. The consequence is that the front view

of the frustule is uniformly of a linear, or when the convexity of

the valves is considerable, of a linear-lanceolate form, while in

Navicula and Pinnularia, as the connecting membrane is often

more fully developed, the front view of their frustules is

frequently oblong or quadrilateral. Too much importance must

not, however, be attributed to this aspect of the Diatomaceous

frustule, as its form greatly depends upon the stage to which self-

division has arrived, and may vary from linear to oblong, or from

very narrow to very broadly-lanceolate in the same individuals.

The reproduction, or more strictly speaking, the multiplication

of these organisms, has been noticed only under the form of self-

division, the phenomena connected with which I have detailed

in a former paper (Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. vii. p. 4); I

give an example in the present connected with Pleurosigma at-

tenuatum (P\. II. fig. 13). By means of self-division the numbers

of these minute objects increase with amazing rapidity, and the

consequence is that when found they generally occur in multi-

tudes so vast that their aggregation forms a brownish film on

the surface of the mud, or a visible covering to the stones or ©

plants to which they attach themselves. That these great

numbers frequently arise from self-division is evident from the

circumstance of their being nearly all of exactly the same size, in

the same locality; and that they may have originated within a

brief period, will not appear surprising if we consider the rapidity

with which increase in geometrical progression advances even

i a

wee se eee

of British species of the genus vieurosigina. 5

from unity when each step doubles upon the preceding. Thus,

supposing self-division to be perfected in twenty-four hours,

a single frustule will in one month have increased to up-

wards of a thousand millions! But it is also certain that the

Naviculee, like some other Diatomacee, have a specific mode of

reproduction, since we often find frustules in various stages of

growth, as is evident from the diversities of their size (Pl. I.

figs. 7 & 9; Pl. Il. figs. 1, 2 & 3,9 & 10, 11 & 12), and from

the greater delicacy of the stric in individuals of the same species ;

circumstances which are incompatible with the process of self-

division, where the half-new frustules must of necessity be pre-

cisely counterparts of the old. The mode in which the germi-

native power is renewed, when exhausted by self-division, remains

still to be discovered ; it will probably be found to be a process

analogous to that of conjugation in the Desmidiee, and which

is known to obtain in some of the families belonging to the

Diatomacee. In the genus under review, the most careful search,

at all seasons, and during every stage of growth, has failed in

any case to recognise the slightest indications of such a phzno-

menon.

It may be as well that I should repeat, that the descriptions

I am about to give depend upon observations made with a

Z-inch object-glass and eye-piece giving together a power of

400 diameters, and that the figures, unless otherwise stated, are

drawn with the camera lucida exactly to this scale. The colours

mentioned are those of the desiccated valves not immersed in

balsam, or any other refracting medium, and are of course only

loose and imperfect modes of designating shades and varieties of

aspect, which it is impossible to define with accuracy.

PLEUROSIGMA.

Section I. Beads alternate, strie oblique : all marine.

1. Pleurosigma formosum, nu. sp. Valve limear-lanceolate, gra-

dually attenuated to the somewhat obtuse ends, twisted ;

median line broad, not central: colour bright chestnut-brown.

Average length of valve 2. of an inch, greatest breadth of

ditto ,4, of aninch. Oblique strie 55355 of an inch apart

(v. v.).

Shoreham Harbour, 1850.

This species is well distinguished by the position of its me-

dian line, which, owing to a twist in the valves, appears nearly

to coincide with the edge for a considerable distance at either

end, and then crosses the valve in a diagonal direction, giving a

peculiarly beautiful appearance to the frustule, especially when

mounted in balsam. Mr. Kingsley has furnished me with a

6 Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomaceee, with descriptions

carefully executed drawing of this species under a power of 5500

diameters ; I give a portion of it in Plate I. fig. 2: he remarks,

that “the figure of the frustule, produced by the twist in the

valves, might be represented by joining together the tip ends of

two feathers taken from opposite wings.”

Puate I. fig. 1. A valve of P. formosum; fig. 2. a portion of the same

magnified 5500 diameters.

2. Pleurosigma speciosum, n.sp. Valve linear, slightly attenuated,

somewhat twisted, extremities obtuse, median line not central :

colour a pale straw. Average length of valve ,, of an inch,

greatest breadth of ditto g3, of an inch. Strie zy545, of an

inch apart (v. s.).

Locality unknown.

A slide containing this species was sent to me by Messrs.

Smith and Beck, but without any precise information as to the

locality where the specimens had-been found. It is a near ally

of the former, but of a straighter and stouter habit and more

delicately marked ; it wants however the gracefulness of the cur-

vature so eminently characteristic of the species first described.

Puate I. fig. 3. A valve of P. speciosum.

3. Pleurosigma elongatum, n. sp. Valve linear-lanceolate, flexure

slight, extremities acute, median line central: colour a clear

straw. Average length of valve 1, of an inch, greatest breadth

of ditto 54, of aninch. Strie 7,45, of an inch apart (v. v.).

Poole Bay, 1848. Brackish water near Lewes, 1850. Hull, Mr.

R. Harrison!

Not uncommon in pools at half-tide level, and in brackish

ditches mixed with other species. It has been distributed by

Mr. Harrison under the name of “ Navicula lineata,’ but this

term, if at all admissible, approaches too nearly the “ lineolata”’

of Ehrenberg, which refers to a species wholly different.

PuaTE I. fig. 4. Valve of P. elongatum.

4. Pleurosigma delicatulum, n. sp. Valve narrow lanceolate,

flexure slight, extremities acute: colour very pale straw with

a slight tinge of pink. Average length of valve ;4, of an inch,

greatest breadth of ditto ;s155 of aninch. Strie z5355 of an

inch apart (v. v.).

Brackish water ; Lewes, 1850.

Very close to the last in outline, but much more delicate, and

easily distinguished by its size and colour: it requires the most

careful manipulation to discover the striz with the power I have

employed. i

Puiate I, fig. 5. Valve of P. delicatulum.

CT ee

ws | ie eee | Fs ~~ oe, , a oe Ce Oe, eR eS

Pe Oe eee eee FER

. of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 7

5. Pleurosigma strigosum, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, flexure slight,

extremities obtuse: colour straw. Average length of the

valve ;1, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto g55 of an inch.

Strie 5,45, of an inch apart (v. v-).

Rye, Mr. Jenner, 1849. Coast of Sussex, 1850. Hull, Mr. R.

Harrison!

Its stouter habit, darker colour, and more distant striz di-

stinguish this species from P. elongatum.

Puate I. fig. 6. Valve of P. strigosum.

6. Pleurosigma angulatum, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate or

quadrangular, extremities acute, flexure moderate: colour a

bright chestnut. Average length of valve ;}5 of an inch,

greatest breadth of ditto 3, of aninch. Strie gsjg5 of an

inch apart (v. v.).

B. Valve narrow lanceolate, slightly quadrangular.

y. Valve much smaller, quadrangular.

Var. §. Navicula angulata, Quekett on the Microscope, 1848, p. 438.

pl. 8. figs. 4,5,6&7. Nav. Hstuarii, Kitz. Sp. Alg. 1849, p. 490.

On the mud of tidal harbours; very common. Poole Bay; Bel-

fast Bay, Liverpool ; Coast of Sussex, &c.; Coast of Lancashire,

Chr. Johnson, Esq.! Rye, Mr. Jenner! Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

Norfolk, Thos. Brightwell, Esq. !

This species has long been a favourite test with the micro-

scopist, and the fineness of its striz renders its desiccated valve

very suitable for such a purpose. The strize may be detected

with a power of 400 diameters, but to resolve them into beads

usually requires a higher power, and the youngerfrustules demand

the best glasses and most careful manipulation for their resolu-

tion. The quadrangular form of this species is always more or

less present, and seems to distinguish it from all its allies; but

for this circumstance var. 8. might be confounded with the last

species ; it is however quite distinct.

Puarts I. fig. 7. Valve of P. angulatum; fig. 8. valve of ditto var. 8; fig. 9.

valve of ditto var. y.

7. Pleurosigma distortum, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, abruptly bent

towards the obtuse extremities: colour a very pale pink ; strize

obscure. Average length of valve 5}, of an inch, greatest

breadth of ditto ;;,5 of an inch (v. v.).

With P. angulatum, coast of Sussex, 1850.

Probably the young of some other species.

- Pare IL. fig. 10. Valve of P. distortum.

8 Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacer, with descriptions

8. Pleurosigma obscurum, n. sp. Valve linear, slightly attenuated

towards the obtuse extremities ; median line not central: co-

lour a very pale pink; strie obscure. Average length of

valve +3 of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto gg55 of an inch

(v. v.).

8. much smaller, more gradually attenuated.

Tn brackish water, Poole Bay, 1849. Lewes, 1851. 8. Poole Bay,

covering a sponge. :

No power I have applied has brought the strie into view either

in this or the last species, but the colour of the dry valves indi-

cates their presence in both cases.

Puarte I. fig. 11. Valve of P. obscurum; fig. 12. ditto, var. B.

Section II. Beads opposite, strie transverse and longitudinal.

a. Marine.

9. Pleurosigma Balticum, mihi. Valve linear, straight, suddenly

attenuated towards the sigmoid extremities, which are some-

what obtuse: colour dark brown. Average length of the valve

gz of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 1, of an inch. Strize

suao0 Of an inch apart (v. v.).

B. smaller, gradually attenuated.

y- much smaller, attenuated throughout ; strize obscure.

Navicula Baltica, Ehr., Pritchard’s Hist. of Animalcules, 1843, pl. 3.

fig. 143; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 102. pl. 4. fig. 22; Phy. Ger. p. 95;

Sp. Alg. p. 85.

Very common, mixed with P. angulatum, in all the localities of that

species mentioned above.

A large and handsome species, distinguished by the parallelism

of its sides and the great convexity of its valves: the front view

is almost linear. It varies much in size from var. y, which is

probably a very young specimen, and does not exceed 54, of an

inch in length, to others reaching ;, of an inch. I cannot ac-

count for the absence of a central enlargement of the median line

in all the figures of this species given by Ehrenberg and Kiitzing,

as in no other of the tribe is this character more plainly discern-

ible. ,

*Puate II. fig. 1. Valve of P. Balticum; fig. 2. ditto var. B; fig. 3. ditto

var. y; fig. 17. portion of fig. 1 mag. 3200 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

10. Pleurosigma Strigilis, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, uniformly at-

tenuated towards the somewhat acute extremities : colour some-

what paler than the last. Average length of valve ,’5 of an

_ of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 9

‘inch, greatest breadth of ditto géy Of an inch. - Transverse

strie 3535, of an inch apart (v. s.).

Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

A very distinct species, notable for its graceful form and

strongly marked transverse striz.

Pate Il. fig. 4. Valve of P. Strigilis.

11. Pleurosigma acuminatum, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate,

much attenuated towards the extremities : colour a light brown.

Average length of the valve ;4, of an inch, greatest breadth

of ditto +355 of aninch. Strie 7545, of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula sigma, Ehr. 1833; Pritchard, Hist. of Animal. pl. 3. fig. 146.

‘Nav. acuminata, Kiitz. Linn. 1833 ; Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 26 ;

Phy. Ger. p. 95; Sp. Alg. p. 86. '

Shoreham Harbour, 1850.

I have Prof. Kiitzing’s authority, in a letter dated July 1851,

for the synonyms of this species, which has occasionally been

confounded with the N. Hippocampus of Ehrenberg by British

microscopists. It differs from it in habitat, in colour, in the

delicacy of its striz, and in its form, which is more slender and

attenuated.

Puate II. fig. 5. Valve of P. acuminatum.

12. Pleurosigma Fasciola, mihi. Valve lanceolate, extremities

produced, flexure considerable: colour very pale. Average

length of valve 54,5 of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 3,7

of aninch. Striz 55455 of an inch apart (v. v.).

Ceratoneis Fasciola, Ehr. ; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 104. tab. 4. fig. 4 ; Phy.

Ger. p. 96; Sp. Alg. p. 88.

On the mud of tidal harbours. Belfast Bay, 1849. Poole Bay,

1850. Coast of Sussex, 1850. Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

I have restored this species to the same genus as its allies, the

elongation of its valves not appearing to require its separation,

and the more careful examination of its surface showing the

central and terminal enlargements of its median line characteristic

of the true Naviculee.

PuiateE II. fig. 6. Valve of P. Fasciola.

13. Pleurosigma prolongatum, n. sp. Valve much elongated, very

narrow lanceolate; flexure moderate; striz obscure: colour very

pale. Average length of valve =4, of an inch, greatest breadth

of ditto 5755 of an inch (v. v.).

Poole Bay, 1849.

10 = Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze, with descriptions

_ Very like the last, but much more gradually attenuated to the

extremities ; the striz are imperceptible.

Puare II. fig. 7. Valve of P. prolongatum.

14. Pleurosigma littorale, n. sp. Valve broadly lanceolate, acute ;

flexure considerable ; longitudinal striz very distinct: colour

bluish gray. Average length of valve 73, of an inch, greatest

breadth of ditto ,3,5- Long. strie +,355 of an inch apart:

(v. v.).

Coast of Sussex, 1850.

A very distinct and curious species. The valves in the broadest

part are marked with about fourteen longitudinal strize, which

can be resolved by a moderate power into rows of beads about

40000 Of an inch apart. When the light is thrown upon the

object so as to exhibit these beads as transverse strive, the sur-

face-appears marked with a succession of short lines or furrows

crossing the longitudinal striz, which still continue visible, and

the frustule assumes a very peculiar and beautiful appearance.

These effects may perhaps be owing to the circumstance, thus

mentioned by Mr. Kingsley: “There are beads on both sides

of this valve, and the distances are not the same for both sides,

so that with oblique light and imperfect definition, the two sets

in some degree obliterate each other and cause a confusion in the

image.”

Pure II. fig. 8. Valve of P. littorale ; fig. 19. portion of same magnified

5500 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

15. Pleurosigma Hippocampus, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate,

obtuse ; flexure considerable ; strice distinct : colour pale brown.

Average length of valve ;4, of an inch, greatest breadth of

ditto ;;55 of an inch. Strive 5,155 of an inch apart (v.v.).

Navicula Hippocampus, Ehr., Pritchard, Hist. of Animal. pl. 3.

fig. 145; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 29; Phy. Ger. p. 95;

Sp. Alg. p. 86.

On muddy shores and in brackish pools. Lewes, 1850. Hull,

Mr. R. Harrison!

The specific name of this species has been given to almost

every sigmoid Navicula which has fallen under the notice of the

non-scientific observer, whether found in the sea or fresh water.

It seems however desirable to confine a term borrowed from a

marine object to a species of a similar habitat, and I have there-

fore adopted it for the present, although it is probable that

the next species was the one to which Ehrenberg originally

attached the name, as it certainly is the one usually esteemed the

of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. ll

Hippocampus by English microscopists. The figure given by

Pritchard from Ehrenberg, and apparently copied by Hassall in

his ‘Brit. Freshwater Alge, pl. 102. fig. 11, approaches the

form of the present species, but the localities assigned by Ehren-

berg are inland. Kiitzing, as cited above, has the same figure,

and quotes Ehrenberg as his authority for it, but gives a habitat

exclusively marine, and having submitted specimens of the follow-

ing species to his notice, I have his sanction for regarding it as

distinct. Under these circumstances I am disposed to believe

that the two species have been frequently confounded, and their

close resemblance might easily occasion the mistake; their

habitats are however quite distinct ; the Hippocampus is a shorter

and stouter species, and when full-grown specimens of each are

compared, presents more delicate striz, requiring higher powers

of the microscope, and more careful adjustment for their detection

and resolution into beads.

Puate II. fig. 9. Valve of P. Hippocampus; fig. 10. ditto in a young state.

b. Freshwater Species.

16. Pleurosigma atienuatum, mihi. Valve elongated, lanceolate,

obtuse ; flexure moderate ; striz very distinct: colour purplish

brown. Average length of valve ;3, of an inch; greatest

breadth of ditto +55. Longitudinal strie 5535, of an inch

apart, transverse ditto z545, of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula Hippocampus, Ehr.? Quekett on the Microscope, p. 238.

pl. 8. figs. 1, 2,3. Gyrosigma Hippocampa, Hassall’s B. F. W.

Alg. p.435. Nav. attenuata, Kitz. Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 28 ;

Phy. Ger. p. 95 ; Sp. Alg. p. 86.

Very common in streams and ditches mixed with Oscillatoriee.

Froome near Dorchester, 1849. Sussex in many places, 1850. Near

Guildford, J. R. Capron, Esq.! Fossil in deposit from Lough Mourne,

Co. Antrim, described in ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.’ for Feb. 1850. In deposit

at Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, described by Dr. Dickie in ‘ Annals,’

Aug. 1848!

In the description and figure of this species given by Mr.

Quekett, in other respects excellent, an error has been committed

in representing the beads as transversely confluent towards the

margin of the valve. Mr. Kingsley has judiciously remarked to

me, that “this mistake is occasioned by the great convexity of

the shell, which causes an apparent overlapping of the beads at

the edge ; they are however perfectly distinct and may be defined,

though not easily so.”

Puate II. fig. 11. Valve of P. attenuatum ; fig. 12. ditto of a young speci-

men; fig. 13. P. attenuatum in front view showing self-division ; fig. 18.

portion of fig. 11 magnified 3200 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

12 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola.

17. Pleurosigma lacustre,n.sp. Valve lanceolate, much attenuated

towards the acute extremities: colour pale brown. Average

length of valve ;, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto +755

of aninch. Longitudinal and transverse strie zzA 55 of an inch

apart (v. v.).

In ponds and clear ditches near Lewes, 1851.

Its freshwater habitat separates this species from P. Hippo-

campus ; its more slender outline, acute extremities, and delicate

strie from both the former species ; it is less common than either

of them.

Puate II. fig. 14. Valve of P. lacustre.

18. Pleurosigma Spencerii, mihi. Valve lanceolate, slightly at-

tenuated, obtuse; flexure slight: colour very pale brown.

Average length of valve 74, of an inch, greatest breadth of

ditto. sy55 of an inch. Strize 55359 of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula Spencerii, Bailey, Quekett on the Microscope, p. 440. pl. 9.

Not uncommon in ditches, mixed with Oscillatoriee, near Lewes,

1850. Mr. C. Poulton, Reading!

This minute species closely resembles a young specimen of P.

Hippocampus or P. attenuatum, and should probably not be se-

parated from the latter. I can find no difference between the

British and American specimens, except that those of the latter

in my possession are slightly larger.

PuatTeE II. fig. 15. Valve of P. Spencerii (British); fig. 16. ditto of an

American specimen.

Landport Cottage, Lewes, Noy. 1851.

Note.—Since the above was written, I have been informed by

Mr. Kingsley, that P. speciosum has been found by Mr. Topping

at Walton in Essex.

IIl.— Notice of a new British Viola. By Cuartus C. Basrnerton,

M.A., F.R.S.*

Ir gives me much pleasure to have to record the discovery of

another violet to be added to the British flora, which I have re-

cently obtained from my friend Mr. A. G. More of Trinity College,

Cambridge. He gathered it in June 1851 on peaty ground in

Garry Land Wood near Gort, co. Galway.

It is only recently that we have learned, from the writings of

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Dee. 11, 1851.

ee ee ee ee ee ee een

Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola. 13

Fries and of Grenier, to distinguish the several species which,

being apparently rare in Britain, may have been confounded

under the name of V. lactea (Sm.) ; and more especially disco-

vered the necessity of separating those of them which possess

rhizomes from the non-rhizomatous species. Or possibly it would

be more correct to say, that we did not“know of the existence of

any of the former as native plants. It is curious to observe that

Fries (Summa Veg. Scand. p. 34) stated in the year 1846 as a

well-ascertained fact, that the whole of his group of “ Pratenses

in Anglia desunt.” At that recent date the remark was justly

made, for not one species of this well-marked section of Violets

had then been recorded from any British locality. In the third

edition of my ‘ Manual’ and also in the ‘ Botanical Gazette’

(ii. 144 and 178), I have introduced V. stagnina as our only

uative representative of the group, but it had previously been

noticed by Mr. H. C. Watson in his valuable ‘ Cybele Britannica’

(iii. 179). The following is the species now to be added to that

group :—

Viola stricta (Hornem.) ; anther-spur short broadly lancet-shaped

blunt (about twice as long as broad), corolla-spur short blunt

(green), leaves cordate-ovate, petioles winged at the top, sti-

pules obtong-lanceolate leaflike incise-serrate (1-) shorter than

the petioles “on the middle of the stem,” primary and lateral

stems flowering and elongated.

Y. stricta var. humilis, Fries Mant. iii. 124.

VY. stricta, Gren. et Godr. Fl. Fran. i. 180.

V. Ruppii, Reichenb. Icon. Fl. Germ. iii. t. 14. fig. min.

The habit is apparently very much like that of V. stagnina.

Stems erect, in the rather young specimens before me they are

3 or 4 inches in height, slender, glabrous. Leaves shorter and

broader than those of V. stagnina, and cordate at their base.

Stipules, when well developed, large and broad, oblong or ob-

long-lanceolate, all (on our specimens) about half as long as the

petioles, as they are stated to be upon the middle of the stem on

the continental more fully grown plants, on the upper part of

which they are described as being longer than the petioles. It

is highly probable that if our specimens had been allowed to ad-

vance beyond the commencement of the flowering state in which

they were gathered, they would have produced longer stipules

and shorter petioles than those which they now exhibit, and so

have quite agreed with the character given in foreign books.

The fiowers are stated by Fries to be “ccerulescentibus,” by

Grenier “ blue violet ;” on the dried specimens they are cream-

-. coloured, but had a slight tinge of blue when fresh; this differ-

14 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola.

ence need not present any difficulty, as those of V. stagnina are

~ pale blue when fresh but nearly white when dried: their spur is

short, but manifestly longer than the appendages of the calyx,

very blunt, and nearly as green as the calyx. This greenness of

the spur is stated to be constant in this and one or two other

species, but I have had no experience of it. The spurs of the

anthers are decidedly blunt. The capsules I have not seen, but

they are stated to be truncate-obtuse and without elevated

nerves.

This species consists, as do most of its allies, of two forms, a

larger and a smaller, between which there is often so much differ-

ence of appearance as at first sight to lead to the opinion that

they are distinct specifically ; but an examination of them shows

that such is not the fact. Our present plant is the smaller form

of what in its larger state is rather extensively distributed in

Germany and France, and in its smaller is not very unfrequent

in Scandinavia.

This plant is far more nearly allied to V. stagnina than to any

of our other violets, but the green colour of the corolla-spur, the

differently shaped leaves, and remarkably different stipules clearly

distinguish it. The short corolla-spur, and also that of the

anthers, would be quite a sufficient cause for separating it from

V. canina, even if the presence of a rhizome (which however I

have not had an opportunity of seeing) in V. stricta had not

afforded so manifest a distinction between them. In V. pratensis

(Koch), which is very nearly allied to our plant, the central sti-

pules are longer than the petioles (not 3 of their length), the

limb of the leaves is markedly decurrent on to the petioles, and

the spur of the corolla is not green.

In his invaluable ‘ Herbarium Normale’ (iv. 44) Fries states

that specimens of V. lactea from Smith himself are exactly V.

pratensis which is there named by him V. Jactea accordingly,

but in his ‘ Mantissa tertia’ (123) he corrects that error, which

originated from his not having then learned to distinguish V. lanci-

folia (his V. pumila, not that of Villars, which is V. pratensis),

my V. canina B. lancifolia, from V. pratensis.

In Hooker and Arnott’s ‘ British Flora’ (Addenda) I am stated

to give the name of V. stagnina to the violet which they “ and

most others call V. dactea,” but it seems to me that great diffi-

culty exists in determining what “most” botanists really do call

V. lactea. It is even difficult to tell what is the true plant of

Hooker and Arnott, as in their text they seem to include under

that name V. lancifolia and V. stagnina, but in their Addenda

they state that their V. lactea is what I call V. stagnina, although

many of the localities given for it manifestly are those of V. len-

cifola. The V. lactea of British botanists is most frequently

ee ee ee

lel een at ee

a tess i “.

4 f

On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 15

V. lancifolia, if specimens are to be trusted, and that is certainly

the plant primarily intended by Smith. Continental authors do

not show any such uniformity, for Smith’s name has been applied

to V. pratensis (V. pumila, Vill., not of Hook. and Arn., which is

the true V. canina, Linn.), V. stagnina, and V. lancifolia.

Il.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their

Structure, Functions, Ciconomy and Systematic Arrangement.

By Joun Bracxwa tt, F.LS.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 450.]

107. Linyphia minuta.

Linyphia minuta, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iii. p. 191 ; Research. in Zool. p. 384.

—— domestica, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B.i. p. 265. taf. 18. fig.1 ;

Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 255.

The interior of buildings, shrubs trained against walls, crevices

in the bark of old trees, and lichens growing upon their trunks

and branches are the haunts frequented by this common spider,

which is widely distributed in England and Wales. In September

the female constructs several subglobose cocoons of white silk of

a slight texture, the largest of which measures about ith of an

inch in diameter, and contains from 30 to 40 spherical eggs of a

yellowish white colour. The cocoons are generally attached to

objects situated near the snare.

108. Linyphia cauta.

Linyphia cauta, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 655; Walck.

Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.iv. p. 499.

Angles of walls, overhanging banks, and depressions in the

trunks of large trees are the situations in which Linyphia cauta

fabricates its extensive snare. Though rarely seen, in conse-

quence of the habit of remaining in its retreat during the day,

yet it is rather abundant in many parts of England and Wales.

The Linyphia thoracica of M. Wider (Museum Senckenbergi-

anum, B.i. p. 261. taf. 17. fig. 10) appears to be nearly allied to

this species, but as no description or figure is given of the male,

I am unable to determine whether they are identical or not.

109. Linyphia vivaz.

Linyphia vivaz, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 657; Walck. Hist.

Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

Both sexes of this spider, which bears a striking resemblance

16 = Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

to Linyphia cauta, were discovered in the greenhouse and melon-

_ pits belonging to Mrs. Darbishire, of Green Heys, near Man-

chester, in September 1836.

In the account of Linyphia vivax given in the eighteenth vo-

lume of the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ a doubt is

implied as to its being distinct from the Linyphia globosa of M.

Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 259. taf. 17. fig. 9) ;

however, having attentively perused the description and inspected

the figure of the latter, I am now thoroughly convinced that they

are different species.

110. Linyphia socialis.

Linyphia socialis, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 160.

annulipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. ili. p. 348; Research. in Zool. p. 398.

I concur entirely in the opinion communicated to me by Pro-

fessor Sundevall (private letter), that Linyphia socialis and Liny-

phia annulipes are identical ; the former name therefore, imposed

upon this species by the Professor, must take precedence of the

latter.

This spider, which occurs in autumn on the trunks of trees in

woods at Oakland, M. Walckenaer has portrayed in his ‘ Hist.

Nat. des Insect. Apt.’ pl. 21. fig. F.2D, under the name of Thé-

ridion gonflé ; hut has prefixed to his description of it, t. ii. p.274,

the appellation of Linyphia bucculenta, conferred by Professor

Sundevall on a very different species ; namely on that designated

Linyphia reticulata by M. Walckenaer (Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831,

. 109).

. 111. Linyphia cripticolens.

Linyphia cripticolens, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 275.

nebulosa, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 218.

pallidula, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 403.

When my attention was first directed to this spider in the

summer of 1834, I perceived that it possessed the essential cha-

racters of a Linyphia, and described it in_my ‘ Researches in

Zoology’ as new to science, under the specific name of pallidula,

not being aware that M. Walckenaer had included it among the

Theridia, in his ‘ Tableau des Aranéides,’ p. 75, or that Professor

Sundevall had described it previously, having, at that time, no

opportunity of consulting his excellent publications in this de-

partment of zoology.

Linyphia cripticolens is found in North Wales under stones,

and in cellars, vaults, and other obscure damp places. In June

or July the female constructs a globular cocoon of yellowish

brown silk of a loose texture, measuring }th of an inch in dia-

——— ee

ee ie oan

a =e, :

a r

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 17

meter ; it is commonly attached to her spinners by fine lines, and

contains about 98 spherical eggs of a brown colour, not adherent

among themselves.

112. Linyphia alticeps.

Linyphia alticeps, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 261.

luteola, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iii. p. 192; Research. in Zool. p. 390.

The conclusion arrived at by Professor Sundevall, that Liny-

phia alticeps and Linyphia luteola are the same species, is per-

fectly correct (private letter); but M. Walckenaer is certainly

mistaken in regarding it as identical with his Argus cornutus

(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 368), from which it differs

remarkably in structure, colour, habits and ceconomy.

I have procured specimens of this interesting Linyphia in

Lancashire and Denbighshire, and Mr. R. H. Meade has taken it

in Yorkshire. The male has the palpal organs fully developed in

autumn, at which season both sexes are plentiful in the planta-

tions about Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester, constructing snares

of moderate extent among coarse grass beneath the trees. Ike

other species of the genus, they are usually seen on the under

side of the horizontal sheet of web in an inverted position.

113. Linyphia longidens.

Linyphia longidens, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 270. taf. 18.

fig. 5; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. p. 264.

tardipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. vii. p. 488.

On obtaining a copy of the first volume of the ‘Museum

Senckenbergianum,’ I imniediately perceived that Linyphia lon-

gidens and Linyphia tardipes are specifically the same. See the

synonyma.

This spider is found in Denbighshire, Yorkshire, and Lanca-

shire under stones and detached pieces of rock, and in December

1848 Mr. J. Hardy forwarded an adult female to me from Ber-

wickshire. It pairs in August and September, and the female

fabricates several cocoons of white silk of a fine but compact

texture, which she attaches to the inferior surface of stones by a

small web ; they are flat on the side in contact with the stones,

and convex, with a depressed margin, on the opposite side. The

largest of these cocoons measures 4th of an inch in diameter and

contains about 40 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not

agglutinated together, but enveloped in delicately soft silk. The

snare of this species consists of a small, compact, horizontal sheet

of web constructed in cavities beneath stones, on the under side

of which it takes its station in an inverted position. In the dis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 2

18 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

_ position and relative size of its eyes an approximation to the The-

ridia may be traced.

114. Linyphia frenata.

Linyphia frenata, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 269. taf. 18.

fig. 4; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 279.

pallida, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 126.

Theridium pallidum, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 64. tab. 94. fig. 216.

Not perceiving that the Theridium pallidum of M. Koch is"

identical with the Linyphia frenata of M. Wider, M. Walckenaer

has included it among the synonyma of Theridion sisyphum (Hist.

Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 299).

In autumn this rare species spins among grass growing in the

grounds about Oakland an extensive horizontal sheet of web

supported by fine lines united to its superior surface and to each

other at various angles, and attached by their upper extremities to

objects situated above it. Like its congeners, it takes its station

on the under side of the web in an inverted position, and there

watches for its prey. Mr. R. H. Meade transmitted to me an

adult male Linyphia frenata from Yorkshire in 1851.

115. Linyphia tenuis.

. Linyphia pusilla, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 392.

I have been under the necessity of changing the specific name

of this spider, the appellation of pusilla having been previously

conferred on a small Swedish Linyphia by Professor Sundevall

(Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 214).

Linyphia tenuis is of frequeut occurrence among grass and

under stones, and is widely distributed in England and Wales.

116. Linyphia insignis.

Linyphia insignis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 662; Walck.

Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.iv. p. 499.

A single adult female of this species was sent to me from

Lancashire in the autumn of 1837 by Mr. John Parry, who cap-

tured it at Trafford, near Manchester; and in 1851 two adult

females and an immature male which had to undergo its final

change of integument were submitted to my inspection by Mr.

R.H. Meade, who informs me that he found them on the fronds

of fern growing in woods near Bradford in Yorkshire,

117. Linyphia nigella.

Linyphia nigella, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

- vol, viii. p. 487.

Specimens of Linyphia nigella were found under fragments of

ee ee “~~

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 19

rock in woods at Oakland, in September 1835 ; they were all

males, and had the palpal organs completely developed.

118. Linyphia pulchella.

Linyphia pulchella, Blackw. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii.

p- 301.

An adult male of this Linyphia was discovered among grass in

a pasture at Oakland in September 1845.

119. Linyphia furva.

Linyphia furva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 663.

In May 1838 both sexes of this spider were detected under

stones in a moist pasture at Oakland.

- 120. Linyphia Claytonie.

Linyphia Claytonie, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 664 ; Walck.

_ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

I am indebted to Miss Ellen Clayton for the only specimens

of this species which I have seen ; they were two adult males,

captured near Garstang in Lancashire.

121. Linyphia obseura.

Linyphia obscura, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 665; Walck.

Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

Males of this spider, having the palpal organs fully developed,

were taken in June 1836 on rails at Oakland.

122. Linyphia gracilis.

Linyphia gracilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 666; Walck.

Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

Mature males of Linyphia gracilis were found on rails near

Crumpsall Hall in November 1836.

Genus NeriEneg, Blackw.

123. Neriéne marginata.

Neriéne marginata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. iii. p. 188; Research. Zool. p. 363. pl. 3. fig. 6, 7.

This species constructs snares, similar in design to those of

the Linyphia, among grass growing in and near woods in Lan-

eashire and Denbighshire. I have also inspected specimens

which were taken in Devonshire by Miss Ellen Clayton in 1845,

and others captured in Yorkshire by Mr. R. H. Meade in 1851.

The sexes arrive at maturity in autumn, and are sometimes abun-

dant in localities suited to their habits. If this spider be com-

20 Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

pared with Linyphia marginata, it will immediately be seen how

" easy the transition is from the genus Linyphia to that of Neriéne.

124. Neriéne bicolor.

Neriéne bicolor, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iii. p. 344; Research. in Zool. p. 366.

Neriéne bicolor is common in many parts of England and

Wales. It appears to prefer well-wooded districts, constructing |

among grass a snare similar to that of Neriéne marginata. Not

unfrequently it may be found on rails or concealed under stones

partially imbedded in earth. The male has the palpal organs

developed in autumn.

125. Neriéne rufipes.

Neriéne rufipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iti. p. 345; Research. in Zool. p. 368.

Specimens of this spider were obtained in 1832 under stones

and on rails in the township of Crumpsall. In June the female

fabricates several globular cocoons of yellowish white silk of a

slight texture, which she attaches to the inferior surface of

stones ; the largest of them measures ith of an inch in diameter,

and contains about 50 spherical eggs of a yellowish white colour,

not adherent among themselves.

126. Neriéne livida.

Neriéne livida, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. viii. p. 486.

Mr. J. Hardy forwarded to me from Berwickshire, in December

1848, an adult male of this species, which is plentiful im the val-

ley of the Conway, where it conceals itself under stones. In Jul

the female spins several globular cocoons of white silk of a slight

texture, attaching them to some depression in the stone selected

for her retreat; the largest of these cocoons measures 7th of an

inch in diameter, and comprises about 30 spherical eggs of a pale

yellowish white colour, not agglutinated together.

127. Neriéne furva.

Neriéne furva, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. viii. p. 486.

One adult male is the only specimen of this spider that I have

seen; it was discovered under a fragment of rock in a wood at

Oakland in June 1835.

128. Neriéne errans.

Neriéne errans, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 643.

Argus errans, Walck. Hist. Nat, des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 511.

ee an ee ee” ee a

ee ee ee ae ae

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 21.

Neriéne errans is not uncommon among grass and on rails in

North Wales and in the south of Lancashire.

129. Neriéne sylvatica.

Neriéne sylvatica, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 644.

Adult males of this species were taken in February 1837 under

detached pieces of rock, slightly imbedded in earth, in woods

about Llanrwst.

130. Neriéne viaria.

Neriéne viaria, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 645.

Argus viarius, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

A male of this spider, which had the palpal organs perfectly

developed, was found running on a footpath at Oakland in May

1838. ;

181. Neriéne pulla.

Neriéne pulla, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 646.

Argus pullus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

Males of Neriéne pulla, in a state of maturity, were captured

in June 1836 on rails near Llanrwst.

132. Neriéne gracilis.

Neriéne gracilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 646.

Argus gracilis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

Both sexes of this species were taken on rails at Crumpsall

Hall, and at Capel Garmon, in the parish of Llanrwst, Denbigh-

shire, in the autumn of 1836.

133. Neriéne vagans.

Neriéne vagans, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 374.

This is an aéronautic spider, and is very common among the

grass of meadows and pastures in North Wales and in Lancashire.

134. Neriéne pygmea.

Neriéne pygmea, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 376.

Neriéne pygmea is plentiful among the grass of old pastures

in Lancashire and North Wales, and may frequently be seen

running on rails and on footpaths.

135. Neriéne lugubris.

Neriéne lugubris, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 380.

In June 1834 I captured adult males of this species on iron

- rails at Crumpsall Hall.

22 Prof. Miller on the Development

136. Neriéne saxatilis.

Neriéne saxatilis, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.

p- 183.

A male of this Neriéne, having the palpal organs fully deve-

loped, was discovered among loose fragments of rock in a wood

at Hendre House, near Llanrwst, in June 1841.

137. Neriéne avida.

Neriéne avida, Blackw. Annals and Mag, Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 185.

Males and females of this spider were found on rails at Oak-

land in April 1839.

138. Neriéne timida.

Neriéne timida, Blackw. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 183.

Both sexes of this species were taken on rails at Oakland in

April 1841. ,

139. Neriéne flavipes.

Neriéne flavipes, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.

p- 182.

In February 1841 adult males of Neriéne flavipes were cap-

_ tured on rails at Oakland.

140. Neriéne parva.

Neriéne parva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 647.

Argus minimus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

_ Specimens of this very minute spider were detected on rails at

Oakland in January 1837 ; they were all males, and had the pal-

pal organs perfectly developed.

IV.—Upon the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie.

By Prof. MULiER*.

In the Bay of Muggia, at Trieste, a Holothuria of the genus

Synapta is very abundant. It was first discovered by Montague

upon the English coast, and was by him called the Holothuria

digitata, and so much of its anatomy as could be made out

from specimens preserved in spirits has been set forth in the

‘ Anatomische Studien tiber die Echinoderment.’ In the living

Synapta digitata I first discovered those suckers upon the ten-

tacles, which Quatrefages had described in another Synapta, and

some other anatomical peculiarities not observed by that writer,

* Read before the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, Oct. 16, 1851.

+ Miiller’s Archiv, 1850.

ee re

ee Sere Ke) en gee ee ee se ae ee

ff. = ‘ okt

;

of Melfleks'in Wolutharite 23

such, for example, as the muscular stomach, the muscular bundles

in the mesentery (with whose movements Quatrefages was ac-

quainted), and the existence of many peculiar ciliary organs,

Zoth of a line in length, attached to the mesentery, the general

surface of which is not ciliated.

The pedicles of these organs have the same structure as the

peritoneum, consisting of a simple glassy membrane in which

nuclei are scattered, and which is continued over the outer sur-

face of the organs. The structure of these organs is complicated,

and could be more readily explained by figures than by any de-

scription ; to call them slipper-shaped, or like a cornucopia, would

perhaps give the best general idea of their outward form and

of their cayities clothed with long active cilia.

When at the commencement of the present year I had an op-

portunity of procuring this Synapta digitata in great numbers at

Trieste, I found ova in all the individuals, whence the statement

of Quatrefages, that these animals are hermaphrodite, seemed

confirmed ; a circumstance which surprised me no little, inasmuch

as the other families of Echinoderms are without exception di-

ecious. .

In summer, when I renewed my investigations at the same

place, I found the several organs of almost all in nearly the same

condition as in spring, but less turgid.

The ova were about z, to =, of a line in diameter ; in spring

they measured as much as ;4th of aline. The yelk is very finely

granulous, and contains a germinal vesicle—which has no ger-

minal spot such as Quatrefages depicts. The dichotomously

branched ovarium is rendered yellow by the ova; its innermost

layer was formed as in spring by cells ;3;th to 51,th of a line

in diameter, from which, according to Quatrefages, the sperma-

tozoa are developed.

About the middle of August I met for the first time with an

individual with a totally different generative organ. This was

much thicker and unbranched, of a green colour for one moiety

of its length, while the other was orange ; the latter portion con-

tained ova with a germinal vesicle, and without any germinal

spot, but they were larger (;;th line), and very different in ap-

pearance ; their yelk was coarsely granular, the granules being

partly round and partly oval, dark-coloured, and having the ap-

pearance of the so-called stearine-granules of the frog’s ovum:

they were <4, to z4,th of a line in diameter.

When I observed this, I began again to doubt the herma-

phrodism of the Synapte, and I conceived that either these, or

the other more numerous individuals, must be the males ; I there-

fore caused great numbers of Synapte to be brought to me daily,

and soon found individuals similar to those last described ; but to

24 Prof. Miiller on the Development

my infinite astonishment, while in one individual I found in the

‘ anomalous genital organ, sacs containing ova undergoing the

process of yelk-division, in another the same organ contained

similar vesicles in which young mollusks with spiral shells 4th

of a line in diameter were included.

This was the commencement of the researches which I con-

tinued uninterruptedly for two months, and in the course of

which I observed sixty-nine times the oecurrence of mollusks or —

mollusk-yelks in this Holothuria.

The individuals which contain mollusks agree in all respects

with the normal individuals of Synapta digitata ; they possess the

same twelve four-fingered tentacles, the same structure of the

integument, the same calcareous plates and “ anchors” to which

their adhesive power is due. Another kind of Synapta, the

S. inherens, occurs also, but more rarely, in the Bay of Muggia ;

it is however certain, that all I have to say concerning the pro-

duction of mollusks in Holothurie relates to S. digitata.

The Synapte were taken at a depth of from 6-8 fathoms in

fine mud not far from Muggia, and were regularly brought to me

every day from Zaole*. These Synapte, like all their congeners,

have the habit of breaking up spontaneously when roughly

handled, and were not to be obtained in an entire state;

the daily supply therefore consisted of fragments of Synapta

which had a maximum length of 8 to 10 or 12 inches. Among

them anterior portions with the head were to be found.

The head once separated, the fragments, however long they

may be, do not break up again, but remain living and moving

for a day or more; a piece with a head, however, redivides as _

often as it is irritated, and it is only by longitudinally dividing

the head that this process can be finally stopped.

It is, hence, impossible for me to say exactly how long the

Synapta digitata is, but I estimate its length at 15 to 20 inches.

From the same cause also, it is impossible to determine with any

certainty, what is the proportion of individuals with molluski-

gerous organs to those with normal ovaria. Ali that I could do

was to put the various fragments of my daily collection together

and measure the whole. In this manner a conception may be

formed upon how large a mass of materials the labours of these

two months were expended. On one day when the quantity of

the worms was less than usual, the length of the fragments,

placed end to end, was 60 feet ; on another occasion when there

were more, it was 79 feet. In so large a mass of fragments

one readily found 15 to 20 short pieces with heads, and a still

greater number with normal ovaria; at times, though rarely,

* The fisherman was Mattia Frusing of Zaole.

ee es

of ‘Mollisks'in Holothurie. 25

there were no molluskigerous individuals; generally, however,

there was one, two or three, and sometimes even four such.

These were neither larger (or older) nor smaller (or younger)

than the others—young and old were found of each kind.

The individuals with normal ovaria never possessed the un-

branched molluskigerous organ, and those possessing the latter

organ were never provided with the ordinary branched ovarium

of Synapta.

The molluskigerous individuals may be very easily distin-

guished externally from the others, the semitransparency of the

body permitting us readily to see whether it contain the common

ovarium or the thick molluskigerous organ.

On. the spontaneous fission of these animals, it of course readily

happens, that the generative organs, which open externally at the

head end, become torn, and are found partly in the separated

head-portions, partly in the headless fragments. In the same

manner the molluskigerous organ is found, either torn from its

connexions, and lying loosely coiled up in the abdominal cavity; -

or still attached to, and in organic connexion with, the Syn-

apta. 1 have so frequently observed this organic connexion

(twenty times), that it is beyond doubt, and must be supposed

to exist in all cases. The connexion is a double one—by both

ends; the ordinary ovaria are attached only to the head, where

they open, while in the opposite direction they float perfectly

free in the abdominal cavity ; but the molluskigerous organ when

uninjured is attached not only to the head where it opens exter-

nally, but by its lower end to the intestine in the manner to be

described immediately. There may be from one to three mol-

luskigerous sacs in the same individual.

The structure of this molluskigerous one nowise resembles

that of the ordinary generative organs. The tube is uninter-

ruptedly continuous throughout, but is differently coloured in its

two halves. The portion attached to the intestine is always

green, the other is coloured yellow by its contained yelks. So

far as the sac is green, it contains an intus-suscepted portion of

itself, with a blind end, like the inverted finger of a glove; and

at the point of intus-susception it is connected with the intestine,

or rather with the intestinal blood-vessel, which gives off a branch

to invest the open end of the intus-susception. The mode of

this connexion is very extraordinary. Where the sac is embraced

by the vessel it is enlarged into a sort of knob, from the middle

of which the involuted portion passes into the interior of the sac.

The open mouth of the cavity of this portion therefore projects

into the cavity of the blood-vessel, and the blood not merely

bathes the knob, behind which walls of the vessel are attached to

26 Prof. Miller on the Development

_ those of the sac, but the blood must also penetrate into the ea-

vity of the intus-suscepted portion as far as its blind end.

There are two intestinal vessels, as in other Holothuria; both

are very capacious, and they lie one on the free side of the intes-

tine, the other along the line of attachment of the mesentery.

It is always the former which is connected with the molluski-

gerous sac, and the mode of connexion is always the same. The

place at which the attachment takes place is anteriorly, a short

distance (at the most 13 inch) behind the muscular stomach

possessed by the Synapte in common with many Dendrochirote.

If there be two sacs, they are attached one behind the other in

just the same manner.

The two intestinal vessels present under the microscope violent

undulating contractions of their walls, such as may be seen in

the intestinal vessels and vascular plexuses of Holothuria tubulosa.

The undulatory movement is continued on to the vascular

branch which invests the knob of the molluskigerous sac. There

- is no ciliary motion in the interior of the intestinal vessels, the

blood-corpuscles rolling hither and thither only in consequence

of the undulatory contractions ; on the other hand, the vessels

and the intestinal walls are ciliated upon their outer surface, and

this ciliary investment is continued on to the outer surface of the

vascular branch which invests the “knob,” but it stops short

where the wall of the vessel unites with that of the sac, and the

latter has no cilia upon its outer surface. In this it is distin-

guished from the ordinary ovarial sacs of the Synapta, for these

are externally ciliated.

The mollusks are not produced within that portion of the sac

which contains the intus-susception, but in the other part. In

this more capacious portion, both the male and the female ele-

ments of the mollusks, and subsequently the mollusks themselves,

are found. The organ which contains the female elements may

be called an ovarium, and that which contains the male elements

may be called a testis, but in structure they have no resemblance

whatever to ordinary testes or ovaria ; their products however are

identical with the ova and spermatozoa of other animals. Both

ovarium and sperm-sacs lie free within the molluskigerous sac,

and are in no way attached to it. The ovary lies next to the

intus-susception, and thereupon follow the numerous sperm-sacs ;

but before describing these, it will be necessary to enter into the

minute structure of the walls of the molluskigerous sac.

The outer layer of this sac and the inner of the intus-suscep-

tion consists of perpendicular elongated (palisaden-formig) cells,

from whose contents the green colour of the green portion arises,

for they contain yellowish granules which in the green part are

ow yy.)

es a.

eo a -

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 27°

more richly developed, and here form complete series in the

cells. Similar cells, however, everywhere form the outer layer.

Below these lies the muscular membrane, consisting of transverse

and longitudinal fibres, on which the slow worm-like movements

of the sac, which may commonly be observed, depend. Internal

to this muscular coat perfectly transparent cells are scattered.

The innermost layer is formed by a membrane which presents a

lively ciliary motion everywhere—save in the green part. It is

in this ciliated part of the sac that the ovarium and the sperm-

saes lie perfectly free, like the charge in a gun.

_ The ovary again has its peculiar investment. This is a long

tubular capsule, everywhere closed and ciliated upon its whole

surface. The ciliated inner surface of the sac therefore is turned

towards the ciliated outer surface of this capsule of the ovary.

The ovarian capsule is for the most part, but not wholly, filled

by the ovary. The end which is turned towards the intus-sus-

ception of the sac is always empty and much thinner than the

other part of the capsule, and this thimner end is always bent

back upon itself, so that not its end, but its knee-shaped bend, is

in contact with the extremity of the green intus-susception.

It is here that the structure of the capsule may best be made

out. Beside the ciliated membrane there is an internal layer of

small elongated cells with scattered clear globules about ;3;th

of a line in length. In all the rest of the capsule, so far as it is

filled by the ovary, scattered agglomerations of yellow fat gra-

nules may be perceived upon its inner surface between it and the

The orange-coloured ovary lies in the capsule, but does not fol-

low its shape. It is dendritic, so that the capsule passes over the

branched mass ; and in an ovary which is not quite fully-formed,

little clear gaps may be observed here and there between the

branches of the ovary. The dendritic figure is that of a central

stem, from which branches are given off on each side and divide

and subdivide.

The central stem lies against the mner surface of the ovarian

capsule, so that in the imperfectly developed ovary, a hollow

space exists within the capsule which disappears in the course of

further development. If the capsule be carefully opened, the ova-

rium may be extracted and its structure further examined. It

consists, in all its parts, of egg-like masses th of a line in dia-

meter, inclosed in membranes ; the contents are coarse stearine-

like yelk-granules (of 54,5 to 4, of a line in diameter), and a

germinal vesicle of 7,th of a line in diameter without a germinal

spot. The germinal vesicle is viscid throughout, and is more similar

to what Von Baer calls the “ nucleus of the ovum ” in the perfect

ova of Echinus. The yelk-granules are frequently aggregated

28 Prof. Muller on the Development

into small round masses, and among them are found many ex-

-cessively minute particles which exhibit the molecular motion.

The yelk-granules are for the most part naked; a few of the

larger ones are however surrounded by an albuminous area

such as has been remarked in the ova of sharks and frogs. The

ova cannot be separated from one another; on pressure, their

membranous investment bursts,and some become no longer round,

but elongated or pyriform ; it would appear, that the membrane |

investing the yelks belongs rather to the ovarian capsule, which

it serves to divide into compartments, and that the ovum has no

proper vitellary membrane. The ovum which has left the

ovarium has certainly no vitellary membrane, in this respect

resembling the ovum of Actgon as described by Vogt. When the .

ovary is perfectly developed, it and its capsule dehisce, and give

exit to the ova which thus are found within the molluskigerous

sac. Here fifteen to thirty together become invested by a

common vesicle, and these vesicles occupy partly that portion of

the sac which follows the ovary, partly the space between the

capsule of the ovary and the sac.

Under these circumstances the development of the mollusks

commences, and is first recognizable by the oceurrence of the

phenomena of yelk-division. For a long time, with so much else

that was incomprehensible, I was unable especially to comprehend

how it was that the yelks began at once to develope their em-

bryos, since as a general rule the division-process arises as a

consequence of fecundation, and is never observed in gemme.

Towards the beginning of September, however, I discovered

the fecundating organs of the mollusk-ova in the same sac which

contains the ovarium with its capsule.

There are generally many sperm-capsules present ; in most

cases there are four to five or eight, and there may be as many

as eighteen. They lie perfectly free in a rather wide portion

of the molluskigerous sac, not far from the ovary and somewhat

nearer to its aperture.

The sperm-capsules are elliptical bodies 4th to 2ths of a line

in diameter, which are not ciliated upon their surface. Hach ~

consists of two membranous sacs, one inclosed within the other ;

the outer is the larger, and projects beyond the inner anteriorly

and posteriorly. An epithelial layer lines the simply mem-

branous outer sac, and between it and the inner sac there are

clear cell-like globules of different sizes, together with solitary

and aggregated yellow fat-granules, like those of the ovarian

capsule. The internal sac is a perfectly transparent, simple,

structureless membrane, though I have repeatedly observed

sudden contractions of its walls under the microscope. Its inner

surface is clothed with a layer of cells 54,th of a line in diameter,

5 itt Sea pe

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 29

which seem to take part in the development of the spermatozoa.

With these latter the whole capsule is filled; they are partly

united into moving bundles by their heads, and partly they swim

about separately. Their heads are sometimes rounded, some-

times elliptical, not uncommonly somewhat pointed anteriorly ;

the tail is very long, and at times seems to be the prolongation

of a sort of ridge upon the head. The end of the tail always

resents a longish enlargement. The head is about z4;th of a line

in diameter ; the whole spermatozoon =,th of a line or more.

I have so often (eight times) observed the sperm-capsules, that

their occurrence is perfectly certaim. They are found for the

most part only in those sacs which do not contain free and

fecundated ova, but I have also found them in sacs in which the

mollusks had commenced their development.

In these, however, some remains of the ovary are always to be

found.

The spermatozoa may become free by the dissolution of their

capsules. I have seen them free in a single case; here they

whirled about in great quantities in the ciliated sac round the

ovary close to its inner end, that is to say, as far as possible from

the place of their development in the neighbourhood of its outer

end.

The development of the mollusks from these yelks proceeds

thus: in those sacs in which the contents of the ovary have

already passed into the common sac, we find the developing

germ mass always inclosed in vesicles of ;5,, +4 to 45 of a line

in diameter, which are developed with the sac. Lach vesicle will

contain fifteen to thirty or more germs, or already developed

mollusks. If the germs be not yet developed into mollusks, the

characteristic yelk-granules are immediately recognizable in the

yelk, together with the germinal vesicle and the finely granular

mass with molecular motion of which it was composed in the

ovary. Even in the interior of the mollusks, the remnants of the

_yelk possess the same characteristic yelk-granules.

I have seen the germ mass within the vesicles in the following

states :—

1. In every vesicle (there may be more than 100 of them in

the sac) there are no single yelks or germs, but the yelk-mass is

quite diffused ; many round masses of yelk-granules may indeed

exist in it, as in the ovary, but these are much smaller than the

pre-existing yelks of the ovary. The germinal vesicles, answer-

ing in number to the embryos to be formed in the vesicle (therefore

some fifteen to thirty), are scattered through its contents and

have still the same constitution and size as in the ovary. Those

vesicles in which the yelk-mass is in this finely divided condition

always have a white appearance ; the yelk-granules are still as in

30 Prof. Miiller on the Development

the ovary, but the number of those which present an albuminous

~ area has very much increased, and the area is proportionally larger.

This stage has been observed seven times.

2. In each vesicle are fifteen to thirty separate yelks of th of

a line in diameter, each containing a germinal vesicle. In this

state the yelks always appear of an orange colour as in the ovary.

Hither no traces remain of the diffused yelk-mass, or at times

some of its granules and granule-aggregations are left unap- |

propriated. This stage was observed five times.

3. In every vesicle there are fifteen to thirty separate yelks,

which have begun to divide, e. g. all the yelks consist of four

globular masses. This stage was observed eleven times.

4, All the yelks of a vesicle have developed a ciliated cortical

or embryonic layer. Observed six times.

5. In every vesicle, fifteen to thirty embryos of mollusks with

shells are contained. Observed seventeen times. In such a brood

as this, some 2400 mollusks come into the world. They all possess

a calcareous shell about ;1,th of a line in diameter, more or less,

which effervesces with acids ; they have an operculum upon the

foot, and a respiratory cavity similar to that of the Pectinibran-

chiata, which are well known to be all unisexual.

For a long time I did not know how the mollusks made their

way out of the Synapta, because I could procure no head portion

with the outer end of the sac ; for when the Synapta breaks up,

the sac commonly remains in that part which separates from the

head. Once, however, I had the good fortune to find a piece

with the head in which not merely two molluskigerous saes (one

containing developed mollusks), and a third in a rudimentary state,

were present, but where also the two larger sacs had suffered no

injury at either their point of connexion with the intestinal

vesicle, or at that where they opened externally.

The third sac was easily distinguishable by its structure from

the vesicula Poliana, the walls of which contam the same

elongated calcareous discs as the integument of the tentacles. In.

this still very small sac, the ovarian capsule with its bent end

was readily distinguishable ; its external end was firmly connected

with the place of opening of the two other sacs, but the other end

was free.

The facts of which I have now given an accurate, though a

very general account, differ so widely from the ordinary course

of things, that I should myself place no credence in them, had

they not almost daily been forced upon my notice. The first

complete account of them is now before the Academy, for until

the present time I have only communicated them orally in Trieste

to a few naturalists, to M. Heckel of Vienna, to Prof. Boeck of

Christiana, and to Prof. R. Wagner of Gottingen. I consider it

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 31

a most fortunate circumstance that one of the most celebrated

physiologists of the day was working for a considerable time,

with a few of his pupils, in Trieste, so that I was enabled to de-

monstrate the most important of the phenomena in question to

him. [have opened the Synapte in the presence of Prof. Wagner,

and he could see for himself that the molluskigerous sac was

connected with the intestine, or rather with its vessel. I could

further show him this sac in two conditions: first, while still

containing the ovarium ; secondly, when the contents were the

vesicles with living mollusks, in which the motion of the otolithes

was very beautifully visible. I was also fortunate enough to be

able to demonstrate to M. Wagner the sperm-capsules with their

moving spermatozoa. My son has likewise observed all the more

important facts.

The development of the mollusks from the yelk closely re-

sembles that of other mollusks, e.g. Acteon (according to Vogt’s

observations). As in this, there is no vitellary membrane, and

two kinds of spheroidal masses are formed by the process of yelk-

division, viz. large opake masses, with many yelk-granules, and

smaller more transparent spheroids, which also contain stearine-

granules, and finely granular molecular masses, but in smaller

quantity ; in addition these have their small clear nucleus. In

some respects, however, the process of division is peculiar. Be-

fore the division of the yelk into two masses takes place, and in

yelks which are still quite round, that of the germinal vesicle or

clear nucleus occurs. In such round fecundated yelks we

find, instead of the germinal vesicle, two somewhat smaller, but

otherwise quite similar bodies. Besides, the germinal vesicle

does not disappear at all, but in the course of yelk-division is

used up to form the clear bodies in the interior of the division-

masses. It is perfectly similar in the ovarian ovum and in the

fecundated ovum. In the vesicles containing yelks, we find both

such as are perfectly spherical and such as begin to show a divi-

sion ; this commencing division I regard as the indication that

the fecundation of all the yelks which are contained in the

vesicle has taken place, but yet all still contain the germinal

vesicle, and it is either of the same size as in the ovarian ovum

and possesses the same viscidity, or there are two smaller ones

which must have proceeded from its division. When yelk-divi-

sion sets in, first two and then four large yelk-spheroids are

formed, each of which has its clear, central nucleus. When the

four large spheroids exist, four small transparent spheroids are

seen at the intersection of the lines of division upon one side ;

these soon become divided into eight, sixteen and more, the four

large opake spheroids remaining unchanged.

In the small transparent yelk-spheroids, the stearine-granules

32 Prof, Miller dn thé Development

appear very soon to break up and become dissolved. The four

‘ large spheroids are even yet present when the whole surface of

the yelk has become invested with a layer of transparent cells,

and when the moving cilia are developed upon these. The four

large spheroids thus remain in the interior of the yelk, and only

become more closely appressed, remaining otherwise unchanged

superficially. If however they be crushed at the time when the

cortical layer of the yelk is already developed and begins to ex-

hibit ciliary motion, we find-in their interior a great number of

elear nuclei, and I enumerated as many as twelve or more of

these simply inclosed within the large spheroids. It follows then

that the division of the clear nucleus of a yelk-spheroid precedes

the division itself in our mollusks.

The greater number of my observations relate to the period

when the mollusks contained in the sacs were almost perfect, and

possessed a spiral shell of one turn and a half, out of which they

could protrude themselves and into which they could retire. The

shell resembles that of Natica more than any other, but the aper-

ture is as long as it is broad. By the friendly aid of the Director,

M. Koch, I was enabled to examine extensively the mollusks of

the local fauna contained in the collection of the Zoological Mu-

seum of Trieste. The aperture of the shell is as large as the rest

of the shell, or larger. The columella is almost straight, and

thence the operculum has one edge more rectilinear. The shell

appears also to be umbilicated. The body of the mollusk is, for

the most part, made up of the richly-ciliated foot and head. The

foot is transversely notched in the middle, and thence consists of

two lobes, an anterior and a posterior, which carries the opercu-

lum. In the middle of the notch of the foot there is a kind of

papilla with an aperture, in which a ciliary motion is perceptible,

and which I can only interpret as an opening of the so-called

water-vascular system. Above the anterior lobe of the foot is the

mouth, which is covered by a peculiar, sometimes rounded, some-

times notched lobe. This lobe has much smaller cilia than the

foot, and stiff immoveable cilia or hairs; whenever I observed

them, these large cilia were motionless; like the lobes, they re-

minded one strongly of the cephalic velum of so many mollusk-

larvee, and perhaps at an earlier or a later period they are active.

In this stage the young mollusks move about but little in the ve-

sicles. Between the mouth and the foot there comes forth at

times a peculiar, generally-hidden lobe, which possesses only short

cilia, not larger than those upon the dorsal surface of the head.

In the head we see the two auditory organs, vesicles, containing

a constantly oscillating otolithe. Above this, upon the head,

there are two short projections, the future tentacles ; but no trace

of the eyes is to be seen. Within the shell is the respiratory

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 33

cavity, a space which exists independently of the movements of

the mollusk ; within it, two series of long vibrating filaments are

visible; one series runs longitudinally down the cavity of the

shell, following its curvature, and then bending round towards

the body of the mollusk ; the second series runs in a more trans-

verse direction. The mouth leads into a wide cesophagus, which

passes above the two auditory organs. The stomach and in-

testine are similar to those of other young mollusks. The intestine

forms a loop in the shell, whose returning limb, the rectum, bends

to the right. The liver consists of relatively small cells. In the

vicinity of the rectum, a few yellow granules may always be seen,

like remnants of the yelk. The innermost part of the shell, nearer

the apex, is filled by a transparent vesicular part of the body,

which is penetrated by several thread-like cords, and thence ap-

pears vesicular. Yellow granules, similar to those just described,

often lie among the threads, as if in the interspaces of vesicles,

Sometimes the animals come out of their shells, and then the

structure of this part is still clearer. In animals which have

been freed by injury of the shell, or the like, the gill-cavity is

torn, and the remains of the vibrating gill-filaments remain at-

tached and uncovered.

The mollusks could be kept alive many hours by placing the

vesicles containing them, or the sacs, in the abdominal fluid ob-

tained by cutting open a Synapta. In the water they died

sooner.

It would be extremely difficult to decide upon the exact zoolo-

gical affinities of this mollusk. The presence of the operculum

is not a character on which any great reliance can be placed,

since mollusk-larve with deciduous shells, such as the Nudi-

branchiata and Tectibranchiata, possess one. But the possession

of a respiratory cavity, the calcareous nature of the shell, the

more developed spire, and its decidedly symmetrical curvature,

seem to me to indicate that we have to do with one of the Pectini-

branchiata. If, however, the shell of this mollusk be deciduous,

the gill-cavity, which now extends far into the shell, must become

wholly changed.

That the mollusks are developed within the Holothuria is

clearly made out ; how it is possible that they are so developed,

I know not. All that I know is the fact, and the mode in which

it occurs ; and I may further add, that it is impossible the mol-

lusks should have been introduced by any one from without.

The Holothuria has not eaten them, for it eats nothing but fine

earthy mud, and nothing else is ever found in its intestine; and

even if it had, how could they get out of the intestine into the

abdominal cavity and the molluskigerous sac? Neither have

-. they crept into the abdominal cavity of the Synapta-fragments,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 3

34 Prof. Miiller on the Development

for all these are spasmodically contracted at their extremities, so

that nothing can either pass from or into that cavity with its

normally-contained saline fluid. Besides, how could a thousand

or more mollusks creep in, particularly as they must have entered

as yelks?

Neither have they crept into the sac from without, since they

have arisen from their elements in it. It follows then that the

sac must either itself be the equivalent of a mollusk, a vermiform

metamorphosis of a mollusk as it were, which has made its way

into the Holothuria; or it must be an organ of the Holothuria,

which instead of Holothurie produces mollusks. If the mol-

luskigerous sac be itself an animal, the intus-susception must be

regarded as an intestine, the interior of the sac as an abdominal

cavity, the ovarium and the sperm-sacs as the generative organs

of the animal. The whole difficulty, however, does not consist

in conceiving the sac to be an animal.

A grand difficulty for every theory is, that the molluskigerous

sac is organically connected with the Holothuria. The knob-like

end is not merely adherent by a sucker, or otherwise, to the Ho-

lothuria and its vessel, but the vessel of the Holothuria embraces

and is grown to the knob of the sac.

Has this sac, then, perhaps arisen as a bud in the Holothuria,

remaining in connexion with it, and perhaps having the same

relation to the production of the mollusks as the proembryo of

certain plants has to their production ? Against this view, how-

ever, we have the fact, that the sac opens at the same place as

the ordinary generative organs of the Holothuria.

Perhaps it is a case of the alternation of generations, the Ho-

lothuria producing mollusks, from which again Holothurie are

produced, though it is highly improbable that the alternation of

generations ever goes so far; and besides, the Holothuria has its

own peculiar mode of reproduction, its own ova, with whose pro-

duct indeed we are not yet acquainted, but which indubitably is

wholly different from a mollusk, and without question is again a

Synapta.

The mollusks are produced only in certain rare individuals of

the Holothuria, which, instead of the normal generative organs,

have others specially adapted for the production of mollusks.

Again, the essence of the alternation of generations is, that the

form B, produced from, and dissimilar to, A, reproduces the form

A. How would it be, however, if B propagated itself as B, and A

as B, but alsoas A? Such a possibility had long since presented

itself to my mind; and it seemed to me, that in the further

development of the phenomena of alternation lay the possi-

bility of an insight into the mode in which new forms have been

introduced into the creation. From this point of view, then, the

Se ee

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 35

newly-discovered facts might be regarded. They do not admit of

further explanation, but must be considered as ultimate facts, by

means of which many other phenomena, equally remote from

the ordinary course, but equally unquestionable, may perhaps be

lained. In the natural sciences, the inexplicable becomes by

observation the basis of our explanations. The origin of different

species in the creation is an indubitable fact of paleontology, but

remains in the region of the supernatural so long as the very act

of origin is not seen, and traced out into its elements. As soon

as this is possible, it ceases to be supernatural, and falls among

that higher order of phenomena, whose laws also observation will

one day discover. 4

Whoso would give his imagination license to deduce a few

further consequences from my observations, might thus specu-

late :—Till now it has been an idle question, whether the hen

were created first or her egg; but from these observations it

seems to follow that the egg had precedence, and further, that

the semen of the cock existed before the cock. Further, might

he say, that if the egg be primordial, the semen is contempora-

neous with it. It is thence needless to suppose the origin of a

double being consisting of male and female united, because we

are led to suppose a primitive contemporaneous origin of

males and females. From these observations, he would say, it

is explicable how animals with separate sexes were created by the

origin of ova and semen close together at the same place; they

do not arise in the air, nor in the mud of the sea, but in an or-

gan ad hoc within a pre-existing animal; and by means of an

already present organic Artificer, who indeed for his own ends

produces like from like, but also, obedient to a higher law, works

in the history of creation according to laws of which we have as

yet caught no glimpse.

Such might be the speculations of one who thought fit to make

4 observations a basis for the discussion of general metaphysi-

questions.

From my place as observer, I have simply to discuss all possi-

bilities ; but, as may be readily supposed, I repudiate all analogy

between my observations and the theory of the equivocal genera-

tion of intestinal worms, which has long since taken its place

in the category of errors. It is fortunate that these observations

upon Synapta were not made sooner, since they might readily

have disturbed the course of science, and have given origin to

confused notions.

The discoveries of R. Wagner, Lovén, Sars, Krohn, Van

Beneden, and Dujardin, upon the production of Meduse by

Polypes, have been very generally explained by the alternation

of generations, which certainly occurs, indeed, in the Meduse

36 Prof. Miiller on the Development

produced from Strobila, as described by Sars. For the young

of Medusa aurita, Cyanea capillata, and Cephea Wagner, is in

part polype-like, and the young of the two former multiplies by

the production of larve, 7. e. by means of budding and fission,

before it attains the perfect sexual form. Some have believed,

that, as a consequence, the class of Polypes and Medusze must be

united; and I was myself of the same opinion. - Now, however,

from my observations upon Synapta, and their necessary conse-

quences, it would seem that these deductions have been pushed

too far, and that we must draw a preliminary distinction between

the alternation of generations and heterogony. The facts dis-

covered by Sars belong to the proper alternation of generations.

When the young Medusa aurita has a polype-like form, and fixes

itself, it is by no means a Polype; it rather deserves the name

of a Polype-like Medusa-larva.

As to the facts discovered by R. Wagner, Lovén, Krohn, and

Van Beneden, it is for the present uncertain whether they are

cases of alternation or of heterogony.

For although the Polypes of the genera Coryne, Syncoryne,

Campanularia, Tubularia, Eudendrium, produce by gemmation true

Medusee with gastric vessels, and even in part with the otolithe

of Medusz, yet no one has ever seen what sort of young these

Medusz produce, nor whether their sexual brood consists of

Polypes of these genera.

n the other hand, the sexual propagation of these Polypes is

already known. J.ovén has seen the ova of Campanularia geni-

culata, and the ciliated Polype-embryo which proceeds from them,

and (which is still more important) has traced the development

of the Polype from the latter.

The seminal organs of Tubularia and of Eudendrium have been

discovered by Krohn and KoOlliker, those of Coryne squamata by

Rathke, those of Campanularia geniculata by Max. Schulze.

It follows, then, that these genera of Polypes produce two

quite distinct generations, of which one is homogonous, the

other heterogonous. The heterogonous products of those spe-

cies of Polypes form a connected series of Medusz, so that the

homogonous and heterogoncus generations of the Polypes form

parallel series. Do different kinds of Synapte also possess hete-

rogonous generations, do they produce mollusks, and do these

also form parallel series ?

The attention of naturalists must now be especially directed

to the nature of the brood produced by those Medusze which

proceed from Polypes. The young, formed by gemmation, of a

few allied Medusz (Sars, Forbes), which I have myself observed,

are again Medusz ; but do the former also produce similar Me-

dusz by their sexual generation ?

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 37

Certain observations which I have made upon very young

Medusz show, at all events, that there exist very young Meduse

with all the attributes of a Medusa, which however move by em-

bryonic ciliary motion only, and evince none of the pulsating

contractions of adult Meduse.

It seems to follow thence that they may be the result of

sexual generation, and not of gemmation ; for the ciliated young

in Medusz, as well as in Polypes, is the product of sexual gene-

ration.

Since, however, this ciliated young has already the form and

of a Medusa, it appears to proceed directly from the

Medusa itself; for the Meduse proceeding from the buds of

Polypes have no ciliary motion, and swim by the contraction of

their umbrella.

To such forms as these belong the ciliated young of ginopsis

mediterranea, Nob., described by me in the ‘Archiv’ for 1851;

and further, the young ciliated form described in the third Me-

moir upon the Echinoderm-larve, pl. 7. figs. 9-11, and whose

nature, whether Echinoderm or Medusa, is there left undecided.

Lately, in Trieste, I have determined it to be a young Medusa

with otolithes; the auditory vesicles are pedunculated, and con-

tain a round otolithe. A third young ciliated Medusa, with

6-10 unequal stiff marginal cirri, and 2-4 auditory organs with

otolithes, was observed by me in Trieste. The number of the

marginal cirri and pedunculated otolithe-sacs seems to increase

successively in this young form. The otolithes are simple and

round. The marginal cirri are divided by transverse partitions,

as in Polyxenia leucostyla of Will, the young of which it probably

is. The body of the animal is 4,th of a line in diameter.

From all this we may conclude, that there exist young Me-

dusz, with all the characters of Medusz, in a very nearly em-

bryonic state, swimming merely by means of cilia, and not arising

by gemmation from Polypes, but very probably by direct sexual

generation from certam Meduse.

Observations on the preceding Article.

The well-known care and accuracy of Prof. Miiller, and the

lucid manner in which he has detailed his observations, render

it impossible to entertain any doubts with regard to the facts

which he has discovered, and of which we have above endea-

voured to give an account as closely representing the original

as the peculiarities of a foreign tongue would permit.

It is another affair, however, with regard to the deductions

from those facts, and (supposing the whole evidence in Prof.

Miiller’s possession to be before the public) we must confess to

38 On the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie.

being anything but convinced, that the Professor’s conclusions

are either necessary or even well-founded.

Prof. Miiller considers that his discoveries have established

the occurrence in Synapta digitata of what he calls “hetero-

gony,” or “heterogonous generation,” that is, the production

by a given species of offspring similar to itself, and of offspring

dissimilar to itself, by true sexual generation ; such offspring in

each case being able to produce young like itself by sexual ge-

neration. Prof. Muller further points out, that this process is

very distinct from the “alternation of generations;’” and he

suggests that it may explain the mode of the introduction of new

species upon the surface of our planet.

There is of. course no “d-priori reason why this “ hetero-

gony” should not occur; but it is only reasonable to require

that so novel and startling a theory should at least be based

upon very strong evidence, and that the insufficiency of any at-

tempt at a simpler method of explanation should be clearly de-

monstrated.

Now, we cannot think that Prof. Miiller has done this. Take,

for instance, a possibility which he himself suggests (only, how-

ever, summarily to dismiss again), that the molluskigerous sac

may be the “ equivalent of a mollusk—a vermiform metamor-

phosis of a mollusk as it were.” How much might be said in

favour of this supposition! The mode of development of very

few mollusks is yet known, and their parasitism has been still less

inquired into. Before the discoveries of Nordmann, who could

have anticipated the extraordinary forms in which Crustacea are

found parasitic? Lerneocera and Pennella are as little like crabs

as the molluskigerous sac is like a mollusk.

Again, in considering the probability of a mollusk taking on

a worm-like parasitic form, we must not forget that Hectocotylus

is the male of the Argonaut, and yet that its form and habits

led Cuvier to place it among the worms.

As to the “grand difficulty for every theory,”’—the organic

connexion of the sac with the Holothuria,—consider some cases

of insect parasitism detailed by Dufour (Annals, Noy. 1851), in

which there is an “ organo-plastic” union between the stigmata

of the parasite and those of the insect in which it dwells.

We do not, of course, offer such analogies as these, as in

themselves an explanation of the facts observed by Prof. Miiller,

but merely to justify our belief that such an explanation may

yet be found without recourse to the doctrine of “ heterogony.”

On one subject Prof. Miller appears to us to be decidedly in

error; we mean in supposing that “ heterogony ” occurs among

the Polypes and Meduse. He says, ‘ These genera of Polypes

(i.e. Tubularia, Eudendrium, Campanularia, &c.) produce two

a ee oe

’

Pee ee es ee cw eee a

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 39

quite distinct generations, of which one is homogonous, the other

heterogonous.” Now we must distinctly deny that any such

case as this occurs :—There is no Polype yet known which has true

enerative organs and also produces Medusiform bodies. It may

tte one or the other, but never both ; and whenever the Medu-

siform bodies are developed, they represent the generative organs.

Nor is there any case known im which (as in Synapéta) certain

individuals of a species of Polype possess generative organs

producing Polype ova, while others develope Medusiform bodies.

It may be true that certain Meduse arise from the ova of

other Medusz, but this is no evidence of heterogony ; for we have

no right to assume, as is commonly done, that all Medusz pro-

ceed from Polypes by gemmation.

There is no evidence whatsoever in favour of the supposition

that the ova of. Polypes may become Meduse, but the con-

It must then be admitted, that if Synapta possesses this

“heterogonous” generation, it stands alone as an instance of a

physiological phenomenon without analogy or parallel in the

animal king¢dom.—TRanst.

V.—WNotes on Chalcidites, and Descriptions of various new species.

By Francis Warxer, F.LS.

{Continued from vol. vii. p. 216.]

Megastigmus giganteus, Kollar MSS. Flavus, vertice thoracisque

disco viridibus, abdomine fulvo vitta fusca ornato, antennis

nigris, pedibus flavis, tarsis anticis fulvis, alis subfulvis apud

stigma fusco maculatis.

Fem. Head yellow, brown behind around the insertion of the

throat which is also yellow; crown bright green, with transverse

furrows which differ in size: eyes bright red: mouth tawny : feelers

black, very slightly increasing in thickness to the tips, full as long

as the chest; first jot long, linear, tawny ; second cup-shaped,

pear b brown above and at the base; third and fourth very short ;

the following joints from the fifth to the eleventh long, linear, suc-

cessively decreasing in length ; club long-conical, full twice the length

of the eleventh joint: chest bright green, adorned here and there

with copper-blue and purple-colour ; breast and sides of the chest

pale tawny: fore-chest rather large, subquadrate, completely sculp-

tured with transverse irregular furrows, which are one of the charac-

teristics of the Torymide ; its length more than half its breadth:

shield of the mid-chest very long, another peculiarity of this group ;

it is also deeply furrowed, but its fore-part appears almost smooth,

the furrows being extremely small : sutures of the parapsides strongly

marked, p< slightly converging towards the hind-border of the

shield, and there parted from each other by much more than half the

breadth of the chest ; axille separated by one-third of the breadth

490 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites.

of the chest; a rim on the hind-border of the shield; scutcheon

nearly truncate-conical, convex behind, divided into two parts by a

slight transverse ridge, which formation in the Chalcidites is a cha-

racter of the development of that segment ; the scutcheon is rugulose,

coarsely so round the border, but the inequalities diminish im size

towards the middle where the sculpture is minute and beautiful: the

hind-chest is rather large, nearly obconical, declining ; it is divided

into three compartments by a transverse ridge which forms in the

middle an angle joining the fore-border; the fore-compartments are

short, and have each about six regular longitudinal ridges ; the hind-

compartment is longer and its ridges are more irregular, and it is

subdivided by two slight furrows, and in the space between them

there are two or three little transverse ridges: petiole extremely

short: abdomen convex, spindle-shaped, smooth, shining, tawny, a

little shorter and broader than the chest ; sides yellow; metapodeon

truncate-conical, concave towards the fore-border where it has three

brown spots; the middle spot is heart-shaped, the side spots are tri-

angular ; along the back of the abdomen there is a brown stripe irre-

gular in outline, and divided by the variations of its breadth into

three parts; the first is cup-shaped, the second is nearly round, the

third is spindle-shaped ; the octoon is brvad on each side, narrow in

the middle of the back where a fissure divides it into two parts ; it

is free, or is not anchylosed with the following segment, which

arrangement, a character of the Torymide, enables the abdomen to

enjoy more freedom of motion for its functions, and to direct the

movements of the ovipositor; ennaton, decaton and protelum large

and of nearly equal size ; paratelum and telum very short: sheaths of

the ovipositor black, pubescent, as long as the body: legs yellow;

hind hips tawny, brown at the base, much longer than the rest ;

thighs furnished with rows of white hairs; knees tawny ; shanks

pubescent ; fore-shanks a little darker than the rest ; fore-feet tawny ;

the peculiar dark colour of the fore-feet is very general among the

Chalcidites ; tips of the feet brown: wings with a very slight tawny

tinge; veins dark brown, tawny towards the base of the wing; hu-

merus beset with bristles towards its base, joining the fore-border by

a very gentle curve ; before this communication it sends forth a short

slender curved tawny vein that descends into the dise of the wing ; it

is darker towards its tip, where it is traversed by a tawny stripe whose

course is marked by a line of hairs ; the ulna is about one-third of the

length of the humerus; the radius is more than twice the length of

the ulna; the cubitus is not more than one-fourth of the length of

the ulna; the brand is large, oblong, emitting a short branch inclosed

in a brown spot which is continued along the sides of the cubitus :

the vein of the hind-wing after sinking below the fore-border during

part of its course again joins it at its tip where it is furnished with

the little hooks by which the fore-wings are attached to the hind-

wings: the wings are pubescent, except at the base, where there are

hardly any hairs. This species is distinguished from M. dorsalis by

its larger size, its longer ulna and shorter radius, and by some slight

differences in sculpture and colour.

South of Europe.

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 41

Eupelmus Tubatius, fem. Vi Grids; metathoracis lateribus niten-

tibus, abdomine purpureo, oviductu brevi, vaginis fulvis, pedibus

cupreis, tarsis flavis, alis fuscis, basi medioque limpidis.

Head wanting: chest elliptical, green, slightly hairy, in structure

like that of Z. urozonus: hind-chest bright green on each side: ab-

domen spindle-shaped, depressed, purple, hairy, very much longer

than the chest : sheaths of the oviduct tawny, very short : legs copper-

colour, rather stout ; knees tawny ; feet yellow, with brown tips ; tip

of each middle shank armed with a long black spine; middle feet

dilated, brown beneath: wings rather narrow: fore-wings brown,

colourless at the base, and having an almost colourless band across

the middle; veins piceous; ulna much longer than the humerus ;

radius shorter than the ulna ; cubitus rather long, curved ; wing-brand

very small. Length of the body 3 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

a. Hong-Kong, China. In the British Museum.

Eulophus Harcalo, mas. Nigro-eneus, antennis nigris, tarsis flavis,

alis nigro-fuscis.

Male. Small, zneous-black : feelers black, moniliform, and more

than half the length of the body ; first joint zeneous-black, fusiform,

long and slender; second cyathiform ; third, fourth and fifth short-

athiform, rather dilated, each emitting a short clavate branch at

the base ; seventh, eighth and ninth joints shorter and narrower than

the preceding: chest elliptic, rather short and broad: abdomen

linear and depressed, rather narrower but not longer than the chest :

legs zeneous-black ; feet yellow with black tips; fore-feet darker :

wings dark brown, rather short, somewhat paler at the base and

at the tips; veins piceous; ulna rather longer than the humerus;

radius much shorter than the ulna; cubitus much shorter than

the radius, declining rather abruptly into the disc of the wing ; stigma

brand small. Length of the body J line ; of the wings 3 line.

September ; Bleasdale, near Lancaster.

Leucospis leucotelus, fem. Nigra, capite antico antennisque ferru-

gineis, prothoracis marginibus scutellique margine postico flavis,

alis nigricantibus apice albis.

Body black, rather narrow, coarsely punctured, thinly clothed with

short whitish hairs which are most prevalent on the face: face and

mouth ferruginous ; palpi brown: feelers dark ferruginous ; sutures

of the joints brown ; first joint tawny beneath : fore-border and hind-

border of the fore-chest and hind-border of the scutcheon yellow :

abdomen compressed ; sheaths of the oviduct ferruginous, extending

to the fore-border of the scutcheon : legs pitchy ; hind-thighs coarsely

punctured, armed beneath with one long and with seven or eight

small teeth ; spines of the hind-shanks tawny : wings blackish ; gray

along the hind-borders ; tips of the fore-wings white ; veins black.

Length of the body 5 lines ; of the wings 10 lines.

Para. In the British Museum.

42 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites.

Chalcis fervida, fem. Fulva, nigro fasciata et vittata, antennis

nigris, pedibus fulvis, alis subfulvis.

Body tawny, roughly punctured: feelers black, ferruginous at

the tips; first joint tawny beneath: fore-chest short, narrower in

front, concave along the hind-border, with a brown spot on each side :

shield adorned on each side with two oblique black stripes which

widen and unite towards the hind-border ; the inner pair after a short

interruption also converge and unite in front: a short black band on

the scutcheon: propodeon large, obconical, reticulated with ridges ; -

the compartments quadrilateral ; a slight ridge along the middle, and

a short black band at the base: petiole very short : abdomen smooth,

shining, tapering from the base to the tip or clavate, narrower and

much longer than the chest, compressed and hairy towards the tip ;

metapodeon large, conical, with a black band near the tip; octoon

not half the length of the metapodeon ; ennaton a little shorter than

the octoon; decaton as long as the ennaton, traversed by a black

band; protelum a little longer than the decaton, also traversed by a

black band ; paratelum much longer than the protelum ; telum with

a black tip, rather more than twice the length of the paratelum : legs

tawny ; hind-thighs armed beneath with one long sharp tawny and

six small black blunt teeth; the fifth and sixth teeth double: wings

slightly tawny; veins brown ; humerus much less than half the

length of the fore-border ; ulna ‘nearly half the length of the humerus ;

radius a little longer than the ulna ; cubitus not one-fourth the length

of the ulna, sending forth a very short branch ; spurious vein tawny,

indistinct. Length of the body 5} lines; of the wings 8 lines.

Para. In the British Museum,

Decatoma Neesii, Foérster. Fulva, thoracis apice nigro, abdominis

disco fusco, antennis pedibusque fulvis, alis anticis fusco semi-

Sasciatis.

Fem. Body tawny: head and thorax punctured, slightly squameous:

head transverse, a little broader than the thorax: eyes and ocelli

piceous: feelers clavate, tawny, brown towards the base: base of

the propodeon black: a broad irregular brown stripe along the back

of the abdomen: legs tawny: wings colourless; veins tawny; ulna

and radius very short; a pitchy spot beneath the ulna diffused into

a broader brown band which descends into the dise of the wing.

Nearly allied to D. flavicollis. Length of the body 2 line; of the

wings | line.

Inhabits Germany.

Palmon Sinensis, mas et fem. Viridi-cyaneus, abdomine subtus fulvo,

vaginis corpore fere duplo longioribus, antennis nigris, pedibus

viridibus, tibiis anterioribus tarsisque anticis fulvis, tarsis pos-

terioribus flavis, alis limpidis.

Head and chest finely shagreened: head green, as broad as the

chest: eyes red: mouth dark tawny: feelers black, club-shaped,

much shorter than the chest: chest long and narrow, blue with a

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 43

green tinge: petiole short: abdomen compressed, smooth, shining,

blue, b with a tawny tinge beneath, a little shorter than the

chest : lect yellow, its sheaths black, nearly twice the length of

the body: legs green; trochanters, four front shanks and fore-feet

tawny ; hind-hips and hind-thighs very large; the latter elliptical,

armed beneath with six stout teeth; hind-shanks much curved,

pitchy, tawny at the base, applied to the thighs; four hind-feet

pale yellow with tawny tips: wings colourless; veins pitchy; ulna

much shorter than the humerus; radius not more than one-sixth of

the length of the ulna; cubitus very short, hardly half the length of

the radius; brand very small. Length of the body 14 line; of th

wings 3 lines. .

- Hong-Kong, China. In the British Museum.

Monodontomerus Anthophore, Newport, mas et fem. Viridis,

capite antico eyaneo, vertice maculis duabus cupreis ornato, ab-

dominis fascia purpureo-cuprea, antennis nigris, pedibus viridi-

bus, tarsis fulvis, tarsis anticis tibiisque ferrugineis, alis sub-

cinereis.

Male. Head and chest convex, finely shagreened : head green, full

as broad as the chest, blue and nearly smooth in front, and having a

large bright copper spot on each side of the crown between the eyes :

eyes and eyelets red: feelers black, stout, compact, nearly filiform,

much shorter than the chest ; first joint long, slender, green ; second

cup-shaped ; third and fourth extremely minute ; the following joints

from the fifth to the tenth successively but slightly decreasing in

length ; club conical, nearly thrice the length of the tenth joint:

chest green, nearly spindle-shaped : fore-chest rather large, angular,

but slightly narrower and rounded in front ; its length a little more

than half its breadth: shield of the mid-chest rather long; sutures

of the parapsides strongly marked ; axillee coppery, parted by about

one-fourth of the breadth of the chest: scutcheon conical, rather

long, purplish coppery towards the tip ; hind-scutcheon rather large :

hind-chest transverse, short, declining : petiole very short: abdomen

convex, slightly compressed, nearly spindle-shaped, shorter and

rather narrower than the chest, purplish bronze, clothed with a few

white hairs especially towards the tip; metapodeon bright green,

coppery along the hind-border, about one-fifth of the length of the

abdomen ; octoon purplish bronze, not half the length of the meta-

podeon ; ennaton longer than the octoon; decaton a little longer

than the ennaton; protelum almost as long as the ennaton ; para-

telum shorter; telum very short: legs green; trochanters pitchy ;

knees tawny ; shanks dark ferruginous with tawny tips; feet tawny ;

fore-feet and tips of four hinder feet ferruginous : wings slightly grey,

pubescent, rather short; veins pitchy; ulna hardly half the length

of the humerus ; radius much less than half the length of the ulna ;

cubitus very short, about half the length of the radius ; brand small,

forked. Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 3 lines.

England.

44 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ VI.—Descriptions of some Hymenopterous Insects captured in

India, with notes on their Giconomy, by Ezra T. Downzs, Esq.,

who presented them to the Honourable the East India Company.

By Freperickx Smiru, Assistant Zoological Department, Bri-

tish Museum.

Genus TETRAPONERA.

Heap elongate, sides parallel, the vertex slightly emarginate; _

eyes ovate, lateral, stemmata three, situated on the vertex ; the

antenne 12-jointed, geniculate, subclavate, inserted in the sides

of a raised prominence above the base of the clypeus; the man-

dibles stout, dentate, subarcuate, very broad at their apex, apical

teeth crossing, slightly narrowed at their base. Thorax elongate,

obtusely rounded at base and apex; legs moderate in length.

Abdomen elongate, the two basal segments constricted, forming

two nodes, the first half the width of the second ; petiole elongate

ovate, the second segment globose, the remaining portion of the

abdomen elongate ovate.

Tetraponera atrata.

Female (length 43 lines) black,

shining, the antenne dark fusco-fer-

ruginous, the basal joint one-third of

their entire length; the mandibles

rugose, pubescent, their apical tooth

long and acute ; the prothorax trans-

yerse in front, the anterior coxe di-

lated, compressed at their sides, the

claws rufo-testaceous, the calcaria

testaceous. The abdomen has here

and there a long hair or bristle, parti-

cularly on the first node of the abdo-

men and at the apex, the margins of

the fourth and fifth segments narrowly

piceous at their apical margins.

Hab. Bombay.

This msect as far as I know is

unique, nor will it fall into any

established genus ; in some characters it approaches Myrmecia,

the abdomen closely resembling that of the insects of that ge-

nus, but the head and thorax are totally different, there bemg

no constriction between the meso- and meta-thorax; it also ap-

proaches the Condylodon of Lund in having short stout toothed

mandibles, but it has small lateral eyes similar to Ponera. I

should therefore assign it a place between Ponera and Condy-

lodon.

on) it 1 Ss ee ae ee

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 45

I am only acquainted with one other species belonging to this

genus ; it is from South America, and is in the National Collec-

tion at the British Museum. I subjoin a description of the in-

sect in a note *.

Genus HEDYCHRUM.

Hedychrum rugosa, n. s.

Length 3 lines. Head and thorax golden green, rugose-punc-

tate; the eyes, antenne and tegule black, the scape of the

antennz tinged with green ; the tarsi rufo-piceous, the punctures

on the scutellum and metathorax very large. The abdomen is

green with a blue reflection, much more finely punctured than

the thorax, except the sides of the basal segment which are rugose.

Hab. Poona.

Genus Curysis.

Chrysis pubescens, n. 8.

Length 3 lines. Head and thorax brassy-green, rugose-punc-

tate; the eyes and antennz black, except the basal joint, which

is brassy-green; the anterior margin of the prothorax deeply

incurved, receiving the vertex of the head, the metathorax pro-

duced laterally into obtuse spines; the tegulz and legs brassy-

green, the tarsi rufo-testaceous ; the wings dark fuscous, some-

what paler at their apical margins. Abdomen green, with a blue

reflection, the apical segment chalybeous, quadridentate; the

whole abdomen deeply punctured, and having, as well as the

head and thorax, a short thin pubescence.

Hab. Bombay.

This species is parasitic on Pelopeus ; the following are Capt.

Downes’s remarks: “ A nest of Pelopeus was taken on the wall

of my room; several of the cells were broken down whilst re-

moving them, and various sorts of spiders fell out ; one of the

cells was a little denuded of its mud, so that I could see inside ;

this hole was repaired next day by a thin substance like talc, and

* Tetraponera testacea.

Female (length 33 lines) testaceous, smooth and shining ; the head elon-

gate, truncate in front and behind, slightly emarginate at the vertex, a

shallow impressed line running from the anterior stemma to the base of the

antennz, where it terminates in a deep sulcation carinate on its sides; the

eyes black, the mandibles ferruginous, roughly channelled longitudinally

with irregular striations, the teeth black ; the mesothorax is darker than

the rest of the thorax, and has a longitudinal scratch on each side; the

metathorax is rounded posteriorly, very smooth and shining ; the abdomen

has a few scattered long hairs at its apex, and also on both its nodes; the

third ent is also slightly constricted.

Hab. Napo, S. America.

In the collection of the British Museum.

46 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ if the cell reaches you safely, you will see what I mean; although

the substance has been broken a little, it was quite perfect, and

had the appearance of a little window. In another exposed cell was

a Chrysis: by some means those enemies to everything, the red

ant, found it out, and soon exposed the pupa ; however, it was in a

sufficiently forward state to show what it would have been. The

Pelopeus made its appearance on the 4th of July ; the nest just

finished was taken on the 11th June 1848.”

The “thin substance like talc” was the pupa-case spun by the

Pelopeus ; it still lines the mud cell, is transparent, and of brown

colour.

Genus Scorta.

Scola fervida, n. s.

Female (length 8 to 9 lines) black, the face coarsely punc-

tured ; eyes ovate, notched within, between the eyes in a fossulet

a single ocellus and a curved impressed line above it; the mar-

gin of the vertex is punctured, but between this and the curved

impression it is smooth and shining. Thorax deeply punctured,

having two parallel smooth oblong spaces on the mesothorax

smooth and shining; the wings dark fuscous, having a purple

reflection, and having two submarginal and one recurrent ner-

vure ; the legs short, stout, and densely clothed with coarse black

pubescence. Abdomen, the second segment has two lateral red

macule varying in size, sometimes united ; the second and third

red, as also in some instances the base of the fourth.

Hab. Poona. .

This species is one that presents variable characters as follows :

one or two red spots in front of the ocellus, a red spot at the

vertex of the eyes, also on each side of the collar, a lateral dark

stain on the spots and segments of the abdomen; all these are

more or less present in different individuals: im general ap-

pearance it approaches the Scolia 4-pustulata of Fabricius, but -

differs so much in the sculpture of the head and thorax as to re-

move all doubt of its being distinct.

Genus AMMOPHILA.

Ammophila atripes, n. 8.

Female (length 10 lines) black, the face adorned with silvery

pile; the scape of the antenne ferruginous in front; the pro-

thorax and mesothorax transversely irregularly striate ; the meta-

thorax rugose ; the tubercles covered with silvery pile, the tegulz

rufo-piceous, the wings fusco-hyaline, darkest at their tips; the

femora, tibiz, and basal joint of the tarsi red, the apical joints

black; claws red, metathorax transversely striate. Abdomen,

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 47

the basal joint red, the second joint dark fusco-ferruginous, the

rest of the segments of a violet blue. -

Hab. Khandala ; 1800 feet above the level of the sea.

Genus PELopzvs.

Pelopeus bilineatus, n. s.

Female (length 8} lines) black, the scape of the antennz yel-

low in front ; the prothorax has two yellow transverse spots nearly

touching ; the tegule, a perpendicular line beneath them, the

post-scutellum, and two parallel oblong stripes on the metathorax,

yellow ; the apical half of the anterior femora and the tibie, the

apical half of the intermediate femora, the tibiz, the apical half

of the basal joint of the tarsi, the trochanters, base of the femora

and tibiz, and basal joint of the tarsi of the posterior legs, yel-

low. Abdomen, the petiole yellow, the other segments beauti-

fully aciculate.

Hab. Bombay.

I cannot find any description answering to the present species,

and although some other species have the surface of the abdomen

aciculate, still it is more beautiful and conspicuously so in this

than im any species which I have seen. It was upon this insect

that the Chrysis pubescens, described above, was parasitic. This

fact, if any were wanting, since I have already published «an ac-

count of Chrysis being reared from the nests of Odynerus and

also of Osmia, proves that the parasite feeds on the larva, and

not on the food stored up. Pelopeus provisions its nest with

spiders ; Odynerus, with lepidopterous larve; and Osmia, with

the pollen of flowers.

Pelopeus separatus.

- This insect only differs from the preceding in wanting the

yellow spots on the collar and the two oblong stripes on the

metathorax ; the abdomen is sculptured precisely as in P. bi-

lineatus, and the present insect is very probably only a variety.

Hab. Bombay.

In a letter, Col. Downes states that the ‘nests of this species

were constructed in his apartment, and he discovered one day

that they were partly destroyed by red ants. In a partly demo-

lished cell he observed an insect nearly matured ; this proved to

be the Hedychrum rugosa described above; thus we learn that

species of Hedychrum and also of its ally Chrysis are parasites on

the Pelopai.

Genus Errrona.

Epipona marginata, St. Farg. Hist. Nat. Ins. i. 541. 3.

Of this species Col. Downes says, “I must call your attention

48 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ to one of the Hymenoptera, which you will find with its cells: I

have confirmed what I never had an opportunity of doing before,

although it has been stated by authors that the young are fed

by the parent ; such was the case in this instance, as I had daily

opportunities of seeing the larva fed. A single egg is deposited

in each cell very soon after the commencement of it, and the

cell is built up as the larva grows, not finished at once; and the

parent possesses the necessary instinct to close the cells when the .

larvee are ready to undergo their change.”

This is a very interesting note, and shows how closely these

smaller communities of wasps resemble those of the more popu-

lous species of Vespide. The common wasp of Europe, the

V. vulgaris, deposits her eggs in cells which are only raised about

the eighth of an inch; and as the larva grows the cells are built

up. But I do not feel at all satisfied that the working wasps

close the cells as soon as the larve are full-fed. On dissolving

the comb of a wasp’s nest, it will be found that the covering is

not merely over the mouth of the cell, but that it is continued

down the sides within, varying in extent in different species. I

cannot but think that the cells are closed by the larve them-

selves, not only in wasp communities, but also in those of the

social Apidae.

The nest of this species is similar to that of Polistes, being

merely’a comb of exposed cells twenty-five in number, from six

of which the perfect insect has come forth, the other cells being

of different heights ; but all contain either an egg, a larva, or a

pupa.

Epipona variegata.

Female (length 3} lines) ferruginous, a line within the eyes

reaching the emargination, the clypeus and a spot above it be-

tween the antenne, the scape in front, the mandibles and a

broad line behind the eyes, yellow; the clypeus has a ferru-

ginous stain in the centre. ‘Thorax, the anterior margin of the

metathorax, the collar, tegule, a spot beneath the wings, the an-

terior margin of scutellum, the post-scutellum, two ovate maculz

on the metathorax, two spots on the breast, the coxee in front,

and a line on the anterior and intermediate femora beneath, and

also a line on all the tibia above, yellow. Abdomen, a minute

spot at the apical margin of the peduncle, two ovate macule at

the base of the second segment and a broad band at its apical

margin, yellow; a fuscous spot occupies the apical half of the

marginal cell.

Hab. Poona.

This species was accompanied by its nest, which consists of a

single comb of cells about an inch in length and half an inch

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 49

broad ; it has nineteen cells, nine of which are perfect : from five

have emerged perfect insects, and four contain pupz more or less

advanced towards perfection : the comb is attached to a leaf by a

slender footstalk.

Genus ANCISTROCERUS.

Ancistrocerus ornatus, 0. 8.

Male (length 4 lines) ferruginous, the clypeus and face as

high as the top of the notch of the eyes, the scape of the an-

tenn in front, the mandibles and cheeks yellow; the stemmata

are inclosed in a coronet-shaped black spot on the vertex; the

margin of the prothorax, the tegul and posterior portion of

the tubercles, the anterior and intermediate tibia and tarsi, also

their coxz in front, yellow ; the lateral margins of the scutellum

and post-scutellum and also the margin of the collar narrowly

stamed more or less with yellow ; all the impressed divisions of

the parts of the thorax are stained more or less black ; a dark

fuscous spot occupies the marginal cell, extending a little

beyond; abdomen, the apical margins of the segments are

more or less of a yellowish tinge, as is also the second segment

beneath ; the second and third segments above are black at their

basal margins.

Hab. Bombay.

This is a very beautiful and apparently undescribed species ;

it is from Bombay.

Ancistrocerus guttatus.

Female (length 44 lines) black: the clypeus, base of the man-

dibles, the scape of the antennz, a line running from the clypeus

and filling the notch of the eyes, and an elongate-ovate macula

behind the eyes near the vertex, bright yellow ; a black line on

the scape behind at its apex; the clypeus bidentate at its apex ;

a broad macula on each side of the prothorax touching in the

centre, the tegulz, a round spot beneath the wings, the scu-

tellum and post-scutellum, a large ovate macula on each side of

the metathorax, the intermediate and posterior cox, spotted

with yellow ; all the femora, tibiz and tarsi vellow ; the posterior

femora are only yellow towards the apex beneath, and the tarsi

are stained ferruginous ; the costal and externo-medial cell have

a slight fuscous cloud as well as the apical margins; a dark fus-

cous spot is inclosed in the marginal cell. Abdomen, the mar-

gins of all the segments and a large round macula on each side

ot the second segment yellow ; beneath, a broad yellow fascia oc-

cupies the apical margin of the second segment and is bisinuate.

Hab. Khandala.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Voll. ix. 4

50 Bibliographical Notices.

Genus Prosortis.

Prosopis mixtus.

Female (length 2} lines) black; the clypeus cream-coloured ;

the tubercles and tegule white ; the wings white, hyaline; all

the tarsi pale ferruginous ; the pubescence on the posterior legs

white; the margins of the abdominal segments testaceous ; the

disk of the thorax is very smooth and shining.

Hab. Ind.

Although I have placed this insect in the genus Prosopis, I do

not feel quite satisfied that it belongs to it; in the neuration of

the wings it exactly corresponds with that genus. I cannot ex-

amine the tongue, and the specimen described is much mutilated

and gummed to a piece of card, and is altogether in bad con-

dition. I have described it, believing it to be an Hyleus, as it is

to me a new habitat for the genus.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Naturalists Sojourn in Jamaica. By P. H. Gosse. 1851. 12mo.

Longman and Co.

THERE are perhaps few parts of the world of whose natural pro-

ductions we know less than those of our own West Indian Colonies.

At first sight this may appear ratber surprising, considering the

number of Europeans constantly residing in those beautiful islands ;

but as most of these regard the old country as their home, and their

sojourn in the West Indies only as a means of making money, they

are still, as in the time of Bancroft, “more attentive to the acqui-

sition of wealth than natural knowledge.” Occasionally indeed some

clergyman or medical man does pay a little attention to the natural

objects which surround him; but the number of these exceptions is

but small, whilst few of them ever do more for the preservation and

publication of their observations than the insertion of a notice of

some remarkable occurrence in one of the innumerable ‘ St. George’s

Chronicles’ or ‘ Kingston Gazettes,’ or an occasional article in one of

those red-covered almanacs, which, to European eyes, have such a

curiously exotic appearance.

The natural history of Jamaica has once or twice engaged the at-_

tention of naturalists and been made the subject of a special treatise,

but much remained to be done,—how much, the present delightful

volume, the result, or rather part of the result, of a ‘“sojourn”’ of

only nineteen months in the island, will abundantly show.

Mr. Gosse is too well known as an acute observer of nature, and

his reputation as an agreeable writer is too well established, to leave

much doubt in the minds of our readers that a book from his pen on

the natural history of Jamaica, perhaps the most beautiful of tropical

islands, will contain an abundance both of information and entertain-

Bibliographical Notices. 51

ment, and we believe we cannot do better, either for our readers or

Mr. Gosse, than by letting that gentleman speak for himself.

Speaking of Lizards (p. 74), he says—

** One feature with which a stranger cannot fail to be struck on his

arrival in the island, and which is essentially tropical, is the abun-

dance of the lizards that everywhere meet his eye. As soon as ever

he sets foot on the beach, the rustlings among the dry leaves, and

the dartings hither and thither among the spiny bushes that fringe

the shore, arrest his attention* ; and he sees on every hand the beau-

tifully coloured and meek-faced Ground Lizard (Ameiva dorsalis)

scratching like a bird among the sand, or peering at him from be-

neath the shadow of a great leaf, or creeping stealthily along with its

chin and belly upon the earth, or shooting over the turf with such a

rapidity that it seems to fly rather than run. By the roadsides and

in the open pastures, and in the provision-grounds of the negroes,

still he sees this elegant and agile lizard ; and his prejudices against

the reptile races must be inveterate indeed, if he can behoid its gentle

countenance, and timid but bright eyes, its chaste but beautiful hues,

its graceful form and action, and its bird-like motions, with any other

feeling than admiration.

«* As he walks along the roads and lanes that divide the properties,

he will perceive at every turn the smooth and trim little figures of

the Wood-slaves (Mabouya agilis), basking on the loose stones of the

dry walls; their glossy fish-like scales glistening in the sun with

metallic brilliance. They lie as still as ifasleep ; but on the intruder’s

approach they are ready in a moment to dart into the crevices of the

stones and disappear until the danger is past.

“Tf he looks into the outbuildings of the estates, the mill-house,

or the boiling-house, or the cattle-sheds, a singular croaking sound

above his head causes him to look up; and then he sees clinging to

the rafters, or crawling sluggishly along with the back downward,

three or four lizards, of form, colour, and action very diverse from

those he has seen before. It is the Gecko, or Croaking Lizard (Theca-

dactylus levis), a nocturnal animal in its chief activity, but always

to be seen in these places, or in hollow trees, even by day. Its ap-

aap is repulsive, [ allow, but its reputation for venom is libel-

us and groundless.

“The stranger walks into the dwelling-house. Lizards, lizards,

still meet his eye. The little Anoles (4. iodurus, A. opalinus, &c.)

are chasing each other in and out between the jalousies, now stopping

to protrude from the throat a broad disk of brilliant colour, crimson

or orange, like the petal of a flower, then withdrawing it, and again

displaying it in coquettish play. Then one leaps a yard or two

through the air, and alights on the back of his playfellow ; and both

struggle and twist about in unimaginable contortions. Another is

running up and down on the plastered wall, catching the ants as they

roam in black lines over its whited surface; and another leaps from

the top of some piece of furniture upon the back of the visitor’s

* “ Nunc virides etiam occultant spineta lacertos.”—VirG.

52 Bibliographical Notices.

chair, and scampers nimbly along the collar of his coat. It jumps on

the table ;—can it be the same? An instant ago it was of the most

beautiful golden green, except the base of the tail, which was of a

soft, light, purple hue: now, as if changed by an enchanter’s wand,

it is of a sordid sooty brown all over, and becomes momentarily

darker and darker, or mottled with dark and pale patches of a most

unpleasing aspect. Presently, however, the mental emotion, what-

ever it was, anger, or fear, or dislike, has passed away, and the lovely

green hue sparkles in the glancing sunlight as before.

“ He lifts the window-sash ; and instantly there run out on the sill

two or three minute lizards of a new kind, allied to the Gecko, the

common Pallette-tip (Spheriodactylus Argus). It is scarcely more

than 2 inches long, more nimble than fleet in its movements, and not

very attractive.

‘In the woods he would meet with other kinds. On the trunks

of the trees he might frequently see the Venus (Dactyloa Edwardsii),

as it is provincially called; a lizard much like the Anoles of the

houses, of a rich grass-green colour, with orange throat-disk, but

much larger and fiercer: or in the eastern parts of the island the

great Iguana (Cyclura lophoma), with its dorsal crest like the teeth

of a saw running all down its back, might be seen lying out on the

branches of the trees, or playing bo-peep from a hole in the trunk :

or in the swamps and morasses of Westmoreland the yellow Galliwasp

(Celestus occiduus), so much dreaded and abhorred, yet without rea-

son, might be observed sitting idly in the mouth of its burrow, or

feeding on the wild fruits and marshy plants that constitute its

food.”

As might be expected from this extract, the natural history of the

lizards forms a very important portion of Mr. Gosse’s work, which

accordingly contains many interesting observations on this somewhat

despised class of animals, including a long and valuable communi-

cation from the author’s friend, Mr. Hill, on the Alligator or native

Crocodile. Let us turn now toa class more generally attractive, and

see one of the most beautiful of the feathered inhabitants of the air

in a state of nature :—

** While I was up in the calabash-tree,” says Mr. Gosse (p. 48),

*‘ engaged in detaching the bunches of Oncidium, the beautiful Long-.

tailed Humming-bird (Trochilus polytmus) came shooting by, with

its two long velvet-black feathers fluttering like streamers behind it,

and began to suck at the blossoms of the tree in which I was. Quite

regardless of my presence, consciously secure in its power of wing,

the lovely little gem hovered around the trunk, and threaded the

branches, now probing here, now there, its cloudy wings on each side

vibrating with a noise like that of a spinning-wheel, and its emerald

breast for a moment flashing brilliantly in the sun’s ray ; then appa-

rently black, all the light being absorbed ; then, as it slightly turned,

becoming a dark olive ; then in an instant blazing forth again with

emerald effulgence. Several times it came close to me, as I sat mo-

tionless with delight, and holding my breath for fear of alarming it and

driving it away ; it seemed almost worth a voyage across the sea to

——

Bibliographical Notices. 53

behold so radiant a creature in all the wildness of its native free-

dom.”

With one more extract, also relating to birds, we mustconclude our

notice of this interesting book ; it is headed—-V oices of early Birds :—

* April 29th.—I rose some hours before the sun, and proceeded

to the Peaks of Bluefields. Passing through the wooded pastures

and grass-pieces of Pinnock-Shafton, I was interested in the voices of

‘earliest birds.’ While as yet no indication of day appeared over

the dark mountain, no ruddy tinge streamed along the east ; while

Venus was blazing like a lamp, and shedding as much light asa

gens moon, as she climbed up the clear dark heaven among her fel-

ow-stars ;—the Piramidigs or Nightjars were unusually vociferous,

and careering in great numbers ; they flew low, as I could perceive

_ by listening to their sounds, but were utterly undistinguishable to the

sight from the darkness of the sky across which they flitted in their

angular traverses. _ Presently the Flat-bill uttered his plaintive wail,

occasionally relieved by a note rather less mournful. When the ad-

vancing light began to break over the black and frowning peaks, and

Venus waned, the Peadove commenced from the neighbouring woods

her fivefold coo, hollow and moaning. Then the Petchary cackled

his three or four rapid notes ; and from a distant wooded hill, as yet

shrouded in darkness, proceeded the rich, mellow, but broken song

of the Hopping Dick. Now the whole east was ruddy, and the rug-

ged points and trees on the summit of the mountain-ridge, interrupt-

ing the flood of crimson light, produced the singularly beautiful phee-

nomenon of a series of rose-coloured beams, diverging from the east-

ern quarter, and spreading like an expanded fan across the whole

arch of heaven, each ray dilating as it advanced. Then mocking-

birds all around broke into song, pouring forth their rich gushes and

powerful bursts of melody, filling the ear, and overpowering all the

other varied voices, which now helped to swell the morning concert

of awakening birds.”’ :

In another passage, Mr. Gosse has well refuted the erroneous idea

that the birds and flowers of the tropics are destitute of song and

scent, and furnished us with a long list of marked exceptions to this

so-called rule ; whilst in many other places, in descriptions of the

various scenes in which his researches were carried on, he has com-

municated a great deal of information on tropical vegetation which

will be exceedingly interesting to the botanist. A considerable num-

ber of new species of animals are described in various places, some of

them illustrated by coloured figures, and the work is also adorned

with views of several of the scenes described : it is certainly a most in-

teresting and valuable addition to our stock of information on tropical

natural history.

In conclusion, however, we cannot but express our regret, that

Mr. Gosse should have allowed himself to fall into the common cant

of soi-disant field-naturalists in speaking against all branches of na-

tural history except theirown. We should have thought that one who

in his own department can work so well, might have rested his claim

to be regarded as a naturalist on the merits of his works, without re-

54 Bibliographical Notices.

sorting to any illiberal depreciation of the equally valuable labours

of others. And indeed, without the assistance of these despised eloset-

naturalists, what would the works of Mr. Gosse and other field-natu-

ralists become ?—a mere chaos! a mass of inextricable confusion !

Mr. Gosse may rest assured, that other and far higher powers than

those of the mere observer are required by those who endeavour to

bring the disjointed materials furnished by field-naturalists and spe-

cies-describers into something like order,—to make them subservient

to the progress of science towards its ‘true object, the development of

our knowledge of the system of nature. “ This is natural history.”

Man and his Migrations. By R. G. Laruam, M.D., F.R.S. &e.

Van Voorst, 1851, fe. 8vo, pp. 250.

The Ethnology of the British Colonies and Dependencies. By

R. G. Laraam, Esq., M.D. &c. London: Van Voorst, 1851,

fe. 8vo, pp. 264.

Few things testify more strongly to the contracted views and the

want of philosophic insight, which result from the systems of edu-

cation generally adopted in this country, than the excessive estimation

of ‘ practical’ science, as it is termed, in contradistinction to that

form of inquiry which is content to go forward in the simple hope of

discovering truth, with the purpose of bringing the laws regulating

all cosmical phenomena into the domain of human knowledge.

That short-sightedness which approves only of the pursuit of trains

of investigation likely to result speedily in the acquisition of means

of increasmg material wealth, may be pardoned in the uneducated,

whose sole conceptions of science are derived from the vague im-

pressions made upon their minds by the astonishing applications of

abstract theory now so abundantly met with in all civilized com-

munities ; but to those who have the opportunity of knowing the

history of human progress in any one department, it cannot be par-

doned that they should shut their eyes to the universal fact of

‘practical’ value being a quality which science can only exhibit in

an advanced stage of its cultivation ; and further, it may be assumed

that they have but a very imperfect idea of the nature and object of

human endowments, who do not recognize that that power of culti-

vating intellect necessarily involves a corresponding amount of duty.

The most satisfactory signs of a more liberal tone, of a more com-

prehensive spirit in the exercise of thought, are furnished by the

growing interest among educated persons generally in those depart-

ments of knowledge which are conversant with the progressive

changes of the earth and its inhabitants. And it would seem as

though physical science, not content with its own wonderful deve-

lopment, had pressed over into the domain of moral science, disturbing

history in its endless coiling inward upon itself, and was striving to

wrest from it facts which were once its undisputed property, to build

a new science of progress upon them. It is however the ‘method’

which leads us to this fancy ; the real case is that a new science has

grown up, in which physical science and history go hand in hand in

lie

_——— ee

4, a ail

Bibliographical Notices. 55

an endeavour to trace back the past phenomena of human existence,

and to derive from this the laws which will regulate its future

Z The natural history of the human race, or Ethnology, taking rank

as it now does from its method among the mductive sciences, has

wn up rapidly in recent years, and now claims a place, which must

assigned to it, at the head of those studies which deal with the

external pheenomena of the world we live in, in virtue of its subject,

the last and highest prodact of creation. Those who would know

how it has arrived at its present position will find a clear and brief

history of the growth of this science in the first of the two books

mentioned at the head of our notice. ‘Man and his Migrations’

forms a compendious introduction to ethnology, which will be hailed

with exceeding satisfaction by neophytes; and by the terse, nervous

exposition of principles, and the pregnant suggestions of paths to be

opened and problems to be solved, is calculated to exercise no little

influence upon students reading with knowledge. In the first

three chapters are given the history, definition and method of the

science, treated in an eminently philosophical and logical manner ;

the three succeeding chapters contain an outline of the distribution of

the various races, so far as is at present known or reasonably sup-

posed ; so that in the brief compass of this little volume are traced

all the principal features of the science ; a sketch, it is true, but this

marked with such decision as to convey to the thinking reader a

clearer and more complete impression than could have been expressed

in a more diffuse and finished style within the space of half a dozen

such volumes.

There is one point to which we may perhaps advert here, though one

of little importance practically speaking. This occurs in the definition

of the science. Dr. Latham draws a distinct line between a so-called

science of anthropology and ethnology proper, illustrating the differ-

ence between them by several striking examples; but it seems to us

that the anthropology, which is confined, as Dr. Latham would confine

it, to the study of the natural history of man as compared with the

lower animals (while ethnology treats of the characteristics of his

- yarieties) is in fact a part of zoology, and not scientifically to be

separated from it. We can only understand anthropology as a sub-

stantive science when it is built upon both psychology and physiology.

In a word, we demur to the separation of anthropology and ethnology,

as given by Dr. Latham, since the natural history of the varieties

of a species (ethnology) is strictly speaking only the complete natural

history of the species (anthropology).

Leaving this question of words, we have only space to say, that the

second work is a development of the subject-matter of the latter

chapters of ‘Man and his Migrations,’ into the details of the distri-

bution of the races peopling Britam and its wide dependencies. In

this very interesting dissertation, fuller particulars are given respecting

the races treated of, than was possible in the limited compass of the

former work ; the interest attaching to these details will be more felt

by the professed ethnologist than by the general reader, from the

56 Bibliographical Notices.

necessarily fragmentary and unsettled state of many most important

branches of the subject.

One thing is quite certain—no one will rise from reading either of

these works with the idea of knowing more than he actually does ;

on the contrary, close attention is necessary to follow the close

reasoning of the author. But if, as few will doubt, the chief value

of scientific study, to any but professed inquirers, is the discipline it

exercises upon the mind, such a characterization is praise ; while, it

may be added, the professed student who is repulsed by too severe

a logic in his teacher, must not expect to go far.

Revue des Odonates ou Libellules d’ Europe. Par Epm. pr Sretys-

Lonecuamps, Membre de plusieurs Socictés savantes. Avec la

collaboration de M. le Docteur Hagen. Bruxelles et Leipzig,

chez C. Murquardt : 4 Paris, chez Roret. 8vo. Mars 1850.

In our 7th vol. p. 141, we gave a review of the ‘ Monographie des

Libellulides d’ Europe’ by the same author in 1840, and this may be

considered as a second edition of that work, with additions and im-

provements, such as might be expected from the known zeal and in-

defatigable industry he has manifested in this greatly neglected but

very beautiful family—the difficulties attending on these being much

greater than many of the other groups, from the strong power of wing

eluding often the grasp of our most active collectors, as well as the

fragile nature of their legs and the evanescent quality of the colours

when taken (unless carefully prepared).

The work consists of 408 pages and 11 lithographic plates illustra-

tive of the genera and species: viz.

Libellula trinacria, De Selys.

*4-maculata, L.

*depressa, L.

*fulva, Mill. (conspurcata,

Chp.)

*cancellata, L.

albistyla, De Selys.

nitidinervis, De Selys.

sardosa, Ramb.

cyenos, De Selys.

brunnea, Fonse.

Ramburii, De Selys.

*eserulescens, Fab.

erythrea, Brulle.

rubrinervis, De Selys.

pedemontana, Allioni.

depressiuscula, De Selys.

*saneuinea, Miill. (Reeselii,

Curt.)

*flaveola, L.

2*Fonscolombii, De Selys.

*meridionalis, De Selys.

*striolata, Chp.

(* before are British.)

*Libellula vulgata, L. (near Hull.)

*Scotica, Donov.

* dubia, Vand. Lind.(Yorks.),

Brit. Ent.pl.712 as next.

[The Epping specimen is

either a large one of du-

bia or small one of next.

De Selys could not

quite determine, but he

thought the latter. ]

?*rubicunda, L. (Epping.)

pectoralis, Chp.

albifrons, Burm.

caudalis, Chp.

nigra, Vand. Lind.

Epitheca bimaculata, Chp.

Cordulia metallica, Vand. Lind.

alpestris, De Selys.

*arctica, Zetterst. (Scotland

and Ireland.)

flavomaculata, Vand. Lind.

*eenea, L.

*Curtisii, Dale, B. E. pl.616.

Bibliographical Notices.

Macromia splendens, Pictet.

Gomphus *vulgatissimus, L.

*flavipes, Chp. (Dover ?,

i 2 or Sand-

geet) Three localities

we been given for

one specimen, having

been mistaken for the

former. }

Graslini, Ramb.

simillimus, De Selys.

pulchellus, De Selys.

serpentinus, Chp.

uncatus, Chp.

2?*forcipatus, L.

' Genei, De Selys.

Lindenia tetraphylla, Vand. Lind.

Cordulegaster *annulatus, Lair.

f bidentatus, De Selys.

Anax *formosus, Vand. Lind.

parthenope, De Selys.

ZEschna *pratensis, Miill. (teretius-

* eula, Leach.)

*cyanea, Latr. (varia, Haw.)

*juncea, L.

*mixta, Latr. (anglicana,

Leach.)

*borealis, Zett. (Scotland,

two examples.)

affinis, Vand. Lind.

alpma, De Selys.

viridis, Eversm. -

*rufescens, Vand. Lind.

* dis, Linn.

e, Fonse.

Callo *virgo, L.

ede Pententaes Harris.

Callopteryx hemorrhoidalis, Vand.

Epallage Fatime, Chp.

Lestes ?* viridis, Vand. Lind.

macrosti Eversm.

*nympha, De Selys.

*sponsa, Hans.

*virens, Chp. (New Forest?)

?*barbara, Fab. (Ireland ?)

fusea, Vand. Lind.

Platyenemis acutipennis, De Selys.

latipes, Ramb.

Hagen.

*pennipes, Pallas.

ion speciosum, Chp.

ve eiiicken Chp.

*najas, Hans. (Whittlesea, &e.,

and Ireland.)

*minium, Harris.

*tenellum, Vill. (Dorset, &c.)

*pumilio, Chp. (New Forest,

&e., Qvar. B. E. pl. 732.)

Graeslii, Ramb.

Genei, Pictet.

*elegans, Vand. Lind.

armatum, Heyn.

elegantulum, Zetterst.

*pulchellum, Vand. Lind.

*puella (L.), Vand. Lind.

ornatum, Heyn.

*cyathigerum, Chp.

hastulatum, Chp.

lunulatum, Chp.

scitulum, Ramb.

cerulescens, Fonsce.

*mercuriale, Chp. (Dorset.)

Lindenii, De Selys.

A few follow which have been found in Asia Minor and Algiers

which probably visit Europe ?, and those found in a fossil state, some

of which appear to be quite of an extra-Euro

form. Thus the

total number of ascertained European Libellule are 98 species, of

which we have 46 British only, 3 or 4 of which are doubtful.

The geographical distribution of them is given for the different

countries of Europe. But the numbers from the other quarters of the

globe may be expected to be far more numerous, if we can form an

. Opinion from the examples received from the river Amazon collected

there by Messrs. Bates and Wallace ; and we have reasons for knowing

that the Baron de Selys is now preparing materials for a much larger

work on the Order Nevroprera, but which will necessarily take a

long time to accomplish, from the extreme difficulty in visiting the

various collections of Europe to ascertain a// the species, several of

which are unique. We will only further recommend these works to

__ all who wish to study this order as indispensable.

58 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 9, 1851.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS OF THE Famity MELANIANA,

AND OF MANY NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MELANIA,

CHIEFLY COLLECTED By HuGu Cumine, Esa. By Isaac

Lea AND Henry ©. Lea, PHILADELPHIA *.

Genus PacHycHILus f.

Testa conica. Apertura ovata, basi integro. Labrum crassum.

Columella supern? incrassata. Operculum suborbiculare, corneum.

The genus Melania has been found to embrace such a vast number

of species in various parts of the globe, that it has become very de-

sirable to separate any definite group with sufficient persistent cha-

racteristics. The thickened lip sufficiently distinguishes the proposed

genus from Melanopsis and Melaniat. It differs from Melanopsis

also in its having no sinus, while it resembles it in the possession of

a thickened columella above. From Melania it differs also in having

this callous columella. The species on which it is proposed to found

this genus has a mouth looking like a thick-lipped Bulimus. The

operculum differs somewhat from that of any Melanian I have seen.

Its polar point is subcentral, from which two or three spiral revolu-

tions are made ; then a thinner margin surrounds these spirals.

The animal has not been observed, and may and probably will

prove very different from Melania. Its proper position, however, in

the system will most likely be found to be between Melanopsis and

Melania, and there I would at present place it.

A second and very distinct species may be added to this genus—

the Melania levissima, Sowerby, described in Deshayes’ edition of

Lamarck. It inhabits Colombia, and is a shorter, wider, and much

thicker shell, with a large white mouth.

Pacuycuitus Cumineit. P. testd levi, elevato-conicd, sub-

crassd, nitidd, fusco-nebulosd ; spird elevatd, acuminatd ; anfrac-

tibus undecim, convexiusculis ; suturis linearibus ; aperturd par-

viusculd, subrotundd, ad basim rotundd, intus fused ; labro vaide

expanso ; columelld superne incrassatd.

Hab. Large rivers, Copan, Central America.

Length 1°4, diam. °5 of an inch. :

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable shell among the Mélaniens.

It is of fine symmetry, the whorls being very regular to the apex.

The brownish cloudiness gives the whole surface a dark hue, while

the smoothness of the whorls gives it almost a polished appearance.

It differs very much in form from Melania levissima, Sow., which

naturally belongs to the same genus, and which is adopted above ;

* All the species described are in the Cabinets of Hugh Cuming and Isaac Lea.

+ Hayds, thick, and yeiXos, lip.

+ Lamarck describes the family Mélaniens as having a sharp outer lip, “le

droit toujours tranchant ;” but this genus naturally belongs to Melania, Mela-

nopsis, and Pirena.

Oe ee

Lee ee Se Pee oe

Zoological Society. 59

but it has the same character of mouth and exterior colour. Both

species under the microscope exhibit very minute revolving striz.

The aperture is rather more than one-fourth the length of the shell.

The operculum has its polar point subcentral.

The genus Melania of Lamarck abounds in a most extensive

number of species, and is undoubtedly the most imteresting of the

genera of the family Melaniana. It is distributed round the whole

circumference of the globe, and inhabits the fresh waters of America

at least as far north as 45° latitude, and it probably exists quite as

far south, as it is found in New Zealand. In the north of Europe

there is not a single species known, while very few are found in

the southern part of that quarter of the world. In the middle,

southern and south-western portions of the United States, the

number of species seem to be developed on this continent ;

and in the States of Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee and Alabama they

are the most profuse, and present an almost endless variety of forms,

extending to an incredible number of species. The rivers and lakes

of India and Africa have not yet been well explored ; but while they

resent some of the most striking and beautiful species, it may be

doubted if they abound in the variety of forms which are found in

the United States. The Philippine Islands form a most prolific

district, where the development of these forms seems to have been

greatly extended. Mr. Cuming, with an industry, energy and per-

severance which portray the true naturalist, devoted several years

to the Mollusca of this remarkable group of islands, and his reward

has been, the discovery of a vast number of species heretofore un-

known to science ; and he well deserves the gratitude of all students

of this branch of natural history for his devotion to the collection of

a museum, almost, if not quite, unequalled in the Mollusca.

MetLaniA CANALIS. MM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, subtenui, tene-

broso-castaned, flammis longitudinalibus ferrugineis ornatd ; spird

_ elevatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis impressis canaliculatisque ; an-

Ffractibus duodecim, subconvezis ; aperturd ovatd, ad basim patuld,

intus albidd.

Hab. Small streams, island of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 2-1, diam. -6 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is rather a large and somewhat robust species.

The full-grown specimens are of a dark chestnut-brown, the younger

sometimes a pale horn-colour, with longitudinal flammate marks,

nearly equidistant, and with distinct minute transverse strie. The

most remarkable character of this species is the impressed and rather

sharp channel at the junction of the whorls. The aperture is nearly

* one-third the length of the shell, and the base is expanded, the co-

lumella below being flattened.

Meania Fava. M. testd levi, conoided, subcrassd, tenebroso-

Suscd, rufo-nebulosd ; spird subelevatd ; suturis subimpressis ;

anfractibus decem, planulatis; aperturd ellipticd, subcontractd, ad

basim subangulatd, intus tenebroso-castaned ; labro margine ceru-

lescente.

Hab. Rocky stream, Java.

60 Zoological Society.

Length 1°6, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—In the adult specimens the edge of the aperture is

bluish white, and within more or less brown. In all cases the colu-

mella is white in the four specimens under examination. They are

covered nearly over the whole surface with a black deposit of oxide

of iron. Near the base there are seven to ten indistinct strie. The

aperture is about one-third the length of the shell. The operculum

is ovate, and does not present any peculiar character.

MeELAniA sopria. MM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, subcrassd,

luteo-corned ; spird elevatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis impressis ;

anfractibus duodecim, planulatis ; aperturd parvd, subovatd, intus

albidd, ad basim rotundatd ; columella regulariter curvatd.

Hab. Very small streams, Siquijor, Philippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very regularly formed, light-coloured species. There

are a few indistinct strize near the base. The sutures are very regu-

_lar and thread-like. The upper whorls are slightly maculate, and

those nearest to the apex minutely plicate. The aperture is rather

more than the fourth of the length of the shell, and is rounded at

the base of the columella.

MELANIA suBULA. WM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, tenui, castaned ;

spird valde elevatd, acuminaté ; suturis impressis; anfractibus

duodecim, subconvezis ; aperturd parvd, contractd, intus vel albidd

vel rufo-castaned.

Hab. Small river in the province of Ho Ho, isle of Panay, Phi-

lippines.

Length 1°8, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a delicately formed species, very much atte-

nuated, with six or eight impressed, small strive at the base. In the

darker specimens, the upper part of the whorl at the suture is lighter-

coloured than the other part. The upper whorls are finely striate.

The aperture is small, about one-fourth the length of the shell, and

rounded at the base of the columella.

Metania acus. WM. testd levi, conoided, subtenui, corned ; spird

acuminatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis subimpressis ; anfractibus

undecim planulatis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus cerulescente ;

columella regulariter curvatd.

Hab. Small stream, Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1-1, diam. *3 of an incb.

Remarks.—This is a regularly formed, small species. The speci-

mens under examination are nearly covered with a deposit of oxide

of iron, which on removal displays a horn-coloured epidermis. The

aperture is nearly one-third the length of the shell, and is rounded

at the base.

MELANIA DERMESTOIDEA. MM. testd levi, politd, subcylindraced,

crassd, tenebroso-castaned ; spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ;

anfractibus sex, subplanulatis ; aperturd ovatd, ad basim canali-

culatd, intus rufescente ; labro incrassato.

ee tn,

aoa se F

Zoological Society. 61

Hab. Seychelles Islands.

Length °6, diam. ‘2 of an inch.

Remarks.—The most marked character of ‘this species is the

notched channel of the base, where the colour is rather darker. The

outer lip is thick and rounded. The superior part of the whorl in

some specimens is lighter in colour. In its general aspect this species

resembles Melania simplex, Say. The epidermis is very lustrous.

The aperture is nearly one-half the length of the shell.

Mexanra contracta. WM. testd levi, ovato-elongatd, pallida,

tenui ; spird elevata ; anfractibus novem, planulatis ; apertura

ovatd, constrictd, ad basim canaliculatd, intus vel albidd vel

rufa ; columella contortd reflexrdque.

Hab. Seychelles Islands.

Length 8, diam. °3 of an inch.

Remarks.—This, like the dermestoidea, herein described, from the

same locality, is remarkable for the notched channel at the base.

They may easily be distinguished by the contracta having a more

elevated spire, greater number of whorls, being of a lighter colour,

and in the aperture being longer and more twisted. There is a

disposition in the upper part of the columella to be thickened and

rufous, and the twist and backward turn are very remarkable. The

aperture is about one-third the length of the shell.

MELANIA FERRUGINEA. UM. testdé levi, nitidd, ventricoso-conoi-

ded, inflatd, crassd, ferrugined ; spird subelevatd; suturis valde

impressis ; anfractibus sex, convezxis ; aperturd magnd, subro-

tundd, intus albidd.

* Hab. Zanzibar, East Africa.

Length -9, diam. -4 of an inch.

, Remarks.—The rather inflated form of this species gives it the

| aspect of some of the Paludine. A single specimen, and not an

entirely perfect one, has only been submitted for examination. It

seems to differ from any described species, while it has no very di-

stinctive character. The aperture is very nearly one half the length

of the shell.

Mexania impuraA. UM. testd levi, subcylindraced, compressd,

subcrassd, viridi-corned ; spird subelevatd; suturis valde im-

pressis ; anfractibus planulatis, supra geniculatis ; aperturd ellip-

ticd, subcontractd, ad basim retusd, intus albidd ; columelld re-

gulariter incurva.

Hab. Naga, province of South Cumarines, Luzon, Philippines.

Length *9, diam. *35 of an inch.

Remarks.—The angle on the superior portion of the whorls gives

this species a very distinct aspect. This angle is not very acute, but

it is very marked in all the four specimens under examination. The

apex in each being decollate, the number of whorls cannot of course

be correctly ascertained ; there may be about seven. The colour of

the epidermis is uniform and of a greenish horn-colour. The aper-

ture is rather more than one-third the length of the shell, and is

_ rounded and retuse at the base.

62 Zoological Society.

MELANIA COCHLIDIUM. M. testd levi, subulatd, subcrassd, rufo-

corned ; spird elevatd, acuminatd, ad apicem minut? plicatd ; sutu-

ris regulariter impressis ; anfractibus tredecim, subcompressis, an-

Sractu ultimo supra angulato, magno ; aperturd late ovatd, parva,

ad basim retusd, intus albidd ; columelld regulariter incurvd.

Hab. Very small streams, islands of Siquijor and Guimaras, Phi-

lippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable species, having a single ele-

vated, revolving rib on the superior part of the last whorl, which

causes a somewhat impressed channel above. The four specimens

under examination from Siquijor are fresh and with perfect epi-

dermis, which varies on the younger specimens to rather a pale horn-

colour, while the more mature ones are of a reddish horn-colour.

The four from Guimaras are “dead shells,” rather more robust,

with a portion only of the epidermis remaining, which is rufous.

The aperture is about one-fourth of the length of the shell. The

operculum has its polar point near the base on the left side.

Mevania cincta. WM. testd levi, subulatd, subtenui, rufo-cas-

taned ; spird valde elevatd, acuminata, ad apicem plicatd ; sutu-

ris impressis, linearibus ; anfractibus tredecim, subconvewis ; an-

Sractu ultimo uno-vitiato ; aperturd dilatatd, ovatd, intus fusco

Sfasciatd, ad basim rotunda ; columella contortd.

Hab. India.

Length 22, diam. ‘6 of an inch.

Remarks.—The form of this species is very much like that of

Melania aculeus (nobis), but it is a more attenuate species. The

single light band on the lower whorl seems to be peculiar to this

species. It is below the middle part of the whorl, and is distinctly

visible on the inside in the three specimens under examination. The

upper whorls have regular, oblique, somewhat distant folds, on two

of the specimens, which are crossed by minute strie. The lower

part of the whorl has indistinct striz. The aperture is not large,

being less than one-fourth the length of the shell, and it is rounded

at the base. The columella is much incurved.

MeLantA LANCEA. WM. testd levi, subulatd, subtenui, corned ;

spird elevatd, ad apicem striata; suturis impressis ; anfractibus

duodecim, convexis ; aperturd ovatd, intus albidd, ad basim ro-

tundd ; columelld angulariter incurvd.

Hab. Ohcataroa, Society Islands.

Length 1°6, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This species is in form somewhat like the M. aculeus

(nobis), but is a smaller shell and not quite so attenuate. In the

four specimens under examination small strize are distinctly marked

on the superior or younger whorls, and on two of them some of the

strie are continuous on the lower whorls. The aperture is not

large, being not quite one-third the length of the shell. The colu-

mella is much incurved and recurved.

Zoological Society. 63

Metania eEpiscopatis. WM. testa plicatd, turritd, subcrassd,

tenebroso-castaned ; spird elevatd ; suturis impressis ; anfrac-

tibus subconvexis, prope suturam superiorem concavis ; plicis raris,

subacuminatis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus c@rulescente ;

columella contortd.

Hab. A sluggish river, Malacca.

2-4, diam. *8 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a remarkable and interesting species, and differs

_from any which has been described, in having rather large and

somewhat distant folds rising on the upper part into nodular points,

in all the four specimens submitted for examination. The apex of

these specimens being truncated, the number of whorls cannot be

ascertained. A perfect adult would probably present about ten. The

folds are distinct on the four lower whorls only. On the middle of

the lower whorl there is a slightly elevated line, below which are about

six obscure strie. The aperture is large, and more than one-third the

length of the shell ; it is twisted, and has an elongated base. The

columella is whitish and very much incurved. The operculum is

more spiral than usual, and the polar point more toward the

centre.

Mevania siatta. WM. testd plicatd, elongate conoided, crassd,

castaneo-nigricante ; spird elevatd, crebr2 costatd ; anfractibus

planulatis, infra suturas concavis ; plicis crebris ornatis ; aper-

turd magnd, ovatd, superne angulatd, ad basim rotundd, intus

c@ruled ; columella tortd, superne incrassaid.

Hab. Rapid river and small streams, Luzon, Philippines.

Length 2°6, diam. «7 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very dark-coloured and remarkably fine species,

with numerous, nearly parallel, perpendicular folds, which number

some eighteen or twenty, and exist on every whorl in the eight speci-

mens under examination. The four large ones are truncate, but the

younger and more perfect would indicate the existence of about ten

whorls. It differs from the episcopalis in being more attenuate, in

having more folds and a much less twisted columella. The aper-

ture is large, and rather more than one-fourth the length of the

shell.

MELANIA CosTELLARIS. WM. testd plicatd, superné striata, acu-

minatd, subcrassd, tenebroso-castaned ; spird elevatd ; suturis line-

aribus ; anfractibus decem, subplanulatis ; anfractu ultimo magno,

geniculato; plicis numerosis; aperturd parvd, dilatatd, ovatd,

superné angulatd, ad basim rotundd, intus cerulescente ; columella

incurvd.

Hat. Small streams in the islands of Negros, Tanhay, Siquijor ;

Philippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The last whorl being angular gives this species a

culiar and remarkable mit gg comes deiranl spstasdiatels

below the suture. Several of the specimens under examination have

beautiful delicate impressed lines immediately above the sutures. In

64 Zoological Society.

_ the superior whorls these lines cover the whole surface. The folds

terminate on the angle, and are disposed to be nodulous there. The

aperture is rounded, angular above, and not quite one-third the length

of the shell. The base of the shell is rounded.

Metania recTA. WM. testd plicatd, attenuatd, subcrassd, tenebroso-

castaned ; spird valde elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis, sub-

canaliculatis ; anfractibus tredecim, subplanulatis ; plicis numero-

sis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, ad basim rotundd, intus cerulescente;

columella incurvd.

Hab. Very small streams, Siquijor and isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length 1°7, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—In many of its characteristics this species is like the ~

M. costellaris. It differs entirely, however, in the enlargement of the

last whorl, the angle on the superior part of it, and in the channel

below the suture, which are important characters in the costellaris.

Nor has it the minute revolving lines. The folds are remarkably

regular anid distinct, and number about eleven on each whorl in the

eight specimens under examination. On two individuals the epi-

dermis remains quite perfect, and is deposited in regular, revolvin,

strie. The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell; it

is rounded below and angular aboye, where it is slightly set off from

the body of the whorl. The columella is but slightly curved.

Mewania Austratis. WM. testd plicatd, conicd, tenui, diaphand,

rubiginoso-corned ; spird costatd, prope apicem turbinatd ; suturis

impressis ; anfractibus septem, convewis, ad basim striatis ; plicis

numerosis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus salmonid ; columelld

tortd ; labro superné emarginato.

Hab. Victoria river, North Australia.

Length *9, diam. °4 of an inch. ;

Remarks.—This is a very distinct little species, and the sudden

enlargement of the third whorl below the apex gives it a somewhat

turbinated appearance. The folds do not on the lower whorl reach

the suture, and above and below these folds there are minute re-

volving strie. The aperture is more than one-third the length of

the shell. The outer lip is slightly crenulate and remarkably in-

curved near to its junction with the body whorl.

MELANIA TORNATELLA. WM. testd plicatd, fusiformi, crassd, corned,

inferne lineatd ; spird acuminatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ;

anfractibus novem, convexiusculis, ad apicem mucronatis, in medio

concavis ; plicis numerosis, crebris ; aperturd constrictd, elongatd,

intus albd; labro superné incisd ; columelld levi, crassd, coutortd,

reflexd.

Hab. Shallow rivers, Tanhay, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘9, diam. 35 of an inch.

Remarks.—This belongs to a very remarkable group of Melania.

The emargination of the outer lip, above the middle of the whorl, is

strikingly characteristic of the group. It causes a slight flatness or

convexity of the whorl, as well as a curve in the numerous ribs, whieh

cover the whole surface in this species, except where it is superseded

ee ere FT

ica eos sail

Zoological Society. 65

by the transverse lines on the lower part of the whorl. These lines

are remarkably parallel, regular and well-impressed, and in the four

specimens under examination are six in number. The folds are like

ribs, very numerous, closely set, and very distinct. The form of this

species, described above, is very like Tornatella, and the twist in the

columella also resembles that genus. The ribs continue on the apex

and give it a scalariform appearance. The aperture is nearly one-

half the length of the shell. The edge of the lip, below the emargina-

tion, is slightly crenulate. The columella is very thick towards and

at the base, where it is so retuse as to permit the inside to be seen.

One of the specimens is rubiginose at the base. No operculum ac-

companied the specimens.

MELAnNIA RUDIS. WM. testd plicatd, subfusiformi, crassd, corned ;

spird subelevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus pla-

nulatis transversim lineis impressis cinctis, superné canaliculatis ;

plicis numerosis, crebris; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus albidd ;

labro superné emarginato ; columelld levi, subcrassd, tortd.

Hab. Amboyna.

1-1, diam. *4 of an inch.

Remarks.—Allied to Melania tornatella, it forms one of the

inate group, but differs im the size of the aperture and in the

form of the ribs, which are transversely cut by numerous fine lines,

in groups, which lines traverse the whole whorls. The aperture is

about one-third the length of the shell, and the lip is crenulate. The

three specimens under examination are all truncate at the apex, and

the number of whorls therefore not ascertained. It has the spiral

operculum usual to Melania.

Mexania microstoma. WM. testd plicatd, subfusiformi, subcrassd,

luteo-corned ; spird elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; an-

Fractibus octo, planulatis, transversim lineis impressis cinctis, su-

perne canaliculatis ; plicis numerosis, crebris ; aperturd maximd,

ovatd, ad basim truncatd, intus cerulescente ; labro superné emar-

ginato ; columelld levi, ad basim subcrassd tortdque.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length °9, diam. *3 of an inch.

Remarks.—This belongs to the group with emarginate lip, along

with M. rudis and M. tornatella. It is a more slender species, more

subulate, and has a smaller aperture than either. It takes more the

form of Terebra. It has groups of lines which decussate the ribs as

in the rudis. The aperture is not one-third the length of the shell,

and the lip is crenulate. No operculum was received with the shells.

MELANIA TRANSVERSA. M. testd plicatd, pyramidatd, crassd, cor-

ned, castaneo-maculatd ; spird elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impres-

sis ; anfractibus subconvezis, transversim lineis impressis cinctis ;

costellis verticalibus raris; aperturd parvd, oblique transversd,

rhomboided, intus maculatd et cerulescente ; labro terebreformi,

crenulato ; columella contortd, superné incrassatd, inferne emar-

Z ginatd,

~ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 5

66 Zoological Society.

Hab, Guiana.

Length 1:6, diam. *5 of an inch,

Remarks.—This species is remarkable for the unusual obliquity of

its aperture and its auger-shaped lip. In its ribs and decussate strive

it resembles the group consisting of M. tornatella, M. rudis and M.

microstoma, but it has not the emarginate lip and therefore does not

belong to them. The emargination at the base of the columella is

quite a different character, and is very remarkable in this species,

representing as it does the bite of the auger. The chestnut-coloured —

spots are small, but so distinct as to mark the interior of the shell,

which is white and thick. The two specimens under examination are

both truncate at the apex, and the number of whorls not ascertained,

robably about ten. The aperture is rather more than one-fourth the

fem of the shell. The opera um is spiral, with the polar point

nearly in the centre and with at least five revolutions, which is un- |

usual with Melanie. It is allied to M. truncata, Lam. (semiplicata,

Fer.), but is less cylindrical and differs somewhat in the aperture.

MrLaniA MAXIMA. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conoided, crassd,

corned; spird valde elevatd ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus duo-

decim, planulatis ; striis magnis, raris, tenebrosis; aperturd magnd,

rhomboided, intus albidé ; columella valde contortd.

Hab. Copan, Central America.

Length 3, diam. 1°1 inches.

Remarks.—This very large species has a remarkable outline, form-

ing a perfectly regular, rather obtuse cone above. The aperture is very

large, and in the youngest of the three specimens the coloured strize

are very distinct within. Under the microscope minute revolving

lines may be observed over all the whorls. The aperture is rather

more than one-third the length of the shell. The operculum has

five revolutions and is very much like that of M. transversa, the

polar point being nearly central.

MenantaA Minvortensis. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conoided, sub-

tenui, pallidd, ad apicem acuminatd ; spird elevatd ; suturis impres-

sis; anfractibus duodecim, subconveais, striis crebris ; aperturd

magnd, ellipticd, intus albd; columella incurvata tortdque,

Hab. Small streams, Puerto Galero, isle of Mindoro, Philippines.

Length 1-9, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—The outline of this species is very regular, tapering to

a fine point. There are five specimens under examination, all of

which have raised striee over the whole of the body whorl. Some of

the specimens have the two next whorls ribbed, which ribs, the striee

decussating, form granular elevations. The remaining whorls are

perfectly smooth, with a few delicately impressed transverse lines.

Some have brown spots, which towards the apex are more numerous

and flammate. The aperture is more than one-third the length of

the shell. The seieroutaat has its polar point on the lower edge, and

the curved lines of growth do not make one-eighth of a revolution.

MELANIA INDEFINITA. M. testd striatd, elevato-conied, sub-

crassa, tenebroso-corned; spird subelevatd; suturis valde im-

pressis ; anfractibus convezis, infra suturas impressis, striis cre-

bris impressis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus cerulescente, ad basim

rotunda ; columella regulariter incurvatd.

_ Hab. Naga, Luzon, Philippines.

1°6, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The species has a very close resemblance to the striate

varieties of M. Virvinica, Say. The three adult specimens under

examination are truncate, and the number of whorls therefore not

ascertaiable, but probably about nine. The impressed revolving

lines are somewhat distant, regular and delicate. Between these,

under the microscope, may be seen very minute revolving strie. The

is about one-fourth the length of the shell. The operculum

has its polar point near to the edge of the lower margin.

Mexanza Luzonsensis. M. testd striatd, conicd, subtenui, tene-

broso-corned ; spird erosd; suturis impressis ; anfractibus sez,

conveziusculis, transversim lineis rugosis impressis cinctis ; aper-

turaé magna, elongato-ellipticd, intus rubiginosd ; columella alba

tortdque.

Hab. Small age Calanang, province of Bai, Philippines.

Length 1-1, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—There is no peculiarity in the outline of this species,

and the most striking character is perhaps in the impressed lines,

which are somewhat distant, having minute numerous wrinkles across

the groove. They are very distinctly visible under the microscope,

and do not seem to have been observed in any other species. The

superior part of the whorls is disposed to be granose, and one speci-

men has four rows of granules. Immediately under the sutures there

A a a line. The aperture is one-half the length of the shell.

The operculum has its polar point close to the lower margin.

MexaniA atpescens. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conicd, subtenni,

albidd, lineis rufis interruptis ornatd; spird acuminatd ; suturis

impressis ; anfractibus undecim, planiusculis, lineis transversis

__ vie impressis ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, intus albidd, rufo-macu-

lata, ad basim rotunda; columella incurvad.

Hab. Small streams, isles of Guimaras, Negros and Siquijor, Phi-

i a diam. ‘9 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very regularly formed and graceful species,

with rather a high and tapering spire. The impressed ek iat

strize are chiefly on the body whorl. The most striking character-

istic is the numerous interrupted delicate brown lines, which cover

nearly the whole of the whorls and are closer and better defined

towards the apex. In some specimens there are beautiful brown

spots on a white ground, below the sutures, The aperture is about

one-third the length of the shell. The operculum has its polar point

close to the lower yk oe on the left. There 3 is a very great differ-

ence in the size and thickness of the specimens. Some of the old

are yery large, heavy, and covered with the oxide of iron, showing

68 Zoological Society.

beneath a brown epidermis and white nacre. In these the peritreme

is very thick, and the columella more remarkably thick than hereto-

fore noticed in any Melanian.

Mexania wAstTuLA. WM. testd striatd, nonnunquam plicatd, elon-

gate subulatd, diaphand, tenui, fuscd, striis transversis crebris

costulas decussantibus ; spird acuminatd ; suturis linearibus ; an-

Sractibus plano-convexis ; aperturd parvuld ; ovatd, intus vel fuscd

vel albidd ; columella incurvd tortdque.

Hab, Various streams of Siquijor, Cagayan, Mindanao, and other

Philippine Islands.

Length 3:3, diam. °8 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very attenuate and greatly varied species, some

being smooth with few striee, others with strize over the whole sur-

face, and others again with numerous folds. In some of the speci-

mens under examination the apex is eroded in a very unusual manner,

the outer portion of the whorls there being so much decomposed as

to present little more than the central column. Some of the speci-

mens are dark brown, others are horn-colour with brown spots.

There are probably about twelve whorls. Although some of the

specimens have more or less distinct, somewhat distant folds, there

are others which have no folds whatever. This species is placed

among the striate group, as striee are found more or less developed

on every specimen. ‘The stricee immediately below the suture are

more deeply impressed and cause a slight groove. A variety from

Camiguing is flatter on the whorls and less disposed to plication.

The aperture is not quite one-fourth the length of the shell, is rather

open and somewhat patulous below. The operculum has its polar

point near to the margin on the left.

MELANIA gUNCEA. WM. testd striatd, elongate subulatd, tenui,

tenebroso-fuscd, infra suturas luteo-lineatd; spird attenuatd ;

suturis valde impressis, anfractibus undecim, convewis, lineis trans-

versis impressis ; aperturd parvuld, ovatd, intus fused ; columella

valde incurvd contortdque.

Hab. Lake of Taal, province of Batanos, and small streams in

Luzon, Philippines. :

Length 2, diam. 5 of an inch.

Remarks.—An attenuate and gracefully formed species. Some of

the specimens are of a dark rich brown, others are flammate. Two

have very small incipient folds on nearly all the whorls, others have

a few towards the apex. From the same locality are four specimens,

which, while they differ but little in form, are very different in colour,

being yellowish, with longitudinal flammate brown marks. This variety

answers very closely to M. fammulata, Von dem Busch, ‘Conchylien,’

&c. by Dr. Philippi, tab. 1. fig. 3,4. The aperture is about one-

fourth the length of the shell and is rather small, with a patulous lip

having a whitish border. The operculum has its polar point rather

near to the margin. Gualtierus (tab. 6. fig. G) gives a drawing of a

freshwater shell closely resembling this variety. Another variety is

rather thinner, diaphanous, horn-colour, and obscurely maculate.

Zoological Society. 69

+ Mexanra conutus. M. testd minute et crebrissim? striatd, co-

nicd, subtenui, fuscd ; spird obtusd ; suturis linearibus ; anfrac-

tibus septem, planulatis, uno-vittatis ; aperturd elongato-ovatd,

ad basim angulatd, intus fuscd ; columella tortd.

_ Hab. Small streams, Fernando Po, West Africa.

Remarks.—This interesting species is remarkable for its peculiar

striee, which cover the whole surface of all the whorls. The lines

are irregular, and so minute as to require the microscope to detect

them. A little above the middle of the whorl there is an obscure,

‘Mezanta opruta. WM. testd striatd, concided, crassd, bivitiatd,

fused ; spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septem,

conveziusculis, lineis crebris elevatis; aperturdé parvuld, sub-

intus albd et bivittatd, ad basim emarginatd et retusd ;

___ fabro crenulato et arcuato.

_ Hab. ——?

1-3, diam. -5 of an inch.

__ Remarks.—In general form and outline this species is very like to

and in having a crenulate and patulous lip. In the four specimens

submitted, the two dark brown bands are beautifully distinct imside,

eng

the shell, is very much curved on bat edat of "thr lip, end Seeobacd

to be canaliculate at the base. The strize are coarse and elevated.

Mexanta turricutus. M. testd striaté, conoided, subtenui,

__, obscure maculatd, corned, spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ;

anfractibus novem, conveziusculis, lineis subraris impressis, su-

_perne angulatis; aperturd parvd, subconstrictd, intus albidd et

obscure maculatd, ad basim rotund ; columelld regulariter cur-

vatd.

Hab. Small rivers, Calanang, province of Bai, Luzon,

Length 1-2, diam. -4 of an inch. Sonim

Remarks.—This species, like M. obruta, resembles in size and

outline very closely M. Virginica, Say. It differs from the =

en saasi mmmethetsly under the suture. The th

Seen: dhe, eupthenl the length ta The ape

The operculum has its polar ¢ somewhat re-

moved from the lower margin. porta

Mexanta apis. WM. testd striatd, conicd, tenui, obscur? granosd,

rufo-castaned ; spird obtusd ; suturis irregulariter i impressis ; an-

Jractibus convezis, lineis paucis elevatis ; aperturd parva, sub-

70 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

rotundd, intus rufd, ad basim angulatd; labro repando, rufo-

marginato ; columella incrassatd.

Hab. Marshy places, Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Length ‘8, diam. °3 of an inch.

Remarks.—Neither of the four specimens under examination are

perfect, all being much eroded at the apex. Under the microscope

the surface may be observed to be papillose, a character rarely found

in this genus, though not very uncommon in Helix. The aperture is

rather more than one-third the length of the shell and is unusually

rotund. The rufous line surrounds the peritreme. The aperture is

reddish inside.

(To be continued. |

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Thursday, 13th Nov., 1851.—Prof. Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1, “On the Gulf Weed (Sargassum bacciferum),” by Mr, Samuel

Mossman.

This was a lecture giving an account of all that is known on the

subject of the Gulf Weed and Sargasso Sea, and professedly contained

little or no original information. We have therefore thought that an

abstract would unnecessarily oceupy space.

2. “On the Correspondence between the Angles formed by the

Veins of the Leaves, and those formed by the Branches of the Stem,’’

by Mr. William Mitchell. Communicated by the Rev. Dr. M‘Cosh.

Having been informed that the Rey. Dr. M‘Cosh had thrown out

the idea that a plant, considered morphologically, may be regarded as

a unity; and, in proof of this view, had produced many examples

among forest trees, pointing to the similarity of the ramification

of the branches and the venation of the leaves, the general cor-

respondence of the angles in both, and the agreement of the

form of the leaf, or leafage from one point, with that of the

whole tree, I felt inclined to test the truth of the theory, so far as I

was able, by its application to herbaceous plants. For this purpose

I examined a great number of these plants, and found the results,

generally, the same as those given in the following list, which contains

a few of the most carefully measured of our common wild flowers :—

Tanacetum vulgare—The angle which the branches make with the

stem is 45 deg. ; and it is equal to that which the side veins of the

leaf make with the central vein. In the other examples we shall

express the two equal angles by the term “normal angle.”’

Luphrasia officinalis—Normal angle, 45 deg. average.

Scabiosa succisa—N. A., 40 deg. upper branches and veins; 35

deg. lower veins and root-leaves.

Centaurea nigra—N. A., 55 deg. average.

Fumaria officinalis—N. A., 60 deg.

Spirea ulmaria—N. A., 35 deg.; terminal branches and veins

somewhat less.

Senecio vulgaris—N. A., 30 deg.

Gentiana campestris—N. A., about 20 deg.

el Ps eee ey

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 71

_ Chrysanthemum segetum—N. A., 35 deg.

Veronica Beccabunga—N. A., 45 deg.

Polygonum Persicaria—N. A., 40 deg.

Apargia autumnalis—N. A., about 50 deg.

Carduus arvensis—N. A., 35 deg.

Lapsana communis—N. A,, about 40 deg.

_ Lamium album and L. purpureum—N. A., 45 deg. average.

Geum urbanum—N. A., 35 deg. average.

Vicia lutea—N. A., for branches and leaflets, about 45 deg.

_ Achillea Milléfolium—N. A., for branches and divisions of leaflets,

35 deg.

Ve in Chamedrys—N. A. varies from 35 deg. to 45 deg.

Teuerium Scorodonia—N. A., 35 deg.

Anthriscus sylvestris—N. A., about 45 deg.

Mentha arvensis—N. A., 40 deg. average.

Urtica urens—N. A., 49 deg.

Atriplex patula—N. A., 45 deg. average.

These angles haye been deduced from the measurement of numerous

specimens in different localities, and where the word ‘average’ is added,

it is to be understood that the angles of branches and veins of leaves

vary equally, and the one stated is taken about the middle of the

plant and the middle of the leaf.

Assuming the foregoing observations to haye been aecurately made,

it would appear that Dr. M‘Cosh’s views are borne out in a very re-

markable manner, and demand still further investigation. We find in

‘plants divisions and subdivisions carried out with surprising regularity,

so as often to give the leaf a form resembling that of the whole plant,

and we find on measuring these successive divisions that equal angles

_ have generally been maintained throughout.

In sending the paper, Dr. M‘Cosh writes as follows :—

In July I spoke with considerable hesitation of the angular mea-

surements. I can now state with great confidence, that there is a

most wonderful correspondence between the angle of the venation of

the leaf and that of the ramification of the stems. My plan is to ¢ake

a freely growing branch from a healthy tree, and measure the angle

of the branchlets. The careful measurement of a few such branches

will give the normal angle of ramification, and it will be found to be

much the same as the angle of venation. I have also an idea, that

all spines are at a wide angle, and that branches tending to become

Spines are at a wider angle than the normal one.

Mr, Mitchell is a schoolmaster at Edzell ; he is possessed of exten-

sive scientific knowledge, and is a respectable botanist.

3. ‘ Tables illustrative of the Morphology of Plants,” by the Rev.

Dr. M‘Cosh.

I. Woody Plants whose leaves haye little or no petiole, and which

have branches along the axis from near the root.

Boxwood. Holly Beech,

Privet. Philadelphus. Oak.

Bay Laurel. Laurustinus. Elm.

Portugal Laurel. Arbutus. Alder (very small).

72 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

_ The Portugal Laurel has a short petiole, and also a short unbranched

axis.

The Beech and Oak are acknowledged by all woodmen to be

branched from the root or near the root, when growing freely. .

II. Woody Plants, whose leaves have a pretty long petiole, and which

have a considerable extent of unbranched axis from the root up-

wards.

Cherry. Sycamore. Laburnum.

Apple. Maple. Birch.

Pear. Horse Chestnut. Lilac.

Lime. Service-tree.

I cannot say how this law applies to plants which have not a woody

structure. .

III. Plants whose leaves have several ribs or main veins proceeding

from the base of the leaf, and whose branches tend to form a whorl

round the axis.

Sycamore.. Ivy. Nettle.

Maple. Ground Ivy. Alchemilla.

Currant. Pelargonium. Mallow.

Gooseberry. Geranium. Potentilla.

Guelder Rose. Hollyhock. Tussilago.

Philadelphus. § Rhubarb. Cineraria.

Vine. Indian Cress. Violet.

IV. Plants with separate leaves or leaflets springing from nearly one

point, and with branches of a similar kind.

Laburnum (leaflets in threes). Common Barberry. Ranunculus.

Broom (leaflets in threes). Alchemilla alpina. Fuchsia.

Rhododendron ponticum. Lupin. Columbine.

Azalea (tendency to verticilla- Wood Anemone.

tion in the leaves).

In speaking of whorled branches, I mean, that either the leafstalk,

or the branches, properly so called, one or both, tend to form a whorl

round the axis.

V. Plants of which the branches and the veins of the leaves spring at

the same angle.

TREES,

; Deg. Deg. Deg.

Horse Chestnut ......... oo 50°55 Privet ....sssse00s 50 ~— Rose...... 50

Service-tree ..........0..s00e 48 Bird Cherry ... 60°64 Sycamore 45

Siberian Lilac .............4. 40s Lime ns. csecece 40 Cherry ... 50

White Lilac (at widest)...... 6S. SHGSEl ci eieascan 42°43 Ash ....... 60

Broad-leaved Spindle-tree .40 Jessamine ...... 40°45 Elm ...... 50

Raspberry .........e0essseecees 42 Mountain Ash .45 Alder...... 50

Portugal Laurel ............ 50°60 Rhododendron .60 Box ...... 60

Bay Laurel ..... ......00000 50°60 Holly ......0+00s. 55... Oak. snie 50

Laburnum (small branches)60 Red Dog-wood.45 — Beech ... 45

Grey Willow nsscsesccusars.ses 60°64 Osier Willow ... 45°50 Orange ... 55

Pyrus domestica ...e+.sse00s 35 Guelder Rose... 45 —_ Birch...... 48°35

piel ial cata

Miscellaneous. 73

HERBACEOUS PLANTS,

Deg. ; Deg. ; Deg.

China Aster ....2.cceseoeesoee 28°30 See 38°40 Lupin ... 40°44

Antirrhinum ....+0...0esee0+ 28°30 Rose Willow ... 30°35 Phlox ... 40°48

Ten-week Stock .......++++- 35°38 Zimnia.....2...++- 23°25 Poppy ... 20°25

Xeranthemum lucidum...... 18°20 Fuchsia ......... 60 Verbena . 35°38

Solidago Virgaurea ......... 30 ~—- Vallerian......... 25 Columbine 25°28

Clarkia elegans..........++... 36°40 Salvia (red) ...35 Mallow ... 36°38

Queen of the Meadow ...... 30°35 Pentstemon ... 38 Alonsoa... 38°40

Wild Geranium............++ 50°64

In the leaves of many trees the small veins come off at a wider angle

than the large veins. But it may be observed that in several trees, the

small branches come off at a wider angle than the large branches, as

in the oak for instance. What woodmen in this part of the country

call spray, seems in the tree to correspond to the small veins in the

leaf.

4. “On Fossil- Woods from Antigua and Australia.” by Mr. R.

Bryson. The author made some remarks on the process of silicifi-

cation, and pointed out the difference of appearance presented by the

woods. Some were completely opalized and hard throughout ; others

had portions either external or internal which were less completely

silicified, and in a friable state.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notice of the Occurrence of the Black Tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., near

Coldstream. By Joun ALEXANDER Situ, M.D.*

Tue specimen of the black tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., which I now

exhibit to the Society was killed in the beginning of July last, near

Wark boat-house on the river Tweed, about two miles or so above

the town of Coldstream ; the person who shot it informed me that

it was flying in company with several other birds apparently of the

same kind, but the bird itself was quite unknown to him. It is

easily distinguished from the other terns by the dark character of its

plumage, and its tail being only slightly forked; some naturalists

indeed, from this last character, and other slighter peculiarities, are

inclined to separate it into a distinct genus. In this individual the

bill, head and neck are black ; the upper parts of the body and tail

of a dingy bluish gray, very slightly tinged with brown; outer web

of first quill nearly black, rest of quills grayish black, their shafts like

those of the tail-feathers white ; throat, breast, sides and abdomen of a

grayish black ; lower wing-coverts white, with a slight brownish tinge ;

vent and lower tail-coverts white ; legs and feet dark reddish brown,

and feet less webbed than other terns. The bird is about 92 inches in

length, and the length of wing from carpal joint to extremity of first

rimary is about 8} inches. The male and female are said to be alike

in their plumage ; and the young have the forehead, cheeks, throat

and whole of the under surface pure white, and the colours of the

* Read to the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 3, 1851.

74 Miscellaneous.

upper parts mixed with brown. Though this, therefore, seems to be

an'adult bird, still the colours are not so pure and dark as in other

specimens which I have examined from the south of England; and I

am inclined to consider it as an adult that has just assumed the ma-

ture plumage. Like the other terns itis asummer visitor to Britain,

and unlike them it frequents rivers, freshwater .ponds, and marshes,

in preference to the sea-coast, breeding among the grass and rushes of

their borders, and feeding principally on the varied insect-food which

abounds there.

It is described as being common on the marshes of Holland and

other northern parts of Europe, extending even as far as the Arctic

circle ; but in Britain it is found principally in the south-eastern di-

stricts of England, where it is now by no means so common as it

formerly was, It ‘is a rare bird in the north of England, and is not

found in Scotland.” (Yarrell’s Brit. Birds.) Jardine and MacGil-

livray both allude to it as not having been met with in Scotland; so

that, as far as I am aware, this is the first specimen which has been

described as occurring so far to the north in Britain; and I am in-

clined of course to claim it for Scotland, as in pursuit of its insect

prey it hunted over both sides of the river Tweed, which there forms

the southern boundary of our ancient northern kingdom !

P.S.—I was informed by a friend at the meeting of the Society,

that a specimen of this bird had been shot some years ago in East

Lothian ; so there can be no doubt of its occurrence at least occa-

sionally in Scotland.

On the Circulation of the Blood, and Nutrition in Insects.

By M. Emits BLancuarp,

It has long been known that silkworms fed upon leayes powdered

with madder produced rose-coloured cocoons, whilst those fed upon

leaves sprinkled with indigo produced blue cocoons; but these larvae

had never been examined anatomically. At the scientific congress

held at Genoa a few years since, however, Prof. Alessandrini of

Bologna stated that he had detected the blue colour in the tracheze

of some silkworms which had been fed on leaves powdered with in-

digo. He brought forward this fact as being unable to explain it,

requesting his colleagues to repeat the oe M. Bassi, having

undertaken this work, announced the following year, that silkworms

which had eaten coloured substances certainly exhibited the same

eolour in their tracheze, but that the colour was not in the interior of

the respiratory tubes, but rather between the membranes forming

their walls.

When I became acquainted with these inquiries, they appeared to

me to be of too much importance to be allowed to pass without re-

petition. I therefore took a quantity of caterpillars, particularly

those of the peacock butterfly (Vanessa Io), and placed them in two

boxes, furnished with leaves, powdered, in the one with madder, in -

the other with indigo. After continuing this diet for several days, I

dissected some of my caterpillars, and was convinced that some of

Miscellaneous. 75

them presented rose-coloured, and others blue tracheze; the viscera

and the muscles had preserved their natural colour. This was M.

Bassi’s experiment, and I had verified his result; but I wished to

follow out this experiment in a more complete manner. Many cater-

pillars have the blood of a slight greenish tint, or of a brownish green,

which appears in some respects unfavourable for showing the effects of

coloured substances introduced by the alimentary canal. - So, although

I did not doubt in the least that in my caterpillars the blood was

charged with the colour of the indigo or madder, and that this tint

i ac in the tracheze because there alone the liquid was im-

pri I thought it better to choose for my further experiments

insects in which the blood is colourless and of which the white inte-

ts would render observation more easy. The larve of the

cockchafer (Melolontha vulgaris) appeared to me to fulfill these con-

ditions pretty well. I placed several of these in some earth filled with

vegetable matter and mixed partly with madder and partly with in-

digo. At the end of several days, the blood of those which had eaten

madder had acquired a rosy tint, although this colour was but faint,

the digestive juices having acted less powerfully upon this substance

in these insects than in the larvee of Lepidoptera ; but the blood of

those which had eaten indigo had acquired a very marked blue tint,

this colour being perfectly distinet through the integuments of the

insects, It was evident immediately that the dorsal vessel was filled

with perfectly blue blood, and the nutritious fluid was distinctly visi-

ble in all the cavities of the body, coloured in a similar manner.

When an insect has been subjected to an indigo diet only for a few

days, the blood becomes perceptibly blue; this is particularly mani-

fest in those parts where it is present in considerable quantity, as in

the abdominal cavity and eyen in the dorsal vessel; but in the space

between the membranes of the tracheze where it can only form a very

thin stratum, the tint is still very faint. By continuing the same diet,

the blood becomes more and more coloured, and then shows itself

throughout in the most distinct manner ; but still, neither the muscles

nor the viscera become tinged, these parts retaining their usual white-

ness. The tracheze constantly present the deepest tint at their base,

becoming gradually paler to the extremity ; this is readily explained

ay the fetid diminution of the quantity of fluid interposed between

e trachean membranes.

Thus the passage of the blood between the walls of the trachez,

as well as the entire course of the circulation, as I had proved by

means of injections, made either through the dorsal vessel or through

one of the large cavities of the body into which the blood flows, be-

comes as evident as possible ; for it is the blood itself, in the living

insect, which, charged with colouring matter, renders the facts visible

to every one.

It is clear that observations on these processes of alimentation will

soon leave not the least doubt on the course of the blood in insects ;

for perhaps no demonstration can render the facts more evident, than

that furnished by the experiments that I have just detailed. We see

clearly that nutritive matters pass into the blood contained in the

76 Miscellaneous.

abdominal cavity by transuding through the walls of the intestinal

canal. Through the integuments of the larvee of Melolontha, of

which the blood has been charged with colouring matter, we may

perceive, without difficulty, that the nutritive fluid bathes the viscera,

that there exists on each side of the body a tolerably distinctly cir-

cumscribed current, and that the blood returns to the heart through

the transverse canals which I have formerly described and which run

through the grooves formed by the junction of the segments, where

they are bounded by a certain quantity of cellular tissue. And here

I have been able to perceive that these canals are in communication

with the pericardiac chamber, from which the blood re-enters the

heart, as in the Arachnida and Crustacea.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 6,

1851.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF EOLIS LANDSBURGII.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

The rare and beautiful Holis Landsburgii of Messrs. Alder and

Hancock’s Monograph on the Nudibranchiata, has lately occurred to

me on the Devonshire coast ; and as two specimens only, I believe, have

been previously discovered, and those in different parts of the kingdom,

the capture may perhaps be worth a record in the ‘Annals.’ A

single specimen of this exquisite little mollusk was taken in a rock-

pool near Exmouth. — Its bright amethystine colour at once attracted

my notice. It appeared like a brilliant little gem on the dark foliage

of the weed.

In the course of two or three days it deposited on the side of the

bottle in which it was confined a delicate coil of ova.

The specimen from which the description and figure in the ‘ British

Nudibranchiata’ were taken, was obtained on the Ayrshire coast, and

Mr. Alder informs me that a second has since been procured on the

Cheshire shore.

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

Exeter. Tuomas Hincxs.

DISCOVERY OF THE REMAINS OF SEVERAL ORDERS OF REPTILES

IN THE OLD RED SANDSTONE AND SHALES OF SCOTLAND.

At the meeting of the Geological Society on the 17th, a memoir on

the discovery of fossil footsteps by Capt. Lambart Brickenden, and

of a reptile by Patrick Duff, Esq., and described by Dr. Mantell, was

announced for reading ; but in consequence of the protracted discus-

sion on a most important paper on Climate by the President, the title

only of this communication was read, and the consideration of the

novel and highly interesting subject was postponed till the next

meeting, January 7. The specimen discovered by Mr. Duff is a

small four-footed reptile, not exceeding, when living, 6 or 7 inches,

and was exhibited, with drawings illustrative of its anatomy, by Dr.

Mantell, to whom Mr. Duff had transmitted it for examination and

description. The fossil is a distinct impression of a great part of the

‘

;

Misaiiisnesii: 77

skeleton, with a mutilated portion of the cranium ; its general aspect

is that of a small land lizard, but its osteological characters are pe-

culiar, exhibiting a blending of true lacertian with batrachian attri-

butes. If the animal prove upon the discovery of bones to be a

true lizard, it must have closely resembled the green lizards ; if, on

the other hand, it turn out to be an aquatic salamander, it must

have been very similar in form, and doubtless in habits, to our Tri-

tons, but with better-formed limbs, and more expanded dorsal and

costal regions. Dr. Mantell has named it Telerpeton* Elginense, to

indicate its remote antiquity, and the locality whence it was obtained.

Dr. Mantell also placed before the Society specimens of fossil ova,

hitherto supposed to be eggs of gasteropodous mollusks, from the

Lower Devonian shales of Forfarshire. These Dr. Mantell stated le

had reason to conclude are unquestionably ova of batrachian reptiles :

those in clusters belong to animals of the frog-tribe ; and others that

occur singly or in pairs, and often attached to a leaf, resemble those

of aquatic salamanders.

Notes on the Habits of the Crustacea of the Antilles.

By Dr. P. Ducuassaine of Panama.

During his sojourn in the Antilles, Dr. Duchassaing studied the

habits of several Crustacea, principally those of the terrestrial crabs.

The following facts are extracted from his work.

The Cardisomata of Uatreille, known at the Antilles under the

name of Land Crabs or White Crabs, are omnivorous, devouring every-

thing they chance to meet with; they live generally in the muddy

ground of the mangrove swamps, where their nourishment consists

almost exclusively of the sweet fruit of the corkwood (Annona pa-

lustris), which grows in quantities in those places. They dig them-

selves holes in the mud and withdraw into them at the least noise.

Those which live in the vicinity of the cemeteries dig burrows which

go to the bodies and make these their food. The places of sepulture

in the Antilles are thus pierced in all directions by the burrows of these

animals. Nevertheless the Cardisoma carnifex is much sought after

as food in the Antilles; its flesh is more delicate than that of the

Geearcini. Care is taken only to use those for eating which live in

the mangrove swamps, far from the burial-places ; these are kept

in close places where they are fattened with broken victuals. The

are caught with the same trap that is used for taking rats ; this con-

sists of a box with a sliding door, in which a piece of the fruit of the

Annona is placed as bait, and when the animal touches this, the door

falls and it is caught in the box. But the time when their pursuit is

most productive is during the heavy rains of the winter, when the

swamps are inundated ; the animals then being unable to remain in

their holes, withdraw in thousands to the nearest dry places, when they

are taken in great quantities, and their flesh is particularly esteemed.

The Uce of Latreille are also very abundant in the Antilles; they

* spre, procul ; €pzreroy. reptilis.

78 Miscellaneous.

live in the same localities as the preceding, and in the same manner.

They are taken in the same traps and in great quantities, but their

flesh has a strong taste, and is only eaten by the negroes.

The Gecareini, frequently called violet crabs, painted crabs, and

*‘¢ourlouroux,” are of numerous species. The Gecarcinus lateralis

is the most common, and to it the name of “ towrlourou”’ properly

belongs. It lives in dry woods on the sea-coast, and hides under

stones and trunks of trees or in holes ; often, as is also the case with

Cardisoma carnifex and Uca una, even under the flooring of houses.

It is only esteemed as food at the period of spawning, because then

the ovaries are dilated with eggs; and it is only at this period that

they are taken, which is so much the more readily done, because then

great numbers of them are about in troops.

It is said that the Gecarcini as well as the Cardisoma carnifex have

occasionally poisonous properties ; but the flesh of these animals being

heavy and the epicures eating sometimes great quantities of them, it

is probable that it is generally indigestion that is produced, particu-

larly as these derangements bear a considerable resemblance to some

cases of poisoning. It has been pretended that the crabs acquire

this venomous property after eating the fruit of the manchineel-tree ;

but in answer to this it is stated that the fruit of the manchineel is

not ripe at the period when the crabs are eaten, and it must be ob-

served that this fruit does not fall to the ground until it has arrived

at the extreme of ripeness.

The Gelasimi inhabit the most muddy places they can find, where

a soft dirt, composed of decomposed leaves, allows them to dig their

retreats easily. When these animals are frightened at anything, they

retreat towards their burrows, with their large claw raised: they re-

quire a great quantity of moisture ; for in the event of a long drought,

the mud of the swamps becoming dried up, they nearly all die, and

so great is their number in some places, that when this is the case the

air becomes contaminated by the emanations from their bodies. Their

numbers, in fact, are so prodigious, that in some districts one may see

spaces of two or three leagues perforated with the burrows of these

animals,

The Sesarma Pisonii lives on the roots of the mangroves. When

it perceives the approach of danger it ascends even to the topmost

branches of these trees, or else descends along the roots until it is

covered by the water.

The Grapsus pictus inhabits rocks on the sea-shore, where it is

continually engaged in watching for prey; for this purpose it keeps

five or six lines from the surface of the sea, and seizes upon anything

that swims past. Its feet are so disposed and covered with asperities,

that it runs with great swiftness over the most inclined rocks, and can

only be taken by surprise: when every other place of retreat is cut off,

it throws itself into the water. This animal changes its skin on the

rocks which it inhabits ; at that time it is much less active and can

be caught more readily. The places inhabited by the Grapsi are

covered with their brilliant coats.—Bib/l. Univ. de Genéve, 1851,

p- 337.

ee 9

M eteorological Observations. 79

OBITUARY.—MR. SAMUEL. VEALL.

Died at Boston, Lincolnshire, on the 17th of August 1851, aged

it may be said of him, that in youth, and until his mental powers

had become enfeebled by age, he was diligent in the attainment of

knowledge. From his early days he was fond of books and expe-

rimental science. At a time when philosophy was by no means

fashionable, especially about 1808 and 1809, he was amongst the

earliest projectors and friends of a Literary and Philosophical Society

in Boston, his native town. In connection with this Society, he be-

came Secretary, and delivered lectures on Electricity, Optics, Galva-

nism, &c,, and it is believed continued his efforts so long as he could

find coadjutors to act with him. He engaged in those pursuits

simply for the improvement of himself and his neighbours.

It may well be presumed, that his Meteorological Journal, which

he kept methodically and perseveringly for many years, and commu-

nicated to this Magazine from its commencement, has aided in throwing

some light upon the laws which govern the changes of the atmosphere,

and may have induced others to contribute in like manner to meteo-

rological science. ;

He was considerate to a fault of those whom he employed in busi-

ness; and though often injured himself, he was not known to act

injuriously towards others. Punctiliously honest, he even made

oy sdlgigeeta many individuals esteemed upright would see nothing

to . He has left a widow and family to revere his memory and

imitate his virtues.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1851.

4 Chiswick.—November 1. Overcast: veryfine: clear: frosty. 2. Fine: hail-shower.

3. Hoar-frost: very fine: cloudy: rain. 4. Rain: fine, but cold. 5. Clear and

frosty: slight rain at night. 6. Clear andfine: cloudy. 7. Cloudyandcold. 8.

Fine: rain. 9. Foggy: fine: rain. 10. Veryfine: drizzlyatnight. 11, 12. Very

fine. 13. Foggy. 14. Clear andfine. 15. Frosty: very fine: clear. 16. Frosty:

clearand fine: cloudy. 17. Clearand cold: frosty atnight. 18. Clear and cold:

severe frost at night. 19. Sharpfrost: fine: cloudy. 20. Clear and frosty: very

clear throughout. 21. Overcast. 22. Cloudy: fine. 23. Frosty: clear and fine:

rain at night. 24. Densely clouded: foggy at night. 25. Frosty: veryfine, 26:

Foggy. 27. Hazy. 28. Frosty: very fine: frosty. 29. Frosty, with fog: fine:

. 30. Dense fog.

Mean temperature of the month ........ seve oenes¥sbpnepabbessce 35°86

Mean temperature of Nov. 1850 ..........-sesesesssssevseeececes 45 +29

Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-five years ... 43 -43

Ay amount of rain in NOV. «.....e+0..se0e0ree Reskashse se... 2°35 inches,

Boston —Nov. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain early a.m. 3,4. Fine. 5, 6. Fine:

raine.m. 7.Cloudy. 8. Cloudy:rainp.m. 9,10. Fine: rain p.m. 11. Foggy.

; i2—16. Fine. 17. Fine: snowr.m. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21.

3 ‘Cloudy: rainy.m. 22. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 23. Cloudy: rain p.m.

: 24, 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30. Foggy.

2 Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1, 2. Showers. 3. Snow-showers. 4. Snow-

: showers: rain. 5. Showers: cloudy. 6. Showers: cloudy: rain. 7. Rain:

drizzle. 8. Drizzle. 9. Showers. 10. Bright: showers. ‘11. Bright: cloudy.

12. Cloudy. 13. Showers: hail-showers. 14. Sleet-showers: rain. 15, Showers:

cloudy. 16. Sleet-showers: snow-showers. 17. Hail-showers;. clondy. 18,

Cloudy: clear. 19. Cloudy: drops. 20. Bright: rain. 21. Showers: clear:

aurora. 22. Bright: cloudy. 23. Cloudy: rain. 24. Clear: frost: aurora.

-. 25. Frost: rain: clear. 26, Showers: fine. 27,28. Fine: frost: fine. 29, Fine:

frost: fine: showers. 30. Fine: frost: fine.

11.7] 0$.1| $S.0 Ez.ob |S£.0b |9.¥E |gL.Lz \96.E4| 199.67 gfg.6z gS.6z 7£3.6z $>6.6c | wea

Lgo. |erteeleseres]. og. [oeeres| rou] 68, |. ob |$.42] oz .|. 6£ ov.of .| . gz.08 - 38.67 | ZQI.0£ Lvz.0f “of ¢

sesersleeseesleseeee] unre [ewan | “as LE | LE | gz| zz -| 68 gt.o€ I1.0£ 73.67 . gSr.0f£ oLr.0£ 62

go. [vrretesee} ea | emu | emu | Ee | $68 | bE} rz | ob Lo.o€ - 10.08: £9.67 066.62 | £Lo.0€ *8z

' LE} gf | €€) oz | ze 96.62 26.67 LV.6z ggl.6z 669.62 “Lt

rr. [-+++/"**+"| unpeo | upeo| -mu’| oF | gf | of} gz | of £3.62 VL.6z 0f.6z 665.62 gtl.6z ry

Lo. |rvre|tt] +g lemum| ems | $86 | ob | 6z! Ez | oF 99.62 2v.6z £1.62 69%.6z 76b.6z Sz

SoS, [ees | ag “wm | MU ce Sf). 6€|° Ez gt 9£.6z -1€.6z g1.6z 2S+.6z £64.62 “be

selbo, (gr. | cm | emu | cm | $rb | Sob [S.cE| cf | Sb ob.6z 99.62 08.62 $$9.62 £fr.0f tz7@

go. | £0. fre} om |emunl oo eh | x IS.ZE) Se | Sb Ir.0£ L1.0f 7.6 366.62 6¢1,0£ a4

rz. freeefere| og | tm] ew | ob | gob | LE] VE +] oF 90.0 £3.62. | .9%.6 9£g.6z 0£6,6z ‘IZ

Se re oe gb| 6£ | 1£| be | E+ 2ZL.6% $6.62 £9.62 198.62 790,08 Bey

seesse! vena” tegeeral | *ma |< LE 1- £671 Ob baSect CLs 9L.6z 99.6 £5.62 br9.6z 6+3.62 61.

sel ono | att | ot zi | vE | r€] or | xv 33.67 16.62 09.62 6£9.62 118,62 gr.

sseoeel or femur] cu | ZE.] Zé [S.gz| Zz | sé $6.62 93.67 —$S.62 10L,6z 17g.6z “LI

arssooln Kine {osare] Se rf | SE| +€| oz | zb 36.62 76.6% 9$.6z $13.62 Stg.6z ‘91D

(yA De Ce a eC oY 1v | Sob | €€) 64 |. iv 96.62 96.62 7L.6z 9+6.62 %Z0,0 “Sr

Ex, [rrceee|eeteee] “og as ony 6¢ 6£ |. 9f| Sz |. tr gt.of Z£.08 00.08 oor.of 687.08 “br

ox, [rrserleeee] ocr | om | ms | LZE | gh | bE] of | Lb gz.o£ Lr.0€ 60.0 StL.0f£ VEt.0£ os |

So.) toh a oo) gv | SY \S.9£) 6c | gt $z.0£ ¥z.08 76.62 o£z.0£ LYE.o£ “71

60. | zo. freres*} om | tmud) ‘Uo gb} ob | VE] of | 64 gr.o£ gr.o£ $1.62 S00.0f 071,08 ‘Ir

£$. }oz. |10.| «a | ‘a | ‘au | ob! th} 6£| gz! 6F 90.0£ 19.62 b£.6z 979.62 LSL.6z “OL

z1..| gr. |tr.| -m | .ts -| ‘as | $5b | ob | rb] 68 | 15.62 oL.6z 35.62 £08.62 698.62 6

go. [trt| Lo. | «mu | «mu | con | of | 6b |. rb] gf | gb €L:6z 73.67 65.62 $£g.6z £3.62 *g O

Qtr gz °%*| ‘a’ "| ‘au 6 Sb | xrbl SE LY 938.6% 16.62 6S.6z oLL.6z $£3.6z L

So, | 0. |'****| mpeo| ma | smu | rb | zh | ob] gf | Le | Loot 36.62 9$.6z gbg.6z 043.62 9

6r. |e} zo. | cu | mu | tm CP LY SS a LE SH 16.62 0g.6z © oL,.6z $38.62 ¥go.0f °$

‘mw | ‘a ‘u ob | LE | of] zz | oF $6.62 73.62 65.62 zgL.6z Z00.0& v

“muu| tau | cm | $96.) $6] bE] oz | Sb 39.62 09.6z L+.6z 652.62 076.62. | °

‘muu| “a | “O 6& | ob | th] rf | oS ov.6z 10,62 00.62 gf £.6z 0SS.6z °%

“ms | wm | tm | 6£')- cb [Srv] gz | 2S 30.62 77.6% 72.67 655.62 £19.62 ox

Eg y =F ‘urd $g)*ur-e $6 ee ‘UI Sed ‘urd $8 ‘ure £6 oF “UL *xeyl i an

ei 8 ifs t> Es BS

x 5 * i Seng BS “yorustyg *yotmpueg ‘AouyIQ Bs “STMSTYO wu Hy

ae sa toe -zayaul0Teg jo skeq

*“AUNWUOY SoounTAT VADUYDS 2D SWOISNOTDY °4 “Ady ay2 fo pun <NOLSOG 20 TTeEOA ‘IW ha

_— a

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 50. FEBRUARY 1852.

VII.— On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of some

new Species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c.*

[With two Plates. ]

Srnce the publication of my papery on the “ Cidaridz of the

Oolites,” I have collected two Acrosalenie which are quite new,

and an Echinus of the same species as one occurring in the

Corallian stage of Besancon, but very rare as a British fossil.

_ I now purpose describing these Cidaride as a supplement to

that paper, before entering upon the study of the Cassidulide,

which forms the subject of the present communication.

Acrosalenia decoratat, Haime.

Test hemispherical, depressed, outline subpentagonal ; ambu-

laeral are convex and prominent, the anterior and posterior

pair slightly sinuous, having two rows of small perforated

* Read at Bredon, at the Meeting of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club,

mber 10, 1851. ae

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. viii. p. 421.

t I had given this Acrosalenia another specific name, but just as my

MS. was about to be sent to press, I learned that it had been described

by M. Jules Haime, under the name Milnia decorata, either in the ‘ An-

nales des Sciences Nat.,’ or in the ‘Bulletin de la Soc. Géologique de

France,’ to neither of which works I can at present refer. I learn further

that Professor Forbes has had it drawn and e ved with all the details,

and will describe it in the forthcoming decade of his ‘ Memoirs of the

Geological Survey,’ under the name A. decoratay I have therefore with-

drawn my name and the figure I had intended to give, as the multipli-

cation of specific names is at all times to be deplored, but more especially

so in our day, when a mania for the creation of species is so rife; I have

therefore much pleasure in referring to the forthcoming decade of the

‘Memoirs’ for elaborate figures of the anatomy of the test of this beautiful

species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 6

82 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

marginal tubercles, and the intermediate surface covered with

_ close-set granulations ; interambulacral aree with two ranges

of primary tubercles from 10-12 in a range, the four central -

pairs being alone fully developed; apical disc large, sur-anal

plate central, anus behind encroaching on the single ovarial

plate, which is rudimentary and projects far into the single

area; base very concave ; mouth large, in a deep depression ;

primary spines long, smooth, slender and tapering ; secondary

spines small, hair-like, numerous.

Height ;4,ths of an inch, transverse diameter ,8,ths of an inch.

Description.—This elegant little Urchin is remarkable among

its congeners for the pentagonal outline of its test, arising from

the flatness of the interambulacral and the prominence and con-

vexity of the ambulacral aree, and for exhibiting the bilateral

symmetry of the Cidaridz in a very interesting manner. The

ambulacral aree are about one-third the width of the interam-

bulacral, the single ambulacrum is quite straight, and the ante-

rior and posterior pairs are slightly sinuous ; the apices of the

anterior pair curve gently backwards, and those of the posterior

pair upwards and inwards ; two rows of small perforated tubercles

alternately occupy the margins of the area, each row containing

from 20-24 tubercles, which gradually diminish in size from the

basal angle to the apex, the central and intermediate spaces

being covered with small close-set granules; the pores are dis-

posed in single pairs throughout the avenues.

The interambulacral arez are three times as wide as the ambu-

lacral, and are so much flattened that they form nearly straight

lines at the circumference; the interambulacra are occupied by

two ranges of primary tubercles, about eleven tubercles in each

row, which are unequally developed in different regions of the

area ; the four ventral pairs are small and nearly of the same size ;

the four central pairs are fully developed, though not all of the

same volume, whilst the three dorsal pairs are quite rudimentary ;

the areolee of the central tubercles are transversely oblong and ver-

tically confluent ; a zigzag granular band, of four granules deep,

occupies the centre of the area, separating the two ranges of

tubercles from each other, and little granular bands separate the

tubercles from the poriferous avenues; at the basal angle several

secondary tubercles are interspersed among the granulations

where the tubercles become rudimentary ; at the dorsal surface

the test is covered with small close-set granulations. The apical

disc is large and oblong; it is formed of two anterior and two

posterior pair of well-developed ovarial plates, and a single rudi-

mentary ovarial, which extends far down the single interambu-

lacral area, and is much encroached upon by the anal opening,

which is in fact formed at the expense of the single ovarial plate.

‘

fesse de ae 4

ee a ee eh eT

—_——

7 oa aa 7.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 83

The sur-anal plate is large and composed of several pieces, of which

the largest is central; two others are posterior to it, and four

or five smaller pieces form an arch at the anterior border of the

anal opening which occupies nearly the whole of the single

ovarial plate; the ocular plates are small and heart-shaped, and

articulate with the apices of the ambulacra ; the surface of the

discal plates is covered with the same delicate granular sculpture

which adorns the intertubercular parts of the test. The ventral

surface is very concave ; the mouth-opening is large, about half

the diameter of the test, situated in a considerable concavity

formed by the ambulacral and interambulacral aree curving up-

wards and inwards towards the interior of the test; the margin

is decagonal, with nearly equal-sized lobes ; the teeth are cari-

nated ; the primary spines are cylindrical and tapering, and rather

exceed in length the diameter of the test; their surface is sculp-

tured with longitudinal microscopic lines ; the secondary spines

are small, delicate, hair-like appendages.

Affinities and differences.—A. decorata belongs to the group of

Salenians having the anal cpening situated behind the apical

dise ; it consequently has affinities with A. spinosa and A. Wil-

tonii, which it further resembles in the rudimentary condition of

the single ovarial plate, and in the general structure of the am-

bulacral and interambulacral arex ; it is distinguished however

from A. spinosa by having a more pentagonal outline, a more

rudimentary condition of the dorsal tubercles, a more oblong and

irregular-shaped apical disc, with the single ovarial plate project-

ing further than the others into its corresponding interambu-

lacrum, and the sur-anal plate being formed of many elements

instead of one, as in A. spinosa. The ventral surface is likewise

more concave, the mouth-opening is proportionally larger and

lodged in a deeper concavity, and the marginal lobes are more

equal-sized than in A. spinosa. The same group of diagnostic

characters will serve to distinguish A. decorata from its other

congeners.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This beautiful Acrosalenia

was collected in the yellow clays of the Coralline Oolite of Wilts,

and I have seen it in the ragstones of the same stage. The

test is well preserved in the individual which served for our

description, but the apical disc is unfortunately absent. Our

description of the disc is given from another specimen.

Acrosalenia Wilton, Wright, nu. sp. PI. III. fig. 4 a-e.

Test hemispherical, sometimes depressed, sides tumid ; ambu-

lacral arez narrow, with two rows of small marginal perforated

tubercles ; interambulacral arez about three times the width of

84. Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

the ambulacral, with two ranges of primary tubercles, of

- which the three middle pairs only attain full development ;

those at the base are small, and those at the dorsal surface are

rudimentary ; apical disc convex and prominent ; sur-anal plate

formed of two large and five small pieces ; anal opening be-

hind, excavated out of the single ovarial plate, which is rudi-

mentary, the anterior and posterior pairs of ovarial plates well

developed. Basal angle obtuse, from the tumidity of the sides ;

mouth-opening small, decagonal, with nearly equal-sized mar-

ginal lobes.

Height 31ths of an inch, transverse diameter 41ths.

Description. --This Urchin is almost always orbicular in the

cireumference, but the dorsal surface is more or less elevated in

different individuals; in general it is hemispherical and de-

pressed at the anal pole; the sides are tumid and gently

rounded towards the mouth. The ambulacral aree preserve a

very uniform width through nearly all their extent. Two rows

of about sixteen small perforated tubercles are arranged in

alternate order on the margins of the are, the eight inferior

pairs being larger, and the eight superior pairs gradually de-

creasing in size until they become quite microscopic near the

apex; between the marginal tubercles a double row of granules,

having a sinuous disposition, occupies the centre of the arezx.

The poriferous avenues are gently undulated; on the sides the

pores are placed in pairs, but at the base, from their increased

numbers, they fall into triple oblique pairs. The interambu-

lacral areze are three times the width of the ambulacral, and fur-

nished with two ranges of primary tubercles from 9-10 in a

range ; the three basal pair are small, gradually increasing how-

ever in size from the mouth-margin, where they are very small,

to blend in with the three middle pairs, which attain their full

development. The seventh pair are smaller than the sixth, and

the eighth and ninth pairs become suddenly small and even ru-

dimentary. The space between the tubercles is of moderate

width, and is occupied by a zigzag band formed of four rows of

granules, those which are arranged on the borders of the areolz

are larger and are likewise perforated ; the primary tubercular

ranges are separated from the poriferous avenues by a single row

of small perforated granules, which form a succession of arches.

over the ambulacral border of the areole. The upper surface of

the test is covered with small close-set granulations, among

which the rudimentary tubercles stand conspicuous. The apical

dise is rather prominent and convex, and is fortunately preserved

in an otherwise imperfect specimen (Pl. III. fig. 4d): but for

this circumstance, we should have been in the dark touching the

eee ee ee ee

és

ie,

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 85

natural relations of the species; it is formed of an anterior and

a posterior pair of moderately-sized ovarial plates, and a rudi-

mentary single ovarial plate. The sur-anal plate is very curious,

and is composed of two unequal-sized pentagonal pieces united

' with the anterior and posterior ovarials, and six small pieces

forming an arch which spans from the right to the left

posterior pair of ovarials, and forms the anterior border of

the anus ; the posterior pair of ocular plates forms the lateral,

and the single rudimentary ovarial plate the posterior boundary

of the anal opening, which is transversely oblong, slightly

excentral, and consequently placed behind the compound sur-

anal plate. The ocular plates are heart-shaped and of a mo-

derate size, and their eyeholes are very minute. The surface of

the discal plates is covered with small granulations. The tumid

sides are gently rounded towards the base. The mouth-opening

is small, being rather more than one-third the diameter of the

test ; its margin is decagonal, with nearly equal-sized lobes, those

of the ambulacra being the widest. The fragment of a primary

spine before me is cylindrical and smooth, and judging from its

thickness must have been long. The secondary spines are short,

prickle-shaped, and sculptured with fine longitudinal lines (4 e).

Affinities and differences—The preservation of the apical dise

proves that the natural affinity of this species is with A. spinosa

and A. decorata, whilst in the general form and structure of the

test, A. Wiltonii most resembles A. hemicidaroides ; but it differs

from that species in having the anal opening behind the sur-anal

plate, whereas in A. hemicidaroides it is situated before it.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Acrosalenia was col-

lected from the Cornbrash near Sutton Benger, Wilts ; it appears

to be rare. I dedicate this species to my friend John Wilton,

Esq., of Gloucester.

Echinus gyratus, Agassiz.

Syn. Echinus gyratus, Echin. Foss. de la Suisse,-part 2. p. 87.

tab. 23. fig. 43-46.

Echinus petallatus, M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 409, 2nd

Series.

Test hemispherical, more or less elevated, with an orbicular cir-

cumference, divided into fifteen slightly convex lobes ; ambu-

lacral aree half the width of the interambulacral, with two

complete rows of marginal tubercles extending from the

mouth to the apical disc, and two incomplete rows of central

tubercles occupying about two-thirds of the sides thereof ; in-

terambulacral aree with a smooth concave median space ex-

tending from the disc to near the basal angle; each of the

two lobes formed thereby has one complete central range of

86 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

tubercles, and two lateral incomplete ranges of tubercles; at

the circumference of the test there are twelve rows of tuber-

cles ; apical disc well developed ; anal opening central; base

flat ; mouth-opening large, almost pentagonal from the length

of the arches over the ambulacra ; spines unknown.

Height 38ths of an inch, transverse diameter | inch and paths,

Description.—The distinguishing characters of this beautiful

Urchin are so prominent, that it forms a well-marked species of

a genus, in which in general specific distinctions are far from

being clearly defined. The test is hemispherical and elevated at

the vertex, and is very regularly formed; its surface is divided

into fifteen nearly equal-sized lobes grouped into five divisions of

three lobes each, of which the ambulacrum forms the centre lobe,

and the half of the adjoining interambulacra the lateral lobes.

The distinctive character of the test consists in the median con-

cave depression in the centre of the interambulacra which ex-

tends from near the cireumference to the apex, and is entirely

destitute of tubercles and granules; near the circumference

however small tubercles occupy the space, and at this point we

observe twelve tubercles in a row in the interambulacra. Hach

area is thus divided into two convex lobes ; in each lobe one com-

plete range of tubercles extends from the mouth to the vertex,

and two incomplete rows occupy each side thereof ; at the widest

part of the area only a few additional tubercles are introduced.

The ambulacra are about. one half the width of the interambu-

lacra, and are furnished with two complete rows of marginal

tubercles, and two incomplete rows which occupy the central

parts of the sides; around the circumference of the tubercles,

forming the complete ranges, a series of small granules are dis-

posed in circles, and similar moniliform granular rings sur-

round the larger tubercles of the incomplete rows. The tuber-

cles of both areas are large and prominent, and their surfaces are

highly polished ; those of the base are larger than those of the

sides ; and, as a general remark, it may be stated that the test is _

uniformly very granular.

The pores are disposed in rather wide avenues in triple ob-

lique pairs, among which, some of the small granules en-

circling the marginal tubercles of the ambulacra are scattered.

The apical disc is large and central ; the anterior pair of ovarial

plates are the smallest, the posterior pair are larger, and the

single madreporiform plate is the largest of the disc ; the ocular

plates are small and pentagonal, and stand distinctly out from

the angles of the ovarials; the eyeholes are small and central ;

the anal opening is large ‘and transversely oblong ; the surface

of the ovarial and ocular plates is covered with small granules,

err ih ee

ii las ener!

—s

a nN et ae ee ET ee pe Re ee ee, ee

eae ae eee a eS ee AT le

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 87

and the spongy madreporiform body is prominent and convex.

The mouth-opening is very large, and has more the appearance

-of being pentagonal than decagonal, from the extreme shortness

of the arches over the termination of the interambulacral, and

the disproportionate span of those over the ambulacral areas. ;

Affinities and differences —This Echinus resembles some gra-

nular varieties of EL. perlatus, and the concave median space in

the interambulacra of that species increases the resemblance

thereto; but the following structural differences afford good

diagnostic characters by which the two forms may always be di-

stinguished from each other. In EL. gyratus the naked concave

median space in the interambulacra is wider, and extends much

further down the sides than the corresponding space in E. per-

latus. The ambulacral aree have four rows of tubercles in E£.

gyratus, and only two rows in E. perlatus. The lateral tubercles

in the secondary ranges of the interambulacral arez are nearly

as large as those of the complete ranges of the same in E. gy-

ratus, whereas the secondary ranges of the corresponding are

in E. perlatus are smaller and even sometimes rudimentary. The

tubercles themselves in EL. gyratus are more prominent and con-

vex, and are more highly polished than those of EZ. perlatus. The

same group of characters enables us to distinguish this species

from its other congeners. Prof. M‘Coy has described an Echinus

from the Coralline Oolite of Wilts under the name EL. petallatus,

which we consider to be identical with E. gyratus: we cannot

admit that an increased elevation of the test, or a greater extent

of the naked surface of the plates, are sufficient characters to

justify the separation of species : our specimen was obtained from

the same stage and locality, and as we are not acquainted with

any other Echinus for which it could be mistaken, we have no

doubt of its identity with the E. petallatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This Urchin was collected

from the clay beds of the Coralline Oolite of Wilts ; at present we

are not aware of its having been found in any other locality in

this country. Its foreign distribution is likewise limited to the

“Terrain a chailles”’-or Corallian stage of Besancon.

History.—First described by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Echinodermes

Fossiles de la Suisse,’ where it is beautifully and faithfully figured ;

afterwards noticed by Prof. M‘Coy under the name E. petallatus,

from the Coralline Oolite of Wilts. We are inclined to think that

_ this Urchin is the same which was figured by Parkinson in the

3rd vol. of his ‘ Organic Remains,’ and described as an “ Echinite

from France.”

88 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

On the CassIDULID&.

“The Cassidulide have been recently dismembered by Agassiz

and Desor from the family Clypeastroidz, in consequence of the

mouth of the Cassidulide being destitute of the jaws and teeth

possessed by the true Clypeastroidz* : how far this supposed ne-

gative edentulous character is of sufficient zoological importance

to justify the separation of the Cassidulide from the great natural _

family which they resemble in most of the important points of

their structure, it is not our intention on the present oceasion to

inquire ; it has however the palzontological merit of grouping

together many genera of Echinida closely related to each other

by structural affinities as well as by their limited distribution mm

time.

Family CasstpuLip2.

Urchins having an oblong, subpentagonal or orbicular cir-

cumference, generally clypeiform, with a uniform convex dorsal

surface, mostly depressed, but sometimes elevated or conoidal ;

the shell is of moderate thickness, and its surface is covered with

small tubercles and granules. The tubercles are smaller on the

dorsal than on the ventral surface, and are surrounded by a cir-

cular depression ; sometimes the tubercles are arranged in ver-

tical ranges, but in general they are sporadical. The granules

are entirely microscopic, and occupy the intertubercular spaces;

to the whole of the tubercles small filiform spines are attached.

The ambulacral areze are narrow, and the pores are disposed in

close-set pairs, forming a single file as in the Galerites ; or they

are placed at some distance apart, and united by transverse

sutures, which occasions the petaloid forms seen on the dorsal

surface of the test of the Nucleolites.

The mouth is central or subcentral, and is sometimes armed

with jaws and teeth; in some genera its margin is divided into

ten lobes ; in others it is edentulous and the opening is round or

pentagonal, and sometimes surrounded by five prominent lobes,

formed by the folding inwards of the terminal portions of the

interambulacra. The anal opening is large, and situated on the

dorsal or ventral surface ; it is rarely marginal, often infra-mar-

ginal, and when dorsal is lodged in a valley. The apical disc is

formed of four perforated ovarial plates and a single imperforate

* This generalization is not strictly in accordance with thefacts. The exist-

ence of a dental apparatus was discovered by Mr. Chas. Stokes in Galerites

albogalerus, and specimens of this cretaceous Urchin, with the lantern and

teeth, are in the cabinets of Messrs. Stokes and Bowerbank. It is probable

that all the members of the Galerite group with a central decagonal moutih-

opening possessed a similar dental armature.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 89

ovarial; the madreporiform body is generally situated in the

centre, around which the ovarials are arranged ; the five ocular

plates are small, and lodged at the apices of the ambulacra.

From the structure of the ambulacra we divide the Cassidulidze

into two groups.

lst Group or EcHINONEIDES*.

Ambulacra simple, uniform throughout ; mouth circular, deca-

gonal or pentagonal, without prominent lobes.

Genus Pyeaster, Agassiz.

Test subpentagonal, more or less depressed ; surface of the

plates covered with small perforated tubercles, raised on mammil-

lated and crenulated eminences, disposed in regular vertical

rows, and surrounded by areole with encircling granules ; the

tubercles attain their greatest development at the circumference

and base of the test ; ambulacral arez with four or six rows of

tubercles ; interambulacral areze with from 12-20 rows ; mouth-

opening central and circular, margin divided into ten equal

lobes, the notches of which correspond to the sutural junction of

the ambulacra with the interambulacra ; anal opening very large,

occupying the upper half of the single interambulacral area ;

arranged in simple pairs throughout the avenues ; apical

3 dise unknown. This genus is extinct ; the species are distributed

throughout the Oolitic and Cretaceous rocks.

Pygaster semisulcatus? Phillips.

Sxn. Galerites umbrella’, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. t. iii. p. 25.

Nucleolites umbrella, Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat. t. xviii. p. 87.

Clypeus semisulcatus, Phillips, Geol. of York. part 1. pl. 3. fig. 17.

Clypeus ornatus, Buck. Murchison’s Geol. of Cheltenham, 2nd ed.

_ ~p- 95.

Test subpentagonal, depressed ; interambulacra with from 16-18

rows of tubercles at the circumference ; ambulacra prominent

and convex, with four rows of tubercles ; anus very large, oc-

eupying nearly the upper half of the single interambulacrum ;

mouth deeply notched ; spines short, subulate, and longitudi-

nally striated.

Height 1 inch and ;5ths, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches,

transverse diameter 3 inches.

Description.—The imperfect condition of the test of Pygaster

* The group of Echinoneides comprehends eleven genera: Echinoneus,

Van Phels; Pygaster, Agass. ; Holectypus, Desor ; Discoidea, Gray ; Gale-

rites, Lam.; Pyrina, Desml.; Globator, Agass.; Caratomus, Agass. ; Nu-

~. cleopygus, Agass.; Hyboclypus, Agass.; Dysaster, Agass.

90 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

umbrella figured by Agassiz, does not enable us satisfactorily to

compare that Urchin with our specimen, and leaves a doubt upon

our mind whether the Urchin known to Lamarck was identical

with this species. We have examples corresponding in form,

size, and comparative dimensions with Agassiz’s figure, but the

absence of the sculpture of the plates in the Swiss specimen

leaves the question in doubt : through the kindness of Professor

Forbes we have compared our Urchins with the one sent by

Mr. Phillips from Yorkshire, and have proved their identity ; but

having had no opportunity of examining typical foreign speci-

mens, we have provisionally adopted Mr. Phillips’s specific name.

The ambulacra are one-fourth part the width of the interambu-

lacra; they are prominent and convex, and furnished with four

rows of tubercles, the marginal rows extending from the mouth

to the apical disc, whilst the internal rows disappear near the

mouth and about half-way up the dorsal surface; the imteram-

bulacra at the circumference have from 18-20 rows of tubercles ;

the number however gradually diminishes between the basal angle

and the mouth, and the circumference and the apical disc, so

that from two to four rows only extend from the mouth to the

vertex. The mammillated eminences on which the tubercles are

placed are encircled by smooth areolz, surrounded by small gra-

nules arranged round their circumference, which gives the in-

tertubercular surface of the plates a granular structure. The

tubercles are small, prominent and perforated, and the summits

of the mamme are crenulated as in the Cidaride. These cha-

racters added to others, as the regularity of the arrangement of

the tubercles, and the dorsal position of the anal opening, lead

us to consider Pygaster as a transition form connecting the

Cidaridz with the Cassidulide. The base is concave, and the

mouth is central and situated in a considerable depression ; the

opening is about one-fifth the diameter of the test at the cireum-

ference ; its margin is divided into ten nearly equal-sized lobes,

the angles of which correspond to the divisional sutural lines be-

tween the ambulacra and the interambulacra. The anus is a large

oval opening in the upper half of the single interambulacrum,

forming a great gap in this part of the test, and constituting

one of the most important characters of the genus. In the living

animal this space was probably occupied by a membrane, but in

the fossil condition it has the appearance of the test having been

fractured and lost. The apical disc is absent in all the specimens

of Pygaster that have passed through our hands. The pores are

set closely together in pairs throughout the entire range of the

avenues ; sometimes they have a slightly oblique disposition. The

spines adhering to the fine specimen before me are short, needle-

shaped, and delicately striated longitudinally.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 91

Affinities and differences.—P. semisulcatus most nearly resem-

bles P. umbrella; we have before us specimens which are well

represented by Agassiz’s figure ; but the loss of the tubercles from

the Swiss specimen leaves the question of their identity an open

one, as we regard the special form of sculpture of the test

a most important specific character. P. semisulcatus differs from

P. Morrisii in having narrower ambulacra and fewer tubercles

on both arez; the size and number of the tubercles and the

depression of the test afford distinguishing characters between

it and P. conoideus.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This Urchin is abundant

in the lower ferruginous beds, “the Pea-grit” of the Inferior

Oolite at Crickley, Birdlip, and Leckhampton Hills, and in the

shelly freestone of the same localities, and I have collected small

specimens from the planking beds of the Great Oolite-at Min-

chinhampton ; in Yorkshire it was collected by Mr. Phillips *

from the Coralline Oolite of Malton and Scarborough. In the

Pea-grit it is associated with Diadema depressum, Hyboclypus

agariciformis, Rhynconella Wrightii, Thecidea triangularis, Tere-

bratula simplex, and Ter. plicata.

History.—This species was figured by Mr. Phillips, but not

described, in his ‘ Geology of Yorkshire.’ The absence of typical

foreign specimens does not enable us to decide whether the Ga-

lerites umbrella of Lamarck is identical with Mr. Phillips’s spe-

cies. The fine and nearly perfect specimen before me has been

figured by Professor Forbes for the 4th Decade of his admirable

‘Illustrations of British Fossils ;? for this reason we have not

given a drawing of the species.

Pygaster conoideus, Wright, n. sp. Pi. ILI. fig. 1 a—d.

Test conoidal, with a pentagonal circumference ; ambulacra nar-

row and prominent, with two rows of marginal tubercles and

two imperfect rows of central tubercles; interambulacra four

times the width of the ambulacra, with very small tubercles

and a scanty granulation on the surface of the plates; anal

opening comparatively small, occupying the upper third of the

single interambulacrum ; base flat.

Height 1 inch and ;%,ths, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches

and ,%,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and +4,ths.

Description.—This Urchin is remarkable for its conoidal form,

the anterior and lateral walls of the test forming angles of from

50° to 55° with the base, and the posterior wall an angle of about

42° (fig. 14). The ambulacra are narrow and prominent, having

* Geol. of Yorkshire, Part 1. p. 127.

92 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

two complete rows of tubercles arranged on the sides of the areze

(fig. 1c), and two incomplete rows of tubercles internal to them,

which are neither so regular in their arrangement as the marginal

rows, nor do they extend beyond the lower half of the ares ; the

single ambulacrum is perpendicular ; the anterior pair arch gently

upwards and backwards, whilst the posterior pair rise forwards and

upwards for three parts of their course, and then make a short

curve round the anal opening, and terminate at the lateral border.

thereof. ‘The pairs of pores are disposed very closely together

in well-defined narrow avenues, which form distinct boundaries

between the ambulacra and the interambulacra ; at the basal angle

the interambulacral are four times the width of the ambulaeral

aree; the plates (fig. 1 d) are adorned with rather irregular rows of

very small tubercles varying in number from four to sixteen in a

row in different parts of the area; the smooth areole around the

tubercles are very superficial ; their circumference is encircled by

rows of microscopic granules : besides these granular circles, there

is scarcely any other sculpture on the plates, which gives a great

smoothness to the test of P. conoideus when compared with that of

P. semisulcatus. The anal opening (fig. 1 a) when compared with

that of the latter is proportionally small, occupying rather more

than the upper third of the single interambulacrum; the portion of

the area below the vent is flattened and slightly concave. The base

is covered with the oolitic matrix, which here forms a hard cry-

stalline rock, and cannot be removed without fracturing the test ;

enough is exposed however to show that the base is slightly

concave, and that the tubercles are much better developed in this

region than on the dorsal surface. The apical disc is absent, and

we know nothing of the spines.

Affinities and differences—This Urchin resembles P. semisul-

catus in its pentagonal form and in the number of the tubercles on

the arez ; but is distinguished from that common species by the

greater prominence of the ambulacra, the smallness of the tuber-

cles, the superficiality of the areole, the microscopic character of

the granulations, the elevated conoidal form of the test, and the

smallness of the anal opening ; it is a rare species, the specimen

which we figure being the only one we have ever met with in our

researches ; a second specimen is in the cabinet of our friend John

Lycett, Esq.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—I found this Urchin in the

Pea-grit of Crickley Hill. Mr. Lycett’s specimen came from

the Inferior Oolite near Stroud.

Pygaster Morrisii, Wright, n. sp. Pl. IV. fig. 1 a-d.

Test much depressed and pentagonal, basal angle tumid ; arbu-

lacra wide, prominent and convex, with six rows of tubercles ;

‘th tine allies ate aa eg hae - — a oe ¥

Picea aS ea hee

eh Wy

ea ae ee oe ee es a ae

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 93

-interambulacra with from 20 to 22 rows of tubercles at the

circumference ; base flat, depressed towards the centre; the

single interambulacrum truncated posteriorly ; anal opening

_ large, occupying three-fourths of its upper surface.

_ Height ,8,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches

and ,,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and ,ths.

Deseription.—The ambulacral aree of this Urchin are wide,

convex, and prominent, and form an exception to Agassiz’s

generalization, that in the genus Pygaster the ambulacra are

furnished with only four rows of tubercles, for in this species

there are six well-developed rows at the circumference of the test

(fig. 1c) ; the two marginal rows extend from the mouth to the

vertex, the two middle rows commence at a short distance from .

the mouth and terminate at a short distance from the vertex, and

the two internal rows commence about four lines above and extend

about the same distance beyond the basal angle. The mteram-

bulacral arez are three times the width of the ambulacral, and

are furnished with twenty-two rows of tubercles at the circum-

ference of the test ; they attain their greatest development at the

base of the arez, and are arranged so uniformly, and disposed so

closely together, that they present somewhat the appearance of a

mosaic work (fig. 1 d) ; the areolz are deeply sculptured out of

the plates, and surrounded by circles of very small granules ; of

_ the twenty-two rows of tubercles which occupy the area at the cir-

cumference, only six, and those the three central rows of each

column, extend from the mouth to the vertex, the others are limited

to shorter distances, the length of their range being in proportion

to their distance from the margin of the columns. The poriferous

avenues are narrow, and the pores are small and set closely together

in pairs. The basal angle is tumid (fig. 1 d) ; the base 1s flat and

depressed towards the centre; in this depression the mouth is

situated; the opening is small, being only one-sixth the diameter

of the test at the circumference. The anus is a large oblong

Spree (fig. 1 a), occupying at least the upper three-fourths of

e single interambulacrum. The apical disc is absent ; the spines

are short, needle-shaped, and finely striated longitudinally. The

test is very thick.

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles P. laganoides,

Agassiz, in its depressed form, obtuse basal angle, and truncated

single interambulacrum ; but P. Morrisii is distinguished from P.

laganoides in possessing a greater number of tubercles in both

aree, P. laganoides having four rows in the ambulacral and

twelve in the interambulacral, whilst in P. Morrisii the corre-

sponding arez possess six and twenty-two. We know no other

_ Species among its congeners for which it could be mistaken.

94 Dr. T. Wright. on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This rare species was

eollected from the Cornbrash at Stanton, Wilts, and is the

only specimen we know from that stratum.. We have seen a

Pygaster from the Great Oolite near Cirencester, which appa-

rently belongs to our species ; it was a crushed specimen, but

the number of the tubercles on the areze was the same as in our

species.

Genus Hotectyrvs, Desor. .

Test circular, more or less hemispherical, conical or subco-

nical, always tumid; mouth central and decagonal ; anal opening

large, inferior, infra-marginal, rarely marginal, sometimes vccu-

pying the entire space between the mouth and the border ; am-

_bulacra simple, continuous and radiant ; avenues with a single

pair of pores throughout ; tubercles small, perforated and cre-

nulated, disposed in a regular series; apical dise central and

vertical, composed of four perforated and a single imperforated

ovarial plate, a central madreporiform body, and five ocular

plates ; the internal walls of the test without projecting ribs.

The genus Holectypus was formed by M. Desor for those

Discoidee which have no projecting processes or ribs on the inner

wall of their test. The species of which the group is composed

are found in the oolitic and lower cretaceous rocks. They con-

stitute a transition from the Discoidee to the typical Galerites,

and according to the views of Professor Forbes “form a section

or subgenus of the genus Galerites, more valuable on account of

their paleontological merits and limited distribution in time

(being the main characteristic of the Oolitic period) than for the

zoological importance of the characters of their organization,

which are rather transitional than distinctive.”

Holectypus depressus, Desor.

Syn. Galerites depressus, Lamk. Animaux sans Vert. tome iii. p. 21.

no. 7; Desmoulins, Table Synopt. p. 254; Goldfuss, Petrefact.

Ger. tab. 41. p. 129; Koch and Dunker, N. D. Oolit. tab. 4.

fig. 2.

5 ba depressa, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 7; Echin. Foss. de la

Suisse, tab. 13 bis, fig. 7-13.

Holectypus depressus, Desor, Catal. raisonné des Echinides, A. S. N.

tom. vil. 3rd Series.

Test hemispherical, more or less depressed, sometimes conical ;

circumference circular or subpentagonal ; base concave ; tuber-

cles small on the dorsal surface, larger on the base; anal

opening pyriform, infra-marginal ; apex directed towards the

mouth.

Height ;>ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 95

yoths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4,ths (Inferior Oolite spe-

cimens). Height ;$,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter

1 inch and ,8,ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4ths (Corn-

brash specimens).

Description.—The inconsiderable prominence of the ambulacra

of this Urchin gives the circumference a subcircular outline ; the

are are furnished with from six to eight rows of tubercles, four

of which only extend from the mouth to the vertex; the other

rows disappear at various distances from the circumference,

where they are most fully developed. The interambulacra are

twice and a half the width of the ambulacra, and furnished at

the circumference with sixteen rows of tubercles, a few of which

only form distinct horizontal ranges on the dorsal surface of the

test ; the perforated tubercles are encircled with fine granulations

which cover likewise the intertubercular surface of tbe plates ;

the base is concave, and the tubercles of both arez attain their

greatest development in this region, presenting im their size a

remarkable contrast to the microscopic character of those occu-

pying the upper surface of the test.

The apical disc is central, and occupies the vertex ; it is com-

posed of four perforated ovarial plates, and a single imperforate

plate with five ocular plates ; the madreporiform body is largely

developed and projects from the single imperforate ovarial to-

wards the centre of the disc, where the line of suture between the

other plates is not clearly defined ; the madreporiform body has

the appearance of a central spongy mass, round which the ovarial

and ocular plates are disposed, and has been figured and de-

scribed as such by Agassiz and Desor ; but specimens before me,

from the Inferior Oolite of Dundry and the Cornbrash of Wilts,

prove this to be an error. The single ovarial plate, with its

madreporiform body, is of an irregular pentagunal form, the

spongy portion projecting inwards to the centre ; the anterior and

posterior pair of ovarial plates are of a pentagonal form, and are

perforated at their apices for the passage of ducts; the ocular

plates are likewise pentagonal and wedged between the ovarial

plates at the summits of the ambulacra, where the eyeholes are

situated. The mouth occupies the centre of the concave base,

but is rather nearer the anterior than the posterior border ; it i

about one-third the diameter of the test, and its margin is di-

vided into ten lobes. The anal opening is large, occupying

nearly all the basal portion of the single interambulacrum ; it is of

a pyriform shape, having the apex directed towards the mouth,

and the round base towards the border of the test. The pori-

ferous avenues are occupied by a row of pores placed in pairs,

and extending without interruption from the margin of the

. mouth to the apical disc. The spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles H. hemi-

96 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

sphericus in its general outline, but is well distinguished from it

by the position of the anal opening. In H. depressus the anus

is infra-marginal with the apex directed inwards, whilst in H. he-

misphericus that opening is marginal with the apex directed out-

wards. The specimens from the Inferior Oolite are in general

smaller and more tumid than those obtained from the Cornbrash,

which have a much greater diameter, but are proportionally more

depressed and have a more acute basal angle. .

Locality and stratigraphical range.—I have collected this Ur-

chin from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite along the entire

range of the Cotteswolds. Dundry, Wootton-under-Edge, Stinch-

combe, Rodborough, Coopers, Birdlip, Shurdington, Leckhamp-

ton and Winchcombe Hills may be named as good localities in

Gloucestershire. I have obtained the large specimens from the

Cornbrash near Kemble Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and

from Stanton, Wilts, and near W oodstock, Oxon. Mr. Phillips has

found it in the Cornbrash of Yorkshire. The foreign localities

are, “the corallian stage of Liesberg, environs of Bamberg,

Muttenz, Metz, the Oxfordian stage of Vivoin and Chauffour

(Sarthe), d’Alencon, Boulogne, Mamers, Chatillon-sur-Seine and

Latrecy (Haute Marne) *.” Goldfuss assigns as its localities

the upper and middle beds of the Jurakalk in Bavaria and Wiir-

temberg +. Koch and Dunker have found it in the sanity

dolomitic limestone of Ténnjesberges in Hanover f.

History.—Holectypus depressus has been long known to palee-

ontologists, beg very generally found in the lower and middle

divisions of the Jurassic strata throughout Europe ; it is figured

in the works of Goldfuss, Koch and Dunker, and Agassiz: the

figures of the latter author are the most correct and abundant in

details.

Holectypus hemisphericus, Desor.

Syw. Discoidea hemispherica, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 7; Desor,

Monogr. des Galerites, p. 71. pl. 8. fig. 4-7.

Holectypus hemisphericus, Agass. and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echi-

nides, A. 8. N. vol. vii. p. 146, 3rd Series.

Galerites hemisphericus, Forbes, Memoirs of the Geol. Survey, De-

cade 3. pl. 6.

Var. a. Depressus.—Discoidea marginalis, M‘Coy, Ann. Nat. Hist.

vol. ii. p. 413, 2nd Series.

Var. 6. Conicus, anus valde marginalis.—Holectypus Devauzxianus,

Cotteau, Etudes sur les Echinides fossiles, p. 46. pl. 2. fig. 7-9.

Testtumid, hemispherical, more or lessdepressed; margin rounded;

tubercles larger on the ventral than on the dorsal surface, and

increased in size around the mouth; single interambulacrum

* Ann. des Se. nat. tome vii. p. 145, 3rd Series.

+ Petrefact. Germanie, Part 1. p. 130. tab. 41.

t N. D. Oolith. Versteinerungen, p. 40. tab. 4. fig. 2.

“t

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 97

slightly produced ; anal opening pyriform, with the apex di-

rected outwards and upwards, excavated out of the base and

_ border of the single area; base concave ; mouth small, nearly

_ central, situated in a depression.

- Height ;$ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

~oths, transverse diameter 1 inch and (5th.

Description.—This Urchin resembles the preceding species in

its general outline, but a careful inspection shows that it differs

in many important particulars from it. The test is sub-hemi-

spherical, more or less depressed in different individuals; the

antero-posterior exceeds the transverse diameter, and the apical

disc and the vertex are excentrical, being situated nearer the an-

terior than the posterior border, thereby occasioning a slight

obliquity, which is more or less evident in different individuals ;

the sides are tumid, and the border is gently rounded. The

base is concave and much depressed in the centre, in which con-

cavity the mouth-opening is situated; it is nearer the anterior

than the posterior border, and is less than one-third the trans-

verse diameter of the test, its margin being divided into ten

nearly equal lobes. The ambulacral arez taper very gradually ;

each pair of the small narrow plates supports a tubercle, which

oceupies the same relative position thereon on every fourth plate,

so that the arez are adorned with six rows of tubercles arranged

obliquely in V-shaped lines. The pores form pairs set closely

her in single files throughout the avenues ; about the middle

of the sides there are from four to five pairs of pores opposite

each interambulacral plate. The interambulacral aree are twice

and a half the width of the ambulacral ; in the specimen before

me there are twenty-seven plates in each column; each of the

side plates is slightly bent upwards in the middle, whilst those

of the base are nearly straight ; each plate carries from four to

eight tubercles surrounded by circles of minute granules. The

tubercles are arranged on the plates in such a manner that they

form curved lines on the arez ; they are more closely crowded

together at the basal angle, and are fewer in number, but of

larger size, around the mouth, where they are set more widely

apart; each tubercle is perforated and raised upon a mammil-

eminence with a crenulated summit: even the encircling

granules exhibit perforations when viewed with a high magni-

fying lens. The spines are unknown. The apical disc is small,

and formed of five ovarial and five ocular plates; the anterior

pair of ovarials are the largest, and the right*, which is the

* The Urchin is supposed to be placed before the observer, with the an-

terior border before, the anal border behind ; the right and left sides of the

test consequently correspond to his. .

~ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 7

TDS NE Pav me

ig a re

98 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

widest, has attached to its surface a spongy prominent body ;

the posterior pair are smaller, and both pairs are perforated ; the

single ovarial is the smallest and is imperforate; the ocular

plates are small pentagonal bodies, wedged between the angles

formed by the ovarials ; they are placed opposite the summits of

the ambulacra, and have the eyeholes pierced at their lowest

border. The anus is a large opening situated in the margin of

the single interambulacrum ; it is of a pyriform shape, having the ©

base directed towards the mouth, and the apex extending some

distance, about one-fourth part up the side; the proportional size

of the opening varies in the suite of specimens before me ; in all,

however, it is constantly marginal.

Affinities and differences.—This species nearly resembles H.

depressus in its hemispherical form and general outline ; it is

readily distinguished from it however in being a little more

elongated, in having the anal opening marginal and the vertex

and apical dise slightly excentrical, but the marginality of the

anus is the most important diagnostic character.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was collected

at Shurdington Hill with H. depressus, where it is rare; it was

collected in abundance by Messrs. Bristow and Gapper* along

with Dysaster ringens and D. bicordatus from the sands of the

Inferior Oolite in Dorset and Somerset. M. Desor+ found it in

Normandy in a particular bed of the Calcaire au Polypiers known

by the name of Caillasse, and M. Cotteaut obtained it from the

Inferior Oolite of Tour-du-Pré, associated with Dysaster ringens

and Diadema depressum.

History.—First figured and described by M. Desor in his

‘ Monograph des Galérites,’ and lately exquisitely figured in detail

and admirably described by Prof. Forbes in the 8rd Decade of

his ‘ Paleontological Memoirs of the Geological Survey.’

Genus Hysociyrvus, Agassiz.

Urchins having a circular, oblong, or subpentagonal cireum-

ference, with the dorsal surface in general much depressed. The

ambulacral aree meet above at two points as in the genus Dys-

aster ; the single and anterior pair of ambulacra terminate at the

anterior border of the apical disc, the posterior pair at a short

distance from them. The anus is situated in a deep valley ex-

tending from the vertex to the posterior border of the test. The

base is much undulated ; the mouth is excentrical, placed nearer

the anterior border; it is of a pentagonal form and has no mar-

ginal folds. The surface of the test is covered with small close-

* Memoirs of Geol. Survey, Decade iii.

+ Monogr. des Galérites, p. 71.

t Etudes des Echinides Fossiles, p. 46.

ies

eee ee

ee aw -

ae :

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 99

set perforated tubercles, raised on eminences with crenulated

summits; the pores are disposed in pairs im a single file. This

form is at present known only in a fossil state, and appertains to

the Oolitic period.

Hyboclypus agariciformis, Forbes, n. sp.

Test disciform, subpentagonal, and much depressed ; ambulacra

narrow, the three anterior straight, the posterior pair sinuous ;

interambulacra unequal and covered with an immense profu-

sion of microscopic tubercles ; apical disc central and vertical ;

anal valley deep with parallel sides, which gradually expand

about the middle of the single interambulacrum ; mouth-open-

ing small.

Height 5%,ths of an inch, antero-posterior and trapsverse dia-

meters 3 inches and 5th. One large specimen measures, in the

antero-posterior and transverse diameters, 3 inches and ,5;ths.

Description.—The outline of this Urchin varies a little in dif-

ferent individuals; in general the antero-posterior equals the

transverse diameter, but sometimes the transverse exceeds the

antero-posterior diameter. The ambulacra are of unequal width ;

_ the single anterior area is ‘the narrowest, and the posterior pair

are the widest ; each pair of ambulacral plates carry from four to

six tubercles, which are so disposed that they form oblique rows

of from four to six in a row, which meet in the median line and

branch upwards and outwards, forming thereby V-shaped figures.

The pores are arranged closely together in pairs on the dorsal

surface, but from the basal angle to the mouth they are set wider

apart, and fall into triple oblique pairs. The imterambulacral

areze are of unequal width ; the anterior pair measure at the cir-

cumference | inch and 5,ths, the posterior pair 1 inch and }3ths;

the single area is 4,th of an ineh wider than the posterior pair.

The inequality in the width of these arez causes the subpenta-

gonal form of the test ; the interambulacral plates are slightly

bent upwards at the middle, and their surface is covered with

numerous small tubercles; in an ordinary-sized plate, I have

counted 100 tubercles, each of which is perforated and sur-

rounded by an areola. The base is flat and slightly undulated,

im consequence of the ambulacra forming straight valleys, and

the interambulacra convex conical lobes between the basal angle

and the mouth. The oral opening is situated nearer the ante-

rior than the posterior border ; it is small, of a pentagonal form,

and has the border surrounded by five small lobes formed

by the termination of the interambulacral aree ; the tubercles

are large and more fully developed on the basal than on the

_ dorsal surface of the test, and the areolz are seen in this region

100 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

to be merely the margins of the depressions in the centre of which

the tubercles are placed» The apical disc is situated in the ver-

tex and is nearly central ; the plates of which it was formed are

absent in all the specimens I have seen ; the single and the an-

terior pair of ambulacra converge around its anterior border, and

the posterior pair terminate about two lines from the latter at

the posterior and external side of the disc. The single interam-

bulacrum is somewhat wider and longer than the others; the ©

anal opening is situated in its dorsal part in a deep valley with

parallel vertical sides covered with tubercles ; about the middle of

the opening, the valley expands and forms a concave depression

in its lower half; the basal portion of the area is slightly pro-

duced, and forms a lip-shaped process, which gives a considerable

convexity and prominence to the basal angle of this area.

Affinities and differences.—H. agariciformis differs so widely

from its congeners in our Oolites that it cannot be mistaken for

either of them; its shield-shape and depressed vertex distin-

guish it from H. gibberulus, and its dimensions, circular form,

and rounded posterior border serve as diagnostic characters be-

tween it and H. caudatus. From Pygaster, with which form it has

been erroneously grouped, it is distinguished by the greater

number and microscopic character of the tubercles in Hyboclypus,

the deep anal valley with its parallel vertical walls, and the ex-

centric five-lobed mouth ; whereas in Pygaster the tubercles are

fewer and larger, the anal opening forms a large space without

a valley and parallel walls, and the mouth is central, and has

its margin divided into ten lobes like Holectypus and all the

Cidaride.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species is tolerably

abundant in the lower ferruginous beds, “ the Pea-grit ” of Leck-

hampton, Crickley, Birdlip, Coopers, and. Cleeve Hills: as far as

we at present know, it is not found in the middle division of the

Oolites.

History.—This species has been elaborately figured for the

4th decade of Professor Forbes’s ‘Memoirs of the Geological

Survey ’ from the specimens now before me, and will be described

in detail in that work, to which I beg to refer for more ample

particulars. é

Hyboclypus caudatus, Wright, n.sp. PI. IIT. fig. 2a—e.

Test oblong, much depressed ; single interambulacrum produced

into a caudal prolongation; mouth very excentric, near the

anterior border ; apical disc and vertex slightly excentric, an-

terior border blunt, posterior border truncated.

Height .9ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch ‘and

See eS ee

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidie of the Oolites. 101

2 ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and 75th. The great majority

of the specimens average as follows :—

_ Height 3,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter }-3ths of an

inch, transverse diameter 43ths of an inch.

Description.—The test of this elegant little species is covered

with tubercles so minute, that without the assistance of a good

lens, the observer might suppose that it was altogether destitute

of sculpture; the single and anterior pair of ambulacra are

straight and very short in consequence of the excentricity of the

mouth and vertex, and terminate at the anterior border of ‘the

apical disc ; the posterior pair are one-seventh longer, and curve

upwards, inwards, and forwards on the dorsal surface, termi-

nating by the anal valley at a short distance from the posterior

border of the disc. The pores are placed closely together on

the dorsal surface, but are situated at wider distances apart at

the base.

The interambulacra are of unequal width ; the anterior pair are

the shortest and narrowest, the posterior pair the widest, and the

single area the longest, which is likewise considerably produced

into a lip-like process, which curves gently downwards and is

abruptly truncated posteriorly. The anal furrow is deep with

vertical parallel walls, which gradually expand into two ridges,

corresponding with the truncated borders of the lip-like process.

The anterior border is blunt, with a slight depression in the

middle formed by the single area; the base is concave and

slightly undulated; the mouth is situated near the anterior

border, and is a simple pentagonal opening without lobes; the

tubercles in this region are somewhat larger, but they are fewer

in number and. arranged with much irregularity on the plates.

The apical dise is unfortunately broken in all the specimens we

nei examined ; the space which it occupied is however very

small.

Affinities and differences.—H. caudatus differs from its conge-

ners by its oblong form, posterior lip-like process formed by the

single interambulacral area and its depressed ‘and excentrical

vertex ; it is distinguished from H. gibberulus by the absence of

the anterior central ridge characterizing that species, and from

H. agariciformis it is distinctly separated by its oblong form and

excentric mouth and anus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is not a common

Urchin ; it is found occasionally in the lower and upper beds of

the Inferior Oolite at Leckhampton, Crickley, and Birdlip Hills,

and it occurs occasionally in the planking beds of the Great

Oolite at Minchinhampton. The specimens from the latter lo-

eality are in general small and not well preserved ; the individual

'- which we figure is the largest we have seen.

102. = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Hyboclypus gibberulus, Agass.

Syn. Hyboclypus gibberulus, Agassiz, Echinoderm. Foss. de la Suisse,

Part 1. p. 75. pl. 13. fig. 10-12 ; Desor, Monograph des Galé-

rites, p. 84. pl. 13. fig. 12-14.

Test nearly orbicular, elevated and contracted anteriorly, en-

larged, depressed, produced and truncated posteriorly; the

single ambulacral area the highest, and forming a gibbous ~

crest by an elevation of the anterior pair of interambulacral

aree; anal valley wide and deep; single interambulacrum

slightly produced, deflected and truncated; base much un-

dulated ; mouth and vertex excentrical.

Height ;6,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

23ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and 34ths. In consequence of

the fracture of the summit of the crest, the true height cannot be

exactly ascertained.

Description.—This species is remarkable for the prominent

gibbous crest formed by the anterior interambulacral and single

ambulacral ares, and which gives value to its specific name; on

the anterior border of the crest a groove is formed which extends

from thence to the mouth; the anterior lateral are more con-

tracted than the posterior lateral borders, and the posterior half

of the test is Jess elevated than the anterior half, and graduall

declines from the vertex to the single interambulacral area, hich

is abruptly truncated. The single and the anterior pair of am-

bulacra form nearly straight lines from the vertex to the cireum-

ference ; the posterior pair are gently sinuous ; the pores are dis-

posed in close-set pairs on the dorsal surface, but are more wide

apart at the base. The interambulacral aree are of unequal

width ; the anterior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are

one-third wider than the anterior, and the posterior single area

is the widest ; its dorsal part is occupied by the anal valley, which

is wide and deep above and expanded below, and forms an in-

considerable prominence which is abruptly truncated and much

deflected posteriorly ; the anus is a large, oval opening, perfo-

rated at the extremity of the valley. The mouth is situated im-

mediately under the vertex, and both are slightly excentrical ;

the mouth-opening has a pentagonal form, and lies in a consi-

derable concavity, the base being much undulated from the con-

vexity of the interambulacra and the straightness of the valleys

formed by the ambulacra. In the specimen before me the apical

disc is unfortunately broken with the summit of the gibbous

crest. ‘The test is very thin, and covered with small homogeneous

tubercles, which are larger, more numerous, but less regular on

the base than on the dorsal surface ; they are all surrounded by

a very apparent circular depression.

On the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie. 103

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline H. gibberulus

resembles the young of H. agariciformis, but its anterior gibbous

crest distinguishes it at a glance from that species, and I know

of no other form for which it could be mistaken.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is a rare Urchin: I

know only four British specimens, the best of which, from the

cabinet of W. Walton, Esq., of Bath, has served for the foregoing

description, and to whom I beg to record my thanks for his

courtesy in forwarding it. This Urchin was collected by that

gentleman from the Inferior Oolite in the parish of Charleomb

near Bath, from whence three of the four specimens were ob-

tained ; the fourth was found in the Inferior Oolite of Dorset-

shire, and is in the Museum of Practical Geology.

History.—First figured and described by M. Agassiz, who

only knew of two specimens from the Inferior Oolite of Switzer-

land ; afterwards by M. Desor in his valuable monograph on the

Galerites, and now described as a British fossil for the first time.

[To be continued. }

VIII.— Upon the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie.

By Prof. MULiER*.

In our last Number we gave a translation of a very remarkable

oe bearing the above title, which had been read by Prof. Miil-

er before the Academy of Sciences in Berlin on the 23rd of Oc-

tober 1851. Considering the length of this communication, the

elaborate manner in which it entered into details, the importance

and very startling nature of the presumed discovery, the dignity

of the scientific body to which it was addressed, and the high

reputation of its author, we did not doubt that the statement as

to facts was complete, and that the reasonings thereupon were

mature and well-weighed. Although therefore we could not

help pointing out the most obvious weak points of the argument,

respect for what seemed the fixed conviction of a very eminent

man, prevented more than a feeble protest.

The new essay, whose title stands at the head of the present

article, bears date December 1851, five or six weeks therefore

later than the previous one, and this five or six weeks has been

sufficient to effect a very considerable change in the whole aspect

of the matter ; the alteration being such, we are happy to say, as

more than justifies the criticisms upon which we ventured.

Let it not be imagined that the differences are such as would

* Ueber die Erzeugung von Schnecken in Holothurien. Von Joh. Miiller.

Miiller’s Archiv, 1852, No. 1.

104 Prof. Miller on the Production

naturally exist between a mere abstract of a paper and the paper

itself. It is very clear that the account read before the Academy

contained a full statement of all that its author then thought

upon the subject ; for, with the exception of one or two passages

which have been altered, the present essay is identical verbatim

et literatim with the former, differing merely in the presence of

very considerable interpolations at various places. The smaller

proportion of the added matter consists of new facts, the larger —

of speculation somewhat cooled as it would seem by further con-

sideration.

The principal new fact of importance (and its significance is

very great) is, that the molluskigerous sac has been found to-

gether with the ordinary generative organs in two cases.

At page 5 of the ‘ Archiv’ we find—

“One of the first questions which arose was, whether the in-

dividuals with a molluskigerous sac also possess the ordinary

generative organs or not. The solution of this problem seems

easy enough, but was in truth very difficult, on account of the

violent rupture of the viscera by the spontaneous fission of the

animal—whence the genital sacs were not unfrequently torn

away from their attachment in the head. From this cause the

molluskigerous sacs were most frequently and readily found in

those portions of the body which had already become separated

from the head. In all those portions containing molluskigerous

sacs which I examined in Trieste, I sought in vain for the ordinary

genitals. On renewing my investigations here, however, upon a

large number of specimens preserved in spirits in which the head

was retained, I found two which possessed the ordinary gene-

rative organs as well as the molluskigerous sac. These genera-

tive organs indeed were not so large and completely developed

as they commonly are, but they contained quite normally-formed

ova of Synapta of #;rd of a line in diameter. The collective

number of observations is by these increased to seventy-one: and

we must consider it as proved, that the presence of the molluski-

gerous sac does not exclude the ordinary generative organs and

vice versa.”

Although the co-existence of the two organs has been abso-

lutely observed in two cases only out of seventy-one in which the

molluskigerous organ was found, a consideration of the nature

of the evidence will lead to the belief, that we must not thence

conclude that their co-existence is at all rare.

The Synapte were always found in fragments. The inclosure

of either generative organs or molluskigerous sac in any of these

fragments would depend either upon their being attached to

some portion of the fragment or upon mere chance.

Now the generative organs are attached to the head only.

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 105

The molluskigerous organ, on the other hand, was observed to be

attached to the head in one instance, while in twenty other cases

it was attached to the intestinal vessel alone. Whether it has

normally a cephalic attachment or not then, at any rate the in-

testinal attachment is by far the stronger. When the animal

breaks up, it appears that the head usually separates from the

portion containing the intestinal attachment of the molluski-

gerous sac, and hence there is an d-priori probability that the

molluskigerous sac will not be found with the genital organs.

Even should the latter break off from their cephalic attach-

ment and become perfectly free, it is just as likely that they

should slip into, and be inclosed in, some other fragment, as in

that which contains the sac.

No value therefore can be placed on negative evidence in this

matter ; and for anything that appears to the contrary, the mol-

luskigerous sac and the generative organs may always co-exist.

- There is further, evidence to show that the molluskigerous sae

does not, as Prof. Miiller had supposed, replace the ordinary ge-

nerative organs.

_ Speaking of the three sacs whose cephalic attachment was

observed (Annals, p.30), he says (Archiv, p. 17) :—

“The attachment of the three sacs was close together between

the calcareous ring and the cephalic disc near the point of inser-

tion of the vesicula Poliana.

“ Hereabouts usually, the main stem of the generative organs

lies, but in the present case no trace of it was to be found. Unable

to investigate the matter further in fresh preparations, I never-

theless thought it probable that the sacs opened here, partly be-

cause | had not at that time discovered the generative organs in

any Synapta provided with molluskigerous sacs ; partly because

in the last-mentioned case the three sacs were attached close

together at one and the same spot. Recently, however, grave

doubts have arisen in my mind as to the meaning of this con-

nexion, especially on account of the circumstance that the trunk

of the generative organ opens, not between the oral disc and the

calcareous ring, but close behind the calcareous ring.

“The contracted condition of the specimens preserved in spi-

rit allowed of no further elucidation of this point.

_ “The third smaller sac had already in the recent state been

detached for microscopic investigation ; the two other larger sacs

were yet attached, and could only be separated by repeated and

violent tearing of their point of insertion with needles; but I

could arrive at no conclusion as to the mode of their insertion

and the relations of their outer extremities.

“The sacs are very fine towards their torn-off ends, gradually

- diminishing to th of a line in diameter. Further investigations

106 Prof. Miiller on the Production

are necessary to determine the constancy or inconstancy of this

attachment, and the mode in which it is effected. And for the

present I must leave undetermined how the mollusks make their

exit, whether by the spontaneous breaking up of the Synapta or

through the spiracula described by Quatrefages (which however

I have not been able to discover), or by the continuation of the

sac itself to the outer surface.”

It is quite clear then, that whatever the sacs may be, they are

not homologous with any normal organ of the Synapta, which

clears off one considerable difficulty in the way of the parasitic

view.

The structure of the small third molluskigerous sac mentioned

at p. 30 seems worthy of more attention than Prof. Miiller has

allotted to it, and may perhaps, if attentively considered, throw

some glimmer of light upon the nature of the sacs.

Prof. Miiller expresses a doubt whether this delicate and short

sac was a young undeveloped, or an old retrograding form.

However, when we consider “ that the ovarian capsule and the

contour of the ovary were visible in this sac, but no yelks or yelk-

granules” (Archiv, p.17), or secondary capsules containing yelks ;

and further, that in fully developed sacs when the yelks have

made their exit the ovarian capsule dehisces (Annals, p. 28) ;

it seems pretty certain that it must have been an undeveloped

form, and not one which had performed its functions.

Should this be the case, however, the consequences are highly

important. For this small sac contained an “ intus-susception ”

which reached as far as the ovary (Archiv, p. 17), and the intus-

suscepted end hung freely in the cavity of the Synapta, while the

opposite end was attached to the head of the animal.

Whether the sac be an organ or a parasite, therefore, it ap-

pears that its inner end is at first free, and that eventually it

must bore a hole in the intestinal artery and become organi-

cally connected therewith ; and this difficulty being equal for all

theories may be henceforth eliminated. The fact indeed that the

sac is at first attached only to the parietes of the animal and

subsequently to its viscera, speaks strongly in favour of its para-

sitic nature. We have an exact parallel in the course taken by

the “ pup” of Cercaria echinata so ably described by Steenstrup

(Alternation of Generations, p. 57 et seq.) The Cercaria buries

itself in the skin of the mollusk it infests, loses its active habits,

and eventually reaches a particular organ, the liver. Its orga-

nization has become simplified in this course; the generative

organs apparently becoming developed as the locomotive and

digestive organs retrograde.

The single case in which sacs were found attached both to the

parietes and to the intestinal vessel might be compared to a Di-

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 107

stoma pupa which had just attached itself to the liver without quite

leaving the integument,—a stage through which every Distoma

must certainly pass, though it has not been actually observed.

It is only by supposing the adhesion of the molluskigerous sac

to the parietes of the Synapta to be a step in its progress, that

one can comprehend the two seemingly opposed statements of

Prof. Miller, namely that while in at least twenty cases to one

the sac is found attached to the intestinal vessel only, in that

one instance the adhesion of the sacs to the parietes was so strong

that they could only be detached “ by repeated and violent tear-

ing with needles ” (p. 17).

In the present communication Prof. Miiller allows infinitely

more weight to the probability of the parasitic nature of the

molluskigerous sacs. At page 24 (Archiv), after considering the

means of discovering the adult mollusk, we find—

| « Among so many contingences, however, it is to be remem-

: bered, that possibly our mollusk may never be discovered in the

adult state, but that after a short life as such it may cast off

shell and operculum and change into a parasitic worm, a herma-

phrodite mollusk-generator.”

On such an hypothesis it is compared at p. 25 to Lernea among

the Crustaceans ; and taking in addition the two following pass-

ages interpolated in the ‘Archiv’ at pp. 30-31, we may almost say

that Prof. Miller has given in his adhesion to the notion of

parasitism.

The first is inserted after the paragraph containing those very

remarkable speculations as to the precedence of hen and egg, Xe.

“This is nothing more than the logical consequence of con-

ceiving the sac to be an extraordinary organ of the Holothurta ;

and he, who in the foregoing manner metaphysically explains the

observations, only endeavours to define that conception. It need

hardly be remarked, that this view is a mere abstract theory

(natur-philosophische Doctrin) in the absence of that further

knowledge of facts which I desire and seek for.”

And a little further on we find inserted—

“The further investigation of the subject cannot proceed from

the conception of its inexplicability, for this excludes all pro-

founder knowledge ; we must rather for the present take the very

; opposite course. Further investigation must proceed upon the

ey basis of what we know, and explanation must be sought in the

7 common course of nature.

“ According to our present knowledge, a sac which produces

mollusks can be homologous with nothing but a mollusk, whether

¥ it arise by an alternation of generations or by a metamorphosis of

a mollusk. The wonderful connexion of this structure with the

-. Synapta, and always with the same blood-vessel, remains then

108 Prof. Miller on the Production

the inexplicable point. Upon this view we hazard much less

than by adopting the others ; and T believe that in the course of

further investigations we must hold fast by it, until the whole

process has been made clear by direct observation.”

It is very remarkable, that while thus decisively admitting

the probability that we have to do with a case of parasitism,

Prof. Miiller does not go a step further, and inquire in the first

place, whether the structure of the sac has any analogy with that

of any known molluscous organism; and secondly, whether the

mode of parasitism is analogous to other cases.. We have already

endeavoured to answer the latter question in the affirmative ;—

can the former be similarly answered ?

“The question (says the Professor) is, to conceiye a sexually

perfect mollusk which has laid aside all molluscous characters ;

which has neither organs of sense, foot, liver, anus, heart, vessels,

nor sexual organs of gasteropod or mollusk, and yet which pos-

sesses the faculty of discovering a particular vessel in another

animal, and of nourishing itself on the blood therein contained.”

(Archiv, p. 25.)

A riddle, truly, that the Sphinx might have propounded ; and

it is not without some wholesome fear of being devoured, that

we venture to suggest a possible mode of solution.

In our previous remarks, the possibility of an affirmative

answer to this question was but indicated, im an allusion to the

structure of Hectocotylus, inasmuch as we did not doubt that

Prof. Miller himself would consider the subject from this point

of view also. He has not done so however, and it is therefore

necessary to explain the meaning of that allusion more fully.

Hectocotylus Argonaute is developed from certain ova of the

Argonaut. It is therefore homologous with a complete mollusk,

not with aspermatophore. It consists of a muscular tube beset

externally with two rows of suckers. There are no gills, and there

is no separate abdomen.

If there be any intestine, it is a cecal tube opening anteriorly

by a small aperture ; at least, such an organ exists in the Hecto-

cotylus Tremoctopodis, in which species also a heart, gills, and

traces of a nervous system were observed.

The testis is a delicate glassy vesicle containing spermatozoa.

These Hectocotyli, which may thus almost be said to “ have

laid aside all molluscous characters,” are yet the males of the

Cephalopods to whose mantle, cavity, or arms they parasitically

adhere.

Suppose now, that the mollusks developed within the mol-

luskigerous sac are not unisexual like the Cephalopods, but her-

maphrodite ; that after swimming freely for a while like most

mollusk-larve (a stage which would correspond to the Cercaria

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 109

form of Distoma), they attach themselves to their appropriate

nidus—a Synapia; then, undergoing a further development re-

sembling in its type partly that of the Anangious Nudibranchiata,

partly that of Hectocotylus, they bury themselves in the tegu-

ments of the Synapta (a stage answering to the pupa condition

of the Cercaria or Distoma) ; that finally, growing and elonga-

ting, they attach themselves to the organ for which they are in-

tended, and lose more or less their original form (like the Di-

stoma) to become little more than mere generative organs ;—sup-

posing all this—though it is true that we suppose a great deal—

et there is no mere hypothetical assumption—not a hair’s

breadth do we pass beyond the limits of strong and legitimate

analogy.

~ The discovery of the co-existence of the molluskigerous sac

with true generative organs has of course obliged Prof. Miiller

to remodel the expression of his views with regard to the bear-

ing of his discoveries on the Alternation-theory. Thus we find

at page 26 of the ‘ Archiv’ the followmg new matter :—

“The Holothurig and mollusks have, beside their calcareous

deposits, and the circumstance that certain Holothuriade possess

a kind of foot from which locomotive suckers can be protruded,

no features of resemblance whatsoever. Indeed, according to

well-founded ideas, they belong to two different divisions of the

animal kingdom.

“The alternation of generations consists in the succession of

two or more generations dissimilar to one another, and of which

one is sexual ;—upon a Heterogony, which in some one of the

successive generations returns to the earlier form ;—upon a

Heterogony, therefore, which is effaced after a regular succession

of forms. Thus it is, in the clearly made out ‘ alternation’ of the

Salpa, of many intestinal worms, of the Medusa and Strobila,

and of the Aphides.

“Not quite so certain—at least not absolutely known—is this

return in other cases, which seem to be similar, and were in-

cluded under the same category by the distinguished originator*

of the alternation-doctine—Steenstrup. Of these I shall speak

at the end of this essay.

“ Supposing, however, that the phenomena of alternation take

place rigidly according to this definition, in all cases, yet it is

certain that sometimes two generations occur at the same epoch

of an animal’s existence, whereof only one produces its like—A

from A ; the other produces its unlike—B from A. With these,

the phenomena presented by Synapta might be tentatively com-

pared. That two sexual generations of different kinds should

* “Urheber.” Prof. Miiller seems to have forgotten his distinguished

_ countryman by adoption—Chamisso,

110 Prof. Miiller on the Production

occur simultaneously would differ entirely from the alternation

of generations, and is self-contradictory. This, however, is by

no means necessarily to be assumed in our comparison, since an

aberrant generation may begin by gemmation. The complete-

ness of the parallel depends essentially upon whether we consider

two classes, like Polypes and Meduse, whose members alter-

nately arise in the course of the ‘alternation,’ as definite and

separate classes, or whether they do not rather form but one

class. If they be not two distinct classes of the animal kingdom,

all ground for a comparison of our case with an alternation of

generations, viz. an alternation between Holothurie and mol-

lusks, ceases ; for these are unquestionably separated by a much

wider gap than Meduseze and Polypes.

“It is now worth while, concisely, to sum up the various pos-

sibilities. The dilemma is, either the molluskigerous sac is itself

an animal, or it is an organ of the Holothuria. In the one alter-

native, as in the other, we have to deal with phenomena of the

strangest kind. If the sac be an animal, a worm, not produced

by the Holothuria, but arisen from a mollusk, we have perchance

a quite unexpected case of the alternation of generations. To

believe this would perhaps be the easiest mode of reconciling

ourselves to facts so anomalous. We have become accustomed

in this region to much that is wonderful and yet has accommo-

dated itself to the law, so that we must not readily be startled.

“Or there is no alternation, but a metamorphosis takes place.

The mollusk metamorphoses itself into a parasitic worm, which

again produces mollusks—a wholly unexpected but by no means

an irrational supposition.

“If the sac be a worm produced by the Holothuria, then it is

much more incomprehensible and wonderful, and surpasses any

conceivable mode of ‘alternation.’

“Tf the sac be no animal, no worm, but an extraordinary organ

of the Holvthuria, it is still perfectly inexplicable, and becomes

an ultimate fact by which other facts may be explained.”

We can but remark here, that the want of a clear distinction

between gemmation and generation, between an animal and an

organ, appears to produce a singular confusion of ideas.

“That two sexual generations of different kinds should occur

simultaneously ” certainly differs entirely from any known “ al-

ternation ;” but why it should be “ self-contradictory,” we are at

a loss to discover. However improbable such an occurrence may

be, it is difficult to see why it should be impossible. Besides,

Prof. Miiller does assume it to occur, if he considers that the

molluskigerous sac is produced within the Synapta. Supposing

that sac to be produced by gemmation within the Synapta, is it

any the less an organ of the Synapta? If it be, then the water-

ee ae

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 111

vascular system of a Holothuria is not an organ of the Holothuria,

and the allantois is not an organ of the mammalian fcetus.

As for the Meduse and Polypes being distinct classes of the

animal kingdom in any sense in which the word class can be

applied to mollusks and Holothurie, zoologists have been so long

agreed, that it seems hardly worth while to have raised the

question.

A considerable amount of new matter is added by Prof. Miiller

with respect to the possible sexual development of Medusze, from

Medusz which have proceeded from Polypes, but our space will

not permit us to enter upon that subject. One observation only

we would make, namely, that supposing Prof. Miiller’s hypo-

thetical, most favourable case, to be discovered, i. e. the sexual

development of a Sarsia or the like, from a Sarsia, there would

not be the slightest analogy with the supposed process in Synapta.

To have a parallel case, not only must we find a Sarsia sexually

propagated from a Sarsia, but we must find Polype-producing

sexual organs upon the Polype whence the Sarsia has proceeded.

There is not at present the slightest evidence that such a case as

this either exists or is likely to be discovered.

Having now placed the reader in the possession of all the facts,

we must conclude, not without regret that the present article

should, by the very necessities of the case, have taken so contro-

versial a tone. Prof. Miiller, however, needs not our praise, and

will, we hope, consider our free criticism as a much higher testi-

mony to the weight of his authority and the value of his opimions,

than any laudation.

Indeed, as in the instance of his admirable researches upon the

Echinoderms, we trust that he will be the first to throw the clear

light of observation upon the mysterious obscurity with which

this interesting subject is invested, and so restore the zoological

world to its propriety, from which his announcement had well

nigh frightened it.

We cannot end better than with two excellent passages, in

which some finger-posts are set up for future travellers in this

path :—“ For the present the solving of this problem is impos-

sible, but on the other hand, the kind of work necessary for its

solution may be readily pointed out. We do not yet know all

that is to be seen in Synapta digitata, and there are other kinds

of Synapta to be investigated. The spermatozoa of the genera

of the Pectinibranchiata, and also in other families of the Gas-

teropoda where they are as yet unknown, must be made out. We

must learn those of not only one species of Natica, but of all

kinds which occur in the Mediterranean and Adriatic seas. We

must ascertain the nature of the yelk in Natica, or those species

_ of mollusks to which the nature of the spermatozoa guides us.

‘

112 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

Lastly, we must know the spawn and brood of those kinds of -

Natica or other mollusks ” (Archiv, p. 29.).

“JT do not give up the hope, that we may yet determine at

least the genus of this mollusk ; and I found this hope mainly

upon the very characteristic form of the spermatozoa, in addition

to the other features enumerated.

“It is very interesting, that from the form of the spermatozoa,

our mollusk can hardly belong to either the Nudibranchiata or

the Tectibranchiata, whose linear spermatozoa have been made

perfectly well-known by Kdlliker. This is so much the more

worthy of notice, since it is in harmony with the indications

afforded by the shell and by the general structure of the young

mollusk, from which the animal would be referred to the Pectini-

branchiata.

“‘ Among these, the peculiar form both of the shell and of the

spermatozoa excludes the Canalifera from consideration. But

among the Trochoide to which Natica belongs, cercariform or

knitting-needle-shaped spermatozoa occur among a few genera, -

and were observed by Kolliker in Trochus cinerarius, L. Wagner,

Erdl, and Kolliker observed similar ones in Patella and Chiton.

Wagner and Erdl found them in Haliotis among the Seuti-

branchiata, and Siebold in Vermetus among the Tubulibranchiata.

The spermatozoa of Natica and its allies are yet unknown.

“In investigations with reference to this matter, it will be

especially important to recollect the terminal enlargement of the

spermatozoa, which up to this time has been observed in no

Gasteropod, but in the spermatozoa of our mollusk is never

wanting.”

IX.— Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells.

By R. T. Howe, M.A.

Virrina, Drap.

1. Virrina Beuni1.—Prim. (in Trans. Cam. Phil. Soe. vol. iv.

Part 1), tab. 5. f. 16. V. Ruivensis, Couth. Pf. Mon. ii. 507.

Differt a V. Lamarckii, Fér. (Prim. loc. cit. f. 1 a) testa haliotoi-

dea patula depressa, apertura auriformi ad apicem usque pervia,

anfractibus tantum duobus, spira laterali vix ulla, &c.; necnon

animale.

Speciem icone supra citata distinctam, et plures jam annos in

honorem cl. Professoris Kielensis dicatam stabilivi.

Hab. in Madera.

Heurx, L.

§. Leptazis, Lowe.

2. HELIX MEMBRANACEA.—Ab HZ. furva, Lowe, juniore caute

i i

Mr. R. T: Lowe on new ‘MaderanLand Shells. 118

“distinguenda. Differt testa tenuiore flexili fere membranacea,

semper imperforata, efasciata, lacteo coagulatim liturata, carina

obsoletiore.

Hab. in Madera.

3. Hetix ny#na.—-H. erubescenti, Lowe, proxima. Differt

testa majore tenuiore inflatiuscula omnino ecarinata, subtus con-

vexiore, colore fulvo intensiore, distinctius fusco subquinque-

fasciata, apertura magis rotundata, peristomate simplici, nec intus

sublabiato.

Hab. in Insula Deserta Australi.

4. Heurx rtuctuosa.—H. phlebophore, Lowe, affinis. Differt

testa subtrochoideo-depressa acute carinata levigata s. obsolete

malleata, spira depressa, sutura parum impressa, anfractibus pla-

niusculis, ultimo subtus convexo, apertura transverse ovato-lu-

nata, labris disjunctis.

Hab. semifossilis in Portu $*. Collegit amiciss. T. V. Wollas- -

ton, Arm.

5. Hexix psamMorpnHora.—H. philebophore, Lowe, affinis.

Differt testa tenuiuscula subtiliter arenoso-granulata striolisque

spiralibus subtilissime decussata, striata nec undulatim plicato-

costellata.

Hab. semifoss. in P™ S*. Coll. Wollaston.

6. Hexix craticutata.—H. philebophore, Lowe, proxima.

Differt testa minore tenuiore globulosa ruguloso-cancellata vel

reticulatim scrobiculata, anfractibus convexioribus, coloribus lze-

tioribus s. fasciis distinctis.

Hab. in Insula Ferro juxta Portum S™™. Coll. Wollaston.

7. Hexix vurcanta.—H. Porto-sanctane, Sow., magnitudine

formaque similis. Differt testa imperforata, subundulatim zequi-

striata, glabra (nec hispido-granulata), virescente, fusco bi- (nec

tri-) fasciata, peristomate intus costa annulari marginato.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

8. Hexix teontna.—H. vulcanie affinis. Differt testa magis

globosa, tenui, subinflata, fulvo-flavescente, obsolete undulato-

striata, peristomate simplici. .

Hab. in Insula Deserta Australi.

§. Xerophila, Held.

9. Hexix armitiata.—dH. striata, Drap.? Prim. 53. no. 44.

H. Lowei, Pot. et Mich. Pf. i. 149. nee Fér. H. striate, Drap.

affinis. Differt testa minore omnino magis depressa, umbilico

majore largiore, anfractibus conyexioribus distinctioribus, sutura

. profundiore, peristomate simplici. nec intus costato-annulato.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 8

Nee a ae a

114 Mr. R.'T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. |

Ab H. conspureata, Drap., differt testa nunquam hispida, um-

bilico patulo largiore, &c.

Hab. in Madera.

§. Theba, Leach.

10. Hexix usrutata.—H. pisane, Mill., proxima. Differt

testa subimperforata subconoidea semper ecarinata, spira elevata

subpyramidata, anfractibus convexis, ultimo subtus subinflato,

‘sutura distincta, perforatione clausa obvelata, peristomate sim-

plici, nec intus costato-annulato.

Hab. in Insulis “ Salvages.”

§. Plebecula, Lowe.

11. Hexix crramica.—H. vulgate (H. nitidiuscule, Lowe,

Pf., nec Sow.) proxima. Differt testa majore largiore s. minus

compacto-globosa, intensius colorata, fasciis spadiceis duabus

superioribus seepissime confluentibus, tertia inferiore latiore, um-

bilico majore subpatulo. H. nitidiuseula 8, Pf. Mon. i. 197,

eadem videtur.

Hab. in Madera Insulaque Deserta Minore.

12. Hexix vureata.—H. nitidiuscula, Prim. 52. no. 40. t. 6.

f. 6 (omissis syn. Sow. verbisque “et Portu S*®”) ; Pf. Mon. i.

196 (omiss. syn. Sow.).. H. nitidiuscula, Sow., vera est H. lurida,

Prim. 52. no. 39. t. 6. f. 5; Pf. Mon. i. 197. no. 510.

Hab. in Madera vulgatiss. In Insulis Desertis minus frequens.

In Portu S* omnino deest.

13. Hexix canrcaLensis.—H. vulgate proxima nimis affinis,

forsan var. tantum. Differt spira paullo elevatiore subturrita

apice acuto prominente, anfractibus convexioribus distinctioribus,

sutura magis impressa, testa solidiore crassiore rudiore.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Irus, Lowe.

14, Hexix nactniosa.—Species pulcherrima, H. depauperate,

Lowe, affinis, sed umbilico strictiore, testa intensius colorata di-

stincte fasciata, haud granulata, arcte plicato-striata, epidermide

ad strias in lacinias excurrente tota echinato-aculeata, aspera.

Hab. in Insula Deserta Minore s. Septentrionali.

15. Hexrx squatma.—H. depauperate, Lowe, etiam affinis.

Differt testa minore erosulo-scrobiculata nec granulata, umbilico

majore largiore, &c.

Hab. in Madera semifoss. vulg. ; recens rariss. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Spirorbula, Lowe.

16. Hevix tatens.—H. obtecte, Lowe, proxima. Differt

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. = 115

testa tenuiore fere membranacea flexili, diametro transverso ma-

jore, spira planiore fere immersa, anfractibus paucioribus.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Euromphala, Beck.

17. Hexix Guertn1ana.—Species elegantissima pulchre et

lete colorata, H. rotundate, Miill., proxima, sed vere distincta.

Differt testa pellucidiore, letius colorata, carina acutiore, spira

valide et remote costata nec arcte striata, anfractibus pluribus,

ultimo infra carinam omnino levigata lucida nitente, umbilico

multo majore largiore ampliore.

Hab. in Madera. Prima coll. Jemima Carolina Guerin.

§. Lucilla, Lowe.

18. Hexix scintitta.—H. crystalline, Drap., affinis. Differt

umbilico largo patulo spirali, colore pallide virescente, &. Ab

H. pulchella, Miill., juniore differt nitore, umbilico majore, an-

fractibus magis zque crescentibus pluribus, Ab H. excavata,

Bean, differt testa multo minore discoidea, colore, anfractibus

paucioribus. Ab H. radiatula, Ald., que ac ab H. cellaria,

Miill., juniore magis ac magis recedit.

Hab. in Madera. .

[ §. Janulus, Lowe.

19. Hetrx caLtarHus.—Species elegans, Hylostomatibus, Alb.

analoga, H. bifronti, Lowe, affinis. Differt testa minore, forma

magis compacta, spira elevatiore castaneo-subtessellata, anfrac-

tibus pluribus distinctius transverse concinne et arctissime cos-

tatis spiraliterque exilissime striatis, umbilico paullo majore, aper-

tura callo intus 4-lamelloso-plicato.

Hab. in Madera.

§. Hispidella, Lowe.

20. Hexix AnmitaceaNna.—H. revelate, Fér., necnon H. se-

riceg, Drap., affinis. Differt striis exilissimis flexuoso-capillaceis

spiralibus, ad interstitia strias transversas membranaceas decus-

santibus, testa depressiore subcarinata, fusco bifasciata. Testa .

admodum tenuis perfragilis pellucens, pallide brunnea, virescens,

arcte et minute hispida. Perforatio cylindrica nec pervia, parva.

Animal muco scatet.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Armitage et Wollaston.

§. Caseolus, Lowe.

21. Hexix spHzrvuta.—tInter H. compactam et abjectam,

Lowe, media. Ab H. compacta differt testa magis grosse v. di-

_ stinctius (presertim subtus) granulata, forma magis conico-tro-

116 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

choidea, labro ad axin expanso calloso-reflexo. Ab H. abjecta

differt testa magis levigata (nec rudi, anfractibus inzequaliter cos-

tatis), carina obsoletiore, perforatione minore, labrisque disjunctis

(nec ore circinato). Differt ab utraque labro deorsum intus

calloso.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Discula, Lowe.

22, Herix putvinata.—H. polymorpha €. pulvinata, Prim. 56.

Differt ab A. polymorpha a, Lowe, testa minus grosse granulata,

subtus planiore, umbilico majore latiore, nec parietibus decli-

vibus, carina acutiore inferiore, sutura magis impressa, anfracti-

bus semetipsis quasi superimpositis.

Hab. in Portu 8”.

23. Hexix arrrita.—H. polymorpha 6. attrita, Prim. 55.

t. 6. f. 14. H. tectiformis, Wood, Suppl. t. 8. f. 83 (nec Sow.).

Forma et habitu peculiari ab affinibus omnino distincta.

Hab. m Portu 8”.

24, Hex~ix TABELLATA.—Species tenuitate, spira tabellata

attrito-planata, umbilico patulo spirali ab affinibus distinctissima.

H. maderensem, Wood, quodammodo refert, sed testa pratenui

discoideo-planata prorsus aliena. i

Hab. in Madera.

25. Hexix senritis.—ZH. lincta, Lowe, proxima. Differt testa

magis depressa, subtus convexa, tota scabra grosse granulata,

spira subplanata, anfractibus attritis planatis, sutura subobsoleta,

carina acuta limbata supera.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

26. Hrtix porompxHaLta.—H. senili proxima, nimis forsan

affinis. Differt umbilico mimuto poriformi parietibus minus de-

clivibus, spira elevatiuscula anfractibus convexiusculis distinctis,

sutura subimpressa, carina subacuta exacte media. Testa quo-

que minor, magis fere lucida.

Hab. in Deserta Australi.

27. Heiix rincta.—H. polymorpha B. et y, Prim. 54. t. 6.

ff. 12, 18. Differt ab H. polymorpha a. testa discoidea minus

rude granulata, subtus preesertim lucida, unis subpatulo spi-

rali nec parietibus subdeclivibus.

Hab. in Madera.

28. Herix papitio.—H. polymorpha e. calcigena, Prim. 56.

t.6.f.15. © Differt ab H. lincta testa subtus fere egranulata levi,

anfractibus planiusculis subindistinctis, carina acuta nec obtusa,

umbilico patulo largiore. Sequenti nimis affinis; differt preci-

a ae

a ee eee ee ee ee eT ee

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. 117

pue testa subtus fere levi. Testa subtus lete alba, fasciis inter-

ruptis paliidis castaneis vel fulvis, ab utraque specie differt.

Hab. in Insula Baxo juxta Portum S™,

29. Hettx piscina.—Differt ab H. papilione colore, testa

magis depressa tota exilissime reticulato-granulata, anfractibus

magis planatis attritis, sutura obsoleta.

Hab. in Portu S® vulg.

30. Heix TEstupiINALis.—Species inter nobiliores ob mag-

nitudinem et colores pulcherrime testudinales enumeranda. 4H.

papilioni et discine proxima; sed duplo fere major nitidiuscula,

supra exilissime granulata et arcte striata, subtus convexa levis

lucida, anfractibus convexiusculis, sutura impressa, carina obtusa

supera (nec media), linea angusta fusca distinctissima supra

carinam, eamque quasi duplicante, usque ad apicem fere supra

suturam continuata.

Hab. in Portu S®. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Tectula, Lowe.

31. Hetix Lyevri1ana.—H. Bulveriana, Lowe, similis. Dif-

fert testa levi, supra omnino egranulata, spira trochiformi apice

minus obtusa nec cupuloidea, anfractibus minus attritis sutura

distinctiore, umbilico minus profundo, labro reflexo infra cari-

nam descendente, apertura ad carinam haud angulata.

Hab. in Deserta Majore.

32. Heitx Atpersi1.—Species eximia inter insigniores, in

honorem cl. J. C. Albers, M.D., Helicosophi peritissimi necnon

taxophilorum omnium optime meriti dicata. H. Bulveriane

similis differt testa subminore solidiore trochiformi colore cerino-

corneo magis opaco, minus (presertim juniore) planato-depressa,

subtus convexiore, carina media minus limbato-prominente,

apertura ad carinam haud angulata.

Hab. in Portu S*.

§. Craspedaria, Lowe.

33. Herix Detpninvuta. Prim. 64.—Delphinuia, Bowd. Exc.

140. figs. 33 a,b. Species mirabilis, H. turcice, Chemn.., affinis.

Differt umbilico patulo parietibus haud carinato-declivibus,

apertura circulari, labro relevato expanso-reflexo sinuato-dentato

y. inciso quasi fimbriato.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Coronaria, Lowe.

34. Hexrx cornonuLa.—Species perelegans, H. tiarelle, Webb,

affinis. Differt testa discoideo-depressa, subtus exquisite can-

118 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

cellata ecarinata, anfractibus supra acute carinatis, umbilico largo

patulo profundo pervio.

Hab. in Deserta Australi.

35. Hexix sutirormis.—Species pulchella perquam singu-

laris subpellucida, subtus subopaco-lactea, supra pallide cornea,

H. coronule affinis. Differt testa magis depressa discoidea,

subtus costis flexuosis remotis rotato-radiantibus nec ecancellata, —

striis spiralibus nullis, anfractibus supra obtuse carinatis, aper-

tura valde constricta quasi duplicata trigona, labro intus uniden-

tato. Apertura H. pauperculam, Lowe, refert.

Hab. in Portu S*. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Placentula, Lowe.

36. Hetrx sprrorpis.—H. maderensi, Wood, proxima, sed

multo minor fere unicolor fasciisve obsoletis, testa tota granulata

magis discoidea, spira depressiore apice obtusissima, anfractibus

convexioribus (nec attritis) sutura impressa tenuiter et zqui-

striatis, nec hic inde stria rudi validiore quasi varicosis, carina

media obtusiore, umbilico majore magis perspectivo.

Hab. in Madera.

37. Huetrx rictitis.—H. dealbate, Lowe, proxima. Differt

testa omnino egranulata nitida levi, plerumque distincte fasciata,

magis discoidea, spira depressiore, carina distinctiore, umbilico

largo patulo majore. Testa omnino minus rudis, plerumque

(in a.) minor. Var. 8. est H. dealbata B. Prim. 48.

Hab. in Portu S*.

38. Hexix micromeHaLa.—dH. fictili proxima. Differt testa

tota subtiliter reticulato-granulata, spira elevatiuscula, umbilico

minuto subporiformi.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

§. Actinella, Lowe.

~ 39. Hexix steLiaris.—Species parvula fere minuta, H. len-

tiginose, Lowe, nimis affinis, et forsan var. tantum pusilla; sed

duplo fere minor, solidior, magis levigata, subnitens, terra v.

limo arcte obducta, peripheria eximie calcarata s. epidermide

stellatim radiata. Ab H. arcta, Lowe, cui magnitudine per-

similis, testa tenuiore, tota scobinata, tenui- (nec grosse) striata,

umbilico majore subpatulo, laminaque ventrali nulla statim di-

gnoscitur. .

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Rimula, Lowe.

40. Hexix opsrerata.—H. fauste, Lowe, proxima, sed paullo

ee a oe

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells, 119.

major, minus globosa, magis discoidea, carina acutiore, subtus

convexior, plica laminave ventrali nulla, perforatione omnino

clausa quasi obserata. Inter H. faustam et H. rotulam, Lowe,

intermedia.

Hab. in Madera.

§. Iberus, Montf.

41. Hexrrx Wo tastont.—Speciem statu semifossili a meipso

A.D. 1828 olim inventam, vivam inter Helices Maderenses pul-

chritudine superbientem detexit Entomologicus peritissimus nec-

non Molluscorum Maderensium scrutator oculatissimus indefessus

felicissimus Wollaston. H. scabriuscule, Desh., affinis. Differt

colore. virescenti-castaneo spadiceo fasciato, carina media (nec

supera) ad suturam immersa nec per spiram prominente, perfo-

ratione omnino nulla, labro simplici (nec reflexo), axin versus

late dilatato, verticaliter deciso v. planato, roseo.

Hab. in Portu S*. Iny. Wollaston.

BuuLimvs.

§. Zua, Leach.

42. Butimus MADERENSIs.— Helix C. lubrica, Prim. 61. t. 6.

f. 29 (haud Miill.). A B. lubrico, Mill., testa graciliore angus-

tiore, aperturaque quoad longitudinem totam breviore, latitudi-

nem teste se. equante, constantissime differt.

Hab. in Madera.

ACHATINA.

§. Cylichnidia, Lowe.

43. Acuatina Leacocrana.—Testa parvula subminuta, Bul.

maderensi, Lowe, forma et colore persimilis, Achat. folliculo, Gron.,

affinis. Ab hac differt, practer magnitudinem, forma e basi latiore

sensim decrescente, apertura sursum subangustata, labro sursum

arcuato-prominente, columella basi distincte truncata prominente.

Differt ab Achat. gracili, Lowe, forma oblongiore nec fusiformi,

spira obtusissima, apertura sursum subangustata labroque ar-

cuato-prominente, columella basi prominente distincte truncata

v. emarginata. Ab Achat. cylichna et ovuliformi, Lowe, quibus

affinitate naturali proxima, apertura edentula statim dignoscitur.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. T. S. Leacock.

44, AcHATINA cCyLIcHNA.— Species notabilis pulchella, Achat.

ovuliformi, Lowe, affinis. Differt apertura ringente 5-plicata,

anfractibus planatis, apice obtusiore, labro intus triplicato.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

120 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon.

; j §. Fusillus, Lowe.

' 45, Acuatina oryza.—H. triticea B. edentula, Prim. 61. t. 6.

f. 26. : Differt ab H. triticea, Lowe, apertura spira longiore, spira

breviore, plica ventrali nulla obsoletissimave, columellari plane

nulla.

Hab. in Portu S*®.

« 46, ACHATINA TUBERCULATA.— Achat. oryze proxima. Dif- _

fert testa majore, forma ventricosiore (ut in Achat. tornatellina

Lowe) magis abbreviata, apertura longiore, spira breviore, ven-

tre sursum obsolete calloso-tuberculato.

. Hab. in Portu S*.

47, ACHATINA TEREBELLA.—Differt ab Achat. oryza testa

graciliore tenuiore inter illam et Achat. gracilem, Lowe, inter-

media, huic propior, sed colore magis fusco-eorneo intensiore,

minus splendide hyalino-levi, testa ventricosiore, spira breviore,

apertura longiore, labro subarcuato-prominente distincta.

Hab. in Portu S*®. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Acicula, Risso.

48, AcHatiIna propucTA.—Achat. acicule, Mill., affinis, sed

testa duplo majore solidiore robustiore aspectu omnino distincta.

Ab Achat. gracili, Lowe, testa solidiore nec hyalina, apertura

sursum oblique retro producta et angustata, columella basi pro-

minente distincte truncata v. emarginata differt.

Hab. in Deserta Australi.

§. Amphorella, Lowe.

49. ACHATINA MITRIFORMIS.—Achat. tornatelline, Lowe, affi-

nis. Differt testa graciliore magis elongata, apertura breviore,

spira longiore, &c. Species proculdubio distincta.

Hab. in Madera.

X.—On the probable Dimensions of Carcharodon Megalodon

from the Crag. By J.S. Bowrrzsank, F.R.S., LS. &e.*

WHEN we view small portions only of extinct animals, such as

teeth or fragments of bone, there is often a considerable degree

of difficulty in picturing in our minds anything like the size and

proportions of the creature to which such remains have belonged,

and it is with a view of endeavouring to realize in our imagina-

tions the fish to which the great teeth of Carcharodon Megalodon

from the Crag has belonged, which has induced me to introduce

this subject to your notice on the present occasion. ‘

* Communicated by the author, having been read at the Meeting of the

British Association m July, 1851.

a aes itt

Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon. 121

There is little hope that the remains of perfect jaws, or even

fragments of such, should be found in the Crag formation, and

it is only therefore through the means of the teeth or vertebre

that we may expect to arrive at anything like an approximation

to the history of this gigantic shark. The nearest approach to

the size of the teeth of Carcharodon with which I am acquainted,

in the recent state, is presented by the jaw of a large specimen of

Carcharias glaucus, or blue shark, that was killed at Port Fairy

in Australia in 1846, in the presence of a friend of mine. It had

so plagued the crew of a whaler by dashing in upon them as

they were flinching a whale alongside of the ship, and carrying

off large masses of blubber, that they suspended their operations,

baited a hook and took it; and the capture amply repaid them,

as the blubber they recovered from its maw produced a barrel

and a half of oil. A-similar specimen, but slightly inferior in size,

was killed by the crew of the Beagle Surveying Ship, Capt. Fitz-

roy, and this fish measured 37 ft. in length; we may therefore

safely assume that number of feet as the length of my specimen.

Knowing thus the length of the fish, and having the jaw in my

possession, it struck me that by the size of the tooth, in propor-

tion to the lateral and perpendicular expansion of the jaw, as

well as to the whole length of the animal, I might arrive, by

comparison with the tooth of Carcharodon Megalodon, at a

tolerably accurate approximation to the length and proportions

of the latter.

The length of the largest teeth of the lower jaw of the Austra-

lian species, Carcharias glaucus, from the base line to the apex,

is 23 inches. The vertical gape of the jaw is 253 inches, or

103 times the length of the tooth. The horizontal gape is

203 inches, or 8} times the length of the tooth.

The length of the animal being 37 ft., it equals 1694 times the

length of the tooth.

If we assume the dimensions of this species and apply them

to the great fossil teeth of Carcharodon Megalodon, which is 43

inches long, the dimensions of that species will be as follows :—

_ 103 lengths of tooth=47 inches for the vertical gape.

8: ,, P =a O8:.',, = horizontal gape.

169}, = = 65 ft. 24 in. for the length of the fish.

And on these proportions a diagram may be constructed, so as

to realize to the eye as nearly as possible the vast dimensions

of the jaws of the fish to which the tooth of Carcharodon Me-

galodon must have belonged. But great as these dimensions

appear, I believe them to be considerably under-estimated ; for if

we compare the jaw of Carcharias glaucus with that of the common

122. Mr. J.S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon.

West Indian species, we shall find that the proportions of the teeth

of Carcharodon Megalodon are much more in accordance with

those of that shark than they are with the recent Carcharias.

Let us therefore see what dimensions will arise by comparison

of the fossil with the West Indian shark. Length of tooth of a.

West Indian shark from the base line to the tip, 4 inch. The

vertical gape is 12 inches, or 134 lengths of the tooth. The

horizontal gape is 13% inches, or 153 times the length of the

tooth. If therefore we take this species as the base of our cal-

culations in estimating the fossil one, the size will be very much

increased, and the following will be the result :—Length of fossil

tooth 4% inches. Vertical gape of jaw 13% times the length of

the tooth will equal 63% in., or 5 ft. 33 in. Horizontal gape of

jaw 152 times the length of the tooth will equal 72% in., or

6 ft.03in. Thus estimated the dimensions of Carcharodon will

be very considerably greater, and they will stand in comparison

with each other as follows :—

Vertical gape by first estimate 3 ft. 1lin., by second 5 ft. 33 in.

Horizontal zs Pe Sft. 2m, ,, 5, 6 ft. Ogim,

very nearly, by comparison with the West Indian species in-

stead of with the Australian one, doubling the dimensions of the

fossil fish : but probably the truth will le in the mean between

the two estimates ; and this is the more probable, as we find great

latitude in size and proportions existing among the recent spe-

cies, which vary from the common dog-fish of our coast, about

2 feet in length, to the great basking shark, which Yarrell states

has been taken off Brighton 36 feet in length; and the one

stranded in the Orkneys and described as a “ sea serpent” is

said to have exceeded 50 feet in length.

In conclusion, I may observe, that it is rather singular, that

although the teeth of Carcharodon are tolerably abundant in the

Crag, yet to the best of my knowledge no vertebre have yet

been found in that formation of a size to correspond with them ;

while in the London clay, shark-vertebre 4 inches in diameter

are found, without any teeth corresponding in dimensions to their

great size. If we had ever found teeth of Carcharodon of the size

of the Crag ones in the London clay, we might have reasonably

concluded that they had been washed out of that formation into

the Crag, as we know other well-known London-clay teeth as

well as Crustacea have been ; but under the present circumstances

it appears to me, that they have most probably found their way

into the Crag from the destruction of outlying portions of the

Maltese formation, in which they are found at the present period

in abundance; and this is the more probable, as they are associated

in the Crag with the teeth of a second Maltese shark, Oxyrrhina

—_—

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 123

hastalis, not found either in the London clay or the Coralline

anaes been recently favoured by Dr. W. B. Clark of Ipswich

_with the sight of a specimen of the tooth of C. Megalodon, which

extends the size of the species to a considerable extent. The

length of this tooth from the base line to the apex is 6 inches,

which, by the same mode of estimation from the proportions of

Carcharias glaucus, gives a horizontal gape of 4 feet 1 inch, a

~ vertical one of 5 feet 1 inch, and a length of 84 feet 7 inches to

the fish.

X1.— Descriptions of Rubi. By Cuaruzs C. Basrnerton, M.A.,

F.R.S. &c.*

In the third edition of the ‘Manual of British Botany ’ I have

endeavoured to arrange and characterize the Rudi in a better

manner than it was done in my former publications upon that

scuagiiing genus, and as there are a few species which have not

n brought under the notice of botanists in detailed descrip-

tions, it seems desirable to publish such accounts of them.

1. Rubus Leesii (Bab.) ; caule suberecto tereti, aculeis setaceis rectis,

foliis 3-natis, foliolis omnibus rotundato-ovatis subsessilibus imbri-

catis, aculeis ramorum floriferorum pedicellorumque paucis seta-

ceis basi bulbosis, floribus axillaribus terminalibusque racemosis.

R. Ideeus y. Leesii, Bab. Syn. Rudi, 6.

R. Leesii, Steele Handb. 60 ; Bab. Man. ed. 3. 92.

Creeping very extensively. Stems erect, 2-3 feet high, clothed

with short deflexed hairs and numerous very slender setaceous

straight prickles with bulbous bases. Leaves all ternate; sti-

orn subulate ; petioles furrowed, with a few small prickles;

ets similar, roundly ovate, dark green and rugose above,

white and cottony beneath, midrib with few or no prickles,

coarsely crenate-serrate-apiculate ; lateral leaflets subsessile, over-

lapping the very shortly stalked terminal leaflet.

Flowering shoots short, clothed with hairs and prickles like

those of the barren stem. Leaves mostly simple, cordate,

slightly 3-lobed, very coarsely crenate-serrate-apiculate, green

above, greenish white beneath; stipules very slender, subulate ;

petioles furrowed above ; ternate leaves of three sessile obovate

leaflets. Raceme lax, few-flowered, one or two of the lowest flowers

axillary. Peduncles with very slightly curved subulate prickles.

Sepals oblong, often more than five in number and then nar-

. * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, January 8, 1852.

124 Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi.

rower, with long points, downy and whitish green on both sides.

Petals spathulate, acute, white. Stamens and styles white.

It is worthy of remark, that in the Cambridge Botanic Garden

the strong “ canes ” of R. Leesii nearly all produced a small pa-

nicle of flowers at their extremity in the month of October 1851.

In one single instance a cane of R. Ideus did the same. Pre-

viously to that month, neither Mr. Stratton, the Curator of the

garden, nor I, had ever noticed such an occurrence in the latter,

and had not had the opportunity of doing so in the former.

This is a. curious illustration of the tendency of all Rudi to at-

tempt to increase by some action at the end of the shoot of the

ear. In all the arching and prostrate species it is effected by

the end of the shoot penetrating the surface of the ground and

taking root; in these plants, the end of whose shoots never

reaches the ground, the same is attempted to be effected by

flowers. The mode in which the procumbent plants succeed in

penetrating the earth may be worthy of notice, for the prostrate

position of their shoots seems to present a difficulty. Although

the shoot is really prostrate until the autumn, at that time its

extremity forms a small arch and thus presents its point perpen-

dicularly to the ground, which it easily penetrates.

The discovery of R. Leesii is due to Mr. Edwin Lees, whose

practised eye at once saw its probable distinctness from R. Ideus.

He noticed it in the woods at Ilford Bridges near Linton, m

North Devon, in September 1843, but could find no flowers re-

maining at that late period of the year. In June 1849 the Rey.

W. H. Coleman pointed it out to me growing upon a dry shingly

bank at Bonniton near Dunster, Somerset, and flowering plen-

tifully. These stations, separated from each other by the high

ridge of Exmoor, are distant about fourteen miles in a direct line.

The specific character of R. Ideus will now stand as follows :

R. caule suberecto tereti pruinoso, aculeis setaceis rectis, foliis qui-

nato-pinnatis ternatisve, foliolo terminali longe pedicellato latera-

libus dissitis, aculeis ramorum floriferorum et pedunculorum multis

deflexis basi dilatato-compressis, floribus axillaribus terminalibus-

que corymbosis.

2. R. fissus, Lindl.

R. fissus, Lindl. Syn. ed. 2.92; Leight. Fl. Shrop. 225; Bab. Man.

ed. 3. 93.

R. fastigiatus, Lindl. Syn. ed. 1. 91? not of W. § N. nor Bab.

A full description of this plant will be found in Leighton’s

‘Flora of Shropshire.’ In the ‘Phytologist’ (iii. 72) he pointed

out the character derived from the prickles on the barren stem

by which it is well marked.

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 125

3. R. latifolius (Bab.) ; caule procumbente vel subarcuato anguloso

suleato, aculeis parvis subdeclinatis foliis quinatis utrinque pilosis

grosse duplicato-dentatis, foliolo terminali cordato acuminato, in-

fimis sessilibus imbricatis, panicule brevis foliose pilosee ramis

ascendentibus paucifloris corymbosis apice pedicellisque tomen-

tosis et hirtis, aculeis brevibus tenuibus declinatis.

R. latifolius, Bab. Man. ed. 3. 94.

R. Cramondiensis, Bad. in lit.

Stem usually quite prostrate, angular and furrowed through-

out, nearly glabrous but with scattered subsessile glands, not

stellately downy nor setose ; prickles nearly all placed on the

angles of the stem, rather few, moderately long, slender from a

thick base, straight, declining, nearly equal. Leaves quinate,

dull green and pilose above, paler and with more numerous hairs

beneath, coarsely and irregularly doubly dentate ; midrib and

petioles yellowish beneath with a few small weak declining or

slightly deflexed prickles ; lower pair of leaflets broadly oblong,

acute at both ends, sessile, overlapping the intermediate pair

which are of similar shape but larger and shortly stalked ; ter-

minal leaflet with a stalk equalling one-third of its length, cor-

date-acuminate. Petioles furrowed above. Stipules leaflike,

lanceolate- attenuate.

Flowering shoot long, surrounded at its base by short scales

ashy with silky pubescence, angular, green, nearly glabrous ;

prickles few, short, weak, from an enlarged base, slender, decli-

ning, yellow tinged with purple. Leaves ternate, pilose on both

sides but chiefly beneath ; leaflets nearly equal, ovate, acute,

_ deeply and doubly serrate, lower ones often strongly lobed on

the outer edge below; petioles with very few slender declining

prickles ; midrib usually unarmed or with very minute prickles.

Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle short, leafy below, pilose ;

the upper part and pedicels tomentose and pilose and with a few

short sunken setz or subsessile glands ; prickles short, declining,

slender, yellow ; branches short, ascending, few-flowered, corym-

bose; bracts trifid with narrow lanceolate segments. Sepals

ovate acuminate, woolly on both sides, whitish within, rather

green and pilose externally, reflexed loosely from the fruit. Pe-

tals shortly ovate, clawed. Primordial fruit apparently hardly

more than hemispherical. The flowers and fruit require more

careful examination.

In the wood above Cramond Bridge on the Linlithgowshire

-side of the river ; and in a wood just below the road from Ken-

more to Acharn, Perthshire.

This bramble was noticed in my ‘Synopsis of Rubi’ (p. 10.

Obs. 2) as a probable form of R. Salteri, but I have long been

convinced that it is quite distinct from that species. It is a

126 Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi.

large straggling plant with strong but usually prostrate stems.

The thin, singularly broad, and angular leaves, and the deeply

furrowed stem would perhaps be in themselves sufficient to di-

stinguish it from the other “ Nitidi.”

4. R. imbricatus, Hort.

Mr. Hort has published a full description of this plant (Ann.

Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. vii. 374), and it is therefore unnecessary to

notice it further in this place.

5. R. mucronatus (Blox.); caule arcuato subtereti patenti-piloso,

aculeis paucis parvis tenuibus conicis basi dilatatis rectis subpa-

tentibus, foliis 5-natis utrinque viridibus rugosis et pilosis argute

dentato-serratis, foliolo terminali late obovato abrupte cuspidato

basi cordato, paniculee angustee foliosee laxee pilosee tomentosze

setosee ramis longis 1—3-floris et aculeis paucis tenuibus declinatis,

sepalis longe cuspidatis hirtis tomentosis setosis a fructu laxe

reflexis.

R. mucronatus, Blow. in Kirby's Fl. Leicest. 43; Bab. Man. ed. 3.97.

R. sylvaticus, Bab. Syn. Rub. 16 (excl. var. £).

R. yulgaris (in part), Leight. Fl. Shrop. 231.

Stem arched, nearly round, slightly angular with flat sides

towards the end, densely hairy near the base but less so towards

the end; hairs patent, not clustered; aciculi and sete few or

none ; subsessile glands few; prickles chiefly on the angles of

the stem, few, usually small, slender, conical from an enlarged

base, patent or very slightly declining. Leaves quinate, rather

thick, green rough and pilose on both sides, hairs more nume-

rous on the under side, finely dentate-serrate ; petiole midrib

and primary veins yellow: or reddish beneath, with a few small -

deflexed prickles ; lower pair of leaflets shortly stalked, obovate-

oblong, cuspidate ; intermediate pair larger, stalked, obovate,

abruptly cuspidate; terminal leaflet with a rather long stalk,

broadly obovate with a cordate base, abruptly cuspidate. Sti-

pules linear-lanceolate.

Flowering shoot long, with long fuscous scales at its base,

slightly angular, green but tinged with purple, hairy; prickles

few, generally very small and short, yellow, sometimes long,

straight and declining but slender, their base enlarged and com-

pressed. Leaves ternate or quinate, nearly equally hairy on both

sides, rather paler beneath ; leaflets of the ternate leaves nearly

equal, oblong or obovate, finely serrate, lower pair often lobed

externally ; on the quinate leaves the lower pair of leaflets is

small and oblong, intermediate pair and terminal leaflet broadly

obovate and cuspidate. Petioles and midribs with few slender

declining prickles. Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle narrow,

very lax, leafy except at the top, hairy and tomentose, often with

i ia ™ © i 2 A

ee a ha ol ts Be a aie es vi

eer ey. if

ee he Te a Te, ee Se ete | ee, i

7. 4 7 < , ” . -

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 127

‘many sete and aciculi; branches mostly axillary, ascending,

shorter than the leaves, bearmg a corymb of 1-3 long-stalxed

flowers ; summit corymbose ; terminal flower shortly stalked.

Sepals ovate with a long subulate or linear pomt, hairy tomen-

tose setose and greenish with a narrow margin of white tomentum

externally, whitely tomentose but purple at the base within,

reflexed from the fruit. Petals oblong, narrowed at both

ends but especially below. Primordial fruit small, hemispherical.

In woods and hedges. Twycross, Leicestershire ; and Harts-

hill Wood, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxzam. Shawbury Heath,

pth Rev. W. A. Leighton. Islay and Loch Eil in Scotland.

lant has long been confused with R. villicaulis, and was

imelinde d with it and R. calvatus under the name of R. sylvaticus

in my ‘Synopsis.’ It is believed that the characters given above

will always distinguish it from them. In the shape of its leaves

and its very loose panicle with singularly long-stalked flowers, it

closely resembles R. Lingua, as represented in the ‘ Rubi Ger-

manici,’ but the armature of its stem is very different.

6. R. calvatus (Blox.) ; cio Sante acta i i tke

aculeis crebris tenuibus compressis basi

subpatentibus, foliis 5-natis tenuibus utrinque viridibus in in aes

subtus pilosis grosse dentato-serratis, foliolo terminali ovato-acumi-

nato basi cordato, paniculze longz foliose laxz hirte brevi-setosz

ramis subracemosis et aculeis crebris longis tenuibus declinatis,

sepalis longe cuspidatis hirtis tomentosis setosis a fructu laxe re-

flexis.

calvatus, Bloz. in Kirby's Fl. Leicestr.42; Bab. Man. ed. 3. 97.

R. sylvaticus, Blox. MS.

Stem arched, angular, furrowed, very slightly hairy, of a bright

shining red when exposed, ultimately becoming quite glabrous ;

hairs patent, not clustered ; aciculi and setz very few ; subsessile

glands rather numerous ; prickles less strictly confined to the

angles of the stem than im its allies, many, slender, compressed,

slightly enlarged at the base, very slightly declming. Leaves

quinate, thi, green on both sides, glabrous above, shortly pilose

on the veins and rough beneath, coarsely and doubly dentate or

dentate-serrate ; petiole and midrib coloured like the stem, with

rather many long slender large-based declining or deflexed

prickles ; midrib with smaller prickles ; lower pair of leaflets

stalked, ‘oblong, acute; intermediate pair stalked, obovate, sub-

cuspidate, a little cordate at the base; terminal leaflet with a

rather long stalk roundly oblong or slightly obovate, subcuspi-

date, cordate at the base. Stipules linear-lanceolate.

Flowering shoot long, rather angular, green, hairy; prickles

-. many, rather long and slender, lengthening gradually from the

128 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

base of the shoot to the panicle, purplish yellow, declining, their

base enlarged and compressed. Leaves ternate or quinate, a

little pilose above, scarcely paler but much more pilose beneath,

doubly dentate ; lower leaflets oval cuspidate, shortly stalked ;

intermediate and terminal leaflets obovate cuspidate ; on the ter-

nate leaves the leaflets are nearly equal, broader and rounder,

the lower pair being lobed on the external edge below. Petioles

and midribs with many strong compressed but often rather small

hooked prickles. Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle long, leafy

often quite to the top, lax, hairy, scarcely tomentose, with very

short setee hidden amongst the hairs ; rachis wavy (7. e. forming

an angle at the origin of each leaf ); branches mostly axillary,

ascending, shorter than their leaves, racemose-corymbose ; ter-

minal flower of the panicle nearly sessile, the others shortly

stalked. Sepals oblong, with a long narrow leaflike point, green-

ish, hairy, tomentose, ‘setose, with a few aciculi, whiter within,

loosely reflexed from the fruit. Petals oblong, clawed. I have

not seen the fresh fruit which seems to be small.

Woods and hedges. Near Twycross on the Appleby road ;

near Ashby de la Zouch; and between Loughborough and

Wymesmold ; all in Leicestershire, Rev. A. Bloxam. Almond

Park near Shrewsbury, Rev. W. A. Leighton.

This species was long considered by Mr. Bloxam as the true

R. sylvaticus (W. & N.), but the plant of those authors seems

probably to be a state of R. villicaulis. He has therefore given

a new name to this species, derived from its barren stem becoming

as it were bald at an early period. It does not much resemble

R. villicaulis either in appearance or characters, and its true po-

sition in the genus is perhaps still to be decided.

XII.— Observations on the Affinities of the Olacacee.

By Joun Minzrs, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 184.]

Berore proceeding further, I will here correct an error inad-

vertently made in regard to the relations of the Humiriacee (ante,

vol. viii. p. 165), which was not noticed till after the preceding

* Remarks on the Affinities of the Olacacee” were printed: in

stating there that “the Humiriacee present a more manifest

affinity with the Symplocacee,” it should have been said, with

the Styracee. This renders it necessary that I should explain

the reasons upon which such an opinion is founded. The strue-

ture of the ovarium of Humirium will be seen to be very similar

to that I have described as existing in the Styracee (loc. cit.

p. 163), with this difference, that the junction of the partitions

nN a ee

———. A. ©

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 129

between the cells, at the axis, is almost complete, with the excep-

tion of a small portion at the summit, and this is only distinguish-

able under careful examination: the suspension of the ovules is

from a short and free central placenta that rises above the ab-

solute union of the dissepiments, in the very top of the ovarium,

and the partitions about this spot, though they all converge as

far as, and even touch the central placentary column, are yet

really free from it. Although the five ceils are here completely

established throughout the entire length of the ovarium, still for

a very short distance at the apex, there exists a communication

between the cells, through the almost imperceptible chinks exist-

ing around the margins of such apical portions of the dissepiments

as are really disconnected with, although touching the placentary

column. The definition of Ad. Jussieu* of ‘loculis ad apicem

inter se perviis,” though quite true, is not a correct expression

of the structure of the ovarium of Humirium. This offers much

support to the views of Mr. Bentham in regard to the affinity of

the Humiriacee with the Olacacee, but in other respects there

seems little relation between the two families; for if in the ovarium

of Humirium, the confluence of the dissepiments had been com-

pleted about the central placentary column to the very summit,

the position of the Humiriacee in the system would have been -

close to the Aguifoliacee. From the structure of the ovarium

and other characters, the conclusion now appears to me iresist-

ible, that wherever the Styracee may be stationed in any natural

arrangement, the Humiriacee must be placed in contiguity with

them. The Humiriacee will therefore form one of those osculant

relations, existing everywhere in nature, which can only be re-

presented by the circular system, and never by any linear

arrangement; in the former method the Cionosperme would

touch the Dryades, through Humirium, while in the linear system

their location will fall to a distance. The position of the Humi-

riace@é has never been satisfactorily determined: Von Martius,

who first suggested the order in 1826, considered it allied to

Meliacee, though doubtfully: Jussieu, in entertaining the same

view, had similar misgivings in regard to this affinity. Dr.

Lindley, in his ‘ Introduction to Botany,’ held them more nearly

related to the Aurantiace, and Endlicher placed them at the

head of a class called Hesperides, in association with the Meliacee,

Aurantiace, &e. Meissner stationed them also in the Hesperides

of Endlicher, adding at the same time to this class, the Olacacee ;

and finally, Dr. Lindley in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom’ renounces

his former views, and fixes them in a most singular association

__ with the Ericacee, Epacridacee, Monotropacee, &e. Mr. Bentham

* Flor. Bras. Merid. A. St. Hilaire, vol. ii. p. 88.

“Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 9

130 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

(Linn. Trans. xviii. p. 682) considered “that among dichlamy-

deous plants, they come nearest to the Olacinee;” but in this

conclusion, as I stated before, he had probably in view his tribe

Iecacinea, where in Pogopetalum there is sometimes a similar large

fleshy connective, forming a conspicuous appendage much exceed-

ing the length of the anthers, and it has also an ovarium of

several cells with two ovules suspended from near the summit.

In Stemonurus we find similar glandular cilia upon the filaments. -

In Ptychopetalum we have double the ordimary number of sta-

mens, and in several genera of the same tribe, we perceive a

hypogynous cup, with ten free lobes, investing the base of the

ovarium. They resemble the Jcacinacee also much in habit,

having similar coriaceous exstipulate leaves, and terminal or axile

inflorescence of small crowded flowers, each flower being sup-

ported on an articulated pedicel. Notwithstanding these distant

indications, the real affinity of the Humiriacee appears to me to

be nearest the Styracee.

While speaking of the latter family, I will offer a passing ob-

servation upon the anomalous genus Diclidanthera, placed doubt-

fully by Von Martius in EKbenacee or Styracee, by Lindley in

Styracea, by Don in Ebenacea, and by Endlicher in Styracee.

Prof. A. DeCandolle in his ‘ Prodromus’ (vol. viii. p. 245) has

given several reasons why it should be excluded from the last-

mentioned order, but has not assigned to it any other position,

and since then no other botanist has ventured to indictae its true

locality in the system. I shall be able to demonstrate that its

corolla is not gamopetalous, as generally stated; or at least

that its petals are easily separable from each other, being only

slightly agglutinated together by the feeble adhesion of the fila-

ments to them. In its habit, its stipular alternate leaves, the

linear form of its petals, their mode of zstivation, the stamens

always double the number of the petals, the valvular and hinge-

like dehiscence of its anthers, the suspension of a single ovule

from the summit of each cell of its ovarium, the form and direc-

tion of the embryo with large foliaceous cotyledons in fleshy al-

bumen, Diclidanthera will be seen to approximate closely to the

Hamamelidacee, from which family it differs only in some slight

characters, principally in the absence of the fleshy hypogynous

disk that in Hamamelis and its congeners serves to agglutinate

the base of the ovarium with the lower portion of the tube of the

calyx, and which thus renders it semi-inferior.

Whether for this reason, it will form the type of a distinct

Order, is a point to be determined when the family of the Ha-

mamelidacee has been better investigated ; but its proximity is

certainly here, and in the meanwhile it may be desirable to

place it in a separate tribe of that order.

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 131

I shall also be able to add some new evidence confirmatory

of the observations of Dr. Arnott relative to the structure of

Grubbia (Hook. Journ. Bot. iti. 266) ; its alliance however ap-

pears to me nearer to the Hamamelidacee than the Bruniacee ;

and the tribe of the Ophirie including Grubbia and Ophiria

(Strobilocarpus) may well form a sectional division of that order,

the limits of which will require some modification to include this

and the Diclidantheree as new and distinct tribes.

The structure observed in Humirium confirms what I urged

in regard to the nature of a stipitate torus (loc. cit. p. 176), and

of that of the cupuliform disk so frequently alluded to in former

pages. We there perceive an ovarium perfectly free and sup-

ported on a distinct gynophorus: this is surrounded at its base

by a conspicuous cupuliform ring, toothed on its margin, but

perfectly free, on both surfaces, down to the base: the ovarium

is hairy im all parts, except in the basal portion inclosed within

that cup, but not the slightest adhesion exists, either with its

glabrous portion or with the gynophorus. Outside of this

_hypogynous cup is seen another cupshaped ring, serving to

support the stamens, which in H. floribundum is entire, smooth,

and fleshy outside, and supports the many series of filaments

upon its margin as well as upon the whole of its imner face,

forming thus an annular ring, free both from the hypogynous

cup and the petals. Here therefore we perceive the gynophorus,

eupuliform disk, staminiferous cup, petals, and sepals, each a

distinct development, and each free to the base, but all springing

from a fieshy torus which is simply an expansion of the apex of

the pedicel. The torus, therefore, as an organ well marked in

many of the Thalamiflore, must not be confounded with any of

the icetents which it serves to support*.

Many of the inferences drawn from the numerous facts in-

dicated in “the Remarks on the Affinities of the Olacaceze ” (loc.

cit.) are so much at variance with long-established opinions, that

I cannot expect they will at first be favourably entertained. Ex-

ience has shown, when conclusions upon erroneous grounds

ve once been made by high authority, and these confirmed by

subsequent author, that nothing short of actual demonstra-

tion, and that of the most positive character, can establish other

and more correct inferences. In the “ Remarks” alluded to,

considerable doubt has been thrown on the deductions of some

of the most eminent botanists,—men celebrated for the general

accuracy of their observations, and for the soundness of their

views regarding botanical affinities: I should therefore incur the

* See many excellent remarks, all tending to the same conclusions, m

two chapters on the Disk and Floral Receptacle, in Aug. St. Hilaire’s ‘ Le-

QO*

_ gons de Botanique,’ p. 455-466.

132 Bibliographical Notices.

charge of temerity in making the several bold statements there

offered, unless I was prepared to give proof of all I had advanced :

a report of my observations upon the several genera of the Ola-

cacee, Santalacea, Aquifoliacee, Loranthacea, Styracee, &e., will

consequently be offered in succession, and the results of these

researches will at the same time be demonstrated by analytical

drawings.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, during the years

1846-50. By Joun MacGrurvray, F.R.G.S., Naturalist to the

Expedition. 2 Vols. 8vo. London: T. and W. Boone, 1852.

Tuosse of our readers who possess a tolerably good map of Australia

and Torres’ Straits will be readily able to comprehend the purpose of

the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake. We need hardly inform them

that the course of vessels bound from Sydney for the East Indies

lies northward and westward through Torres’ Straits. If that part

of the Pacific which washes the eastern shores of New Holland were

like most seas, free from rocks and reefs within sight of land, the

problem of the mariner would be simple enough ; but, unfortunately,

it is not so. Fora distance of from thirty to a hundred miles, a maze

of islands, reefs and shoals stretches from the coast and forms as it

were its advanced defences, terminating suddenly in the precipitous

wall of the Barrier Reef, which has to front the unbroken force of

the waves of the great South Sea. .

The navigator then may do one of two things: either he may

make his way through the labyrinth inside this Barrier Reef, or he

may commit himself to the unsheltered and fathomless sea outside it,

trusting to the accuracy of his observations for latitude to hit and

make his way through, one of its numerous openings.

Each of these courses had its great dangers and difficulties. The

former, notwithstanding the demonstration of its practicability b

Capt. King, required a much more elaborate survey to be either site

or convenient for merchant vessels and steamers. For the latter,

everything had been done that could be done, so far as an accurate

and careful marking out of the best passages through the reef was

concerned, by Capt. Blackwood and his officers in the ‘ Fly.’ Sup-

posing, however, that in consequence of thick weather or the like,

a vessel missed the Raine’s Islet passage, she would become involved

in the Coral Sea, which lies between the Louisiade Archipelago on

the east, New Guinea on the north, and Australia on the west ;—an

unsurveyed and almost unexamined district, which there was every

reason for believing to be full of hidden dangers, and yet which must

be traversed in order to reach Bligh’s Entrance (or the northern ter-

mination of the Barrier Reef), round which lay the only access to

Torres’ Straits.

The hydrographic duties which the ‘ Rattlesnake’ was commis-

ee sy i

—_—

ia TS ee =

* pine | i

“es .

eae

Bibliographical Notices: - 133

sioned to perform bore reference to these two points of difficulty.-

And she returned with her mission completed as regards the first, by

the survey of the “ Inner Route:” as regards the second, by that of

so much of the Louisiade Archipelago, the South Coast of New

Guinea and of the Coral Sea, as will henceforth enable vessels to

travel there in safety.

It is melancholy to reflect that the commander of the expedition,

Captain Owen Stanley, the eldest son of the late lamented Bishop of

Norwich, known to all as a sedulous cultivator of natural science,

lived only to perform the task which had been assigned to him,—not

to reap the honours and rewards which he had won, nor by his per-

sonal influence to secure to his fellow-labourers that recognition and

assistance from their common superiors which their work had fairly

-earned,—an object which to him, we cannot doubt, would have been

as sacred as his own advancement.

__ As the ‘ Rattlesnake’ was about to visit almost the last corner of

the world, accessible by sea, to which Europeans had not penetrated,

and therefore was likely to be in the midst of forms of animal and

vegetable life of a new and interesting kind, she was provided with a

naturalist in the person of Mr. MacGillivray, the able author of the

work before us. The expedition, in this respect, has been very for-

tunate; for whether we regard the extensive and carefully preserved

collections which have been sent home bythat gentleman+collections,

we are informed, on very high authority, equal in value to any that

have ever been made in any expedition—or the terse and manly

simplicity of the narrative of the Voyage, so different from the blatant

platitudes and “ middy’s-grave”’ sentimentalities of some on which

we could lay our hands, and reminding us more of the close observa-

tion, concise expression and occasional quiet humour of old Dampier,

we cannot but think that the interests of natural science have been

well cared for.

More incident interesting to the general reader occurs in this nar-

rative than falls to the lot of most travellers in these prosaic times,

when a circumnavigatory voyage is by no means a thing to boast

about—rather a “‘ slow”’ affair in fact than otherwise.

We find Robinson Crusoeish accounts of people to whom iron was

valueless, who looked upon a white face as a clever though very dis-

agreeable piece of painting, and held guns to be vessels for the safe

conveyance of water; stories of men who delighted in cultivating

heads of hair some two feet in diameter with combs of proportionable

size,—until one almost wishes that the Rattlesnake’s commander had

followed Torres’s quaint proceeding and “caught in all this land

twenty persons of different nations, that with them we might be able

to give a better account to your majesty.’’—Vol. i. p. 170.

Then it was the good fortune of the expedition to rescue from a

condition of misery, an Englishwoman who had been wrecked and had

Spent some years among the Australian natives, a people whose no-

tions of the convenances of society, according to our author, would

not seem to make a prolonged stay among them either agreeable or

> improying. Take for instance the following anecdote. We must

134 Bibliographical Notices.

premise that ‘‘ Paida”’ is the name of Mr. MacGillivray’s particular

friend or “ cotaig,” and apparently a good enough sort of man in

general :-—

** One morning, at Cape York, Paida did not keep his appointment

with me as usual; on making inquiry I found that he had been

squabbling with one of his wives a few minutes before, about some

trifle, and had speared her through the hip and groin. On express-

ing my disapproval of what he had done, adding that white men ~

never acted in that manner, he turned it off by jocularly observing

that although I had only one wife he had two, and could easily spare

one of them.”—Vol. ii. p. 10.

Much very valuable information as to the customs, language, &c.,

of the Australian natives was obtained from Gi'om (the native name

conferred on the white woman), which could hardly have been pro-

cured in any other way. And we regret to be obliged to add, that

this information does not at all increase our aspirations after the

period when ;

* wild in woods the noble savage ran.”

Man without culture seems to descend, morally speaking, far below

the level of the beast ; and for filth, cruelty, greediness and cunning,

it would be hard to find the equal of the Australian savage among the

Vertebrata. “The formal details with regard to their character, given

by the author in the second volume and elsewhere, are fully borne

out, incidentally, by the painful story of poor Kennedy’s expedition

(vol. ii. p. 117 et seq.), one of the saddest and most touching histories,

we may remark, which we have for a long time perused.

Mr. Kennedy had distinguished himself in the employment of the

Colonial Government of New South Wales, both as Sir Thomas

Mitchell’s second in command and as an independent explorer. A

young man, tall and slight, but wiry and muscular as a race-horse,

his physical conformation seemed to fit him for the fatigues of an

explormg expedition, as much as his energy and ability, combined

with a most amiable disposition, qualified him to command it. Suce-

cess, however, was not to be his lot. :

- Those who would follow him from misfortune to misfortune, up to

the cowardly attack by the Yagalles, in which his life was sacrificed

when he was almost within sight of his goal, must turn to Mr. Mac-

Gillivray’s work. We only quote the following passage from the journal

of one of the survivors as an illustration of native character :—

«‘ About sixty natives came to the camp this morning, well armed

with spears, and pieces of fish, which they held up to us to entice us

to come to them. We took no notice, however, of their invitations,

but, preparing our fire-arms, we turned out. They were now closing

round us in all directions, many of them with their spears in their

throwing-sticks ready for use,—pointing them to their own necks

and sides, and showing us by their postures how we should writhe

with pain when they struck us. Then they would change their

tactics, and again endeavour to persuade us that they meant us no

harm, but they would not lay down their spears,........... After

Fu ye ata aes

Bibliographical Notices. 135

keeping us standing about an hour, eleven spears were thrown at us.

_ Three of my party then fired, slightly wounding one of them, when

they all immediately ran away as fast as they could.” Dr. Latham

may be right in supposing these people to have migrated from Timor,

but such fiendish malignity would almost lead us to think them to

be our left-handed brethren sprung from Lilis, Adam’s first wife, who

bore him all the devils.

_ The inhabitants of New Guinea and of the Louisiade Archipelago

afford a very pleasing contrast to these degraded wretches. Fierce

indeed these people are, and apt to carry out the impulse of the mo-

ment by the strong hand whenever they are sufficiently powerful, or

think themselves so, as was seen in the unfortunate affray with the

* Rattlesnake’s’ boats (vol. i. p. 234); but still they show evidence

of a much higher state of civilization, in their homes, their canoes,

their cultivation of the ground, their dress, and all their social habits.

“* We had no means of forming a judgement regarding the condition

of the women in a social state, but they appeared to be treated by

the men as equals, and to exercise considerable influence over them.

On all occasions they were the loudest talkers, and seemed to act

from a perfect right to have everything their own way........ The

circumstance of children being daily brought off by their fathers to

look at the ship and the strange things there, indicated a considerable

degree of parental affection.’’—Vol. i. p. 271.

A great deal of zoological and botanical information is scattered

through these volumes, but an especial value is given to them in this

respect by the Appendices, which include disquisitions on the voca-

bularies collected, by Dr. Latham ; on the Polyzoa and Sertulariade,

by Mr. Busk; on the Mollusca by Prof. E. Forbes, and on the Crus-

tacea and some Insects by Mr. Adam White, besides the meteoro-

logical and magnetic observations of Lieut. Dayman. We shall pro-

' bably return to this portion of the work in one of our next numbers.

It is rumoured that Mr. MacGillivray is to accompany Capt. Den-

ham’s projected expedition to the Feejee Islands, as naturalist. If it

so, we congratulate ourselves and our readers on the prospect of

another work as readable and instructive as that which we have just

brought under their notice.

A finer field for the naturalist could hardly be selected. We wish

our author God speed; and when he comes back laden with the

‘ spolia opima,’ may we be here to see.

The Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations

of Sussex. By Freperick Dixon, F.G.S. London, 1850: Long-

man and Co. Royal 4to. 44 plates, pp. 422.

The county of Sussex has been fortunate in the illustrations of its

geologic history, and that executed by two members of the medical

profession, who, amidst their active and arduous duties, have been

enabled to collect, and, aided by their scientific acquirements, to exa-

mine and describe those fossil organisms, so interesting as revealing

the history of the past conditions and changes of life on our globe.

The work by Dr. Mantell on ‘ The Fossils of the South Downs,’

136 Bibliographical Notices.

published more than thirty years since, may certainly be considered

as the first provincial work on the subject which combined descriptive

geology with illustrations of fossil remains, for the earlier works of

Martin* and Morton+, although valuable, were of a different cha-

racter.

The appearance of Dr. Mantell’s work in 1822 excited much

interest, and certainly stimulated and promoted inquiry at the time

both locally and generally ; nor has its value materially decreased even ~

at the present day. During the period since the publication of Dr.

Mantell’s valuable work, many interesting facts have been discovered

by himself and others, and our knowledge of the fossil contents of the

Chalk formation has been materially extended by the numerous spe-

cimens gathered together, especially of late years, in various private

collections, among the first and most interesting of which may be

considered that formed by the lamented author of the present volume.

Having made so many important additions both of rare and new

species, Mr. Dixon proposed to lay illustrations of them before the

scientific public, and had nearly accomplished the arduous task, when

he was prematurely removed from the scene of his labours, to the

deep regret of those friends to whom he was endeared by his amiable

and liberal character. He was no niggard, parsimoniously hoarding

the rich treasures gathered from among the ancient temples of nature,

but liberally placing them at the disposal of those who could fully ap-

preciate their value, and fortunately having amongst his personal

friends those who, having always searched nature with truthfulness

and assiduity, rendered, by their kindly co-operation, this work one of

great importance and value to the student of paleeontology.

First among these may be mentioned Prof. Owen, without whose

kind and prompt assistance the completion of the volume might have

been indefinitely delayed, and the publication of which was materially

facilitated by the liberality of Mrs. Thwaytes, of Charman Dean near~

Worthing, whose name, as Prof. Owen remarks, “ will ever be ho-

nourably associated with those of other munificent promoters of science

in this country, and by the geologist, who may find in its pages, or its

beautiful and accurate plates, a helping guide in the course of his

investigations.”

The work does not profess to give a general geological history of

the county ; otherwise another volume would have been required, had

the author entered upon the description of the Lower Cretaceous for-

mation and the Wealden; for these, however, the previous excellent

researches and observations of Dr. Fitton and Dr. Mantell may be

advantageously consulted. The reader, however, will find some

interesting and useful information in the chapters on the Geological

View of Selsey and Bracklesham Bay, the Eocene Formations of the

District, the Geological Position of Bognor and the Sussex Coast to

Brighton, including Worthing and its vicinity, and some interesting

notes on the Chalk formation.

No one who consults this volume can fail to perceive the energy,

* Petrificata Derbiensis, 1809.

+ The Natural History of Northamptonshire, 1712.

Bibliographical Notices. 137

intelligence, devotion, and, we know, self-sacrifice, by which the

lamented author enriched his collection, so as to render it available

for the purpose of science ; nor has he forgotten gratefully to acknow-

ledge the assistance of numerous friends who have contributed speci-

-mens for illustration in the work. To the archeologist as well as

the geologist this volume is acceptable, as in it he will find notices,

with illustrative woodcuts, of various interesting British and Roman

coins, vessels and implements found near Worthing; and as charac-

teristic of his pursuit, although apparently out of place in a geological

treatise, we feel that “a local geologist, whose immediate researches

were into the history of the remoter antiquities of his district, could

hardly fail to have his interest excited by the analogous evidence of

the past history of his own race.” In fact, as ably shown by Dr.

Mantell in a paper read before the Archzeological Association at Ox-

ford, there is an intimate connection between archeology and geology ;

and the entombment of man and his works at different portions of

the historical period, indicative of changes to which the human race

has been subjected in the same region, are but the faint counterparts

of those mightier revolutions by which whole dynasties of organized

beings have been successively changed—those lost tribes of plants

and animals which once inhabited the globe. As bearing on this

subject we extract the following remarks relative to an interesting

ornamented vase found in cutting the railroad near Worthing in

1845 :—

«Imported red Samian pottery. with stags and animals has been

occasionally found in England; but this curious relic I think, from

its material and manufacture, was made in this country, and is of

double interest ; first, as a specimen of art, and secondly, as repre-

senting animals almost extinct, which were formerly common in

England, as geological evidence fully corroborates, and showing

besides how the red deer, like the ox, goat, wolf, and other animals,

has been scattered and destroyed by the hand of civilization.”

It must however be admitted that the great interest of the work

depends upon the valuable contributions by the following eminent

naturalists :—Prof. Owen the Reptiles, Prof. E. Forbes the Echino-

derms, Mr. Lonsdale the Corals, Mr. Bell the Crustaceans, Mr. J.

- Sowerby the Mollusks and Foraminifere ; and Sir P. Egerton kindly

assisted in revising the author’s notes on the extinct fishes of the

Chalk, and in describing the plates illustrative of that class of the

cretaceous fossils.

These descriptions are accompanied by forty-four beautifully exe-

cuted plates, by artists whose names are a sufficient guarantee of their

pees: J. de C. Sowerby, Dinkel, Erxleben, and Aldous. A useful

list of the tertiary and cretaceous fossils, with references, synonyms,

and localities, will be found in the volume. :

Among the eocene reptiles described by Prof. Owen are two new

species of serpents, Paleophis typheus and P. porcatus, Owen, two

new species of Chelone, C. trigoniceps and C. declivis, Owen, and some

fine remains are noticed which prove the former existence in England,

-during the early tertiary period, of a Gavial, G. Divoni: “ this genus

138 Bibliographical Notices.

is now represented by one or two species peculiar to the great rivers

of India, more especially the Ganges; and the fossil differs from

both the Gavialis gangeticus, Auct., and from the perhaps nominal

G. tenuirostris, Cuv., in the form and relative size of the teeth.”

In the interesting observations on the cretaceous fossil reptiles,

Prof. Owen describes a new species of Mososaurus, M. gracilis, and one

of Plesiosaurus, P. Bernardi, and also satisfactorily establishes two

genera of lizards, Coniasaurus and Dolichosaurus, with proccelian

cup-and-ball vertebrze, by the recent discovery of portions of the jaws

and teeth: of one of these which is distinct from the Raphiosaurus,

Prof. Owen remarks, “There is no existing species of the Iguanian or

other herbivorous family, nor any of the pleurodont saurians with

which the present chalk fossil is identical, nor can I refer it to any of

the established genera of Lacertia : the absence of the cranium and

bones of the extremities does not allow of any closer comparison with

the Monitors, Iguanas, or Scinks; but the characters of the teeth

justify the consideration of the fossil as the type of a hitherto un-

described genus and species, which I therefore propose to call Conia-

saurus crassidens, or the thick-toothed lizard of the chalk forma-

tion.” Of the other, a beautiful specimen, comprising the head and

anterior thirty-six vertebree, in the collection of Mrs. Smith, and a

chain of posterior abdominal and sacral vertebree belonging to Sir P.

Egerton, which there is good reason to suppose belonged to the same

individual, Prof. Owen gives a detailed description, and shows in

conclusion, “‘ That all the general characters of the Lacertian type

of the vertebrate skeleton are presented by the Dolichosaurus ; they

are most modified in the cervical region, where the Ophidian type is

rather followed, in the number and size of the vertebree, and in the -

size and shape of the ribs; a less decided approach, but one still in-

dicating an affinity to the Ophidians, is made by the unusual length

of the slender trunk, which includes, from the skull to the sacrum,

not fewer than fifty-seven vertebree, and is not less than 18 inches in

length. The smallness of the head accords with the long and slender

proportions of the neck, and must have added to the snake-like ap-

pearance of this early example of proccelian lizard. But the com-

plete and typically Lacertian organization of the scapular and pelvie

arches, and of their locomotive appendages, proves that the Dolicho- .

saurus was more strictly a lacertine Saurian than the existing genera,

Pseudopus, Bipes, and Ophisaurus, which effect the transition from

the lizards to the snakes or typical Ophidian reptiles.”

The Fishes of the Chalk are interesting, inasmuch as here first ap-

pear forms belonging to those two orders of fishes, the Cycloid and

Ctenoid, which attain their maximum development in the present

seas, and associated with the Placoid and Ganoid orders, which are

characteristic of the older formations. Of the Placoid are two new

genera, dulodus and Plethodus, and several new species belonging to

the genera Ptychodus, Acrodus, Corax, and Oxyrhina ; but the most

interesting are the remains of a Cestracion, as—

“The discovery of a species of true Cestracion in the Chalk is an

event of much interest, since this genus has hitherto only been known

ee a) fo

Bibliographical Notices. 139

4 from the recent Cestracion Philippi, or Port Jackson shark, a fish

most valuable to paleontologists as being the only existing type of

the family Cestraciontidee, so extensively distributed through our fos-

siliferous strata, from the Silurian to the Chalk both inclusive.”

Of the Ganoid order are the new genera Pomognathus, Ag., pro-

posed by Agassiz, from the lower jaw extending so far back towards the

reular bones ; Prionolepis, Egerton, allied to Aspidorhynchus, but

differing in the arrangement and articulation of the scales ; and Pha-

codus, Dixon, so named from the kidney-bean-shaped character of

the teeth.

In the Ctenoid order are briefly noticed Berycopsis and Homo-

notus, Ag., new genera allied to Beryz, and Stenostoma, Ag., allied

to Rhacolepis.

In the Cycloid order are the new genera Pachyrhizodus and Tomo-

gnathus. ‘The affinities of the latter genus are unknown; the only

portions discovered having been jaws and portions of the cranium.

The elaborate descriptions of the Corals by Mr. Lonsdale furnish

much valuable matter in the detailed notes accompanying each spe-

cies and their comparison with allied forms. Eight species of eocene

Anthozoa are described. Among the cretaceous Anthozoa five new

genera are described, viz. Monocarya, Diblasus, Axogaster, Epi-

phaxum, and Spinopora. Among the Bryozoa Mr. Lonsdale includes

six new genera, viz. Desmeopora, Petalopora, Holostoma, Siphonio-

typhlus, Homeosolen, and Atagma, besides some new species belonging

to established genera. By short extracts merely from this important

part of the volume, we should not have conveyed to the reader the

minute accuracy of description embodying the careful examination of

the species noticed ; but it points out how cautious our determinations

should be in the specific forms of either the Anthozoa or Bryozoa.

Among the fossils of the Chalk formation, the sea-urchins and star-

fishes are generally considered more interesting, and arrest the atten-

tion of the collector ; of these many new and beautiful forms are fully

illustrated in the work before us. Nor have the Echinodermata been

neglected in the researches of the zoologist, many valuable physio-

logical and systematic memoirs having of late appeared in elucidation

of their recent history, which has materially assisted the investigation

connected with the relations of the existing and extinct forms.

The family Asteriadee, which until recently was considered to have

commenced with the Oolitic period, have, through the labours of

Prof. Sedgwick, Mr. Sharpe, and the Geological Survey, been found

in strata of Silurian age, both in Westmoreland and North Wales ; and

what is equally interesting, they are referred to the genus Uraster,

the members of which, although found in all parts of the world, are

more characteristic, by their abundance and predominance, of the ap-

proach to the Arctic or Antarctic regions. Prof. E. Forbes, in his

valuable and scientific Synopsis of the British Fossil Asteriadze, pub-

lished in the ‘ Memoirs of the Geological Survey,’ p. 462, states—

“It is very remarkable that all the true starfishes, hitherto dis-

covered in a fossil state in the sedimentary deposits of the paleeozoic

~oceans, appear to belong to this genus Uraster, whilst the majority

140 Bibliographical Notices.

of the-cretaceous species belong either to Goniaster or to genera still

more distinctly tropical in character.”’

The Asteriade attained not only their maximum of development

at the cretaceous period, but appear, as far as the fossil species are

concerned, to have exceeded in number all those hitherto collected

and described from the other geological formations. Of the twenty-

four species noticed in this work, and the diagnoses of which origi-

nally appeared in the ‘ Memoirs’ before cited, seven belong to the

genus Oreaster, the O. bulbifera, Forbes, being the handsomest and

most curious, but rarely found well-preserved ; fourteen to Goniaster

(including Goniodiscus and Astrogonium) ; two to Stellaster ; and one,

the most beautiful and singular of cretaceous starfishes, is assigned

to a new genus Arthraster (A. Dixoni), which is closely allied to the

living genus Ophiodaster ; “but the ossiculze of the arms are very

compactly articulated together and much fewer in number ; their ar-

rangement is also very different : exclusive of the ambulacral ossiculee,

which are unknown, only seven bones enter into the composition of

the framework of the arm transversely, and these alternate in such a

manner as to form a compact skeleton without conspicuous inter-

stices.”’

In the other part of the monograph by Prof. Forbes, some new

species of sea-urchins are described, as well as notices of those pre-

viously known ; besides which are two plates illustrative of many

very interesting, beautiful, and unique specimens of the cretaceous

Crinoidea,—Marsupites, Pentacrinus, and Apiocrinus: among the

figures of the latter, referred to A. ellipticus, we quite agree with the

describer, that more than one species is certainly included.

In the above notice we have chiefly directed attention to the more

important generic novelties contained in this volume, scarcely alluding

to the many species indicated as entirely new, or those described by

foreign sacha but only recently identified as occurring in the ter-

tiary and cretaceous formations of this country, as well as the addi-

tional facts derived from the study of finer specimens of imperfectly

known species.

We sincerely hope that this work may obtain a very general circu-

lation, and find its way into many private as well as public libraries ;

and that the example of the estimable lady, previously mentioned,

may stimulate the wealthy supporters of science to possess a volume

alike interesting to the geologist and archeologist of the South of En-

gland, and to those engaged in the study of the cretaceous and ter-

tiary formations elsewhere. Nor will the intelligent reader, who con-

sults the pages with a view of becoming acquainted with that portion

of the earth’s history, fail to perceive the higher tendency which the

contemplation of the beautiful works of Creation constantly produced

in the mind of the author, when he assures those who study natural

history in the most extensive sphere, that it is ‘ well calculated to

improve our intellectual powers, to stimulate our exertions, and raise

our adoration and gratitude to the Supreme Disposer of all things.”

NE ee ae ee ee ae ae

EEN eI eR

Bibliographical Notices. 141

A Popular History of British Ferns and the allied Plants. By

T. Moore, F.L.S. &c. London, 1851: Reeve and Benham.

As this elegant little work professes to be wholly of a popular cha-

racter, it does not require much notice in our Journal; we cannot,

however, pass it over without a few remarks.

Owing to its objects, the technical characters of the genera and

species do not hold at all a prominent place in the book, but both

are shortly given. Its most characteristic feature is found in the beau-

tiful coloured plates, from the pencil of Mr. Fitch, the celebrated

botanical artist, which seem to be all that can be desired as popular

representations of the species, nearly all of which are figured. The

mode of cultivating the species, so as to afford interesting objects, is

also wisely made a subject of especial attention, and, as far as we can

j such directions are given as to render success nearly certain.

Attention is more espécially turned to the growth of ferns in closed

glass cases, on the plan recommended by Mr. N. B. Ward.

On the whole, we can recommend the book to those who are

ignorant of scientific botany, and yet, as is now not unfrequently the

case, admire and desire to grow ferns. We must however remark,

that the descriptions, and indeed sometimes other parts of the book,

are rather too technical in their language for the class of readers to

which it is addressed. In books like this, which do not claim a

scientific character, we could wish to see English words used,

wherever such can be found, which will convey the meaning with

sufficient accuracy, rather than the English forms of the botanical

Latin terms. Of course, this is often nearly impossible; but still

the cases are not a few in which it might be done. We think also

that the author shows an inclination towards the use of those English

words which are derived from the Latin, rather than such as are of

Saxon origin; this, in a work intended “especially for the young,”

is a defect, since words of the latter kind are far more easily under-

stood by them and all other partially educated persons.

At the close of the book there is a very valuable tabular statement

of the counties of the United Kingdom in which the several species

have“been observed to be native, and in many cases the exact places

are stated. This is the more interesting, as we do not as yet possess

any account of the geographical distribution of Ferns which is even

nearly so complete. It is to be hoped, however, that the present

year will not conclude without the publication of the third volume

_ of Mr. Watson’s valuable ‘ Cybele Britannica,’ in which it is probable

that the Ferns will be included. We are glad to be able to state that

it is already in the press.

142 | Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 9, 1850.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS OF THE FAamIty MELANIANA,

AND OF MANY NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MELANIA,

CHIEFLY COLLECTED BY HuGcu Cumine, Ese. By Isaac

Lea anp Henry C. Lea, PoitapELpatia.

[Continued from p. 70. ]

MetaniA Cuminer. WM. testd striata, turritd, supern? uno-cari-

natd, subcrassd, tenebroso-fuscd ; spird valde elevatd; suturis

regulariter impressis ; anfractibus planulatis, lineis raris impres-

sis; aperturd magnd, subtriangulari, intus cerulescente; colu-

melldé retusd contortdque.

Hab. Very small streams, island of Siquijor, Philippines.

Length 2°5, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable species. A single specimen

only was sent by Mr. Cuming, and this unfortunately is by no means

perfect. There is a good deal of ferruginous matter deposited over

the surface, and the apex is so much eroded that the number of

whorls cannot be well ascertained, perhaps about nine. The turrited

form of the shell is very notable. Immediately under the suture

there is an elevated and cordlike line, slightly angular on the superior

part. Below this the whorl is slightly impressed. Part of the sur-

face is wrinkled by the transverse striee decussating longitudinal

lines. The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell, and

remarkable for its triangular form. The columella is unusually white,

which shows in contrast with the dark epidermis. The operculum is

large and thick, having its polar point near to the lower border.

MELANIA DActyLus. WM. testd striatd, valde elevatd, superne cos-

tatd, crassd, vel fuscd vel luteo-corned ; spird valde elevatd; su-

turis impressis; anfractibus duodecim, convexis, lineis crebris

elevatis ornatis ; costellis verticalibus crebris ; aperturd submagnd,

subrotundatd, intus vel salmonid vel ceruled; columelld incrassatd,

salmonid tortdque.

Hab. Small streams in Guimaras, Mindanao, Luzon and Seyte,

Philippines.

Length 3:2, diam. 1 inch.

Remarks.—This is a remarkably fine, large, and protean species.

There are about two dozen specimens under examination from various

islands of the Philippines. The prevailing character of the surface

is striate with decussating costee on the superior whorls; but some

specimens have these costee enlarged on the lower whorls, instead of

their having vanished, as on others. Some again have their coste

rising into a series of pointed tubercles. Under the microscope many

numerous minute striee may be observed to revolve parallel with the

coarser ones. Another variety is quite smooth on the upper whorls,

with fewer strise and coste. This looks like an immature shell. The

ee ee a ee

Le ee ee

a a

oe oi a .

Zoological Society. 143

aspect of these three varieties is quite different, but I do not consider

it safe to separate them into species. The aperture is rather more

than one-fourth the length of the shell. The operculum is large,

having several revolutions, and the polar point is near to the centre.

MELANIA CRENIFERA. WM, testd granulatd, acuto-conicd, subfu-

siformi, subtenui, corned; spird granulatd, acuminatd ; suturis

irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus novem, convexiusculis, ad

basim striatis ; aperturd submagnd, ovatd, intus albidd ; columella

alba tortdque.

Hab. Small river in Java.

Length -9, diam. «4 of an inch.

Remarks.—Three specimens under examination are all nearly co-

vered with granules, a fourth has but few. It is a very symmetrical

little species. The aperture is rather more than one-third the length

of the shell. No opercula accompanied these specimens.

Mevanta NANA. WM. testd granulatd, conicd, fusiformi, tenui, dia-

| phand, vel corned vel fused, rufo-maculatd ; spird depressd, gra-

nulatd ; anfractibus sex, subplanulatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis

irregulariter impressis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus vel al-

. bidd vel fuscd ; columelld tortd.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length °6, diam. °3 of an inch.

Remarks.—The colour varies in this species owing to the number

of brown spots, which differ much in different specimens. One of

those under examination is horn-coloured, with a few distinct brown

spots; another is quite dark in consequence of the multiplicity of

them. The largest granules are immediately below the suture, and

the line there is disposed to be of lighter colour. The aperture is

about one-half the length of the shell.

MELANIA TESSELLATA. WM. testd granulatd, elevato-conicd, crassd,

tenebroso-fuscd ; spird elevatd, crebre granulatd; anfractibus

planulatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis irregulariter impressis ;

aperturd parvd, ellipticd, constrictd, crenulatd, intus tricostatd,

ad basim canaliculatad ; columelld subrectd.

Hab. ?

Length 1°10, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.—There is nothing striking in the general appearance of

this shell; but in looking into the interior, there will be observed a

character which has not been known to exist in any other species—

three elevated, revolving ribs, terminating short of the outer lip.

The columella is simple, nearly straight, and ends in the angle at the

sinus. These remarkable ribs may involve a difference of organic

structure of the animal, in which case a new genus would be required

for this species. One of the three specimens is entirely white inside,

the other two have dark bands. The apex being eroded in them all,

the number of whorls cannot be ascertained, probably about nine.

The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell. The oper-

culum has its polar point near to the lower margin.

144 Zoological Society.

MELANIA CREBRUM. UM. testd cancellatd, elevato-conicd, crassd,

tenebroso-castaned ; spird valde elevatd ; anfractibus decem, con-

vexiusculis, ad basim striis impressis ; suturis impressis ; aperturd —

parvuld, ovatd, intus albidd ; ad basim rotundd ; columelld incur-

_ -vatd.

Hab. Small streams, Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The symmetry of the outline and the extreme regu-_

larity of the decussating lines over the whole of the whorls, except at

the base, are distinguishing characteristics of this species. The ele-

vated portions between the decussating lines are quadrangular and

resemble brickwork. The four specimens submitted are all “ dead

shells,” and are partly decomposed towards the apex. The aperture

is rather more than one-fourth the length of the shell.

Mevania ReTicuLaTA. WM. testd cancellaid, conicd, crassd, pal-

lidd; spird elevatd ; anfractibus septem, planulatis, crasse can-

cellatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis tmpressis ; aperturd magnd,

trapezoided, ad basim angulatd, intus albd; columelld incurvatd,

contortdque.

Hab. China.

Length 1°8, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable and distinct species, covered

all over, except the lower part of the base whorl, with coarse, some-

what distant decussating striz, which rise into nodes and form qua-

drangular areas. Altogether it is a rough Cerithium-looking species.

The epidermis is remarkably thin and light-coloured, the upper por-

tion of the spire being quite white in the two specimens under exami-

‘nation. The aperture is more than one-third the length of the shell.

Metania acuievs, Lea. M. testd levi, nonnunquam striatd vel

granulatd, elongate subulatd, crassd vel subcrassd, corned vel

Susco-nigricante ; spird acuminatd ; suturis linearibus ; anfracti-

bus planulatis ; aperturd ovatd, intus cerulescente ; labro expanso.

Hab. Siquijor, Naga, Cagayan, and others of the Philippines.

Length 2°6, diam. *7 of an inch. :

Remarks.—When this species was described by J. Lea in 1832

(Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.), he had seen but a single specimen, which

had‘neither granules nor stri. Among the large quantity of this

genus taken by Mr. Cuming in his Eastern voyage, were about forty

specimens of this singularly protean species. Were there but few,

and these as different as many of them are, no one would hesitate to

consider them as distinct species. But the large number and extra-

ordinary difference in them enables one, or rather compels one to keep

them in a group as curious divergent varieties. When we compare

the large smooth variety with the small variety covered with granules,

it is difficult to believe that they may have come from a common

parent, but the nuance is too complete in the series to admit of a

doubt.

It was deemed advisable to re-describe this species, so that it might

Zoological Society. 145

embrace the various forms which it takes in the specimens now sub-

mitted by Mr. Cuming from various localities.

MELANIA DIADEMA. M. testd spinosd, acuminato-ovatd, transver-

sim lineatd, subpapyraced, diaphand, pallio lutescente ; spird sca-

lariformi, acutd ; suturd lineaté; anfractibus octo, superne an-

gulatis, planis supra et infra; angulo spinis instructo ; spinis

magnis, crebris, regularibus, brevibus, eversis, aliguando decur-

rentibus ; lineis transversis, minimis, decussalis ; anfractu ultimo

bullato, ad basim lineato ; aperturd magnd, ovatd ; columelid al-

bidd, incurvd ; epidermide hispida.

Hab. Small streams, isle of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1-4, diam. °8 of an inch.

Remarks.—Differs from M. amarula in the thinness of its sub-

stance, and regularity and closeness of its spines, which are all bent

outwards, at a regular angle.

Metanta cornuta. M. testd spinosd, elongato-ovatd, crassd, fus-

cescente vel viridescente ; spird exsertd, scalariformi, apice trun-

catd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus medio angulatis, superné sub-

> concavis; angulo spinis instructo ; spinis magnis, brevibus, incurvis,

q raris, acutis, basi latissimis, distortis, decurrentibus, anticé cana-

of liculatis ; anfraotu ultimo magno, ad basim transversim striatulo ;

aperturd magnd, ovatd ; columelld lacted.

_ Hab. Madagascar.

Length 1°5, diam. 9 of an inch.

Remarks.—The spines are short, stout, and irregularly bent, pre-

senting the appearance of horns, and distinguishing the shell from

M. amarula, which it otherwise somewhat resembles.

Meant acantuica. WM. testd spinosd, ovato-turritd, varicosd,

transversim lineatd, subtenui, fuscd ; spird elongata, conicd, sca-

lariformi ; apice truncatd; suturd lineari; anfractibus superné

angulatis, varicibus distortis ; angulo spinis instructo ; varicibus

magnis, regularibus, subobliquis, superne in spinis productis ;

spinis longis, tenuibus, irregularibus, extortis ; lineis transversis,

crebris, parvis, subalternantibus ; anfractu ultimo parvo, ad

basim lineato ; aperturd ellipticd, inferne effusd; labro inferne

producto; columella parvd, infern2 incrassatd.

Hab. Manilla and isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘8, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.— Bears some resemblance to M. scabra, Férussac, and

M. bellicosa, Hinds.

MELANIA ZEYLANICA. M. testd levi, ovatd, crassd, nitidd, albidd

aut virido fuscd ; badio flammulatd, spird brevi, acuminatd, apice

acutd, aliquando erosd ; suturd lineari ; anfractibus quinque, con-

vevis, ad suturam superiorem impressis, maculis flammulatis aut sa-

gittatis badiis; anfractu ultimo magno, bullato; basi levi; aperturd

ovato-rotundd, supern® angulatd, inferne rotundatd, intus albidd ;

columelld magnd, albd, supern? incrassatd, infern? curvatd.

Hab. Seychelles and Ceylon.

"- Length -9, diam. ‘6 of an inch.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 10

146 Zoological Society.

Remarks.—The markings are very variable, being sometimes ob-

lique, zigzag lines, extending over the whole surface of the whorls,

sometimes sagittate or short zigzag spots in transverse series. Indeed

some specimens are of a uniform dark green. The last whorl some-

times has two impressed transverse lines. The mouth is nearly two-

thirds the length of the shell.

MELANIA POLYGONATA. JM. testd tuberculatd, elevato-conicd,

striatd, crassd, nigrd; spird elevatd, conicd, apice erosd; suturd

pene obsoletd, flecuosd ; anfractibus superné et inferne striatis ;

medio angulatis ; angulo serie unicd tuberculorum instructo; tu-

berculis mazimis, transverse angulatis, levibus ; striis transversis

raris ; anfractu ultimo magno ; basi crebre striatd ; aperturd su-

perne valde acutd, inferne productd et effusd, intus albidd; colu-

melld albd, flecuosé ; operculo parvo, subcentrali.

Hab. Copan, Central America. es

Length 3°5, diam. 1°3 inch.

Remarks.--One of the largest and finest of the Melanie. The .

upper whorls are generally covered with a thick, smooth deposit,

obliterating the sculpture. On them the tubercles appear to dege-

nerate into elevated costze. The operculum is much smaller than the

mouth. The tubercles and striz sometimes produce brown marks

on the columella and inside the aperture.

MELANIA DENTICULATA. WM. testd spinosd, ovato-turritd, trans-

versim striatd, denticulatd, tenui, diaphand, ferrugined, maculis ba-

diis minutis linearibus ; spird exsertd, conicd, scalariformi, apice

acuminatd ; suturd lineari ; anfractibus septem, superné angulatis,

angulo denticulatis ; denticulis parvis, acutis, obliquis; striis trans-

versis, parvis, alternantibus, rugosis, maculatis, lineolis longitu-

dinalibus minutissimis decussatis ; anfractu ultimo parvo, ad basim

striato ; aperturd ovatd, inferne effusd; columelld fleruosd, tenut.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘6, diam. *3 of an inch.

Remarks.—Allied to M. spinulosa, Lam., but may be distinguished

by its abrupt denticulations.

MELANIA ARMILLATA. WM. testd cancellatd, ovato-turritd, cras-

siusculd, graniferd, viridescenti; spird elevatd, subovatd, apice

acutd; suturd parvd, crenatd; anfractibus undecim, planatis,

prope suturam superiorem angulatis, superne albidis, costis longi-

tudinalibus obliquis graniferis crebris ; granulis rotundatis, albi-

dis; anfractu ultimo superné compresso, inferne subturgido ; bast

transverse striatd; aperturd ovatd, superne acute angulatd, in-

ferne rotundatd et effusd; labro inferne producto; columelld in-

Serne angulatd, superné rectd.

Hab. India.

Length 1°4, diam. ‘5 inch.

Remarks.—Immediately below the angle of the whorls there is

apt to be a larger series of granules, with a very small one succeed-

ing it.

oe a

Zoological Society. 147

MeEwLaniA COCHLEA. WM. testd subspinosd, turritd, cosiatd, striatd,

tenui, fulvd, maculis badiis ; spird scalariformi, ovato-acuminatd,

apice acutd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus decem, inferné subcon-

vexis, superné angulatis et concavis ; costis obliquis, longitudina-

libus, anfractuum in angulo elevatis et acuté mucronatis, superne

viz obsoletis ; striis transversis, minutis, aliqguando obsoletis ; an-

fractu ultimo parvo, ad basim striato; aperturd ovatd, superne

acutd, inferne effusd.

Hab. ?

Length 1, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remark.—On the last whorl of the only specimen ‘submitted, the

costz are almost obsolete. The strize are strongest near the sutures,

and scarcely visible at the middle of the whorls.

MELANIA LATERITIA. M. testd cancellatd, acuté ovatd, compressa,

crassiusculd, striatd, graniferd, albidd, virido-fuscd, rufo fasciatd

; aut atrd ; spird elevatd, plerumque scalariformi, apicz acutd aut

erosd; suturd impressd, crenatd; anfractibus decem, planatis,

superne angulatis, supra angulum sepe albidis ; striis transversis

crebris graniferis ; granulis quadratis, abruptis, planatis, serie-

bus longitudinalibus positis; anfractu ultimo magno, subcom-

presso ; bast graniferd ; aperturd ovatd, superné acute angulatd

et sinuatd, inferne latd, expansd et retusd, interne sepe fasciaid ;

columelld contortd ; operculo parvo, ovato.

Hab. Philippines.

Length 1-6, diam. *7 of an inch.

Var. a. Anfractibus superne graniferis, infern? striis transversis

impressis ; basi vix levi, striis raris.

Var. 8. Striis graniferis alternantibus.

Remarks.—A very variable species as to size, colour and sculp-

ture. The operculum differs much in some individuals in both its

shape and apex. ‘This shell bears some resemblance to the M. gra-

nifera, Lam. Its most remarkable characteristic is its square, flat-

tened granules, bearing some resemblance to brickwork.

Meant MopICceELLA. M. testd levi, ovato-conicd, crassd, nitidd,

virido-fuscd ; spird conicd, brevi, apice acutd, sepe erosd ; suturd

lineari ; anfractibus quinque, convexis, rapid? crescentibus, prope

suturam superiorem depressis, prope suturam inferiorem striis

parvis transversis duabus aut tribus; anfractu ultimo magno,

medio striis tribus, basi levi; aperturd ovato-rotundd, superné?

subangulatd, inferne subeffusd, intus albidd; labro acuto; colu-

mellaé lacted, curvatd ; operculo ovato, subcentrali, concentrico.

Hab. Timor.

Length ‘7, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This shell and the M. zeylanica may perhaps be taken

as the types of a new genus or subgenus. Further investigation with

respect to the animal may decide; in the meantime, the name of

_ Rrvutrna is proposed provisionally. The general outline and oper-

culum are those of the Patuptna. Inold specimens the peritreme of

. the mouth is continuous, but there is only a slight depression bebind

10*

148 Zoological Society.

the columella in place of an umbilicus. The upper whorls are occa-

sionally faintly lined or spotted with brown.

MELANIA pacopDA. M, testa spinosd, turritd, costatd, transversim

striata, tenui, diaphand, corned, maculis badiis minutis linearibus ;

spird elongatd, subovatd, acuminatd, scalariformi; suturd lineari;

anfractibus decem, superne angulatis et subconcavis, angulo spinu-

losis ; costulis obliquis longitudinalibus, inferné obsoletis, superné

in spinulas aut denticula eversa productis, in anfractibus superio- —

ribus crebrissimis et magnis, inferioribus minoribus rarioribusque ;

striis transversis, parvis, crebris, alternantibus, maculatis, lineolis

longitudinalibus decussatis ; anfractu ultimo usque ad basim striato ;

aperlurd ovatd, superne acutd, inferne effusd.

Hab. Isle of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1:4, diam. ‘6 of an inch.

Remarks.—A_ beautiful little species, with irregular spines, ve

strongly marked on the upper whorls, but which sometimes diminis

to denticulations on the lower. It can be mistaken for none of its

congeners, except perhaps the M. cochlea.

July 23.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A Monocrapn or CyLLEeNE, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS

Mo.uuvusca. By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

CyLuene, Gray.

Animal unknown. Operculum thin, horny, unguiform, with ter-

minal nucleus and imbricate elements. Shell ovate, volutiform ; spire

short ; suture channeled; aperture oval; columella anteriorly with

oblique grooves; outer lip thickened externally, notched in front,

grooved within, and subreflected at the margin.

1. CyLLENE LyRATA, Lamarck.

Buccinum lyratum, Lamk. Hist. An. s. Vert. tom. vii. p. 272 ; Kie-

ner, Mon. Buce. pl. 22. fig. 88.

2. CyLLENE Gray, Reeve.

Cyllene Grayi, Reeve, Elements of Conch. pl. 3. fig. 12.

3. CyLLENE Owent, Gray.

Cyllene Owenii, Gray, MSS. Brit. Mus.

4. CYLLENE PULCHELLA, Adams and Reeve.

Cyllene pulchella, Adams and Reeve, Zool. of Voy. of H.M.S.

Samarang, tab. 10. fig. 11.

5. CyYLLENE LuGuBRIS, Adams and Reeve.

Cyllene lugubris, ddams and Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, tab. 10.

fig. 10.

6. CyLLENE CONCINNA, Soland. C. testd ovato-fusiformi; spird

productd, albd, maculis luteo-fuscis ornatd, longitudinaliter

pie ks Pa A Real I abe vies

Zoological Society. 149

subsulcosd, transversim totd striatd; columelld anticé oblique

plicatd ; labro extus levi, incrassato.

Hab. Guinea.

Buccinum concinnum, Sol.

7. CYLLENE onreNnTALIs, A. Adams. C. testd ovato-fusiformi,

albidd, maculis luteo-fuscis ornatd, longitudinaliter plicatd,

transversim striatd; spird prominuld; columelld anticé per-

obliqué sulcatd, labro intus levi.

Hab. Singapore, 6 fathoms, mud; H.C. Malacca, 6 fathoms,

coarse sand; H. C.

8. Cy_uene striata, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, albd, maculis

rufo-fuscis ad suturas pictd, cingulis duabus maculorum luteo-

Suscorum ornatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd, transversim totd

striatd; columella anticé oblique sulcatd; labro tenui, intus

levi, anticé viz sinuato.

Hat. Albrokkas Islands, under coral, low water; Mr. Dring.

9. Cy~ueNne ruscaTa, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, rufo-fused,

Jfasciis transversis obscuris articulatis ornatd, longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis numerosis, subconfertis, superné et inferné trans-

versim valde striatd ; columella anticé valdé corrugato-plicaté,

labro anticé valde sinuato.

Hab. W. Africa.

10. Cyxnuene patiipa, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, albidé, lon-

gitudinaliter subsuleatd, obscure nodoso-plicatd, glabratd, su-

perne et inferné transversim striatd ; columelld anticé plicis

obliquis, labro anticé valde sinuato.

Hab. West Africa.

11. CyLLENE GRANA, Lamarck.

Buccinum grana, Lamk.; Kiener, Mon. pl. 16. tig. 58.

12. Cytuene Guiasrata, A. Adams. C. testé ovato-fusiformi,

glabratd, cinered, fasciis albis tribus transversis rufo-articu-

latis ornatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd, plicis inferné evani-

dis, superné et inferné transversim striatd ; aperturd angustd ;

columelld anticé oblique plicatd, labro anticé subsinuato.

Hab. Pasicao, 9 fathoms, fine sand; HA. C.

November 12.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Professor Owen read a paper “on the Cranium of the large species

of Dinornis called giganteus and ingens*.”’ He commenced by refer-

ring to a former memoir, in which four generic types of structure had

been determined in fossil crania of birds from New Zealand, viz. Nestor,

Notornis, Palapteryzx, and Dinornis proper ; and proceeded to de-

scribe an additional series of fossil skulls obtained by Governor Sir

George Grey from a cave in the district which lies between the river

Waikato and Mount Tongariro, in the North Island. The most re-

* This paper will appear in the Transactions as Dinornis, Part V., in continua-

tion of Prof. Owen’s previous memoirs.

150 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

markable of these specimens was an almost entire skull, measuring

eight inches in length and five inches across the broadest part of the

cranium ; which in the extent of the ossified part of the mandible

and its downward curvature, resembled the smaller skull deseribed in

a former memoir, and there referred to Dinornis. In the structure

of the occiput and base of the cranium, this large skull more re-

sembled the characters of that ascribed to Palapteryx. The indica-

tions of the muscular attachments, and the form and size of the -

massive beak, bespoke the great power and force with which it had

been habitually applied in the living bird.

Its anatomical characters were minutely detailed. Comparisons of

the area of the occipital foramen for the transmission of the spinal

marrow with that of the spinal canal in different vertebrae, were made

with a view of determining the species to which the cranium in ques-

tion might belong; and the peculiar contraction of the spinal canal

in the vertebrae of Dinornis as compared with that in the Ostrich was

pointed out. The inference deduced was, that the cranium, not-

withstanding its great size, belonged probably to the species called

Palapteryx ingens, which was the second in point of size.

A mutilated cranium of a much younger bird, showing all the

sutures, but of nearly equal size with the skull first described, might

belong to the Dinornis giganteus. Two crania, referable to two di-

stinet species of smaller birds of Palapteryx, were described, and sec-

tions of the cranium were shown, to demonstrate the form and cha-

racter of the brain. In the collection transmitted by Governor Grey,

Professor Owen had, for the first time, recognized a portion of a

diminutive wing-bone, similar, in the absence of the usual processes

for the muscles of flight, to that in the Apteryx, and confirmatory,

both by this character and its extreme rarity, contrasted with the

abundance of vertebree and leg-bones that had been transmitted, of

the inference as to the rudimental condition of the wings in the

Dinornis and Palapteryz.

The memoir concluded with a description of a cranium of the Not-

ornis, more perfect than that fragmentary one on which the affinities

of that bird to the Rallide or Coot-tribe had originally been founded,

and its generic distinction from Porphyrio established. The speci-

men exhibited confirmed the accuracy of the conjectural restorations

in the figure of the original specimen in a former volume of the

Transactions of the Society.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Dee. 11, 1851.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Dr. Balfour read a letter from Dr. Dickie, mentioning the occurrence

of Carex rigida close by the sea, within reach of the spray, on Down-

patrick Head ; also the occurrence of Hieracium nigrescens? and of

Hypnum rufescens on Ben Bulben.

The following papers were read :—

1. ‘Notice of the Hieracium plumbeum (Fries) as a British plant,”

by James Backhouse, jun.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 151

“Tt grows on Falcon Clints, in Teesdale. Having had an oppor-

tunity of examining specimens of the Norwegian Hieracia during the

past summer, partly by collecting personally, and partly through the

kind assistance of Professor Blytt, of Christiania (from whom I have

received a large dried collection), I am able satisfactorily to identify

this plant, which has all the appearance of a good and distinct species.

It is most nearly allied to H. cesium, but differs strongly in having

more truncate involucres, with broad based acuminate apicutate scales

of a dark colour margined with green; also, in the involuercs, and

peduncles being almost or entirely destitute of stellate pubescence.

#1. cesium from the same place, and from Cronkley Scar, Teesdale,

has narrow, acute, involucral scales, and usually a large amount of

stellate down on the peduncles and involucres. H. plumbeum flowers

very early (say about July), while H. cesium is in perfection or nearly

so in September. I have the plant in cultivation from Falcon Clints,

and under these circumstances it becomes still more dissimilar. It

agrees well with my Norwegian specimens, and still better than they

do with the description in Fries’s Monograph.”

2. An extract of a letter from Dr. Gilbert M‘Nab, dated Ja-

maica, lst November, 1851 :—‘‘Some time ago, I sent some dried

specimens of a small plant, which I supposed was a floating aquatic

fern, but I have now discovered what it is. In the water-tank in my

garden is a very large and luxuriant plant of the Nymphea ampla

which seeds very freely ; the seeds are surrounded by a spongy-look-

ing arillus, which floats to the surface all those that get disengaged

from the mud, where the capsule is ripened, and whilst floating on

the surface they there vegetate, and after a time sink and take root

in the mud; the small leaf-looking bodies are the submersed leaves

of the plant; they are of a similar shape, but totally different in

texture from the floating leaves. I also notice in the NV. ampla what

I have never seen in any of the family, that it produces as many

purely male flowers as it does hermaphrodite. I have not yet seen

any pure female flower, although I dare say I shall. I was thinking

of putting some up in brine, as they may be interesting.”

3. An extract of a letter from Mr. John Goldie, Ayr, Canada

West (late of Ayrshire) :—

' “T observe, that at one of your botanical meetings there was a dis-

eussion about what kind of trees were generally struck by lightning.

- One morning no less than four trees were struck by lightning within

three miles of this place : all were gigantic specimens of the Weymouth

pine, Pinus Strobus. I do not recollect seeing any other sort of tree

which had been injured by lightning in this part of the country. In

all the cases which I have examined, the electric fluid proceeded from

the top to the root, following the grain of the wood, and cutting out

the bark 2 or 3 inches in breadth all the way, as if it had been

scooped out with a -

4. Mr. M‘Nab laid before the Meeting a list of the Temperatures

observed in the Botanical Garden, from Ist November to 9th instant.

5. “ Notice of a new British Viola,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A.

> (See p. 12.) °

152 Miscellaneous.

6. “On Fuchsia, considered morphologically,” by the Rev. Dr.

M‘Cosh.

The branches of the species selected are whorled in threes, as are

also the leaves. The normal angle of the branches is about 60°, that

of the leaf also 60°.

I now endeavoured to find whether the curve of the branchlets and

the curve of the vein corresponded. This I found to be difficult ; but it

occurred to me to try and find the law of the ordinates of the curves,

and the result shows that the ordinates increase by equal increments

in equal spaces, and that the increment is = to the abscess. This was

the law of the curve of the branches and of the veins of the leaves.

7. “On Monstrosities of the Dandelion and common Clover ob-

served near Turin,” by Charles Murchison, M.D., British Embassy,

Turin.

8. * On the Flora of Bonn, on the Rhine,” by G. 8. Blackie.

Mr. Blackie observed, during his three months’ stay in the neigh-

bourhood of Bonn :—

Dicotyledones ........ 586 species.

Monocotyledones ...... eg Sl

Acotyledones.......... 4 ana

- Total number of species.. 789

9. “Microscopical Observations on a kind of Paper made from

Vegetable Tissue,” by John Matthews. Mr. Matthews had exa-

mined the specimen of paper presented at the last meeting of the So-

ciety, and found that it exhibited beautiful cells with stomata. It was,

therefore, the cuticle of a plant, and from the quadrangular stomata

he was disposed to think that it was allied to Agave.

Dr. Seller was elected President for the ensuing year.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the genus Acostea of D’ Orbigny.

By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

M. D’Orsieny, in the ‘Revue et Magazin de Zoologie’ for 1851,

pp. 60 & 185, t. 3. describes a new freshwater Bivalye discovered by

Col. Acosta in New Grenada, under the name of Acostea; the

following is an abridgement of his characters :—

“The young shell is free, equivalve, inequilateral, thin, closed ; the

ligament elongate, convex; the interior, like Anodonta, with two

muscular scars ; characters determined by the elongate form of the

shell. In the intermediate age, while enlarging, the shell suddenly

leaves its regular form, being till now free. It lies on its side, the right

valve below, which moulds itself upon the body which it touches,

extends itself on the substance and fixes itself there. The ligament

remains on the side of the valves. The /eft valve now becomes the

upper one, and commences to open itself at the anal region; it then

Miscellaneous. 153

continues slightly gaping for some time, after which it separates itself

entirely from all that characterized it in its early state, to become

i like the opposite valve, detaching itself entirely from its early

state (the two valves of its early existence), which remain attached

to the apical part of the inferior valves only.

‘In the adult age the shell is irregular, very variable in its form,

and very inequivalve. The inferior valve is fixed by means of its

substance, or rather filling and levelling all the imequalities of the

substance on which it rests, so as to solder it there, without however

in any part losing its external epidermis. It is generally oblong,

rounded behind, ending in a more or less long and irregular talon,

always roughened by the lines of growth ; the two anodontiform valves

of the young age are invariably found at the tip; the interior is un- .,

equal, with a single subcentral muscular scar.”’

The animal of this shell has not been observed.

M. D’Orbigny compares the shell with the genera Etneria and

Ostrea, but by a very extraordinary oversight does not make any

comparison of it with the genus Miilleria of Férussac, with which it

agrees in every character, except that the specimens of that genus

described by Férussac and Sowerby appear to have been imperfect

at the tip, so as not to exhibit the “ anodontiform valves.”

M. D’Orbigny describes the adult shell as fixed by the right

valve; but his figure represents it as fixed by the same valve as

the attached valve in the genera Miilleria and Etheria, which we

have always called the left one, because it is on the left side of the

animal when it walks. Férussac properly described Etheria as

attached by its left valve, observing that it is rarely fixed by the

other.

The regular form and free state of the young shell is not a peculi-

arity of this genus, but is common to all the attached Mollusca ; but

in this genus the young animals appear to continue free for a longer

period than is usual; yet some bivalves, as Hinnites for example,

which eventually becomes attached, often remain free for a much

longer period ; indeed, until it has reached nearly its adult size. The

t peculiarity of this genus is the fact of the upper or free valves

ing separated from the apical or young state of the shell; but

this is easily explained when we consider that the first time the

animal opened this valve after it became attached, it must break the

valve away from the fixed apex.

M. D’Orbigny lays great stress on the fact that the young shell has

two muscular scars, and the adult only one ; hence in its young state it

would be a Dimyaire, and in its adult one a Monomyaire of Lamarck

But it is to be remarked, first, that this idea has not been verified, for

the shell has not been seen in its young state, and the two muscles

are only supposed to exist because of the external forms of the young

shells; and secondly, if it is true, it only teaches us what Nature is

constantly teaching us—not to place too exclusive reliance on a single

character, however general. While it does so, it does not in the slightest

degree militate against the value of the character derived from the

_ size or number of the muscular scars to distinguish the families and

154 Miscellaneous.

genera of Bivalves ; and at the same time it shows how careful Nature

is to do nothing in excess ; for it must be plain to every one, that while

a free oblong shell will require two abductor muscles to keep the

valves in their place with regard to each other, a more or less orbi-

cular shell attached by the outer side of one of its valves will only

require a single subcentral muscle to effect the same object...

It appears to me that the genus dAcostea is only a synonym of

the genus Miilleria of Férussac, and that it and Htheria must, be re-

ferred to the same family ; and I have no doubt that when the young

shell of Ztheria has been observed, it will resemble that now first

observed on the tip of Acostea. The one is an African, and the other

an American genus. aehae

Notice of the Sea Bream, Pagellus centrodontus, Oui taken incthe

Firth of Forth. By Joun ALExanpeER Smita, M.D.

A very beautiful specimen of the sea bream, Pagellus centrodontus,

Cuv., was taken in a trawl-net off the Isle of May, near the mouth

of the Firth of Forth, on Saturday the 29th of November last. It is

181 inches in length to the extremity of its forked tail, breadth across

from dorsal to ventral fins about 6 inches.

Number of fin rays: D. 12+13; P. 17; V.1+55; A.3+4+13;

G47, .

Dorsal fin brown, edged with red; pectorals nearly 5 inches in

length, and like tail of a red colour ; ventrals gray, with large red

spot in centre; and anal gray, with longitudinal red stripe.

Teeth nearly equal, sharp and pointed in front and edges of jaws,

more rounded behind; in four or five rows, the inner the largest

posteriorly ; pharyngeal teeth sharp-pointed and thickly set together ;

peritoneum lining abdomen of a blackish brown colour; stomach

roundish, rather muscular, contained remains of small fish like her-

ring fry ; just beyond pylorus four ceca encircling Bowel, one short

and others nearly equal ; intestine bent twice upon itself before reach-.

ing anus ; ovaries rather small; air-bladder large and undivided. __

It appears to be a very rare fish, or at least to be very rarely caught.

in our neighbouring seas, as far as I have been able to ascertain. . ~

On the Circulation and Respiration of the Annelida. = *

By M. A. pe QuATREFAGES. dt

“ » Boe |

In the first portion of this memoir, M. de Quatrefages, by the

observation and dissection of numerous types, confirms the general con-.

clusion arrived at by Milne-Edwards in his investigations, namely, that.

in the circulatory system of the Annelida, the division of the physio-,

logical labour is carried to very different degrees, from a complete,

system, furnished with a true capillary network, to that of a blood.

vessel which exists only in the neighbourhood of the branchiee ;_it.is_

not impossible that the circulatory apparatus may disappear entirely.;.

at least this appears to be the result of the observation of some small.

Miscellaneous. 155

transparent’ Annelida, somewhat like Terebelle, for which M. de

Quatrefages ‘proposes the generic name of Apneumea.

The blood of the Annelida is not always red, as was- supposed by

Cuvier 5 it is frequently colourless, in many cases it is green, so that

can be said on this subject; it is perfectly liquid

and presents no trace of globules, except however in the Glycere.

spits the ee part, M. de Quatrefages examines the organs of re-

resent no less variability than those of circulation, as

y be el Ge beet BP Phy fhe fa following résumé :—

: Rapti general and entirely cutaneous (Lumbriconereis).

1a Respiration cutaneous, but confined to certain segments (Che-

topterus).

3. Respiration cutaneous, but confined to certain points of each

segment (Nereis).

4. Respiratory organ taking the form of a simple czecum or bladder

into which the blood fi flows (Glycera).

5. The branchia is characterized more and more by the formation

of a canal in communication with larger or smaller lacune.

6. These branichiee may be distributed all along the body (Eunice

LE They 3 may be confined to a certain number of segments placed

towards the middle of the body (Arenicola, Hermella).

8. They may all be placed at the extremity of the body so as to

form a double tuft } Seeeule) .— Bibl. Univ. de Geneve, Sept. 1851,

PoP doef ii

On the Organ of Smell in the Fluviatile and Terrestrial Gasteropo-

dous Mollusca. By M. Moquin-Tanpvon.

In the lower animals it is difficult and often impossible to ascertain

exactly what are the organs which preside over the senses, either of

hearing or smell ; in many cases it is difficult to prove certainly the

existence even of these sensations. In this memoir, M. Moquin-

Tandon seeks to prove not only that the Gasteropoda enjoy the sense

of smell, but also that the seat of this sense is at the extremity of the

As to the first of these points, the result of various experiments

pears to be in the affirmative: thus we frequently see snails and

stu proceed in a direct, line towards substances of which they are

fi Piipedk they do not, see them; if the object is removed, or

ut in a different place, the animal will stop, or change its direction.

Ie tere ‘to be no doubt upon this point, it is by no means the

second, as M. Moquin shows by passing in review the

=. ais sheng which have been proposed on this subject ; he

himself thinks that the sense of smell resides in the extremities of the

; ietion ycsecs: in the quadritentaculate Gasteropoda. In fact, if

ewe a tentacle, we find in it a nervous trunk which terminates

__ ita small dilatation“in the terminal knob, after having given rise, at

two-thirds of its length from the base, to a delicate filament, which is

__ the optie nerve.” What appears to prove that it is this nervous fila-

156. Miscellaneous.

ment which serves for the perception of odours, is, that if the tenta-

cles of a Gasteropod, an Arion for example, be carefully cut and the

wounds allowed to heal, it will no longer approach certain nutritive

substances in the same manner as before the operation. M. Moquin

has also retnarked that the size of this tentacular nerve was propor-

tional to the strength of the faculty of smell possessed by the Mol-

lusca; thus it is very large in the J'estacelle which feed on earthworms,

which they are obliged to pursue in their subterraneous galleries.

In the bitentaculate Gasteropoda the olfactory organ also resides in

the tentacles ; but in this case the eyes are placed at the base, the

sense of smell can be exercised on their entire surface, and it is clearly

separated from that of sight.—J0. Nov. 1851, p. 247.

Monstrosity in the petals of Honkeneja peploides.

By Cuartes C. Banineton, M.A.

My friend Mr. J. B. Wilson of St. John’s College, Cambridge, has

recently placed in my hands a rather curious instance of change of

form in the petals of a caryophyllaceous plant. In the Honkeneja

peploides the plants are subdicecious with us, although such is stated

by Dr. A. Gray not to be the case in America. The petals of the

male flower are usually broadly obovate-spathulate and equal, even if

they do not exceed, the sepals in length. In the plant before me,

which is male, the petals are mostly much shorter, but retain their

proper shape. In a few flowers the petals are divided to about the

middle into linear lobes. As many of the allied genera have deeply

cloven petals, this instance is chiefly of value as showing that we must

not trust even that structure as affording constant characters.

ANAS GLACIALIS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, January 20, 1852.

GENTLEMEN,—On Saturday, January 17th, 1852, a specimen of

Anas glacialis, the Long-Tailed Duck, was shot by a gentleman of

this town, in Weymouth Bay: it is evidently a young male. The

elongated tail-feathers are absent. On each side of the neck is an

ill-defined dark spot, and a narrow band of black encircles the lower

part of the breast and joins the black of the back. The legs and

feet are bluish lead-colour. This bird had been chased by a gunner,

who had eight shots at it. He first shot at it on the wing, when it

immediately alighted and dived, and would not rise again, but dived

each time it was shot at. When on the wing it flew in the same

manner as the tufted duck, and dives better and keeps longer under

water than the guillemots or razor-bills. The extreme length of

the above is 14 inches (French).

I have just had brought me a specimen of Rhombus hirtus,

Miiller’s Topknot, being the first I have seen on this coast.

Gentlemen, yours obediently,

Wiii1aAmM THompson.

Miscellaneous. 157

Mollusca dredged in Cork Harbour during the Summer of 1851.

By Samvex Wrieut and J. CarRoLt.

Sphenia Binghami, Turt. Several perfect examples.

Thracia villosiuscula, Macg. Rather frequent.

T. pubescens, Pult.

Tellina pygmea, Philippi.

Astarte triangularis, Mont. (sp.). A few dead specimens. (Also

in shell-sand from Kilkee, J. Wright.)

Cardium fasciatum, Mont. Frequent.

C. pygmeum, Don. Frequent.

LIucina spinifera, Mont. (sp.). A single living example.

Montacuta ferruginosa, Mont. (sp.).

M. bidentata, Mont. (sp.).

Kellia rubra, Mont. (sp.).

Lepton squamosum, Mont. (sp.). Odd valves frequent : two young

living specimens occurred.

Nucula nitida, Sowerby.

Rissoa striatula, Mont. (sp.). Dead.

R. vitrea, Mont. (sp.). Several dead individuals.

R. proxima, Alder.

R. fulgida, Adams (sp.). One dead example.

Caecum glabrum, Mont. (sp.).

Cerithium adversum, Mont. (sp.). A few perfect specimens.

Scalaria clathratula, Mont. (sp.). Common.

Chemnitzia rufescens, Forbes. One dead example.

Odostomia obliqua, Ald. Dead.

Mangelia teres, Forbes. Dead.

M. gracilis, Mont. (sp.). Two dead individuals. (We dredged in

the same locality a fine living specimen in June 1850.)

Cylichna nitidula, Lovén.

C. strigella, Lovén.

These rare Cylichne, with Chemnitzia rufescens, Odostomia obliqua,

Astarte triangularis, and Mangelia teres, appear to have been washed

into our harbour from deep water.

Caecum trachea, Mont. (sp.). Youghal, J. Wright.|

Rissoa soluta, Forbes and Hanley. In shell-sand from Bantry,

1850; S. Wright.

On the General Cavity of the Body of Invertebrate Animals.

By M. A. pe QuaTREFAGES.

In this memoir, M. de Quatrefages seeks to give a clear and distinct

idea of the mode of disposition of the organs in the bodies of Inver-

tebrata, and of what is understood by the general cavity in these

animals. According to him, y general cavity must be understood

the more or less circumscribed, more or less free space contained .

within the walls of the entire body and in which the internal organs

are enclosed. This general cavity, indistinctly marked in the superior

animals in which it is filled with various organs, acquires great im- -

158 Miscellaneous.

portance in the lower animals, either from the intimate relations in

which it stands to the organs, or because of the liquid which it con-

tains. :

In the Hydre, the general cavity is entirely confounded with the

digestive cavity, for it contains no organs and replaces them all; in

the Actinie it is prolonged into the tentacles, and in the middle of it

are suspended the reproductive organs and the alimentary canal, with

the latter of which it is in direct communication.

In the Mollusca and Articulata, the general cavity is more cireum-

scribed, and communicates directly with the circulatory system.

Lastly, in the Echinodermata and Annelida it is completely closed.

Very apparent in some cases, in many others it is frequently dis-

guised by a network cf filaments, more or less close, which, uniting

the organs to the walls of the body, play the part of cellular tissue.

Between these two extremes every possible intermediate form is

found.

Whatever may be the arrangement of the general cavity, it is always

lined with a membrane, which is produced with the various organs

communicating with it, and may be assimilated to a true peritoneum.

The general cavity is always filled with a liquid, the nature of which

varies with the form of the cavity itself: if this communicates with

the digestive cavity, the liquid will be water, as may be seen in the Ae-

tinie ; if it communicates with the circulatory system, it will be full

of blood, which is the case in Insects, Crustacea, &c. Lastly, if it

be closed, it is filled with a serous fluid secreted by the membrane.

The functions of this liquid are important, for it takes a principal

part in nutrition, after having been submitted in various modes to

oxygenation ; it is in it that the eggs and spermatozoa are developed

and accomplish their different phases of evolution; and lastly, it

assists in locomotion by causing exsertion of the locomotive organs

under the influence of muscular contraction.— Bibl. Univ. de Geneve,

Sept. 1851, p. 72.

EARLY FLOWERS.

In a letter received from our friend Dr. T. Forster, dated Bruges,

Jan. 27, 1852, we are informed “that all the Tulipe suaveolentes

have flowered this year.in January, while the Hyacinths and Narcissi

are a month behind time.”

Dr. Grant, F.R.S.

A subscription is forming under the auspices of an influential com-

mittee of scientific men, chiefly naturalists, for the purpose of pre-

senting a testimonial to Dr. Grant, the eminent Professor of Compa-

rative Anatomy and Zoology in University College. Professor Grant

early relinquished the pecuniary advantages of his profession as a

physician, in order to devote himself unreservedly to the pursuits of

- Comparative Anatomy and Zoology. He spent a considerable

Fe ne ee

ee aS

sepa

+ :

eee

Meteorological Observations. 159

patrimony in travelling throughout Europe, in studying at various

universities, in order to acquire an extensive knowledge of his favourite

branches of Natural History, and in making original observations

and researches at home and abroad. He was one of the first, in this

country, to teach these sciences in separate and extended courses of

lectures ; and he has been chiefly instrumental, by his numerous

publications, and by his lectures, in diffusing a taste for these studies.

But, though highly advantageous to the public, Dr. Grant’s labours

have not been profitable to himself in a pecuniary point of view, be-

cause attendance on courses of lectures on these subjects is not com-

“vasogta on candidates for diplomas or degrees ; and his income, having

entirely dependent on the number of his pupils, has in some

years been extremely limited. It is only within the last few months

that the Council of University College has been enabled to grant to

him an income of even 100/. per annum, beyond the returns of his

class. Between two and three hundred pounds have been already

subscribed, and it is proposed to present the offering in the acceptable

form of an annuity. More subscriptions are, however, needed for

an adequate recognition of Dr. Grant’s thoroughly learned, unosten-

tatious, and independent character; and we cannot do better than

close our remarks with the name and address of the treasurer—J. S.

Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., 3 Highbury Grove, Islington.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1851.

Chiswick.—December 1. Frosty: fine: uniformly overcast at night. 2. Over-

cast: clear. 3. Hazy: cloudy: frosty at night. 4. Frosty: fine. 5. Hazy:

cloudy: overcast. 6. Densely overcast. 7. Fine: cloudy. 8. Cloudy: clear and

- very fine. 9. Foggy. 10. Cloudy. 11. Clear and fine. 12. Very dense fog.

13. Foggy: hazy throughout. 14. Foggy. 15. Hazy. 16. Foggy: overcast.

17,18. Foggy. 19. Very fine. 20. Hazy and drizzly: densely overcast at night.

21. Rain: boisterous at night. 22. Rain: clear at night. 23. Clear and fine.

24. Hazy: fine. 25. Clear and fine: cloudy at night. 26. Fine: sharp frost.

27. Frosty: overcast: slight rain. 28. Fine: densely clouded: clear. 29. Slight

haze. 30. Foggy. 31. Frosty and foggy: hazy.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+...+ eeaseauasbasienen 38°88

Mean temperature of Dec. 1850 ...........0s00.2e000e “ee es 38 °47

Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-six y +. 39 °69

Average amount of rain in Dec. ....eseeececcsecsseeneeessseereee 1°52 inch.

Boston.—Dec. 1. Fine. 2—4. Cloudy. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m. 6. Cloudy.

7—9. Fine. 10. Cloudy: rainp.m. 11,12. Fine. 13. Foggy. 14—19. Cloudy.

20. Fine. 21. Rainy: rain a.m.and p.m. 22. Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Clondy.

25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy: raine.m. 29,30. Cloudy. 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Cloudy: damp. 2. Damp. 3. Showers:

damp. 4. Rain: showers. 5. Showers: drizzle. 6. Bright: drizzle. 7. Cloudy.

8. Damp: showers: clear. 9. Damp: drizzle. 10. Cloudy: rain. 11. Damp:

drizzle. 12. Bright: cloudy. 13. Drizzle: clear. 14. Fine. 15. Fine: damp.

16. Bright: fine: damp. 17. Damp: fine: damp. 18. Bright: fine: aurora.

19. Cloudy: fine: aurora. 20. Cloudy: drizzle. 21. Rain: clear: aurora. 22.

Frost: clear: aurora. 23. Bright: clear: aurora. 24. Frost: aurora. 25. Frost :

cloudy. 26. Fine: clear: aurora. 27. Fine: cloudy. 28. Cloudy. 29. Cloudy :

damp. 30. Drizzle: rain. 31. Drizzle: cloudy.

gS.0 | 79.0 gS.rb Sze |r.6€ 60.£€ | £9.44 | 000.0£ £00.08 33-67 ; BBI.of

serseserelereserensl rag | emg | tas gc Sqr bE} gz gt gg.6z $9.08 16,62 tt0.0£

sevistensferrerere| oy | em | ems | 6b | Sob | gf] rz | OF 26.62 90.08 Z1,0£ g6£.0£

40. “m | cou | cou | 66 | 6b | gf] of | oF Lr.0£ Lz,0£ 07,08 Sgt.of

srteeeeeel 0, *m |-ou | ca | $ov} oF [S.c¥| 18 | cb Lt.o£ 7,08 Z1,08 oof.of

teteverteleeserrees! zo, lemma] muul cas | $94 6€ | z£| 6z ov 1S.0£ 64.08 07,0£ 6r£.0€

seeraserslcorseererleeeeeooeel neg | cas | ca | SE | ob | ze] Lr £b 2S.0f Sv.0f 07.0£ 6E7.0£

strereceslewerseeselerrrrrens! ay | om | emg | gE | bE IS.bE) Se | Iv Z£.08 BI.of 36.62 git.o£

see aredus|ederttuse|**Fereeee!: enor “AL "aS ra > gf zt vz Iv £r.0£ Sr.0of $6.62 197.0£

Go, [rreteressfeeeseteee| emeo] em | com 1v| +b! LE} of g? gt.of Lo.of $1.62 £90.08

£0, St. 1 | emu] ‘W a) fv | of | 1b} SE | oF Lg.6z 79.62 1£.62 £vS.62

62. St. | -as | mu | ‘ms | 6€ |] Eb] 6b) gt | 6P £9.62 9£.6z $€.6z $95.62

pac teomenl aie saaseel > icy week a *s | Sob | Se gh! ov | €S 1+.6z $$ 62 £9.62 396.62

seeteeeesleeereroesl TO, | egg | cu | *8 1b | by} ch] fb | <S $L.6z LL,6z oL,.6z $66.62

Go, |erettreesiseeeree] cpea | cau | *s €> | Shel fb! cf | + 00,08 goof $6.62 ZEt.O£

Ez. |r} ro. | rasa | *s | ms | $Eb |] ob | gf] 6£ | EF Ir,08 0,08 96.6z gt f.of

das Sdoy¢olatonshen@hecntenes > [ingieie Er nas Cap ae gb | iv] gf| of | ob go.o£ 77,08 Lo,of Lgf.of

fo, |retteees @ [ ‘a j- | chi €y | cb) of | rh LE.o0f $v,0£ £1.08 biv.0f

ZO, [ersrese|creeeee*| smgs | upea} *8 | ov | of | SE} LE | bb gb.of r¥,08 go.of 6gf.0f

seeterens|eunneeneeieereseser| #AA CAL “MM "MUL LY fo} ze of gt 97.08 $z.0£ Z1.0£ ZVv.0£

rp. | bo. [ereteres}emsm| ems} ca | S19 | 6b Seb! Lz | 2S | gr.0f +6,6z +6,6z 99f.of

Lz. |e ‘m [cms | *s | Sh] 6b [gS] c€ | ES | $5.6¢ gf.6z 05.62 136.62

Zp, |rrereeeeelereereene] og | msg | tS oS Sb} ob| <S +S gt.6z 15,62 cl.6% 160.0£

EO, [reeceeeeelecseerers] og | cms 1 *s 6y | of | cel ob | 1S zb.6z $$ .6z gL.6z 690.0£

ssereseee] Co, |rereeevee] mcs | cm | mS | 0S | of | 6h] bh | 6b 09.62 9.62 £1.62 407.08

oz. |r] zo. | cm | tm fms | of | eb | Eb] 6f | Le | $2.6z 19.6% $3.62 6zz.08

Lo, |seerstemfereeereerlemom | ca | cms | oS | Sep] of] SE | Eb £6.62 70,08 06.62 PEz.08

Lo, |reerserrs|ecerereoe! omg [etm] cms | S66] of IS.SE] bz | 6E g1.0£ gt.of 6.62 Lgr.of

ry | frp | gt] Le | 1b | Ez.0f $2.08 £3.62 tfz.of

soeeeeceslecessesoelereessooe] MUM | “MT | TAA zb 7b} ctl ft 6£ 1£.0£ ‘@£.08 16.62 Stz.0f

g g s S) eg 3 k; = "ured $g)-un-e $6) S| cure | xey | = vod $s ‘ure $6 £e “UIT “xv mld

ge |e | 2 }£2| & |bo es 3 Es

BS P Re | F Pe Taazo | > | -zoussrto “yommpueg ‘AouyI0 Fe Picdeehaer “IUON

“Urey ‘pula, *19}9U1OULIOY,T, *IopOUMLOIV ie

“KENUUQG, ‘asuDpy younpung yw “Uo\sno[D *C “Ady yz Ag puy fNousog 7 ‘TTeaA “I 4g

‘ WODUOTT uDaU “MOIMSIHD 30 fija120g younyynorysopy ay2 fo uapany ay} yo VosdwOU,, ‘IW 4g apy suornasasggQ 19160j0.100;0

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

~ No. 51. MARCH 1852.

undies

XIII.—On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricnt,

Professor at the University of Copenhagen. Being a Supple-

ment to his Memos on Whales. Transactions of the Royal

Danish Academy of Sciences, 5th Series, vol. 1. (separately

rinted, Copenhagen, 1851, 4to.) Translated from the Danish

Dr. Waxticu, F.R.S., Vice-Pres. Linn. Soc.

[With three Plates.]

Amonc the harvest produced bythe memorable circumnavigation

of the Corvette “Galathea” are important contributions to the

knowledge of the very remarkable Dolphin inhabiting the Ganges,

called Sousou* by the Hindvos, the Delphinus gangeticus or Pla-

tanista gangetica of systems.

While the vessel was moored off Calcutta during the night of

the 2nd and 3rd of December, a young, not quite full-grown in-

dividual was caught in a fishing-net, a little below the Botanic

Garden, which our countryman, Dr. Wallicht+, presented to the

expedition. Scarcely ever has a more favourable opportunity

presented itself for its examination. Though by no means a rare

animal in that river, the Platanista, like all other sorts of the

* Prof. Wilson has kindly furnished me with the following Indian no-

menclature of this remarkable animal :—_

—. Sisumdra; Hindustani, Sons; Bengali, Sishuk, Sishumdr.—

_ + The translator omits the very flattering terms, in which his humble

services are mentioned by the distinguished author; the more so, as he is

conscious he did only what was his bounden duty towards his native

country, and the situation he had the honour of holding at the time in

question. The friendly intercourse which he enjoyed, during the short

j of the “ Galathea”’ in Bengal, with her glorious commander and

ilies, and the distinguished party of scientific gentlemen and artists ac-

en og the expedition, will always continue among the most pleasing

recollections of his Indian career. A very valuable and interesting account

of the voyage by Commodore Steen Bille, has been completed at Copen-

~ hagen, 1849-1851, in 3 vols. 8vo.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. ll

162 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetie Dolphin.

Whale tribe, not particularly sought after, is only accidentally

caught in the net of the fisherman ; and consequently it rarely

reaches the naturalist in a sound condition, especially under

the hot sun of India. In the present case, however, the ani-

mal was instantly forwarded to M. Reinhardt, the distinguished

zoologist of the expedition. The painter attached to his de-

partment, Mr. Christian Thornam, immediately depicted it ; the

dimensions were carefully noted, and a skeleton prepared, no-

doubt the completest which exists anywhere. M. Reinhardt,

further, collected on the spot various data connected with the

habits of the animal, forming important matter for a closer

acquaintance with a member of the family of Whales, so re-

markable on account.of its skeleton and outer form. It was

M. Reinhardt’s intention to have undertaken the subject him-

self; but as it was desirable that no time should be lost, and

as he was about leaving for South America for some years, on a

scientific voyage, having only lately returned from those shores,

where he quitted the “ Galathea,” he very readily, and in the most

friendly manner, transferred all his materials to me, on purpose

that I might prepare a memoir for the Academy’s Transactions ;

an undertaking, which I acknowledge was attended with no small

responsibility. In order to point out the importance of the sub-

ject, and the mode in which I propose treating it, it appears to

me to be necessary to take a view of our acquaintance with the

Gangetic dolphin, up to the present time.

The honour of first making the animal known to the scientific

world is justly shared between the Danish missionary Lebeck of

Tranquebar*, and Dr. Roxburgh of Calcuttay, who simulta-

neously, in 180], published an account of it, as inhabiting the

Hoogly, one of the lowest branches of the rivert. Both accounts

* Delpinus gangeticus beschrieben vom Herrn Heinrich Julius Lebeck

zu Trankenbar. Der Gesellschaft Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin neue Schriften,

3 Band. Berlin, 1801, p. 280-282. t. 2.

+ An account of a new species of Delphinus, an inhabitant of the

Ganges. Asiat. Res. vol. vii. Calcutta, 1801, 4to, p. 170-174. t.5.—I have

been enabled to quote the original edition of this expensive work (com-

menced in 1788), which was presented by Dr. Wallich to the University

Library. The two London reprints are commonly quoted ; one in 4to, began.

in 1799, having the same paging ; the other in 8vo, in 1801. Sir E. Home

erroneously dates Roxburgh’s memoir from 1781; and Fred. Cuvier states

the former to have dated it from 1721, asking at the same time, whether the

‘Researches’ already then existed ?—a question which turns upon a two-

fold mistake.

{ I have left out a slight error here: it was only Dr. Roxburgh, who re-

sided on the banks of the Ganges, or rather the Hoogly. On consulting

the above-cited place in ‘ Schrift. der Gesellsch. Nat. Fr.,’ I find from an

immediately following paper of the Rev. Dr. John, Missionary at Tran-

quebar, on the Uranoscopus Lebeckii, that this missionary Lebeck, had

visited the Cape of Good Hope, Ceylon, and the coast of Coromandel, and

was at the time proceeding to Java.—TRANSL.

ee See ee

- Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 163

correspond entirely as to the outer form and habitat of the ani-

mal; both are accompanied by somewhat crude figures, which,

contrary to the descriptions, do not quite agree with each other,

but are still adequate to point out the striking peculiarities of the

animal in its exterior structure, such as the longitudinal fissure

of the spiracle, a form which is unique améng the whole series of

whales ; the triangular fanshaped breast-fins ; the extraordinary

narrowness of the snout, especially as compared with the thick

and blunt forehead ; lastly, the very diminutive eye (1! in an

individual measuring 6} feet). Both authors agree in considering

it as a new species ; and Lebeck gives it the appropriate name of

Delphinus gangeticus. As soon as these two accounts became

known to zoologists, the Gangetic Dolphin was introduced into

the system ; although it took place only many years after their

publication, by various routes and under less significant names.

George Shaw* describes it in these words :—Narrow-snouted

Dolphin. Delphinus rostratus: rostro attenuato. Dolphin with

greatly attenuated snout. Known only from the head or bones of

the jaws. Supposed to inhabit the Indian Seas. The jaws are

extremely narrow in proportion to their length, which is about

2 feet ; the teeth are small, not numerous, distant, and shaped

somewhat like the molares of quadrupeds. This description is

barely adequate to point out the existence of a hitherto un-

known sort of dolphin in the Indian Ocean, but does not give any

idea of its essential form or locality.

Up to 1817 Cuvier was unaware of the two accounts received

from India. At least he did not take up Lebeck’s D. gangeticus,

but only quoted Shaw’s D. rostratus+, which he designated le

; Dauphin @ bee mince ; interpreting, unfortunately, Shaw’s “ Jn-

dian seas” as meaning des mers d’ Amérique, whereby his atten-

tion was diverted from the Gangetic locality, towards Canada.

Duhamel du Monceaut had received from thence some informa-

tion, accompanied by a very rough representation of a white

dolphin, 12 feet long, with a very short snout and vaulted fore-

head, which Cuvier thought answered to Shaw’s D. rostratus§.

* General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, vol. ii. part 2. Mam-

malia. London, 1801, p. 514.

T Le Régne animal distribué d’aprés son organisation, tome i. Paris,

1817, 8vo, p. 278.

__ ¥ Traité général des Péches et Histoire des Poissons qu’elles fournissent.

ie ba seconde partie. Paris, 1782, fol. Tom. iv. sect. x. p. 41, § 1.

pl. 10. f. 4.

§ Duhamel had received an entire figure of the animal, but used only

the anterior half for his work. Long after Cuvier’s mistake had been cor-

rected, Mr. J. E. Gray obtained from M. Blainville a complete copy of the

above-mentioned old figure, which he transferred to stone, and consti-

~tuted into a new species, calling it Inia canadensis (Zoology of the Voyage

11*

OS eo ee

164 | Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

About the time of the publication of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal,’

M. Blainville, during his stay in London, saw a pair of dolphin

jaws in the Hunterian Museum, no doubt those on which Shaw

had founded his D. rostratus, which was likewise Blainville’s

opinion, although he thought fit to make a new species of them,

under the name of D. Shawensis*. The origin of these bones

we learn from a little memoir of Sir Everard Home+, who had re-

ceived them from Sir Joseph Banks in 1801, and had placed them:

_ In the Museum, without further notice, until the year 1818, when

accidentally meeting with Roxburgh’s memoir in the ‘ Asiatic.

Researches,’ he at once discovered that the bones belonged to the

Ganges dolphin. From this time Shaw’s D. rostratus became

merged in Lebeck’s D. gangeticus, and our acquaintance with the

remarkable animal proceeded rapidly. Sir Everard found that

Shaw’s description of the teeth corresponded so little with the

reality, that he was almost led to suppose that it had reference

to the teeth of some other animal. He furnished a description

of them, which, though unquestionably very incomplete, is of

importance, inasmuch as, by means of the elegant figures, we

have a fair representation of the remarkable changes which they

undergo by age. They are not, however, as the author main- _

tains, origmally formed within the gums in whales, growing

thence in two directions, partly through the gums in the shape

of a compressed cone, covered with enamel, and partly downwards

towards the jaw-bone itself; but rather, as is the case among

mammalia in general, they become first ossified at the apex while

of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror during the years 1839-1843, London, 1846,

4to, parts 3, 4,5. Mammalia, p. 45, 46). He concludes by saying, “ it can

scarcely be a Beluga ;” and this would be very right, had the question been

a living subject instead of a very crude drawing, which Duhamel states

to represent a white dolphin of Canada, 12 feet long, with a very short

snout and vaulted forehead. On inspection it will be seen that the

drawing wants a dorsal fin, and that the pectoral fins are quite short and

broad ; and if it is remembered, that at the time Duhamel received the

drawing, the whitefish had not yet been admitted into the system, and was

consequently new to the Parisian naturalist, whose friend in Canada might

reasonably have imagined that a mere outline would be acceptable, without

anticipating the curiosity which it would excite among European natu-

ralists,—I shall hardly be considered too bold, if I take the figure to repre-

sent “ simply a whitefish, whose short and blunt snout the imexperienced

draughtsman had mended a little.” (Zoologisch-anatomische, &c. Zoolo-

Bical and anatomical researches concerning the Northern Whales. Leipzig,

849, 4to, p. 52 e.)

* Nouveau Dict. hist. nat. appliquée aux arts, 4 l’agric, &e. par une

Société des Naturalistes et d’Agriculteurs. Paris, 1816-1819, 2nd ed., art.

Dauphin. [I regret I have not had access to this work, which does not

exist at Copenhagen, as far as I know. ]

+ A description of the teeth of the Delphinus gangeticus ; read 4th June,

1818, in part 1. of Phil. Transact. for that year, p. 417-419. pl. 21.

‘

;

isa reer

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 165

quite concealed within the gums ; afterwards little by little to-

wards the base of the germ, after the apex has already pierced the

gums, and at length round the broad inferior part of the germ,

after the apex has long since been worn out. In this manner,

then, the animal became at length correctly placed in the sy-

stem ; its locality and form were known from Lebeck’s and Rox-

burgh’s accounts ; and the changes in its teeth by age were like-

wise known ; the name given by Lebeck was retained, and Shaw’s

(not to mention Blainville’s) was given up*. But it was further

reserved for Cuvier to prove, that the Gangetic sort was not only

. decidedly a very distinct member of the large group of dolphins,

but the most peculiar species of all, and most deserving perhaps

. of constituting a separate genust. He was aided in these inves-

tigations, by an entire skeleton sent to him by our above-named

countryman Dr. Wallich ; and besides, by two stuffed individuals

furnished by the French travellers Diard and Duvaucel ; and the

latter afforded likewise some data concerning the external female

organ (Lebeck’s and Roxburgh’s specimens being males), and

: the mode of living, generally, of the animal. Of very great in-

és terest is Cuvier’s remark, that the Sousou of the Hindoos is most

3 probably the very animal which Pliny had in view in the pass-

sage: “in Gange Indie Platanistas vocant, rostro delphini et

cauda, magnitudine autem xv. cubitorum {.” So ancient was the

knowledge of this large and remarkable inhabitant of the sacred

Ganges among the Indians ;—-so far had the report of its exist-

ence spread in the first centuries of our era, before at length it

was introduced to the acquaintance of modern zoologists !

The most prominent points in the skcleton are, first and

principally, the very characteristic vaulted bones on each of the

upper jaws, rising above the layer of fat before the blowholes

(Pl. V. fig. 2) ; next, the very striking thickness of the zygomatic

process of the temporal bone (Pl. VI. fig. 1 7’) ; the extraordinary |

narrowness of both jaws, and the corresponding length of the sym-

physis of the lower, like that of the Cachalot ; the small size of

the orbits, whereby the zygomatic bone loses entirely its long and

slender form, so common among dolphins ; the equally unusual

proportion of the palatine and pterygoid bones; and lastly, the

development of the vertebre of the neck like that in mammals

generally, but in opposition to what exists in all the other dol-

* Cuvier applied subsequently the name rostratus to a new species of

Dolphin (from the coasts of Europe); but it was justly disapproved ; and

has yielded to the name D. bredanensis.

+ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles. Nouv. ed. Paris, 1824, 4to, t. v.

I partie, p. 279-280, 298-300, and p. 307. pl. 22. f. 8, 9,10. & pl. 23. f. 19.

ar { Naturalis Historie lib. ix. c.15. In Cuviez’s edition of Plinii Secundi

____~ Libri de Animalibus, Paris, 1827, 1828, 8vo, vol. ii. p. 44-46.

eo ae - rae

166 — Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

phins. To these peculiarities may be added, further, the propor-

tionally small number of vertebrae, stated by Cuvier to be forty-

six (7 +114 28).

After Cuvier had concluded his examination of the animal, all

the essential points concerning it seemed to have been Anal

settled, at least as concerned the examination of museums. It

was not to be expected that any further observations of importance

on the skeleton would be made, especially as no one possessed -

so complete a one as Cuvier. It was therefore a very acceptable

contribution on the part of Mr. J. E. Gray*, who furnished some

remarks on the comparison of two Platanista crania in the Bri-

tish Museum, and a third in that of the University of Edinburgh ;

showing, that the vaulted processes on the upper jaw only ap-

proach each other closely towards the middle, during the advanced

age of the animal ; and that the orifice of the nostrils, in the very

young cranium, is “nearly straight,” and receives its marked

obliquity only in older individuals (“end of the nose recurved ”’).

His figure of the profile of the cranium+ appears to be only a

reduced copy of Cuvier’s, though the teeth are represented as

longer.

A faithful representation of the exterior form of the animal

was therefore much wanted. Lebeck’s and Roxburgh’s figures,

though quite adequate to fulfill their intention, namely to point

out the animal as a distinct species of Dolphin, did not satisfy

the desire felt during half a century, to be correctly informed of

the exterior figure of an animal, of which the skeleton was so very

peculiar, and in a manner to satisfy the demands of the present

state of the graphic art. This want was the more urgent, as

the two representations alluded to deviated so much from each

other, as to give the animal a very different physiognomy ;

which could not be ascribed to difference of sex or age, since both

were males, measured exactly 6} Engl. feet, and weighed exactly

140 Ibs.—a coincidence so striking, that one cannot help con-

cluding, that both accounts were taken from one and the same

specimen; the more so as they are contemporaneous (Lebeck

alone quoting the place and year of capture—November 1797,

ii German mile from Calcutta). I anticipate that many zoolo-

gists of our time would prefer founding a distinct species on each

of those figures ; but in cetology, it is obviously unsafe to rely on

delineations, invariably given on a greatly reduced scale, while

the object itself must have been placed, most frequently, in a very

unfavourable position for the artist. Various attempts have been

* Loc. cit. p. 45 (where Platanistina is a misprint for Platanista), and

Catalogue of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the Brit. Mu-

seum, Pt. I. Cetacea, Lond. 1850, 8vo, p. 137.

+ Ibid. tab. 7. f. 2.

* Bib a. —

FP eye otiingte

: Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 167

made to furnish a better representation of the Gangetic dolphin

than the two old ones ; but unfortunately subjects were wanting.

R. P. Lesson* had the stuffed specimen m the Parisian Museum

before him. His greatly reduced figure resembles most Lebeck’s ;

but the teeth, breast-fins, and blowhole are very faulty. Frederic

Cuviert seems to have given nothing but a more elegant copy

of Roxburgh’s ; the singular curvature in the back has been in-

‘creased so as to be very unlike the general form of a whale.

Sir W. Jardine’s figure{ exhibits an arbitrary deviation from all

the others ; the jaws are much too thick ; the eyes large! But

J. E. Gray has been the most unsuccessful in these respects. In

the celebrated costly work on Indian Animals$ is a coloured

figure, about 14 foot long, of a young animal, and certainly not

reduced beyond three-fourths of the natural size. Some of the

details are evidently faithful representations of nature, namely

the jaws and teeth ; but the body is curved like that of a reptile,

contrary to what occurs in any of the Cetacea ; the whole animal

seems to be lean; the skin is stretched over the vaulted head

and sunk deeply into the neck ; and apart from the whale-tail, it

loses altogether the physiognomy of an animal of that family ;

not to mention that the eye, ear, and blowhole are far too

In this state of things, the materials brought home in the

Corvette “ Galathea” by M. Reinhardt, could not but prove highly

welcome, since it was particularly desirable to obtain a faithful

representation of the recently caught animal, and as regards

osteology, a perfect and completeskeleton. Both these objects have

* Complément des CEuvres de Buffon, ou Histoire naturelle générale et

iculiére des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux découvertes depuis 1788

jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1828, 8vo, Cétacés, Atlas, pl. 3. f. 3.

+ De l’Histoire naturelle des Cétacés, ou Recueil et Examen des faits

ri Pcorecre Histoire naturelle de ces Animaux. Paris, 1836, 8vo,

pl. 8. f. 2.

- { The Naturalist’s Library, vol. vi. Mammalia. Edinb. 1837; 12mo, pl.28.

§ Illustrations of Indian Zoology, consisting of coloured plates of new

or hitherto unfigured Indian animals from the collection of Major-General

Hardwicke. err and arranged by J. E. Gray. London, 1830-1834,

pt. xv. xvi. pl. 4.

|| Mr. Gray has kindly enabled me to compare the original drawing at the

itish Museum, which I have known very many years. The origimal and

copy are alike in all respects but two; the tail-part in the latter has been

curved laterally, in order to suit the size of the paper, and the eye and ear

haye not been duly reduced. On it is Major-General Hardwicke’s own

handwriting in pencil, stating that it “was made from a living specimen

1000 miles above Calcutta,”’—consequently far above the place where the

Ganges sends off the Hoogly. This corresponds with what Cuvier says :—

sed Tl remonte en grand nombre dans le Gange, aussi haut que ce fleuve est

navigable, mais se plait iculiérement dans les nombreuses branches

wi arrosent le delta du Bengale” (Oss. Foss. v. prem. partie, p. 279).—-

~ TRANSL.

168 © Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

been accomplished. I considered it necessary to have a faithful and

unaltered copy of the drawing ; and I felt convinced that good

and detailed figures of the skeleton, and some of the individual |

bones, would supply a very great desideratum, as they are still

very rare and defective in European collections. It was of im-

portance, next, torverify all Cuvier’s data ; to extend them so as

to answer questions, which have of late years been raised in

cetology ; and to establish the peculiar character of the Gan-~

getic dolphin, both as to its structure and habits, in order to fix

its proper position among other toothed whales—inquiries which

form the principal object of the present memoir. Finally,

M. Reinhardt’s notes, obtained at Calcutta from trustworthy

sources, have been of considerable value, under the existing scan-

tiness of our information respecting the locality and habits of

the animal. Besides the cranium which he brought home, I

had the use of a smaller one sent to the Royal Museum of Na-

tural History, many years ago, by the late Mr. Christopher

Mundt, Surgeon at Serampore in Bengal, and most readily

placed at my disposal. It is 17 inches long, while the cranium of

the “Galathea” skeleton (measuring 62inches) is 172 or 18inches.

Several parts were broken off, such as the ossa tympanica or

bulle tympani; but this afforded me the opportunity of exami-

ning the parts underneath. I had hopes to be able to offer also

the earliest information, how the Gangetic dolphin, so distinet

in regard to form and skeleton, differs in its viscera. There was

a foetus in spirits among the collections of the “ Galathea,” be-

longing to Professor Behn. But my request to that effect was

declined by my respected colleague, who, I doubt not, will in

due time do justice to the subject.

M. Reinhardt’s specimen measures in length 62 inches, as

noticed above, while that in the Museum of Paris is 87 inches

(about 90 inches Danish measurement); and Lebeck’s and

Roxburgh’s specimen was 63 English feet, or about 76 Danish

inches. The dried skeleton measures 61” 11" (644 English

inches) : namely, the head 17” 10"; the neck 3” 10"; the chest

8” 11"; loins 8" 11"; the tail 22” 5. In my description I

follow Cuvier step by step, referring steadily to my figures.

He commences by observing* that the very long upper jaw is

extraordinarily compressed sideways, and that the intermaxillary

bones occupy its upper (PI. VI. fig. 2 7), the upper maxillary

bones its lower part (m). It deserves to be remarked here,

that in the 34 feet long skeleton, as well as in the smaller

cranium in the Royal Museum, these bones are entirely grown

together on each side and anteriorly, so that in the latter direc-

* Ossemens Foss. vol. i. p. 298.

on Ne

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 169

tion the line of separation is no longer discernible (PI. VI. fig. 2).

It is further stated by Cuvier, that the intermaxillary bones ascend

to the sides of (Pl. VI. fig. 17,7,7), and even above (ibid. ++)

the nostril, which in this species is longer than broad. It may

not be improper to add to this notice of the external nostril some

remarks on the connexion of the bones of the aperture in the

Dolphins generally, and in the species before us particularly.

The extension of the intermaxillary bone to the sides of the

nostril, as far as the outer and even upper margin of the nasal

bones (n, n), holds good also in most other Cetacea ; that is, all

whalebone-whales, and amorg the toothed, at least the long-

jawed whales, or dolphins proper, as also the Hyperoodon; whereas

they do not reach so far back in most of the short-jawed whales,

for instance in Delphinus globiceps, and especially the porpoise.

The same difference occurs also, as is well known, among other

mammalia, where the intermaxillary bones generally reach to

the lateral margins of the nasal bones, which however is not

the case, for instance, among Ruminantia. It is assumed, com-

monly, that in all cases those bones form the anterior (in

.the human skull the lowermost) margin of the outer nostrils.

But, strictly speaking, this is not exactly the case with the

Gangetic dolphin, nor with other cetacea, or matamalia gene-

rally; at least never from the commencement. The aperture

is originally covered behind by a cartilaginous wing, which is

placed transversely (cleft into two side-wings in whalebone-

whales and most other mammalia*), and proceeds from that

part of the primordial cartilaginous cranium, which subsequently

becomes the ethmoid bone; and before, on each side, by a

cartilaginous wing, originating from the lateral surface of the

part of the said primordial cranium which forms the partition in

the cavity of the nose, and is afterwards more or less embraced by

the vomer from below. The posterior cartilaginous wing (or the

posterior pair) disappears perhaps in all mammalia,except in

some whalebone-whales, where it seems to continue cartilaginous ;

at least in many toothed whales (among these the porpoise),

it becomes osseous and covers the lower third of the nasal

bones, as a distinct bony plate, between the free portion of the

nasal and ethmoid bones. I could not discover this bony plate

in the Gangetic dolphin ; but I found a depression on the lower

part of the bones of the nose for the cartilaginous wing, which

most probably had been lost during the process of maceration.

Among most mammalia the anterior pair of wings likewise disap-

pears ; but it becomes ossified in others, such as the hog, and

* See my fifth memoir on Cetacea, in the Transactions of the Royal

Danish Academy of Sciences, div. Nat. Hist. and Mathem., vol. xii. Copenh.

1846, t. 13. f. le.

170: Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

poses in most toothed whales. In the Hog tribe this pair of

ones has been very long known as peculiar to it, and usually

called the prenasal bones, which may always be easily recognized

in the porpoise,,as a minute, fixed, vascular bone, placed anteriorly

in each nostril, close to the septum (exactly where it is found

in the Hog tribe). In the Delph. globiceps it is somewhat larger.

This pair of bones, which might perhaps be more express-

ively called ossa narium, I also found in our dolphin, as a small

ossification in the dried cartilaginous covering of the nostril,

on each side. The vomer in whales grows gradually upwards,

not only before the anterior part of the sphenoid bone, but also

before the ethmoid, of which, however, a projecting part con-

tinues mostly uncovered (namely that surface which in man is

the lowest of the horizontal portion) between the vomer, and

the above-mentioned little osseous plate of the lowest third of

the nasal bones, or perhaps (in the Gangetic dolphin) the nasal

bones themselves (Pl. VII. fig. 2», v).

The upper jaw projects, as in other dolphins, beyond the

frontal bones, in such a manner, that these (Pl. VI. fig. 1 4 f, f)

are uncovered only in the shape of a small, curved, bony promi-

nence, bounded near the median line, which is pushed strongly

to the left side, by the nasal (n, m), the intermaxillary (7), and the

upper jaw-bones (m,m); behind, by the last-mentioned and the

occipital bone (0) ; but laterally disappearing in the long pro-

cessus orbitales ; the frontal bone on the right side (/) protruding

in one place like awedge. M. Cuvier observes (/oc. cit, p. 298) :

“Le caractére le plus frappant de cette téte, c’est que les

maxillaires, aprés avoir recouvert comme dans les autres dau-

phins les frontaux jusqu’aux crétes temporales, produisent

chacun une grande paroi osseuse *, qui se redresse et forme une

grande votite sur le dessus de l’appareil éjaculateur des narines.

A cet effet, ’une de ces productions osseuses se rapproche de

Vautre, et paroit méme la toucher sur les deux tiers antérieurs ;

mais en arriére elles s’écartent pour laisser passage & lévent.

C’est la ligne de réunion de ces deux parois osseuses qui soutient

la caréne que le front de cet animal montre a l’exterieur+. En

dessous, ces parois offrent plusieurs cavités ou une espéce de

réseau formé par des branches osseuses trés multipliées. Dans

Vanimal frais, la plus grande partie de l’espace qu’elles couvrent

est remplie d’une substance fibreuse, serrée et assez dure.”

_ I may add to this very graphic description, that the “ cavities

on the lower part of these bony walls” do in reality (see par-

ticularly Pl. VII. fig. 2) by no means occupy the inner side,

but lie within the osseous walls or crests themselves, that is,

* Tab. 1. f. 2, tab. 2. f. 1, & tab. 3. f. 2. t+ Tab. 1. f. 2.

Th tt elle etn.

yas

aie

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 171

between their two plates; and that they are seen open only in

the macerated cranium, because the inner plate is partly mem-

branous and invested in a net of delicate bony spicule, which

is destroyed durig the process of putrefaction, together with

the membrane itself. Cuvier states quite correctly, that the

cavity covered by this bony vault is filled in the fresh indivi-

dual with a dense and somewhat hard mass of fibres; but it

must not be supposed, that this mass penetrates the cavities

or cells of the bone itself, it being in contact only with the

periosteum of the bony sides. The wide gap between the two

plates of these crests appears already on their anterior margin,

and on that of the whole upper jaw (Pl. VII. fig. 1, behind and

parallel to the branches of the under jaw).

Cuvier continues: “ Les fosses temporales de cette espéce sont

beaucoup plus grandes que dans aucun dauphin, en sorte que leur

erétes supérieures cernent a la partie supérieure de locciput* un

espace rectangulairey+ de deux cotés duquel part 4 angle droit le

reste de la créte occipitale. La suture de l’occiput avec les tempo-

raux{ et avec les pariétaux§ suit précisément cette créte angu-

leuse ou occipito-temporale. L/occipital s’avance dans l’espace

rectangulaire que nous venons de dire, pour s’articuler en avant

avec le frontal||. Une autre particularité de cette téte, c’est la

grendeur de son apophyse zygomatique du temporal qui est

proportionnée a la grandeur de la tempe. Elle va aussi se joindre

a Vapophyse postorbitaire du frontal ** et forme ainsi a elle seule

toute ’apophyse zygomatique.”

It must be observed here, that this remark applies, on the whole,

to all Cetacea, where the zygomatic bone, however long it may

be, especially in dolphins generally, always forms the lowest

margin of circumference of the orbit, but never of the temporal

fossz ; exactly as is seen in the Gangetic dolphin. In dolphins

the process of the zygomatic bone is applied, backwards, to the

inner surface of the zygomatic process of the temporal bone ;

and this, too, is decidedly the case in our species (PI. VII. fig. 1 z).

“T/orbite étant trés-petit, la tige de l’os jugal++ qui le borne en

dessous est beaucoup plus courte que dans les autres dauphins ;

elle est large et comprimée. Le corps de l’os tf est plus renflé

que dans les autres, mais est placé de méme sous les parties

voisins du frontal et du maxillaire§{” (p. 299).

The real difficulty in explaining the bones of the cranium

of the Gangetic dolphin exhibits itself only as regards the

palate. This has the form of a small, prominent ridge along

the median line, descending on both sides (if the head is

* Tab. 1. fig. 2. + Tab. 2. fig. 1 o (the middle). t IThbid. fig. 5.

§ Ibid. t. \| Ibid. f. S Ibid. t, ** Tab. 1. fig. 2

_ tt Tab. 3. fig. 1 z. tt Ibid. fig. 2 z. §§ Ibid. fig. 1, 2.

172 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

viewed with the base upwards) into an oblique wall, which slides

backwards over a plate of the temporal bone (Pl. VII. fig. 1 ?)

lying before the bulla tympani (g') ; but which in other respects,

and for the most part, occupies the temporal fossa, in as far

as its wall is formed of the frontal bone (/).

Proceeding to the examination of the separate bones of the

palate thus constructed, we find (Pl. VII. fig. 1) on the under

surface of the cranium, between the side-branches of the lower

jaw (x), as we pass backwards, first, the hindermost part of the

palatal surface of the upper jaw with its four last teeth. From

thence ascends on each side, and in a parallel direction to the

branch of the lower jaw, the cleft, mentioned above as separating

the two plates of the upper jaw. Then follows the palatal surface

of the hindmost of those plates, reaching (where it is marked p)

up under the zygomatic bone, and above the temporal plate of

the frontal bone, with which it forms a large oblong hole, serving,

no doubt, for the passage of the palatal nerve of the fifth pair.

This surface is proportionally narrow, and runs parallel to the

cleft in the anterior margin of the upper jaw, and consequently

also to the lateral branch of the under jaw. ‘The remainder of

this long palate—narrow if viewed along its high ridge only, but

of considerable breadth if viewed in conjunction with its two

oblique surfaces—is made up on each side of one single bone (w),

which in the dry cranium is perfectly hollow, consisting of two, or

more correctly three, thin, distant plates. One of these plates

forms the oblique surface just mentioned; the other forms the

hinder part of the side and floor of the nasal cavity (visible in

Pl. VI. fig. 3 w) ; and the third, extending along the median line,

corresponds to the opposite plate on the other side, and joins

therefore the palatal plate, in the ridge itself of the palate,

where, in the macerated cranium, the entrance to the cavity

within is wide open. But here, as in the vaults of the upper

jaw, the cause of this last appearance lies in the destruction of

the periosteum and the bony network which it held together.

The proper entrance to the cavity is, where the palatal and

nasal plates meet, consequently along the posterior margin of

the bone, which looks directly towards the bulla tympani (Pl. VII.

fig. 1g). The inner surface in the median line seems to press

closely against that of the opposite plate. By carefully separating

the two (which was only practicable, to a sufficient degree, in the

smaller cranium belonging to the Royal Museum), a second pair of

vertical plates was actually seen between them, inclosing another,

third pair, very delicate, like thin paper. Of these two concealed

pairs, the first is manifestly an elongation of the anterior part

of the palate, which has been mentioned as belonging to the

palatal plate of the upper jaw, but is marked p on the figure; the

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 173

innermost pair is extremely delicate, and appears only in the

hindermost part of the palate ; it belongs to the vomer, being no

doubt always connate, as is the case generally with the side

plates of a perfect vomer along the median line.

A difficulty arises in explaining these bones: we have only two

distinct pairs to represent the three palatal bones, namely the

bones of the upper maxillary, the palatal and the pterygoid bones.

Cuvier intended apparently to solve the question by exclusively

ignating the nasal plate of the hindmost, the pterygoid bones,

and the two other plates, the palatal bones. He says, “ En dessous

il y a aussi des particularités trés-différentes des autres espéces.

Les palatins occupent en longueur un beaucoup plus grand espace,

et vont jusqu’a s’articuler en arriére avec les temporaux qui s’arti-

culent aussi en un point avec les frontaux, de sorte que les pariétaux

ne touchent pas aux palatins. Les apophyses pterygojdes ou os

pterygoidiens forment, comme dans les autres dauphins, la plus

grande partie du contour des arriére-narimes, mais il me parait

pas qu’elles se replient pour tapisser en dessous les sinus placés

‘sous les narines ; et méme ces sinus, dans toute leur longueur,

n’ont point de paroi inférieure osseuse et ne sont fermés en des-

sous que par des membranes ; les parois inférieures des palatins

laissant une grande solution de continuité dans toute leur créte

irférieure. Les sinus communiquent amplement dans le squelette

avec le réseau osseux de la face inférieure de crétes maxillaires.”

(p. 299.)

Contrary to this view, according to which the said bones, con-

sisting of three plates, which occupy the greatest part of the palate

and extend quite to the temporal cavities, are made to represent

by one of the plates the palatal bone and by the other the zygomatic

bone, I must insist on their being altogether pterygoid bones.

This opinion may, perhaps, be thought untenable, inasmuch as the

zygomatic bones cannot besupposed to have such a large extension,

least of all to reach so far as into the palatal cavity, where they seem

to occupy the place of the large wings of the sphenoid bone;

especially if the opinion, current in all the newest and best zoolo-

gical manuals, and among them in that of Stannius*, that the

pterygoid bones simply correspond to the inner wings of the sphe-

noid bone, is adopted. But it will be admitted, at all events, that

it is rather the pterygoid than the palatal bones, which should be

considered as occupying the place of the large wings of the

henoid bone in the temporal cavities ; and in the next place it

should be borne in mind, that I have shown in the whalebone-

whales, and expressly in the Balenoptera rostrata, that the ptery-

* Lehrbuch, &c. (Manual of the Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrate

Animals). Berlin, 1846, 8yo, p. 366, note 14.

174 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

goid bone extends up to the temporal * and the parietal bones + ;

and that below, it covers the large wing of the sphenoid bone f,

and forms even part of the basis of the cranium, namely the

furrow for the fifth pair of nerves §. In other whales (such as

the broad-headed, for instance, the Narwhale and Delphinus

globiceps), the large wings of the sphenoid are only in part

covered. by the pterygoid ; so that above, in the temporal cavity,

they appear free between the frontal, temporal, and the parictal

bones, as in man ; although inwards, and in their greatest extent,

they are here entirely covered by them; that is, in crania whose

inner, very thin and fragile plate of the pterygoid bone is un-

injured.

Cuvier’s assertion that “les sinus placés sous les narines ” are

only closed below by a membrane, is perfectly correct, except that

this membrane is throughout interwoven by a delicate bony net.

Both these must be considered, further, as part of the plate of

the pterygoid bone, and thus the remark of Cuvier, that the

pterygoid bones in the Gangetic dolphin seem to him not to be

recurved from below in order to cover the said “sinus” under the

nostrils below, falls to the ground. It is certain, moreover, that the

exterior bony or palatal wall of these “ sinus” likewise belongs to

the pterygoid bone. The same holds good with all other Cetacea

and several mammalia not of that order. A bagshaped elonga-

tion proceeds sometimes from the cavity of the tympanum, or the

Eustachian tube, towards the pterygoid bone. Where this con-

sists of only one plate, as in the horse, it represents always the

inner wing, and the bag is applied to its outer surface. But in

Bradypus didactylus and Myrmecophaga Tamandua the bone con-

sists of two distinct plates, leaving a cavity between them, into

which the bag penetrates from behind. This is likewise the

case in all whales, only that an extraordinarily thick, dense vas-

cular net accompanies the bags, which, together with the tym-

panic cavities, are filled with blood and a number of strongyli;

at least in the dead body. The proper entrance to these cavities,

being the only one which, with its soft parts, is not closed up by

any membrane, is always directed backwards, exactly against the

petrous portion of the temporal bone and the bulla tympani.

The sinus in question, under the posterior nostrils, belong, there-

fore, always and essentially to the pterygoid bones; and where

they are situated outside these, as in the horse, the place of the

outer plate is supplied by a membrane. But this does not pre-

vent the excavation from penetrating deeper into the palatal

bones, which actually takes place in dolphins generally (not

* Fifth Memoir on the Whales, p. 255, 256, t. 12. f. 3¢.

+ Ibid. 3. t Ibid. ec. § Ibid. f. 1 u.

—— oo

ee see

Af its: j

mca Do il ae

Ppt Ne era

-.de plusieurs espéces de Cétacés, publié par son fils Adrien-Gilles

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 175

in the whalebone-whales). Another and more substantial objec-

tion to my explanation of the bony structure of the Gangetic

dolphin may, perhaps, be founded on this, that according to it,

the palatal bones can hardly be pointed out. But, convinced on

the one hand of the correctness of my account of the pterygoid

bones, and on the other, of the necessity of the existence of the

palatal bones, I have thought from the commencement, that they

must be those parts of the palate which are marked p in Pl. VII.

fig. 1; and I very soon satisfied myself, that they could not be the

foremost elongated bones of the palate, which I have noticed

above as plates belonging to the upper jaw-bones. It remains,

therefore, only to account for the little three-cornered, very thin

bony plate (also marked p) which appears on each side of the

median line of the palate, between the upper maxillary and the

pterygoid bone, as in the Hyperoodon. It is highly probabie,

that the plate forms only a small part of some bone, which con-

eeals. itself for the greatest part by the pterygoid bone ; and I

think even to have been able to discern, deep in the interior of

the nose, that it forms the lateral sides of the nasal cavities, be-

fore the pterygoid bones. The real state of the case can only be

decided by bursting a skull open.

Cuvier points out, that the crests between the basilar and late-

ral parts of the occipital bone (“ crétes du basilaire et des occi-

pitaux latéraux”) which inwardly confine the vault under which

the ear is situated, are very thick and-covered with minute bony

spiculz. The bulla tympani, he says, is very large and grown

together with the petrous portion, which latter is not simply

suspended (by means of fibrous tissue), but firmly wedged in

between the temporal bone and the surrounding parts of the

occipital bone.

This condition of the petrous portion, as pointed out by Cuvier,

deserves some closer examination. In a preceding memoir (the

sixth on Cetacea*) I have pointed out, that while that portion in

the toothed whales, generally, is so loosely connected with the

skull, that it commonly drops off during maceration ; yet in some

of the species, and in all whalebone whales, it sends forth a pe-

culiar elongation, which enters between the temporal and occi-

pital bones, and reaches in some even as far as the outer surface

of the skull; its Jabyrinth being at the same time embraced, as

it were, by protruding bony points of the temporal bone—by a

single small bony hook in the Cachalot, according to the dis-

covery of Peter Campert. A similar structure exists in the

* Transactions of the al Danish Academy of Sciences, Fifth Series,

Division of Nat. Hist. and Mathem., vol. i. Copenh. 1849, p. 94.

fT Observations anatomiques sur la structure intérieure et le i

amper,

176 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

Micropteron according to Dumortier*; and I have shown (loc.

cit.) the existence of a similar hook in the Hyperoodon, prevent-

ing the petrous bone from falling off the cranium, even after it

has become quite loose by maceration. When I wrote the me-

moir, 1 was not aware of the above statement of Cuvier, respect-

ing the firm attachment of the petrous bone in our dolphin. On

examining the specimen, in which (fortunately for my present

inquiry) the tympanic bone had been knocked off from the pe-

trous portion on both sides, this Camperian hook of the Cachalot

showed itself so much developed, that for this reason alone the

. petrous bone, though quite lovsened, especially on one side,

could not possibly be detached without breaking the hook. In

the smaller cranium, the elongation, which is wedged in between

the temporal and occipital bones, does not quite extend to the

outer surface ; but in the larger specimen it appears to constitute

part, at least, of the very rough and uneven bony protuberance,

situated on the outside of the tympanic bone, and marked ¢ in

Pl. VII. fig. 1. In fig. 3. Pl. VI. it is still more distinctly seen,

inclosed above by the temporal bone proper (¢), externally by the

jugular process of the latter, and internally by the lateral process

of the occipital bone (0).

The basilar part of the occipital bone (Pl. VII. fig. 10) is placed

anteriorly, as in Cetacea in general ; only it is free, has the form

of a pointed wedge, and is foremost in the cleft of the posterior

margin of the vomer; behind, it is situated between the two

pterygoid bones. It exhibits, however, the greatest breadth be-

tween the petrous parts of the temporal bones, strongly exca-

vated across (Pl. VI. fig. 3, under the articulating surfaces ) in

such a way, that the lateral parts are curved like wings round

the bulle tympani, their obtuse margins being attached by

means of strong fibrous cartilage. Between the pterygoid bone,

the pars petrosa, and the temporal bone is formed the great aper-

ture, which answers partly to the canalis caroticus and to the

foramen lacerum anticum, but is otherwise connected with the

large cleft which is prolonged anteriorly between the plates of

the pterygoid bone. Pursuing this large aperture along the ex-

terior margin of the bulle tympani, a firm connexion is dis-

covered with that surface of the temporal bone, which runs par-

allel with the pterygoid bones, and which, quite externally, at

the point of transition into the root of the zygomatic process, is

converted into a deep, round-oblong cavity, exactly behind the

avec des notes par M. G. Cuvier. Paris, 1820, 4to, p- 108, Atlas in fol.

transy. t. 22-25,

* “Mémoire sur le Delphinorhynque microptére échoué a Ostende,”

Mém. de l’Académie Royale de Bruxelles, tom. xii. 1839, 4to, p- 10.

i il a i

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 177

articulating surface for the under jaw. Immediately behind this

cavity is the deep canal for the cartilaginous meatus auditorius ;

behind this again are two bony, obtuse processes, of which the

foremost (Pl. VII. fig. 17) is the mastoid process of the tem-

poral bone, and that behind, the so-called processus jugularis of

the occipital bone, more correctly the hyoid process, because on

it the cartilaginous os hyoideum is firmly grown. Between these

two processes and the pars petrosa is the great foramen lacerum

posticum for the transmission of the vena jugularis interna, to-

gether with the ninth, tenth and eleventh pairs of cerebral nerves,

and, quite internally, in the semitubular hook between the hyoid

process and the wing-formed lateral part of the basilar portion

of the occipital bone (PI. VI. fig. 3. before the bulla tympani g)

for the twelfth pair.. The condyloid processes of the occipital

bone are equally bent upwards and downwards, so that they are

equally conspicuous whether the cranium is viewed from above

or from below. They are seen in their entire extension from

behind (Pl. VI. fig. 3 &) on each side of the large, almost square

foramen occipitale (ibid. x), whose inferior margin, however, is

deeply excavated in the middle. A large aperture (foramen con-

dyloideum posticum) is seen on the smaller cranium, above each

articulating surface; on the larger cranium only above that on

the right side. By throwing a strong light into the foramen

occipitale, all the elevations and depressions, as well as the

entire bony structure, may be seen on the inner surface, even

in the unopened cranium. In most respects I can discover no

essential peculiarities from other dolphins. The tentorium cere-

belli is ossified only to a small extent ; the falx cerebri more ex-

tensively. The posterior sphenoid bone seems to be one with

the basilar part of the occipital bone, as is the ethmoid partially

with the frontal and anterior sphenoid bones. The whole ante-

rior cerebral cavity is formed of the frontal bones and partly the

ethmoid bone ; and the side walls of the parietal bones, between

_ which is seen, above, a small interparietal bone. The temporal

bones cannot be clearly made out. Besides the said large foramen

occipitale and the two foramina lacera, together with the aper-

tures on the pars petrosa temporum for the seventh and eighth

pairs of nerves (not to mention in this place the so-called aqueeduc-

tus), there are only three large apertures on each side. The fore-

most is situated between the anterior and posterior sphenoid bones;

the middle one (proceeding backwards in the series) pierces their

large wings; both are placed rather outwardly and are directed from

behind forwards, through the pterygoid bone, and serve mani-

festly for the transmission of the chief brauches of the fifth pair

of nerves, answering to the foramina rotundum and ovale. The

hindermost aperture is placed.considerably outwardly between

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 12

178 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the large wings of the sphenoid bone and the occipital bone ; and

it is at once evident, from this position of the foramina, and their

very strongly developed processus clinoidei, that they serve for

conveying the carotis cerebralis.

There is, besides, a large number of apertures on the inside of

the skull, especially anteriorly in the frontal part, manifestly for

the transmission of blood-vessels. The ethmoid bone rises in

the median line in the form of a low, but broad crest (crista'galli),

having on each side some small holes, one on the left side, two

on the right, large enough to admit a knitting-needle. Our

dolphin, therefore, has most probably olfactory nerves like the

Hyperoodon, contrary to what obtains in other species. There

are two symmetrical, but not particularly large holes between

the ethmoid and the wings of the anterior sphenoid bone,

answering to the far greater holes in the same parts in whales

generally. But the most essential and remarkable feature in the

cavity of the skull of the Gangetic dolphin is this, that the holes

for the optic nerves are only rudimentary. Indeed they are scarcely

to be discovered except by a careful search assisted by their known

locality and form. In size they are not at all larger than most

of the other holes (for the transmission of blood-vessels) in the

sphenoid and surrounding bones; they are much smaller than

those in the frontal bone, and are to be reeognized by their

symmetrical position on each side of the base of the wings of the

small sphenoid bones, but especially by their form of transversal

fissures having the upper margin projecting. Only in the smaller

of the crania which | had at my disposal, did I succeed in in-

troducing a stiff hair through them into the orbits; and this

most striking minuteness of the holes for the optic nerves, at once

points out that the latter must be rudimentary m the Gangetie

dolphin—a most remarkable circumstance.

The great similarity of the under-jaw with that of the Cachalot

is very striking, both as regards its extreme narrowness and the

consequent proximity of the two rows of teeth, and also the

length of the symphysis, being little more than two-thirds of

the whole under-jaw. Behind this long junction the side-

branches diverge in a slightly curved direction (Pl. VII. fig. 1 2),

the posterior half assuming the figure of a shovel, its upper

margin rising for the insertion of the temporal muscle, and re-

presenting a much-elongated processus coronoideus, while its

lower margin, which is slightly bent outwards, appears like a flat

osseous wing on its outer third part (Pl. VII. fig. 1). The

condyloid process is on the posterior margin, and like the

side-branches, it is quite hollow, the entrance to their cavity, as

is generally the case among dolphins, occupying nearly the whole

posterior third of the inner plate of the branches.

a a

be oe ee a ea

at ere

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 179

The upper and lower margin of the symphysis of the lower

jaw, viewed laterally, shows a gentle curve like the letter S;

’ which is also the case with the upper jaw, though in a still less

degree, as shown in Pl. V. In Cuvier’s figure this curve is so

strikingly marked, that I am almost led to infer, that it may

have reference to the age or sex of the individual, especially as

Mr. Gray represents it equally marked (Catal. p. 352). Both

jaws project equally ; the lower scarcely perceptibly beyond the

upper. The anterior halves are about equally narrow, but from the

commencement of the posterior half the upper jaw projects about

1" beyond the lower, as far as the anterior margin of the crests of

the upper maxillary bones (Pl. VII. fig.1), where the side branches

of the lower jaw begin to diverge.

The palate stretches much farther back in the upper jaw, so

that the last pair of teeth do not meet the corresponding pair im

the lower jaw (PI. VII. fig. 1m). Notwithstanding this, the num-

ber of teeth in the lower jaw is, at least, equal to that in the up-

per, namely twenty-nine on each side ; while in the upper jaw

there are only twenty-eight on the left side. The teeth in the

jaws do not in consequence alternate in a quite regular manner,

the first pair in the lower jaw being anterior to that above; the

17th bemg placed between the 16th and 17th pair above,

though close behind the 16th. Both the 18th and 19th pair

are between the 17th and 18th, and on the left side, the

21st and 22nd teeth stand between the 19th and 21st of the

upper jaw, while on the right side the 22nd and 23rd below

are between the 20th and 21st above ; finally, the last (29th)

ir in the lower jaw occupies, on each side, the space between

the 26th and 27th pair in the upper. The length and form of

the teeth vary much, though not by sudden transitions. The an-

terior are of considerable length (as much as 9"’), pointed, and so

compressed and curved, that they have an anterior and posterior

surface, an anterior convex and a posterior concave margin. To-

ward the middle of the jaws they gradually become shorter and

cone-shaped, so that the 19th lower, and the 21st upper pair

only project above the gums like little knobs, 1" gh, with

broad bases. They then become again somewhat larger,

especially in breadth. In proportion as they become shorter,

they recede from each other in each of the four rows, while

the two rows in each jaw approach nearer to each other;

especially in the upper jaw, where the 19th and 20th pair

come close up to the median line. In order, seemingly, to get

room, the teeth alternate here to such a degree, that the upper

21st on the left side, stands right between the 21st and 22nd on

the right, and this alternation continues quite backwards. In

illustration of this description a figure is given (Pl. VI. fig. 2)

12*

180 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

reduced only to one-fourth* its original size ; and in other respects

I can refer to Mr. Gray’s instructive figure (Lllustr. p. 353). An- _

teriorly the lower teeth are seen to embrace as it were the upper

jaw, leaving a deep furrow on the outer side of the opposed gum.

Midway in the jaws, the apices of the teeth meet the correspond-

ing gums, close to the outside of their own teeth, where the

leave a small round impression ; quite behind, the lower teet

project more than 1 from the outside of the upper gums.

The os hyoideum does not differ from that in other whales.

It consists namely, as is usual, of two arched cartilages; the

posterior having three points of ossification—one in the middle

(corpus ossis hyoidei), and one in each side-branch (cornua

majora) ; the anterior having only one point of ossification in each

side-branch, while the middle part, without ossifying, turns back-

wards on each side, towards the ossified middle of the posterior

arch, on which it inserts itself (cornua minora). The ossification

had not extended further in the posterior arch, than to leave a

plate of cartilage, of the thickness of about 2”, between the middle

part and the ossified part of the cornua majora, which were car-

tilaginous outside about one-fifth their length. The side parts

of the anterior arch are cartilaginous inwardly about half their

length, and outwardly towards their insertion on the occipital

bone to about one-fourth of that extent.

Cuvier counted eleven pectoral vertebre, assuming that twelve

might possibly be the proper number. In M. Reinhardt’s ske-

leton there are, however, only eleven pairs of ribs, and it is ma-

nifest that there never were more; because the 11th pair is at-

tached both to the terminal margin of the transverse process of

the 11th vertebra (Pl. V. fig. 2), and by the margin of its ver-

tebral extremity, to the obliquely truncated transversal process of

the next following vertebra, so that here, at least, no other rib

could have had insertion. But Cuvier counted altogether only 46

vertebre in his specimen, namely 7 cervical, 11 pectoral, and be-

yond these only 28 more. M. Reinhardt’s skeleton counts 51

vertebre, namely 7 cervical, 11 pectoral, 8 lumbar and 25 caudal.

This great difference (between 46 and 51) cannot be taken as

an individual one; and many zoologists would probably feel

disposed to found upon it a specific distinction. But this lat-

ter could only be warranted, in case it were found that Cuvier’s

specimen too was perfectly complete; that the point of the

tail wanted not even the last vertebra (which in M. Reinhardt’s

is a minute bony nucleus scarcely 2" in diameter), and the

other vertebree were united by means of their natural liga-

* This refers to the figure given by the author: we have been com-

pelled, in order to suit the size of the ‘ Annals,’ further to reduce ail the

figures $ths.—Ep.

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 181

ments, or at least fitted into each other in such a way, as to

exclude every suspicion of some intermediate vertebra being

deficient. Until this shall be proved, we must be permitted to

assume, that Cuvier’s skeleton has wanted four or five, at least three

vertebre ; it being no rare occurrence to meet with a difference

of one or two in number in dolphins, but scarcely any greater,

at least not where the total number is so small as in the Gangetic

species. Throughout the spinal column there is the same dif-

ference in the bodies of the vertebre as in other Cetacea, as to

form and size, with this notable deviation, that those of the neck

in general resemble more the Balenopteras than the toothed

Whales, especially the Dolphins proper; being not only, as Cuvier

remarks, “aussi distinctes que dans aucun quadrupéde, et assez

fortes bien que courtes;” but the two first are very strong,

and each single one has its known character strongly pronounced.

Thus, the axis, as compared with that in other whales, has

its processus odontoideus strongly developed, and its convex

articulating surface is turned more towards the head than the

abdomen, while the middle of the anterior arch of the atlas

forms a thick plate, which leans backwards on the processus odon-

toideus with a corresponding articulating surface. The bodies of

the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th cervical vertebre are small in breadth

and height, but contrary to other dolphins, and in conformity

with what obtains in whalebone-whales, the common lower trans-

verse processes are strongly developed. Cuvier has already noticed

this in these words: “Il y a un second rang d’apophyses trans-

verses, partant du corps de la quatriéme, de la cinquiéme et de la

sixiéme. Ces derniéres surtout sont plus longues que les véri-

tables.” I may add to this, that they are in reality found also on

the third vertebra, the transverse process being so broad at its

origin, that it stands in a line with the same processes both below

and above, and has, besides, a foramen (though very small) form-

ing in reality a ring, like the combined lower and upper trans-

verse processes (Pl. V. fig. 2), which can only be considered as

the bony parts of an otherwise cartilaginous or tendinous ring,

which embraces on each side the arteria vertebralis, or that plexus

of blood-vessels, which represents it in Cetacea. In M. Rein-

hardt’s skeleton there is, on the left side of the seventh cervical

vertebra, an inferior transverse process, but this is probably an

individual deviation only (Pl. VII. fig. 4r ; ¢¢¢ representing the

upper, 0 0, the lower transverse processes of the sixth vertebra ;

which is likewise seen from behind, between the proper trans-

verse processes, in fig. 3; g shows the lower transverse process

of the fifth; b,c, the vertebral extremity of the first pair of

ribs). The stout and strong transverse process of the second

-vertebra, which bends backwards and partly covers those fol-

lowing, must be considered as a combination of both processes,

182 —_——~Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

even though imperforate ; which is evident by its origin and

position, as well as the exactly corresponding broad and large

transverse process of the epistropheus in the whalebone-whales,

having sometimes a very large, at others a very small fora-

men, indicating that the plexus of blood-vessels in the rings

of the neck anteriorly, is sometimes greatly confined, at others

not. The smallness of the foramen in the transverse process

of the third vertebra in the Gangetic dolphin proves, that the

plexus must be exceedingly confined anteriorly, or rather, that

it escapes entirely from the annular sheath. The very strong

transverse processes in the atlas are, contrary to what is the case

in the axis, manifestly only proper or superior transverse pro-

cesses. The marked curvature backwards of the transverse pro-

cesses of the second vertebra, points to their use in the whalebone-

whales ; they serve for the insertion of a ligament for the first

pair of ribs. The upper transverse processes of the fourth, fifth

and seventh vertebra are (as usual in mammalia and in man)

cleft at the apex into two knobs, the inner more projecting, par-

ticularly in the seventh vertebra (Pl. VII. fig.3 z). The arched

parts of the vertebre are widened transversely, especially in

the sixth, which is particularly seen from the back, as compared

with the narrow arches of the thoracic vertebra (Pl. VII. fig. 3).

From this view the second vertebra is strongly marked by its

very broad and flat spinous process pointing backwards and

upwards, and being elongated anteriorly, along the median line,

in the form of a crest, projecting above the anterior margin.

The other cervical vertebrae, on the contrary, have only a very

shght crest in the middle, in place of the spinous process ; their

arched parts are generally very narrow, and their interstices pro-

portionally large. Outwardly the dorsal part of each arch, as it

passes into the ventral part and the body itself of the vertebra, is

so much bent forward, that these parts get on a level with the dorsal

part, not of the same, but of the vertebra next before. From the

same curvature rise the two flat, rounded articular processes, the

hindermost having the articulating surface pointing downwards

and outwards behind the said curvature; the anterior upwards

and inwards before the curvature (Pl. V. fig. 2, and Pl. VII.

fig. 8, where the anterior articular process of the third vertebra

is marked a; the corresponding posterior of the second, p). It

is immediately under the anterior articular processes, exactly at

the boundary between the dorsal and central portions, that the

upper transverse processes, alluded to already, originate; they

belong therefore entirely to the arched parts, while the lower be-

long to the body itself. The broad bases of the transverse pro-

cesses in the second and third vertebre belong therefore, acccerding

to what has been explained, both to the arched part and the body

of those vertebre.

eee

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 183

Contrasting it with the last cervical vertebra, we now proceed

to the first lumbar vertebra, after which we will consider the gra-

dual transition of both these forms through the whole series of

thoracic vertebre. In comparison with each other the two sets

are distinguished as usual, by the lumbar vertebre having

1. the body and spinous process by far stronger; 2. the arched

portions seated on a level with the body of their own vertebre ;

3. the processus obliqui seated on the arched portion at the origin

of the spinous process ; and 4. the transverse processes not only

increased in size equally with the spinous processes, but at the

same time moved down from the arched portion to the external

obtuse margin of the body of the vertebra itself. It is unnecessary

to explain further the manner in which the first point is gradu-

ally developed through the series of thoracic vertebre ; it may

be seen in the figure (Pl. V. fig. 2). As regards the altered posi-

i tion of the arched portions, it may be accounted for by consider-

ing, that the gradually increasing size of the vertebre from before

backwards, is greatest before, in the spinous processes ; behind,

in the bodies. The third and fourth points, although the deve-

lopment is quite as in the Dolphins generally, seem to merit

especial attention, on account of their having of late been con-

sidered as essential to the correct understanding of the vertebral

in general.

In order to explain properly the above-mentioned third point,

Prof. A. Retzius* has drawn attention to the necessity of di-

stinguishing, as has been done already by a few older anatomists,

- between the two parts of which the so-called processus obliqui

| of the lumbar vertebre may be said to be composed ; namely the

bi mammuillares, and the real processus articulares. That

this distinction is well-founded is clearly shown by the Gan-

getic dolphin, and perhaps all other Cetacea. On looking at

the dorsal spine from above (Pl. VII. fig. 3), the series of pro-

cessus mammillares is found to commence very decidedly with

the fifth thoracic vertebra, close to the outside of the anterior pro-

cessus articularis, though quite distinct from it (a) as well as from

the processus transversalis (¢) on which the tuberculum of the

rib is attached (c). On the next following vertebre, the anterior

articular and the mammillary processes begin to approach

each other more closely; the otherwise slight elevation of the

former process at the same time gradually disappearing, so as to

be seen already on the following fourth vertebra, only in the form

of an oblong articulating surface, seated on the inside of the

mammillary process itself. This structure might undoubtedly,

CANS OSU le Sere ee, ee

* Om Ratta tydningen, &e. (On the right explanation of the lateral

) of the dorsal and lumbar vertebrz in Man and Mammalia.) Trans-

~ actions of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, 1848, 2nd part.

184 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

as formerly, be expressed, by calling the mammillary process the

articulating process; but this neither holds good in regard to

the anterior portion of the dorsal spine, where the mammillary

process suddenly makes its distinct appearance on the twelfth

vertebra; ~ nor behind from the beginning of the tail-part,

where these articulating surfaces altogether disappear, and the

so-called oblique or articulating processes lose their significa-

tion, and are nothing more than mammillary processes.’ The

mamumillary processes, with the anterior articulating surfaces

and the isolated posterior articulating processes, appear gra-

dually to move higher up, backwards, on the thoracic and lumbar

vertebre ; and on the last lumbar the posterior articulating sur-

faces are actually placed on the root of the spinous process itself.

But this is the direct consequence of the gradual change in the

form of the bony arc, from a broad, low and depressed bridge

across the spinal canal, to a narrow and high one (twice as high

as broad, on the last lumbar vertebra).

The fourth point, however, has above all others attracted the

attention of modern zootomists, in its relation to the vertebrze

in mammalia. That the transversal processes (the upper or pro-

per ones) belong to the bony arc, is by no means to be considered

as a general rule; quite the contrary : they belong to the bodies

of the vertebre, from the hindmost thoracic, throughout the re-

mainder of the spinal column, not only in whales, but likewise

in many other mammalia, especially as regards a portion of the

lumbar region*. Nevertheless, this difference in their origin,

has long ago justly created doubts, as to their being entirely of

the same signification. The transverse processes, which originate

from the bodies of the vertebree, could not be put on a level with

the superior or proper ones; but rather with the lower processes

of the cervical vertebrae. But in whales this view is opposed by

the manifest uniformity among the transversal processes of the

lumbar and the hindmost thoracic vertebree, proceeding, besides,

not from the arc, but from the body of the vertebre ; although it

is to their apex that the hindmost ribs are attached, in which

respect they appear, accordingly, not as the lower, but as the

upper or proper transverse processes, both in the skeleton of the

whale and of mammalia generally. The adoption of this view is

rendered still more difficult in the Balenoptere, on account of the

want of neck and head in all the ribs, and the insertion of these on

the top of the transverse processes, of which the anterior rise from

the arc, the posterior from the body, the intermediate from both.

Nevertheless, as after all the view in question is assuredly the

correct one, its signification may be explained in the following

manner, according to the homologies propounded by Stanzius

* See Fried. Wilh. Theile, in Miller’s Archiv, Jahrgang 1839, p. 108.

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 185

and Vrolik*, Owen+ and Maclisef{. The ribs as well as trans-

verse processes are to be considered collectively as fragments of

common visceral or ventral ares, each of which, in its complete

state of development, has a twofold origin, or two roots: Ist, the

ventral, from the body of the vertebra; and 2nd, the dorsal,

from its are (neurapophysis). The cervical transverse processes

are the complete roots of visceral open arcs (that is, not reaching -

the medial line of the abdomen). The anterior thoracic arcs are

always the most complete; their middle part (body of the rib)

is connate with the ventral root (the neck and head of the rib)

which is detached from the vertebra (in the Balenoptere this root

is quite tendinous or cartilagmous) ; the dorsal root (processus

transversales), on the contrary, being connate with the vertebra,

but detached from the middle part (the rib). In the series of

thoracic vertebre the two roots approach, and at last melt into

each other (m the ninth in the Gangetic dolphin) at the point

of transition between the arc and the body, the connate part of

the are (the transverse process) becoming at the same time pro-

portionally shorter. In the last thoracic vertebre (the tenth and

eleventh in the Gangetic dolphin) it again increases in length,

continuing in the lumbar vertebrz, but only as a ventral root (pro-

ceeding from the body of the vertebra), the arc portion is wanting

altogether. The last -pair of ribs is, therefore, exclusively at-

tached to the transverse processes seated on the body of the ver-

tebra ; but these processes cannot be considered as homologous

with those of the first thoracic vertebrae, but much rather with

the necks and heads of the ribs.

On the other hand, if we compare the last caudal vertebre

with the lumbar, we shall find their difference not less marked,

than what exists between the latter and the cervical vertebre. We

designate as the first caudal vertebra, that behind which is situated

the foremost hematapophysis (Cuvier’s “osen V”). It is the 27th

in the column, and consequently one of the 33 vertebre behind

the 7 cervical and 12 thoracic ; 8 being designated as lumbar and

the last 25 as caudal vertebre. In M. Reinhardt’s skeleton there

are 14: hematapophyses entirely, or in part only osseous ; and as

the first is situated between the 27th and 28th vertebre, the last

is situated between the 41st and the 42nd. I propose to distin-

guish this 42nd, and all the subsequent vertebrae, as extreme

-* Natuur. en Ontleedkundige Beschouwing van den Hyperoodon. Trans-

act. in Nat. Hist. of the Dutch Acad. of Sciences at Haarlem, 2 ser. vol. v.

1. p. 34-40. 1848.

+ On the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton.

ay ie 8vo.—On the Nature of Limbs. A Discourse by R. Owen.

ma. .

t In Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology; edited by R. B. Todd.

Part xxxv. Article SKELETON. London, 1849.

186 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

caudal, in contradistinction to the 14 anterior, or caudal proper.

My reason for this distinction is, that, while in all the an-

terior, or proper caudal vertebre, the processes of the lumbar

vertebre are still found to exist, with the exception of the arti-

cular, which we have noticed as disappearing already in the last ;

they are wanting in all the subsequent ones ; and in lieu of them

a new series of marked processes makes its appearance, develop-

ing itself gradually along the anterior caudal vertebre. The

bodies of these increase, accordingly, in thickness until the 7th ;

from thence they diminish again, most perceptibly so from the

12th. But the arc part, with the spinous and mammillary pro-

cesses, diminish through the whole series, only a vestige remain-

ing in the last, in the shape of a very small low bridge. It will

be seen in the figure (Pl. V. fig. 2), that in this gradual disap-

pearance, the spinous processes become proportionally broader

(rather larger in the direction of their length) and the mam-

millary proportionally thicker, hoth at the same time moving

more downwards.

Looking now to the hematapophyses, or the lower vertebral

arcs, we find the first of these (between the 27th and 28th ver-

tebree), as so often happens in Cetacea, wide open, in other

words, divided into its two lateral portions ; and at the same time

quite unsymmetrical. It is short and broad on the left side

(Pl. V. fig. 2), its lower margin scarcely extending under the

body of the next following vertebra; while on the right side it

is not only placed somewhat more backwards, but its lower por-

tion extends quite into and attaches itself to the second hemata-

pophysis. The third is the longest; the succeeding ones de-

crease gradually, and the 14th, between the 40th and 41st ver-

tebre, appears only as a cartilaginous arc, 2" to 3! in height (sur-

rounding the probably very small caudal artery), with an osseous

nucleus in each side part. These hematapophyses, it is known,

embrace the large caudal artery, which is an elongation of the

aorta, a large branch of which ascends on both lateral surfaces of

the body of each vertebra. This branch proceeds in the first eight

caudal vertebre behind the transverse process, in the five sub-

sequent ones through it. Its furrow gets gradually deeper behind;

the transverse processes in the meantime decreasing by degrees so

much in height, that from the 9th to the 12th vertebre they ap-

pear as a broken, but on the 13th as an entire little bridge.

From the last proper caudal vertebra the arterial branch de-

scends still deeper into the body of the vertebra. In the mean-

time two other lines of processes make their appearance in the

caudal series of vertebre, which I cannot consider as processus

- accessoril, although there exist no others which correspond to

these. I propose terming them processus caudales. They have the

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 187

form of longitudinal crests, one being placed above, the other be-

low the transverse processes. The upper series commences on

the 5th caudal vertebra close above and behind the transverse

process ; it reaches higher up on the succeeding vertebre, occu-

pying their entire bodies, but becoming more and more deeply

excavated for the arterial canal. The lower series commences in

like manner on the 5th caudal vertebra, in the form of a termi-

nating knob on the lower part of each canal, before and behind;

but it gradually assumes, as it extends backwards, the shape of

open ares; and from the 12th, finally, of closed bridges.

Finally, the last eleven caudal vertebre are of a cubical

form, compressed backwards ; each margin separating the four

externally visible sides being distinguished by a round knob,

which is nothing else than the said caudal processes. In lieu of

the transversal processes, the side-surfaces are excavated; and

on the four terminal vertebre of the tail reappears again the ves-

tige of a rounded transverse process, produced by the coalescence

of the upper and lower caudal processes. The upper and lower

surfaces are deeply excavated in the shape of a cross, longer from

side to side, in consequence of the compressed figure of the ver-

tebra being externally perforated for the arterial canal, which

here traverses the whole side of the body of the vertebra.

Out of the eleven pairs of ribs the first four belong to the so-

called true ribs. The eight foremost are attached between two

thoracic vertebrz ; the first between the last cervical and the first

thoracic (Pl. VII. fig. 4 5, c), and anteriorly by a rathet long carti-

lage to the excayated margin of the very large manubrium sterni.

Simce each of the seven following pairs is placed between two

thoracic vertebre, it has on each side a corresponding articula-

ting surface. Only the three hindmost are seated on the trans-

verse processes only. The lower or ventral extremity of the se-

cond pair is inserted by its long cartilage between the manu-

brium and the disproportionally small body of the sternum,

which consists of two iong side-pieces (that on the left side only

half the size of the other) ; the third pair is attached between the

body and the xiphoid, wholly cartilaginous process; and lastly,

the fourth to each side of the posterior margin of that process.

The lower end of all the succeeding seven pairs continues car-

tilaginous, and appears to lie loose in the flesh.

The shoulder-blade of our dolphin, Cuvier describes in these

words :—“ L’omoplate est beaucoup plus large qu’au dauphin ”

(D. delphis). ‘Son bord spinal est presque le double de sa

hanteur. Son bord antérieur est simple” (wanting the fossa

supraspinata) ‘et donne une apophyse, coupée obliquement,

qui est l’acromion, et tout prés de la face articulaire un petit

_tubercule & peine sensible, seul vestige de bec coracoide.”

. 188 Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide:-

It will be seen that our figure (Pl. V. fig. 2) answers quite to

this description; there being a complete want of a proper arti-

culation between any of the bones of the arm, hand and fingers ;

the arm, and especially the fore-arm, are very broad (the ulna

broader than long), the six flat metacarpal bones connected like

mosaic in two rows; and the immoveable fore-fingers arranged

like a fan and causing the great breadth of the hand. Cuvier

found only one joint in the thumb; in each of the four succeed-

ing fingers four joints, and in the last two. On the specimen

brought home there are two bony joints in the thumb, and

four in each succeeding finger ; but on each finger a terminal

cartilage follows after the last bony joint, contaiming in the

second, a little round bony nucleus. Hence, it is at least very

probable, that in a full-grown specimen, the bony joints will be

three for the thumb, and five for each remaining finger (on

Pl. V. fig. 2, the cartilaginous nature of the last finger-joint is

not particularly expressed). ;

[To be continued. ]

XIV.— Observations on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide.

By Ausany Hancock.

In our paper on the anatomy of Kolis, Dr. Embleton and I en-

deavoured to prove that in the nudibranchs the dorsal tentacles

are the seat of the sense of smell ; and if this be allowed, there

can be little doubt that these organs, in all the other gasteropods,

have a like signification. But in the Bullide, as no tentacles,

properly so called, exist, it became a matter of some interest to

ascertain if, with the apparent deficiency of these organs, all

power of olfaction had ceased to be exercised. Being engaged

at present in the investigation of the anatomy of some members

of this family, my attention was naturally directed to this point ;

and I think I have obtained satisfactory proof that these hornless

animals have really the sense of smell highly developed. The

head lobe in the Bullide is, in fact, nothing else than the dorsal

and labial tentacles fused into one continuous mass. ‘This

Cuvier asserted long ago; and it can very easily be proved on

anatomical grounds. In this communication, however, I do not

wish to enter at any length on the subject, as I imtend at no

distant period to give a detailed account of the anatomy of some

of these animals. It may therefore suffice at this moment to

state, that the nerves which supply the oral and dorsal tentacles

in the gasteropods go to this lobe, the former to the anterior, the

latter to the posterior portion of it ;—a pretty clear proof of its

real nature. :

In Gasteropteron the head lobe, or more properly speaking the

cet) hepatica ail Slee eee

Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide. 189

tentacular lobe as designated by the great French anatomist, is

largely developed, and the olfactory ganglions, the same as in

Doris, Eolis, and several other mollusks furnish nerves to the

dorsal tentacles, are not much less in size than the cerebroids

themselves. They each give off two or three nerves, which passing

backwards ramify on the skin of the under surface of the free

margin of the lobe, reaching even to the posterior extremity.

Hence it must be allowed that this part of the tentacular lobe

is the homologue of the dorsal tentacles of other mollusks ; and

there is, therefore, reason to believe, that as in the tentacles so

in this portion of the lobe resides the faculty of smell. The oral

tentacular nerve supplies the anterior portion of the lobe, parti-

cularly the overhanging margin, by which touch would appear

to be more decidedly exercised.

Olfaction becomes more specialized in Philine aperta than in

Gasteropteron, and the olfactory ganglions are highly developed,

of a branched ferm inclining outwards towards the sides of the

head, and sending numerous twigs through the skin to the

under surface of the tentacular lobe, where dividing and sub-

dividing they are lost in an oval plate, of nervous matter, of a

simple leaf-like form, which tapering forwards terminates in the

oral lip. This oval plate, then, is the seat of olfaction in P.

The stem-like continuation of it is, however, supplied

with branches from the labial nerve, which arises from a large

dendritic ganglion attached to the anterior margin of the cere-

broid. This portion of the plate, therefore, probably performs

some function in common with the lip—most likely that of taste ;

and if so, then in these mollusca the senses of smell and taste are

intimately connected : and in this there appears nothing strange,

when we reflect on the relationship that exists between these two

senses in the higher animals. In Gasteropteron the labial nerve

also sends branches to the under surface of the anterior portion

of the tentacular lobe.

Akera bullata is likewise furnished with an olfactory plate or

dise of an oval form, situated on the under surface of the ten-

tacular lobe; but in this species it is coarsely wrinkled trans-

versely, and its connexion with the lip is effected by a narrow

belt which passes from about the middle of its superior or outer

margin. The nervous element is here supplied from the same

source as in P. aperta; only the labial and olfactory nerves have

no ganglionic swellings.

It is, however, in Bulla hydatis that we see the olfactory organ

most highly developed. In this mollusk it has attained a strue-

ture perfectly similar to what is observed in fishes, while at the

same time it is a most instructive link, showing the analogy that

exists between the dorsal tentacle of Doris and the olfactory organ

190 Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide.

in this higher type of form. This organ in B. hydatis resembles

in situation and general form that of Philine aperta; but instead

of being a simple plate scarcely rising above the surface to which

it is attached, it is composed of a central stem bearing numerous,

considerably elevated, lateral lamine. This beautiful organ

escaped the observation of Cuvier, and appears to have been

generally overlooked by naturalists. Mr. Wm. Clark gives a

pretty full description of it in his paper on the Bullide in the

6th vol. of the ‘ Annals,’ 1850; but seems to have entirely mis-

understood its nature. He considers these “ leaflets” salivary

glands, or inclines to believe them such. They are not, however,

glandular, are external, have no duct; and moreover well-cha-

racterized salivary glands exist in their normal position, supplied,

as they always are, with nerves from the buccal ganglions. The

fact that these leaflets receive their nerves from the olfactory

ganglions is alone sufficient to explain their nature. These

ganglions are of considerable volume, and are formed of nodulous

branches, which penetrating the skin divide into numerous twigs ;

these go to supply the lamine composing the leaflets. The an-

terior portion of this organ tapers into a stem-like prolongation,

which is lost, as in P. aperta, in the oral lip ; and here, as in that

species, the prolongation is supplied with branches from the

labial nerve. This nerve comes from the anterior margin of the

cerebroid ganglion, and has in its course several ganglionic swell-

ings*.

In this species, then, as well as in P. aperta and in Gastero-

pteron, taste and smell would appear to be connected. Be this

however as it may, it is impossible to look upon this interesting

modification of the olfactory organ in B. hydatis, and not see at

once its similarity to that of fishes, and to the dorsal tentacle of

Doris. It differs from that of the former only in not being in-

closed within a cavity, though it lies protected and concealed in

a groove; and its transformation into the tentacle of the latter

can very easily be imagined. If the posterior portion of the

tentacular lobe were divided down the median line, and the por-

tions so divided raised up, the leaflets would then be seen on their

posterior surface. It would now only be requisite to extend the

lamin round the sides of the elevated portions, and they would

assume the appearance of the laminated tentacles of a nudibran-

chiate mollusk.

* As this paper was passing through the press, I have ascertained that

Acera aplysiaformis is likewise supplied with an olfactory dise similar to

that of Philine aperta; and what is of still more importance, that it has at

each side of the mouth a well specialized organ of taste, both the labial

nerves terminating in a bundle of filaments, the extremities of which pass

to the surface of the skin.

Mr. W. Clark on a new British species of Lepton. 191

XV.—On a new British species of Lepton.

By Wii Crarx, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, Feb. 15, 1852.

A wew bivalve molluscum having occurred, I beg the favour of

you to insert its specific characters in the ‘ Annals.’

Genus Lerron, Turton.

' L. Clarkia (nova species).

L. testa fragili obliquo-subovali, compressa, postice et antice rotun-

data, albida, mediocriter nitida, striis concentricis, confertis, te-

nuibus notata; apices minutos, prominulos, subtilissime punc-

tatos gerente. In valva dextra, utroque, dentes laterales, duplices,

distantes apparent ; sinistra, simplices ; inter quos, utraque valva,

dens unicus, primarius, erectus, acutus, oritur. Mensura obliqua ;4,

transversa ;/, altitudo aut crassitudo 4, uncie. Zonam coral-

linam Devoniz meridionalis, prope ostium Iscze, rarius habitat.

Animal ignotum.

Of this minute and elegant species, a series of eighteen perfect

imens have occurred, and having compared the hinge and

dentition with forty examples of the L. converum and L. nitidum,

I can state that there is not the slightest variation in this respect

in the three species. Its distinguishing characters are the almost

perfect obliquely oval shape, being without a trace of the suban-

gularity which is invariably seen at both extremities of the con-

generic Leptons ; and, as to the punctures, it is more devoid of

them than the glabrous varieties of the L. nitidum, which how-

ever, in the forty specimens I possess, all show more or less the

punctured aspect on the umbonal area; but in the L. Clarkie

only the apical circumscribed space is in some, but not in all

examples, almost invisibly punctured, which condition is rather

more pronounced within than on the outside of the apices.

At one time I almost thought that the L. nitidum and L. con-

vezum might march together as a single species, subject to many

varieties ; but an increase of my series of both has, at least for

the present, made me doubt the propriety of considering the two

as identical. The animal of the L. converum is still unknown, and

until it occurs, a safe determination on these points cannot be

made. The animal of the L. nitidum I know well, having in the

last summer observed two examples for four days ; it only differs

in some minor peculiarities from the L. sguamosum, one of which

I kept in sea-water thirty-four days, when it was killed whilst

still vigorous, in consequence of my departure from the sea-side.

I may state, that in L. Clarkia the concentric striz of inere-

192 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

ment are close-set and sharp, and sometimes broken into very

short waved streaks ; these in some of the specimens are crossed

by gently raised lines of an intenser snowy-white than the ge-

neral colour, which radiate sparingly from the beaks to the basal

margin.

This delicate species cannot be confounded with any of the

minuter bivalves: by its hinge it is essentially a Lepton: the

nearest approach to any other species is to the Montacuta biden-

tata, which differs in form, colour and fragility, and in having

the lateral dentitions almost close together, without the primary

teeth between them; instead of which, there is a minute move-

able ossicle, convex on one side and concave on the other, as in

the dnatine or Thracie; this locks into a sloping pit that has

sometimes the appearance of being ridged, which is only due to

portions of the ruptured ossicle adhering to it ; but in Lepton the

primary teeth are persistent or integral parts of each valve. Fresh

examples, new facts, and further investigation have all but con-

vinced me that L. converum and L. nitidum are distinct. Our Lep-

tons, which I name according to rarity, will stand thus: Ist, Z.

convecum ; 2nd, L. Clarkia ; 3rd, L. nitidum ; 4th, L. squamosum.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

Witi1amM CLark.

XVI.—Enumeration of some Fungi from St. Domingo.

By the Rev. M. J. Berxetey, M.A., F.L.S.

[With a Plate. ]

Tue Fungi described in the present memoir were collected in

St. Domingo by M. Augustus Sallé, and were placed in my hands

by Mr. Hugh Cuming, from whom sets comprising most of the

more interesting species may still be obtained. A good many

kinds were represented by solitary specimens, but these, with one

or two exceptions, are species which occur very frequently in

tropical collections, especially from the neighbouring parts of

America.

1. Agaricus cepestipes, Sow. t. 2; Sallé, no.15. On the ground.

A single specimen only, which is not in a good state. The gills

are not truly remote, but very finely attenuated behind, and the

stem is not ventricose, resembling in this particular the variety

described in the ‘ English Flora.’

2. Agaricus (Pleuropus) catephes, n. s. Pileo horizontali re-

niformi translucido glabro postice stipitiformi-attenuato ; lamellis

distantibus subdecurrentibus, interstitiis levibus. Sallé, no. 12.

On wood. :

- Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 193

Pileus 3-1 inch broad, delicate, translucent, quite smooth,

regularly reniform, emarginate behind, and then attenuated into

a short stem, which is fixed by a little round disc. Gills rather

narrow, somewhat distant, subdecurrent, interstices even.

This species is very near to A. limpidus, but the pileus is re-

gularly reniform, and the gilis are not crowded. It 1s evidently

more delicate than 4. mitis, to which it bears some resemblance.

3. Agaricus cerodes, Vr. Ep. p. 195; Sallé, no. 13. On the

ground.

4. Agaricus (Psalliota) Sallei,n.s. Pileo tenui campanulato

squamuloso-furfuraceo acute umbonato; stipite tenui deorsum

leviter incrassato ; annulo submedio; lamellis remotis. Sallé,

no. 14. On dead wood.

Pileus 3 inches across, thin, campanulate, furnished with a

narrow but strong umbo; clothed with minute branlike scales.

Stem 4 inches high, 2 lines or more thick, slender, slightly in-

crassated below, curved ; ring deflexed, persistent, attached a little

above the middle of the stem. Gills moderately broad, free,

remote, leaving a large naked space round the top of the stem.

_ Spores purple-brown, broadly elliptic, with one side nearly

straight, 55';,th of an inch long, 5,/,5th broad.

This very fine species has exactly the habit of a Lepiota, to

which tribe I supposed it to belong before examining the spores.

Its nearest ally is A. cretaceus. It is curious that one or two

undoubted Psalliote haye white spores under certain conditions.

This is indeed the case with A. cretaceus, which has, after exa-

mination of the spores, been sent to me as a Lepivta. Ag. fumoso-

eus, Lasch, is another instance, and others might be

brought forward.

5. Agaricus campestris, li. ; Sallé, no. 25. On the ground. A

small variety.

6. Hiatula minima, n.s. Minor; pileo umbilicato, margine

crenato ; stipite gracillimo; lamellis pauciusculis remotissimis.

Sallé, no. 33.

Pileus $ of an inch broad, very delicate, umbilicate ; stem 1

inch high, not a line thick. Gills about forty, narrow, some-

times forked, free, leaving a large orbicular naked space round

the top of the stem, which has apparently no ring.

ere is but a single specimen of this extremely delicate spe-

cies, which is far less than the others. Ag. discretus and Ag. Ben-

zonii are the types of the genus, of which Hiatula fragilissima,

Ravenel, is a beautiful representation from South Carolina.

7. Marasmius hematocephalus, Mont. Fr. Ep. p. 382; Sallé,

no. 1. On little twigs. A single specimen only.

8.. Lentinus villosus, Klotzsch ; Fr. Ep. p. 388 ; Sallé, no. 6,7.

On wood. Two specimens only which belong to two distinct

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 13

OY ie es

194 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Gomingo.

forms, the one much larger than the other, but agreeing in

essential characters.

9. Lentinus Lecomtei, Fr. Ep. p. 388; Sallé, no. 3. On dead

wood. A single specimen only, but probably common, as in all

tropical countries.

10. Lentinus tener, Klotzsch; Fries, Ep. p. 389 ; Sallé, no. 5,

27. On dead wood. a Oe

11. Lentinus Schomburgkii, Berk. in Linn. Tr. vol. xx. p. 111.

tab. 9. fig. 2. Var. lamellis ae ia SR ro ster Sallé, no. 4. On

dead wood.

I see no difference between the British Guiana and St. Do- |

mingo species, except the presence in the latter of spicules on

the gills which are rather more broadly serrate.

12. Lentinus eugrammus, Mont. Cuba, p. 414; Sallé, no. 26.

-On dead wood. A single resupinate specimen.

13. Panus connatus, n.s. Czespitoso-connatus: pileo plano

demum depresso glabro lamellisque latiusculis integris decurren-

tibus pallidis ; stipite tomentoso. Sallé, no. 8. On dead wood.

Pileus 2 inches or more across, smooth, at first plane or rather

convex, then more or less depressed. Stems 1-2 inches high,

4-1 an inch thick, more or less downy, striate, from the descend-

ing decurrent gills, which are rather broad and quite entire.

This species is allied to P. conchatus, but the stem is well de-

veloped and never obsolete. In véry young mdividuals the pileus

is convex with decidedly decurrent gills. In age the stem some-

times becomes lateral.

14. Panus concavus, n.s. Eximie cespitosus: pileo infundi-

buliformi glabro; stipitibus centralibus glabris basi connatis ;

lamellis integris decurrentibus angustis; postice vix anastomo-

santibus. Sallé, no.9. On wood.

Much tufted; pileus 1-1} inch across, smooth, infundibu-

liform ; margin arched. Stems i~2 inches or more high, about

13 lie thick, tufted, connate at the base, slightly attenuated Up-

wards. Gills narrow, very decurrent, entire, scarcely at all ana-

stomosing below.

This has very much the appearance of Lentinus cespitosus,

now referred by Fries, in his ‘ Novee Symbols Mycologice’ just

published, to the genus Panus, but differing in its infundibuliform

pileus. In the larger specimen the gills end in mere strié on

the stem.

15. Schizophyllum commune, Fr. Ep. p.403 ; Sallé, no. 16. On

wood. Extremely abundant, as in all tropical countries.

16. Lenzites repanda, Fr. Ep. p- 404; Sallé, no. 19. On dead

wood. Small discoloured specimens.

17. Lenzites striata, Fr. Ep. p. 406; Sallé, no. 18. On charred

-wood.

1 eh

mae a

dead wood. A pale form approaching P. velutinus.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 195

No. 17 is, I suppose, a variety of the same species, specimens

of which from Guiana were formerly distributed under the name

of L. brunneola ; but though thinner and more uniform in colour,

I have since seen so many forms, that I am doubtful as to the

stability of the species.

18. Polyporus (Pleuropus) vinosus,n.s. Pileo reniformi tenui

zonato subtiliter velutino glabrescente vinoso ; hymenio concolore,

is minimis hexagonis, Sallé, no. 43. _On dead wood.

- Pileus 2 inches across, 1 inch long, reniform, attached by a

short disciform stem, which is sometimes more visible below than

above, thin, rigid when dry and incurved, repeatedly zoned, of a

dark vinous brown, very minutely velvety, at length nearly

smooth, margin very thin and acute. Hymenium of the same

colour as the pileus ; pores very minute, but regularly hexagonal ;

dissepiments very thin, substance dark like the pileus.

A very remarkable species, to which I can point out nothing

closely allied. When young it is paler and rather tomentose

than velvety. 3

19. Polyporus sanguineus, Fr. Ep. p. 64; Sallé, no. 32. On

_ dead sticks. One of the specimens shows very clearly that Odontia

miniata, Berk. and Curt., is merely a resupinate state of this spe-

cies, as pointed out to me since the publication of the supposed

new Fungus, by Mr. Curtis.

20. Polyporus (Anodermei) dorcas, n.s. Pileo subreniformi

postice affixo convexo crassiusculo crebri-zonato subtomentoso

opaco cervino ; hymenio umbrino; poris mediis irregularibus ;

dissepimentis subacutis rigidis. Sallé, no. 41. On dead wood.

_ Pileus 14 inch or more across, 1 inch long, subreniform, fixed

behind by a broad disc, rather thick, convex, marked with nume-

rous zones, which are sometimes raised, sometimes depressed,

opake, not shining, minutely tomentose, slightly striate, of a pale

fawn colour. Hymenium browner than the pileus, plane or

slightly convex ; pores irregular, often elongated and sinuated,

about th of an inch broad; dissepiments rigid, subacute,

slightly toothed.

_ This species, though thicker, has somewhat the appearance of

P. Menziesii, but has larger pores, by which character again it

is at once distinguished from P. brunneolus, as also from P. Cu-

bensis, with which it has a greater or less resemblance. It appears

to be certainly undescribed.

21. Polyporus cinnabarinus, Fr. Ep. p. 473; Sallé, no. 29.

On charred wood. ,

22. Polyporus holosclerus, Berk. im Hook. Lond. Journ. of Bot.

vol. vi. p.501; Sallé, no. 40. On dead wood.

23. Polyporus versicolor, Fr. Ep. p. 478; Sallé, no. 44. On

13*

196 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

24. Polyporus velutinus, Fr. Ep. p. 478; Sallé, no. 39 (in part).

On dead wood. A few specimens intermixed with Trametes occi-

dentalis. .

25. Polyporus elongatus, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. vol. i.

p- 149; Sallé, no.388. On dead wood. )

The specimens are of a beautiful fawn-colour and a more shi-

ning aspect than others, but I am unwilling to separate them

specifically. The figure of P. flabellum in the ‘ History of Cuba’

is an exact representation of them, though my authentic speci-

mens accord more closely with other samples of P. elongaius,

which is a most widely diffused species.

26. Polyporus (Resupinatus) vinctus, n.s. Totus resupinatus,

centro crassiusculus margine tenuis subliberatus supra sanguineo-

tinctus ; poris minimis pallidis contextu lignicolori. Sallé, no. 34.

On dead wood.

Spreading for many inches over the decayed wood, 2 lines or

more thick in the centre, very thin at the extreme margin, where

the upper surface is separable, smooth, and stained with blood-

colour. Pores scarcely visible to the naked eye, pallid, a line or

more long ; dissepiments thin ; substance wood-colour.

I have no species in my collection at all resembling this.

No. 87 is a form of the same species, with the whole substance

thinner and the margin lobed. The liberated portions are not

stained as in the thicker form.

27. Trametes hydnoides, Fr. Ep. p. 490 ; Sallé, no. 30, no. 72

(Mycelium). On dead wood.

28. Trametes occidentalis, Fr. Ep. p. 491; Sallé, no. 20, 39

{in part), no. 31 (forma resupinata). On dead wood. A very

variable species, approaching in some of its forms to Pol. hirsutus

or its allied species. The specimens with. a spongy coat are

nearest to the type; the others are rather referable to P. velu-

linus, as it oceurs in tropical countries with a yellowish texture.

29. Hexagonia variegata, Berk. Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. x.

p- 380; Sallé, no. 21. On dead wood. A common species im

Central America and neighbouring countries. —.

Characters of this species were not published in the place

quoted above, because it was supposed by Dr. Montagne to be a

form of his H. aculeata. Having however seen specimens from

various quarters, I am now convinced of “its being distinct, and

therefore remedy the previous omission.

Pileo tenui coriaceo dimidiato rugoso crebri-zonato multicolori

velutino ; hymenio umbrino poris mediis.

Pileus 4 inches or more across, thin, coriaceous, rough with

radiating wrinkles repeatedly zoned, with rich tints of chocolate-

brown, chestnut, &c.; margin undulated or lobed, generally paler ;

clothed with short velvety down. Hymenium and substance

Jy 3. 2 al

ves einai

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 197

umber-brown, inclining to ferruginous ; pores ;/,th of an inch in

diameter.

Nearly allied to H. papyracea, but that is very flexible, and has

the pores about half the size of the present species. It is, like

that, entirely destitute of fascicles of hairs. 1 have it from Ja-

maica, British Guiana, and Key West.

30. Favolus induratus, n.s. Pileo reniformi vertice affixo gla-

berrimo hepatico, demum indurato ; poris subhexagonis magnis

margine attenuato dentato. Sallé, no.23. On wood.

Pileus 14 inch broad, 1 inch long, reniform, attached by the

vertex, which forms a little round disc, liver-coloured, smooth,

shining, depressed or convex, sometimes even, sometimes areolate

from the contraction of the substance between the pores. Pores

large, -'5th of an inch across, subhexagonal, sometimes projecting

beyond the edge of the pileus, moderately deep ; edge aitenuated,

toothed, paler than the pileus; in one specimen the walls are

obscurely tomentose, but this is probably accidental.

This is a fine species approaching to the type of Hexagonia, and

especially of H. decipiens, but evidently of a tough fleshy sub-

stance when fresh. The colour of the pileus is a rich liver-red.

The margin in the largest specimen is slightly waved and lobed.

81. Favolus tessellatus, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1843; Sallé,

no. 24. On dead wood.

The specimens are few and in bad condition, and scarcely re-

present the normal form of the species.

32. Favolus cucullatus, Mont. Cuba, p. 378; Sallé, no. 22.

On wood. I have fine specimens of this species from South

~ Carolina.

38. Laschia delicata, Fries, Ep. p. 499. Laschia tremellusa,

Fries, Summ. Veg. Sc.!; Sallé, no. 64. On dead wood.

Laschia velutina, Lév.!, is the same thing, as is also the Bra-

zilian Fungus in Gardner’s Brazilian collection, which I have

referred to Exidia fusco-succinea, Mont. Some specimens of

Exidia protracta, Lév., approach very near to it.

34. Irpex maximus, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1837; Sallé, no.28.

On dead wood.

This species approaches very closely to some forms of Poly-

porus hirsutus, and the St. Domingo specimens are scarcely di-

stinguishable from an authentic sample of Pol. lutescens, Pers.,

communicated many years since to Mr. Sowerby. The pores

are not more unlike those of Polyporus, than those of P. abie-

tinus, pergameneus, and many other species. Dr. Montagne,

indeed, referred the plant to Pol. labyrinthicus, Fries, in his

‘Fangi of Cuba,’ but that species belongs to a very different sec-

tion. I have therefore referred to the original description of the

198 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

species, leaving the task of giving it an appropriate name to the

great French cryptogamist.

85. Thelephora aurantiaca, Pers. in Gaud. Uranie, Bot. p- 176;

Sallé, no. 60. Amongst sticks, leaves, &c.

36. Thelephora caperata, Berk. and Mont. in Ann. d. Sc. Nat.

Apr. 1849; Sallé, no. 59. On dead wood.

837. Stereum damecorne, Fv. Ep. p. 546; Sallé, no. 58. On

the ground amongst sticks, leaves, &e. A noble species

38. Stereum nitidubem, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.

vol. ii. p. 638 ; Sallé, no. 54, 55. On the ground and on dead

wood.

The specimens are duller than those from Brazil, and scarcely

so much zoned, but I am unable to distinguish them specifically.

“if 39. Stereum fulvo-nitens, n. s. Paleo rigido tenui profunde

infundibuliformi nitido creberrime zonato hymenioque levi glabro

fulvis ; stipite brevissimo nigro. Sallé, no. 56. On dead wood.

Pileus coriaceous, thin, rigid when dry, deeply and regularly

infundibuliform, 1 inch or more across.and deep, shining, of a

beautiful rich tawny red, marked with close zones of a slightly

4 darker tinge finely striate; margin even, not plicate, Stem i of

an inch high, | line thick, blackish, dull, asif pulverulent. Bye . a

menium even, smooth, bright tawny.

A very beautiful species allied to S. elegans, but distinguished

by its regular form and brighter colowrs, especially that of the

hymenium.

~~~ 40. Stereum elegans, Fr. Ep. p. 545; Sallé, no. 57. On dead

wood.

~~“41. Stereum petalodes, n. s. Coriaceum ; primitus infundibuli-

forme demum fisso-multipartitum ; lobis striatis opacis subglabris;

hymenio pallido rimoso. Sallé, no. 58.

Densely crowded, at first infundibuliform, soon split into nu-

merous lobes, which are again more or less divided ; dull reddish

* brown, marked with long grooves ‘or striz ; hymenium pale,

much cracked, sometimes so much so as to be granulated.

Allied to 8. involutum, but much more split and lobed, with

an obsolete stem and paler hymenium. The hymenium is not

granulated from the beginning, but merely in consequence of

__ the frequent cracking of the fructiferous stratum.

42. Stereum fasciatum, Fr. Ep. p. 546 ; Sallé, no. 52. On dead

wood,

43. Stereum papyrinum, Mont. Cuba, p. 374; Sallé, no. 61,81.

On dead branches, St. Domingo and St. Thomas.

Thinner than in Dr. Montagne’s specimens, bnt otherwise the

same. The pubescence in the hymenium of Thelephora crassa,

Léy., consists of brown ascus-like sacs, which, as far as Ti nave

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 199

seen, seems to be the main distinction of that species. No. 62

is merely decomposed bark with a few scattered specks of the

same fungus.

44. Calocera divaricata, Berk. Lond. Journ. Bot. vol. i. p.140 ;

Sallé, no. 70. Var. ramis magis erectis. On twigs, amongst

leaves, &e.

The specimens are far finer than Dr. Hortman’s, and have all

the ramuli more erect, but I see no essential difference. The

stem is divided from the base, and is clothed below with white

down, as is indeed the case in the Surinam plant.

45. Evxidia hispidula, Berk. in Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. i.

p- 397; Sallé, no.63. On bark. I see no difference between

this and Auricularia lenta, Fries!

46. Ezidia Auricula Inde, Fries, Ep. p. 590; Sallé, no. 79.

On dead wood. Only two or three small specimens.

47. Clathrus crispus, Turpin, Berk. Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. ix.

p- 446. tab. 11; Sallé, no.65. On the ground.

48. Lycoperdon gemmatum, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. iii. p. 36;

Sallé, no. 66. On the ground.

49. Bovista cervina, Berk. in Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p.447 ;

Sallé, no. 67. On the ground.

Exactly according with Mr. Darwin’s specimens from Rio

Negro, Patagonia. “The spores are very shortly pedicellate, and

about 555th of an inch in diameter. In the St. Domingo spe-

cimens the orifice is strongly marked like that of the comynon

Tulostoma.

50. Stemonitis ferruginea, Ehrenb. Silv. Ber. p. 26. f.6 A, B ;

Sallé, no. 69. On dead leaves.

This seems to be exactly what Conds figures as S. typhoides.

The spores are about 5,/,,th of an inch in “diameter.

_ 51. Cyathus microsporus, Tul. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1844; Sallé,

no. 71. On branches of trees.

The spores of this species are much smaller than in others. My

micrometer gives their longer diameter 5,';5th of an inch, which

is (0078 mm.

Tulasne gives the measurement ‘0066 mm. His specimens,

like the present, are from St. Domingo.

52. Aschersonia turbinata, n. s. Stromatibus turbinatis sur-

sum liberis excavatis deorsum conuatis; sporis breviter fusifor-

mibus. Sallé, no. 75. On leaves, generally confined to the

upper surface.

Forming little scattered fascicles about 2 lines high, consisting

of three or four turbinate bodies which are connate below, exca-

vated above, even or granulated externally ; margin acute, some

times strongly plicate ; disc more or less wrinkled and furrowed,

-.studded with the orifices of the perithecia, which are sometimes

200 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

sunk in cracks, sometimes exposed. Perithecia oblong, ocea-

sionally confluent, narrowed above into a long necx, nearly

colourless, consisting of delicate intricate threads, which pass

into slender sporophores surmounted by short fusiform simple

spores about 37/;5th of an inch long.

The stroma consists of thickish threads which vary somewhat

in diameter, and are loosely woven together towards the base, but

closely packed towards the surface, and very frequently anasto-

mosing, so as at last to form a dense, almost cellular substance.

I have not observed any sepia in the spores, but their absence

will not justify me in separating this species from the other

individuals of the genus. This is certainly one of the most

curious species in the collection. It resembles at first sight

small dried specimens of Bulgaria sarcoides.

53. Uredo Domingensis, n.s. Hypophylla; maculis nullis,

soris sparsis orbicularibus epidermide persistente cinctis ; sporis

obovatis granulatis pallidis. Sallé, no. 78. On leaves of some

unknown plant, probably a Solanad.

Hypophyllous ; spots none ; sori irregularly scattered, some-

times confluent, surrounded by the persistent epidermis; clino-

dium flat ; spores oblong, ,} 5th of an inch long, +,gth thick,

pallid, granulated.

‘This appears to be a true Uredo according to Léveille’s defi-

nition.

54. Ustilago leucoderma,n.s. Ambiens crusta dealbata tecta

sporis atris opacis irregulari-subglobosis magnis filamentis paucis

brevibus variis intermixtis. Sallé, no. 76. On the sheaths of

some sedge.

Investing the successive sheaths in patches an inch or more in

length, clothed externally with a white rugged crust. Spores

tz 50th of an inch in diameter; black, subglobose, rather irre-

gular, perfectly smooth, mixed with a few short variously-shaped

transparent filaments or membranous fragments. :

This species has much the habit of U. hypodytes, but is distin-

guished by its white crust and far larger and very different spores.

Externally it has a very strong resemblance to Ustilago typhoides,

Berk., but the spores are darker and exceed those of that species

many times in diameter.

55. Ustilago axicola, n. s.. Piluleformis axim spicarum de-

formans ; sporis subglobosis majoribus subpellucidis immixtis

filamentis hyalinis. Sallé, no. 74. Infesting the lower part of

the axis of the spikelets of some Scirpoid plant.

Forming little dusty irregular balls principally on the lower

spikelets, and in these generally occupying the inferior portion

of their axis. Spores about ;,455th of an inch across, globose,

smooth, rather pellucid, with a distinct nucleus.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 201

If a section is made through the axis the tissue is found to be

entirely deranged, a few spiral vessels only being visible, and on

the sides, which are very dark, perforated with a series of globose

cavities, the whole of the darker portion being converted into a

cellular stroma. Pellucid branched filaments traverse the cavi-

ties, and are mixed with and attached to the spores, sometimes

in considerable numbers.

The nearest species to it is doubtless Ustilago Montagnei, from

which it differs in its more globose and larger spores. Those

of that species are z;';5th of an inch in diameter. When the

spores of the two are placed together on the field of the micro-

scope, there is a marked difference.

_ 56. Cephaleuros densus, Kze.; Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. ii. p. 327 ;

Sallé, no.77. On coriaceous leaves. :

57. Peziza Domingensis,u.s. Sessilis ; cupula plane margine

undulato, extus glabra pallida hymenio vinoso-fasco. Sallé, no. 42.

Apparently on wood, but with mould attached to the base. St:

Domingo and St. Thomas.

Cup 1 inch or more across, sessile or very slightly elon-

gated and wrinkled at the base, externally smooth and even, pale

salmon-coloured ; margin undulated, at first somewhat incurved ;

hymenium of a rich vinous-chocolate. Asci cylindrical, very

long, straight ; sporidia elliptic, with two nuclei which are how-

ever mostly confluent.

Resembling somewhat small specimens of Gleoporus con-

choides. It is very hard when dry. I cannot point out any

closely allied species. Though not oblique, it seems to be nearest

to such species as P. onotica, or perhaps to the two pedunculate

species which follow.

The same species is probably presented also by no. 83, of

which there is but a single specimen. At first sight it looks lke

a Merulius, but the veins merely arise from the contraction of the

hymenium. This undoubtedly grows on wood.

58. Peziza hystriz, n.s. Cupula subglobosa cum stipite gra-

cili setis longis cellulosis exasperata ; sporidiis ellipticis apicibus

apiculatis. Sallé, no.35. On dead wood.

Cup 3 of an inch or more broad, subglobose, with the margin

strongly inflected when dry, clothed, especially towards the mar-

gin, with long stiff bristles, which are composed of numerous

linear cells. Stem 1 inch high, scarce a line thick, flexuous,

sparingly sprinkled with bristles like the pileus. Hymenium

concave. Sporidia elliptic, pointed at either end. Endochrome

searcely bipartite. The colour of the whole when fresh is pro-

bably scarlet.

This species is closely allied to P. sulcipes and P. Hindsii, but

~dlistinguished from both by its long bristles. These do not, like

202 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

the bristles of P. seutellata and many other species, consist of a

single row of cells, but are composed of a great many connate

articulated threads. P. tricholoma, Mont., is smaller, and _

the external surface costate.

59. Peziza Hindsii, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. vol. i. p. 456 ;

Sallé, no.86. On dead wood.

This species closely resembles P. sulcipes, Berk., of which I

have a specimen from Dr. Montagne marked P. tricholoma, but

which does not at all accord with his figure or description.

There are no anostomosing raised lines on the surface of the cup,

and the bristles are very much shorter. P. Afzelii, Fr. Nov.

Symb. p. 105; Afz. Ic. f. 50, is a smaller species of the same

group.

60. Hypoxylon vulgare (Spheria Hypoxylon, Hhr. ), Sallé,

no.49. On dead wood. Abundant.

61. Hypoxylon comosum, Mont. Ann. d. Se. Nat. 1840; Sallé,

no:51. On dead sticks. A single specimen.

62. Hypoxylon obtusissimum, n. s. Capitulo brevi late ellip-

tico-clavato obtusissimo stipite brevissimo, cuticula fragili tenui,

ostiolis minutissimis. Sallé, no. 47.

Head 13 inch long, nearly 1 inch thick, elliptico-clavate, very

obtuse, covered with a thin brittle purple-brown coat, darker be-

low. Surface smooth, with the exception of the extremely mi-

nute ostiola, which are scarcely visible to the naked eye. Stem

extremely short.

This species has the habit of H. allantoideum, but differs in its

very thin brittle cuticle and the much smaller ostiola. H. zey-

lanicum is far more rigid, besides being rather different in habit.

63. Hypoxylon Domingense, n.s. Maxima cylindrico-clave-

formis deorsum furcata rigida laccata fusco-purpurea ostiolis pro-

minulis asperula sursum involuta. Sallé, no. 46. On dead wood.

Heads cylindrico-clavate, 6 inches high, 3 5 of an inch thick,

forked below, hard, rigid, covered with a dull purple-brown, lac-

cate, minutely cracked crust, involute above, slightly rough with

the ostiola, which are visible to the naked eye. Stem distinct,

about 1 inch high.

This magnificent species resembles closely H. allantoideum,

but is more cylindrical, longer, minutely cracked and involute

above. It resembles also Hyp. fistulosum, Lév., which has how- -

ever more prominent ostiola and more regular obtuse heads. I

do not know any other speeies with which it requires comparison.

Its habit in its own section resembles somewhat that of well-

developed specimens of HH. corniformis, but stouter and more

shortly stipitate.

64. Hypoxylon grammicum, Mont. Ann. d. siege Nat. Apr. 1840;

Sallé, no. 45. On dead branches.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 203

The specimens seem just intermediate between this and H.

rhopaloides. Unfortunately I have no authentic sample of Dr:

Montagne’s plant, and therefore cannot speak positively. H. rho-

paloides from Cuba and Surinam is farsmaller. This is just the

size of what Dr. Montagne figures, but is obtuse and not acute.

No. 50 is apparently a more slender and dwarf form of the

same species.

Les? Hypoxylon concentricum (Bolton sub Spheria), Sallé,

0.48. On dead wood.

This is as strongly lacquered as Hypoxylon vernicosum, the

essential character of which resides in the loose cellular character

of its substance.

_ 66. Spheria (Civcumscripte) Sallei, n. s. Orbicularis suban-

gulata convexa; stromate atropurpureo; ostiolis longis subru-

gosis divergentibus basi velatis. Sallé, no. 82. On bzanches of

trees.

Pustules 1-3 lines broad, orbicular, rather angular, immersed

in the bark ; stroma purplish black, extending over the base of

the divergent, somewhat rugged, elongated, linear, subconical

ostiola.

Unfortunately I have not been able to find any fructification

in this fine species.

67. Meliola amphitricha, Mont. Cuba, p. 326; Sallé, no. 73.

On leaves of some Smilax.

The following species of the collection are indeterminable :—

10. Some Tricholoma near Ag. Columbetta or A. albus.

2. Some Naucoria, abundant, but in the absence of notes I

cannot say what species.

11. Some Lepiota, probably a new species allied to A. illinitus.

58. A single specimen of an imperfect Marasmius.

68. Mycelium.

80. Some fungus unknown. A single specimen without fruc-

tification.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIIL.

Fig. 1. a, Aschersonia turbinata, nat. size; 5, vertical section of stroma

—

sighiiy magnified ; c, section of perithecium and stroma magnified

250 diameters ; d, spores; @, pecan more highly magnified.

Fig. 2. f, section of Ustilago axicola, magnified ; g, a portion of ditto more

highly magnified ; 4, spores as seen under a power of 250 dia-

meters.

Fig. 3. Spores of Ustilago leucoderma magnified to the same degree as (h).

Fig. 4. Spores of Ustilago Montagnei drawn to the same scale as (A).

204 Mr. J. Walton on two British species

XVII.—Descriptions of two new British genera of Insects, and of

two new species, belonying to the family Curculionide. By

Joun Watton, F.L.S.

Genus TracuopEs, Schiipp., Germ., Schinh.

Char. Gen. ‘‘ Antenne moderate, rather slender; funiculus

seven-jointed ; the two basal joints obconic, the first stouter than

the second, the remainder subnodose, very gradually increasing

in breadth; the club short, ovate. Rostrum elongate, rather

slender, round, linear and curved. Thorax truncate at the base

and apex, rounded at the sides, and coarctate in front. Scu-

tellum none. Elytra subovate, subtruncate at the base, the hu-

meral angles subrotundate, attenuated towards the apex, mode-

rately convex above.”

Obs. Body ovate, convex, hispid, apterous, and of small size.

Trachodes hispidus, Linn., Germ., Schénh.

Rhynch. squamifer, Gyll.

Ovate, convex, fusco-piceous, hispid, clothed with depressed

cinereous scales, and with erect scales. Head small, rounded,

rufo-piceous, the vertex very convex and minutely punctured;

eyes black, depressed ; rostrum longer than the head and thorax,

sublinear, slender, curved, rufescent, minutely punctate-striate

at the base, smooth and shining towards the apex. Antenne

inserted a little behind the middle of the rostrum, rather thick,

rufescent. ‘Thorax subglobose, piceous, narrowed at the base

and apex, rounded at the sides, somewhat convex above, pulvi-

nated and closely punctulated ; densely clothed at the sides with

small cinereous scales and sparingly so on the disc, besides which

there are two or four longitudinal rows of erect black scales.

Scutellum none. Elytra ovate, very convex above, piceous, con-

nate, attenuated at the apex, deeply sulcate, the sulci impunctate,

the interstices indistinctly rugulose and alternately elevated ;

clothed with depressed cinereous scales, variegated towards the

apex, forming, in recent specimens, a large cordiform fascia com-

mon to both elytra, and having likewise from six to eight parallel

rows of erect black scales on the interstices. Legs elongate,

rufescent ; femora obscure, stout, clavate, each armed with a large

acute tooth, and annulated with pale scales ; all the tibie dilated

at their apices similar to Anthonomus Ulmi. Length 2 lines.

I have a foreign specimen of this insect forwarded to me by

the late M. Schonherr ; at first sight it resembles Acalles Roboris

of Curtis, from which however it widely differs in the form of the

rostrum, the want of a pectoral groove, the length and form of

the legs, and in having the femora armed and the tibie dilated.

of Trachodes and Acalyptus. 205

T. C. Heysham, Esq., picked up a specimen eight years ago,

of this remarkable and interesting insect, not far from Carlisle,

which he kindly forwarded to me for my examination ; since

which another has been captured by Mr. W. Walker from the

trunk of an oak in the New Forest, in May 1850; these I believe

are all the specimens known to have been found in England.

Genus Acatyprtus, Schénh.

Char. Gen. “ Antennz moderate, rather slender; funiculus

seven-jointed ; the two basal joints elongate, obconic, the first

longer and stouter than the second, the remainder very short,

truncate at their apices, coarctate, gradually increasing in

breadth ; club oval. Rostrum elongate, slender, linear, curved.

Eyes lateral, rounded and slightly convex. Thorax bisinuated at

the base, narrowed in front, a little rounded at the sides, and

truncate at the apex. Elytra quadrate-ovate, rather convex above,

regularly rounded at the apex; pygidium exposed.”

Obs. This genus greatly resembles Tychius in its general habit,

from which it chiefly differs in the structure of the terminal joints

of the funiculus of the antennz, in its linear slender rostrum,

subdepressed body, and its sericeous piliform scales.

Acalyptus Carpini, Hbst, Gyll., Schonh.

— sericeus var. y, Schonh. Supp.

— rufipennis var., Schonh.

Black, subdepressed, covered with shining silvery-white scales.

Head small, suborbiculate, depressed, black, very finely punc-

tured ; eyes rotundate, brown, a little prominent ; rostrum rather

longer than the head and thorax, linear, curved, black, subopake,

and very minutely punctured throughout. Antennz rather short,

slender, entirely pale testaceous; sometimes with the club ob-

secure. Thorax scarcely broader than long, much narrowed in

front, very little rounded at the sides, slightly bisinuated at the

base, nearly flat above, black and closely punctulated ; densely

clothed with decumbent, piliform, shining, sericeous or silvery-

white scales. Scutellum small, round, sericeous. Elytra much

broader anteriorly than the base of the thorax, more than three

times the length, the shoulders elevated, with the sides straight,

each elytron regularly rounded at the apex, nearly plane above,

black, piceous or testaceous, subremotely punctate-striate, the

interstices flat, coriaceous ; densely covered with scales similar to

those of the thorax. Body black, punctulated beneath ; the py-

gidium exposed ; the breast densely, and the abdomen sparingly,

squamous. Legs moderate, sparingly pubescent ; femora robust

in the middle, rufo-ferruginous, or totally pale testaceous ; eden-

_tate. Length 1-13 line.

206 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Extremely variable in size and in the colour of the elytra; spe-

cimens occur of various shades from rufous to black.

The two foreign insects in the cabinet of Mr. Kirby sent by

Gyllenhal, with the name “ Carpini,” agree with British speci-

mens. I possess a foreign insect from Dr. Germar named Aca-

lypius rufipennis, which I have no doubt is a variety of this,

having pale elytra.

First discovered as a British insect by Mr. 8. Stevens, who

found it whilst beating the sallow blossoms, on the 28th of April,

in a small wood near Fenny Stratford; to whose liberality 1 am

indebted for specimens.

XVIII.—On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of

some new Species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D.

&c.*

[Continued from page 103.]

Genus Dysaster, Agassiz.

Test ovate or subdiscoidal ; ambulacra simple, continuous and

radiant ; the posterior pair separated from the others, and con-

verging to form a summit at some distance behind that formed

at the apical disc by the antero-lateral pair and anterior single

ambulacrum which gives value to the name Dysaster. Upper

surface of the test smooth and convex, under surface much undu-

Jated from the convexity of the interambulacra and the straight-

ness of the ambulacra. Tubercles small, mammillated and per-

forate, and surrounded by a circular depression ; apical dise situ-

ated at the junction of the three anterior ambulacra, and formed

of four perforated ovarial plates which are intimately soldered

* I have dedicated Pygaster Morrisii to my friend John Morris, Esq.,

ee of the learned authors of a Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great

Oolite.

_ After the first part of this paper was printed, I met with a specimen of

Hyboclypus caudatus with the apical disc preserved in situ, which I regret

was not found before the plate containing the details of the anatomy of _

that species was completed. The disc is formed of two small anterior ovarial

plates, the right plate supporting the madreporiform body, and two larger

posterior ovarial plates; between them and occupying the centre of the

dise are four small rhomboidal plates, which probably represent the single

ovarial plate composed of two valves, and the two posterior ocular plates

displaced from their normal position in consequence of the posterior pair

of ambulacra terminating in this genus at a short distance behind the apical

disc; at the summits of the single and anterior pair of ambulacra are three

small ocular plates with distinct eye-holes ; the posterior ambulacra have no

ocular plates at their summits; these elements according to my view are

transposed to the centre of the dise to give greater expansion to the strue-

ture in this region. ; :

a eee

ea Ue

;

ne 4 ~'*

“

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 207

to the adjoming portion of the test, and having the madrepori-

form body on the surface of the mght anterior plate; there are

three ocular plates at the summits of the ambulacra with small

eyeholes in depressions thereof ; base concave and much undu-

lated ; mouth excentral, simple and pentagonal, situated near the

anterior border; anus oblong or pyriform, marginal or submar-

ginal, situated at the posterior surface, and sometimes encircled

by the postero-lateral ambulacra.

Dysaster ringens, Agassiz.

Syn. Dysaster ringens, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, Part 1. p. 5.

tab. 1. fig. 7-11; Agass. Cat. Syst. p.3; Desor, Monograph

des Dysaster, p. 24. tab. 1. fig. 13-17; Cotteau, Etudes des

Echin. Foss. p. 46. tab. 2. fig. 10-13 ; Agassiz and Desor, Ca-

talog. raisonné, A. S. N. tome viii. p. 33; Forbes, Mem. Geol.

Surv. Decade iii. pl. 9.

Collyrites ringens, Desmoulins, 3rd Mém. sur les Echin. p. 368.

Dysaster Eudesii, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 3 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dys-

- aster, p. 23. t. 1. fig. 5-12.

Dysaster subringens, M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. ii.

p- 415.

Test suborbicular or subpentagonal, rounded anteriorly, rostrated

posteriorly ; dorsal surface convex and depressed ; sides tumid ;

vertex nearly central ; ambulacra widely disjoined, posterior

pair forming an arch above the anal opening; anus pyriform,

marginal, and situated im a terminal sulcus; base concave,

much undulated ; interambulacra tumid, the single posterior

area very prominent and much deflected ; mouth small, sub-

central and subpentagonal.

Height /,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

zgth, transverse diameter 1 inch. As this Urchin presents very

variable proportions, we subjoin the following table of the di-

mensions of eight specimens from the Bridport Oolite by Pro-

fessor Forbes* in inches and twelfths :—

A.|B.|C.|D.|E.|F G.| H

Length ....| 15) 1,;/01/0,3,| 022 | 0,3,/ 039/013

Breadth ....}1 | 1, 034/0,%,| 0,4,/ 0,8,| org | 012

Thickness .. | 05% | 03% | O7y | 0% | 05) O75 | 055/ 05%

_ Description.—The preceding table of dimensions shows how

much the general outline of D. ringens varies, being nearly orbi-

Ee." * Memoirs Geol. Survey, Decade iii. pl. 9.

208 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

cular, subpentagonal or oblong, with almost every intermediate

form blending the two extremes in different individuals; the dorsal

surface is uniformly smooth and convex, elevated posteriorly,

gently declined anteriorly, and more or less depressed, the vertex

being situated in general nearer the posterior than the anterior

border; the sides are tumid, the anterior part is flattened, and

the posterior is produced ; the antero-lateral region is narrower

than the postero-lateral ; the prominence of the interambulacra

in some individuals produces the subpentagonal varietics. The

ventral surface is very unequal, the convexity of the interambu-

lacra amounting to nodulose eminences ; the posterior single area

in particular is very gibbous, prominent, and much deflected ; its

posterior surface is truncated and channelled to form the anal

valley, which is bounded by two ridges, commencing at the

apices of the posterior ambulacra, and passing downwards and

outwards towards the base, where they may be traced on the

summit of the gibbous area as far as the mouth; in the upper

part of the marginal valley and nearly on a level with the dorsal

surface the anal opening is situated, having a pyriform shape,

with the apex directed upwards. The ambulacra are of unequal

width, the posterior pair being the widest ; the anterior arez are

about the same width ; the single ambulacrum is gently sinuous,

the antero-laterals curve gracefully towards each other, and the

three aree converge at the apical disc near the centre of the

dorsal surface; the posterior pair are somewhat wider than the

others, they curve gracefully round the single interambulacrum,

form an arch over its produced and truncated border, and con-

verge above the anal opening; the ambulacra are all complete,

and pass continuously from the mouth to the two dorsal sum-

mits ; they are formed of pairs of small plates, about one-fourth

the depth of the interambulacral plates, each plate being perfo-

rated at its outer side with two small pores; the ambulacra be-

come wider about the mouth, and the pores increase in number,

forming three oblique series of three pairs in each. The inter-

ambulacra are of unequal width ; on the dorsal surface they are

on a level with the ambulacra, but on the ventral surface they

form nodulose eminences between them—so much so, that the

ventral is as remarkable for its undulations as the dorsal is for

the smoothness of its surface ; the single interambulacrum being

prominent and gibbous superiorly, posteriorly and inferiorly, but

especially so in the latter region. The apical disc is a very cu-

rious structure, and is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial

plates, disposed in pairs, at some distance apart, and separated

by three largely developed ocular plates which extend into the

centre of the disc; the anterior pair of ovarials are of an irre-

gular form, and separate the single ambulacrum from the antero-

‘|

‘

os $9 2-0. se ut a a

a 22 cao ae

og Ss V > rer > 5), celle gaia aaa

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 209

lateral ambulacra ; on the surface of the right plate is placed the

madreporiform body ; behind and between them is a small dia-

mond-shaped plate occupying the median line, its anterior angle

uniting with the apex of the single ambulacrum, and its poste-

rior border with the anterior ovarials ; behind these are two rhom-

boidal-shaped plates, which articulate before with the anterior

ovarials, laterally with the apices of the antero-lateral ambulacra,

and behind with the posterior pair of ovarial plates; near the

points of junction of these plates with the ambulacra, the small

eyeholes are situated ; behind the rhomboidal ocular plates, the

small oblong posterior ovarial plates are situated. I can detect

no ocular plates at the summits of the posterior ambulacra; a

fact, which in some measure serves to account for the concentra-

tion of the formative power on the three anterior ocular plates

which exhibit such a disproportionate development in the apical

dise of Dysaster. As this structure has not been accurately de-

scribed by former observers, I have taken advantage of the cir-

cumstance of having before me a specimen most favourable for

this purpose, and which I have carefully examined with the mi-

croscope under an inch object-glass.

The mouth is more or less subcentral, and lodged in a conca-

vity; it is of a pentagonal form, and is about one-eighth of the

length of the shell. The surface of the test is covered with small

tubercles having punctated summits, and surrounded by a cir-

cular depression ; they are larger on the ventral than on the

dorsal surface, but are microscopic on both, and the intermediate

surface of the plates is minutely granulated.

| Affinities and differences.—Many of our specimens of this

Urchin agree with the figures of D. Eudesii in M. Desor’s mo-

nograph, whilst others have the depressed dorsal surface and

angular outline of D. ringens, and as we have a series of inter-

mediate forms connecting the extremes, it is probable that the

former may only be a variety of the latter species. Qn this sub-

ject M. Cotteau* observes, that he collected with M. Moreau,

from the “ Oolite ferrugineuse ” of Tour du Pré, a suite of spezi-

mens of D. ringens presenting various degrees of tumidity and

more or less circularity of outline, and among which were all the

gradations conducting to D. Eudesii, from which he concluded

that the individual figured in his monograph, and which may be

taken as a fair representation of many of our specimens, is a small

and more elongated variety of D. ringens. This conclusion, ac-

cording to Prof. Forbest, is in accordance with the experience of

the officers of the Geological Survey.

. Locality and stratigraphical range.—Dysaster ringens var. Eu-.

* Etudes des Echinides Foss. p- 48.

+ Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade iii. pl. 9.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 14

210 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

desii has been collected in the sands of the Inferior Oolite in’

Somerset and Dorset. Our specimens are from between Sher-

borne and Yeovil, Barton-Bradstock, Bridport, and Chideock

Hill. On the continent it has been found in the “ Marnes Vésu-

liennes”’ of the Jura by Agassiz, in the ferruginous Oolite of

Normandy by Deslongchamps, and in the same stratum at Tour

du Pré by Cotteau. Prof. M‘Coy states that it is not uncommon

in the Inferior Oolite of Leckhampton ; but this is a mistake, as

it is not within the experience of any of the local collectors, that

a Dysaster was ever found in that locality ; it is said however to

occur in the Cornbrash near Cirencester, but we have not seen the

specimens.

History.—Dysaster ringens was recorded for the first time by

Agassiz in his ‘ Prodrome*,’ and has been successively figured

and described in his ‘ Echin. Foss.,’ by M. Desor in his ‘ Monogr.

des Dysaster,’ by Prof. Forbes in his ‘ Memoirs of the Geological

Survey,’ by M. Cotteau in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides, and was

mentioned by Desmoulins under the name of Collyrites ringens.

Dysaster bicordatus, Desor.

Syn. Dysaster bicordatus, Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 9. tab. 2.

fig. 1-4 ; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echin., A. 8. N.

tom. vill. p. 31.

Dysaster symmetricus, M‘Coy, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 414,

2nd Series.

Robinaldinus, Cotteau, Etudes des Echinides, p. 75. tab. 7.

fig. 1, 5. :

Test thin, oval, anterior and posterior borders nearly uniform in

convexity ; sides tumid ; dorsal surface convex, sometimes flat-

tened ; vertex excentral, situated near the anterior third ; anus

supra-marginal, postero-lateral ambulacra forming an arch

over the anal opening; base convex, without undulations ;

mouth-opening small, situated at about the junction of the

~ anterior with the middle third of the base.

Height at vertex 33ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter

1 inch, transverse diameter ;%,ths of an inch.

Description.—The regular oval outline of this Dysaster forms

a contrast to the orbicular and subpentagonal figure of D. ringens

var. Eudesii; the sides are tumid, the dorsal and basal surfaces

are smooth and convex, and the test has a uniformly gibbous

appearance ; the ambulacra are all complete, passing from the

mouth to their terminations on the dorsal surface without inter-

ruption, and both on the dorsal and ventral surfaces being on a

level with the interambulacral arez ; the three anterior ambu-

* Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. nat. de Neuchatel.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 211

lacra converge about the anterior third of the back ; the apex of

the single anterior area is separated from those of the antero-

laterals by the anterior pair of ovarial plates ; the single ambu-

lacrum is the narrowest, and the postero-lateral ambulacra are

the widest ; the anterior border is slightly flattened, and in the

centre of this space the single ambulacrum passes in a straight

line from the vertex to the mouth ; at the apex of this area there

is a small prominent subtriangular eminence which forms the

highest point of the test, so that in this species the vertex is

situated at the anterior third of the back, whilst in D. ringens it

is in the posterior third; the antero-lateral ambulacra curve

gently upwards, backwards and forwards from the mouth to the

apical disc, forming thereby a gently undulated line; the pos-

tero-lateral ambulacra take a long sinuous course from the

mouth, passing backwards, outwards and upwards over the pos-

terior border, and converging near the median line above the

anal opening, over which they form an arch; the apices of the

postero-lateral ambulacra converge on the back at the distance

of 2,ths of an inch behind the antero-lateral ambulacra; the

pores are placed in oblique pairs, and are very distinct on the

sides and back, but on the ventral surface they are small and

very indistinct ; in the specimens before me the interambulacral

plates are large and bent, each forming a double inclined plane ;

the arez are uniformly smooth and gibbous, the single interam-

bulacrum is obliquely bevelled and slightly flattened, and at the

extreme upper part of this area, nearly on a level with the dorsal

surface, the anus is lodged; the opening has a pyriform shape

with the apex directed upwards, from its lateral walls two obtuse

ridges pass downwards and outwards ; the basal portion of this

area is a little more gibbous and produced than the other area.

The ventral surface is convex with scarcely any undulation, an-

teriorly there is a’slight concavity, and posteriorly an increased

convexity occasioned by the gibbosity of the single interambu-

lacrum ; the mouth is lodged in a slight depression, the opening

is small and subpentagonal, and is situated about the anterior

fourth part of the antero-posterior diameter of the test ; the exact

relative situation of this aperture appears to vary in the different

individuals I have measured. The apical disc is situated behind

the subtriangular apical eminence, and therefore occupies the

anterior third of the back ; it has a lengthened rhomboidal figure

and is formed very much like the dise in D. ringens, of which

we have already given a detailed description ; the four perforated

ovarial plates and the three large curiously implanted ocular

plates are seen very distinctly in the specimen before me; the

right ovarial plate supports the madreporiform body. The ele-

. 4 ~- ments of the disc are in general so entirely united with the ad-

14*

212 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

joining pieces of the shell, that it is only in weathered specimens,

or in those where the test has passed into the condition of calca-

reous spar, that we can distinguish the separate pieces of which

it is formed. The surface of the shell is covered with small

tubercles surrounded by circular depressions, between which

numerous microscopic granules are scattered; the spines are

unknown.

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline D. bicordatus

resembles D. ringens, but is distinguished from it by the follow-

ing characters : in D. bicordatus the highest point of the back is

near the anterior third, whilst in D. ringens it is at the posterior -

third ; in D. bicordatus the ventral surface is nearly uniformly

convex, in D. ringens it is very much undulated ; in D. bicordatus

the apical disc is situated near the anterior third of the dorsal sur-

face, whilst in D. ringens it is nearly central; the single inter-,

ambulacrum is not so much developed, the anal opening is

larger and higher up, and the anal valley is more rudimentary in

D. bicordatus than in D. ringens. By its height and dimensions

and the disposition of the ambulacra, and the high’position of

the anus and rudimentary valley, D. bicordatus closely resembles .

D. Robinaldinus. M.: Cotteau however thinks it is distinct ; but

we have before us specimens from the Inferior Oolite so closely

resembling the figure given by him in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides,’

that we suspect Cotteau’s species to be a variety of D. bicordatus.

We have before remarked, that in our opinion a greater or less

elevation of the dorsal surface or a flattening of the borders of the

test do not per se constitute specific characters ; for this reason we

consider D. symmetricus as only an oval variety of D. bicordatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.— This species has been col-

lected with D. ringens by the officers of the Geological Survey

from the sands of the Inferior Oolite of Dorsetshire. I have

never had the good fortune to find it in the same stratum in

Gloucestershire ; it may however occur at Frocester and Wootton-

under-Edge, where the sands of the Inferior Oolite attain a great

development.

History.—First figured and described by Desor in his ‘ Monogr.

des Dysaster,’ afterwards by Cotteau under the name D. Robi-

naldinus in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides Fossiles, and described

under the name D. symmetricus by Prof. M‘Coy ; recorded as oc-

curring in abundance in the Inferior Oolites of Dorsetshire by the

officers of the Geological Survey.

Dysaster ovalis, Agass.

Syn. Dysaster ovalis, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. 3; Desor, Monogr. des

Dysaster, p. 15. tab. 3. fig. 21-23; Agassiz and Desor’s Cata-

logue raisonné des Echinides, A. 8. N. tom. viii. p. 32.

A a a

A ie aa lll eatiaaae

a oa

ea Hk

Tp Ee ait le

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 218

Spatangus ovalis, Parkinson, Org. Rem. vol. iii. tab. 3. fig. 3 ; Phil-

lips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. p. 127. tab. 4. fig. 23 ; Young and

Bird, Geol. of York. pl. 6. fig. 9.

Var. A. Dysaster propinquus, Agass. Echin. Foss. Suisse, i. p.2. tab. 1.

fig. 1-3 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 14. tab. 3. fig. 24—26 ;

Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue raisonné des Echinides, p. 32.

Var. B. Dysaster truncatus, Dubois, Voy. au Cauc. (Ser. Geol.) tab. 1.

fig. 1; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p.17. tab. 13, des Galerites,

fig.8—11 ; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides, p. 32.

Var. major. Height 48ths of an inch, antero-posterior dia-

meter 1 inch and ;4ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;?;ths.

Var. minor. Height 33ths of an inch, antero-posterior dia-

meter 1 inch and ;5,ths, transverse diameter }8ths of an inch.

Description.—The general outline of this Dysaster is oval, the

anterior border however forms the segment of a iarger circle

than the posterior border, which is produced and truncated ; the

upper surface is uniformly convex, the sides are tumid, and the

base is flat ; the ambulacral arez are relatively wide, the anterior

siugle ambulacrum and the antero-lateral ambulacral arez con-

verge at the apical disc, near the centre of the back ; the single

area descends in a depression which grooves the anterior border

of the test, and the base thereof as far as the mouth ; the antero-

lateral ambulacra are gently sinuous, and form graceful curves

over the sides of the shell; having their apices separated from

that of the single area by the anterior pair of ovarial plates ; the

ro-lateral ambulacra are relatively wider than the antero-

laterals, they take a straight direction at the base, are slightly

-sinuous on the sides, and converge at about the posterior third

of the back, at a point about midway between the apical disc and

the anal opening. The interambulacral arez are formed of large

plates, the single area is produced and sometimes truncated, and

the anal opening is situated at the superior part of the posterior

border between the point of convergence of the postero-lateral

ambulacra and the basal angle.

~The mouth-opening is excentral and lodged in a depression

near the anterior border, about the anterior fourth of the base;

the surface of the shell is covered with small tubercles, very uni-

form in size on the different parts thereof; the interambulacral

plates are convex inferiorly and concave superiorly, whilst the

ambulacral plates are united together by straight sutures; the

pores are small and distinct, and more numerous in the avenues

than in the preceding species; the apical disc is formed of four

ovarial plates and three large ocular plates, the mode of arrange-

ment appearing to resemble that described in D. ringens, but we

cannot state precisely their structure from the condition of the

= test. :

LRawTaye

a pe Nh RO

214 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

M. Cotteau observes that D. ovalis has been collected in the

two divisions of the Oxfordian stage (département de ’Yonne),

and in each it presents a distinct variety. In the ferruginous

beds which repose upon the upper layers of the Bathonian stage

it is of small size, and is flattened before, contracted behind, and

almost flat above ; in the Oxfordian limestones or upper division

of this stage it is much larger in size, of a regular oval form,

with more tumid sides : both of these varieties are figured in his

work *,

Affinities and differences.—Adopting as we do the careful ob-

servations made by Agassiz and Desor on this species, who regard

D. propinquus and D. truncatus as varieties of D. ovalis, these

forms are readily distinguished from their congeners by the

uniformly tumid oval form of the test. The large variety of

D. ovalis however much resembles D. analis, but the former is

distinguished from the latter species by the structure of the am-

bulacra ; in D. analis the postero-lateral aree converge imme-

diately above the anal opening, whilst in D. ovalis their point of

convergence is at some distance before that opening.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was obtained

by the Rev. Mr. Young + and by Mr. Phillips} from the calca-

reous grit, and by the latter from the Coralline Oolite and Kel-

loway rock of Yorkshire. Its foreign distribution, according to

Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue§, is from the “ Argovien du Frin-

geli, Liesberg, Largue, Walen, D’Elemont, Purrentruy, Palins,

Mont Brégille, near Besancon.” It has been collected from the

two divisions of the Oxfordian stage by M. Rashier, from the fer-

ruginous beds at Gigny, and from the calcareous beds at Villiers-

les-Hauts, département de l’Youne|].

History.—Our table of synonyms, to which we refer, gives the

history of this species; it has been figured as a British Urchin

by Parkinson, Young and Bird, and Phillips, in their respective

works, but in all so badly that their figures are worthless ; Agassiz

has given beautiful drawings of the Swiss variety, and Cotteau

indifferent ones of the larger and smaller varieties occurring in

France.

_ [To be continued.]

* Etudes des Echinides, p. 87.

+ Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast, p. 215.

t Geology of Yorkshire, p. 134.

§ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. viii. p. 32.

|| Cotteau, Echin. Foss. p. 87.

Mr. J. E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca. 215

XIX.—Observations on Professor Lovén’s Homologies of Mol-

luscea. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Proressor S. Loven, in a very instructive paper on the Deve-

lopment of Bivalve Mollusca, in the ‘ Swedish Transactions’

for 1848, published in 1850, has given a table showing his idea

of the changes which the—1. velum, 2. eyes, 3. foot, 4. byssus,

5. pallial siphon, 6. shell, and 7. the internal plates of shells

undergo in the different orders of Mollusca, and the organs

which he regards as homologous to one another in the different

orders. This paper contains many most interesting observations,

showing very great research, and it must be considered as one

of the most valuable contributions to the study of these animals

which has been recently published ; at the same time there are

certain conclusions in it which are quite contrary to my own re-

searches. As Professor Lovén has specially requested my opi-

nion on them, I yenture to state the reasons which induce me to

dissent from them, hoping to elictt truth by the discussion.

1. Professor Lovén regards the operculum of the Gasteropodous

Mollusca as homologous with the byssus of the bivalve; he de-

scribes it thus: “ Byssus lamellis sepe spiralibus coalitis oper-

culum officiens.”

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ June 1850, I

have given the reasons which induced me to believe the opercu-

lum to be the homologue of the second valve of the bivalve shell,

and the opercular mantle the homologue of the second flap of

the mantle of those animals. Further observation and compa-

rison have only served to confirm my views.

In the latter part of the paper, which alone I profess to be able to

read, there are no reasons given to show why Dr. Lovén regards

the operculum and the byssus as homologous. I can only suggest

two: first, that the operculum is often horny, and of the same

horny consistence as the byssus ; secondly, they are both placed

on the foot. To these I must reply, that, though the substance

of the operculum is also similar to the periostraca of the shell,

and like the shell this horny part of the operculum is often

covered with a shelly coat; and though the operculum and the

byssus are both placed on the foot, they are situated in very dif-

ferent parts of that organ. The byssus is always placed on the

hinder part of the lower edge ; while the operculum is uniformly

placed on the back part of its upper surface. There is also no

similarity either in the ceconomic use or in the development of

these parts. The byssus is merely used to attach the animal

to a particular locality; while the operculum is uniformly and

only used to cover up and protect the animal when it is with-

b 4 —. drawn into the shelly case. The byssus, which is only required

216 Mr.J.E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca.

when the animal and shell are fully developed, is not formed until

the animal has arrived at its full growth, and indeed is of so

little importance in the functions of the animal, that it is some-

times not permanently present, but only generated when required;

and it is often found in some genera of a family and not in others,

and is sometimes even present and absent in the species of the

same natural genus.

On the contrary, the operculum, like the shell, is always to

be observed on the very young animal in the egg, and is always

permanently attached to, and indeed forms as much an integral

part of, the animal as the shell itself. I may further observe,

that if the byssus of the bivalve and operculum of the univalve

were homologous, they would not be found in the same animal,

yet many operculated univalve and some inoperculated gastero-

pods have the faculty of forming a byssus which is secreted by

the foot ; and this byssus appears to be the exact homologue of

the byssus of the bivalve. This byssus has been observed in

the genera Rissoa, Cerithium, Littorina and Litiopa, all of which

are provided with a well-developed operculum.

I may also remark, that the idea which I first proposed in

Dieffenhach’s Journal of New Zealand, in 1843, that the plug of

the Anomia is only a modification of the byssus of the other

Acephala, especially of the lamellar byssus of the Arca, has lately

been proved by the examination of the animal, which shows that

what has been considered as the muscles of the plug is really

the foot of the genus. Mr. Forbes has more lately proposed the

same theory, and compared the plug of the Anomia to the fibrous

byssus of the Pecten.

If this is true of the Anomia, may not the tendon of the Tere-

bratula be a modification of the byssus of the Conchifera, and

the foot of that animal in its least developed state ? Dr. Lovén

does not allow of this homologue, for he describes the Brachio-

podes as without any byssus. Dr. Lovén considers the append-

ages of the Brachiopoda which have been called the foot, like

the arms of the Cephalopods, the papilla of the genus Clio, and

the lips of the Acephala, to be modifications of the veil or velum ;

probably because they are all placed near or round the mouth.

Secondly, Professor Lovén observes, “ The Cephalopodes, Pte-

ropodes, Brachiopodes, and Pectinea have no pallial siphon ; the

Lamellibranchia Dimya have the branchial and anal often distinct ;

the Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata have the branchial often distinct,

and the excretorial one rarely indicated, as in Pleurotoma and

Mangelia.” To this I would remark, that in all the gill-breathing

mollusca I have observed alive, let them be Gasteropoda or Ce-

phalopoda, they have all had as distinct an in-going and out-

coming current as the bivalve mollusca, generally situated in a

‘9 2) oh eit

r Papo

a Ue

Mr. J. E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca. 217

distant part of the mantle. In the spiral gasteropods fie water

enters by the front edge of the mantle, and is ejected at the

hinder edge ; the place where it is ejected is generally marked

by a tooth or ridge on the hinder part of the inner lip of the

shell, forming a canal with the outer lip ; and sometimes the place

of exit is marked by a more or less elongated canal on the shell,

as in the genera Ovula, Cyprea, Cassis, &e. From the examina-

tion which I have made of the animal of Pleurotoma and Man-

elia, 1 much doubt if this slit in the lip of the shell is used

fike the excretorial siphon of the bivalve mollusca, for the ex-

pulsion of the water which has been used in respiration. It

may be used for the exit of the rejectamenta from the intestine,

like the perforation in the shell of Dentalium, Fissurella and

Haliotis, and the notch in the front of the shell in Emarginula

and Scutum. :

Thirdly, Professor Lovén regards “the cardinal teeth of the

bivalves, and the apophyses of the hinge of Brachiopods, as

probably homologous with the septa that separate the chamber

of Nautili and the solid shelly matter which fills up the cavity of

the shell of Magillus.” There is no doubt of the similarity of

these parts, if we are merely to regard them as additional layers

of shelly matter added to the shell; but if we are to consider

their use in the ceconomy of the animal, I cannot see any simi-

larity between the cardinal teeth of the bivalves, and the shelly

layers which diminish the size of the cavity of the shell. The

former are used to keep the two valves of the shell in their pro-

per relation to each other; and the latter, whether it forms

a solid body as in the Magillus, or leaves certain spaces be-

tween each series of plates as in the Nautilus, is used for the

purpose of letting the shell keep its proper relation with the

body and head of the animal. The cardinal teeth of the bivalve

. appear to be the real honiologue with the lobes on the opercu-

lum of Neritide, which keep the operculum in its proper relation

with the shelly valve, and are analogous to the teeth, folds or

ridges in the mouth, the grooves in the throat, and the folds in

the pillar of certainspiral shells, which appear to be destined to

keep the animal in its proper position in the cavity of the shell ;

and, like the teeth of the hinge, are formed by folds or loops of

the mantle. It may be observed that many shells like the Os-

tree and Mytili, which have no true cardinal teeth, have more

or less large eminences near the hinge or fold in the exterior

margin of the shell, which serve the same purpose as the cardinal

teeth in keeping the valves in their relative situation with regard

to each other.

218 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

0. ee Observations on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 132.]

One of the foremost of the conclusions last alluded to, is the

necessity of removing the tribe of the Jcacinee of Mr. Bentham

from the family of the Olacacee, for which many cogent reasons

have already been offered (huj. op. viii. p. 173), and this group I

propose to establish at once as suggested, either as a suborder, or

more deservedly as a distinct family under the name above

stated.. In his excellent memoir on the Olacinee before quoted,

Mr. Bentham enumerated only eleven genera of that order, two

of which were then first described by him. Of these five belonged

to his tribe of the Jcacinee, and one I have shown has no rela-

tion there; hence only five genera out of that list were then

known as really appertaining to the former family. I have now

enumerated thirteen genera of the Olacacee (loc. cit. p. 172),

and an equal number of the Icacinacee (idem, p. 174) *. This last-

mentioned group exhibits characters so widely different from

those of the former, that it becomes necessary to place the two

at a considerable distance in the system. These characters con-

sist in their frequently polygamous, almost dioecious flowers ; the

alternate position of their stamens with respect to the petals;

the evidently normal polycarpellary structure of the ovarium (for

where developed with more than one cell, the dissepiments are

always found complete at their summit) ; the pendulous position

of their ovules, generally two in each cell, near the summit,

where they are suspended, one always more or less above the

other, from a peculiar cupshaped podosperm ; their constantly

indutive seeds ; the existence of a distinct testa, of inner integu-

ments, of a chalaza and of a raphe: all these are important dif-

ferences, quite at variance with the very peculiar points of struc-

ture that characterize the Olacacee.

With such completely irreconcileable characters, there is only

one proper course to pursue, and that is to separate them; but

it then remains to be considered, where in such case they should

be placed in the system, for it is evident that they cannot even

remain in juxtaposition. In the face of the difficulty of com-

bating long-established opinions, it becomes essential, at the

risk of the charge of prolixity, to recapitulate here a few of the

arguments before assigned, in order to guide us to a right deci-

* One of these, Ptychopetalum, was placed here, because its ovules were

stated to be attached to a parietal placenta ; but having since had an oppor-

tunity of examining it, I find it to possess the general characters of the

Olacacee.

| veteran Corel age ind 2 is ey) me ae

- Se ke hg Ty ee ‘ —aw

oe ee are i Sisal : i ‘ ‘ :

gah ait

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee. 219

sion. Proceeding upon the principle, that the most scientific

basis for the distribution of plants is that founded on the cha-

racters which from their nature must be the most invariable,

I mean those offered by the development of the organs of repro-

duction, we perceive a feature of most general occurrence, where

the margins of the carpellary leaves are supposed to become pla-

centiferous : sometimes these are believed to unite either by their

edges and thus to form parietal placentations, or by the variable

of their inflexion, to constitute either loculigerous or

axile placentations ; and from the evidence I shall be able to show,

it will be evident that it is among the latter we must seek a

place for the Icacinacee. But I have suggested the existence of

several families, now distributed unsatisfactorily in different parts

of the system, where we must imagine the placente to have

originated, not from the margins of carpellary leaves which in

such cases may be considered as sterile, but where their ovuli-

gerous development is to be traced from the more basal or

petiolar portions of the carpellary leaves: under this point of

view, we may reconcile the idea of the original formation of an

ovarium, which, though constituted of several carpels, will some-

times be unilocular, and at other times often incompletely pluri-

locular at the base, while in every instance they are all invariably

1-celled at the summit, the ovules being always attached to an

erect placenta arising from the base of the cell, and completely

unconnected with the style. This extensive group I have pro-

posed to associate together in a distinct class, the Cionosperme

(Aj. op. vu. p. 207). -

It will be in vain to urge, that there exists only a slight dif-

ference in the structure of the plurilocular ovarium with axile

placentation, and the one-celled ovary with central placentation :

this has been contended by several able botanists, who have

argued that in such cases the dissepiments have been originally

complete, but that by their attenuation they have broken away,

until they have left the placentary column free. I do not deny

that under certain circumstances this sometimes happens, but in

such cases we can always trace the indications of such rupture,

and we also invariably find, that the axile column, rendered thus

free in the middle, is always attached by its summit to the style.

On the other hand, in Myrsinacee, we cannot discern any indica-

tion of parietal expansion, or the smallest involution of what we

may conceive to have been the sterile margins of the carpellary

leaves; we find there the ovules often crowded around a free

globular placenta, rising but little above the base of the cell, and

springing directly from the pedicel of the flower: here, at least,

we have fair evidence, that both placente and ovules must have

~- proceeded from an immediate expansion of the elementary petioles

220 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacez.

of the original carpellary leaves. We perceive indeed, among

the Cionosperme, a gradual deviation from this extreme, begin-

ning with slight parietal rudiments of sterile dissepiments, about

the base of the cell, and varying in degree, until we reach the

oppositely extreme cases of the Styracee and Humiriacee, where

the ovarium is many-celled, even to the apex; but even here, in

spite of the converging and always thickened incomplete dissepi-

ments, extending so far, as even almost to touch the central ex-

pansions, we find the ovuligerous placentz in the axis, always

quite free from them, and from the style. If no original differ-

ence is to be found in the nature of the development, between

the plurilocular germen, and the one-celled ovarium with free

central placente, or if the existence of the latter were due to

the breaking away from the placentz of the inflected portions of

the dissepiment so formed, we should sometimes perceive in the

same order, the same genus, or even in the same individual, some

instance where this had happened in a greater or less degree, and

we should often meet with the two structures confounded ; but

we find invariably an equally uniform amount of development,

proving that in their normal origin they are distinct.

It was upon these views I drew the conclusion and offered

the suggestion (uj. op. vol. viii. p. 167) that the nearest

affinity of the Icacinacee is with the Celastracea, or the Aqui-

foliacee, but that they differ from these in many essential re-

spects, and cannot be held to be subordinate to either of

them. With those who think it tends to the simplicity of

the science, to diminish to the utmost possible extent the pre-

sent number of natural orders, the Celastracee, Aquifoliacea,

Icacinacee, Hippocratacee and some others might be considered

as suborders of one large family; but I do not perceive any

advantage in this method; for it matters little whether such

divisions be called classes and orders, or orders and suborders ;

for were such an order established (under the name, for

instance, of the Dryacee), it is clear that, in practice, any

plant traceable to such alliance would always be referred to its

own peculiar suborder and never to such family. I therefore

incline to the greater convenience of retaining each group as

hitherto established, as a distinct order, and combining the whole

in a class that may be called the Dryales*, because they mostly

consist of trees with evergreen leaves. They cannot consistently

be retained in the class of the Frangulacee of Endlicher, which

are marked by other very different characters.

The group of the Dryales will hence consist mostly of ever-

green trees with alternate, rarely opposite, exstipulate leaves

“* From dpis, arbor sempervirens.

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinaceze. 221

which are generally coriaceous, entire, or slightly toothed; symme-

trical flowers mostly hermaphrodite, often polygamous; calyx

small, campanulate, toothed, free, or sometimes conjoined with the

ovarium by the intervention of a fleshy disk; stamens generally

equal in number to the petals, and then always alternate with

them, usually five, rarely fewer, and often arising from a conspi-

cuous disk ; ovarium 5-locular, often by abortion only 3-, 2- or

}-celled ; ovules anatropal, often resupinated, generally two in

each cell, attached by a cupshaped podosperm to the axis or dis-

sepiment, and either erect, horizontal, or suspended ; seeds often

solitary in each cell, frequently with a conspicuous arillus ; em-

bryo orthotropal, albuminous, or rarely exalbuminous, with the

sities pointed towards the hilum.

The families that at.present appear to constitute this group may

be distinguished from each other by the following leading

characters :-—

RSS eee

Matrentio |Stamens in ;

of Corolla, |BUmber to} Disk. Ovules. Seeds. Embryo. Family.

petals.

imbricate.| equal. present. | erect or albuminous. | with large foliaceous|Celastracee.

ascending. cotyledons.

i Ra = suspended. 2 short with small/Aquifoliacez.

cotyledons.

a2 fewer. os horizontal. | exalbuminous.| fleshy with thick or|Hippocratacez.

foliaceous _cotyle-

dons.

unknown. | equal. s suspended. as fleshy. Chailletiacez.

valvate. | equal rarely ob- oa albuminous. | either small or large! Icacinacese.

solete. foliaceous _cotyle-

dons.

imbricate.| a none ? fe re small cotyledons. Cyrillaceze.

The Icacinacee may be thus defined. Trees or shrubs with

alternate entire petiolate leaves, generally more or less coriaceous,

smooth, exstipulate. Flowers hermaphrodite, or polygamous by

abortion, generally very small, and very simple and symmetrical

in their structure: inflorescence axillary or terminal, fasciculate

or in many-flowered cymes or branching panicles, each flower

distinctly articulated upon a short bracteated pedicel; bract

minute, either very caducous, or abortive. Calyx usually small,

cupshaped, 5-, rarely 4-toothed, persistent. Corolla hypogynous,

consisting of 5, rarely 4 petals, alternate with the teeth of the

calyx, always distinct, though often connivent at base into a

tubular form by the slight adhesion of the filaments, more or

less linear, of fleshy texture, valvate in estivation, with the

apical points inflected, reflexed and deciduous. Stamens equal

-in number to the petals, always alternate with them, and

222 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

nearly equal to them in length; filaments erect, often im-

plicated, fleshy, compressed, subulate, sometimes invested with

glandular hairs; anthers introrse, 2-lobed, 2- or 4-celled, cells

dehiscing lengthways by a cleft along one of their margins,

rarely otherwise. Ovarium entirely free, supported upon a cup-

shaped disk (which is either quite free or partially adnate with it),

fleshy, oblong-conical, often surmounted with a conspicuous

fleshy epigynous gland, which is sometimes lateral, generally by

abortion 1-locular, sometimes 3-locular, and then the cells are

excentrically disposed, showing the normal number of united

earpels to be 5: ovules geminate, somewhat collaterally sus-

pended, one a little higher than the other, from near the sum-

mit of the cell, by a short fleshy podosperm, which is generally

expanded in the form of an inverted cup, anatropal, and some-

times resupinate. Style erect, or incurved, somewhat excentri-

‘cal, as long as the stamens, sometimes wanting. Stigma generally

clavate or obsoletely lobed. Drupe baccate, containing a single

1-celled, indehiscent putamen ; seed single, filling the cavity of

the cell, and apparently resupinate ; testa thin and somewhat

membranaceous, raphe arising from the nearly basal chalaza and

extending to the summit along the dorsal face. Embryo in the

axis and summit of fleshy and copious albumen, sometimes much

shorter, and almost terete, with small oval cotyledons scarcely

longer and broader than the superior radicle ; but often nearly

the length of the albumen, with large, ovate, foliaceous cotyledons,

much longer and broader than the short terete superior radicle.

The affinity of the Icactnacee is evidently nearest to the Aqu-

foliacee and the Celastracee, differing from both in the estiva-

tion of the corolla and the tenuity or frequent obliteration of the

hypogynous disk. From the latter family they are distinguish-

able by their suspended ovules and their generally unilocular

ovarium, and the absence of an arillus about the seed. The seminal

characters have been derived from examinations of the seed of

several species of Mappia, and confirmed by the few details fur-

nished by the ‘Icones’ of Dr. Wight in tab. 1153 of Apodytes,

and tab. 934 of Stemonurus (Gomphandra). I have little hesita-

tion in concluding that the genus Pennantia, which has been

placed by botanists in many different positions, belongs to this

group, and from this source I am enabled to add many additional

features which will probably be found to exist in the structure

of other genera of this family.

I propose to divide the order into three tribes.

1. Icacinee. In all the genera composing this tribe, the

ovarium is constantly unilocular in consequence of the complete

abortion of the other cells, hence it is always somewhat gikbous

and the style is distinct and in some degree lateral: the anthers

rr Ae

i Sal eis

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee. 223

are 2-lobed and 4-celled. This tribe will consist of the genera

Icacina, Apodytes, Rhaphiolepis, Mappia, Desmostachys, Leretia,

and Poragqueiba.

2. Sarcostigmee. These differ from the preceding tribe, in

the absence of a more or less elongated style: here the true

style, seen only in a young state of the ovarium, consists in a

broad, depressed, conical and more or less hollow process, having

a very small apical aperture, which is terminated by 4 or 5 ex-

tremely minute stigmatic teeth : with the growth of the ovarium,

this assumes a more fleshy, broader, and more discoid appearance,

and the stigmatic teeth become less visible, the whole soon taking

the form of a depressed, 4—5-lobed, sessile stigma. The ovarium

and fruit, in their structure and development, resemble what is

seen in the former tribe; the stamens are also equal in number,

and alternate with the petals, and the anthers are likewise 2-lobed

and 4-celled. This tribe will consist of Pennantia, Stemonurus,

Sarcostigma, Discophora, and probably also Phlebocalymna.

3. Emmotee. ‘This at present is only represented by a single

genus, Emmotum of Desvaux, which is certainly identical with

2 sen of Bentham, and which differs from all the others in

its plurilocular ovarium, and the singular structure of its anthers,

which are 2-lobed, and consist of 2 unilocular, evalvate and boat-

shaped pollen-cells attached to a cordate and apiculate connective,

fixed extrorsely upon the reflexed point of the filaments in the

& sinus of its anterior face, the pollen escaping by the splitting of

_the dorsal margin of each valve from the posterior surface of the

connective, along the whole line of its attachment; they va

‘e also in having an ovarium with three cells laterally placed in the

3 manner before mentioned. These peculiarities, so very opposite

& in character to the features we invariably meet with in the other

4 tribes, very naturally suggest a doubt as to the propriety of re-

taining this genus in the order; but no satisfactory conclusion

on this head can be entertained, until some information be ob-

tained respecting the structure of the fruit and seed.

, I take this opportunity of remarking, that I have lately exa-

om mined with attention the features of several genera newly proposed

e and described by Prof. Blume, in his ‘ Mus. Lugd. Bat.” and

4 referred by him to the Olacacee. Among them is Nothapodytes

a (loc. cit. p. 248), which will be seen to conform in all respects

. with Mappia (Jacq.), a genus shortly to be described at length.

The characters given of his Pleuropetalum (loc. cit. p. 248), by

the same distinguished author, will easily be recognized as those

of Bursinopetalum of Dr. Wight, placed by that eminent botanist

in Olacacee, but which I have shown must be referred to Aqui-

foliacee, it being nearly allied to Villaresia: having to describe

- in the sequel some new species of both these genera, I will then

eS eer

p wae

Soa a a

aes me ia

gue, oe '-

224 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

take an opportunity of pointing out the identity above mentioned.

Anacolosa was first proposed as a second section of his genus

Stemonurus by Dr. Blume in his ‘ Bijdr.’ p. 648: more recently,

he has with ample reason elevated it to the rank of a separate

genus (/oc. cit. p. 250), with the important addition of analytical

details of its structure, in tab. 46 of the same work. The facts

there demonstrated prove beyond doubt, that they must con-

stitute not only very distinct genera, but that they must be re-

ferred to different families. Anacolosa will consequently find its

place among the Olacacee, and it is rendered more interesting,

as bearing considerable resemblance in some of its characters to

Cathedra (huj. op. vol. vii. p. 452) with which the Diplocrater

of Mr. Bentham (Hook. Kew. Mise. iii. p. 367) will be found

to be identical. Stemonurus, as an unquestionable member of

the Icacinacee, will therefore be shortly investigated here. The

genus Platea of the same botanist, first proposed in his ‘ Bijdra-

gen,’ and of which more ample generic details are given in his

‘Mus. Lugd. Bat.’ p. 249, appears to me to differ in no essential

respect from Stemonurus: the stamens in this last-mentioned

genus vary considerably in length, not only in different species,

but often in the same individual, according to the age of the

flowers ; the number and length of the villous hairs that clothe

the summits of the filaments are not less variable; in some

cases these hairs are almost obsolete and scarcely discernible, so

that the stamens are reduced to the state of those described in

the male flower of Platea, which differs in no other respect from

Stemonurus: the female flowers also agree ineall essential points

with those of the genus last-mentioned, where, owing to the ex-

tremely caducous disposition of the petals and stamens, we often

find, in several species of Stemonurus, just what is described in

the character of Platea. As Lepionurus does not belong to the

Icacinacea, I shall defer making any observation on that genus,

until we come to treat of the genera of the Olacacea.

IcAcINA.

This genus, which, as the first discovered, may be considered as

the type of the family to which it belongs, was founded by Adr.

de Jussieu in 1823, upon a plant from Senegal, bearing much the

habit of Chrysobalanus Icaco, whence the derivation of its generic

name. It was arranged by DeCandolle in his ‘ Prodromus,’ i.

534, as a genus “ Olacineis affine,” and subsequently was placed

in the same family by Mr. Bentham, as the type of his tribe

Icacinee. I may here remark, that in the young state, the stigma

is distinctly 3-cleft, and the style is short, erect and straight as in

Mappia; it is owing to its elongation while yet in bud, that it

becomes incurved, and to pressure against the petals, that its

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacez. 225

stigma becomes obsoletely lobed. It is the only species hitherto

described, for the Jcacina dubia of M°Fadyen will be shown to

be the Mappia racemosa of Jacquin. Three other species will,

however, be added below. The generic character may be thus

given.

Icacrna, A. Juss.—Flores perfecti. Calyx breviter campanulatus,

5-dentatus, dentibus acutis, persistens. Petala5, oblonga, intus

villosa, extus sericea, hypogyna, <stivatione valvata, sub an-

thesi patentia, imo adhesione filamentorum in tubum brevem

conniventia. Stamina 5, cum petalis inserta, iisdem alterna ;

a carnosula, imo dilatata, apice subulata, et breviter

induplicata; anthere ovate, introrse, 2-lobz, 4-loculares, imo

ad medium bifide, connectivo tenui adnate, dorso in sinu

affixee, lobis singulatim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis et longi-

tudinaliter evolutim* dehiscentibus. Pollen acute 3-gonum.

Ovarium liberum, cblongum, sub-gibbum, villosum, disco

parvo suffultum, 1-loculare ; ovula 2 juxta apicem loculi sub-

collateraliter superposita, podospermio crassiusculo suspensa,

anatropa. Stylus elongatus, subulatus, sulcatus, incurvus.

Stigma obliquum, obsolete lobatum, lateraliter excavatum.

Drupa villosa, monopyrena, 1-locularis, monosperma ; cetera

ignota.—Arbores in Africam tropicam vel in Insulas vicinas

crescentes ; folia alterna, ovata, integra, coriacea, petiolata, ex-

stipulata ; inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis; flores parvult,

_cum pedicellis brevibus articulati, bracteolis minimis, caducis.

1. Icacina Senegalensis, Ad. Juss. Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. i. 173.

tab. 9; DC. Prodr. i. 534; Guill. Perr. Tent. Fl. Seneg. i.

105. Chrysobalanus luteus, Sab. Trans. Hort. Soc. iv. 453 ;

—foliis ovatis basi rotundatis a medio acuminatis et apice

obtusis, vel rotundatis et retusis, reticulatis, coriaceis, utrinque

glaberrimis, supra sub-lucidis, subtus ferrugineis, petiolo brevi

erassiusculo canaliculato: floribus terminalibus, laxe panicu-

latis, pedicellisque articulatis rufescenti-villosis ; drupa flava.

—Senegambia ; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Heudelot).

The figure above quoted of Jussieu gives a very good repre-

* I shall continue to use this term to prevent a repetition of the following

mode of dehiscence, which I find nowhere described, although it is of fre-

quent occurrence: it differs essentially from the longitudinal or valvate

opening of the bps sep 2c cell, in the same manner that the septicidal

dehiscence of a caps fruit does from its loculicidal mode of opening.

The structure of its 2 lobes and their manner of dehiscence may be further

defined—lobz introflexione marginum contiguorum singulatim parallele et

perfecte 2-locellate, marginibus istis primo solutis, valvulis tunc contrarie

evolutis; dein apparet ut si lobe ambe 1-loculate fuerint, et per rimam

longitudinalem dehiscerint.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 2. Vol. ix. 15

Se ee

OP ey ea

226 Bibliographical Notices.

sentation of this plant, and the specimen in Sir Wm. Hooker’s

herbarium agrees very well with it, except that the leaves are

generally more rounded at the summit, and deeply emarginated ;

but it antes in all its other characters. The leaves are 3} inches

long, 24 inches broad, on a petiole scarcely 2 lines in length; the

internodes are 1 inch distant, and the raceme is 2 inches in

length, on the elongated termination of the branch.

2. Icacina Mauritiana, n. sp. ;—arbor 7-orgyalis, ramulis glabris

foliis oblongis, utrinque acutis, apice acuminatis, glaberrimis,

subtus ferrugineis, margine revolutis, petiolo subtenui; panicula

terminali folio longiore, pluriflora, ferrugineo-pubescente, flo-

ribus albis, odoratissimis.—Mauritius ; v.s. in herb. Hook.

This is a tree 40 feet in height, growing near Colville Bridge ;

its leaves are 23 inches long, 1} inch broad, on a somewhat slen-

der petiole half an inch in length ; its terminal panicles are about

2 inches long. It appears to me referable here, rather than to

Apodytes, because of the induplicated apex of its filaments, and

the form of its anthers, which are shorter, more ovate, and less

bifid than in that genus.

3. Icacina grandifolia ;—foliis cuneato-oblongis, apice obtusis,

infra medium attenuatis, utrinque glaberrimis, concoloribus,.

multinerviis, margine undulatis, petiolo brevi crasso canali-

culato; panicula terminali laxe ramosa, ramis longe nudiusculis,

apice floriferis, multiflora, folio longiore.—Madagascar ; v. s. in

herb. Hook. (Lyall).

This is a very distinet species, remarkable for the large size of

its leaves, which are 6 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole

only 3 of an inch in length; the terminal panicle i is 8 inches

long, with its virgate branchlets 4 to 5 inches in length, which

are ramified towards their extremity and bear numerous small

pubescent flowers *.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES,

The British Species of Angiocarpous Lichens, elucidated by their

Sporidia. By the Rev. W. A. Lerguton, B.A. London: Printed

for the Ray Society, 1851.

Tue present volume is to be regarded as one of the most valuable

contributions to European Lichenology which has been made for

some years. It is, in fact, the only work with which we are acquainted

which supplies analytical figures of any considerable group of Euro-

= drawing of this species with generic details will be given in Le 4

of the ‘ Contributions to Botany.’

Se ee

Bibliographical Notices. 227

pean lichens. The plates in ‘ English Botany,’ however excellent and

characteristic, are almost without exception void of all microscopical

dissections. The same remark is to be made concerning the recent

publication of Dietrich. Mr. Leighton has given figures of the

sporidia of those British Lichens which are comprised in the division

Angiocarpi of the immortal work of Fries on the European Lichens, and

has accompanied them by descriptions and a selection of synonyms.

So far as we can judge, the task has been on the whole faithfully and

admirably executed: and if we venture to notice a few points which

capable of improvement, it is mainly with the hope that Mr.

Leighton and the Ray Society may take them into consideration in

bringing out plates and descriptions of other families of the British

Lichens, expectations of which are held to us in the commencement of

the present treatise. To proceed to the work itself. In the intro-

duction, Mr. Leighton gives an historical account of the attention

paid to the asci and-sporidia by preceding lichenologists, showing

them to have been known even so early as the time of Micheli and

Dillenius, but not to have received much attention until a very recent

“The only writers who have devoted anything like atten-

tion to the subject,’ he says, “are Eschweiler and Fée” (p. 2).

Without in the least undervaluing the labours of the learned writers

here mentioned, we must remark that Mr. Leighton has, unintention-

ally of course, made important omissions. Dr. C. Montagne, whose

cosmical aquaintance with Lichens is probably greater than that of

ary botanist living, has rarely omitted to take notice of the forms of

the asei and sporidia of those lichens which he has figured and de-

scribed both in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ and more

particularly in his magnificent ‘Cryptogames de Cuba.’ His ob-

servations have moreover in many cases been very successfully

applied to distinguish alljgd species which had been confounded by

Eschweiler or other writers. It is unnecessary, we conceive, to prove

this. Nor should the labours of Flotow, in various papers in German

Transactions, have been passed over in silence; one at least of which

is exclusively devoted to this very subject (Botanische Zeitung, 1850,

May 3 and May 10).

Mr. Leighton was supplied by Mr. Borrer with the original speci-

mens of the Lichens figured and described in ‘ English Botany,’ with

many valuable notes which he has printed, and with authentic speci-

mens of many species described by Dr. Taylor ; as well as with various

rarities from other friends, particularly from the Rev. T. Salwey. So

far therefore as specimens of British Lichens are concerned, the pre-

sent work leaves little to be desired; but we must express our regret

that the author did not furnish himself with the ‘ Lichenes Helvetici

Exsiccati’ of Schzerer, a work which can readily be procured, in order

to ascertain the identity or non-identity of Scheerer’s species with his

own (p. 78). We do trust that this defect will be remedied in Mr.

Leighton’s forthcoming treatises : if the specimens of Mougeot’s and

Nestler’s ‘Stirpes Crypt. Vo Rhenanz’ were likewise referred

to, the value of the work would be increased. The synonyms of the

English writers are tolerably complete; the foreign lichenologists

15*

228 Bibliographical Notices.

are somewhat more sparingly quoted : we would suggest that references

should be made constantly to Tuckermann’s ‘ North American

Lichens.’ The dissections were made under an excellent microscope

by Messrs. Powell and Lealand ; and we have no doubt that the ap-

pearances which presented themselves have been faithfully transmitted

to us in the present volume. We are sorry, however, to be unable to

speak of the execution of the plates with unqualified praise. The

lithography is very coarse, and in some cases the letters attached to

the figures are almost illegible (see plate vii. and xxiv.) ; the colours

also are frequently smeared upon the plates. We trust that better

eare will be taken with those which follow, and we venture to hint at

a few improvements which may be made inthem. It would be desi-

rable that the asevs should in all cases be figured, where its form can

be discovered: and if the size of the drawings were reduced consider-

ably, much expense would be saved and no praetical advantage would

be lost. Whenever the species of lichen, whose analysis is given, had

never been figured, or was ill-figured, a representation of the plant of

the natural size might be very profitably annexed.

We will now say a few words on the literary execution of the work.

It would have been a great improvement if Mr. Leighton had given

specifie characters of the Lichens in every ease, so that a botanist

might be able to determine a specimen from his work, without con-

tinually having recourse to other books. To take an example. The only

information given respecting the thallus of the first six species of Endo-

earpon (E. miniatum,leptophyllum, euplocum, letevirens, psoromoides

and pulchellum) is ‘thallus foliaceous subpeltate;” although the

thallus alone immediately distinguishes several of these species from

eachother. Again, between L. miniatum, Ach., and EL. leptophyllum,

Ach., no distinction whatever is drawn, the deseription of the sporidia

running in exactly the same words for each. According to our notions,

indeed, E. leptophyllum is only a dwarf form of E. miniatum, with

which Fries associates it ; and this view is much confirmed by Mr.

Leighton’s discovery, that the analysis is the same for both. Had

the work been constructed on a different plan, a small additional

amount of labour and expense would have made it a portion of a

History of British Lichens, instead of its being simply a very valuable

supplement to other works, and one which can only be employed by

a person in some degree acquainted with his subject.

Mr. Leighton is considerably more inclined to divide species than

ourselves, and in some cases constructs them out of searcely sufficient

materials. Thus we should hardly have distinguished Chiodecton

albidum, Leight., from C. myrticola, Fée (pl. viii. ix.) ; or Verrucaria

codonoidea, Leight., from V. margacea, Wahl. Still less certainly

does it appear to us prudent, in so very difficult a genus, to deseribe

a new species of Verrucaria (V. linearis, Leight.) from the portions

of the plant which grow on the Borrerian specimens of V. Dufourit

(=V. Borreri, Leight.). The plant, it seems, resembles V. Dufourit

in almost everything except in the smaller size, and in the differentl

shaped sporidia. These sporidia appear to us to be in all likelihood

sim ply the young or abortive ones of V. Dufourii: different enough

Bibliographical Notices. 229

*n appearance from the normal form, but having in themselves a very

suspicious shape. How much caution should be employed in using

the shape and subdivisions of the sporidia will be evident from the

following passage of Montagne’s ‘ Cryptogames de Cuba’ (p. 154) :

—“< Malgré la forme en apparence dissemblable sous laquelle se sont

présentées les sporidies A M. Fée et A moi, je ne puis me persuader

que mon lichen... .. soit une espéce différente. Cela n’a rien

de surprenant pour qui a analysé un grand nombre de lichens et a

pu voir beaucoup de theques. J'ai observé maintes fois des sporidies,

qui plus tard devaient étre marquées de vingt cloisons, n’en présenter

W@abord qu’une seule et étre ainsi dans leur enfance seulement bilo-

eulées.”” With respect to the shapes of the sporidia, it is the opinion

of Dr. Montagne (and no one’s opinion can be entitled to greater con-

q sideration) that the sporidia of the same species, however unlike

’ themselves in their young or abnormal state, do nevertheless, vary

q but Jittle in the same species; when well-developed. We have as yet

; made too few observations on this obscure subject to have much con-

5 fidence in our own judgement, but both from these few and from the

: figures and remarks of others, it appears to us to be necessary that

: very great care should be taken not to distinguish lichens at once by

: a difference in the sporidia, when that difference may arise solely

g from a difference of age in the plant or from other and unknown

causes. Mr. Leighton’s figures themselves show how much the

sporidia vary in the same species (see V. Hookeri, plate xxvii).

Although Mr. Leighton’s bias is different from our own as to the

adjustment of species, we are far from saying that his views may not

often be correct, where we are disposed to entertain suspicions. His

careful analysis, moreover, and excellent descriptions will make any

errors into which he may chance to have fallen of comparatively easy

correction ; and the very obscurity of the subject is such that it is im-

possible to avoid mistakes. Some misapprehensions of his predecessors

have been rectified by Mr. Leighton; many species have received

additional elucidation ; and several undoubtedly new ones have been

added. We shall look with interest to the approaching portions of

the work, and may perhaps afterwards discuss some subjects connected

with it of which we hare now said nothing.

Nereis Boreali-Americana ; or Contributions towards a History of

the Marine Alge of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North

America. By Witti1am Henry Harvey, M.D., M.R.1.A. &c.

Part I. Melanospermeze. Washington. Published for the Smith-

sonian Institution. London: John Van Voorst.

The author of this very beautiful book is so well known to the

lovers of Marine Botany, that it is almost superfluous to do more than

announce its appearance. At the same time, the circumstance of this

being the first systematic description of North American Algze, con-

fers too much interest upon the undertaking to justify its being hastily

passed over. We must take leave to congratulate our transatlantic

friends upon having secured the services of Dr. Harvey, in whom are

230 Bibliographical Notices.

combined more of the requisites for such a work than could probably

be found in any other living naturalist ; for in addition to a know-

ledge of his subject matured by long study and a familar acquaintance

with the algological forms of both hemispheres, he is his own artist,

even to the execution of his drawings on the stone. Besides this rare

advantage, Dr. Harvey has cultivated a popular style without any

compromise of scientific accuracy. Last, but not in our estimation

least, a healthy moral tone pervades all his writings. It is surely

fitting that descriptions of the wonders of external nature, interesting

to all, but pre-eminently attractive to the young, should be made to

serve a higher purpose than perfecting our knowledge of scientific

affinity, or gratifying a mere intellectual curiosity. ‘‘ The study of

organic nature,’ remarks Dr. Harvey, in some valuable observations

on the noble teaching to be derived from it, ‘‘ ought to be one of

the purest sources of intellectual pleasure. It places before us struc-

tures the most exquisite in form and delicate in material; the perfect

works of Him who is Himself the sum of all perfections :—and if our

minds are properly balanced, we shall not rest satisfied with a mere

knowledge and admiration of these wonderful and manifold works ;

but, reading in them the evidence of their relation to their Maker, we

shall be led on to investigate our own”? (p. 41).

The work is introduced by an Essay on the general structure,

uses, and mode of preserving Marine Algze; as well as on the geo-

graphical distribution of the American species. The author is of

opinion that additional researches will indicate four regions of distri-

bution on the eastern and southern shores of the North American

States, viz. :—

1. Coast north of Cape Cod, extending probably to Greenland.

Characterized by the great Laminaria.

2. Long Island Sound, including. New York Harbour and the

Sands of New Jersey.

3. Cape Hatteras to Cape Florida. It isremarkable that no Fu-

coid alga has as yet been observed in this region.

4. Florida Keys, and Shores of the Mexican Gulf. This region

has been very imperfectly explored, but seems strongly marked ; as

out of 130 species collected by Dr. Harvey at Key West in February

1850, scarcely one-eighth are found on the east coast.

Notwithstanding the collections which have been already made, the

results of which will appear in the present work, a multitude of species

doubtless remain to be discovered by American botanists both on the

east and west coasts (especially the latter), and a greater stimulus to

investigation can hardly be afforded than the appearance of this ‘Nereis

Boreali-Americana.’ Nearly one hundred species are described in the

part under review, completing the Melanospermeee, with exquisite co-

loured illustrations of the most interesting, especially some curious new

Ectocarpee. We would take this opportunity of directing the special

attention of American botanists to the Laminaria, which, as Dr.

Harvey justly remarks, can only be properly studied on the spot and

by extended observations. Laminaria longipes, cornea, and other

forms described by Bory de St. Vincent, from Newfoundland, are,

rie . -

ee a

- as pet aiid pong, ike,

2g ee tat

Zoological Society. 235

ison with the numerous remains which have been sent home from

ew Zealand.

Upon a cursory view of this bird it might be mistaken for a gigantic

kind of Porphyrio, but on an examination of its structure it will be

found to be generically distinct. It is allied to Porphyrio in the

form of its bill and in its general colouring, and to Tribonyz in the

structure of its feet, while in the feebleness of its wings and the struc-

ture of its tail it differs from both.

From personal obseryation of the habits of Tribonyr and Por-

phyrio, 1 may venture to affirm that the habits and ceconomy of the

t bird more closely resemble those of the former than those

of the latter; that it is doubtless of a recluse and extremely shy

disposition ; that being deprived, by the feeble structure of its wing,

of the power of flight, it is compelled to depend upon its swiftness of

foot for the means of evading its natural enemies ; and that, as is the

ease with Tribonyz; a person may be in its vicinity for weeks without

ever catching a glimpse of it.

From the thickness of its plumage and the great length of its

back-feathers, we may infer that it affects low and humid situations,

marshes, the banks of rivers, and the coverts of dripping ferns, so

abundant in its native country: like Porphyrio, it doubtless enjoys

the power of swimming, but would seem, from the structure of its

legs, to be more terrestrial in its habits than the members of that

nus.

I have carefully compared the bill of this example with that figured

by Professor Owen under the name of Notornis Mantelli, and have

little doubt that they are referable to one and the same species ; and

as we are now in possession of materials whence to obtain complete

generic characters, I hasten to give the following details, in addition

to those supplied by Professor Owen.

Bill somewhat shorter than the head; greatly compressed on

the sides, both mandibles being much deeper than broad; tomia

sharp, curving downwards, inclining inwards and slightly serrated ;

culmen elevated, much arched and rising on the forehead to a line

with the posterior angle of the eye; nostrils round, and placed in a

depression near the base of the bill; wings very short, rounded, and

slightly concave ; primaries soft and yielding; the first short ; third,

fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh equal and the longest ; tail-feathers

soft, yielding, and loose in texture; tarsi powerful, longer than the

_ toes, almost cylindrical; very broad anteriorly ; defended in front

and on either side posteriorly by broad and distinct scutelle ; the

spaces between the scutellze reticulated ; anterior toes large and strong,

armed with powerful hooked nails, and strongly scutellated on their

upper surface ;. hind-toe short, strong, placed somewhat high on the

tarsus, and armed with a blunt hooked nail.

Head, neck, breast, upper part of the abdomen and flanks purplish

blue ; back, rump, upper tail-coverts, lesser wing-coverts and tertiaries

dark olive-green, tipped with verditer-green ; at the nape of the neck

a band of rich blue separating the purplish blue of the neck from the

- green of the body ; wings rich deep blue, the greater coverts tipped

200. Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

with verditer-green, forming crescentic bands when the wing is ex-

anded ; tail dark green; lower part of the abdomen, vent and thighs

dull bluish black ; under tail-coverts white; bill and feet red.

Total length of the body, 26 inches; bill, from the gape to the

tip, 21; from the tip to the posterior edge of the plate on the fore-

head, 3; wing, 83; tail, 33; tarsi, 33; middle toe, 3; nail, 2; —

hind-toe, 4; nail, 3.

I cannot conclude these remarks without bearing testimony to the

very great importance of the results which have attended the re-

searches of Mr. Walter Mantell in the various departments of science

to which he has turned the attention of his cultivated, intelligent and

inquiring mind, nor without expressing a hope that he may yet be

enabled to obtain some particulars as to the history of this and the

other remarkable birds of the country in which he is resident.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

January 8, 1852.—Dr. Seller, President, in the Chair.

Dr. Balfour read an extract from a letter which he had received

from Dr. R. C. Alexander, in which he remarks :—“‘ Should any col-

lector be undecided where to fix himself, I would recommend the

West Indies. Although longer known to us than any other tropical

country, it is still very imperfectly explored, and every island yields

different results. The Blue Mountain peak is almost wnexplored.

I ascended it once only, not being aware how many of the species

were new till my return; the usual case, for even if you have the

books, you have no time to use them. The Cuban species, as far as

¢an be deduced from De Sagia’s Flora, seem to be very different, and

almost equally those of St. Domingo, of which there is a large col-

lection at Philadelphia, made by a French botanist, Pouteau I think,

before the Revolution.”

Mr. M‘Nab mentioned that on the 7th instant the following plants

were in flower in the open air, in the Royal Botanic Garden :—T7i-

tonia media, Helleborus niger, Phlox verna, Primula veris, Hepatica

triloba, Doronicum caucasicum, Pyrus japonica, and Tussilago fra-

grans; and Dr. Greville stated that he had received sweet violets

from the neighbourhood of Darlington a few days since.

The following papers were read :-—

1. “ Descriptions of Rudi,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A. (See

. 123.

2. Pos the Growth of various kinds of Mould in Syrup,” by Pro-

fessor Balfour. Much interest has been recently excited by state-

ments relative to the Vinegar Plant, as it has been called. This

plant, which has a tough-gelatinous consistence, when put into a

mixture of treacle, sugar and water, gives rise to a sort of fermenta-

tion by which vinegar is produced. After six or eight weeks the

original plant can be divided into two layers, each of which acts as

an independent plant, and when placed in syrup continues to produce

yinegar, and to divide at certain periods of growth. The vinegar

EN ee ee eee ee

a ee eee

—— a.)

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 237

thus produced is always more or less of a syrupy nature, and when

evaporated to dryness, a large quantity of saccharine matter is left.

Various conjectures have been hazarded as to the origin of the so-

called vinegar-plant, some stating that it came from South America

or other distant regions, and others that it is a spontaneous produc-

tion. Lindley states that it is a peculiar form of Penicillium glaucum,

or common blue mould. There seems to be no doubt that it is an

anomalous state of mould or of some fungus, and the peculiarity of

form and consistence appears to be owing to the material in which it

grows. In place of producing the usual cellular sporiferous stalks,

the mycelium increases to an extraordinary extent ; its cellular threads

interlacing together in a remarkable manner and producing one ex-

panded cellular mass, with occasionally rounded bodies like spores in

its substance. The cellular filaments may be seen under the micro-

The tendency to divide in a merismatic manner is common

in many of the lower classes of plants, and this seems to be what

occurs at a certain period of growth, when the plant divides into two

horizontal plates. If the plant is allowed to continue growing, it

forms numerous plates one above the other. The anomalous forms

of fungi in certain circumstances have lately excited much interest, and

Mr. Berkeley has called attention to some of the remarkable trans-

formations which they undergo. These are such, that many forms

considered as separate genera are now looked upon as mere varieties

of one species. .

That mould of various kinds when placed in syrup shows the same

tendency to form a flat gelatinous or somewhat leathery expansion is

shown by the following experiments.

Some mould that had grown on an apple was put into syrup on

the 5th of March, 1851, and in the course of two months, there was

a cellular flat expanded mass formed, while the syrup was converted

into vinegar. Some of the original mould was seen on the surface in

its usual form.

Some mould from a pear was treated in a similar way with the same

result ; also various moulds growing on bread, tea, and other vege-

table substances ; the effect in most cases being to cause a fermen-

tation, which resulted in the production of vinegar. ;

In another experiment on the 8th of November, 1850, a quantity

of raw sugar, treacle, and water were put into a jar without any plant

being introduced, and they were left untouched till March 5, 1851.

When examined, a growth like that of the vinegar plant was visible

and vinegar was formed. The plant was removed and put into fresh

syrup, and again the production of vinegar took place.

It would appear from experiment, that when purified, white sugar

alone is used to form syrup, the plant when placed in it does not

produce vinegar so readily, the length of time required for the changes

varying from four to six months. There may possibly be something

~ teen raw sugar and treacle which tends to promote the acetous

Dr Greville remarked that he had no doubt that the vinegar-plant

was an abnormal state of some fungus. It was well known that

238 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

many fungi in peculiar circumstances presented most remarkable

forms. He instanced the so-called genus Myconema of Fries, as well

as the genus Ozonium. Even some of the Agarics present anomalous

appearances, such as the absence of the pileus, &c., in certain in-

stances. The remarkable appearances of dry-rot in different cireum-

stances are well known. Although syrup when left to itself will un-

dergo the acetous change, still Dr. Greville was satisfied that the

presence of this plant promoted and expedited the change.

Professor Simpson remarked, that the changes in Fungi may re-

semble the alternation of generations so evident in the animal king-

dom, as noticed by Steenstrup and others. In the Medusee there are

remarkable changes of form, and there is also the separation of buds,

resembling the splitting of the vinegar-plant.

Mr. Embleton remarked, that in the neighbourhood of Embleton

in Northumberland, every cottager used the plant for the purpose of

making vinegar.

3. “The Results of some Experiments relative to the Growth of

Alpine Plants, after having been kept artificially covered with snow in

an ice-house for many months,” by Prof. Simpson. Seeds and plants

kept in this way during winter, and then brought into the warm air

of summer, germinate and grow with great rapidity. Mr. John

Stewart had also made experiments with animals, and he found that

the chrysalis so treated produced a moth in eleven days, after being

brought into the atmosphere ; while other chrysales of the same

moth did not do so until three or four months afterwards. In the

Arctic regions the rapid growth of plants during the short summer

was well known. Professor Simpson alluded to the importance of

similar experiments being made on the different kinds of gram. He

referred to the rapidity of the harvest in Canada and other countries,

where the cold lasted for many months, and he was disposed to think

that if grain was kept in ice-houses during winter, and sown in spring,

there might be an acceleration of the harvest. He considered the

subject deserving of the attention of agriculturists, for the saving of

a few weeks in the ripening of the crops would be of vast consequence

in Britain. Moreover there might be less necessity for exposing the

crops to the variable springs of this country, for the sowing might be

retarded.

Professor Simpson is still carrying on his experiments; he hoped

to communicate farther results at a future meeting.

4. “ Notice of Plants found near London,” by Mr. G. Lawson. Mr.

Lawson spent a day in botanizing the neighbourhood uf Wandsworth,

Wimbledon, Putney, and Battersea, in Surrey, in September 1851,

and found a few plants, which, although probably introduced, were

worthy of notice, as not having been previously recorded in those

localities. He exhibited specimens of the followmg :—

Anacharis Alsinastrum, Bab. Found in ditches at Wandsworth

Common, where it was intermixed with Potamogeton densus.

Trifolium ochroleucum, L., Wandsworth Common. This species

is admitted by Mr. Watson as a native in the Thames province.

(Cybele, i. 263.)

2 Se ae =

tet ne el a

Botanical. Society of Edinburgh. 239

Trifolium resupinatum, L., Wandsworth Common. Of course in-

troduced.

Scorpiurus subvillosus, L. In a cultivated field near to the

Wandsworth Railway Station : a southern European species, and cer-

tainly not a native.

Melilotus parviflora, Desf., Wandsworth Common ; also in a cul-

tivated field to the eastward of the Wandsworth Railway Station.

This is very distinct from any other species found in Britam. The

racemes are dense, in fruit elongated and lax ; pods subglobose, very

obtuse, distinctly reticulate-rugose, glabrous, containing each one

‘large globular seed; leaflets somewhat retuse, serrate, obovate- or

oblong-cuneate. Flowers small, not twice the length of the calyx,

deep yellow.

This species appears to be widely diffused over the glohe, although

in some regions probably as a naturalized plant only ; its extensive

geographical range is shown by the following notices of specimens

which were exhibited from the Herbarium in the University of Edin-

burgh. In Rugel’s collection of Florida plants, there are specimens

of it. No. 171, labelled: ‘‘ Locis arenosis soli expositis et ad littora

maris, prope St. Augustine, Florida or., Apr.—Mai. 1848.” In the

Indian collection there are several specimens showing its prevalence

in India, where it appears in the dry season; one of them from Dr.

Roxburgh is labelled in his own handwriting, “Trifol. M. indica

yar.?” Another is from Dr. Jameson, frém Saharunpore ; and in

the admirable collection of the Countess of Dalhousie there is a

beautiful and characteristic specimen. Dr. Pappe notices this as one

of the foreign medicinal plants in which the habitants of South

Africa have confidence, so that the species would appear to be found

there in a naturalized condition. It has no claim to be considered

native in England, as even in the south of France it is only found in

lucerne fields.

5. * Notice of the abnormal structure of a Turnip,” by Mr. James

B. Davies. The author of this paper remarked that all roots are sub-

ject to variation, as well from non-development as from increased

growth. He exhibited a monstrous turnip having the appearance of

two bulbs joined in the form of an hour-glass ; this he conceived to

have been caused by some injury to the root, arresting-the expansion

of the superior or first-formed bulb. He likewise exhibited another

specimen presenting two bulbs united at the neck, the union extend-

ing to a third of their circumference. Mr. Davies did not believe

that such monstrosities as this resulted from the chemical condition

of the soil, or from the opposition of any external body in the soil ;

but that one, instead of two, tap-roots were originally produced of

equal dimensions. This conclusion he had arrived at from an exa-

mination of their internal structure, having traced a mass of the small

cells resembling those found towards the exterior of the bulb, rising

to a considerable height through the root, thus forming an apparent

wall between the two bulbs. He had likewise found, in tracing the

course of the fibres, that two great masses arose from the crown, and

proceeded in separate courses one to each bulb. As a remedy for

240 Miscellaneous.

the disease, Mr. Davies recommended the raising of seed from trans-

planted bulbs. He illustrated his remarks by drawings, showing the

structure of the turnips alluded to and the structure usually seen in

the turnip bulb.

Dr. Balfour read a letter from Dr. Ernest Meyer of Konigsburg,

intimating the transmission of a collection of interesting plants from

M. Patze, who has paid particular attention to the species of willow.

«As regards the willows,’ Dr. Meyer remarks, “which constitute

M. Patze’s delight, I can assure you that each specimen in leaf is

taken from the same plant as those which are in flower, whether male

or female. As to the hybrid forms of the genus Salix, which haye

caused such confusion in our systems, there is not one of them which

has not been observed by M. Patze for several years, and found al-

most always sterile and in small quantity among the two common

species, which he suspects to be the parents.” .

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on a Monstrosity observed in the Cockchafer (Melolontha vul-

garis). By M. Leresovutiet, M.D

MonsrrosiTi&s, without being exactly very rare in articulated ani-

mals, and in particular in insects, are, nevertheless, not so common

as to render it useless to describe them when they occur. This con-

sideration has determined me to make known a rather curious ano-

maly which I observed last year in a female cockchafer, which con-

sists in the existence of three antenne on the right side. I have

annexed to this note a representation of the specimen, which is pre-

served in the museum at Strasbourg.

The antenna of the left side is normal; the club is 4 millimetres

(4 inch) in length, and is composed of seven leaves.

The right antenna has its first joint

(a) longer and broader than the same

joint on the left side. This joint is

enlarged at the extremity, where it

presents two pits, into which are arti-

culated two other portions of the an-

tenna, one simple, the other double ;

that is to say, there are three antenneze,

each terminated by a foliated club.

The first of these two portions

(No. 1) is composed of a short, glo-

bular basal joint (0) attached to the

articulation ; of an elongated second joint (c), resembling in form

the penultimate joint of the normal antenna ; and of a foliated club,

consisting of seven lamellee which measure 3 millimetres (3 inch) in

length, and consequently are a little shorter than those of the normal

antennz. The whole of this portion is inclined downwards; it ap-

pears to me to represent the true antenna.

ee ee ee

. TT .

at ete ee ake

* tara hres

Sas ie, SARS

Miscellaneous. 241

- The second portion, which is supported by the basal joint (a), con-

sists of a first joint (d), which itself acts as a basal joint to the two

other antennz, and represents consequently the joint @ of the whole

antenna. This first joint is inserted above the small globular joint 4;

it is enlarged at the extremity, and its form is the same as that of the

general basal joint ; like it, also, it presents two articulatory surfaces ;

one, directed downwards, bears the second antenna (2) ; the other,

turned upwards, serves for the articulation of the third antenna (3).

The second antenna (2), or first supplementary antenna, is com-

posed of two pieces, namely an elongated joint, resembling in form

the joint e of the first antenna, and the club, which is composed of

seven lamell, and is only 13 millimetre in length.

The third antenna (3) is composed, like the preceding, of an elon-

gated joint and a club ; the latter measures 2} millimetres, and con-

‘sists like the preceding of seven lamellz.

Thus, the right antenna is composed of portions which are repe-

titions of one another ; of a first normal antenna, of a second antenna,

grafted, as it were, upon the first, and of a third grafted upon the se-

cond ; only, in the latter the basal joint is wanting. We might also

say, thatthe primitiveantenna bearsa bifurecatesupernumerary antenna.

{After mentioning several cases of monstrosities by excess in Coleo-

pterous insects, described by various authors, and referring to the

theory proposed by M. Bassi (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iii. p. 373) to ac- _

count for these pheenomena, M. Lereboullet proceeds to give his own

views on this subject as follows :—]

Without pretending to wish to establish a theory of the mode of

production of these anomalies in the Articulata, I will remark, that,

in these animals, the appearance of the limbs takes place by a sort of

shooting or budding subject to determinate laws for each species, and

which is manifested, at a given period of development, on determinate

points of the surface of the body. It is this great law of centrifugal

or peripheric development which determines the number of joints of

which the antennz or the feet are composed, the form of each of the

joints, and the general form of the member. Now, the development of

these parts can only take place at the expense of the nutritive juice ;

it is the blood which contains the primordial elements of the organs,

or, to be more exact, furnishes the materials of which they are com-

d. If we suppose now that from some cause there is a super-

abundance of blood in one part, there might result from it a hyper-

_ trophy of the organs ; but as this has not yet completed its evolution,

the same part repeats itself several times and in the same form, on

account of the primary law which presides at the development of each

piece,—a true nisus formativus which appears to run each organ into

a mould, which we may call specific, as it is always the same for the

same species and only belongs to zt. Thus, for example, in the case

above described, the first joint of the abnormal antenna is larger than

the same piece in the normal antenna. There has therefore been ex-

cess of nutrition in this part, and we may suppose that in con-

sequence of this excess of, nutrition it has formed several antennz

similar to one another.

I believe, therefore, that in monstrosities by excess there is not a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 16

242 Miscellaneous.

division of the organs, but rather a production of new organs super-

added to the primary organ, or what comes to the same thing, a re-

petition of the same organ on a part of the body where it should exist

alone *.—Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Sept. 1851, p. 453.

Description of anew species of Macgillivrayia. By A. Anams, F.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

R.N. Hospital, Haslar, Gosport, Feb. 23, 1852.

GENTLEMEN,—I send you the description of a new species of

Macgillivrayia, a genus of mollusea just established by Prof. Forbes,

and as it is a member of a very novel form, I shall feel obliged by

your inserting it in your next number.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours very truly,

ArtTuur Apams, F.L.S.

Macgillivrayia spinigera, A. Adams.

Testa turbinata, tenui, cornea, glabrata, semipellucida, imperforata ;

spira brevi, anfractibus subplanulatis; apertura oblonga, integra,

antice subangulata ; labio recto, antice producto, in spina acuminata

desinente.

Hab. Mindoro Sea.

The great peculiarity of this species is the circumstance of the

columellar lip ending anteriorly in a produced spine; the surface

moreover is glossy, the shell more transparent, the whorls of the spire

less rounded, and the spire itself less prominent than in M. pelagica

of Forbes. The operculum is that of the genus.

On the Anatomy and’ Physiology of Salpa and Pyrosoma.

By Tuomas H. Hvuxurey, F.R.S.

The object of the author in the present paper is to inquire into

the true nature of the singular phenomena of reproduction in the

Salpe, whose existence was first demonstrated by Chamisso twenty

years ago, and which have formed the basis of the theory of “ alter-

nate generations.”

The author refers to M. Krohn as the only writer who has pre-

viously entered thoroughly into this subject; but while he bears

testimony to the extreme aceuraey of M. Krohn’s statements, he sub-

mits that, as the latter are published in a very condensed form only,

and without figures, they cannot affect any value that may attach

to his own independent researches.

The forms of Salpa examined were the S. democratica and S.

mucronata.

The author first deseribes their outward form, and shows that

they are so different in appearance and in some points of organiza-

tion, as to fully warrant the assumption (if they belonged to any

other family) that they are different species. He then proceeds to

describe the various organs in detail; first, however, discussing the

* In asubsequent number of the ‘ Revue et Mag. de Zoologie,’ M. Gué-

rin Méneville states that a similar deformity in the right antenna of a male

cockchafer had been described and figured by M. Wesmael in the ‘ Bul-

letins de l’Acad. des Sciences de Bruxelles’ for 1849.

eee nd See en a

siya lil aa

Miscellaneous. 243

r nomenclature of the sides and ends of these animals, a sub-

ect on which much confusion has prevailed. Particular attention

is called to the existence of an organ hitherto undeseribed—a cylin-

drical, elongated body, like an internal shell,—here termed the “ en-

dostyle,” which lies in the dorsal sinus, and has hitherto been con-

founded with the “dorsal folds” of Savigny. A peculiar system of

delicate transparent vessels, taking its origin in the stomach and

ramified over the intestine, is described and its nature inquired into.

The organs of reproduction are next inquired into. The young

in the Salpa democratica constitute a “ Salpa-chain,” and are showa

to arise by gemmation from a tubular diverticulum of the vascular

system of the parent. In the course of their development they take

the form of the S. mucronata.

The young in the Sa/pa mucronata again is shown to be solitary,

and attached to one point of the respiratory chamber of the parent

by an organ which exactly represents in its structure a rudimentary

mammiferous placenta, except that in the Salpe the “ villus” is

formed by the maternal system, the “ placental cell” by the fcetal

system. But the fcetus here is not produced by gemmation, as in

the preceding case, but by a true process of sexual generation.

Every Salpa mucronata contains at one period of its existence a

solitary ovum, and a testis, which is a ramified gland surrounding

the intestine, and hitherto confounded with the liver. The solitary

ovum becomes fertilized, pushed out into the respiratory cavity of the

parent, and remains connected with the latter until it has assumed

the form of the Salpa democratica, when it becomes detached.

Chamisso’s formula therefore, “that the parent Salpa produces

an offspring different from itself, which again produces an offspring

different from itself, but similar to its parent,” is perfectly correct,

only the word “ produce” has two meanings—in the one case signi-

fying a process of gemmation, in the other of true sexual generation.

The author next proceeds to describe the anatomy of Pyrosoma,

and to point out its general harmony with that of Sa/pa. He shows

the existence of an endostyle—a system of ramified intestinal tu-

bules—and of other organs precisely resembling those described in

the latter genus. The “hepatic organ” of Savigny is the testis,

while the female generative organ consists of solitary pedicillate

ova. The arrangement of their parts is essentially the same as in

Salpa, only that the feetus does not appear to be developed in pla-

cental connexion with the parent.

The Pyrosomata increase by gemmation also, but the gemme are

solitary and do not form chains, becoming developed like those of

the ordinary compound Ascidians between the pre-existing forms.

In the next section, the zoological relations of the Salpe and

Pyrosomata, with the other Ascidians, are inquired into. The au-

thor endeavours to show that there is no essential difference of or-

ganization between the ordinary Ascidians and the Salpe; that the

two forms grade insensibly one into the other; and that there is,

therefore, no ground for breaking up the great ascidian family into

the two subdivisions of Monochitonida and Dichitonida.

With regard to the theory of the “alternation of generations,”

16*

244 Miscellaneous.

the author submits that it is by no means a proper expression for

the phenomena presented by the Salpe. According to the author's

view, the two forms of Salpa are not two generations of distinct in-

dividuals, but are, properly speaking, organs, and only when taken

together, equivalent to an individual, in the sense in which that

term is used among the higher animals.

For these pseudo-individuals, in this and all analogous cases, the

author proposes the name of “ zodids,” simply for the purpose of

avoiding the apparent paradox of calling these highly-organized in-

dependent forms “ organs,” though such, in the author’s opinion,

they really are—Phil. Trans. Part 2. 1851.

LARUS GLAUCUS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, February 16, 1852.

GENTLEMEN,—On the 26th of January in this year, a specimen of

the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus) was caught on the Chesil Beach,

between the village of Fleet and Abbotsbury. This was a young bird,

but very large ; from the carpal joint to the end of the longest quill-

feather measures 19 inches. The upper tail-coverts are spotted with

very faint pale brown, the tail-feathers barred with very narrow

streaks of very faint brown scarcely perceptible. Bill very pale brown.

Legs and feet the same. In all other respects it has the plumage of

the adult bird. -

‘This bird was taken in a noose set for gulls, which are caught solely

for their feathers, and many are captured annually for this purpose.

A heap of sea-weed is put together, and two sticks driven in oppo-

site each other on the weed and at about a foot apart; to these sticks

is firmly attached a wire noose (like those used by poachers) which

is supported by the sticks. Under this noose a fish is placed on the

heap of weed ; this attracts the gulls, and in making a swoop to seize

the fish they dash into the noose and are thus secured.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

Witiiam Tompson.

Alge taken in Cork Harbour or along the coast during the Summers

of 1850 and 1851. By J. Carrow.

Sporochnus pedunculatus, Ag. Cork Harbour, 1850: washed up.

Myrioneme punctiforme, Harv. Tide. pools, 1850: on Ceramium

Deslongchampsii.

Ectocarpus Hincksia, Harv.

Rytiphlea thuyoides, Harv. Rocks at either side of Cork Har-

bour, but rare.

Polysiphonia obscura, J. Ag. Sand-covered rocks below Queens-

town, Sept. 1851. Our Irish specimens are much finer than those

from the South of England.

Polysiphonia simulans, Harv. Mud-covered rocks, Rat Island, at

low-water mark, June 1850.

Stenogramme interrupta, Mont. Dredged in Cork Harbour, Sept.

1851, growing on small stones in 5 to 6 fathoms water. Plants iz

both states of fructification were procured.

Miscellaneous. 245

Gigartina acicularis, Lam. Rocks, Camden Fort, June 1851 : very

sparingly.

Ginnania furcellata, Mont. On a shell in 5 to 6 fathoms.

Ceramium fastigiatum, Harv., var. Below Queenstown, Sept.

1850: cast up in considerable quantity.

C. flabelligerum, J. Ag. Cork Harbour: very rare. Kinsale :

more plentiful.

C. acanthonotum, Carm. Kinsale: rare : Sept. 1851.

Callithamnion virgatulum, Harv. On Ceramium diaphanum.

Cladophora Macallana, Harv. Taken by the dredge— probably

common on our coast. ©

C. Hutchinsie, Harv. With the preceding.

O. gracilis, Griff.

C. refracta, Kiitz.

_ Anatomical Observations on the Dasyurus (Sarcophilus) ursinus.

By M. W. Vrouik.

The zoological garden of Amsterdam has recently furnished an

portunity of clearing up several points in comparative anatomy, by

placing under the scalpel of Professor Vrolik, the body of the Dasyurus

ursinus, a singular animal which has lived for a considerable time in

that place.

The Dasyurus (or Sarcophilus) ursinus is an inhabitant of Van

Diemen’s Land; it belongs to the group of carnivorous marsupials,

and bears a resemblance to the Bears both in its general structure and

its plantigrade movement. This animal disappeared rapidly before

the increasing population, and has taken refuge in the most remote

rtions of the colony, where it goes by the name of “ devil.”

The dental system of the Dasyurus presenting a great analogy with

that of the true Carnivora, it became an interesting point to ascertain

how far the rest of its organization agreed with this external cha-

racter, and it is to this pomt that M. Vrolik has directed his atten-

tion. The results of his labours are as follows :—

The head of the Dasyurus ursinus resembles that of the Hyzena in

form, although it possesses several characters peculiar to the mar-

supials—such as the great opening of the bones of the-palate which

produces a resemblance to the same part in birds—the situation of

the carotidian canals, which traverse the body of the sphenoid bone

—the existence of four true molars in place of three—the internal

elongation of the posterior angle of the lower jaw, &c. Besides these

characters of the head, there are several other peculiarities which

coincide to place the Dasyurus among the true marsupials—such as

the structure of the wrist, the union of the two bones of the leg,

and more especially the existence of the marsupial bones.

The temporal muscles and masseters, the muscles of the neck and

of the extremities, are the same as those of the true Carnivora; in

fact, it is only in the abdominal muscles that we observe any differ-

ences, and these result from the presence of the marsupial bones and

of the abdominal pouch. The brain is like that of other marsupials,

bearing a considerable resemblance in structure to that of birds. The

respiratory and circulatory organs scarcely offer any peculiarities, ex-

246 Miscellaneous.

cept the slight development of the larynx*, and the equality of the

two auricles of the heart. The digestive organs rather resemble those

of the Carnivora than those of the herbivorous marsupials.

The result of these researches therefore is, that although the Da-

syurus ursinus resembles the plantigrade Carnivora in its appearance

and mode of life, its organization and internal structure place it in-

contestably amongst the marsupials. —Bib/. Univ. de Geneve, Dee.

1851, p. 346.

On the Nervous System of Insects. By M. Dusarpin.

Persuaded that insects were not moved in their actions by instinet

only, but also by a peculiar intelligence, M. Dujardin has examined

into the organization of their nervous system, to see if it would con-

firm this idea which he had deduced from the observation of facts,

and in particular whether the supra-cesophageal ganglion, to which

the name of ‘ brain’ had been given, although only on account of ana-

logy of position, did not present another resemblance of much greater

importance, that of intimate structure and organization,—in other

words, whether insects had, or had not, a brain. The results of his

observations are,—

1. That in some articulated animals there exists a true brain, of

which the structure and volume correspond with the. development of

the intellectual faculties : thus, if we compare the volume of the brain

of the ant with that of the cockchafer, we shall find that they are as

1-7, whilst the volumes of their bodies are as 1-100.

2. That the brain, or supra-cesophageal ganglion, contains sym-

metrical bodies of a well-determined form, to which he has given the

name of corpora pedunculata (corps pédonculés) ; these organs are

more or less completely surrounded by a pulpy cortical substance,

which is relatively less considerable in the most intelligent insects,

and predominates in those in which intelligence is masked by instinct,

whilst it occurs alone in those insects which are only endowed with

the latter faculty.

3. The same pulpy substance appears also to occur by itself in

those ganglia of the thorax and abdomen which assist in purely in-

stinctive actions.— Ib. Sept. 1851, p. 74.

OBITUARY.—WILLIAM THOMPSON, F.L.S.,

PRESIDENT OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF BELFAST,

It is with much regret we have to record the death of Mr. William

Thompson, of Belfast, which took place very suddenly in London

on Tuesday morning Feb. the 17th, Mr. Thompson had been visiting

our metropolis chiefly with a view to making arrangements for the

approaching meeting of the British Association in Belfast, of which

he had been appointed by the Council a Vice-President. Mr. Thomp-

son was well known as a writer on various branches of natural history.

Science is indebted to him for the ardour with which he investigated

* The slight development of the larynx is a character peculiar to the

marsupials, which accounts for these animals being generally mute. Like

them, the Dasyurus at Amsterdam never emitted any sound except a low

grunting, and even this very rarely. —

Pew Site oe ee

ae ee 2a

" be

Meteorological Observations. 247

the zoology of his native country ; and the large number of his papers

in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ to which he has

been a contributor from the beginning, attest his great diligence in

this respect. He was an early friend of the British Association for

the Advancement of Science, and at the meeting held at Glasgow

delivered in a Report on the Fauna of Ireland. He constantly at-

tended its meetings; and subsequently to his Report in 1840, he

contributed many papers on the Natural History of Ireland. It was

owing to his efforts that the Natural History Section was so remark-

ably successful when the Association met at Cork. His investigations

on the Zoology of Ireland were subservient to a great work which he

had planned on the Natural History of that island, and which, had his

life been spared, there is no reason to doubt he would have completed.

‘The Birds of Ireland’ was the first part of this work. Our readers

will be glad to learn that he had made arrangements for the publica-

tion of his MSS., and nominated two of his most intimate personal

‘. friends in Belfast to take charge of the work, in the event of his death

= before the publication of the remaining volumes should have been

a completed ; there will therefore be no delay beyond what is absolutely

a unavoidable. His loss will be deeply felt at Belfast, in the institu-

- tions of which city he took deep and active interest. He died in the

E forty-seventh year of his age. :

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1852.

Chiswick.—January 1. Hazy: overcast. 2. Overcast: fine: slight rain. 3. Foggy:

very fine : cloudy: boisterous at night. 4. Clear and very fine: frosty. 5. Frosty:

clear and fine. 6. Clear: very fine. 7. Rain. 8. Cloudy: boisterous. 9. Quite

clear: overcast. 10. Frosty: clearand fine: rain. 11. Rain: overcast. 12. Con-

Stant rain. 13. Foggy, with rain. 14. Foggy: rain. 15. Cloudy. 16. Densely

overcast: fine. 17. Very fine. 18. Hoar frost: very fine. 19. Frosty: very fine.

20. Densely clouded. 21. Fine: rain at night. 22, 23. Clear and very fine.

24. Rain. 25,26. Very fine. 27. Fine: rain. 28. Foggy: fine: clear: frosty at

night. 29. Foggy and frosty: very fine. 30. Rain: heavy clouds: clear. 31.

Densely overcast : rain.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+..ssesseeees ceedinohs 39°66

Mean temperature of Jan. 1851 ...........ceee.seseseeesences see 40 07

Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-six years ... 36°79

Average amount Of rain in Jan. ......cecsssesscseceereecesteeecs 1°68 inch.

Boston.—Jan. 1, 2. Cloudy. 3. Fine. 4. Fine: hail-storm eatly a.m. 5, 6.

Fine. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: raina.m. 10. Fine. 11.

Fine: rain early a.m. 12. Cloudy: rain earlya.m. 13. Cloudy: rainp.m. 14.

Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: raina.M.andp.m. 16—19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m.

21. Fine: rainp.m. 22. Fine: rainearly a.m. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m.

and p.m. 25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain p.m. 28. Fine. 29. Foggy. 30.

Rainy: rain A.M. and p.m. 31. Cloudy: rain A.m. and P.M.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Rain. 2. Showers : sleet-showers. 3. Cloudy:

sleet-showers. 4. Snow-showers. 5. Rain: cloudy. 6. Rain: showers. 7. Showers .

snow-showers. 8. Frost: cloudy. 9. Showers: snow-showers. 10. Snow-showers

cloudy. 11. Snow-showers: clear: aurora. 12. Cloudy: showers. 13. Showers :

-clear: aurora. 14,15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Showers,

18. Showers: damp. 19. Bright: clear: aurora. 20,21. Cloudy: rain. 22.

Cloudy : showers: thunder and lightning. 23, 24. Showers: clear: aurora. 25.

Sleet-showers: aurora. 26. Drops: cloudy. 27. Hazy: cloudy. 28. Fine: clear:

large halo. 29. Drizzle: showers. 30. Showers: sleet-showers. 31. Showers :

- thunder and lightning: showers.

V8 en on

reo Ob eet 22 bz.ob SE.ob SLE |zf.1£ 00.3%} 6$7.6z zbz.6z $09.62 6zg.6z. |ruvayy :

1 0%. ty | or. *s jm | og ov) OF. | SE) GE 1 ><$ of.6z 14,62 £$.6z o1S 62 616,62 | “rf

61. | o@% | tr. | om lems | om | 68 | Sth] ob] 6c | €S $72.62 88.87 91.62 $29.62 616.62 | *of

PEE ere Go, “AS "sg | Ms Cyt LY | fd. vs gv vb.6z 26.6% oLl.6z $26.62 060,0£ 62 ¢

go. Los jrsesese2) eg [emul] mu | OF | xb] Ef] iz | s+ -L.6z ol 6 ov.6z ofL.6z £99.62 Bz

HRSAs e's Bz. *s | mss] +s fv | Sv} Eb) 62 | oF 2£.6% 07,67 07.62 Lov.6z ggs.6z | Le

OL. Presateerieecessser! ooge | emass | cas | Ser zh Sef) 17.) 1S gt.6z gr.6z $9.62 £06.62 £L0.0£ "gt

hs £0. gt. | 90. | ‘ms | as | sms | $6€ | oF [Sb } Le | of ££.6z 61.62 gt.6z _ $LL.6z $¥6.6z | Sz

DE OR. oh sg |= eo lake: Rol cee! LOK wel ot 98.87 L9.gz gt.6z 655.62 1£¢.6z “vz

a Eh RAL SE a m |*msm] ms | £0 | gb | SE] 62 | gr 77.67 gL.8z or.62 Ezv.6z 62.62 fz

60. gi. To, [-mss/ ‘ms | ms | bb | ob | 6£| 1€ | Lb S£.9z gl.gz 0g.gz £97.62 965.62 | zz

$s. ol. gt. | ‘ass | mss] ‘ms | fb | ob | FE} gf | £5 J: gS.92 zt.6z 7$.6z LLE.6z £96.62 17@

Resteerrseeteastt bo, S) ay hee "s Sv] Sv |S.Eb!) gz | 6b I; -zb.6< 1+.6z 9£.6z $69.62 692.62 | ‘oz

Rte cos } 9g *s g WSR SEL gc] Le g$.6z 99.62 61,62 036.62 11.0 “61

Go, a frstenesisssereres| eg | omg [ome bt Se] Lh) SE) ce 1 ty 23.67 98.62 06.62 glz.of gz£.0€ °QI

GE. Prenesrees|ereeenees] oy tom foe SP | SEP) GE) be | Ly $3.62 LS .6z 9S .6z 1$6.6z 1bz.of “LI

So. Se, Lo. mw | *m | ms | SEF | eh] byl LE | cS LE.6z g1.6z go.6z £0.62 obg.6z *gI

go. zis gz. "OS ‘s | *MS fb | bh | Sb] by | oS g1.6z 1.62 $1.62 $S+.62 209.62 “Sr

ZO. 9%. gl. *s as | -AS Iv | ve | ch] 6€ 1S £+.6z $9.62 7v.6% 104,62 6£1,62 tr)

G0. -[petessss| pz, “AM "s 2 gf | 6£ 1] gf} 6£ | oS LS.6z 6£,6z gz.6z tvr.6z gtS.6z 2

tz. | Lo. | zg. | mu} cms | cms | 6£ | gf | Ev! of | $5 06.gz gS.gz Z6.g% 1$1.6z gzi.6c | *zr

Qt. gt. £o.--| "oso | "as: | Ma PE yReY SRL Sh | oes 08.8% 68.97 OL.g% 770,62 017.6% ‘IL

Te eee go. “a “A | tA Ob: OFS} 92h Sei) OS 7$.6z 0$.6z oF.6z £99.62 $1L.6z ‘OI

my esi seer iegs SSL et SMA MST) OE GB erdG Mes gz. (6S $1.62 06.37 @L.ge gv1.6z ogh.6z | *6

< Jaygara fale oral Sik ia Eo Pal aie cae te Ms amt 1 ce Yl 2 Oe 7 20.62 $¥.6z 0S .6z . Igr.6z f9g.6z | ‘8

BF. reeeneiirertetenel og fg | og Fh GWE GRASIEST SE | -6F 96.9% L1.6z 09.6z Lgl.6z 616.6% | *9

So. eae eervediescecccces “M "Ss "MS Fob LE zt 6z SY 92.62% £5.62 98.67 %90.08 g6r.0£ ¢

gf. St. [crete] om fom) smu | SE | Eee iS.ch| oc | bb 2L.6z 97.67 0f.6z 6£5.6z TTI.O€ a4

SEP eer One df SMe a>: Jems | PLE") FSE) Of): gto 1 bP $3.97 2.62 fb.6z z1$.6z gbl.6z | “f

' | $e, -[rrsreree| Zo, | tm | tMsM} sms | ob | Ech] of | oz | xh 07.62 £0.62 9f.6z L£9.6z $69.67 | *%

Gr, |ereeceseeleereeeeee! em | emg | ety fv | th! ZE| re | SE of'6z 99.62 19.62 $gl.6c 956.62 ay

¥ Oe ak : é ees pe . : ‘ue

g : : ; : 5 : oi" dfs ure f6 &F uy | xeyy | curd fg ure £6 rz aut i “B08

Sept (e~: oF cae £8 ®

Bo P R | eS | FO ER Sees |e | -xoussrao ‘youmpurg ‘fou Pe “yorstyg adie

: jo skeq

i “WIRY *pulAL | *19JOULOULICY, J, *‘TOPOULOLV ET

‘AUNMUG ‘asunpy yormpung yo “UoysNo[D *C ‘Ady ay2 Ag pun £ NoAsog pn Tea, “AWK Ag

‘uopuo'y vau “MOIMSIHG 3 Ajzarv0g younzynaizs0F] ay} fo uapsvy ay2 qo Uosdmoyy, “Ap, Ag apyw suoinasasgo poorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 52. APRIL 1852.

XXI.—Notes and Descriptions of a few Brachiopoda; including

a Monograph of the French Liasie Spirifers. By Tuomas

Davipson, Member of the Geol. Soc. of France, &c.

[With three Plates. ]

1. Observations on the Genus Rhynchonella of Fiseher, with de-

i scriptions of new species.

For that group of plaited Terebratule including such shells as

R. Lozia, Fischer, Vespertilio, Brocchi, octoplicata, Sow., &c.,

the generic names of Trigonella and Rhynchonella were proposed

ischer de Waldheim, in 1809; both genera comprise simi-

larly organized forms and are synonyms of each other; and as

the name Trigonella had already been used by prior authors to

denote other objects, the term Rhynchonella alone can be ad-

yantageously preserved. The necessity of separating these shells

from the smooth Terebratule was foreseen even by early natu-

ralists. Morton* in 1712 seems to have been among the first

to arrange his Terebratule into two distinct divisions; in the

first he placed those species with a truncated beak; and in the

second those in which the beak is acute and entire; these divi-

sions corresponding the first to the genus Terebratula, the second

to that of Rhynchonella of modern authors.

Dayilat+ in 1767 likewise alluded to the distinction between

these shells, and noticed the difference in their apophysary

system ; but Fischer claims the honour of having first introduced

a distinctive appellation{. Within the last few years other generic

“4 a Hist. of Northumberland.

tT Catalogue systématique et raisonné. :

t Neglected however until 1847, when M. D’Orbigny re-established the

genus, giving the date 1825, being ignorant of Fischer’s prior paper, of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 17

250 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

names have also been proposed for these plaited Terebratule, such

as Hypothyris, Phillips, Cyclothyris (M‘Coy), Atrypa (M‘Coy)*,

Hemithirist and Acanthothiris, D’Orb., &c.

Without entering into a full history of this genus, our

present object is, principally to inquire if authors are really

entitled to establish these different genera; if the organizations

vary ; and if the genus existed from the Silurian period up to

the present day; points which require immediate investigation

to prevent the confusion which is daily added to the nomencla-

ture by authors adopting frequently at random one denomination

instead of another. Are we entitled to follow M. D’Orbigny, who

places, for example, :

T. psittacea, cae

F Wiles, Sor. in his genus Hemiruiis ;

‘T. octoplicata,

T. concinna, in Fischer’s genus RHyNCHONELLA ;

T. tetrahedra, &e.

T. spinosa,

, in his genus ACANTHOTHIRIS ?

T. senticosa, &c. } 8

On what principle is a genus among the Brachiopoda to be

established? Is it merely from a slight dissimilarity of outward

form, or is it from the important differences and peculiarities in

the supports of the arms and other impressions left by the animal

in the shell? The great value of these last was justly admitted

by M. D’Orbigny, but not always attended to by that author.

The genus Rhynchonella may be characterized as follows :—

existence of which I was first informed by Mr. Morris, who had discovered

the only copy im London in the library of the Linnean Society; but Prof.

King was the first to publish it, having also discovered the paper.

For more ample details on this subject I beg to refer to my work on

British Brachiopoda, Part 1, 2 and 3, genus Rhynchonella (Paleontogra-

phical Society).

* The genus Atrypa was established by Dalman in 1827, his types being

A. reticularis, A. aspera, A. galeata, A. nucella, A. crassicosta, A. lenticu-

laris. This unfortunate so-called genus has of late been the subject of much

discussion and variety of opinion among several authors, but on which

our space will not allow us to enlarge at present; suffice it to say, that the

three first-mentioned shells are well-known, and do not possess the cha-

racteristics of those now placed in the genus Atrypa both by Prof. M‘Coy

and M. D’Orbigny, many of which I am convinced are only Rhynchonelle.

t+ We do not wish it to be understood, that we consider all the species

placed by authors in the above-enumerated genera to belong to one single

-section, or that all the species placed in M. D’Orbigny’s genus Hemithiris

are true Rhynchonelle, only those (among which are his types) partaking

of the characters visible in R. psittacea, Wilsoni, &e. M. D’Orbigny places

in his genus Hemithiris certain forms, such as T. Schlotheimii, which we

believe to form a separate section, to which Prof. King has given the name

Lamerophoria.

QR aor

: of a few Brachiopoda. 251

Genus RuyNncHONELLA, Fischer, 1809.

Animal small, generally attached to submarine objects by

means of a pedicle issuing from the foramen placed under the

beak of the larger valve. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape,

wider than long, or longer than wide, circular or elongated ;

valves more or less convex, with or without a longitudinal mesial

fold and sinus ; beak acute, slightly or greatly recurved ; no true

area ; foramen variable in its dimensions and form, placed under

the beak, exposed or concealed, entirely or partially surrounded

by a deltidium in two pieces, at times extending in the shape of

a tubular expansion, at other times rudimentary, the foramen

being completed by a small portion of the umbo. Surface

striated, plaited, or costellated, rarely smooth ; structure fibrous,

unpunctuated, sometimes spiny; valves articulating by means of

' two teeth in the larger and corresponding sockets in the im-

perforated valve ; apophysary system in smaller valve composed

of two short, flattened and grooved lamelle, separate and mode-

rately curved upwards, attached to the inner side of the beak of

smaller valve, and to which were affixed the free spiral fleshy

arms* ; a small central longitudinal septum more or less elevated

is seen to extend along the bottom of the smaller valve from

under the beak to about half or two-thirds the length of the shell,

and separating the muscular impressions visible on either side.

Obs. We shall first inquire tf these lamella supporting the free

fleshy arms differ in the proposed genera above enumerated, taking,

to begin with, the genus Hemithiris, of which M. D’Orbigny

considers the recent 7. psittacea to be the type, and in which he

includes a great number of Palzozoic species, of which T, Wilsoni

and sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb., may be mentioned as examples ; but,

strange to say, no representatives are stated to have lived during

the Tertiary, Cretaceous and Jurassic periods, the genus having

abounded, according to M. D’Orbigny, in the Paleozoic epoch, and

after having become extinct for countless ages, reappeared in the

shape of a solitary form in the recent state (R. psittacea), R.

spinosa and senticosa, at one time placed in Hemithiris, were

soon removed to form a distinct genus under the name of -

Acanthothiris ; the genus Rhynchonella being stated not to occur

in the recent period, but to have abounded in the Cretaceous,

Jurassic, and in the Paleozoic period. From a minute examination

of a number of the species distributed into these three genera by

M. D’Orbigny, I cannot discover any important variation in the

position or shape of the curved lamelle above described, which

are similar, and in all more or less developed; the mesial

* See Prof. Owen’s anatomy of T. psiltacea, Trans. of the Zool. Soe,

~vol. i. 2nd part,

17*

252 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

septum is likewise perceptible, the muscular impressions being

also much alike in this valve and only slightly modified in dif-

ferent species :—see our figures of 7. psittacea, T. octoplicata, T.

sub-Wilsoni, Pl. XIII. fig. 1, 2 & 8. Prof. M‘Coy in 1844

noticed the form of these short lamelle in Ter. acuminata, where

I have seen them, but is mistaken when stating that he believes

them to be the same in 7. hastata; in this species they form a_

loop as in true Terebratule, as may be seen from the perfect

specimen now preserved in the museum of the Geol. Survey ;

we must therefore conclude that there exists no important dif-

ference in the internal organization of the imperforated valve.

Much stress has been laid on the form of the beak, foramen,

and deltidium in separating these shells into distinct genera ; let

us therefore consider the true value of these characters in some

of the forms alluded to.

In all, the beak is acute and not truncated. In R. pszttacea

(type of his genus Hemithiris), M. D’Orbigny asserts the foramen

to be without any deltidium; this is however a mistake: the

deltidium is there; rudimentary, but existing, and partially cir-

cumscribing the foramen. In Rhynchonella, he mentions the

foramen to be entirely surrounded by the deltidium, which is

stated to be tubular (Pl. XIII. fig. 3); but this also is far from

being the case in many species admitted and placed by that

author in Rhynchonella, such as R. concinna (Pl. XIII. fig. 6),

&c., wherein not only the deltidium is not tubular, but it does

not even surround the foramen, a portion of which is completed

by the umbo of the smaller valve*. Again, in many species, such

as R. tetrahedra (Pl. XIII. fig. 7), serrata, spinosa, &c., the beak

becomes in age so much recurved as to exhibit no visible fora-

men or deltidium, or passage for the muscular fibres of attaeh-

ment, so that the shell probably became free, a circumstance well

known to be peculiar to some extinct genera of Brachiopoda. It

is therefore evident that the distinctions sought for cannot be

found in either the beak, foramen or deltidium, in the shells com-

posing these three genera proposed.

If we now examine the impressions left in the interior of the

perforated valve, we shall find that these vary in some species

placed in the same genus by M. D’Orbigny; that they are not

peculiar to any of the types, or constant in any of the species

forming the different genera: thus if we cast a glance on the

interior of this valve of R, psittacea (Hemithiris) and many

others believed to be Rhynchonelle, we shall find no perceptible

* Mr. Woodward called my attention to some very young specimens of

R. concinna (Ter. Flabellulum, Sow.), in which the deltidium exists only

in the same rudimentary form as in the adult of the recent R. psittacea.

oe hn

of a few Brachiopoda. 258

dissimilarities, while in some species of Rhynchonella, such as R.

lacunosa (P\. XIII. fig. 16), and others where the shell is very

‘thick, great differences are visible, but which are in reality only

specific, not generic.

M. D’Orbigny was probably not acquainted with the interior of

this valve in his H. sub-Wilsoni, else he would have seen that

these impressions there differ much more from those of R.

psittacea than any he could point out between R. psittacea and

his Rhynchonella.

From the above examination it is clear that no sound reasons

have been brought forward by the different authors who have

divided this type, to authorize the forming of separate genera ;

that the comparative study and minute inspection of the various

species has not been entered into, and that the characters assigned

as generic variations are inexact.

Therefore the question now remaining is, what name these

shells ought to preserve: that of Rhynchonella is the oldest I

am acquainted with ; but if paleontologists can show good reason

why such forms as 7. Wilsoni, sub-Wilsoni, cuboides, &c. are

not Rhynchonelle, they cannot adopt that of Hemithiris (as justly

observed by Prof. King), Prof. Phillips having prior to M. D’Or-

bigny proposed the name of Hypothiris for such shells as R. cu-

boides. The genus Hemithiris, D’Orb., and Acanthothiris, D’Orb.,

and all the other names above alluded to, must be placed among

the synonyms. Before concluding these few remarks, we men-

tion, that having been so fortunate as to discover in a quarry at

Néhou, interiors of both valves of R. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb., and

internal casts of R. Wilsoni, Sow., in the Aymestry limestone

of Sedgley, we have figured both in our plate, to show that there

exist good grounds for retaining these two specific names, since

the muscular impressions seem to vary in both.

Puate XIII. fig. 8 to 11. R. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orbigny *.

Puare XIII. fig. 12 to 14. .R. Wilsoni, Sow.t

RuyNcHONELLA Destonecuampsi1, Day. 1852. PI. XIII.

fig. 15.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, irregularly lozenge-shaped, wider

than long, convex ; smaller valve divided into three almost equal

lobes, the central one forming a greatly elevated mesial fold ex-

tending much beyond the lateral ones, which gradually slope to

* The position and form of the apophysary lamella were known to M.

Deslongchamps many years back to be similar to those of R. decorata.

T Several good internal casts of this shell exist in the Museum of the

Geol. Survey, which were placed at my disposal for examination by Prof.

- Forbes and Mr. Salter.

254 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

the margin. A sinus corresponds to the fold of the smaller valve,

the perforated valve being rather less convex than the imperfo-

rated one; beak not much produced, recurved and acute, under

which is seen a small circular foramen entirely surrounded and

separated from the umbo by a deltidium in two pieces; beak-

ridges well defined, leaving a slightly concave space or false area

between them and the hinge-line, which last slightly indents the

smaller valve; surface ornamented by a great number of small

plaits, from fifty to sixty on each valve. Structure unpunctuated.

Length 23, width 25, depth 14 lines.

Obs. This fine Rhynchonella was discovered by M. Deslong-

champs in the liasic beds of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen,

where it seems rare. M. Tesson has also obtained it in the same

locality ; it differs from R. trilobata, Minster, by its much

smaller and more numerous plaits ; this last being also an Upper

Jurassic species, while our present form is liasic. The specimen

figured is from the collection of M. Deslongchamps, to whom I

have the pleasure of dedicating it.

RuyYNCHONELLA Boveri, Day. 1852. Pl. XIII. fig. 4, 5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, wider than long, irregularly tri-

angular and trilobed, the smaller valve being almost equally di-

vided into three longitudinal portions, the central one forming an

elevated mesial fold laterally contracted with a deep correspond-

ing sinus in the larger valve, the front forming three almost equal

and convex projections ; beak not much produced, acute; fora-

men small and entirely surrounded and separated from the umbo

by a deltidium in two pieces ; beak-ridges well defined, leaving a

slightly concave false area between it and the hinge-line, which

last does not greatly indent the imperforated valve ; surface or-

namented by a variable number of simple acute plaits, about

thirty in each valve--three, four or five forming the mesial fold

and sinus; margin thickened all round. Structure imperforated.

Length 12, width 15, depth 11 lines,

Obs. This shell oceurs along with R. obsoleta in the Great

Oolite of Ranville near Caen, where it is very common, and is

easily distinguished from the last-named species, particularly by

its much more elevated mesial fold gradually arising from the

umbo till it acquires its greatest elevation near the front, while

in R. obsoleta it will be found to exist at about the middle of the

shell, the remaining portion sloping down to the front; the

lateral parts are likewise more elongated and somewhat wing-

shaped, a character not peculiar to obsoleta, which has a more

simple and circular form.

alee 24. Sk eT

eee eee ‘ =

ees ae a ‘

of a few Brachiopoda. 255

2. Note on the Genus Terebratulina, D’ Orbigny.

M. D’Orbigny judiciously separated such shells as 7. caput

serpentis from Terebratula, the loop in both these genera being

quite distinct ; but he adds (erroneously), that the shells of his

genus Terebratulina are unprovided with deltidium. Impressed

with this opinion, he places in the genus Terebratula, T. sub-

striata of Schloth., a shell possessing even the external appearance

of many species of his genus Terebratulina, but exhibiting a fine,

fully developed deltidium. The interior of both T. caput serpentzis

and T. substriata are however perfectly similar, as any one may

be convinced by a glance at our figures: this shows how one

may err by resting too much importance on simple external ap-

pearances, or on the presence of a greater or smaller deltidium ;

thus leading us to separate shells which were undoubtedly inha-

bited by similar animals, and to class together animals evidently

different. The genus Terebratulina did not therefore first occur

in the Cretaceous period, as stated by M. D’Orbigny, but in the

Jurassic epoch, where the oldest type of the genus is at present

known.

Puare XIII. fig. 18, 18 a. T. caput serpentis (recent).

Puate XIII. fig: 17, 17 a. T. substriata (Schlotheim), Jurassic.

3. Description of Three Species of Terebratula.

Treresratuta Harmeana, Day. 1852. Pl. XIV. fig. 1, 1a.

Diagnosis. Shell circular, inequivalve, depressed, wider than

long; valves almost equally convex, deepest near the umbo;

margin straight all round ; no trace of mesial fold or sinus ; beak

small, recurved, and truncated by a small circular foramen nearly

touching the umbo; beak-ridges well defined, leaving between

them and the hinge-line a narrow false area. Surface smooth,

with a few concentric lines of growth. Length 2 inches 4 lines,

width 2 inches 6} lines, depth 1 inch 4 lines.

Obs. T. Haimeana is one of the largest Devonian Terebratule

yet discovered, and is at once easily distinguished from 7.

Caiqua, De Verneuil, this last being nearly twice as long as wide,

while the width of 7. Haimeana is greater than its length ; it is

also distinct from T. Archiact (Vern.), which is a much more

compressed and elongated shell. I was so fortunate as to dis-

cover the species under notice in the Devonian beds of Paffrath

near Cologne, some years ago, where it appears to be very rare,

since M. de Verneuil, whose knowledge in these matters is so

extensive, assures me he has not observed it in any other collec-

tion. I have great pleasure in naming it after M. J. Haime,

whose researches, along with those of Prof. M.-Edwards, have

- thrown so much light on corals, both living and fossil.

256 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

TerEBRATULA Morieret, Deslongchamps, MS. PI. XIV.

fig. 3 & a, b.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, subpentagonal, longer than wide;

valves convex, with a deep longitudinal angular sinus or depres-

sion in each valve extending from the beak and the umbo to the

front, so that at the junction of the two sinuses in front, a deep an-

gular notch is produced; beak rather short, recurved and trun-

cated by a largish, circular, entire foramen; beak-ridges well

marked, leaving between them and the hinge a well-defined false

area; valves ornamented by numerous squamose, concentric, pro-

jecting, imbricated ridges, regularly and closely covering all the

surface of the shell. Loop unknown, most probably short.

Structure perforated. Length 9, width 8, depth 6 lines.

Obs. This curious form of Terebratula was discovered by M.

Moriére at St. Honorine des Perthes, near Port-en-Bessin in

Normandy, in beds named by M. de Camont Calcaire mar-

neux de Port-en-Bessin, which, according to M. Deslongchamps,

correspond to the Inferior Oolite of Caen. This shell having

been presented for M. Deslongchamps’ examination, he at once

perceived all its remarkable distinctive characters and forwarded

his notes and illustrations (fig. 3 of our plate), requesting me to

publish the species, which is dedicated to M. Moriére the dis-

coverer.

Ter. Morierei cannot be confounded with any other Jurass'c

form : at first sight it bears some resemblance to 7. coarctata,

but the deep sinus in both valves and the concentric squamose

ridges at once distinguish it.

PuaTeE XIV. fig. 3. From the collection of M. Moriére.

TEREBRATULA SPHEZROIDALIS, Sow. Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

In 1825, Sowerby described, under the name of Ter. spheroi-

dalis, a small globose shell found in the Inferior Oolite of Dundry ;

but in beds of the same age near St. Maixent (Dep. des Deux

Sévres) in France, this species attained such remarkable dimen-

sions, that I considered it might be interesting to figure the largest

individual I have as yet observed from that locality, now in the

British Museum: this magnificent shell is almost circular,

and of the dimensions of a billiard bal] ; length 24, breadth 22,

depth 22 lines. Another in M. Bouchard’s cabinet is only 2

lines smaller; and specimens of all dimensions have been obtained,

some not exceeding 4 lines in length. One of the most curious

peculiarities of this species consists in the variations it presents in

the junction-line of the valves in front, which is often straight,

variously curved, or indented ; having no influence on the regutar

convexity of the shell, which extends uninterruptedly to the edge,

of a few Brachiopoda. 257

while in other specimens one or two slight depressions correspond

to the undulations of the frontal margin. Another remarkable

feature is the sudden stoppage of growth visible in many speci-

mens, which has caused the remaining portion of the shell to

deviate from the regular line, forming a raised rim all round,

often presenting plaits not in existence before the sudden

stoppage of growth. It would likewise appear, on examination

of specimens collected by M. de Verneuil from several localities

in Spain, such as Maranchon, Anchueta, Villas del Covo, &c.,

that this species first made its appearance in the Lias of that

country, although no authentic specimen has been to my know-

ledge found out of the Inferior Oolite, in France or in England.

4. On Spanish Cretaceous Brachiopoda.

In the British Museum are preserved two species of cretaceous

_ Brachiopoda from Santander, on the north coast of Spain, which

have not hitherto been noticed by any of the few authors who

have written on the fossils of that kingdom ; a short description

with figures may therefore not be devoid of interest.

TEREBRATELLA VERNEUILIANA, Day. Pl. XIV. fig. 4.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, circular, nearly as broad as long ;

valves nearly equally convex; no distinct mesial fold or sinus;

beak produced, with a short, flat, triangular area, wherein is

situated a large circular foramen, slightly indenting the beak,

but much more the area, completed and separated from the umbo

by a deltidium in two pieces; valves ornamented by a few large

diverging cost, augmenting in number by the intercalation of

plaits at irregular distances from the beak and umbo, so that

round the margin from fifteen to seventeen unequal coste may

be counted on each valve; the plaits are intersected at variable

distances by well-marked concentric lines of growth. Structure

punctuated. Length 6, width 6}, depth 3 lines.

Obs. Four specimens of this species are preserved in the British

Museum, all presenting the same characters. It is remarkable

for the few plaits that ornament its surface. It approaches most

in form to 7. Moreana, D’Orb. (Pal. Tr. Ter. Crétacées, vol. iv.

p- 117. pl. 516. fig. 13-19), but does not seem to present the

mesial fold and sinus represented in M. D’Orbigny’s figures of

that species; the convexity of the valves in T. Verneuiliana not

being interrupted by the projection of any of the plaits much

above the level of the others; the position and dimensions of the

foramen are likewise different.

Locality. The Upper Cretaceous beds of Santander, on the

north coast of Spain.

Prats XIV. fig. 4. Line showing the natural size ; fig. 4 a, 5, c. enlarged

_ specimen in the British Museum.

258 Mr.T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

TEREBRIROSTRA BarcesaNna, D’Orb. Pl. XIV. fig. 5. !

T. Bargesana, D’Orb. 1851, Journal de Conchyliologie, vol. ii.

p- 225. pl. 4. fig. 2-5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, much elongated; beak prolonged,

tapering and truncated by a circular foramen ; area long, tri-

angular and edged; deltidium narrow, partly surrounding the

foramen; valves unequaily convex, the largest most so; no

mesial fold or sinus, a slight depression existing towards the

margin of the smaller valve. Surface ornamented by a number

of small rounded costz rarely bifurcated, but augmenting by the

intercalation of coste at variable distances from the beak and

umbo. Surface punctuated. Length 12, width 9, depth 7 lines.

Obs. Eight specimens of this shell are preserved in the col-

lection of the British Museum, which we have considered identi-

cal with M. D’Orbigny’s lately described species, not having been

able to detect any distinctive character, except its smaller dimen-

sions, which may be due to local circumstances. The larger valve

exceeds the smaller one by one-fourth more in length, arising

from the elongation of the beak, but in younger shells the dis-

proportion is much less.

T. Bargesana is found in the Upper Cretaceous beds of San-

tander (Spain), associated with 7. Verneuiliana. In France it

was first discovered by the Abbé Bargés between Bédoule and

Cassis (Bouches-du-Rhone).

PLATE XIV. fig. 5. From a specimen in the British Museum.

5. On French Liasic Thecidez.

Prior to the publication of my Monograph of British Liasic

and Oolitic Brachiopoda in 1851, no Thecidee had been noticed

in the Lias; M. D’Orbigny does not mention any. In the work

alluded to we described and figured four, found by Mr. Moore

in the neighbourhood of Ilminster; viz. Th. Moorei, Bouchardit,

rustica, and triangularis, this last being likewise common to the

Inferior and Great Oolite. In the Lias of Normandy two forms

have occurred; one is our 7h. Bouchardii; the other, probably

new, was lately found along with Spirifer Tessoni at May near

Caen by M. Deslongchamps, who forwarded several specimens

for my examination and publication.

Tuecipea Drstonecuampsit, Day. 1852. Pl. XIII. fig. 6,

75 By 9:

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, longer than wide, irregularly ob-

long ; fixed to submarine objects by the flattened beak of the larger

valve moulding itself on the object to which it is attached; the

remaining. portion of this valve is regularly convex, and deepest

near the hinge; area short, wide and irregular; deltidium

£ a Pee

Pan Me wy

otis

of a few Brachiopoda. . 259

visible, but not very well defined ; smaller valve as wide as long,

operculiform, slightly convex and flattened ; surface smooth, in-

terrupted only by a few concentric lines of growth. Structure

punctuated ; hinge-line straight; valves articulating by means

of two teeth in the larger valve and corresponding sockets in the

smaller one. In the interior of the dental valve, beneath the

deltidium, three short lamellar processes are seen to occupy about

a fifth of the length of the shell, the central one being the

longest and most elevated ; the other two, appearing at the base

of the dental plates, converge gradually towards the central one ;

a longitudinal rounded elevation extends also along the middle

of the valve. In the interior of the smaller one on either side of the

sockets a wide, thickened, raised, granulated margin (limbe)

surrounds the shell, which on reaching the middle of the front

directs itself longitudinally inwards under the form of a narrow,

acute, elevated crest, and not much longer than half the length

of the valve; on either side of this ridge and the inner edge of

the margin are seen two other rounded ridges covered with large

granulations. Dimensions variable. Length 2, width 13, depth

“12 lines. |

Obs. In external shape this species reminds us of several cre-

taceous forms, such as Thecidea tetragona, Roemer, rugosa, D’Orb.

&c. ; yet it is quite distinct from any, by the more simple arrange-

ments in the interior of its smaller valve, where none of those

numerous sinuated ridges exist.

The arrangement in the interior of the smaller valve of the form

under notice bears some resemblance to a few specimens of The-

cidea rustica,from the Lias of Ilminster, but of which unfortunately

only the smaller valve is known ; and from the inspection of more

than a hundred specimens found by Mr. Moore, none seem to

have attained above a third of the dimensions presented by the

French shell. There appears to be also a dissimilarity in the

shape of the central ridge, which in Thecidea Deslongchampsii is

narrow, and acute in its whole length in the specimens I have

been able to examine, while in 7h. rustica it apparently forms a

double ridge united at the extremity, with an intermediate de-

sie We have therefore ventured to distinguish the large

rench Thecidea by the name of Th. Deslongchampsii, that gen-

tleman having first observed the species at May near Caen.

Piate XIV. fig. 6. Natural size. Fig. 6a,7,7a,6,8 & 9. Enlarged

illustrations.

Tuecrpea Bovucuarnit, Dav. Pl. X1V. fig. 10, 11, 12.

Thecidea Bouchardii, Dav. British Fossil Brachiopoda (Pal. Soc.),

part 3. p. 14. pl. 1. fig. 15, 16 (1851).

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval, much wider

260 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers.

than long ; attached by the whole surface of its larger valve to

submarine bodies; area triangular; deltidium well defined ;

unattached valve slightly convex, but flattened; surface smooth

and punctuated.

Obs. I mentioned in 1851 that M. Tesson had met with a

very large liasic Thecidea closely resembling our Th. Bouchardit,

found by Mr. Moore in the Lias of Ilminster, but the dispropor-

tion in size between the specimens discovered at that period made

me uncertain as to the identity, of which I have now not the

smallest doubt, Mr. Moore having lately obtained in the same

locality several adult specimens of Th. Bouchardii, quite agreeing

with the French shell, and even slightly exceeding it in dimen-

sions.

Thecidea Bouchardii was found by M. Tesson attached to a

Spirifer Tessoni, in the Lias of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen ;

it measures, length 21 lines, width 4 lines.

Piate XIV. fig. 10, M. Tesson’s specimen, natural size; 10a. enlarged

illustration. Fig. 11. Our English specimen, natural size; 11 a.

the same, enlarged. Fig. 12. A very adult specimen, natural

size, found near Ilminster by Mr. Moore, attached to a Rhyncho-

nella serrata; it measures, length 3, width 4 lines.

THECIDEA TRIANGULARIS, D’Orb. Pl. XIV. fig. 18.

Thecidea triangularis, D’Orb. Prodrome, vol. i. p. 316 (1849) ;

Dav. Brit. Fossil Brach. part 3. p. 14. pl. 1. fig. 11, 12

(1851). :

This species is only here introduced on account of its being

found in England in the Lias and Inferior Oolite; while in

France it has only hitherto been discovered in the Great Oolite

of Ranville near Caen, where the shell is not very rare, attached

to shells and corals. The illustration fig. 13 is from a specimen

found in that locality.

The three above-described Thecidee comprise all the species

of the genus with which I am acquainted at present from the

Jurassic formations of France.

6. Monograph of French Liasic Spirifers.

The French Liasic Spirifers are so remarkable in shape and

specific characters, some being new and others little known, that

in order to meet the wishes expressed by several paleontologists,

I here beg to offer a short monograph accompanied by correct

illustrations of all the species known as occurring in that king-

dom.

many species, which may advantageously be divided into four

sections, from differences existing chiefly in the structure ob-

The genus Spirifer, established in 1818 by Sowerby, contains

Co" we

MERE ays 1p Ce a ee

ESET,

De a di

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasie Spirifers. 261

servable in the interior of the perforated valve; but all those

found in the Lias appear to belong to one group, presenting the

same internal dispositions of the septa in the larger valve and

spirals in the smaller one*; in all, the structure is punctuated

and spinose, and in different species varying only in the size of

the punctures and position and dimensions of the tubular spines.

To this group M. D’Orbigny has applied the generic appellation

of Spiriferina+, and it has also been clearly established, that Spi-

rifers possessing this structure were not only peculiar to the Lias,

as at one time supposed, but that they occur likewise in older

rocks. Liasic Spirifers appear to have been first noticed by

Knorr in 1755, and Torrubia in 1773; these authors having

illustrated Sp. rostratus, and Walcot in 1799 Spirifer Walcott: ;

it was only however in the nineteenth century that these Spirifers

were properly named and described, but unfortunately too much

subdivided by various authors, who did not perceive that they

were making distinct species of mere varieties.

Our researches have brought to light seven well-defined French

Liasic Spirifers, all described in this monograph.

M. D’Orbigny, in his ‘ Prodrome,’ gives a list of seven Liasic

Spirifers, three only of which are properly named; of the re-

maining four, three are synonyms of Sp. rostratus, so that

* These have been fully described in my Monograph of British Oolite

and Liasic Brachiopoda, Part 3. p. 22, published by the Pal. Soc.

T M. D’Orbigny divides the family of Spiriferide into five genera, viz.—

1. Cyrthia; 2. Spirifer; 3. Spiriferina; 4. Spirigerina; 5. Spirigera.

The three first only are in our view true Spirifers. In Cyrthia, M. D’Or-

igny states the fissures to be covered by a deltidium; in the second, Spi-

rifer, and third, Spiriferina, he mentions the fissure to be triangular, open

in all its extent, and without deltidium. We cannot here help expressmg

our surprise at such an assertion from such an observer as M. D’Orbigny ;

we have no hesitation in stating our conviction to be, that in the perfect state

all Spirifers were provided with a deltidium, and only wanting from the in-

complete state of most ee but we have often noticed it in many

species belonging to M. D’Orbigny’s genera Spirifer and Spiriferina ; it is

not rare to find it preserved in many Liasie species from Normandy, and we

have figured it in our Monograph of British Liasic and Oolitic Brachio-

poda, it being composed of two pieces circumscribing a part of the orifice

through which the muscular fibres of the pedicle issued. M. Bouchard has

seen it preserved on some specimens of Sp. Verneuilii from Ferque, and I

da zeae of the same in Lamarck’s collection (Ann. and Mag.

at. Hist. June 1850). It is beautifully preserved in many specimens of

Sp. speciosus from the Eifel. M. de Verneuil figured it in Spirifer Pellico :

in fact, in no case do I believe the triangular fissure was entirely open for

the passage of the muscular fibres. In one set of Spirifers, such as Sp. tra-

oidalis (Cyrthia), it covered all the fissure, but in others only a portion.

n Spiriferina M. D’Orbigny states the deltidial fissure to be edged by a

rim (bourrelet), which he gives as a distinctive character from Spirifer.

This is another mistake; the rim alluded to exists in all Spirifers (see

Cours élémentaire de Paleontologie, vol. ii. p. 86).

262 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Szirifers.

M. D’Orbigny seems only acquainted with five; we have added

two others which are by no means the least interesting of the lot,

viz. Sp. Tessoni and Sp. Deslongchampsti, Sp. Tessoni and ros-

tratus being the two largest of the tribe peculiar to the Lias. In

Great Britain we are acquainted with only three of these French

species, viz. Sp. rostratus, Walcotti and Miinsteri ; but another

is there found, descriled by us under the name of Sp. Ilmin-

steriensis. Sp: Linguiferoides and Chilensis, Forbes, as well as

Sp. twnidus (Coquand and Bayle), Sp. Hartmanni and verrucosus,

Zieten, as we have stated, seem to us only varieties of Sp. ros-

tratus ; and Sp. Beirensis (Sharpe) is probably also another vari-

ation of the same. We are therefore acquainted with only eight

or nine species of Spirifer from the Liasic period, seven of which

are found in France, some bearing much external resemblance

to certain Palzeozoie forms.

Spirifers were most abundant in species in the Silurian, Devo-

nian, and Carboniferous periods, less so in the Permian and

Lias, and not positively known to occur higher up in the series,

although I should not be surprised if they were found higher up.

The limits assigned to certain genera are often contradicted by

unexpected discoveries: within the last few years Producta have

been shown to occur in the Silurian rocks, Leptene, Thecidee

in the Lias, and other genera have likewise been made to descend

or to rise in the series.

1. Sprrirer rostratus, Sch. sp. 1813. Pl. XIV. fig. 14, 15.

Pl. XV. fig. 11.

-Terebratulites rostratus, Schlotheim, Beitrage zur Nat. p. 73,

1813, and Nach. zur Petrefact. pl. 16, 1822.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, transversely

oval or elongated, with or without a mesial fold and sinus,

smooth or ornamented by numerous small shallow rounded

coste, never extending over the mesial fold or sinus ; beak more

or less developed, recurved or straight ; deltidium in two pieces ;

area well-defined, variable in dimensions, but whose limits are

marked by the absence of spines; hinge-line shorter than the

width of the shell; structure punctuated and spinose ; spines

irregularly disposed over its surface ; dimensions variable. Length

19, width 22, depth 12 lines.

Obs. This species is so well known that we need not enter into

any lengthened details, but merely remark that much larger spe-

cimens have been collected in England than in France; one in

particular, discovered at Ilminster by Mr. Moore, measured,

length 28, width 30, depth 17 lines. S. rostratus is found in

many countries, but especially abundant in the Liasic quarries in

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 263

the neighbourhood of Caen. M. de Verneuil has given me spe-

cimens lately collected by himself in the Lias of Maranchon

(Spain).

Piare XIV. fig. 14, 15. illustrate two varieties of this species from the

Lias of the neighbourhood of Caen.

Puate XV. fig. 11. A remarkable malformation found by M. Deslong-

champs, and belonging to his collection.

2. Sprrtrer Watcort1, Sow. 1823. Pl. XV. fig. 10.

Spirifer Walcotti, Sow. Min. Con. vol. iv. p. 106. pl. 377. f. 12,

1823.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, generally

transversely oval, with elevated mesial fold and four lateral

rounded plaits on each side corresponding to a sinus and plaits

in the large valve ; beak more or less recurved; area narrow ;

deltidium in two pieces; binge-line shorter than the width of

the shell; surface punctuated and spinose. Length 14, width 18,

depth 11 lines.

Oés. This species is easily distinguished from Sp. rostratus

by its well-defined mesial fold and few large lateral plaits. It

abounds in the Lias of Avalon in Burgundy, and in many other

localities. The largest specimen I have seen was found in En-

gland by Mr. Moore; it measured, length 19, width 24, depth

14 lines.

PuaTE XV. fig. 10. From the Lias of Avalon.

3. Sprrirer Miwsrert, Dav. 1851. Pl. XV. fig. 8, 9.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, wider than

long, mesial fold in smaller valve, acute and elevated, and corre-

sponding to a deep sinus in larger one, with six or seven acute

plaits on each side of the mesial fold and sinus ; beak more or

less produced, elevated and recurved, or projected backwards and

straight ; area large, triangular, with deltidium in two pieces;

hinge-line shorter than the width of the shell; structure punc-

tuated and spinose. Length 7, width 11, depth 10 lines.

Obs. This remarkable species was confounded in 1832 with

Sowerby’s Sp. octoplicatus, which is a Carboniferous species ; it

is distinguished from Sp. Walcotti by the form of its beak, area,

and the greater number of its plaits; it is also a much smaller

shell, rarely exceeding 7 lines in length and 9 in width: the di-

mensions of the area are very variable in this species ; in some

specimens it is small, its width not exceeding a fourth of its

length, while in other cases the length and width are almost

equal. Sp. Miinsteri is not so abundant as Sp. rostratus and

. Waleotti, but is often met with at Fontaine-étoupe-four near

264 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasie Spirifers.

Caen, where many remarkable specimens have been found by

M. Deslongchamps, Bouchard, Tesson and others.

PuatE XV. fig. 8. A specimen from Fontaine-¢toupe-four, in the coll. of

M. Bouchard. Fig. 9. Another from the same locality.

4, SprrireR oxypTervs, Buy. Pl. XV. fig. 5, 6, 7.

Spirifer oxypterus, Buvignier, 1843, Mém. de la Soc. Philom. de

Verdun, tome ii. p. 14. pl. 8. f. 8; Géol. des Ardennes,

p. 534. pl. 5. £.5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, transverse ;

valves convex; beak more or less produced and recurved ; area

short ; deltidium in two pieces; hinge-line considerably exceed-

ing the width of the shell, extending in the shape of wings ; sur-

face ornamented by a wide elevated mesial fold in smaller valve

~ and corresponding sinus in larger one, with from four to six

rounded lateral costz on each side of the fold and sinus ; struc-

ture punctuated and spinose ; dimensions variable. Length 11,

width 19, depth 8 lines.

Obs. This remarkable species was first brought to light by

M. Buvignier, who discovered it in the Liasic beds of Carignan

Sachy (Ardennes), where it is rare, and is easily distinguished .

from all the other Liasic Spirifers by its wings, reminding us of

many Palzozoic forms in which the hinge-line greatly exceeds

the width of the shell. M. Tesson likewise found this species

many years ago in the Lias of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen,

and [ was so fortunate as to pick up another specimen at Croi-

silles near Caen.

PuaTeE XV. fig. 5. illustrates the original type obligingly sent me by M.

Buvignier ; it is from the Ardennes. Fig. 6. The specimen found

- by myself at Croisilles. Fig. 7. M.Tesson’s specimen from Fon-

taine-étoupe-four.

5. Sprrirer Sienrensis, Buy. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Spirifer Signiensis, Buv. 1843, Mém. Soc. Philom. de Verdun,

t. ii. p. 14. pl. 5. f. 9; Géol. des Ardennes, p. 534. pl. 4,

£9.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval ; valves convex,

but depressed, ornamented by a well-defined mesial fold and _

sinus, nearly twice the width of the lateral plaits, these last vary-

ing from eight to nine on each side of the mesial fold and sinus ;

beak produced, not much recurved; area narrow, triangular ;

deltidium in two pieces; hinge-line shorter than the width of

the shell. Surface punctuated and spinose ; dimensions variable,

Length 8, width 13, depth 14 lines.

Obs. This interesting species was discovered by M. Buvignier

nd ae e

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 265

in the Liasic beds of Signy-le-Petit, and well described by that

author, but incorrectly figured by the artist; to which point

M. Buvignier called my attention by sending me the correct

illustrations here given, and a plaster-of-Paris cast both of this

and of his Sp. oxypterus, wherein the well-defined mesial fold

formed by a single plait, omitted in the original figures, is clearly

exposed, and which character fully distinguishes it from my Spz-

rifer Tessoni, as admitted by M. Buyignier, to whose opinion [

submitted my observations.

Pxiate XV. fig. 3. From a drawing sent me by M, Buvignier ; the specimen

was found in the Lias of the Ardennes.

6. Sririrer Tesson1, Dav. 1852. - Pl. XV. fig. 1, 2.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval ; valves convex,

ornamented by a variable number of small plaits, from forty to

sixty on each valve, more than half of which are formed by the

bifurcation and intercalation of plaits, at variable distances from

the beak and umbo; the mesial fold is more or less produced,

gradually arising from the lateral portion of the valve, and orna-

mented by a variable number of plaits in width equalling those

ornamenting the rest of the surface; beak produced, nearly

straight ; area triangular; deltidium in two pieces ; hinge-line

shorter than the width of the shell; structure punctuated and

spinose ; numerous concentric lines of growth intersecting the

longitudinal radiating plaits ; dimensions variable. Length 223,

width 35, depth 16 lines.

Obs. This magnificent Spirifer, by far the largest of the tribe

met with in the Lias of France, has been known to me these

several years, and was first discovered by M. Tesson and Des-

longchamps in the Liasic beds of Fontaine-étoupe-four, whence

not more than about half-a-dozen specimens had been procured

until lately, when M. Deslongchamps was so fortunate as to ob-

tain several from the Lias near May in the neighbourhood of

Caen, from which place the largest specimen was brought by that

learned and indefatigable palzontologist. This species has also

been encountered in the first-named locality by MM. Moriére and

Breville. It is at once distinguished from all the other Spirifers

by its dimensions and numerous small bifurcated plaits.

Pate XV. fig. 1, From a perfect specimen found in the Lias of Fontaine-

étoupe-four near Caen, by M. Tesson. I am indebted to my

friend M. Bouet for the drawings of this shell. Fig. 2. The largest

a of this = yet discovered, and belonging to M.

ype 4 that gentleman prepared the drawing of this

shell, every plait of which he Sabeetind and most correctly repre-

sented. The specimen is also from May near Caen.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 18

266 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers.

7. Sprrtrer Destonecuampsit, Day. Pl. XV. fig. 4.

Unfortunately only the smaller valve of this curious species

has been collected as yet by M. Bouchard, in the Lias of Fon-

taine-étoupe-four ; its description must consequently be very in-

complete ; but it seems to differ from all the other forms we have

examined by its shape and structure. mii

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transverse, ornamented by fifteen

or sixteen costz, several of which arise from bifurcation and in-

tercalation at variable distances from the umbo; no real mesial

fold ; four or five of the costz slightly projecting above the level

of the lateral ones ; structure punctuated and spinose. Length 7,

width 10 lines.

Obs. The structure of this shell is very beautifully exposed on

the specimen under notice; it is closely and largely punctuated

all over, but it is only on the upper surface of the rounded costz

that the tubular spines are implanted, few in number, and very

wide in circumference at their base ; none appear on the sides or

the grooves left between the plaits, as in other Liasic Spirifers.

The spines are broken, unfortunately, near their base, but are so

distinct and so few in number that they can easily be counted

without the use of the lens. This remarkable shell was kindly

forwarded to me by my friend M. Bouchard for description and

illustration.

PLATE XV. fig. 4. The line represents the real width of the specimen.

Fig.4 a. The valve enlarged 4 times. Fig. 4. A fragment con-

siderably magnified ; one of the spines is restored.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES AND FIGURES.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. 14,6. Rhynchonella psittacea (recent): 1. interior of small valve ;

1 a. interior of large-valve ; 1. section of small valve.

— 2. Rhynchonella octoplicata, Sow. ; interior of small valve.

— 3. Do. do. 3 beak, foramen, and deltidium (which is

tubular in this species).

— 4. Do. Boueti, Dav. ; interior of perforated valve.

— 5. 5a. Do. do. 5 exterior.

— 6. Do. concinna, Sow. ; beak and foramen, which is not en-

tirely surrounded by the deltidium. os

— 7. Do. tetrahedra, Sow. ; beak, which is so much recurved as

to show no foramen or deltidium.

— 8. Do. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb.; interior of smaller valve en-

larged

— 9. Do. do. 3 interior of larger valve, enlarged.

— 10. Do. do. 3 a specimen, nat. size, of larger valve.

— 10a. Do. do. 3 @ gutta percha cast made from fig. 10,

to show the difference presented in similar casts of T. Wiisoni,

fig. 14 B.

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 267

; Fig. 11. lla. Rhynchonella sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb.; exterior, nat. size.

; — 12. 12a. Do. Wilsoni, Sow. ; exterior, from the Aymestry

limestone of Sedgley.

— 13. Do. do. ; interior of larger valve (enlarged).

— 4. Do. do. ; internal cast, A. of smaller valve,

B. of larger one.

: — 15.15ab. Do. Deslongchampsii, Dav. Lias of Normandy.

— 16. Do. — lacunosa, Schl. ; interior of larger valve.

— 17. Terebratulina substriata, Schl. ; (Jurassic) exterior.

— l7a. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve.

— 18. Do. caput serpentis ; exterior.

— 18a. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve.

iit

PLATE XIV.

1. la. Terebratula Haimeana, Dav. Dev., Paffrath near Colo

ee 6. Do. spheroidalis, Sow. Inferior Oolite, St. eet

(France). -

— 3. 3a,b. Do. Morierei, Deslongchamps. Inferior Oolite, Nor-

mandy.

. 4a,b. Terebratella Verneuiliana, Dav. (Cretaceous) Spain; the

line indicating the nat. size.

. 5,a. Terebrirostra Bargesana, D’Orb. (Cretaceous) Spain.

— 6. Thecidea Lemar MAC Dav. ; nat. size. Lias, Normandy.

— 6a. Do. ; enlarged.

— 7. 7a,b,c. Thecidee ‘Deslongchampsit ; another specimen much en-

— 8. Thecidea Deslongchampsii; interior of attached valve, enlarged.

—9. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve, enlarged.

— 10. Thecidea Bouchardii, Dav. ; nat, size. Lias, Fontaine-étoupe-four.

— 10a. Do. do. ; enls :

—ll. Do. do. — ; nat. size; a British specimen.

—lla. Do. do. ; the same, enlarged.

— 12. Do. do. ; the largest specimen known from the Lias.

— 13. Do. triangularis, D’Orb. Great Oolite, Ranville near Caen.

— 13a. Do. do. __ ; enlarged illustration of Ilminster specimen.

— 14. Spirifer rostratus (Schl.) ; a smooth var.

— 15. Do. do. — ;a-var. with rounded plaits.

PLATE XV.

- la,b,c. Spirifer Tessoni, Dav. Lias, Fontaine-étoupe-four.

Spirifer Tessoni. Lias, May.

. 34,6, c. Spirifer Signiensis, Buy. Lias, France; type of the species.

. 4a, b. Spirifer Deslongchampsii, Dav. Lias, France.

. Spirifer oxypterus, Buv.; type of the species.

6a. Spirifer orypterus. From Croisilles.

7a,b. Do. do. From Fontaine-étoupe-four.

- 8a,b. Do. Miinsteri, Davy, Lias, France.

. 9a. -Do. do. Lias, France.

— 10. irifer Walcotti, Sow. Lias, France.

— ll. 1lla,b. Spirifer rostratus, Schl. ; a malformation in M. Deslong-

champs’ collection.

lltlilié

SOT NO Oe

18*

OR ones aT ue eee To a ta

268 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

XXII.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their

Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangement.

By Joun Bracxwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 22.]

141. Neriéne munda.

Neriéne munda, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 642.

Argus mundus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 511.

Adult males of this species occur in May and June among

rank herbage growing in woods about Llanrwst, and in 1840 I

received specimens of the same sex from Miss Ellen Clayton,

who took them near Garstang, in Lancashire.

142. Neriéne tibialis.

Neriéne tibialis, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. vill. p. 485.

A few adult males of Neriéne tibialis were taken in March

1835 under stones at Oakland.

143. Neriéne cornuta.

Neriéne cornuta, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iii. p. 190; Research. in Zool. p. 372.

Theridion bituberculatum, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 222.

taf. 15. fig. 2.

Argus bituberculatus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 363.

In May 18838 I discovered males of this remarkable spider,

which had acquired their full development, on rails and gates at

Oakland, and have since met with both sexes in the same locality

and at Crumpsall Hall.

I have included the Theridion bituberculatum of M. Wider, and

the Argus bituberculatus of M. Walckenaer, which appear to be

identical, among the synonyma of this species, although they are

represented as differing from it and from each other in the

_ relative length of their legs, and also somewhat in colour. M.

Wider, in his description of Theridion bituberculatum, states that

“die Beine sind ziemlich kurz und nicht sehr ungleich, das dritte

Paar am kiirzesten, dann folgt das vierte, dann das erste und

das zweite ist das lingste;” and M. Walckenaer, in treating

upon the structure of Argus bituberculatus, remarks that “les

pattes sont peu allongées, la premiére paire est la plus longue,

ensuite la seconde, la troisiéme est la plus courte.” Now as

regards the legs of Nerténe cornuta, the anterior and posterior

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 269

pairs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and the third

pair is the shortest; it is probable, however, that these discre-

pancies may be more apparent than real, for, without measure-

ment, it is difficult to ascertain the relative length of the limbs

of spiders, especially when they do not differ greatly in longi-

tudinal extent, and this difficulty is chiefly occasioned by the

unequal breadth of the cephalo-thorax, to which they are arti-

culated.

144, Neriéne apicata.

Neriéne apicata, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Second

Series, vol. vi. p. 339.

A male of Neriéne apicata, having the palpal organs completely

developed, was taken on a rail at Oakland in February 1850.

145. Neriéne rubens.

Neriéne rubens, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. iii. p. 189; Research. in Zool. p. 370. -

Theridion cheliferum, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 237. taf. 16.

fig. 4.

Argus cheliferus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 364.

The palpi of the male of this species, which is found

among heath and grass in Denbighshire, Yorkshire, and the

south of Lancashire, are very peculiar in structure; M. Wider

has well remarked that “sie haben viel Aehnlichkeit mit der

Scheere der Krebse, nur dass ein eigentlicher Daumen fehlt ”

(Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 238).

146. Neriéne nigra.

Neriéne nigra, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 378.

Males and females of Neriéne nigra were obtained in the

autumn of 1833 on posts and rails at Oakland and Crumpsall

Hall. The attention of observers is directed to this common

aéronautic spider by the frequency of its aérial excursions.

147. Neriéne graminicola.

Linyphia graminicola, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl, 1829, p. 213.

Theridion rubripes, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 92. tab. 22. fig. 70.

Mieryphantes rubripes, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iv. p. 121. tab. 142.

fig. 328, 329.

Argus graminicolis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 351.

An adult male of this spider, which has the essential characters

of a Neriéne, was taken among herbage in a field at Southgate

im May 1850, and is in Mr, Walker’s cabinet.

270 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

148. Neriéne longipalpis.

Linyphia longipalpis, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 212; Vet.

Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 259.

Erigone atra, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. ili. p. 195; Research. in Zool. p. 324.

dentipalpis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vii. p. 90. tab. 278.

fig. 659, 660.

Argus longimanus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 346.

This species is widely distributed in England and Wales, and

is remarkable for its ascents into the atmosphere, and for the

extraordinary organization of the cephalo-thorax and its appen-

dages in the male. ‘I'he sexes pair in June, and the female

deposits 6 or 7 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish white colour

in a subglobose cocoon of white silk of a slight texture, which

measures about ;4,th of an inch in diameter, and is usually

attached to the inferior surface of stones.

It is a fact deserving of notice, that Neriéne longipalpis can

preserve an active state of existence for some days when sub-

merged in water.

I have not included the Theridion dentipalpe of M. Wider

(Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 248. taf. 17. fig. 1) among

the synonyma of this spider, because it appears to differ from

it in structure and colour ; on the latter particular, however, little

stress can be laid, as the specimens collected by M. Wider were

preserved in spirit of wine.

149. Neriéne fusca.

Neriéne fusca, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 382.

Neriéne fusca occurs on rails and under stones in Lancashire

and Denbighshire. It pairs in the month of June.

150. Neriéne gibbosa.

Neriéne gibbosa, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviil. p. 653.

Argus gibbosus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.

Specimens of this spider were discovered under stones in a

moist pasture at Oakland in May 18388.

151. Neriéne tuberosa.

Neriéne tuberosa, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 654.

Argus tuberosus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 514.

In May 1838 an adult male of this species was found under

a stone in a moist pasture at Oakland.

;

‘

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 271

152. Neriéne trilineata.

Neriéne trilineata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 124.

Linyphia bucculenta, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 109.

reticulata, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. p. 260.

Theridion reticulatum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 39. tab. 54.

fig. 124.

Bolyphantee trilineatus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,

p- 9; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 67. tab. 272. fig. 641.

Neriéne trilineata is not uncommon in the neighbourhood

of Manchester, where it conceals itself under stones; and Mr.

R. H. Meade has met with it in Yorkshire.

I am doubtful whether the spider named by me Neriéne gra-

minicolens (Transactions of the Linnzean Society, vol. xix. p. 125)

is not a variety of this species, from which it differs chiefly in

not having dark annuli on the legs and palpi.

The contraction and expansion of the dorsal vessel are very

apparent in Neriéne graminicolens, which occurs among grass

and coarse herbage in pastures at Oakland, and is probabl

identical with the Linyphia cellulana of Prof. Sundevall (Vet.

Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 108).

158. Neriéne rubella.

Neriéne rubella, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 648.

Micryphantes isabellinus, Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 109. tab. 282.

fig. 676-678.

This species, which bears a strong resemblance to Neriéne ru-

bens, is found under stones and on plants growing in woods at

Oakland. The male has the palpal organs fully developed in

October. .

154. Neriéne variegata.

Neriéne variegata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 650.

Argus variegatus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.

In December 1837 I obtained males and females of this spider

under stones on Gallt y Rhyg, a mountain in the vicinity of

Llanrwst ; and in 1841 Miss Ellen Clayton favoured me with

specimens taken at Ingleton in Yorkshire.

155. Neriéne sulcata.

Neriéne sulcata, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.

p- 184.

My son, John Blackwall, discovered an adult male of this

species, which is nearly allied to the spiders constituting the

genus Walckenaéra, on the steps at Oakland in June 1841,

272 -Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Qiconomy,

156. Neriéne abnormis.

Neriéne abnormis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 649.

Argus abnormis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

By the structure of its oral apparatus and by the disposition

and relative size of its eyes, this spider makes a near approxima-

tion to the Linyphie. It was taken under stones at Crumpsall

Hall in October 1836.

157. Neriéne rubripes.

Neriéne rubripes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. viii. p. 485.

My brother, Mr. Thomas Blackwall, found this species under

stones at Oakland in the autumn of 1834.

158. Neriéne dubia.

Neriéne dubia, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 652.

Argus dubius, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.

The male of Neriéne dubia, which has much resemblance to

the Theridia in external structure, was captured on iron rails at

Crumpsall Hall in October 1836. I have placed it, provisionally,

in the genus Neriéne, till the female shall be discovered, as the

sexes of the same spider frequently differ in the relative length

of the legs and in the form of the maxille.

Genus WatcKkEenaiRA, Blackw.

159. Walckenaéra acuminata.

Walckenaéra acuminata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag.

Third Series, vol. iii. p. 106; Research. in Zool. p. 315. pl. 2.

fig. 3-6.

Micryphantes camelinus, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 11. tab. 76.

fig. 168, 169.

Both sexes of this curiously constructed spider were taken by

Mr. Thomas Blackwall in October 1832 under stones and on

rails in the township of Crumpsall. I have since met with it in

Denbighshire, and in the spring of 1849 I received specimens of

the female from Mr. J. Hardy, who took them in Berwickshire.

In autumn the female deposits between 20 and 30 spherical

eggs of a yellow colour, not agglutinated together, in a plano-

convex cocoon composed of fine white silk of a looseish texture,

measuring ;*;ths of an inch in diameter; it is attached by the

plane surface to the under side of stones and fragments of rock,

and its form is frequently modified by irregularities on the sur-

face of the body to which it adheres.

M. Walckenaer entertains the opinion that his Argus cornutus

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 278

(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 367), and the Theridion cor-

nutum of M. Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 235.

taf. 16. fig. 2) are the same as the Micryphantes eamelinus of M.

Koch, which is identical with Walckenaéra acuminata; but they

differ from it, apparently, both in structure and colour; and I

have already shown (Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Second

Series, vol. ix. p. 17) that the Linyphia alticeps of Prof. Sun-

devall, included by M. Walckenaer among the synonyma of this

species, is perfectly distinct from it.

160. Walckenaéra cuspidata.

Walckenaéra cuspidata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. iii. p. 108; Research. in Zool. p. 320. pl. 2. fig. 11.

This rare spider is found under stones and on rails in the

south of Lancashire, in Yorkshire, and in Denbighshire, and two

females, one adult and the other immature, were transmitted to

me from Berwickshire by Mr. J. Hardy in the spring of 1849.

The Theridion monoceros of M. Wider is nearly allied to this

species, but it presents several points of difference both in struc-

ture and colour (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 236.

taf. 16. fig. 3).

161. Walckenaéra Hardit.

Walckenaéra Hardii, Blackw. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. Second

Series, vol. vi. p. 340. ;

I am indebted to Mr. J. Hardy for an adult male of this species,

which was sent to me from Berwickshire with other specimens of

Araneidea in December 1848. It is nearly allied to Walckenaéra

cuspidata.

162. Walckenaéra obtusa.

Walckenaéra obtusa, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. viii. p. 482.

A few males of Walckenaéra obtusa, in a state of maturity,

were discovered under stones at Oakland in February 1835.

Between the male of this species and the male of Walckenaéra

cuspidata there is a striking resemblance ; but the smaller size

of the latter, the comparative shortness of its sternum, differences

in the structure of its palpi, and especially the acute conical pro-

minence situated within the trapezoid formed by the four inter-

mediate eyes, effectually serve te distinguish it from the former.

163. Walckenaéra fuscipes.

Walckenaéra fuscipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. viii. p. 481.

Adult males of this species were found under stones at Oakland

in March 1835.

274 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders.

164. Walckenaéra punctata.

Walckenaéra punctata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 629.

Argus trapezoides, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 503.

M. Walckenaer, in disposing of Walckenaéra punctata as a

_ synonym of Argus trapezoides, refers to his ‘ Hist. Nat. des In-

sect. Apt.’ t. u. p. 853 for an account of the latter; but as no

species bearing that name is included in the volume, I am unable

to dispel the obscurity in which the subject is involved.

Females of this spider were taken in May 1838 under stones

in a moist pasture near Llanrwst.

165. Walckenaéra obscura.

Walckenaéra obscura, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 321.

Several males of this species, having the palpal organs fully

developed, were obtained on iron rails at Crumpsall Hall in

April 1834, and on plants growing in the woods at Oakland

early in June 1835.

166. Walckenaéra flavipes.

Walckenaéra flavipes, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 322.

In May 1834 I captured an adult male Walckenaéra flavipes

under the exfoliating bark of a sycamore at Crumpsall Hall, and

in the spring of 1840 I met with both sexes under stones im-

bedded in the earth in a pasture at Oakland.

167. Walckenaéra turgida.

Walckenaéra turgida, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 630.

Specimens of this spider were discovered in the autumn of 1836

under stones and blocks of wood in the plantations at Crumpsall

Hall.

A suspicion is expressed by M. Walckenaer that Walckenaéra

turgida may be identical with Argus parallelus (Hist. Nat. des

Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508) ; but the males of these species exhibit

differences in the form of the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax

and in the disposition of the eyes.

168. Walckenaéra atra.

Walckenaéra atra, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 631.

Argus ater, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

Both sexes of Walckenaéra atra, the males having the palpal

organs in a perfect state of development, were found in May 1838

under stones in a moist pasture near Llanrwst.

In the ‘ Transactions of the Linnzan Society,’ vol. xviii. p. 682,

RB an! ol ae

Rey. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. 275

a conjecture is advanced that this species may be the same as the

Theridion acuminatum of M.-Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum,

B. i. p. 232. taf. 15. fig. 11); but well-marked differences in

size, structure, and colour plainly show that they are distinct ;

and a comparison made between Walckenaéra atra and Argus

bicuspidatus, as suggested by M. Walckenaer in his ‘ Hist. Nat.

des Insect. Apt.’ t. iv. p. 508, has been attended with a similar

result.

XXIII.— Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells.

By the Rev. R. T. Lows, M.A.

- (Concluded from p. 120.]

| Pura, Drap.

§. Paludinella, Lowe.

50. Pura timnzANA.—P. edentule, Drap., proxima. Differt

testa distincte umbilicata arcte substriata, apertura oblique ovali

longiore quam lata, 2 longitudinis equante. Limneo minuto,

Drap., simillima, Bulimum ventrosum, Fér., quoque refert.

Hab. in Madera.

51. Pura microspora. Differt a P. limneana testa vix sub-

perforata plusquam dimidio minore minuta conico-ovata nec ven-

tricosa, apertura transverse ovali depressa latiore quam longa,

4 longitudinis zequante.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Truncatellina, Lowe.

52. Pura Linearis.—P. minutissime, Hartm. (Vertigini cy-

lindrice, Fér.) nimis forsan affinis. Differre videtur anfractuum

numero (6-7), et peristomate simplici acuto ; sed ab defectu ex-

emplorum teste Europxe, comparationem magis exactam insti-

tuere nequeo.

Hab. semifossilis in Madera.

§. Gastrodon, Lowe.

53. Pupa FANALENSIS.—P. anconostomati, Lowe, affinis. Dif-

fert forma breviore obesiore ovatiore basi sublatiore, anfractibus

conyexioribus, sutura impressa, apertura basi rotundata nec an-

gulata, plica ventrali validiore, carinaque umbilicali obsoleta.

Testa quoque minor subfasciata habitu peculiari proprio.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

276 Rey. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

§. Leiostyla, Lowe.

54, Pupa vincta.—Differt a P. cheilogona, Lae, magnitu-

dine minore, forma breviore obesiore, apice obtusiore, apertura

rotundato-ovali nec auriformi, testa leviore nitidiore letius colo-

rata s. fasciata, plicis ventralibus majoribus, &c. P. irrigue

proxima, sed revera distincta.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

55. Pura rrricva.—Differt a P. cheilogona et vincta, Lowe,

preter alia, apertura ringente confertim multiplicosa ; a P. sphine-

tostomate, Lowe, magnitudine majore, forma magis ovata obesiore,

testa leviore nitidiore, labroque intus plica distincta tantum

unica.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

56. Pura tauringa.—Differt a P. sphinctostomate a, Lowe,

testa omnino leviore nitidiore intensius colorata sc. fulvo-cornea

olivaceo-nigrescente nec pallide flavo-cornea ; forma plerumque

curta obesa, in exemplaribus porro magis cylindricis quoad lon-

gitudinem minus gracili latiore ; apertura ad denticulum con-

strictiuscula haud ringente, plicis paucioribus (4-5), omnibus

preter ventralem externam magis immersis remotisque, ventrali

interna columellari semper unicz quali, subinconspicuis parvis ;

sinu respiratorio subapertiore ; peristomate incrassato ad denti-

culum indentato-sinuato plicisque plus minus coloratis.

Hab. in Madera, arborea in truncis Laurorum.

Obs. In P. sphinctostomate, speciem proprie rupestrem, raro

arboream, quasi transit ; sed habitu aspectuque proprio, necnon

habitatione semper inter muscos in truncis Laurorum sylvicola -

fere discernenda.

57. Pura tavicata.—P. sphinctostomati proxima. Differt

apertura subeffusa patula, nec ringente nec coarctato-plicata,

plicis tantum 4 remotis, columellari palatalique unica. Ab hac

eeque ac a P. laurinea et P. recta differt forma ab anfractu pen-

ultimo usque ad apicem sensim subattenuata.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

58. Pura recta.—Differt a P. sphinctosiomate et P. levigata,

Lowe, testa majore elongato-cylindrica minus nitente sericeo-

levigata spadiceo-fusca distinctius fasciata, apertura haud rin-

gente, plicis 5-6 remotis, 2 ventralibus, 1-2 columellaribus (su-

periore obsoleta), 2 palatalibus ; labro zquali, denticulo obsole-

tissimo.

Hab. in Madera.

59. Pupa MAcILENTA.—P, recte nimis forsan propinqua.

Differt testa minore distinctius striata, plicis tribus internis

nee ee

ce Ee ee ae ee a ee ee ee

aca

“a ie

Bev. B. 'T. Lowe on sew Aladeren Lav Shella. 277

zequalibus, ventrali interiore columellarique majoribus magisque

prominentibus.

Hab. in Deserta Majore. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Craticula, Lowe.

(Orcula, Held ?)

60. Pura rusca.—Differt a P. macilenta testa distinctius cre-

bristriata absque nitore, apertura sex-plicata, plicis confertis sub-

immersis, anfractibus convexis, sutura impressa.

Hab. in Madera.

61. Pura MILLEGRANA.—Pupe fusce simillima, sed multo

minor, anfractibus paucioribus, striis validioribus subremotio-

ribus, apertura septemplicata, plicis tubercularibus oppositis (nec

conferruminatis) constricta.

Hab. in Madera; etiam in Deserta Majore, Wollaston.

62. Pura rerraria.—A P. fusca striis remotioribus vali-

dioribus, plicis lamellatis nec tuberculatis magis inconspicuis ; a

P. monticola, Lowe (Prim. 63. t. 6. f. 33) testa majore graciliore

elongatiore, striis confertis tenuioribus, plicis magis inconspicuis,

Aiffert. .

Hab. in Portu S*. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Alvearella, Lowe.

63. Pura casstpuLa.—P. cassidea, Lowe (Prim. 64. t. 6. f. 35),

quodammodo affinis ; illa vero sectionem peculiarem propriam,

Scarabellam, Lowe, constituit. P. cassidula magnitudine habi-

tuque necnon umbilico largo patulo spirali toto ccelo differt.

Apertura 7-plicata ringens.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

64. Pura concinna.—Pupe cassidule affinis, P. laurinee

forsan propior ; ab illa apertura haud ringente quinqueplicata,

ab hae stris distinctis capillaribus, plicis tribus internis magis

prominentibus conspicuis, duobus ventralibus obliquioribus nec

verticalibus differt.

Hab. in Madera, Wollaston et Lowe.

65. Pura ABBREVIATA.—Differt a P. concinna testa fere di-

midio minore, striis validioribus, plicis magis inconspicuis mino-

ribus.

Hab. semifossilis in Madera.

66. Pura c1ppa.—Species distinctissima, pulcherrima, raris-

_sima, ab omnibus differt anfractibus costis remotiusculis equi-

278 Rev. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

distantibus transversis, interstitiis exilissime spiraliter striatis,

apertura ringente subtrifoliato-lobata, plicis magnis prominen-

~ tibus, forma valde curta abbreviata.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Mastula, Lowe.

67. Pura LAMELLOSA.—Testa abbreviato-cylindrica turbinata

mammiformis tenuis, anfractibus tumido-convexis, oblique et re-

mote lamellato-costatis, lamellis membranaceis in medio anfrac-

tuum dilatatis seepe lacero-dentatis s. subaculeatis, apertura de-

pressa triplicata. H. aculeatam, Miill., refert.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Staurodon, Lowe.

68. Pupa saxicoLa.—P. (Vertigini) alpestri (Fér.), Gray, Man.

p- 202. t. 12. f. 141. affinis. Differt testa minore fusco-cornea

subopaca solidiuscula, apertura (4-plicata) dente tuberculari ad

angulum labri ante plicam ventralem adjecto, peristomate sequali

continuo, labro nec sinuato nec inflexo, marginibus callo in ven-

trem incrassato relevato junctis. A P. pygmea, Drap., testa mi-

nore subcylindrica minus nitente striolata, plicis aperturee majo-

ribus 4 exacte cruciatis, dente tuberculari ante ventralem adjecto,

peristomate simplici incrassato obtuso nec varicoso, marginibus

callo relevato junctis satis superque distincta videtur.

Hab. in Madera; Leacock, Wollaston.

69. Pura sem1inuLuM.—Differt a P. saxicola testa minore

etiam minutissima, anfractibus magis tumidis convexis, sutura

profundiore, forma subobesiore, apice obtusiore apertura subtri-

plicata, plicis in triangulum dispositis ineequalibus, ventrali ma-

jore, columellari palatalique minoribus subzequalibus, labro sub-

angulari rectiusculo inflexo-sinuato, denticulo superne intus di-

stinctiusculo.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. T. S. Leacock.

Cxravsiiia, Drap.

CLAUSILI# speciem nullam Maderensem novam, preter tres

in PRimitTiis jam memoratas, inveni. Speciem vero elegantis-

simam a Lusitartiia nuperrime ab amico Lourencgo José Moniz,

M.D. Consiliario Regio, Historie Naturalis indagatore peritis-

simo benevole communicatam, hic adjungere licet.

Cravusit1a Moniztana.

C. testa subrimata gracillima angusta turrito-elongata subaci-

culari tenuiuscula, apice levi mammillari truncato-rotundata ;

anfractibus 14-15 tenuistriatis planatis, sutura parum impressa

Pavia tei ts.

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 279

-simplici (nec crenata), striis minutissime subcrenatis v. subcris-

pulis; anfractu ultimo basi sulcato obtuse bicristato ; apertura

oblique ovato-pyriformis subrhomboidea, lamella supera tenui

distincta, infera crassiore magis immersa antice dilatato-obsoleta,

lunella nulla v. inconspicua ; plicis palatalibus duabus tuberculi-

formibus, supera (subcolumellari) inconspicua subimmersa, in-

fera distinctiore subprominula alba; peristomate continuo soluto

expanso albo-limbato.

Long. 13-14, lat. 23, long. apert. 22-23 mill.

Hab. prope Lisbon, L. J. Moniz.

Differt a C. rugosa (Drap.), Pf. Mon. ii. 475, testa graciliore

angustiore apice distincte mamillata, lunella nulla v. inconspicua,

&c. An “C. rugosa, Morelet, Moll. du Port. p.75,” Pf. 1.c. eadem?

Cyctostoma, Lam.

§. Hygrobium, Lowe.

70. Cycrostoma LyonnetTIaNuM.—Differt a C. lucido, Lowe,

testa multo minore elevato-trochoidea exilissime spiraliter striata,

anfractu ultimo carinato-angulato. Gibbum Lyonnetianum, Pall.,

forma quodammodo refert.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

Madera, Dec. 1851.

XXIV.—On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricnt,

Professor at the University of Copenhagen. Being a Supple-

ment to his Memoirs on Whales. Transactions of the Royal

Danish Academy of Sciences, 5th Series, vol. ii. (separately

printed, Copenhagen, 1851, 4to.) Translated from the Danish

by Dr. Watticu, F.R.S., Vice-Pres. Linn. Soc.

[Concluded from p. 188.]

Zoo.ocists have agreed, since the time of Cuvier, that the

proper place of a vertebrate animal in the system is perhaps

most safely decided by the structure of its skeleton ; and if this

rule holds good as to the class generally, it probably applies still

more forcibly to Cetacea than to any order, because here, under

the determinate outer form of a fish, we have concealed the perfect

structure of a mammal, in which another further difference mani-

fests itself, which has hitherto been rated on too lowascale. Of

the correctness of this assertion, the skeleton of the Gangetic dol-

phin affords the best proof. Lebeck and Roxburgh had already

shown the striking discrepancies in the form of its beak, its

-breast-fins and spiracle ; but it was only after Cuvier had described

280 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the skeleton, that, as has already been observed-above, we became

aware of the structure being the most peculiar in the whole group

of Dolphins—one which “ deserved above all others to constitute

a distinct genus.” The large advancement which cetology made

in the time of Cuvier, and mostly by his aid alone, will at once

be acknowledged by comparing his first labours and researches

in that direction, with his latest works, published after his death.

It was indeed so great, that cetology has not been equally ad-

vanced since that period, by the various publications of other

authors. And yet Cuvier had not been able to collect a suffi-

ciency of whale-skeletons to enable him to settle the Linnzan

genus Delphinus, according to the greater or less affinity of the

already then very numerous species; but was obliged to content

himself with the suggestion, which we have just quoted, that the

Gangetic dolphin, perhaps more than any other dolphin, deserved

to constitute a peculiar genus; without, however, assigning to it

any place in the series of toothed whales. Schlegel* placed it

nearest the large and more robust, proper dolphins, which he called

die Tiimmler, and of which D. Tursio was the type. J. E. Grayt

placed it, somewhat more successfully, nearest to the Inia bolivi-

ensis, described by Alcide d’Orbigny t, which inhabits one of the

mountain branches of the Amazon, 700 French leagues from the

sea. Perhaps A. Wagner § was equally successful in placing it

between the Tooth-whale of the Amazon and the Micropteron.

They have certainly been far nearer the mark than I was in my

arrangement of Cetacea according to their food, in putting it as

the extreme limit of toothed whales, while the Hyperoodons and

the Cachalot were made to occupy the contrary extreme||. All

who have followed me in the preceding description of the ske-

leton of the Gangetic dolphin, will no doubt arrive at the same

conclusion, especially if reference is also had to my antecedent

account of the Hyperoodon proper (Déglingen) and of Rhyn-

choceti generally**. I now proceed to explain, that our dolphin

approaches in most respects nearest to the Hyperoodons, though

* Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie und vergleichenden Ana~-

tomie. 1 Heft. Leyden, 1841, 4to, p. 28.

+ Voyage of the Erebus and Terror.

t Notice sur un nouveau genre de Cétace. Nouvelles Annales du Mu-

séum d’Hist. Nat. tome iii. p. 22. pl. 3. Paris, 1834,

§ Die Saugthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen,

von J. C. D. Schreber, fortgesetzt von Joh. Andr. Wagner. 7 Theil. Er-

langen, 1846.

|| Zoologisch-anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen tiber die nor-

dischen Wallthiere, p. 7. Leipz. 1849, 4to.

@ Fourth Memoir on Whales, in Transact. of the Royal Danish Acad. of

Sciences, Sect. Nat. Hist. and Mathemat., vol. ii. 1845.

** Sixth Memoir on Whales, /. c. 5th series, vol. i. 1849.

- ae

co:

chad: al iii

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 281

in some it comes close to the whitefish and the allied great

tooth-whaies, in others to the dolphin of the Amazon; while

again in some respects it stands quite isolated.

The most striking peculiarity in its cranium is manifestly the

two vaulted osseous crests on the upper jaw. These not only

resemble the crests of the Hyperoodon, but are essentially of the

same form; the only difference consisting in their being more

vaulted in the Gangetic dolphin, and having in consequence a

greater space between them; but they rise similarly from the side

of each upper jaw-bone, and approach more closely together along

the middle, by age. This has been pointed out by Mr. Gray, as re-

gards our dolphin ; and in my memoir last quoted (p. 98), I have

thréwn out a hint, that something very similar takes place in the

Hyperoodon: “Mr. Gray’s Hyperoodon latifrons is a good species,

founded on a cranium from the Orkney Islands with the crests

on the upper jaw unusually thick; and yet it may perhaps be

only the cranium of an old male of the common Hyperoodon.”

This supposition has since become a matter of certainty ; for all

crania of old Hyperoodons, at least of males, have the crests

similarly developed, as has actually been verified in a skeleton of

an old individual of this kind, sent to my worthy colleague Prof.

Steenstrup from the Feroé Islands, and by him kindly trans-

ferred to the zootomic-physiologic museum of our University,

under my charge. It is therefore fully proved, in my opinion,

that, while on the one hand this specific formation can no longer

be considered as characterizing singly the species hitherto founded

on it ; so, on the other, does it establish the similarity, in that

respect, between our dolphin and the Hyperoodon proper. It is,

further, very striking, that in consequence of that formation,

the Gangetic dolphin is more nearly allied to the Hyperoodon

than to the Micropteron, or any other fossil cetacean belonging to

the group of the former (Ziphius).

I have endeavoured to point out another, scarcely less cha-

racteristic, formation of the cranium in our dolphin, as regards

the palate, which in my view is principally formed of the ptery-

goid bones, extending entirely over (in the proper position of

the animal, under) the palatal bones. Something approaching

to this reappears in the Hyperoodons. In all other whales the

eset bones only occupy the posterior part of the palate.

is similarity would be still greater, were it not that I have

shown, that in the Hyperoodons the palatal bones extend to the

outermost part of the palate, and that the lacrymal bone is pre-

sent, which is wanting in the Gangetic dolphin, as well as gene-

rally in all toothed whales, owing probably to the peculiar cir-

cumstance of the confined extent of the orbits (see Memoirs

_quoted before, pp. 375 and 93 respectively). A further confor-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix.

282 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

mity in the crania reappears in the connexion of the pars petrosa

with the bulla tympani, and still more its protrusion into the

walls of the skull and peculiar connexion with the temporal bone.

But here a still greater similarity presents itself with the Cacha- .

lot, which is far more closely allied to the Hyperoodons, than any

other Linnean dolphins. In the form of the under jaw it is more

like the Cachalot ; while in that of the upper jaw, it resembles

most the Hyperoodon. Its great supply of teeth must have ap-

peared a strong objection to earlier observers, to consider it as

nearly allied to the Hyperoodon and Cachalot, in the former of

which the teeth exist only in the most anterior part of the under

jaw, and in the latter they are confined entirely to the lower jaw.

This objection, however, has lost the greatest part of its force,

for I have succeeded in proving, that there exists a complete

series of teeth in both jaws of the Hyperoodon, though they

never attain their full development (/. c. pp. 375 and 337).

There is, at least, this similarity of teeth between the Hyper-

oodon and our dolphin, that the foremost are by far the most de-

veloped, which is not the case in any of the dolphins proper ;

and between it and the Cachalot, and the Hyperoodons generally,

that they are most developed in the under jaw, though compa-

ratively in a very slight degree here. This undeniable analogy

in the structure of the cranium, with the Hyperoodons, and

partly the Cachalot, which is not far removed from these, is alto-

gether lost almost, as regards the rest of the skeleton.

In the skeleton of the Hyperoodon we have the following

striking peculiarities :—1. a most unusually low number of ribs

(9 pairs for 55 vertebre) ; the thorax close up to the heavy head ;

all the seven vertebre of the neck grown together into one mass

of bone; 2. the strikingly extended lumbar region, as compared

to the neck and thorax, considerably longer than both these

together, and almost as long as the tail; and, 3. the not less

strikingly high and bulky spinous processes. On the contrary,

in the Gangetic dolphin we see—1. a very usual number of ribs

(11 pairs to 51 vertebrae) ; the thorax removed to an unusually

great distance (for the order of whales) from the head, owing to

the length of the neck (only 11} times shorter than the entire

vertebral column, in the Hyperoodon about 28 times), and the

cervical vertebre being, besides, strongly developed, and moveable

among themselves; 2. the lumbar region only somewhat more

than double the length of the neck (;4°-), exactly the length only

of the thorax, and only about 2 (324) of the tail; and finally,

8. the spinous processes short, not only in comparison with the

Hyperoodons, but generally with dolphins proper. All these

discrepancies indicate a great diversity in the mode of living of the

Gangetic dolphin and the Hyperoodon. The skeleton of the last

Soe

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 283

points it out as a strong swimmer, the spinous as well as trans-

verse processes serving, even in the lumbar region, for the inser-

tion of the muscles of the tail, by which the body is propelled

through the water; and the short and unbending tail is an

essential condition for securing to the head and the whole body

with it, a ready propulsion through the waves of the sea. The

Gangetic dolphin, on the contrary, is distinguished as a cetaceous

animal, by having a limited power of swimming, combined with

a certain degree of motion of the head and its long and pointed

beak. If we desire to trace these peculiarities of the Platanista

skeleton among other groups of whales, we shall soon and easil

recognise them in the Whitefish and the nearly allied Narwhale ;

the former having fifty-one vertebrz (the latter fifty-two), with

eleven pairs of ribs (in the latter there is an imperfect twelfth

pair) ; the Narwhales having a proportionally long neck; and

their cervical vertebre (at least in the Whitefish) being never an-

chylosed, but always connected by means of joints*. There is

another remarkable circumstance, namely, that the processus

odontoideus in the Whitefish is, next after our dolphin, more

clearly developed than in any other member of the order ; it has

however the same form, the obliquely truncated articulating sur-

face, directed rather towards the head than to the ventral surface,

as in the Gangetic dolphin. Not only in regard to the neck,

but also in other regions of the skeleton, is our dolphin nearest

allied to the Whitefish. Its vertebre are much fewer in number

(fifty-one) than in the proper dolphins generally (the long-jawed,

many-toothed) ; greater than in the Hyperoodons and even in

the small Finwhales, equalling exactly the number in the White-

fish (the Narwhale having an additional pair of vertebre). The

pairs of ribs (eleven) are more numerous than in the Hyper-

oodon, but precisely as in the Whitefish (the Narwhale having

usually a twelfth pair, though it is disproportionally short). Of

far greater importance is the similarity in the form-of the ver-

tebre, which, in the Hyperoodon, as in the proper Dolphins, are

distinguished by the remarkably high spinous processes, particu-

larly in the thoracic vertebre, while in our dolphin they are low,

* This is what I have seen in all the Whitefish skeletons examined by

me; and as far as I know, no one else’has found it otherwise.. Occasionally

a pair of the foremost cervical vertebra are found connate in the Narwhale ;

in the Vaagehval sometimes the second with the first or third. But these

ing ossifications belong by no means exclusively to old skeletons; and

they cannot therefore serve as an argument in favour of the entirely un-

founded assumption, at least as a general one, that growing together of the

cervical vertebra in whales, is the effect of age. I shall be able to prove in

a future Memoir on Whales (the seventh in the series), as the result of long-

continued inquiries, that the normal combination of these vertebre, a y

-shows itself, in most species of whales, while still in the state of cartilage.

19*

284 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

as in the Whitefish and Hyperoodon. Finally, the short, broad,

shawl-formed breast-fins approach perhaps nearest those of the

Whitefish and the Narwhale. x

The bony structure of the Gangetic dolphin approaches, then,

as regards the head nearest to the Hyperoodons, in regard to the

rest of the skeleton nearest to the ‘Whitefish.’ It now only re-

mains to determine the similarity or dissimilarity of its outer —

forms, as compared with other Cetacea. From what has been

said in the first part of this memoir, respecting the published

figures, it is obvious, that we cannot be said to have possessed

hitherto a faithful and clear representation of the Gangetic dol-

phin ; and in this view M. Reimhardt’s scientific claims are de-

servedly as great, as his merits in osteological respects, by having

prepared and preserved so perfect a skeleton of the Gangetic

dolphin as to meet all the demands of the science. The figure

executed by M. Thornam, under his direction, from the recently

caught animal, has been rendered with great fidelity in Pl. V.

fig. 1. I will here give M. Reinhardt’s own measurements and

notes as part of the external description of the animal :—

Wr RAE IRN | ons dean bg ve synup ands. evdus veeseanbesaiacd cserssececsnies SO" ae

Length from end of snout to the eye ..csesecsssceserecseeeeeees eg

Length from end of snout to the ear .........+ sds coe capeg tous Pedrg

Length from end of snout to anterior angle of base of the fn 3 0 0

Length of the rostrum of upper jaw — ...ssseecsecesesscaseescees 0 8 6

EXPANGCA, WINDS OL LAL 6) iouss0pseeseesracsnvnsesvasisoumeee aie | ee ae

Round the body over the sexual organ ......eecseeseseeenseees a

“ The eye extraordinarily small ; in diameter only 12”. The ear

situated inconsiderably above the eye. The spiracle a simple

longitudinal fissure, measuring 1" 91"; its anterior end exactly

in a vertical line above the eye. Female sexual organ about 2!

long, showing nothing remarkable in its form, nor in the

furrows, in which the papille are situated. The tongue exceed-

ingly short, adnate in its whole circumference, and reaching

only as far as the point, where the upper jaw contracts itself into

the narrow rostrum. The body enveloped in a thick layer of

fat, measuring 13" where thickest. Colour on the back dark

lead-gray ; under the belly somewhat lighter, though not much.

This was the appearance for a short time only after the animal

had been taken out of the water ; after the epidermis had dried,

the colour became lighter throughout.’

The peculiarly favourable opportunity, the skill of the drafts-

man, but above all the great experience of the naturalist, suffi-

ciently guarantee the correctness of the representation and its

accompanying description ; but the exactness of the drawing is

still further corroborated by the close correspondence of its pro-

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 285

portions with the skeleton of the self-same individual (PI1.V. fig. 2):

a skeleton prepared and preserved with such extreme care, that

not only do the several bones still continue their natural con-

nexion, but the external skin remains adhering to the extremity

of the tail and the ends of the fingers, proving to demonstration,

not only that not one single caudal vertebra, or joint of the fin-

gers, is defective, but even the four wavy prominences of the pos-

terior margin of the breast-fins, corresponding to the four larger

finger ends, may still be easily recognized. Only on one point

I confess, that I entertain some doubt as to the exactness of the

drawing ; namely the position of the eye and ear, which, to judge

from the skeleton, appear rather too high above the angle of the

mouth ; it being manifest that the eye must come exactly under

the processus orbitalis of the frontal bone, which in the profile

representation of the skeleton (Pl. V. fig. 2) is seen by no means

so high up. Experience proves that mistakes of this kind are

ag gph made, when minute parts of large convex objects are

to be represented. In order to express such minute parts, the

painter draws nearer the object, and the requisite perspective

proportions are easily lost. Therefore, although convinced of

the existence of the mistake just mentioned, which was so easy

of correction, I have deemed it my duty not to deviate in respect

to it, but to give a faithful counterpart of the original drawing.

If we now compare this drawing of M. Thornam’s taken from the

recent animal, with the earlier ones, cited above, and keep in view

the reasons assigned for its correctness, the less favourable report

I have given of even the more recent representations must be

assented to. Among the older ones, Lebeck’s figure, however

rude, gives this animal the prevailing straight cylindrical form

of all whales, tapering before and behind, without curvature in

the back (as in Roxburgh’s and F. Cuvier’s), much less in the

neck and tail parts (as in Gray’s) ; the skin stretched tightly over

the whole body without depression over the neck (as in Gray’s) ;

the breast-fins quite stiff and the fingers immoveable among

themselves (therefore not capable of being folded together like a

fan, which the drawings of Roxburgh, Cuvier, and Gray seem to

indicate). M. Reinhardt has caused a separate outline to be taken

from above (Pl. V. fig. 4). He says the blow-hole is a perfectly

straight longitudinal slit, without the faint double curve of an S,

attributed to it by Lebeck and Roxburgh ; and is represented by

him alone as quite shut (fig. 3), which it is self-evident it must be,

except during the moment of respiration.

Of the greatest importance is the perfect confirmation, by M.

Reinhardt’s own observation and skeleton, of Roxburgh’s original

assertion, concerning the extreme smallness of the eyes of the

'. Gangetic dolphin: “ Eyes exceedingly minute, being only a line

=— 1. = vow

Se a a

286 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

in diameter, and sunk pretty deep in their small round orbits ;”

the whole length of his specimen being 64 English feet. That

this remark, made simultaneously with the announcement of the

existence of such an animal, scarcely should have received any

notice, might be excused perhaps by its not being corroborated

in Roxburgh’s own figure ; but not so after Cuvier had completely

verified the remark in his researches on the cranium, especially

with regard to the corresponding smallness of the orbita and the

consequent abbreviation in the stem of the zygomatic bone, which

is quite unknown among any other toothed whales. Notwith-

standing all this, the minute size of the eye in the Gangetic

dolphin has escaped attention to such a degree, that even in the

most modern figures (Gray’s and Jardine’s) it is represented

large in comparison with other Cetacea. The materials fur-

nished by M. Reinhardt give the fullest signification to this pro-

portion, inasmuch as in Thornam’s drawing the physiognomy of

a blind whale, which by measurement belongs to our dolphin,

has been for the first time completely expressed. And yet it

may be easily shown, that even in this the eye is not rendered in

its proper insignificance ; for the reduction being in the propor-

tion of 4, the slit for the eye—only 1 to 13/”—should have been

given 2 or 3”, whereas it is made 4",

Anatomical considerations I think indicate, that the physio-

gnomy of our dolphin as a blind cetacean, is not in appearance

only, but significant as corresponding to the physiognomy of the

mole. The very minute eye of our animal has hitherto caused

but little surprise, because the eyes of whales in general have

been commonly considered as exceedingly small; and this has

been demonstrated by examples among the colossal species, none

of the lesser sorts being adduced. This frequently repeated as-

sertion that whales have small eyes, is, in fact, nothing but the

expression of a rule of general application ; namely that the eye

(as well as the ear and brain), with equal functional develop-

ment, corresponds only in a very slight degree to the size of

the body; but that in by far the greatest majority of species of

the same class—and still more in the same order and family—it

is limited within the bounds of a certain absolute magnitude.

This general rule properly applied,—and in a physiological sense

the rule admits of very easy solution,—it can hardly be said that

whales have particularly small eyes, as compared with mammalia

in general. Among the smaller dolphins, with a circumference

of body less than in man, for example in the porpoise, the dia-

meter of the eye is about 1"; and it is quite consonant with this,

that colossal whales should have eyes only four times larger. .

In comparison with land-mammalia, the eye of whales cannot

therefore be said to be absolutely small ; but only in so far, that

——

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 287

the cornea—consequently a part of it not immediately connected

with sight—occupies an unusual extent of its circumference

(above one half in the greatest whales). But in comparison

with other marine mammalia, namely Seals, the eye of whales

must be called small, absolutely ; because in those the eye is very

large. It must accordingly be admitted as a proportionally sig-

nificant feature in physiological respects, to meet with a toothed

whale, not by any means of the small kinds, having an eye in

diameter not more than ]2!. Assuming—for as yet we can do

no more—that this little eye is constructed like that of Cetacea

in general, consequently with an extraordinarily thick cornea, it

must actually be ranked among the smallest in the class of Mam-

malia ; and taking further into account its relative measurement,

which is of less, but still of some weight on this occasion, the eye,

like that of the mole, decidedly points out that the usual abode

of the animal is void of solar light; in which respect, my state-

ment of the smallness of the holes for the optic nerves, and the

presumed extreme smallness, or almost rudimentary state of the

optic nerves themselves, must be considered as decisive.

Our dolphin occupies therefore, in anatomical respects, the

same place among whales, as the mole does among animals of

prey, and the subterranean rodentia among the order of Rodentia.

It now remains to find out whether this result corresponds with

our experience as to the mode of living of the animal. The

few and scanty communications of Lebeck and Roxburgh are

reiterated in the following manuscript notes of M. Reinhardt,

with additional not unimportant observations made by himself

and others. “According to Dr. Cantor, the Platanista makes its

appearance in the Hoogly at Calcutta only in the cold season

(corresponding to our autumn or winter); but he was unable to

state with certainty, whether it migrated after leaving that neigh-

bourhood, though he conjectured, and no doubt rightly, that it

is more probable it seeks the ocean than the higher parts of the

river. It swims singly or in pairs, not gregariously, and at the

time it makes its appearance in the Hoogly, it is by no means of

rare occurrence ; it is frequently observed to show a small part

of its body above the surface of the water, and then immediately

to dive down again. The animal is, however, rarely caught, by

entangling itself in fishing nets, and upon the whole it is very

difficult to obtain one. Mr. M‘Clelland gives an account of a

singular manner in which two individuals were caught (Calcutta

Journal of Natural History, 1841, i. p. 425); namely in conse-

quence of blowing up the wreck of some ship which was obstruct-

ing the navigation of the Hoogly, the column of water raised at

the moment of explosion threw upon the shore two dolphins, a male

. and a female, together with a large quantity of fish. The male

288 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

measured 5 feet (4! 10" Danish); the female was 8 inches shorter

and more slender. In general, at the time the animal appears in

the Hoogly, the full-grown females are pregnant. This however

was not the case with the individual of which the drawing and

skeleton were brought home, owing most probably to its not

having attained its full growth (5! 2”); although an individual,

which had been caught a few days before and was given to the

Asiatic Society, contained an embryo of 14 to 15 inches.” [Very

likely the specimen brought home by Prof. Behn, to which we

alluded above (p. 168).] ‘The stomach,” M. Reinhardt con-

tinues, “was filled with a quantity of small fish and shrimps ;

among which were recognized Clupea Telara, Hamilton, a species

of Pimelodes, and the large species of Palemon and Peneus,

common in the Calcutta fish-market.” Roxburgh says, “In the

stomach were found only some grains of paddy (rice in the husk),

a few minute fragments of shells, and many living active asca-

rides. Notwithstanding the contents of the stomach of this in-

dividual, there is no doubt of the animal being piscivorous.”

According to Lebeck, “There were many living Ascarides, L.,

more than an inch long, both in the mouth and stomach, and in

the latter grains of nellu (rice).”

To determine whether the substances found in the stomach

bear any relation to any particular depth of the mud in which the

Gangetic dolphin penetrates for its food, requires that we should

possess a nearer acquaintance with the localities of the fishes

and crustacea which M. Reinhardt mentions, and of the species

of corn named by the older observers. M. Reinhardt’s notice of

the specimens, thrown up by the explosion by gunpowder of a

sunken vessel, obviously proves nothing as to their being found

near the bottom of rivers; still it tends that way. But if it

should turn out that the animal does not exist at any greater

depth below the surface of the water than whales in general, no

other explanation remains but to connect its confined vision with

the yellow, turbid water of the river in contradistinction to the

clearness of the sea water; and we are thence necessarily led to

the conclusion, that, although the animal actually leaves the river

Hoogly at the close of the cold season, and takes to the sea, the

quality of water just mentioned must be considered as its prin-

cipal element or home; and thus we recognize in its peculiarly —

formed eye a very marked instance of adaptation between animal

organization and the surrounding nature. Looking at its long,

many-toothed beak, we are naturally reminded of a similar struc-

ture in the Gharial of the Ganges ; and this comcidence between

these animals, otherwise so widely remote from each other, urges -

on us the question, how far does this peculiar structure depend

upon the peculiar condition of the water? If we are disposed

i Leal. ee he dei -

a i all

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 289

to answer in the affirmative, we have a further instance of har-

monious adaptation.

Resuming the comparison, founded on the skeleton, between

the Gangetic dolphin and other toothed whales, it is above all

manifest, that the similarity with the Whitefish and the allied

Narwhale, in the osseous structure of their spinal column and

breast-fins, reappears again in the outer form of the body, and

not only in the breast-fins, but in the extremely low dorsal fins,

making it very probable that a certain extent of coincidence also

occurs in their mode of existence. I find the following observa-

tions on the Whitefish among the notes on the whales of the

coast of Greenland, which Capt. Holbéll has placed at my dis-

. ©The Whitefish supports itself both on fish and cuttle-

fish, as well as shell-fish, which it fetches from a very great depth.

Remnants of these animals are commonly found in its stomach ;

but if absent, it is generally filled with cy, or more rarely with

sand. I am at present unable to decide, whether it actually feeds

on the rich clay, or only swallows it together with sand, for the

purpose of digesting the animals which abound therein. Like

the Hyperoodon, the Whitefish must have the power to get rid

very quickly of its food on finding itself in-danger. The chase

after it in the ‘Sound’ is sometimes concluded in a few hours,

and yet either nothing is found in the stomach, or else only some

loose fish-bones (of Hippoglossus pinguis and Sebastes norvegicus)

or some cuttlefish.”

Among some notes of M. Motzfeldt of Julianehaab, a native

Greenlander, communicated by Capt. Hoibdll, I find the follow-

ing :—“ The Whitefish consumes enormous quantities of Sepia

loligo, Gadus eglefinus, and large prawns. Vast numbers of that

cuttlefish are found at Ritenbenk in spring and autumn, and of

the Gadus in sprmg. The prawns are most probably caught at

a great depth in the ocean.”

It appears to me, that these observations on the Whitefish by

ienced men, contain more than one feature corresponding

entirely with what we know of the habits of the Gangetic dol-

phin, as far as can be judged from what has been communicated

about those habits; while the similarity in that respect between

the Delphinus globiceps and the Micropteren is confined to the

circumstance, that these animals too are not gregarious, but live

mostly singly or in pairs. Their food is wholly different; the

_Hyperoodon, as well as Cachalot and D. globiceps, subsisting

chiefly on cuttlefish. That they likewise consume fish, is what

may be said perhaps of all whales—even the preying kinds, the

genus Orca—with exception only of the Glathvals.

It now remains to compare our dolphin with a whale, to which,

'. judging from its exterior appearance and locality, it must come

290 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

nearest of all, namely the Amazon dolphin, or D’Orbigny’s genus

Inia (alluded to above, p. 280), where we have quoted a work of

Andr. Wagner, in which he proves satisfactorily that this remark-

able animal was first mentioned by Desmarest, was next brought

to Europe by Spix and Martius, and lastly that it was described

by D’Orbigny. The similarity is not only indicated by its river

habitation, but also in its exterior form, because like our animal

the dorsal fin is very low, and the beak long and toothed. But

as far as the last-mentioned naturalist’s very incomplete account

and figure enable us to judge, none whatever of the peculiarities

in the cranium of the Gangetic dolphin are found in the Amazon

species ; the teeth are totally different ; the eyes can scarcely be

called small. If I consider Messrs. Gray and Wagner’s placing

the two animals together as plausible, it is done chiefly in the

expectation, that further researches may discover points of agree-

ment also in the internal parts.

Taking a retrospective view of the series of coincidences and

discrepancies in the structure and mode of life of the Gangetic

dolphin, as compared on the one hand with those of the Hyper-

oodons, on the other with the Whitefish, and lastly the Amazon

dolphin,—keeping before us its absolute peculiarities, that is, its

rudimentary eye and its blowhole in the shape of a longitudinal

fissure—we have a variety of differences in form, strongly con-

trasting with the commonly admitted uniformity of structure and

mode of living of Cetacea. If we try to place it among the

toothed whales, we cannot hesitate to constitute it into a se-

parate genus, Platanista, nearest between the Hyperoodons and

the Whitefish, the former of which are again close to the Cachalot

(all having the shape of the jaws and the tongue of our animal) ;

while the Whitefish approaches closest to the Narwhale, and next

to Delphinus globiceps ; but on the other hand, it must probably

not be removed far from the Amazon dolphin, though the two

can hardly be placed under one common group (Platanistina of

Gray). In my sixth Memoir on Whales, I have endeavoured to

prove in detail, by means of a series of researches into the osseous

structure of the Hyperoodon, as compared with the short-finned

dolphins (Micropteron), and the extinct species of Cuvier’s

Ziphius, that these whales are closely allied among each other.

I have since had opportunities still further to corroborate those

observations, especially with reference to the so-called Delphinus

Sowerbyensis, which I have insisted on was only the male Micro-

pteron. The cranium of Sowerby’s valuable specimen, deposited

in the anatomical museum of the University of Oxford, was re-

ported by Mr. Gray as no longer existing there, and therefore

reference was had to a drawing formerly made of it, and of

which he has given a copy. It was therefore a very gratifying

ee ee a

- ~

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 291

rise to me, not only to be favoured with a communication

from Prof. Acland, Curator of the museum, to the effect that the

specimen was quite safe in his custody, but with a complete

plaster-of-Paris cast of it, enabling me to verify the correctness

of the statement in my memoir, founded only on the said figure.

I described (p. 97) the Hyperoodons as a very on of

toothed whales, represented at the time only by two species, but

at present by many more, the number of fossil species not only ex-

ceeding those of the existing (as 3 to 2), but constituting, more-

over, a very considerable proportion of the known fossil whales.

It was to be expected that the gap between this form of antedi-

luvian remains and existing species would be gradually supplied

by intermediate forms, and that these might be expected among

fossil specimens. If I mistake not, I have succeeded in point-

ing out such a form among species at present existing ; and that

this transition is distinguished from the formation of all other

whales, by an almost total blindness, cannot fail being recognized

as a most remarkable circumstance. It is to be expected that

further forms of transition will be discovered, between the group

of Hyperoodons and other cetaceous groups, or new links be-

tween them and the Gangetic dolphin. Perhaps the dolphin of

the Amazon may be looked upon as such. Our animal stands

so isolated, that it is likely the genus which it forms will be en-

larged hereafter by other species ; and I must here again quote

M. Reinhardt, to whose exertions are due almost all the mate-

rials on which my present memoir is founded :—“I must add,

that Mr. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum, told

me, that he distinguished two species of Platanista ; one of them

common in the Indus, but rarely found in the Ganges ; the other

or common Gangetic species (as far as I understand him) en-

tirely wanting in the Indus; and that they were characterized

by the different length of the rostrate portion of the upper jaw.

I am not aware that they have been described, nor do I know

the names given them by Mr. Blyth.”

It must be obvious that the above remark must have recurred

to my mind in noticing the discrepancy between former observa-

tions and my own. I am not alluding here to the very strong

difference in the outer form, which according to usage in ceto-

logy, might easily lead to the adoption of a new species—but

only to Cuvier’s account of the skeleton, as regards the form of

the beak, and the number of vertebre and fingers. It is, of

course, free to every one to consider those discrepancies as founded

upon specific distinctions, contrary to what I have declared to be

my views ; and to combine them with that just mentioned of Mr.

Blyth ; but it appears to me that any such attempt must rest on

_ a very insecure basis, like so many others, which have converted

cetology into a labyrinth, where it is extremely arduous to tind

(5 TOR tah emt

’

eee Se ee LeEe OR,

292 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the right path, and which has caused the science to retrograde

instead of advancing. May these hints prove a strong induce-

ment to obtain fresh light, and fresh materials for investigation,

from the Ganges, the Indus, and generally the large rivers of

Asia; and also on account of the as yet imperfect state of our

knowledge of the dolphin of the Amazon, from the rivers of

America. Not less important would be the examination of the

viscera, especially the stomach and intestinal canal, as well as the

small eye, in order to ascertain, as regards the former, whether

the conformity is greatest with the highly characteristic group

of Hyperoodons (the many-folded stomach and deeply-celled in-

testine), or the Whitefish and other dolphins; and as regards the

eye, whether a complete organization exists, and whether in that

case it is in accordance with the known type of the eye in whales,

or differs. Embryos would probably supply the required infor-

mation, at least with respect to the intestinal canal.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. VI. VII.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. A young female Gangetic dolphin, taken from an individual mea-

suring 62 inches, caught in a fishing-net below the Botanic Gar-

den near Calcutta, on the night of the 2nd and 3rd of December

1845, and presented to the Galathea Expedition by Dr. Wallich;

drawn by M. Christian Thornam, painter in natural history, under

direction of M. Johannes Reinhardt, zoologist to the expedition ;

reduced five-sixths*.

Fig. 2. Skeleton of the same in its natural connexion, on a black ground,

with the natural outline of the animal.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Cranium of the same seen from above.

Fig. 2. Jaws seen sideways.

Fig. 3. Cranium seen from behind.

Puiate VII.

Fig. 1. Cranium seen from below.

Fig. 2. Cranium seen from before and a little below.

Fig. 3. Seven cervical vertebrze (1-7), and 9 thoracic (8-16) from above.

Fig. 4. The three hindmost cervical vertebra, and the first thoracic, from

below.

On the figures of the cranium are represented by—d, os bregmatis or pa-

rietale; ¢, (Pl. VII. fig. 2) os ethmoideum ; f, os frontale ; g, os

tympanicum or bulla tympani; 7, os intermaxillare; k, processus

condyloideus ossis occipitalis ; m, os maxillare ; m, os nasi; 0, os

occipitale ; p, palatal plate of the upper jaw nearest the middle

line of the palate (Pl. VII. fig. 1), os palatinum ; ¢, os temporum ;

t', processus zygomaticus ossis temporum; uw, os pterygoideum ;

v, (Pl. VII. fig. 2) os vomer ; x, os maxillare inferius; z, os zygo-

ee ee

* The reader should bear in mind that all the figures accompanying this

translation have been further reduced #ths.

Mr. W. Clark on Lepton Clarkiz. 293

maticum—but Pl. VI. fig. 3. a peculiar bone, perhaps os Wor-

mianum; +, (Pl. VI. “ 1) nostrils, (Pl. VI. fig. 2) foramen

magnum ossis occipitalis.

On the vertebral column PI. VII. fig. 3. and 4. are represented by—

@, a, processus articulares anteriores; 6, neck of the first rib;

ce, e, ies of ribs; m, m, processus mammillares; 0, 0, lower

transverse process of the sixth cervical vertebra; p, p, posterior

articular processes ; g, lower transverse process of the fifth cer-

vical vertebra; r, single lower transverse process of the seventh

cervical vertebra ; t, upper or proper transverse processes ; 2, costal

prominence on the upper transverse process of the sixth cervical

vertebra.

All the figures on Plate VI. and VII. scarcely reduced $rds.

ERRATUM.

At page 168, third line from bottom, for 3} feet read 52 feet.

XXV.—Further Observations on Lepton Clarkiz.

By Witxram Crarx, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

_ GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, March 7, 1852.

I BEG you to insert the following addenda, relative to the specific

characters of the new Lepton Clarkia, mentioned in the March

* Annals of Natural History,’ N.S. vol. ix. p.191. One of the

distinguishing marks of the new species has been already alluded

to,—the oblique rounded outline ; but I have omitted to name

another equally important, that the side anterior to the beaks is

double the transverse length of the posterior one ; whereas in all

the other Leptons, of which I have more than a hundred ex-

amples, the beaks are nearly central, and they have more or less

subangularity at the sides ; therefore the oblique outline, rounded

sides, and position of the beaks, are unerring guides to distin-

guish the L. Clarkia from its congeners. The last character is of

such value, that it is desirable to add to those already published,

after the word “ gerente ”—

Latus rostris anterius, quoad longitudinem transversam, duplo,

posterius superat.

I also request to state, that I terminated my last paper in the

‘ Annals’ above-quoted by observing, “I was all but convinced

the Lepton converum and L. nitidum were identical.” This view

has been shaken by the acquisition of some intermediate speci-

mens. I therefore decline to speak further on this point until

the animal of the L. convexum is observed. I have a full, though

-. unpublished account of the L. nitidum, and as a fresh specimen

294 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

of the L. convexum has occurred, though unfortunately so col-

lapsed as not to exsert the organs, I have great hope this sum-

mer of meeting with it in a living state.

I am, very faithfully, yours,

WiiiaM Ciark.

XXVI.—On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of

some new species of that family. By Tuomas Wrieut, M.D.

&e.

[Concluded from p. 214.]

Dysaster analis, Agass.

Syn. Dysaster analis, Agass, Prodrome Mem. Neuch. vol. i.

Collyrites analis, Desmoulins, Tab. Synop. p. 368. no. 14.

Dysaster analis, Agass. Echin. Suisse, 1. p. 6. tab. 1. fig. 12-14;

Gressly, Jur. Sol. p. 76 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 10.

tab. 2. fig. 8-10; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echi-

nides, p. 32.

Test suborbicular, inclining to oval, more or less depressed, round

and inflated anteriorly, slightly contracted posteriorly ; dorsal

surface convex, more declined from the vertex to the anus than

from the vertex to the anterior border ; anterior half forming

the segment of a larger circle than the posterior half; vertex

excentral ; apical disc nearly central, at which the single

ambulacrum and the antero-lateral ambulacra converge ; the

postero-lateral ambulacra meet at the distance of ;>ths of an

inch behind the antero-laterals ; anus nearly circular and pro-

minent, situated in the middle of the posterior border about

midway between the ambulacral arch and the basal angle ;

ventral surface flat, without undulations; mouth circular,

situated in a depression about the junction of the anterior

with the middle third of the ventral diameter; sides convex,

suddenly declining from a slight median elevation.

Height 1. inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and ,5,ths,

transverse diameter 1 inch and {>ths.

Description.—The nearly ovato-orbicular circumference and

depression of the dorsal surface, which is not uniformly convex,

with the flatness of the ventral surface, form a group of characters

by which this Dysaster is distinguished from its congeners. The

anterior half of the body is fuller and more developed, and forms

the segment of a larger circle than the posterior half.

The single ambulacrum, which is lodged in a slight depression

on the anterior border, is wider than the others; the antero-

lateral ambulacra form graceful curves on the anterior sides of

(eh Lk ae .* 3 to

en Pie te. et , i = oe

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 295

the shell, and with the single ambulacrum converge at the apical

disc ; the postero-lateral ambulacra are situated very far back,

and occupy the posterior sixth of the antero-posterior diameter

of the test; they converge at some distance above the anus

_at a point situated j4,ths of an inch behind the apical disc ; a

very large intermediate space is thereby formed for the develop-

ment of the posterior pair of interambulacra, the converging

point of the antero-lateral and postero-lateral ambulacra bemg

proportionally further removed in this species than in its conge-

ners. The interambulacral ares are of unequal width, the an-

terior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are the widest,

and the single interambulacrum is of intermediate dimensions ;

the anterior pair are convex and prominent, and give the front of

the shell an inflated appearance; the posterior pair gradually

decline towards the anus and the lateral borders, and form a

broad saddle which extends across the back and sides of the

test. The single interambulacrum is small, and destitute of the

4 basal development so characteristic of the analogous area in

4 D. ringens and D. bicordatus.

The dorsal surface is not uniformly convex ; the anterior half

is rounder and more inflated than the posterior half ; the latter is

: more depressed on the back and more contracted on the sides

‘ than the anterior half, and forms the segment of a much smaller

} circle than it ; the vertex is excentral and situated nearer the an-

terior than the posterior border, corresponding to about the apex

of the single ambulacrum ; the apical disc is nearly central, but

its structure is not preserved in the specimen before me ; accord-

ing to Agassiz, the holes in the four ovarial plates are very small,

and their position is not regular ; in general, the one correspond-

ing to the right posterior interambulacral area is behind that of

the left side.

The anal opening is situated in the posterior border about mid-

way between the arch formed by the postero-lateral ambulacra

and the angle of the shell ; the aperture is large, prominent, and

of an elliptical or nearly circular form; the ventral surface is

flat, and in this respect presents a striking contrast to its con-

geners. In some of the best preserved specimens, the subanal

prominence formed by the interambulacrum, and which is so

prominent in D. ringens, is absent in D. avialis. The mouth-

opening, of a circular form, is situated in a slight depression

near the anterior border, at the junction of the anterior with the

middle third of the base. It has been remarked by Agassiz, who

had the advantage of examining a suite of perfect specimens of

this species from the Inferior Oolite of Switzerland, that the am-

bulacral plates diminish sensibly in depth when traced from the

- mouth to the points of convergence of the ambulacra; as each

ee A a eee

296 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

plate corresponds to a pair of pores, it follows that these are much

more closely set together on the dorsal than on the ventral sur-

face; the interambulacral ares are very large; the plates have a

crescentic form, the lower border being convex, and the upper

border more or less concave ; by reason of the great distance be-

tween the antero-lateral and postero-lateral ambulacra, the plates

forming the posterior pair of interambulacral areas are much

larger on the dorsal surface of the shell than their analogues of

the anterior interambulacra. The tubercles are very uniformly

distributed upon the surface of the test, but are more numerous

upon the inferior than the superior surface. The epiderm which

covered the whole presented a finely granular aspect*.

Affinities and differences.—This Urchin resembles D. ovalis, but

is distinguished from it by the unequal convexity of the dorsal

surface, the flatness of the base, and the greater proportional

distance between the points of convergence of the antero-lateral

and the postero-lateral ambulacra; the form and structure of the

areze are likewise different ; in fact these characters form a good

diagnosis between D. analis and its congeners. Moreover D. -

analis is found only in the Inferior Oolite, and D. ovalis is limited

to the Coralline Oolites.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—The imperfect specimen

before me was obtained from the ferruginous beds of the Inferior

Oolite at Dundry ; it belongs to the Bristol Institution, and 1

am indebted to the kindness of my friend Mr. Etheridge, the

Curator, for permission to describe the same. This species was

found by MM. Gressly, Hugi and Stromeyer in the Inferior

Oolite of Goldenthal and Fringeli (canton de Soleuret), and in

the Marn, vésul. (Inferior Oolite) of Wallenburg, Egg et Burg

(Argovie), le Mont-Terrible, Saint Maixant, by Bronn, Thur-

mann and D’Orbignyf. ;

History.—Figured and described for the first time by Agassiz

in his ‘ Echinodermes Fossiles’ from specimens collected in the

Canton of Soleure, and subsequently by the authors cited in our

synonyma of this species, and now identified as a British Urchin

for the first time. D. analis must be rare, as the specimen be-

fore me is the only one I have met with in all the collections

I have examined with the view of ascertainmg the species of

Echinoderms contained in our Oolitic system.

* Echinodermes Foss. de la Suisse, Ist Part, p. 7:

+ Agass. Echinoderm. Foss. p. 6.

{ Annal. des Sciences Nat. tom. viii. p. 32.

ee ee ee tn ee

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 297

2. Group or NucLEoLipEs *.

Ambulacra petaloid; mouth subcentral, margin sometimes

surrounded with prominent lobes.

Genus Nucreo.ites, Lamarck.

Test oval, cordate, or orbicular, more or Jess tumid, sometimes

much depressed ; eovered with small imperforate tubercles, sur-

rounded by a circular depression ; ambulacra petaloid on the

dorsal surface, forming straight narrow valleys on the base;

pores widely separate and united by transverse delicate lines

above, and placed close together in pairs, which are more widely

apart at the base; mouth-opening subcentral, more or less pen-

tagonal, with or without marginal folds; anal opening supra-

marginal, situated in a valley more or less deep formed by the

single interambulacral area, commencing near or at a short di-

stance from the apical disc ; vertex always excentral ; apical disc

situated near the vertex, and formed of two pairs of perforated

ovarial plates, and a single imperforate plate composed of one or

more pieces, having the spongy body attached to its surface,

and five small ocular plates arranged around the angles of the

ovarials.

Nucleolites clunicularis, Lihwyd.

Syn. Nucleolites seutata, Lam. Animaux s. Vert. tome iii. p. 36.

Nucleolites clunicularis, Bronn, Lethea Geognost. p. 282.

— seutatus, Agass. Echinoderm. Foss. Suisse, t. vii. fig. 19-21.

- 45.

<< Sl De Blainy. Zoophyt. p. 188.

F, saluahpe depressus, Leske, ap. Klein, tab, 51. fig. 1, 2. p, 238.

ypeus clunicularis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. Part 1. p. 115. pl. 7.

fig. 2.

Echinites clunicularis, Lihwyd, Lith. Brit, Ichnogr. p. 48. No. 988.

- Test subquadrate in cireumference, anterior border rounded, pos-

terior border bilobed ; upper surface convex, declining abruptly

anteriorly, and more gently posteriorly ; vertex excentrical, at

which is situated the apical disc ; ambulacra narrowly lanceo-

late above and converging below ; anal furrow deep, lanceolate,

and extending to the posterior border of the apical dise ; pos-

terior lobes gently tapering, not tumid; base concave and

grooved by the five ambulacral valleys ; mouth slightly penta-

gonal, and situated nearer the anterior than the posterior

border.

* The group of Nucleolides comprehends eleven genera: Nucleolites,

Lam. ; Cassidulus, Lam. ; Catopygus, Agass.; Pygaulus, Agass.; Archiacia,

.; Pygorhynchus, Agass.; Pygurus, Agass. ; Echinolampas, Gray; Am-

__blypygus, Agass.; Conoclypens, Agass.; Asterostoma, Agass.

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 20

298 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Height }2ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ,5,ths (Inferior Oolite spe-

cimen).

Height }3ths, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and ;%ths,

transverse diameter 1 inch and 5th (pyramidal variety from the

Cornbrash).

Description.—This Urchin has been long known to naturalists,

and the list of synonyms shows some of the names under which

it has been described; it presents many varieties of outline as

well as of height, and these forms have sometimes been mistaken

for and described as distinct species by different authors, so that

much confusion has been made regarding its identity. The suite

of specimens before me, from the Inferior Oolite, Great Oolite,

and Cornbrash, vary from a suborbicular to a nearly quadrate

outline, presenting all the intermediate forms: they are rounded

anteriorly, a little contracted before, slightly swelled out at the

sides, and more or less bilobed posteriorly. The dorsal surface

is convex, exhibiting various degrees of elevation; m some it is

much depressed, in others elevated into a subconical form. In the

ten specimens before me, there are not two that have the same

proportional height. The vertex is almost always excentrical, and

inclined towards the anterior border, but the amount of this in-

clination, like the height, varies in different individuals: in a

beautifully perfect specimen from the Cornbrash the vertex is

quite central. The ambulacral areve have a petaloid or lanceolate

form with nearly parallel sides, the single area and the anterior

pair are nearly of the same length and width, and the posterior

pair are the longest and widest. The pores on the upper two-

thirds of the dorsal surface are situated at some distance apart,

and are united by fine sutures ; at the inferior third of the area

they approximate and pass from thence round the basal angle to

the mouth; on the under surface the pores are very small and

indistinct and set widely apart. The interambulacral arez are

of unequal width, the posterior pair are nearly one-fourth wider

than the anterior pair, and the single area is the widest. The

anal valley extends from the disc to the basal angle; it is of a

lanceolate form with vertical parallel walls, which gradually di-

verge and then approximate, and afterwards expand outwards,

forming a well-defined groove ; the round anal opening is per-

forated at the extreme end of the valley; the whole surface

of the test is covered with small close-set tubercles, surrounded

by circular depressions, and having the interspaces minutely

granulated ; those on the dorsal surface are quite microscopic,

whilst those on the base are larger and better defined. The

apical disc is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial plates, and

a single imperforate plate with a central element having a spongy

Start neice ior fa,

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 299

body attached to its surface, around which the five ovarial plates

are arranged ; the ocular plates are lodged at the apices of the

ambulacra, at which point the eyeholes are seen sometimes drilled

in the border of the plates, sometimes formed between the ocular

plates and the apices of the ambulacra. The surface of the ova-

rial and ocular plates is covered with microscopic granules.

The base is more or less concave, most so in the pyramidal

varieties, and is slightly undulated; the ambulacra radiate in

straight lines from the mouth, and the interambulacra form

slightly convex pyramids between them. The mouth-opening is

excentrical and situated in a deep depression nearer the anterior

than the posterior border,

Affinities and differences—This species very much resembles

N. dimidiatus, but is distinguished from that species by its taper-

ing posterior lobes, which are more tumid in N. dimidiatus, by

the extent of the anal valley, which in N. clunicularis extends

from the disc to the margin, whilst in N. dimidiatus there is a

smooth portion of the test between the disc and the commence-

ment of the valley: from N. orbicularis this species is distin-

guished by its subquadrate form, increasing sides, and bilobed

posterior extremity ; it wants likewise the general tumidity so

characteristic of NV. orbicularis, which it resembles in the length

of the anal valley.

Locality and stratigraphical range-——We have collected this

Nucleolite from the upper ragstones of the Inferior Oolite of

Rodborough, Coopers, Birdlip, and Leckhampton Hills; it is not

however a common species. It is found in the Great Oolite at

Minchinhampton and Cirencester, in the Cornbrash of Gloucester-

shire, Wiltshire, Northamptonshire, and Yorkshire : the Inferior

Oolite specimens are the most orbicular and depressed, the Great

Oolite ones are the smallest, and the Cornbrash are the most py-

ramidal in form,

Its foreign distribution, according to Agassiz and Desor *, is

“Oxford d’Alencon, Courgains (Sarthe), Cale. & Polypiers de

Ranville,Coulie. Var. minor. Forest marble de Chatelcensoir.”

Form Jatiporus, ‘‘Cornbrash de Meltingen (Cant. de Soleure),

Maiche (Doubs). Form gracilis, Ool. Ferrug. de Diirrenast

(Jura Soleurois).”

History.—\t would carry us far beyond our limits to attempt

to trace the history of this species from Llhwyd to Agassiz ; but

even had it been otherwise it would have been unnecessary, as

this has been so ably done by Professor Forbes in his ‘ Memoirs

of the Geological Survey,’ to the 1st Decade of which the reader

* Catalogue raisonné des Echinides: Annales des Sciences Naturelles,

tome yii. p. 153, 3° série,

20%

300 3 =Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

is referred for an excellent critical examination of the literature

of this species; in the same work it is most elaborately figured

and correctly described. | ‘

Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips.

Syn. Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. pl. 3.

fig. 16 ; Forbes, Memoir of Geol. Survey, Decade 3. description

of pl. 9; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides.

Nucleolites paraplesius, Agassiz, Catalogue Syst. p. 4.

Test ovate or subquadrate, compressed at the sides, rounded an-

teriorly, expanded and bilobed posteriorly, dorsal surface con-

vex ; apical disc central, vertex excentral, anterior and lateral

border and posterior lobes tumid ; ambulacra narrow and lan-

ceolate ; anal valley deep, ovate or obtusely lanceolate, extend-

ing about two-thirds of the space between the border and the

vertex, and terminating at a distance from the disc ; base con-

cave, much depressed at the mouth-opening, which is penta-

gonal and excentral.

Height ;°,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

goths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;/5th.

Description.—This species was formerly considered a variety

of N. clunicularis, but was correctly separated from that form by

Mr. Phillips. It does not appear to deviate so much from its

typical outline as that species; the greater fullness of the sides,

the tumidity of the posterior lobes, and the shortness of the anal

valley are characters which are very uniformly preserved in the

individuals now before me. The single and the anterior pair of

ambulacra are narrower than the posterior pair, they have a lan-

ceolate form, rather obtuse at the apex ; the pores are set at short

distances apart ; on the dorsal surface they become approximated

near the margin, and pass from thence to the mouth in pairs, set

however more widely apart at the base. The interambulacra are

of unequal width, the posterior pair are nearly one-third wider

than the anterior pair; the single area has a cordate form from

the development of the posterior lobes, and equals in width that of

the posterior aree. The anal valley forms one of the distinctive

characters of this species; it is of an ovate or lanceolate form

with a blunt apex, and in some individuals it has the appearance

of a portion of the test having been drilled out of the single area ;

in some specimens it extends only half the distance between the

margin and the vertex, whilst in others it reaches two-thirds

that length, but in all the individuals before me there is an un-

depressed portion of the test separating the apical disc from the

superior border of the anus; inferiorly the valley forms a consi-

derable sulcus, which grooves the centre of the single area, divi-

A GME FRY, COND SRR Ae NY es”.

’

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidiilidee of the Oolites. 301

ding its posterior border, and producing the cordate bilobed

form it assumes; the surface of the test is irregularly covered

with small tubercles, which are of microscopic minuteness above,

but are larger below, and are surrounded by a circular depression ;

the vertex is excentral, behind which the apical disc is situated ;

it is nearly central in some individuals, and quite so in others,

and is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial plates, and a

single imperforate plate ; the madreporiform body occupying the

centre of the disc, and the five small ocular plates are seen at the

apices of the ambulacra. The base is more or less concave, and

deeply so at the point where the mouth-opening is placed; this

aperture has a pentagonal form, and is much nearer the anterior

than the posterior border. The ambulacra form valleys that are

scarcely perceptible in passing from the border to the mouth.

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline WN. dimidiatus

_resembles JN. clunicularis, but is distinguished from that species

by its ovate anal valley, which extends only two-thirds of the

length of the dorsal surface of the single interambulacrum,

whereas in N. clunicularis it reaches from the apical dise to the

margin; the tumidity of the sides and posterior lobes afford

additional diagnostic characters. It is so entirely distinct from

the other Oolitic congeneric forms, that it cannot be mistaken for

either of them.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species has been col-

lected from the Coralline Oolite of Calne and Steeple Ashton,

Wilts, and of Malton and Filey Bridge, Yorkshire; it is found

likewise in the same stage in Oxfordshire and near Havre.

History.—First figured as a species distinct from N. clunicu-

laris by Mr. Phillips in his ‘ Geology of Yorkshire,’ and now de-

scribed in detail for the first time.

Nucleolites orbicularis, Forbes.

Syn. Clypeus orbicularis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. pl.7. fig. 3.

Nucleolites orbicularis, Forbes, Mem. of Geol. Survey, Decade 1. de-

scription of pl. 7.

Test orbicular, dorsal surface irregularly convex and depressed ;

sides tumid ; vertex and apical disc central ; ambulacra lanceo-

late ; anal valley narrow, extending from the dise to the border ;

posterior lobes obsolete ; base flat, slightly concave ; mouth

subcentral, situated in a depression.

_ Height ;6,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

1th, transverse diameter 1 inch and 3,ths. One large specimen

is 1} inch in diameter, but its proportional dimensions cannot be

ascertained, as it is crushed.

302 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Description.—The orbicular circumference, tumid sides, obso- ~

lete lobes, and broad, flat, and somewhat irregular dorsal surface

distinguish N. orbicularis from its congeners. The ambulacra

are nearly all of the same width ; they have a more petaloid form

than in the preceding species, in consequence of the pores being

set farther apart and connected by deeper sulci; near the margin

of the test the pores become very small and approximated, on

the base they are very indistinct and more widely apart, and

continue so to the mouth. The interambulacra are unequal, but

less so than in N. clunicularis and N. dimidiatus, and the single

area is the widest. The test is covered with mieroseopie tuber-

cles; so minute in fact are they, that without the aid of a good

lens the surface appears quite smooth. The anal valley is nar-

row, and extends from the vertex to the margin. The base

is concave and slightly undulated from the convexity of the in-

terambulacra and the straightness of the ambulacra. The mouth

is excentral and slightly five-lobed. The apical dise is broad,

and formed of two pairs of large perforated and a single imper-

forate ovarial plate, having the madreporiform element occupy-

ing the centre thereof; the size of the ovarial plates occasions a

greater distance between the ocular plates, which are conse-

quently more apart than in the other species. The test is very

thin, and the spines, which are preserved in one individual, are

moderately long and needle-shaped.

Affinities and differences.—The orbieular form and long anal

valley liken N. orbicularis to some individuals of N. sinuatus ;

from them however it is distinguished by the tumidity of the

sides and flatness of the dorsal surface ; it is known from N. Hugi

by the anal valley extending from the disc to the margin, whereas

in the latter species the upper anal border is separated from the

vertex by an undepressed portion of the shell; from the other

Nucleolites of our Oolites it is very distinct.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—It is found in the Inferior

Oolite of Rodborough Hill, the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton,

and Salperton Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and the Coralline

Oolite of Calne, Wilts. Mr. Phillips’s specimens were collected

from the Cornbrash near Scarborough ; it has likewise been found

at Wollaston near Wellingborough, Northamptonshire.

History.—Figured by Mr. Phillips in his ‘ Geology of York-

shire,’ but not described in that work ; enumerated by Professor

Forbes in his note on “ British Nucleolites” appended to the

description of the 9th plate of his 1st Decade *, and now de-

scribed in detail for the first time.

* Mem. of the Geol. Survey of Great Britain.

eee

a ‘! - Be 2

Pe ea er

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 303

Nucleolites Hugii, Forbes.

Syn. Clypeus Hugi, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, vol. i. p.37. tab. 10.

fig. 2-4.

Nuclealites Hugii, Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade 1. description

of pl. 9.

Test suborbicular, dorsal surface convex and depressed ; apical

dise and vertex subexcentral ; ambulacra lanceolate, apices ap-

proximated ; anal valley oblong, obtuse and short, separated

from the vertex by a considerable portion of undepressed test ;

single interambulacrum produced and much deflected ; poste-

rior lobes small; base concave and undulated ; mouth much

excentral near the anterior border, of a pentagonal form and

surrounded by five lobes.

Height 32ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

23ths, transverse diameter the same as the antero-posterior.

Description.—This is a very distinct form of Nucleolite; the

circumference is suborbicular, sometimes a little compressed at

the sides ; the dorsal surface is convex, and the antero-posterior

exceeds the transverse diameter in some, and these diameters are

nearly equal in other individuals. The ambulacra have a lanceo-

late form ; the single ambulacrum and the anterior pair are nearly

the same width, and the posterior pair are the widest; their

apices approximate very closely in consequence of the smallness

of the apical disc. The pores are not far apart on the dorsal

surface ; the internal row consists of small round holes, the ex-

ternal row are somewhat elongated transversely, and unite with

the internal row by a delicate suture; near the border they ap-

proximate and are disposed in close-set pairs. As we trace them

from the basal angle to the mouth they lie widely apart, but

near the mouth they become again more closely approximated,

and fall into triple oblique pairs as in Echinus and Pedina. The

anterior pair of interambulacra are the narrowest, the single in-

terambulacrum is the widest, and the posterior pair are of inter-

mediate dimensions ; the anterior border is obtusely rounded, the

sides swell gradually outwards to the junction of the posterior

pair with the single area, which is the widest part of the test ;

the single interambulacrum is slightly produced and much de-

flected ; the anal valley is short and oblong, with an obtuse up-

per margin, which does not extend one half the distance between

the border and the vertex, the space between the anal margin

and the vertex being occupied by a smooth undepressed portion

of the test: this character allies N. Hugii to N. dimidiatus ; but

the orbicular outline, the greater size, and the produced and de-

flected single interambulacrum of the former constitute a group of

characters by which it is readily distinguished from the latter

304 Dr. T, Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

species. The base. is concave. and undulated, the ambulacra

forming straight valleys, and the interambulacra more convex

elevations than in‘any other of its congeners. The mouth is very

excentral, being situated near the junction of the anterior with

the middle third of the basal antero-posterior diameter; the

opening has a pentagonal form, and is surrounded with five

small lobes. The apical disc occupies the vertex, which is slightly

excentral, inclining towards the posterior border ; it is formed of

two anterior and two posterior perforated ovarial plates with a

single imperforate plate and a spongy madreporiform body oc-

cupying the centre; the ocular plates are small, and the orbits

appear to be formed by the apices of the ambulacra and the

margin of the ocular plates, The test is moderately thick, its

surface is closely covered with small tubercles surrounded by a

circular depression, and the intertubercular spaces are delicately

sculptured with microscopic granules ; the tubercles on the dorsal

surface are much smaller than those on the base. —

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles N. orbicu-

laris in its suborbicular form, but is readily distinguished from

that species by its declining sides and the absence of the general

tumidity so characteristic of NV. orbicularis ; the form and structure

of the anal valley are likewise different ; in N. orbicularis it extends

from the margin to the apical disc, whilst in N. Hugii it oceu-

pies only the inferior half of the single interambulacrum ; that

area is likewise more produced and much deflected in N. Hugit.

From N. dimidiatus, N. Hugii is readily distinguished by the in-

ferior position of the anal opening, the deflected lip-like form of

the single interambulacrum, and the rudimentary condition of

the posterior lobes ; the size and suborbicular outline of N. Hugit

form likewise a strong contrast to the small oblong form of

N. dimidiatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—\ have collected N. Hugii

from the Inferior Oolite of Rodborough Hill, and a mutilated

specimen from the upper ragstones of Leckhampton Hill; it is

therefore a rare Urchin in Gloucestershire. . Its foreign distri-

bution, according to Agassiz, is Inferior Oolite du Jura Soleurois

et Eyéché de Bale, le Mont-Terrible (Cant. de Berne). As far

as I can learn, it has hitherto been found only in the Inferior

Oolite.

History.—First figured and described by Agassiz in his ‘ Echi-

nodermes Fossiles de la Suisse,’ identified in the British Mu-

seum collection as a British Urchin by Mr. 8. P. Woodward,

enumerated in Prof. Forbes’s note on “ British Nucleolites,” and

now described in detail as such for the first time.

Bai i ih tel

hy TE

Dr.'T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolités. 305

woeluccss o> Nueleolites Solodurinus, Wright.

Syn. Clypeus Solodurinus, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, vol. i. p. 35.

tab. 5. fig. 1-3.

Test oblong, posterior border much produced, deflected and trun-

cated; ambulacra petaloid, apices approximated ; vertex and

apical dise excentral, inclined towards the posterior border ;

anal valley narrow, acutely lanceolate, extending from the ver-

. tex to the posterior border; base concave ; mouth excentral,

surrounded by five well-developed lobes.

~ Height 3Sths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches,

transverse diameter ] inch and ,8,ths.

Description. —This Urchin is distinguished from its congeners

by its oval circumference, depressed dorsal surface, and produced

and truncated posterior border. The ambulacral arez are formed

of very narrow plates, have a regular acutely lanceolate or pe-

taloidal form, a nearly uniform width and closely approximated

apices; and the pores are placed further apart, and connected

by finer and more close-set sulci than im N. Hugii, which gives

more breadth to these divisions of the test; above the marginal

angle the pores approximate, on the base they are wide apart,

but within a short distance, about 4 lines, from the mouth

they become more*numerous and form close-set triple oblique

pairs. The interambulacra are of unequal width, the anterior

pair are the narrowest, the posterior the widest, and the single

mterambulacrum about the same as the latter ; this area is much

produced, deflected, and abruptly truncated posteriorly ; the anal

valley is narrow, deep, and acutely lanceolate, extending from the

apical dise to the border. The vertex is excentral and slightly

inclined posteriorly ; the apical disc is small and situated imme-

diately behind the vertex ; it is formed of an anterior pair and a

posterior pair of oblong perforated ovarial plates, and a single

imperforate ovarial plate, with a spongy madreporiform body oc-

eupying the centre of the disc. The ocular plates are small, and

the eyeholes near the margins. The base is concave and undulated,

the ambulacra forming straight valleys, and the interambulacra

convex elevations between. The mouth is pentagonal and ex-

central ; its margin is surrounded by five lobes, the terminal por-

tions of the interambulacra, between which are notches formed

by the contracted ambulacra, which are here freely perforated for

the passage of tubular organs, which appear to have been very nu-

merous around the mouth. The test is moderately thick ; its

surface is covered with small tubercles surrounded by circular

depressions, as in the other species of this genus ; the tubercles

on the base are larger than those on the dorsal surface.

Affinities and differences.—N. Solodurinus more nearly resem-

306 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

bles N. sinuatus than any other species, having with it affinities

in the form and structure of the ambulacra, the narrowness and

extent of the anal valley, and the depression of its dorsal surface ;

it is distinguished however from N. sinwatus by its oblong cireum-

ference, produced single interambulacrum, which is more flat-

tened, deflected, and abruptly truncated than in that species.

The dorsal surface is likewise more depressed ; in fact, the an-

gular outline and produced and truncated posterior border sepa-

rate N. Solodurinus from all its congeners.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is a rare species ; it

was collected by Mr. S. P. Woodward from the upper beds of the

Inferior Oolite near Stroud, and to whom we are indebted for the

loan of the specimen which has served for the foregoing descrip-

tion. We have a broken specimen from the same beds near Sal-

perton Tunnel, Great Western Railway: in the Museum of Eco-

nomic Geology there is a specimen from the Inferior Oolite of

Dorsetshire. Its foreign distribution, according to Agassiz and

Desor’s ‘ Catalogue raisonné,’ is “ Marn. vésul. Obergoeschen

(Jura Soleurois), Egg (Argovie), Poligny (Jura).”

History.—First figured-and described by Agassiz in his ‘ Echi-

nodermes Fossiles de la Suisse,’ afterwards identified as a British

fossil by Mr. 8. P. Woodward, and now described as such for the

first time. >

Nucleolites sinuatus, Leske.

Syn. Clypeus sinuatus, Leske apud Klein, Echinod. p. 157. tab. 12;

Parkinson, Organic Remains, vol. iii. pl. 2. fig. 1.

Galerites patella, Lamarck? Syst. Animaux, tom. iii. p. 23. no. 14.

Clypeus patella, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. vol. i. p. 36. t. 5. fig. 4-6 ;

Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides, A. S. N. tom. vii.

. 156. :

Nucleolites patella, Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. tom. xxxv. p. 213; Des-

moulins, Tabl. Synopt. no. 3. p. 354.

Echinoclypeus patella, De Blainville, Zoophytologie, p. 189.

Test orbicular, dorsal surface convex, depressed, sides sloping;

vertex nearly central; ambulacral ares broadly lanceolate,

apices closely approximated ; apical disc excentral, behind the

vertex, and inclined posteriorly ; anal valley narrowly conical,

shallow, with inclining sides extending from the apex to the

border ; posterior lobes small; base concave and undulated ;

mouth excentral and pentagonal, margin with five lobes.

Height 1 inch and ,°,ths, antero-posterior diameter 4 mches

and ;5,ths, transverse diameter 4 inches and ;‘5ths.

Description.—This large buckler-shaped Urchin has been long

known to paleontologists from the abundance and fine preser-

vation in which its test is found in the lower and middle diyision

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 307

of the Oolites. It exhibits many changes of form in the different

strata, attaining however its greatest development in the upper

beds of the Inferior Oolite, from whence the specimen now be-

fore me was obtained. The ambulacra are broadly lanceolate,

the single area and the anterior pair are about the same length

and width, and the posterior pair are shorter and wider on the

dorsal surface, and longer than the others on the base. The

pores are placed widely apart, as much as ;4ths of an inch at

the widest space; they are united by transverse sulci formed

by the sutures of the small plates of the ambulacral arez;

the poriferous avenues are more depressed, and exhibit the

lines of union more distinctly than the plates occupying the

interporous space, which are upon a level with the interambu-

lacral plates, and like them are covered with tubercles; the

separation of the pores and their union by transverse sutures

extends to the margin of the test, at the basal angle they be-

come approximated, and from thence to the mouth they form

triple oblique pairs placed wider apart. The interambulacra are

of unequal width ; the anterior pair are the narrowest, the single

area is the widest, and the posterior pair are of intermediate

dimensions. In large specimens there isa slight depression down

the centre of each area in the line of the median suture; the

anal valley is narrow above and expanded below; it is of an incon-

siderable depth, has an acutely conical form with inclining walls,

and extends from the apical disc to the border. The anal opening

is situated about the middle of the valley, the area is slightly pro-

duced and deflected, and an inconsiderable concavity is formed

in its centre corresponding to the boundary of the valley. The

test is thick, and its surface is profusely covered with small

tubercles, so arranged that they form oblique lines ; the tubercles

are surrounded by circular depressions, and the intertubercular

surface is occupied by microscopic granules. The vertex is nearly

central, inclining in general to the posterior border, behind which

the apical disc is placed, formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial

plates, and a single imperforate plate which extends into the anal

valley, the centre of the disc being occupied by the spongy

madreporiform body ; the ocular plates are small, and have the

eye-holes near their margins.

The base is flat, inclining to concave; the mouth-opening is

excentral and pentagonal, being situated nearer the anterior than

the posterior border, and having its margin surrounded by five

prominent lobes; the ambulacra form straight narrow valleys,

and the interambulacra are slightly convex, which occasions

gentle undulations on the basal surface, as in other Nucleolites ;

the tubercles are a little larger on the base than on the dorsal

- surface.

- TO a eee ar.

808 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Affinities and differences.—This large species resembles N.

Agassizii in size and outline, but is clearly distinguished from it

by the flatness of the dorsal surface, the length and narrowness

of the anal valley, and the absence of the undepressed portion of

test which is so conspicuous in NV. Agassizii. It resembles N.

Solodurinus in the form and length of the anal valley, but differs

from it in having an orbicular circumference, and in the absence

of the produced, deflected, and truncated posterior border so.cha-

racteristic of that species ; from N. Hugi it is distinguished by

the extension of the anal valley from the disc to the border, and

the inconsiderable deflection of the single interambulacral area.

After a careful examination of an extensive suite of specimens

from the Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite, we have come to the

conclusion that C. patella, Ag., and C. ewcentricus, M‘Coy, are

not distinct species, but merely varieties of NV. sinwatus ; as we

have before us a series exhibiting the forms which M. Agassiz

and Prof. M‘Coy have considered as specifically distinct, with the

intermediate forms through which they blend into the true typical

NN. sinuatus. Without several individuals from different localities,

it is at all times hazardous to attempt to establish a new species

of Urchin on form alone, as the same species often changes its

form in different beds and even in the same bed in different loca-

lities; these modifications of form constitute at most varieties,

which depended upon some temporary change of the conditions

in which they lived, without in any way affecting the distinctive

structural character of the species.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—N. sinuatus has a wide

vertical range, being found very abundantly, and of its largest

size, in the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite of Gloucestershire,

in the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton, and Kiddington (Oxon),

and the Cornbrash and Coralline Oolite of Wilts; in Yorkshire

it is found in beds of the same ages. According to Agassiz and

Desor the foreign distribution of this species is, ‘‘ Inferior Oolite,

Boulogne-sur-mer ; Chayul (Ardennes); Montanville, Fliney

(Meuse) ; Metz, Noviant, Besangon, Porrentruy, Salins (Jura) ;

environs de Bale.”

History.—This species, as the synonyms prove, has been long

known to naturalists ; it is so abundant in some localities in Glou-

cestershire, that the farmers believe this Urchin grows in the

soil, from the numbers that are successively turned up by the

plough every year.

Nucleolites Agassizii, Wright, n. sp. PI. III. fig. 3 a-e:

Test. conoidal, with a nearly circular. margin ; ambulacral. areze

depressed, concave and petaloid, anterior pair much inclined ;

eee Oe

7 ‘, camel ny Bin Eee

Dr, T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 309

_ apices remote ; pores widely apart ; interambulacral arez nearly

of the same width ; vertex central ; apical disc excentrical, and

- inclined backwards ; anal opening of an oblong form, situated

~ ina shallow valley in the middle of the single interambulacrum ;

between the upper anal border and the disc there is a consi-

derable undepressed portion of thé test ; base flat and very

‘slightly undulated ; mouth nearly central, pentagonal, and sur-

rounded by five prominent lobes ; the tubercles on the dorsal

surface are quite microscopic, those on the base are a little

larger and more distinct.

~ Height 2 inches and ;4,ths, antero-posterior diameter 4 inches

and 73,ths, transverse diameter 4 inches.

Description.—This noble Urchin preserves the conoidal eleva-

tion of its dorsal surface in all the individuals we have examined.

The circumference is nearly orbicular, the antero-posterior being

somewhat greater than the transverse diameter ; the dorsal sur-

face of the test is uneven in consequence of the ambulacra form-

ing concave depressions, which have a petaloidal form, and are of

a nearly uniform width ; the single area and the inferior pair are

the longest, the latter are much inclined, and the posterior pair

are slightly flexuous ; the central space between the pores is nar-

row, and lies lower than the general surface of the interambu-

jaera. The pores are situated at a considerable distance apart on

the dorsal surface and become approximated at the basal angle,

where they fall mto close-set pairs, from thence to the mouth

they are arranged in triple oblique rows ; the pores are extremely

small and indistinct on the basal surface. The interambulacral

arez are very uniform in width and convexity on the dorsal sur-

face, the anterior pair are the longest, and the single area has a

remarkable form arising from the shallowness of its anal valley,

and the superficial position of the anal opening which forms an

oblong depression in the middle of the area ; between the upper

border of the opening and the disc there is a smooth;-slightly de-

pressed portion of the test to the extent of an inch, which is the

rudiment of the furrow so much developed in some Nucleolites,

and which forms one of the most important diagnostic characters

of our species ; from the lower border of the opening the test is

depressed, the limits of the depression being bounded by two ele-

vations ; the basal angle of this area is very slightly produced and

deflected, the posterior lobes are entirely obsolete. The vertex is

central, and at a short distance behind it the apical disc is situated,

which is considerably inclined towards the posterior border, and

formed of an anterior and a posterior pair of perforated ovarial

oa and a single imperforate plate with a large central portion,

aving a spongy madreporiform body attached to its surface, and

310 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

which occupies the centre of the disc ; the five ocular plates are

small, and so firmly soldered to the ovarials that the line of the

sutures is entirely effaced. The base is flat and slightly undu-

lated, the interambulacral segments being moderately convex and

separated from each other by the straight, narrow ambulacral

valleys. The mouth is nearly central, of a pentagonal form, and

surrounded by five prominent lobes formed of the terminal folds

of the interambulacra; the tubercles on the dorsal surface are

very small and numerous, so that without the aid of a lens the

test appears smooth ; on the basal surface they are larger, but are

still comparatively small for so large an Urchin.

Affinities and differences.—N. Agassizii resembles N. sinuatus

in size, but is readily distinguished from that common species by

the following diagnostic characters. In N. Agassizii the dorsal

surface is conoidal, the ambulacra are concave and depressed, the

anal opening is oblong and nearly superficial ; there is a consi-

derable extent of the test very slightly depressed between the

upper border of the opening and the disc, whilst in N. sinuatus

the anal valley extends from the disc to the border. The tubercles

are much smaller, and the dorsal surface is almost smooth. The

’ apical disc is large, superficial, and excentrical.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Urchin was collected

from the sands of the Inferior Oolite in the neighbourhood of

Bridport. It occurs likewise near Ilminster in beds of the same

age. I know of no specimens in Gloucestershire. I dedicate this

species to Professor Agassiz, whose numerous monographs on the

Echinoderms, living and fossil, have so materially contributed

to advance our knowledge of this class.

Nucleolites emarginatus, Forbes.

Syn. Echinites subulatus, Young and Bird, Geol. Surv. York. Coast,

p- 214. pl. 6. fig. 11.

Clypeus emarginatus, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. p. 127. pl. 3. fig. 18.

Nucleolites emarginatus, Forbes, Mem. of the Geol. Surv. Decade 1,

description of pl: 9. :

“Test orbicular, sides declining, dorsal surface subdepressed ;

vertex and apical disc nearly central; ambulacra broadly lan-

ceolate, with their apices approximated ; anal valley very short,

far removed from the vertex, obtuse and marginal ; posterior

lobes obsolete.” —Forbes.

Antero-posterior and transverse diameters about 4 inches.

We could not succeed in obtaining a specimen of this Nu-

cleolite ; it is said to be rare. Mr. Young observes, “that the

dorsal surface has the same elegant markings as No. 5 (Pygurus

pentagonalis), but the petals are rather oval shaped than lan-

ceolate, from which peculiarity we name it Echinites subulatus,

Te eer ge

“oo rien eS ia a

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 311

The middle part of each petal forms a slight ridge ; on the con-

trary, the five corresponding marks on the base meeting in the

mouth are depressed. The base is concave. The mouth is situ-

ated immediately under the vertex. The vent is in a short groove,

on the edge, but more towards the upper surface, as in some of

the Spatangus family.” |

Affinities and differences—The marginal position of the anal

valley forms a sufficient diagnosis between N. emarginatus and

its congeners, but the want of a specimen prevents us making a

comparison between it and them ; the petaloidal ambulacra and

position of the anus bring this Urchin into near affinity with

the genus Pygurus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—It is found in the Coral-

line Oolite of Malton and Scarborough, and is said to be rare.

History.—This Urchin has been figured by Messrs. Young and

Bird and by Mr. Phillips, but described by neither. Prof. Forbes

has drawn up a good diagnosis of the species, but a detailed de-

scription is now a desideratum.

In the ‘ Catalogue raisonné des Echinides’ of Agassiz and

Desor there is a species entered under the name of Clypeus ri-

mosus, described as “ Espéce plate, discoide, & ambulacres cos-

tales,” and stated to be from the Oolitic strata of Gloucestershire,

and in the collection of M. Deluc; we know of no such species

from the Oolites of this county, and suspect that it may probably

be one of the many varieties which N. sinuatus presents in our

different beds. There is a small Nucleolite in the British Mu-

seum from the Great Oolite of Harleston, apparently distinct and

allied to N. clunicularis ; in the same collection there is another

small species from the inferior Oolite of Stroud which is probably

new*.

In Prof. M‘Coy’s paper “On some new Mesozoic Radiata +,”

there are two species described under the names of N. planulatus

and N. equalis, neither of which we know; the former is said

to resemble N. planatus of Roemer, and the latter N. latifrons

(Jatiporus ?), Agassiz, which is only an orbicular variety of N. clu-

nicularis from the Cornbrash.

A careful comparison of these forms, with other typical spe-

cies and the varieties thereof, is very desirable, as the creation of

new species from transitory forms retards rather than advances

paleontology.

Genus Pyeurus, Agassiz.

Test discoid or ovoid, more or less elevated; anterior border

flattened, posterior border rostrated ; ambulacra having elegant

petaloid forms; poriferous zones yery large in the centre, much

* Prof. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade 1. pl. 9.

¢ Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. ti. Second Series, p. 416.

312 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

contracted at the vertex and towards the border ; apical dise small,

subcentral, and formed of four perforated and a single imper-

forated ovarial plate, with a small madreporiform body occupy-

ing the centre of the disc, and five ocular plates the angles

between the ovarials at the circumference thereof. Interambu-

lacra wide, the single area produced and deflected ; anal opening

round or longitudinally oval, situated in the infra-marginal

border of the rostrated process. Ventral surface concave or sub-

concave; mouth subcentral and pentagonal, surrounded by five

prominent lobes and a rosette of well-developed pores on the am-

bulacra near the opening. Tubercles close-set and microscopic.

Most of the species are Oolitic, a few are found in the Neocomian

strata, but all are extinct.

Pygurus Blumenbachii, Agassiz. Pl. IV. fig. 2 a—c.

Syn. Clypeaster Blumenbachii, Koch and Dunker, Norddeutschen

Oolithgebild. pl. 4. fig. 1. p. 37.

Pygurus Blumenbachii, Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné, A. N. 8.

tom. vill. p. 162.

Test thin, nearly orbicular, with a sinuous margin ; dorsal surface

elevated anteriorly, gradually declining posteriorly, border

sinuous, with the centre produced and deflected; base con-

eave, much undulated ; mouth-opening excentrical, subpen-

tagonal, with a five-lobed margin; anal opening submarginal,

round or nearly ovate.

Height 1 inch and 7th, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches,

transverse diameter at the widest part 2 inches and + th.

Description.—This Urchin has a very remarkable form; the

anterior border is slightly excavated in the centre, with two con-

vex lobes on each side thereof. The lateral parts of the test are

convex, and the posterior borders form two sinuous lines having

the centre of the single interambulacrum produced posteriorly

into a beak-shaped, slightly deflected process. The ambulacra

have an elegant petaloid form with approximated apices ; the pori-

ferous avenues are marked by well-developed transverse sulci. The

ambulacral arez, which are wide above, rapidly converge towards

the lower third ; the pores here approximate and pass from thence

in close-set pairs to the border of the test. Along the base the

pairs are placed wide apart, but again become more closely ap-

proximated as they approach the mouth.

The interambulacra are unequal ; the anterior pair are con-

vex and prominent ; they rise nearly perpendicular, forming an

angle of 80°, and near the vertex curve backwards; the pos-

terior pair and the single area slope at an angle of 35°. The

dorsal surface thus acquires the anterior elevation which gives so

remarkable a character to this species, and connects it with P,

Dr.'T. Wright on the Cassidulidie of the Oolites. 313

Montmollini from the Neocomian stage. The single interambu-

lacrum is remarkable from having a central elevation on its dorsal

surface, two sinuous excavations commencing from the posterior

pair of ambulacra, and a central produced and deflected portion.

The vertex is excentral, in which the small apical disc is situated,

formed of four perforated ovarial plates and a single imperforate

plate, with the spongy madreporiform body occupying the centre

and five ocular plates the apices of the ambulacra. The base is

concaye and much undulated, the ambulacra forming straight

valleys from the border to the mouth, and the interambulacra

convex eminences between them. Near the mouth their ter-

minal portions form five very tumid lobes around the margin of

that opening. The mouth is subpentagonal and placed diame-

trically opposite to the apical disc; it is consequently excentral

and nearer the anterior border. The anal opening is not shown

in our specimen ; according to Koch and Dunker, it is somewhat

ovate inclining to round, and is situated in the basal portion of

the produced and deflected single area.

Affinities and differences.—This singular Urchin, in its elevated

anterior dorsal surface, very much resembles P. Montmollini,

Ag., from the Neocomian stage of Switzerland, and P. ¢rilobus

from the Craie chloritée of Maers; from the former it is di-

stinguished by the more angular outline of the posterior border,

from the latter it differs in having the central lobe less produced.

The form, in fact, is intermediate between them.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—The specimen before me,

I was assured, was collected from the ferrugimous beds of the

Inferior Oolite near Yeovil, and the lithological character of the

matrix supports the statement. It has been found by the officers.

of the Geological Survey in the Coral Rag of Abbotsbury, Dorset-

shire, a fine specimen of which is in the Mus. of Pract. Geol.

Its foreign distribution is the Coral Rag de Jonnerre (Yonne) and

of Waltersberg (Hanover). 3

Hitstory.—First figured and described by Koch and Dunker

in their monograph on the ‘Norddeutschen Oolithgebilde,’

afterwards identified by Prof. Forbes in the collection made by

the Geological Survey in Dorsetshire, and now described as a

British Urchin for the first time.

Pygurus pentagonalis, Wright. PI. IV. fig. 3 a—e.

Syn. Echinanthites orbicularis, Young and Bird, Geol. York. Coast,

_ pl. 6. fig. 5.

Clypeaster pentagonalis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. tab. 4. fig. 24.

‘

Test with.an ovoidal or subpentagonal circumference, much de-

_pressed on the dorsal surface ; vertex nearly central, in which

the apical disc is situated ; ambulacral aree petaloid, broad,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 21

314 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

convex, and nearly equal ; apices closely approximated ; inter-

ambulacral areze of unequal width, base much undulated ;

mouth nearly excentral ; anal opening oval, inframarginal, and

situated in a deep depression with inclining walls.

Height 1 inch and ;%,ths, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches

and ;5,ths, transverse diameter 3 inches and ;/,th.

Description.—This Urchin was first noticed by Mr. Young in

the Coralline Oolites of Yorkshire. It has an ovoidal or subpen-

tagonal form and is much depressed, the vertex is nearly central,

and from the circumference of the small disc the broad petaloid

ambulacra diverge. The anterior single ambulacrum is the

narrowest, the posterior pair the widest, and the anterior pair

of intermediate width, but the difference between the five am-

bulacra is very trifling; they have all a petaloid form and their

apices are blunt and much approximated.

The space between the internal rows of pores is proportionally

broad, and the pores are distant and connected by distinct sulci ;

about the inferior third of the ambulacra the pores approxi-

mate, from whence they pass in close-set pairs to the border of

thé test. The leaf-like form, therefore, which the ambulacra

present is in a great measure owing to the disposition of the

pores and their proximity or remoteness at different parts of their

course. The interambulacra are of unequal width ; the anterior

pair are the narrowest, and the posterior pair and single area are

alike in width; they are uniformly convex above. The single

area is produced and deflected, and in this region the anus is

situated ; the apical disc, which occupies the centre of the vertex,

is very small, depressed, and composed of four small perforated

ovarial plates, and a single imperforate plate with a small central

spongy body as in Nucleolites. The base is flat, somewhat con-

cave, and much undulated in consequence of the ambulacra

forming straight valleys and the interambulacra intermediate

convexities. The anterior border is truncated, and as the left

interambulacrum is not so much developed as the right, there

is a slight inequality of the anterior border, which may however

be only an abnormal variety ; the anus occupies the extreme por-

tion of the single interambulacrum, it is of an oval form, the long

diameter corresponding to the antero-posterior diameter of the

test, and is situated in a deep depression with highly inclined

sides. The mouth is slightly excentrical, but is partly concealed

by the matrix.

Affinities and differences.—This species so very much resembles

Pygurus (Clypeaster) Hausmanni of Koch and Dunker, that we

have been almost disposed to consider the latter as a gigantic

example of this species. The dorsal surface of C. Hausmanni is

flatter and more convex, the poriferous sulci are shorter, and the

Le 5 eae aN

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 315

anus forms a blunter oval. A comparison of these specimens is

therefore very desirable, as size alone ceteris paribus does not

constitute a specific character.

I have before me a large Pygurus from the Coralline Oolite of

Malton, Yorkshire, belonging to the collection of the Bristol

Institution, and kindly lent me for comparison by Mr. Etheridge

the curator.

- It so much resembles the Clypeaster Hausmanni, Dunk., in

proportional measurements, whilst it exceeds that Urchin in size,

that we think it identical with the German species: this Pygurus

measures in height 1 inch and ;4ths; antero-posterior diameter

5 inches and ,°,ths; transverse diameter 5 inches and ,%,ths.

The test is thin, the tubercles are small and numerous ; the am-

bulacra are prominent, projecting above the level of the interam-

bulacra, and describing similar petaloidal figures to those in

P. pentagonalis ; the ventral surface is inseparably united to the

rock, and a portion of the single interambulacrum is fractured.

Notwithstanding these defects, the likeness to C. Hausmanni is

so great, and the structural affinities so numerous, that we think

we are justified in our conclusion as to their identity: according

to Koch and Dunker the dimensions of Clypeaster Hausmanni are

—“ Height 11 lines; antero-posterior diameter 4 inches and

7 lines; transverse diameter 4 inches and 2 lines. L: B: H

=100: 90: 20.” The Pygurus before us exceeds therefore by

one-fifth in size this gigantic German Urchin.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—Pygurus pentagonalis has

“been collected from the upper rags of the Inferior Oolite at

Shurdington Hill: it is a rare Varchin in these beds, as I only

know of two individuals having been obtained therefrom ; it has

been found in the Inferior Oolite of the district round Bath, and

was collected by Mr. Young and Mr. Phillips from the calcareous

grit of Yorkshire. P. Hausmanni, which in some respects re-

sembles our P. pentayonalis, was found in the Upper Coralline

Limestone of Kleinenbremen near Biickeburg.

‘History.—I have not been able to compare our specimens with

those from the Coralline Oolite of Yorkshire, but have every

reason for believing that they are identical, although the figure

in Mr. Phillips’s work is certainly more pentagonal than ours.

Tn conclusion I take this opportunity of thanking Messrs. Bro-

die, Etheridge, Forbes, Fowler, Gavey, Jones, Lycett, Morris,

Strickland, Walton, Wayte, Waterhouse, and Woodward for the

loan of and permission to compare specimens, and Mr. W. H.

Baily for the care he has taken to make out the details of our

new species. I have subjoined a table which exhibits at one

view the range and stratigraphical distribution of the Urchins

described in the preceding papers.

21*

Be ie ARE os) he i

Dr.T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

A Tabular View of the Stratigraphical Distribution of the Jurassic C1pa-

RID& and CassiDULID&# described in the preceding Papers.

316

2 | ¢ |Fes| = |tz

. | 6 | 2 loge| & leas

Genera and Species. Authority. S 4 = ga 2 5 3

Py bra a le

m o |aSe ga

CIDARIDZ.

Cidaris Fowleri ......... baveds Wright ...) , eae Te a aren i

Blumenbachii ............ Miagnater is) oe.g eh Gael ee, *

PLOPINgUa ...syeeeeeeeees Miinster...| one Pade dx the

Hemicidaris intermedia ...... Fleming ...| ... * * en

i Seem ne ree rk Cotteau ...| ... * He re eu

alpina ......... WAedisaattas Agena? 87 OE oT oe

smashes ichatSeeendbnde Wright veoh hig vhs ts “ i

confluens ..... pase bannee MCoy iis ia. ohieenealy is a

pustulosa.........+. necaces| KOFDES. 200] oes * war ne ad

Acrosalenia hemicidaroides. .| Wright ...| , rs - ies Er

TiyOette sec. cseseees ss sce Wright ...| , ie Mee Pek Ge

SPOS Vivi dosecit oes} Agassiz ...| ... * x Pe aa

ecorata ...s00... dpi Hapme)) cack wae if eked Tepes *

WHtan . 25.0005, 20ee cseos| Wright. .+5| oe [ice | ae

Diadema depressum ...... -+-| Agassiz ...| * * ee oe

subangulare.........0.+0+. Goldfuss...[ ... |... | ose *

pseudo-diadema ........ -| Lamarck...) ... | ... vids x

Pedina rotata ...... Pr eweres «e-| Agassiz oo] 4 oo ot Ati von Pie

Echinus perlatus ...........- Desmarest |, * phe 02 F, x

WETTALIE Now occ ticcesusndesaba Agassiz ...| » * ose Levene EA ben |

granularis ......... eee right ...| y soe | wee | cee | one :

cg hee wosgeucss| ARMOMEE sesf ocd 4 vans ais ee E

avails Bowles) AiG kk Wigiet ye pow ae ;

MOGWIOGA sence. dvascjace> case Wrekt whoa 4 is :

CASSIDULIDZ. :

Pygaster semisulcatus? -.....| Phillips * Pe are ba ye :

conoideus ..... dovebbebes Wright * Pfics es sg a ,

Morrisii ......eeeeeee eos.) Wright ...| ... * * hie 24 okt

Holectypus depressus......... Lamarck * ee * 5 x

hemisphericus ......-.. Desor ...... . res by aE aire

Hyboclypus agariciformis ...| Forbes * ree bar 20 FT We

dea takien HOMES LEDS AEH Wright \...)) 'g " iia Aes A

gibberulus .....0.c...000s Agassiz «| x cre fae gene s

Dysaster ringens ..,..+...4.. Agassiz * Wer ee ee

DHCOPGMUNE 5. isnces.o.eis Desor ...... se ove its Senet head bs

URINE dives deswasesecsas. Parkmson |-:2..°:'| <es oa eat a *

BOI soicinansei ees bore. 0s Agassiz ...| soe, | a9e) fipece 1. wae

Nucleolites clunicularis ...... Llhywd ...| x, s * : 5

dimidiatus .........+0004. Phillips ...} ... Ras Sep 5 *

Hugii ...... Dice she sod ss Agassiz «| con 1 Wye Pp, loan enh wes

Maja ek Faehiseassiicnss Phillips ...| . * 54 a

Solodurinus ............ Agassiz ...| » Pat oe <n tdi ap

sinuatus ..... Sfasdjays ues Heske 5,002. * * Poe ee

AGASSIZ 6c Fetscccceses as Wright * Rie Me aa as

emarginatus «..cesseeee Phillips aie ae ; ose *

Pygurus pentagonalis......... Wright * ne i a

Blumenbachii ..........+. Koch and | ,? | .. *

Dunker

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 317

XXVII.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

[Continued from p. 189. vol. vii. Ser. 2.]

[With four Plates. |

615. Spheria (Circinate) hapalocystis, n. s. Sparsa tecta ;

peritheciis subglobosis tenuibus subtiliter tomentosis, collo ob-

liquo deorsum constricto una cum ostiolo breviter fusiformi ;

sporidiis oblongo-ellipticis utrinque appendiculatis biseptatis.

On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston.

This species, which is just intermediate between Obtecte and

Circinate, is closely allied to S. aucta, but differs in the nature

of the spores, which are broader in proportion, especially when

old, and are essentially biseptate, whereas in S. aucta they are

uniseptate or triseptate from the division of the two original

endochromes. In both there is the same peculiar truncate hya-

line appendage. The perithecia are peculiarly delicate. There

is some resemblance also to S. vestita, but the perithecia are

more decidedly tomentose in that species.

Puiate X. fig. 12. a. Cluster of perithecia from which the cuticle has

been removed; 5. single perithecium; c. portion of its delicate wall;

d, ascus; e. sporidia; f. do. germinating. All more or less magnified.

616. S. (Seriate) Hneolata, Roberge; Desm.! Pl. Crypt.

“no. 1263. ‘“ Amphigena erumpens ; stromate brunneo. Peri-

theciis minutissimis astomis nigris albo-farctis subconnatis in

seriem simplicem dispositis. Ascis clavatis ; sporidis oblongis ;

sporulis 3-5 globosis.” On Ammophila arundinacea. Sands of

Barrie, Mr. W. Gardiner, with S. sabuletorum.

617. S. (Byssisede) Dickiei, n.s. Peritheciis aggregatis erum-

pentibus subglobosis ostiolo obtuso papillzeformi setis rigidis lon-

giusculis obsitis; filamentis thallinis intertextis. Lasiobotrys

Linnee, Dickie, MSS. On leaves of Linnea borealis, Aberdeen,

Dr. Dickie, 1845 ; Glen Dole, Clova, Rev. W. A. Leighton, Aug.

1837 ; Inglesmaldie, Kincardineshire, G. Lawson, Esq., 1848.

Forming orbicular sori beneath the true cuticle about a line

broad. Perithecia at length exposed, subglobose, with an obtuse

papilleform ostiolum beset with stiff dark bristles as long or

longer than themselves, springing from a radiating more or less

interwoven stratum of very obscurely septate brownish threads,

amongst which are a few darker and closely articulate. Asci

short, subcylindrical, obtuse ; sporidia oblong, short, containing

about four nuclei or four regular endochromes, or more properly

uniseptate with two endochromes in each division.

This has precisely the habit of Lasicbotrys, and occurring on

318 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

a plant of the same natural order, at first sight seems to claim

a place in that genus, but it has not the very peculiar structure

to which we shall advert towards the end of our memoir. Should

the large Sclerotioid bodies in that genus hereafter prove to be

ascigerous, it will then be time to consider the propriety of asso-

ciating the two species.

PuaTe X. fig. 8*. a. Perithecium ; b. subiculum; c. asci; d. sporidia.

All more or less magnified.

618. S. (Byssisedze) Desmazierii, n. s. Subiculo latissime

effuso tomentoso ; peritheciis magnis insidentibus globosis hic

illic confluentibus scabriusculis ostiolo papilleformi; ascis elon-

gatis; sporidiis elongato-cymbiformibus 6-7 nucleatis fuscis.

On the ground in woods. First found, in company with M. Des-

maziéres, in the beginning of August, and still very abundant, at

the end of October 1851, Collyweston, Norths.

Spreading widely over the ground, fallen leaves, &c., and cover-

ing them with a mouse-coloured tomentose subiculum, which

consists of somewhat branched anastomosing threads, the tips of

which give off opposite, often subdivided branchlets, which form

little racemes, surmounted by oblong conidia. Perithecia large,

half immersed in the subiculum, which in age acquires a darker

hue, somewhat scabrous, dull pitchy black, or plumbaginous,

globose, with a central papilleform ostiolum, which is frequently

seated in a little irregular areola. Asci elongated, clavate, inner

membrane furnished with an oblong process at the tip ; sporidia

large, cymbiform, elongated, subacuminate, at first 5 ae with

two or three variously-sized globules, at length dark brown, con-

taining six to seven globose nuclei.

This magnificent species resembles closely Spheria aquila, Fr.,

but the colour of the subiculum is different, as is also the habitat,

but above all, the sporidia, which instead of being subelliptic

and short as in that species and S. fusca, are much elongated and

very peculiar in form.

We have dedicated this magnificent species to M. Desmaziéres,

as one of the results of his short visit to England during the past

summer. The species to which this name was given without

any characters is now rejected both by Fries and M. Desmaziéres

as imperfectly known. A notice of it will be found in the Gar-

deners’ Chronicle for 1851.

Puate IX. fig. 1. a. Subiculum ; 5. ascus ; ¢. sporidia in various stages

of growth. All more or less magnified.

*S. tristis, Tode, vol. ii. p. 9. t. 9. f. 67. We have just re-

ceived the true species from the Rev. A. Bloxam, which is cha-

racterized by the collapsing perithecia and minute oblong curyed

—— sos oY

a a a

oe od 1S all

a ee ee

_ Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 319

biseptate or trinucleate sporidia, whereas the sporidia of S. pheo-

stroma, Mont., are exactly as described in the ‘ English Flora’

under S. fristis 8.

619. S. (Villose) macrotricha, n.s. Subiculo repente ; peri-

theciis ovatis deorsum pilis longis vestitis, sursum attenuatis de-

nudatis, cum ostiolo papilleformi collabentibus ; ascis clavatis ;

sporidiis fusiformibus uniseptatis, 6-nucleatis. On dead leaves

of Carex paniculata, Batheaston, Feb. 1851. On beech mast,

King’s Cliffe, Oct. 1851.

Brown or nearly black ; subiculum effused, consisting of in-

terwoven creeping hairs ; perithecia crowded, ovate, clothed with

long hairs, attenuated and more or less denuded above, and when

dry collapsing with their papilleform ostiolum. sci clavate.

Sporidia biseriate, fusiform, consisting of two apposed cones con-

stricted at the juncture and sometimes above the first nucleus,

each division containing one or more globules.

This species appears to us very distinct from all described by

authors. It seems to come nearest to S. crinita, Fr., but his

published specimens are Chetomium elatum, Kze.

The Cliffe specimens are darker, and the hairs are shorter, but

the form of the perithecia, their papilleform collapsing, compa-

ratively naked apex, and above all the sporidia, are identical.

Puiate IX. fig. 2. a. Perithecium; b. ostiolum; c. thread of mycelium ;

d. fragment of perithecium with flocci; e. ascus; f. sporidia. All more or

less magnified.

620. S. (Villose) chetomium, Corda! Ic. Fasc. 2. t.13. fig. 102.

Chetomium pusillum, Fries | Sc. Suec. no. 272. S. exosporioides,

Desm.! Pl. Crypt. no. 126. On dead leaves of Carex pendula,

Batheaston, with S. Eres.

There is no essential difference between the plant of Fries and

Desmaziéres. Corda’s figure represents the hairs as broad as the

base and incurved, but we find them exactly as in S. exospo-

rioides, Desm. The asci and sporidia agree in all the specimens,

except perhaps that in the specimens of Fries the asci are slightly

more slender and the endochromes less marked, differences which

occur in many species under varying circumstances of age, &c.

We subjoin the characters of S. exosporioides as given in the

‘ Plantes Cryptogames de France ’ :—

“ Hypo- rarius epiphylla. Peritheciis minutissimis superfi-

cialibus sparsis vel gregariis humectatis subglobosis ; siccis pezi-

zoideo-collapsis atris ; pilis concoloribus rigido-divergentibus ob-

sitis ; ostiolis papillatis exilissimis; ascis subfusiformibus ; spo-

ridiis oblongis, rectis vel subcurvatis ; sporulis 4 opacis.”

Pate IX. fig. 3. a. Perithecium ; 5. flocci; c. asci; d. sporidia. All

“more or less magnified.

TPA SY TS eae al)

2G a SOE Nee eas ee

320 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

621. S. (Villose) Eres, n.s. Sparsa superficialis ; peritheciis

globosis pilis longis rigidis articulatis vestitis; ascis brevibus

clavatis ; sporidiis oblongis uniseptatis. On dead leaves of Carex

paniculata, Spye Park, Feb. 1850 ; on Carex pendula, Batheaston,

Jan. 1850.

Scattered over the leaves and quite superficial, attached by a

few hyaline creeping threads. Perithecia globose, beset with

very long radiating, rigid, somewhat pellucid articulated bristles,

which are black to the naked eye, but purplish brown under the

microscope; when young their apices are often swollen. Asci

rather short, clavate ; sporidia biseriate, oblong-elliptic, about

four times as long as broad.

This very beautiful species occurs on the same leayes as the

foregoing, and is distinguished by its much larger perithecia,

longer pellucid not opake hairs, clavate not fusiform asci, and

shorter uniseptate sporidia. The present under a lens looks very

like Vermicularia trichella ; whereas the hairs of the former are

scarcely visible.

PuaTeE IX. fig. 4. a. Perithecium; 6. one of the flocci; ¢. ascus with

paraphyses; d. sporidia. All more or less magnified.

622. S. (Denudatz) arenula, n. s. Sparsa ochroleuca peri-

theciis ovatis brevissime pedicellatis ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis

clavatis ; sporidiis oblongis subfusiformibus uniseptatis. On dead

leaves of Aira cespitosa, Batheaston, Feb. 1851.

Thinly scattered over the leaves. Perithecia ovate, with an

obtuse papilleform ostiolum, contracted at the base, rarely ob-

ovate and perfectly blunt. Asci subclavate ; sporidia biseriate,

oblong, slightly attenuated, rarely subelliptic uniseptate.

Alhed to S. coccinea, and at first calling to mind our genus

Oomyces, but agreeing really in structure with the above-men-

tioned species.

Puate IX. fig. 5. Asci and sporidia magnified.

*S. pulvis pyrius, P. A very curious state of this species has

been found at Rudloe in Nottinghamshire on broom, and specimens

gathered by Capt. Carmichael in a similar condition are in Sir

W. J. Hooker’s herbarium. The perithecia are sometimes posi-

tively produced beneath the cuticle, but on the same twig others

occur on the naked portions of the bark and run over the stroma

of some Spheria, probably S. fusca, so as to give it a very curious

appearance, and to have led Dr. Klotzsch to consider the pro-

duction as S. conglobata, Fr. The subcuticular specimens haye

the habit of S. verrucaria, which very frequently accompanies

S. conglobata. A specimen of the latter sent to us by Fries has

given us the opportunity of examining S. verrucaria, which we

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. -321

find truly distinct from S. epidermidis in its very short flask-like

asci and linear-oblong uniseptate sporidia, which however are

scarcely mature, and may therefore be further divided at a later

stage of growth.

623. s. (Obtectz) melanotes, n. s. Maculis elongatis niger-

rimis ; peritheciis tectis, ostiolis minutis; ascis linearibus ; spo-

ridiis ellipticis fuscis. On oak palings, Batheaston, Dec. 1851.

Forming oblong, somewhat irregular black patches about an

inch long, sprinkled with the punctiform ostiola. Perithecia im-

mersed, scarcely visible except from their ostiola. Asci linear ;

sporidia elliptic, brown, z7/ggth of an inch long.

This species has somewhat the habit of S. livida, but has

smaller perithecia and different fruit. The” black spots are

searcely at all raised. I find nothing like it in Fries. The peri-

-thecia do not raise the surface of the wood into little waves as in

Spheria anserina, which is described by Persoon as having the

sporidia pointed at either end. S. anserina of the ‘ English

Flora’ is a Spheropsis.

PLATE Ix. fig. 6. a. Asci magnified ; 5. 5 ie on the same scale as

those in fig. 7

624. S. (Obtectz) hypotephra, n.s. Maculis effusis cinereis ;

peritheciis tectis subglobosis ; ostiolis obtusiusculis emergen-

tibus ; ascis linearibus; sporidiis elongatis curvulis demum 3-

septatis. On oak rails, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

Forming large cinereous spots. Perithecia covered, globose ;

ostiola rather obtuse, protruding. sci linear ; sporidia unise-

riate, oblong, slightly curved, rather narrow, about z74,5th of an

inch ‘long ; ; at length 3-septate, often binucleate. Allied to the

last, but at once distinguished by the pale spots and differently

shaped larger sporidia,

This somewhat resembles Persoon’s S. anserina, but the spo-

ridia are of a different form.

Puiate IX. fig. 7. a. Ascus with sporidia; 0. sporidia.

625. S. (Obtectze) siparia, n. s. Tecta sparsa; peritheciis

magnis depressis lanatis; ostiolo obtuso brevissimo; ascis cla-

yatis amplis; sporis oblongo-cymbiformibus cellulosis muco in-

volutis. On birch with Prosthemium betulinum and Hendersonia

polycystis, Spye Park, Feb. 1850.

Scattered, covered by the cuticle. Perithecia large, depressed,

furnished with a very short central ostiolum, clothed with more

or less dense ferrugious wool. Asci large, clavate; sporidia

biseriate, oblongo-subcymbiform, cellular, clothed with a mucous

coat.

This magnificent species, which is allied to S. Janata, in which

322 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

the sporidia are minute and curved, is remarkable for the beauty

of its fruit, which resembles in colour and structure that of

S. herbarum.

Puate IX. fig. 8. a. Asci; 5. sporidia highly magnified in various

stages of development. ;

626. S. (Subtecte) Argus, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis magnis

depressis collapsis opacis ; ascis amplis clavatis ; sporidiis octonis

biseriatis oblongis curvulis ocellatis serius 5-6 septatis, muco in-

volutis. On dry birch twigs, Spye Park, with Hendersonia poly-

cystis and Sph. lanciformis.

Entirely concealed by the cuticle, scattered. Perithecia de-

pressed, collapsed, dull, as if very minutely pulverulent ; ostio-

lum minute. Asci clavate, large. Sporidia biseriate, oblong,

slightly curved when seen laterally, at first consisting of two

jomts; these soon acquire seven endochromes, of which four

belong to the larger division, in which state they resemble Siro-

siphon ocellatum ; at a later period they become much darker, and

true septa are formed varying in number from five to six. Till

they acquire this dark tint, they have a thick pellucid gelatinous

coat.

Few microscopic objects can be more beautiful than the fruit

of this and its two associates. In S. lanciformis the endochromes

are connected by a little process exactly as in Sirosiphon ; in the

present species the resemblance is more superficial, but suffi-

ciently strong to suggest the specific name. S. amblyospora is at

once distinguished by the peculiar form of its sporidia.

PuatE IX. fig. 9. a. Perithecium; 0. sporidia more or less magnified.

627. S. (Obtectz) amblyospora, n. s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis

depresso-globosis ; ostiolo papilleeformi ; ascis amplis; sporidiis

fuscis obovatis 2-3 septatis muco involutis. On dead branches

of elm, at Clifton and elsewhere.

Scattered, scarcely visible externally. Perithecia immersed in

the bark, depresso-globose, with a central papilleform ostiolum

without any neck. Asci large, clavate, paraphyses flexuous ;

sporidia large, at first hyaline, consisting of two subconical arti-

culations placed base to base ; one of these gradually increases in

diameter and becomes very obtuse ; a septum is then formed at

the base of the smaller articulation, and sometimes, though

rarely, there is a third septum in the other cells. In every stage,

except in extreme age when ejected, they have a gelatinous coat.

This is one of the finest species of the group, and distinguished

from S. inquinans by the peculiar form of its sporidia, and more

especially in the mode of their formation, for here and there an

individual sporidium is observable which is equal at either extre-

Ce 2 een aN

~ Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 323

mity. In germination, the lower articulation sends out a filament

either laterally or from the extremity.

Puate X. fig. 10. a. Ascus with paraphysis; 6. sporidia in various

stages of growth; c. ejected sporidia germinating. All more or less mag-

nified. }

628. S. (Obtectz) aucta, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis glo-

bosis collapsis subtiliter tomentosis ; collo obliquo deorsum con-

stricto cum ostiolo breviter fusiformi; ascis amplis; sporidiis

oblongo-ellipticis utrinque appendiculatis uni-3-septatis. On

dead twigs of birch and alder, Spye Park, Wilts.

Scattered, scarcely visible externally except from the swelling

of the bark above the perithecia. Perithecia globose, obscurely

tomentose, soon collapsed ; neck oblique, constricted below, con-

fluent with the shortly spindle-shaped ostiolum. Asci broad,

delicate ; sporidia elliptic, with a truncate process at either extre-

mity ; at first uniseptate, with an endochrome of the same form

as the cells ; this eventually is divided into two nuclei, between

which a new septum is formed, so that the sporidia have either

one or three septa, in which latter case there is a constriction at

each articulation.

Puate X. fig. 11. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. More or less magnified.

629. S. (Obtectze) dufonia, n. s. Sparsa ; peritheciis globoso-

depressiusculis, ostiolo brevi corticem perforante ; ascis cylin-

dricis ; sporidiis uniserialibus oblongis uniseptatis muco involutis.

On small dead branches of oak, Easton, Northamptonshire.

Scattered over the branches, which are rough with the little

penetrating ostiola. Perithecia globose, slightly depressed ; os-

tiolum central, papillzform, with scarcely any neck. Asci cylin-

drical, containing a single row of oblong uniseptate sporidia

which have a thick gelatinous coat which ultimately vanishes.

The strings of sporidia remind one somewhat of toad spawn.

Puate X. fig. 13. a. Ascus; 5. spores contained in inner membrane

of ascus; ¢. spores which have lost their gelatinous coat. More or less

magnified.

630. S. (Obtectze) dochmia, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis soli-

tariis ovatis obliquis demum collapsis ; collo brevissimo constricto

ostiolo explanato. On dead twigs of elm, Batheaston, Jan. 1851.

Scattered over the twigs, but visible externally, merely from

the swellings caused by the perithecia. Perithecia somewhat

ovate, oblique, collapsed when dry; neck extremely short and

somewhat constricted ; ostiolum broad, obtuse, perforated in the

centre. Asci cylindrico-clavate, obtuse ; sporidia oblong, very

obtuse, slightly curved, at length uniseptate, hyaline, arranged

in two rows.

324 Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Distinguished by marked characters both in the pei and

sporidia from all allied species.

PLATE X. fig. 14. a. Perithecium ; 0. ascus; c. sporidia. More or less

magnified.

631. S. (Obtecte) farcta, n. s. Tecta dispersa; peritheciis

solitariis globosis demum collapsis collo brevi, ostiolo obtuso

demum epidermidem perforante; ascis clavatis obtusis sporidiis

oblongis utrinque obtusiusculis 3-4 nucleatis repletis. On dead

twigs of elm, Batheaston, Jan. 1851.

Scattered, scarcely conspicuous externally except from the

slight projection over each perithecium, which is at length per-

forated by the obtuse ostiolum. Perithecia globose, collapsing

when dry; neck short. Asci clavate, subcylindrical, obtuse, filled

with numerous oblong linear sporidia, which are slightly obtuse

at either end, and contain three or more globose nuclei.

This species resembles externally S. hypodermia, but the peri-

thecia are solitary and the sporidia very different. The nearest

ally perhaps is S. Lebiseyi, Desm., which is however much smaller,

and has apiculate but otherwise similarly-shaped sporidia. In

Spheria ditopa as found on alder by Dr. Roussel, for Fries’ spe-

cimen shows no fruit, the asci are stuffed, but the sporidia are

larger and uniseptate. Sp. ditopa, Rab. no. 1038, is a very dif-

ferent species, with very elongated, curved, obtuse sporidia. It

seems rather to belong to Circinate, and may be characterized—

S. Rabenhorstii, n. s. Peritheciis depressis ostiolis rectis ;

ascis amplis clavatis ; sporidiis octonis elongatis utrinque obtusis

majoribus curvulis.

Pate X. fig. 15. Sph. farcta: a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. More or less

magnified. Fig. 15*. S. ditopa: a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. Both magnified.

632. S. (Obtectze) trivialis, n.s. Sparsa, tecta; peritheciis

depressis minutis, ostiolo obsoleto ; ascis amplis clavatis obtusis ;

sporidiis ellipticis uniseptatis. On dead twigs, Batheaston, Feb.

1851.

Scattered, covered by the cuticle, which appears brownish over

each perithecium, but is really colourless. Perithecia depressed,

elliptic ; ostiolum obsolete ; asci broad, clavate, containing eight

broadly elliptic uniseptate sporidia.

Resembling somewhat as to the fruit ascigerous Spheria mu-

tila, but truly belonging to the section Odtecte.

PuateE X. fig. 16. Ascus filled with sporidia. Magnified.

633. Spheria tomicum, Lév. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1848.

Var. minor.

On Aira cespitosa, Batheaston, Jan. 1850.

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 325

Our plant agrees with that of Léveillé in external appearance

and in the spores, but differs simply in being far smaller, a cir-

cumstance probably attributable to its growing on the thin leaves

of a grass instead of the juicy stems of a large Juncus.

We have also the same thing on dry withered stems of Juncus

conglomeratus gathered at Draycott, Wilts, in which the spo-

ridia are sometimes but not always more elongated, though es-

; sentially the same in colour and form.

We have placed the species here rather than in Caulicole, on

account of its near relation to S. clypeata.

Puate XI. fig. 17. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. More or less magnified.

634. S. (Obtectz) revelata, n.s. Tecta, globosa, major, ostiolis

brevibus papillzeformibus sero expositis ; ascis linearibus flexuosis ;

sporidiis uniserialibus oblongis biseptatis. On branches of lilac,

Apethorpe, Jan. 1848.

At first completely concealed beneath the rough bark, and at

length only manifest from the ostiola thrusting off little patches

of the matrix, and then appearing solitary or scattered on white

spots. Perithecia globose, large; ostiolum papilleform, distinct.

Asci linear, flexuous ; paraphyses long, slender; sporidia unise-

riate, oblong, hyaline, biseptate, with very distinct endochromes.

We have a form of this species on twigs of elder gathered at

Apethorpe, Nov. 1840, in which the-ostiola are conical and much

more developed, and the perithecia smaller. The asci and spo-

ridia agree perfectly.

Another form occurs on Chionanthus virginica, and something

very similar on lilac has been gathered by Dr. Léveillé at Ro-

mainville.

sole XI. fig. 18. a. Ascus and paraphysis ; 5. sporidia. More or less

635. S. (Obtectz) conformis, n.s. Tecta sparsa; peritheciis

nigris globosis demum collapsis ostiolo papilleformi; ascis sub-

clayatis ; sporidiis biserialibus oblongo-ellipticis utrinque obtusis

biseptatis. On dead twigs of alder, mixed with S. ditopa.

Resembling closely S. ditopa, but differing in the small

number of sporidia contained in each ascus, which are also

broader and: more obtuse, and exactly resembling those of S.

fuscella.

Puare XI, fig. 19. a. Ascus; 6. sporidia in various stages of growth.

All more or less magnified. , mi

636. S. (Obtecte) fuscella, n.s. Sparsa tecta; peritheciis

fuscis depressis ; ascis linearibus obtusis ; sporidiis uniserialibus

oblongo-ellipticis quandoque curvulis triseptatis. On dead twigs

_. of rose, Easton, Norths., March 9, 1850.

326 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Scattered, forming minute pustules ; perithecia depressed, sub-

globose, brown. Asci linear, containing eight sporidia arranged

in a single row; sporidia pale brown, oblong-elliptic, obtuse,

triseptate, by no means constricted at the articulation, sometimes

slightly curved.

Distinguished from S. sepincola by its minute brown perithecia

and even elliptic obtuse sporidia. There is no sign of any ostiolum

externally, nor have we ascertained the existence of any. S.

Corni, Sow., which is usually referred to S. sepincola, has curved

simple reproductive bodies apparently without asci. At least, such

is the case with the specimens still remaining in Sowerby’s Her-

barium.

S. sepincola according to our notion of the species has slender,

somewhat clavate asci and biseriate, oblong, subfusiform hyaline

sporidia. Specimens may be found with slightly varying cha-

racters as to size and figure, but it is best to consider all which

agree in essential respects as forms of one species. We therefore

now refer the minute Spheria found on dock-stems by Mr. Gar-

diner at Balmerino, formerly named S. Gardineri, to S. sepincola

as a minute form on herbaceous stems.

PuaTE XI. fig. 20. Spheria fuscella: a. Ascus; b. sporidia more or less

magnified, but less so than in S. conformis. Fig. 21. S. sepincola: a. Ascus;

b. sporidia : both magnified.

637. S. (Obtectz) persistens, n.s. Sparsa ligno adnata demum

cortice putrescente nuda subglobosa ostiolo parvo distincto ; ascis

clavatis, sporidiis biseriatis hyalinis fusiformibus centro con-

strictis curvulis sporidiolis quaternis. On dead shoots of rose,

Bedford Purlieus, King’s Cliffe, March 1850.

Scattered over the branches, and so immersed in the bark as

not to form any pustules, exposed and persistent when the matrix

is decayed, globose with a minute distinct ostiolum. Asci clavate,

containing two rows of sporidia. Sporidia hyaline, fusiform,

straight when seen from behind, slightly curved when seen

laterally, constricted in the centre, each division containing two

globose sporidiola. Well distinguished by its persistent nature

and curious sporidia. We have not observed any septa.

Puate XI. fig. 22. a. Ascus and paraphysis; 6. sporidia. All more or

less magnified.

638. S. (Obtecte) futilis, n.s. Sparsa epidermide nigrifacta

tecta; peritheciis subglobosis; ascis linearibus; sporidiis uni-

seriatis brevibus oblongo-ellipticis uniseptatis. On dead rose-

twigs, King’s Cliffe, March 1850.

Minute, scattered, covered by the blackened cuticle so as to

present little black specks, Asci linear; sporidia uniseriate,

iy ee

a i it Fe,

—

“othe sale ens oe ee

PETALS

> 5 aie ite a

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 327

short, oblong-elliptic, hyaline, sometimes slightly constricted in

the centre, uniseptate. The septum appears to be continued

- through the external as well as the internal membrane.

The sporidia have much the form which is so common in the

genus Diplodia. We can find no trace of the species in authors.

_Puare XI. fig. 23. a. Asci and sporidia; 5. sporidia more highly mag-

639. S. (Subtecte) infermizta, n.s. Minutissima sparsa epi-

dermide tantum tecta nigra; peritheciis depressis supra convexis

perforatis; ascis clavatis; sporidiis biseriatis hyalinis clavato-

fusiformibus triseptatis. On rose-twigs mixed with Spheria fus-

cella, but much smaller.

Scattered, seated beneath the cuticle. Perithecia very minute,

convex, depressed, perforated in the centre, black. Asci clavate ;

sporidia biseriate, hyaline, clavato-fusiform, triseptate. One of

many undescribed species comprised by authors under the name

of S. Epidermidis. The asci are large for the size of the peri-

thecia.

Puate XI. fig. 24. a. Asci; 0b. sporidia: both magnified.

*S. Epidermidis, Fr. Scler. Suec. no. 19. In two copies of

the ‘Scleromycetes Suecice,’ which we have the opportunity of

examining, three things at least appear under this name, all

marked no. 19:—1. A Spheria on elder, which appears from its

long sporidia to be a state of S. sepincola, or possibly of S.

Lebiseyi ; 2. another on elder, which we consider the type of the

species with uniseptate sporidia, consisting of two apposed, rather

cones ; and 3. a production on some Lonicera, which

appears to be the same with a minute Phoma, common in this

country on the same matrix. It appears in this case, as in Spheria

sepincola, the best course to consider species agreeing in struc-

ture, though differing somewhat in size, as mere forms of one

type. We refer therefore to this species, one which we find on

privet with very superficial, but rather thick and brittle peri-

thecia, and sporidia twice as large and more constricted at the

septum and in the centre of the two cones which compose them.

It occurs on the same twigs with Tympanis saligna, which when

young resembles closely a sub-cuticular Spheria with a broad

truncate ostiolum.

*S. Buzi, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1280. S. atrovirens b. Buxi,

junior, Berk. Br. Fung. no. 180, pro parte.

Common on box leaves, on which several productions grow ;

comprised in Fries’ ‘Systema’ under the name of S. atrovirens. In

the present species the sporidia are short, oblongo-elliptic, hyaline,

biseriate, slightly attenuated at either extremity.

328 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and My. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

*S. Rusci, Wallr. Comp. Fl. Germ. p. 776. 8. atrovirens 8.

Rusci, Eng. Fl. vol. v. pt. 2. p. 272; Desm. 1281.

Common on leaves of Ruscus aculeatus, as at Wareham, from.

whence it has been sent by the Rev. W. Smith. Asci lineari-

clavate; sporidia biseriate, oblong, obtuse, 4—5-septate.

*S. derasa=S. calva, Johnst. Fl. Berw. Perfect specimens of

S. calva, Johnst.+, have lately been received from Mr. Bloxam.

The asci are clavate; the sporidia biseriate, fusiformi-filiform,

slightly curved, filled with a row of nuclei, at length faintly sep-

tate. One of the articulations is sometimes swollen. Specimens

exactly agreeing with S. comata, Tode, have been sent from South

Carolina by Mr. Ravenel, which have oblong multiseptate spo-

ridia, with one or more vertical septa occasionally as in S. her-

barum ; we have therefore no hesitation in considermg Dr. John-

ston’s plant as a distinct species.

Piate XI. fig. 25. a. Sporidia of S. comata from South Carolina; d.

sporidia of S. derasa. Both highly magnified.

*S. acuminata, Sow.! t. 394. f.3= 8. Carduorum, Wallr. Comp.

Fl. Germ. vol. iv. p. 805 ; Desm. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 2 sér. vol. xvii.

p- 106. Common on dead thistle stems.

The spores in this species are linear, and contain at first

numerous nuclei without articulations; at a later period of growth,

however, the articulations are very manifest, aud we doubt not

that S. acuminata, Sow.! is in truth the perfect form of Wall-

roth’s species. In S. coniformis, the fructification of which is

figured by Greville as that of S. herbarum, to which species

therefore S. acuminata was referred in the ‘English Flora’ as

agreeing to a certain extent in the sporidia, the number of joints

is about half as great as in the present species. In S. coniformis

there are about eleven joints, in S. acuminata about twenty. The

sporidia, whether young or old, have a swelling near the apex,

which is at the second articulation in the perfect sporidium.

PLATE XI. fig. 26. a. Sporophores ; . spores in situ. Both magnified.

*S. Arundinis, Fr. Syst. Mye. p. 510, var. Tritici. On wheat-

straw, King’s Cliffe, May 1, 1843.

Differing in no respect from the typical form, except in size.

+ Dr. Johnston found also at Berwick, on Senecio Jacobea, a fine species

of Phlyctena, which, as the genus is new to this country, we take this

opportunity of characterizing :—

Phlyctena Johnstoni, n.s. Maculis latioribus ; pseudo-peritheciis brun-

neis ; sporophoris flexuosis amplis, sporis elongatis curvis, medio nodulosis.

The spores are several times longer than in the original species, the spo-

rophores highly developed, and towards the centre of the spores there is

generally a distinct knot, and frequently the outline is more or less irre-

gular,

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 329

In both the spores are at first uniseptate, and the contents of the

two portions are then divided into two or three endochromes, in

which respect there is an essential difference between this species

and all forms of S. culmifraga.

[To be continued. }

XXVIII.—Rambles in Ceylon. By E. L. Layarn.

Mulletivoe, April 7, 1851.

My Dear S1r,—I promised to keep you informed of my wanderings

between Jaffna and Kandy; so here you have the first instalment.

Knowing your taste for my favourite pursuit, I have thrown in a few

notes thereon, the results of observations made at various times, which

have recurred to me, as the discovery of a new species, or a new trait

of character in an old one, have brought them to my remembrance.

I left Jaffna in the royal mail on the 31st March, having sent off

my baggage in a bullock bandy, to the back of which was attached a

light gig, in which I proposed to drive down the great central road

to Kandy, a distance of 184 miles through the jungle, and a feat

hitherto unaccomplished since the road was opened.

Many were the prophecies of my failure. Mr. B., our civil

engineer, left me in the lurch on the banks of the Pie or Sitt-aars,

two rivers which I should have to cross. Mr. D., whose brother-

in-law was to accompany me, broke me down between Damboul and

Nalandy, at a rocky part of the road. Mr. D., our government

agent, stuck me up to the middle in mud between Nalandy and

Matelle. One person only encouraged me,—that was Mr. Q., who

had surveyed and cut the road and was going with me to Mulletivoe.

But to return: I started at 2 p.m. in the mail for Karandi, Mr. D.’s

cocoa-nut estate; and oh! what a royal mail! The smart English vehicle

of that name and its four dashing horses was represented by an old

palanquin carriage (which you must know is like a palqui stuck on

wheels, having a well cut in the bottom to contain one’s feet), and a

sorry broken-winded, broken-kneed horse. The substitute for a

coachman consisted in a nigger in undress, that is, witha thin slip of

cloth drawn between his legs, and fastened before and behind to a

string tied round his loins, who tugged at the horse’s mouth ; while

the mail-guard or conductor sat inside with me, the letters being de-

posited in his coat-pockets; a gridiron and tea-kettle belonging to

myself, swinging in front, complete the picture of the “ royal mail.”

After ae relieved every five miles by a fresh horse, worse if possible

than the former, we reached our destination,—a cadjan shed at the

end of the macadamized road, and the beginning of the European

estates. Here I found a horse awaiting me, and after a dark and

tiresome ride of eight miles through sand up to the horse’s fetlocks, my

nag came to halt ata gate. Concluding this to be the estate, I turned

in, and was soon welcomed by D., his wife, and her brother Mr. B. of

_the Madras service. After s Rev tens: our plans over the dinner-table,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 22

330 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

D. and B. went to set alligator-hooks in the little tank opposite the

house, and we then separated for the night. By daylight next

morning we were afoot again, and after the usual cup of coffee, we

three gentlemen adjourned to the tank with our guns. Out of six

hooks set, five were taken ; two floated in the centre of the tank, the

others had been dragged off into the jungle. Two of the natives waded

in and got hold of the floats (the hooks to which we found had been

taken by one alligator), and hauled them ashore. As the reptile came

to the grassy margin snapping his jaws, I fired a ball, 120 to the lb.,

down his throat; D. fired another weighing an ounce slantingly

through him, entering just behind the right shoulder; B. fired a

second in the contrary direction ; both balls went through him ; and I

gave him a final salute, with a 60 to the lb. rifle, between the eyes:

still he appeared not to mind it, and bit furiously at everything.

Several heavy blows were then struck on his head: as he was im-

pervious to our boar-spears, and he lay as we thought dead, with his

mouth open, B. incautiously put his gun-stock into his mouth, when

with a snap he closed his formidable teeth on the hard wood, indenting

it most deeply.

Alligators are cowardly brutes on land; even in their more genial

element, when hooked they give no “play,” as a salmon-fisher would

term it, but suffer themselves to be dragged tamely on shore and die

anything but game. It is said there are two species in the island ;

one, called by the Cingalese Minikana-Kimboola, by the Tamuls Sam-

mooken, has been thus described to me :—Throat and belly white,

nose red, back and tail dark green ; it grows to the length of 18 or 20

feet, and inhabits rivers, and the salt lake at Batticaloa. This is the

species that attacks men. The other and smaller kind, called Hale-

kimboola by the Cingalese, and Komodalle by the Tamuls, only resides

in tanks, and never attacks people: this species Dr. Templeton had

never seen; the former, én epistola, he terms C. biporcatus: not having

means at my disposal, I cannot identify them. The cervical plates of

the smaller species are placed thus: counting from the head, the

first row has four large plates, in pairs ; second row, six small ditto, in

triplets ; third row four, as in No. 2, but equidistant ; fourth row two

very large.

Many instances are on record of the larger species carrying off

human victims ; one occurred many years ago at Matura, in the south

of the island. My father, when residing there, had a bungalow on the

banks of the river in which he was accustomed to dine. A party

assembled there one day for tiffin were startled by loud cries from

the water. My father remarked carelessly, for the benefit of some

Griffins, “Oh! it’s only a black fellow taken off by an alligator,”

when to the horror of all, the Appoo (head servant) rushed in

exclaiming, “ Master, cook carried away by one alligator.” Nets

were immediately procured, the river fished, and a huge alligator

captured, which on being opened was found to have two right hands in

his intestines. I often when a boy heard my father repeat this story ;

and a year or two ago, when on circuit with the Supreme court at Ma-

tura, I lived close to the spot. My wife took her chair and sat on the

_ Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. ~ 331

river’s banks enjoying the shade and cool breeze, not far from the

place where the tiffin was so abruptly terminated. An aged Modliar,

who owed his first preferment to my father, happening to pay me

a visit, saw my wife sitting, and rushing up to her, he forcibly

her away, saying, ‘“ For God’s sake, ma’m, don’t go there ; only three

days since a large dog was taken off by an alligator from thence, and

age BN ago your father’s cook was seized on that very spot,” and

he then related the tale again.

The next instance I shall mention happened in the river at Chilaw.

One of the Court Peons had been entrusted with despatches to convey

to the lappal in the village across the river. He forgot his errand

till the evening, when he went down to the river’s brink with a com-

panion and hailed the ferry-boat ; the boatmen were, however, away,

and fearing to loose the lappal hour, and having to brave the

judge’s wrath, the man determined on swimming across; so tying

the letters in his -turban he plunged into the sluggish waters.

When about half-way over, his companion saw at some distance a

dark body, that they had taken for a floating log, begin to move

rapidly towards them, and instantly detected the dreaded Minikim-

boola : alarmed by his friend’s shouts, the swimmer plied his strokes

lustily and had almost gained the opposite shore, when with a yell

of agony and despair he disappeared amidst the eddies of the water

caused by the monster’s sweeping tail. This brute was subsequently

and his head now adorns the district judge’s quarters, where

I saw it, and if I remember right, it is not much under two feet long.

It is said that a small lump of chunamb (quick lime) placed in an

alligator’s mouth instantly destroys him. I have tried it on young

ones, but never found it have the least effect. During the hot weather,

when the tanks dry up, those alligators that cannot reach the sea,

bury themselves in the mud. About Jaffna, however, they betake

themselves to the estuary and live exclusively in the salt water, till

their old haunts become wet enough for them. It is usually supposed

that lead flattens on their scales; this I have found not to be the case.

I have killed several with a single ball which has passed completely

through them, and from the experiments we made on the body of one

of our victims, we found that my little rifle-balls, 60 to the lb. and

of the softest lead, penetrated every place with facility. On tracing

our missing hooks, we found the alligators had jammed the ends of the

floats in the tangled brushwood, and torn out the hooks from their

entrails.

Under D.’s hospitable roof I spent two days and a half, waiting for

my travelling companion Q. who was to join me at Elephant Pass.

e flew with us, as D. and his wife had tastes congenial to my own.

Her paintings of the jungle flowers and fruits are beautifully and

carefully executed. It is indeed a treat in Ceylon to meet with

persons who can appreciate nature, or even see it, if they see it at all,

with correct eyes. I have known ladies who had resided here for

years, and daily drove through the Colombo Cinnamon Gardens, and

yet never saw the pitcher-plant, which abounds there. Ladies and

Ed ~.gentlemen born here, have gravely assured me that they have seen

22*

332 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

the leaves and twigs of live plants turning into leaf-insects. ‘‘ Ay,”

said one gentleman, “I have seen the legs growing day by day till

it became just like a fly, but still with leaves for wings, and detach

itself from the tree and walk about my table. Now you know I can’t

disbelieve my own eyes, though you do shake your head and smile.”

“Certainly not,” I replied ; “ but please send for me when next you

see the process.”

On Wednesday the 3rd April, I rode over in the afternoon to

Elephant Pass. The old fort which commands the ford serves as a

rest-house. As I sat on the battlements, my eye wandered over the

dark line of jungle across the water; through this jungle lay my

course. How] revelled in the idea of penetrating its depths! What -

birds, insects and shells, unknown to me, lay there! Even from my

lonely watch-tower, I could almost have struck, with the rifle resting

beside me, pelicans, flamingoes, and several gigantic new cranes, as

they floated or waded securely fishing, while I scanned them through

my telescope. The night fell with its usual eastern rapidity over

the glorious sunset which lighted the waters of the estuary, and still

my fellow-traveller D. Q. had not come up. I had neither food,

candle, or bedding ; so comforting myself with a draught of brackish

water, I threw myself down on the rough palmirah-log floor and fell

asleep. At four next morning, a voice, speaking good English, brought

me to my feet, and as my toilet had been made the night before, I

was not long in admitting the stranger, a Portuguese, in charge of an

estate in the neighbourhood. He told me that Mr. Q. was wind-

bound at the mouth of the estuary for two days, but would be up at

night ; and that all my heavy traps, the grub included, were across the

river at Timelamadam:—he himself had come up with the boats.

Away then I started to wade over the ford, a good mile across. Our

order of march was, first myself with my long collecting gun, known

to my friends by the name of “ Long Tom,” which I consider worth

describing to you, as a most invaluable weapon. Length of barrel

3 feet 7 inches; calibre rather less than tbs of an inch, carrying a

ball 120 to the lb. ; thickness of metal 4th of an inch. The stock is

fitted with a large trap, for holding caps, wadding, ball, needles and

thread, &c. &c. The full charge for this gun is just one-fourth

that of a sixteen gauge, or } of an ounce: 3th is a deadly charge for

smallish birds at 30 yards; and for small birds (sparrows and such

like) ;gth is sufficient at 20 yards. With two or three buck-shot,

AA, it will kill any large bird at 150 yards, and throws its own ball

with great precision: I have killed deer and pea-fowl with it at very

long distances. The ceconomy of this gun, when all the shooter’s

ammunition has to be carried by coolies, will strike any one. Following

me was my Man Friday, alias Horse-keeper Muttu, with my rifle: this

worthy is head gamekeeper, birdstuffer and skull-collector, and when

at home head-nurse; he is indeed a black “‘pearl,”’ as his name implies.

Then came Cingalese appoo with large double gun. My horse followed

at random, keeping close to his groom; while coolies with baggage

and the bullock bandy with the gig brought up the rear. At day-

break we made the opposite shore, and after a brisk canter of a couple

—_—._ es

“lane

UME a ee or

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 333

of miles, reached the madam, or rest-house, the portico of a heathen

temple, and soon Pulliar’s shrine was polluted by a smoking breakfast.

While discussing this, I felt a cold nose thrust into my hand, and,

behold! Q.’s big black dog ‘‘ Ponto ;”” in a few moments Q. himself,

rifle in hand, stood before me, bare-footed, with his shoes on his back!

not having waited to put them on since crossing the ford! Break-

fast was soon discussed, and after packing our bandies we sent them

on to Condaville by the old road, while we went a new and shorter

track, which Q. was to open. Occasionally dismounting to have a

shot at the numerous hares and partridges with which this flat country

and low jungle abounded, we reached Condaville, and after stabling

our horses we turned out for a shot at a deer. We found them very

wild, but managed to get a shot each, and both dropt our quarry, but

owing to the darkness we failed in securing them ; so they were left

as a prey to the natives, who never fail to follow them up with

their mute pariah dogs and almost invariably find them.

While threading our way homeward through the jungle, Q. sud-

denly sprang aside, and by the dim twilight I discerned a huge cobra

coiled up ready for his spring : a charge from the little gun nearly cut

him in half, to the great disgust of the natives, who blamed us for

shooting a high-caste snake! A native will never kill a cobra; if he

catches one about his premises, he will simply remove it to a distance

and turn it loose. I know of one instance in which an old woman,

finding one in her mat, seized it by the neck and flung it out of the

room ; the reptile returned infuriated, bit her, and she died. ‘ Well,”

said her relatives, “it was her fate”!!! -

‘The cobra is rather a sluggish snake ; it inhabits old white ants’

(Termites) nests, out of which it is often driven by the rains, when

they may be frequently encountered in the jungle : it feeds principally

on toads, which it captures in holes. I once watched one which had

thrust its head through a narrow aperture and swallowed one. - With

this encumbrance he could not withdraw himself: finding this, he

reluctantly disgorged the precious morsel, which began to move off ;

this-was too much for snake-philosophy to bear, and the toad was

again seized, and again, after violent efforts to escape, was the snake

compelled to part with it. This time however a lesson had been

learnt, and the toad was seized by one leg, withdrawn, and then

swallowed in triumph. Once, and once only, have I seen a snake

chase its prey : it was in a paddy-field, and the snake was the common

ies found in such situations ; the frog dived and leaped and adopted

kinds of manceuvres to escape ; the snake followed closely, rearing

itself up to watch its quarry, and again pursuing it with all the

keenness of a beagle. I stood perfectly still and watched this strange

hunt for nearly an hour, and rejoiced to find that froggy baffled his

enemy at last.

While discussing our dinner, Q. said, ‘‘ You remember the man we

saw this morning in the road, with the old musket?” “ To be sure,”

said I. “ Well,” resumed Q., ‘that man is a most fearless elephant-

hunter; I believe I gave him a taste for it in the following manner.

- [ was opening the very road we came along tonight, and having

334 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

worked all day, I thought I’d go out in the cool of the evening

and have a shot at an elephant, large numbers of which were hanging

about and bothering me by pulling up my tracing-pegs. You’ve

no notion, Layard, how they used to worry me in that way ; a trace

of a mile perhaps would be quite obliterated, every peg bemg pulled

up and thrown away by the brutes. Well, as I was saying, I strolled

out, followed by that very man: he had my heavy 2 oz. rifle, and 1 my

little ‘Joe Manton.’ It was getting late, and as we crossed a little

open glade, in the centre of which was a large white ants’ nest

crowned with bushes, out marched from the opposite side a huge

elephant. I was then but a tyro at the gun, so dodging behind the

ant-hill, we awaited his approach. On he came, flapping his huge ears,

and evidently not seeing us. Taking the best aim 1 could in the dark-

ness, I gave him the big rifle—the smoke hung in the bush, and ere I

could get the little double ‘Joe,’ I felt myself violently dashed to

the ground and the native on the top of me. Recovering my feet, I ran

round the hill before the huge beast turned, which he quickly did, to

look for his foes. I could see the blood streaming from both sides

of his head ; but before I could get a fair aim again, he tottered into

the jungle, and as it was late I left him, determined to follow him up

next day and give him the ‘coup de grace.’ Next morning, how-

ever, my quondam guide was nowhere to be found. I learnt afterwards

he that night presented at the cutcherry the largest ¢ail that had

been seen for many a day, and got the government reward of 15s.

He evidently found elephant-shooting a lucrative business, for he has

since followed it unceasingly (in spite of having two guns burst in his

hands), and kills a great many.” ‘‘ He’ll not be long,” I remarked,

‘before gun No. 3 bursts in his hands, and adds to the ugly scars he

bears.”’ ‘‘ May be,” said Q.; ‘that’s his look-out.”” So saying he

threw himself on his hammock, and following his example, I soon

forgot elephants and cobras in slumber.

By five o’clock next morning we were afoot, and while Q. arranged

his baggage for his six months’ sojourn in the wilderness, I strolled

out with my rifle and picked up a peacock. These birds are very

partial to the stubble-fields, where they may always be found, morn-

ing and evening; during the heat of the day they conceal themselves

in the densest trees they can find, as a shelter from the sun. They

begin to lay in January, and generally bring out about ten young

ones; the nest is made in long grass or paddy, and the eggs resemble

the turkey’s. After our breakfast we had a little rifle practice to fix

our sights, and while doing this, I detected a fine Sciurus macrourus

in a large tamarind-tree ; he was soon brought down, stuffed by Man

Friday, and duly installed as the first specimen procured. These

squirrels are not uncommon in the northern province, and Q. says

extend all the way to Anarajahpoora; I have traced them from

Chilaw to Jaffna, along the western coast, so their range must be

great. They however never, that I know of, intermingle with

Se. Tennentii (Nobis), which is strictly a hill species. This latter is

a fine, species, considerably larger than S. macrourus; it clesely

resembles 8. bicolor of India. Mr. Blyth, who has carefully com-

A RIO

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 335

pared it with that, writes, that it differs in having the caudal hairs,

except at the extreme tip and base of the tail, much edged with

white. It wants the black moustache and border under the eye, but

has in lieu thereof a large triangular patch behind it, extending up to

the ear, at the base of which is a rusty spot ; the limbs are of a more

fulvous white. S. macrourus (Forster) I had alive for some time.

He was very tame and docile, and fond of being caressed. He

would thrust his red nose through his cage-bars if any one passed

him, and endeavour to attract his attention; if he failed in this, he

would chatter vehemently, and his voice was peculiarly harsh and

. His chief amusement consisted in climbing up one side of

is cage, and throwing himself with a complete somersault to the

other. His motions were very rapid, and he invariably carried his

tail curled on one side; this I think he did to take care of it, for in

_ the jungle the tail is carried straight.

We have five other Sciuri in Ceylon: Se. tristriatus (Waterhouse),

Se. Brodiei (Blyth and Layard), S. Layardi (Blyth), S. Kelaarti

(Layard), and S. trilineatus (Waterhouse) ; besides these there are

two flying squirrels, Pteromys oral (Tickell) and Sciuropterus Lay-

ardi (Kelaart). Se. tristriatus (W.) is common all over the low

country to the south-west of the island. S. Brodiei (B. & L.) displaces

it at Putlam, and is equally abundant in the north. It nearly re-

sembles 8. tristriatus, but is paler, and the tail is furnished with a

long pencil tuft of hair, though this is easily lost in dried specimens.

The voice too is far more shrill. The cry of these little animals more

resembles the notes of a bird than the voice of a mammal ; it re-

minds me of that note of the chaffincl-(dear old home bird!) which

has got it the name of ‘‘ Pink.’ When the little S. Brodiez is

alarmed at a prowling cat or snake, he clings to his favourite palmirah

tree, head down and legs sprawling out, chattering defiance from his

secure elevation, in the following language (crescendo prestissimo) :

“ Chink, chink, chink, chink, chir-r-r-r-r, chink, chink, chir, chir,

chink.” The enemy moves—squg darts round the tree like lightning,

head down again and tail flapping furiously (molto prestissimo)—

chick, chick, chick—and now the chorus is taken up by every one

within hearing. Every bird understands the signal, and.is on the qui

vive, and the spoiler’s chance of a victim is small. Their cry to their

young is a soft whistling note, very liquid and modulated. I first

discovered this species in 1847, m the same year I discovered

Se. Layardi (B.), in the Ambegamoa range of hills, only one speci-

men of which has hitherto been procured; I shot it in dense jungle,

being attracted to it by the voice. Not having any written descrip-

tion with me, I give you Blyth’s :—“ Size of S. tristriatus, but the

colour very much darker, nearly as in S. ¢rilineatus, but inclining

more to ashy than to fulvous, except on the head and flanks: lower

parts ferruginous, paler on the breast : middle of the back nigrescent,

with a strongly contrasting narrow, bright, light, fulvous streak in

the middle, reaching from between the shoulders to near the tail, and

an obscure stripe on either side, barely reaching to the croup. Tail

- ferruginous along its centre, the hairs broadly margined with black

336 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

and finally with whitish ; besides which is another and narrow black

band on each hair towards its base, chiefly seen as the tail is viewed

from above: tip black, forming a pencil tuft 3 inches long.” Blyth

calls it a ‘‘ handsome species,” and it certainly is so, its coat being

very glossy and silky.

In 1849, while at Tangalle on circuit, I procured what I consider

a new species. I have named it after my friend Dr. Kelaart, to

whom be all honour for the persevering way in which he follows up

the natural history of his native country. Well would it be for

Ceylon if more of his countrymen and his cloth would imitate him !

Sc. Kelaarti (Layard) replaces S. tristriatus from Tangalle, where I

first saw it, to Kirindy, one day’s journey beyond Hambantotte, and

may be to Trincomalee. It is like Sc. Palmarum of India, but has a

redder head, the colours of the back and belly are more blended, and

the fur is longer and coarser. It is likewise smaller. Blyth, how-

ever, thinks this hardly separable from S. Brodiei. We are indebted

to Kelaart for S. érilineatus (W.)—I do not know where he pro-

cured it—also for Sciuropterus Layardi and Pt. oral, neither of

which I have seen, though I heard long since that two species of

flying squirrels inhabited Rambodde Pass, and I believe Templeton

procured one of them. I have not seen any description by Kelaart,

but Blyth thus describes S. Layardi: “ Nearly affined to Se. cani-

ceps, Gray, of the S.E. Himalaya, from which it differs in having the

fur of its under parts of a dull non-fulvescent white, the parachute

membrane being margined with pure white fur, lengthened and con-

spicuous at the angle. Face gray, except the forehead, which is

rufous-brown like the rest of the upper parts. A dusky spot on the

nose. Whiskers long and black: and there is a tuft of long soft hairs

below the ears and a smaller one before them. The ear-conch is

} in. long posteriorly, ovate and somewhat narrow. Fur very dense,

the basal three-fourths of the piles dusky, sinuous and fine in texture ;

the tips coarser, and shining dull rufous-brown forming the surface

colour. Tail flat and broad, above nigrescent, and below deeper

blackish except at tip. Feet grayish, with a faint rufous tinge on the

hind only. Length about 2 feet, of which the tail with hair measures

half: hind-foot from heel to tip of claws 2} in. : fore-foot to mem-

brane 1} in.” Kelaart gives its habitat, ‘“‘ Mountains of Ceylon

(Dimbrula).”’

But to resume my journey :—At 2 p.m. we started for Korremoaty,

a village on the sea-shore, and at the head of the Mulletivoe Lake.

The country through which we first rode was low and flat, and under

paddy culture ; the crop had been gathered in, and we rode over

the fields, having to jump the “ balks”’ or raised dams, every two

minutes—not particularly pleasant with a loaded rifle on one’s back.

My horse would walk along these balks when he could, and finding

it more pleasant than a succession of little jumps, I let him do so,

which Q. observing, said I should have “ a spill;’. however, being

obstinate, I kept on. Gradually leaving the cultivation we entered

the jungle, at the edge of which Q. turned, and pointing to a dry

tank, said, ‘ five years ago I shot seven elk and three bears, in one

lly ee

oa il at aaa

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 337

night, at that very spot. This place,” added he, “is noted for

bears,—so in fact is all Carretchy. Two years ago, when the great

drought prevailed, the women never dared go for water to the wells,

as is their custom, for the bears flocked out of the forest to the water,

and it was no uncommon thing for the villagers to kill two or three

a day ;—poor Bruin, in his extremity, getting into the wells, whose

loose sandy soil, not affording him any foot-hold, effectually prevented

his escape.” Thus chatting we threaded our way through the jungle.

We had with us two rifles, two double guns and two single, including

the collecting gun, and were anxiously hoping for elephants to show

themselves, but they would not ; so we contented ourselves by shooting

small game, such as deer (C. axis), hares (L.nigricollis), and partridges

(P. Pondicerianus). We saw one elk (C. Hippelaphus), but could

not get a shot at it. The elk keeps more to the thick forest than

the spotted deer, or axis, and is far more wary and shy. I observed

Treron bicincta, T. chlorigaster, Turtur humilis, T. visorius, and

T. Suratensis,—all very abundant except T. humilis, which is the

rarest of our Turturs. Macropteryx coronatus is common, and a large

* hornbill”’ (Buceros), which I have not been able to procure whole :

a few casques that I have seen appear to belong to B. violaceus.

Our eastern twilight set in, and night fell rapidly, as we wound our

way along a small nullah which bounded the jungle towards the

Mulletivoe side. Q. said, “ This is a noted place for cheetas:” at

this time a rencontre would have been anything but agreeable ; he had

however hardly spoken, when a sullen growl from across the nullah

proclaimed the presence of a nice neighbour. Ina moment the sharp

click of the rifles showed ‘‘ make ready ;”’ the spare guns which had

behind in “open order,” closed up “‘double quick.” The

dogs raised their bristles and made ready for the combat ; however he

did not attack us, nor did we think it prudent to assail him in the

darkness, so we passed silently and rapidly on into the open plains.

After riding for an hour or two more, the guide came to a stand-still,

bewildered ; the young moon was gone, and Q. could not recognize .

any land-mark through the darkness, but felt sure we must be near

our destination. Dismounting, we held a council of war, when it

was determined that Q. should take the guide and try to find a path

through a belt of jungle on our left, behind which we supposed the

village to lie. A single shot was to call us to the rescue; a double,

announce success, as I remained on the ground to collect the stragglers. °

Throwing a cloth over the horses to protect them from the night wind,

which was piercingly cold and laden with dew, I threw myself on the

ground to steal a nap, when quickly ‘‘ bang-bang”’ and a British

*‘ hurrah” showed success ; so firing a “ feu de joie”’ to bring up the

eoolies, I hurried after Q. and found him sitting across a paddy

pounder, lighting his cheroot, and abusing the owner of the house

into whose premises we had got: the churl refused to give us fire,

water, or any assistance. Q.’s tinder-box supplied the first, and we

tore up some of his fence for fire-wood. He vowed he had not a fowl

in his possession, but we detected him secreting a hen and chickens in

a basket ; these he protested were dedicated to the temple. Q. took

one in his hand, pretending to admire it—of course repudiating the

338 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

idea of eating Pulliar’s dinner ; when, however, he replaced the chicken

on the table, it could not stand, and the next instant rolled on its side,

dead! Q. vowed Pulliar had done it, as he did not like anything that

Europeans touched! I, however, had seen Q.’s brawny hand close

over its breast in a manner not to be mistaken, and shortly it was in

a curry before us. Q. spread his hammock, and I occupied the top

of the table, which, if I attempted to turn, rolled over and deposited

me on the ground. Our roof consisted of two cocoa-nut leaves, and

though wet to the skin with the dew, we slept comfortably till

morning, when, paying the man double for all we had consumed, we

started for Matelan. Our course lay along the side of the Mulletivoe

Lake, on which were vast flocks of water birds. The flamingoes rose

in clouds, the noise of their wings resembling distant thunder, they

themselves being a mile off. Ibises, pelicans, spoonbills, gulls,

terns, and small waders, lined the shore, while overhead screamed

the fish-eagle (Blagus leucogaster), and the kites (Milvus ater and

H. Pondicerianus). On the opposite side of the lake lay heavy

jungle, which Q., who knew every inch of the country, said contained

vast quantities of satin-wood and ebony, and abounded in large game.

We arrived at Matelan about 10 a.m., got breakfast and a nap, and

at }-past 3 p.m. started again for Mulletivoe. Part of our journey

lay through the most splendid collecting ground I have yet seen—

small patches of jungle bounding little wet spots full of water-fowl.

We had not time to stop and collect any, but I noticed vast numbers

of the anhinga (Plotus melanogaster), the night heron (Nycticorax

griseus), pelicans, cormorants, spoonbills, and a (to me) new ibis,

white, with naked black head: Q. says I shall see them abundantly

by and by. Across the lake the old line of jungle lay unbroken,

while that on our side was prettily diversified, now running far into

the plain, now receding again ; sometimes broken into little clumps,

behind which pea-fowl, and deer, and partridges, and hares would

suddenly come into view, and then seem far away. We found ele-

phants’ traces everywhere. Long strings of teal winged their way far

overhead from one feeding-ground to another; white egrets sat

azing at us as we rode under their roosting-trees ; while an occasional

jackal, started by our dogs, would afford us a race over the yielding

turf.

Of insects I saw but little, save an occasional Callidyras or Euplea ;

‘rarely, an Hipparchia (which by the way is a new and undescribed

species) would start up from some grassy tuft, and drop again as

quickly into concealment. Doubtless the elephants’ dung, and that

of the numerous buffaloes and black cattle that dotted the plain,

would have repaid a search for Coleoptera, but I had no time to

spare and a long stage before me. Once, when passing through a spit

of jungle, I fired at a splendid new pigeon ; instantly up rose an enor-

mous flight of flying foxes (Pteropus edulis, Peron) ; after wheeling

several times round their roosting-place they settled again, hanging

by their long claws in thick masses from the dead branches. Asso-

ciated with them were night herons, and the flight of each is hardiy

to be discriminated : incongruous as the companionship appears, I

found it similar at the lake between Tangalle and Matura. At dusk

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 339

we made the village of Mulletivoe, prettily embowered in palms and

other eastern trees, &c., near the eastern head of the lake, whichin

wet weather forces an outlet for itself through a bar of sand into the

sea. About a quarter of a mile up, the lake is crossed by a natural

stone causeway, and over this we passed, glad enough to find no

water running on it: had this been the case, the crossing, even in

daylight, would have been difficult enough, with all the holes and

cracks in it ; we however found a herd of buffaloes crossing, and,

conjecturing that they knew the way, stuck close to them and got

oyer in safety. From the short glimpse I had of this curious forma-

tion in our hurried crossing in the darkness, I should say that it was

a soft sandstone. It is little enough I know of geology, it is true ;

so I will not be answerable for this statement: Q. says it is much

carried away by the natives and sold for grindstones. I could hear

that it was very friable as we crossed it, and it was full of dangerous

. holes and cracks.

; A sharp ride of some twenty minutes brought us to the hospitable

: house of my friend F., the police magistrate and assistant government

agent, a young unmarried man. We found him surrounded by his

friends and companions, two noble greyhounds (Australian I believe),

and a large tribe of snow-white cats. While the bipeds were shaking

hands, the quadrupeds pregathered as-best they could, with much

inward growling and spitting, and elevating of bristles and frizzing

of tails. However, we soon changed our wet clothes and appeared in

¥ bachelor trim, pijamers and shirts, at the dinner-table.

: Yesterday I was on the sofa all day, from the effects of a tick-bite

in the hollow of the knee. These horrid pests are unfortunately

very common throughout the jungle ; the species are numerous, and

their name Legion. One species is, I believe, innocuous ; it is about

half an inch long, and like a ball of the most beautiful crimson

velvet. After rain or heavy dew they may be found in thousands on

f the wet sand.

In the evening I crept down to the beach and sat on an old boat,

enjoying the breeze and watching the crabs enlarge their borders:

this they effect in rather an odd manner, literally bringing up arm-

fuls of sand, and, with a spring in the air, throwing it away from

their burrows, distributing it in radii all round from the common

centre, to the distance of a cubit or more. Their love-making is con-

ducted in a most grotesque manner: the male struts about on the

extreme end of his claws, like a beau on high-heeled shoes of the

time of George the Second. After dancing about for some time in

view of his ladye love, he perhaps raises a claw and wipes his protu-

berant eyes or his antennze ; suddenly he makes a frantic rush at the

fair object of his affections: a desperate struggle ensues, and he pre-

sently runs off, pursued by the female, indignant no doubt at being

so ungallantly ravished.

Well, I am tired of scribbling, and must get ready for starting at

3 P.M. today. I will write again, perhaps en route, but that must

depend on my leisure, and how much time preparing specimens and

~. my journal allow me.—Till then believe me very truly yours,

To George Johnston, Esq. E. L. Layarp.

ee ey ee

;

Py Si HP nS aes

2 TREATS

340 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Prodromus Flore Batave. Vol. 1. Plante Vasculares. In socio-

rum imprimis usum edendum curavit Societas promovendo Flore

Batavie studio. Sumptibus Societatis, 1850.

Tuts work, which has only recently reached us, may be described as

an extension of Koch’s ‘Synopsis Fl. Germanicze’ to the coast of

Holland, and is very acceptable from the slightness of our previous

knowledge of the native plants of the Dutch provinces. The present

does not pretend to be more than a first attempt at a flora of those

countries, but it is one which, notwithstanding its modest pretensions,

will be of much value to the botanical geographer, and may be con-

sulted with advantage by those who desire the completion of the

catalogue of the British flora, since it will show what species may be

expected to occur in our eastern counties as being frequent inhabitants

of the neighbouring part of the continent. The number of these is

not very considerable, and the following are perhaps those which are

the most likely to reward a careful examination of the coasts of Nor-

folk and Suffolk, and the interesting sandy district of the interior of

those counties.

_ Ranunculus ololeucos. Elatine triandra.

Baudoti. Myosotis stricta.

polyanthemos. Verbascum phlomoides.

Eranthis hyemalis (as a true Veronica latifolia.

native). longifolia.

Nigella arvensis. preecox.

Braya supina. —— opaca.

Erucastrum Pollichii.

Others might be mentioned, especially from amongst the Graminee

and Cyperacee, but these will suffice.

We observe, that our author (for it appears to be almost certain

that Dr. R. B. van den Bosch is the chief, if not sole author of this

book) distinguishes a few plants as species which British botanists are

accustomed to rank only as varieties. In some cases we believe that

he is correct, but in others cannot concur with him. As examples

we may instance the following :—

Ranunculus trichophyllus is separated from R. heterophyllus (the

typical R. aquatilis), as we believe quite correctly, although we have

not as yet found a good paper-character by which to distinguish them. _

Indeed, it seems probable that there is even a third species, the Ba-

trachium peltatum of Fries, not Schrank, confounded under the name

of R. aquatilis. The Arabis hirsuta is split into three species, 4.

Gerardi and A. sagittata being separated from it. In this we can-

not concur, as we have not been able to see either habit or cha-

racter by which to distinguish them.

The same remark may be made concerning Montia minor and M.

rivularis.

Chrysanthemum maritimum is considered by our author to be quite

distinct from C. inodorum, and characterized by its leaves having short

Se eS ee

Bibliographical Notices. 341

succulent and blunt segments ; the flowers smaller than those of its

ally ; the involucre truncate at the base; and the receptacle broadly

ovate. Several years since we were shown a plant which seems to

these characters near Selsea by Mr. Borrer, and informed by

fim that it is the true plant of Smith. Whatever may become of the

maritime plant of other parts of the British coast, we incline to the

opinion that this Selsea form is really a distinct species from C. ino-

dorum.

Carduus acanthoides and C. crispus are recorded as inhabiting his

district, and, as seems to be the most correct view of the subject,

they are retained as distinct species. This is also the opinion of Fries

and of Godron. In Babington’s ‘Manual’ the two names are given

to forms of one species which appears to correspond with the C.

acanthoides of those distinguished botanists, and as far as we are in-

formed, the true C. crispus has not been found in Britain.

Polygonum lapathifolum and P. Persicaria are divided into P.

pallidum (With.), P. nodosum, Pers., P. laxum, Reich., and P. Per-

sicaria, Linn., the latter including two subspecies, the P. agreste,

Fries, and P. biforme, Wahl. Their characters are taken avowedly

from Fries’s ‘ Mantissa,’ ii. 23-28. We have not been able to

satisfy ourselves concerning these plants, all of which are probably

natives of Britain, although it has long been our desire to do so.

The Rudi are carefully described, im accordance rather with the

views of Godron (Fl. France), than those of Swedish and British

authors. The small number of the Glandulosi is remarkable, and

will probably be much increased by their further study, as is suggested

by the author.

In the equally difficult genus Hieracium, the views of Fries, as

developed in his great work upon this subject (Symbolee ad Historiam

Hieraciorum), are followed.

Usually there are no generic or specific characters given, but in

the few cases in which the definitions by Koch seemed to require

emendation, or where additional species had to be described, they are

added. The total number of species recorded is 1341: in the 3rd

edition of the ‘ London Catalogue of British Plants,’ we find 1487

(without reckoning the “‘ excluded species”) : in the ‘ Edinburgh Ca-

talogue,’ ed. 3, there are 1715. We have not time to count the spe-

cies described in Babington’s ‘ Manual,’ ed. 3, but believe that it falls

short of the latter number, although much more considerable than the

former, which is reduced by the exclusion of very many species of the

‘critical’ genera, such as Rubus and Hieracium, and the reduction

to the rank of varieties of numerous other plants, considered as species

by Babington and the Edinburgh botanists. If we bear in mind that

the ‘ British Flora’ includes a considerable number of western and

arctic species, and that the Batavian list is confessedly imperfect in

‘several of the less known genera, it will be seen that the flora is fully

as great as was to be expected, when the nature of the country is re-

membered.

342 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

List or Brrps PROCURED IN KorbDOFAN BY Mr. J. PETHERICK.

Wiru notes sy H. E. Stricxuanp, M.A., F.G.S.

[Species not enumerated in Riippell’s ‘Systematische Uebersicht der

Vogel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s,’ 8vo, Frankfurt a. M. 1845, are marked N.

Species common to the West Coast of Africa are marked W. These

are chiefly determined by reference to Dr. Hartlaub’s valuable list of

West African birds in the ‘ Verzeichniss der 6ffentlichen u. Privat-

Vorlesungen am Hamburgischen Gymnasium,’ 4to, Hamburg, 1850. |

1. Neophron perenopterus.

2. Vultur oceipitalis.

3. Otogyps auricularis. .

4. Bureo ruripennts, Strickland, n. s. Upper parts cinereo-

fuscous, nearly black on the crown; feathers of back and wing-covers

with black shafts; cheeks cinereous, a black line below them from

angle of mouth ; chin whitish, with a medial dark streak ; breast and

sides ferruginous brown, with a conspicuous medial black streak one-

sixteenth of an inch wide on each feather; belly, thighs and vent

plain fulvous; primaries and secondaries bright ferruginous, tipped

for about an inch and a half with black, and from three to five distant

transverse black bands on the inner web ; tail cinereo-fuscous, with

five dark fuscous bands, each about a quarter of an inch wide, the

distal one about half an inch, beyond which the extremity is cinereo-

fuscous and the extreme tip white; cere and legs yellowish; beak

and claws black.

Length 17 inches; wing, 12}; medial rectrices, 7}; external

ditto, 74; tarsus, 24.

Hab. Kordofan.

5. Aquila nevia.

6. Aquila pennata.

7. W. Circaétus brachydactylus.

8. Helotarsus ecaudatus.

9. Falco biarmicus,Temm. (fF. peregrinoides, Temm.; F. chi-

queroides, Smith; F. feldeggi, Schlegel; F'. lanarius, Schlegel; F.

rubeus, Thienemann; Ff’. cervicalis, Kaup.)

After a careful examination of many specimens, I feel justified in

uniting the above synonyms under one species. This is essentially

an African bird, extending from the Cape of Good Hope to Egypt,

whence it has probably spread into Greece and Dalmatia, to which

portions of Europe it is chiefly confined, though a single straggler

has occurred in Germany. It is at once distinguished from F’. pere-

grinus by the shorter toes, and the fulvous patch on the crown. The —

Falco jugger, Gray (F. luggur, Jerdon), of India is closely allied, but

seems to differ constantly in the plumes of the tibia being uniformly

dark brown, while in F’. biarmicus they are cream-coloured or white,

Zoological Society. 343

like the rest of the under parts, with a small brown spot on the centre

of each feather. This is one of the many species to which the name

Falco lanarius has been given, under the supposition that it may be

the Lanner of the old works on falconry ; but as the original F. /a-

narius of Linnzus is now admitted to be the young of F. gyrfalco,

and as systematists are generally agreed not to trace binomial titles

further back than Linnzeus’s Systema, of course the specific name

lanarius must be dropped altogether, and the oldest binomial name,

Falco biarmicus, Temm., adopted for the present species.

10. W. Tinnunculus alaudarius (Gm.). This widely diffused spe-

cies extends, without variation of form or colour, from Britain south-

wards to Central Africa and eastwards to India.

11. N. W. Nauclerus riocouri, Vieill.

12. Acecipiter sphenurus, jav.? Resembles 4. sphenurus, Riipp.,

in the cuneate form of the tail. Head and neck rufescent, with a

fuscous medial stripe on each feather; belly white, barred with brown;

back cinereous brown with rufous margins ; upper tail-covers white ;

tail cinereous, with three broad fuscous bars, outer feather white,

with five bars.

13. N. Accipiter carbonarius (Licht.). Two specimens agree with

Lichtenstein’s description (in his Verzeichniss emer Sammlung von

Saiigethieren u. Végeln aus dem Kafferlande, 8vo, Berlin, 1842, p. 11),

except in having only three or four white bands on the tail instead of

five. With the exception of these bands, and the numerous light and

dark brown bands on the remiges, the plumage is wholly black ; cere

and legs yellow.

Total length, 12 inches; wing, 7; tarsus, 1,5.

Sw.) W. Melierax gabar (Daud.). (Accipiter erythrorhynchus,

15. Melierax polyzonus, Riipp. United by Mr. Gray to M. ca-

norus, Rislach (M. musicus, Daud.), but differs in its smaller size, and

in having the upper tail-covers banded grey and white, while in M. ea-

norus they are pure white. The wing in M. polyzonus measures 12

in M. eanorus, 15 inches.

16. W. Polyborotdes'radiatus (Scop.). (Faleo gymnogenys, Temm.)

17. N. Circus pallidus, Sykes.

18. W. Scops leucotis (Temm.).

19. W. Scotornis climacurus (Vieiil.).

20. Caprimulgus infuscatus, Cretzschm., female. Agrees with

a plate, but wants the white wing- and tail-spots of the male

21. W. Eurystomus afer (Lath.). (£. orientalis, Riipp.; E. ru-

bescens, Vieill.; Collaris purpurascens, Wagl.)

22. W. Coracias abyssinica, Gm. (Coracias caudata, Wagl.)

23. W. Coracias nevia, Daud. (C. levaillanti, Riipp.; C. nu-

chalis, Swains.)

24. W. Ceryle rudis (Limn.). (Ispida bicincta, Swains.; I. bitor-

quata, Swains.) Identical with specimens from Smyrna and 8S. Eu-

rope. The individuals with two pectoral bands (I. dicineta, Swains.)

are the males. -

344 Zoological Society.

25. N. W. Merops albicollis, Vieill. (M. cuvieri, Licht.; M. sa-

vignyi, Swains.)

26. W. Merops nubicus,Gm. (M. superbus, Shaw; M. ceruleo-

cephalus, Lath.)

27. W. Merops lamarcki, Cuv. (M. viridissimus, Sw.; M. egyp-

tius, Kittlitz ; M. viridis, Riipp.) Closely allied to M. viridis, Limn.,

of India, but smaller, with a larger mixture of golden yellow in the

plumage, the throat not blue as in M. viridis, and the remiges are

rufous on both webs, with scarcely any tinge of green externally.

28. W. Merops erythropterus, Gm. (M. minulus, Cuv.; M. col-

laris, Vieill.; M. lafresnayei, Guérin.)

29. Irrisor senegalensis (Vieill.)? The Kordofan specimens agree,

in the shortness and nearly straight form of their beak, with the

black-beaked species of W. Africa, I. senegalensis, Vieill. (Nectarinia

melanorhynchus, Licht.), but in the red colour of this organ they

agree with the Cape species (I. erythrorhynchus). It is well known

that the females of the latter have the beak much shorter and straighter

than the males, yet in these Kordofan specimens the beak, though of

the same length, is considerably straighter than in the female birds

from the Cape. Like I. senegalensis they have a broad white bar

crossing the inner webs of the first three, and both webs, shaft in-

cluded, of the remaining primaries ; while in I. erythrorhynchus the

white bar of the primaries is much narrower, and divided by the black

shaft.

30. Nectarinia metallica, Ehrenb.

. 81. W. Nectarinia pulchella (Linn.).

32. Phylloscopus trochilus (Linn.). Identical with British spe-

cimens.

33. Saxicola deserti, Temm.

34. Sawxicola cenanthe (Linn.).

35. Sawicola isabellina, Cretzschm. 'This is probably the Sylvia

leucorrhoa, Gm. ” in which case it extends to Senegal. It resembles

S. enanthe, but is paler on the upper part, and has less white on the

lateral rectrices, the terminal black portion being 15 inch in length,

while in 8S. e@nanthe it is only about 3 inch.

36. Motacilla capensis, Linn.

37. Budytes melanocephala (Licht.).

38. Anthus (undetermined species).

39. W. Melenornis? erythropterus (Gm.). (Turdus erythropte-

rus, Gm.) This bird approaches nearly to the type of Melenornis,

Gray (Melasoma, Sw.), though the beak is rather more elongated,

and the rictal bristles less developed, than in M. edoliolides, Sw.

Riippell refers it to Boie’s genus Cercotrichas, which is synonymous

with Copsychus, Wagl. Dr. Hartlaub places it in 4rgya, Lesson,

which is synonymous with Chetops, Sw.

40. W. Pycnonotus barbatus (Desfontaines). (Turdus barbatus,

Desfont. in Mém. Ac. Se. 1787; Turdus arsinoe, Licht.; Ixos ob-

scurus, Temm.; I. inornatus, Fraser ; Hematornis lugubris, Less. ‘)

41. Oriolus galbula, Linn.

42. W. Dicrurus divaricatus, Licht. (D. lugubris, Ehrenb. ;

‘

Zoological Society. 345

D. canipennis, Swains.) Nearly allied to the D. musicus, Vieill., of

S. Africa, but has the tail less deeply forked, the culmen of the beak

- more aeute, and the primaries pale internally.

43. Lanius algeriensis, Less. in Rev. Zool. 1839. Thisis probably -

the species termed L. excubitor by Riippell. It differs from the true

excubitor of N. Europe in the greater extent of white on the prima-

ries, and in the two external pairs of rectrices being wholly white (ex-

cept the shafts). It closely approaches L. lahtora of India, and only

differs in wanting the narrow band of black across the front.

44. Lanius nubicus, Licht. (L. personatus, Temm.)

45. Lanius collurio, Lim. A young male specimen appears refer-

able to this species.

46. N. Lanius isabellinus, Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. fol.e. This

species is pale fulvo-cinereous above, cream-coloured below; rump and

tail rufous ; a broad blackish band from the nostril to the ear-covers,

ined above by-a whitish streak. It much resembles L. arena-

rius, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. p. 304, but is of a more

cinereous tinge above, and is distinguished from that and all the allied

Asiatic species by possessing a conspicuous white band at the base of

the fourth to the ninth primaries. The specimen from Kordofan has

an obscure dark transverse band near the tips of the rectrices.

ew). Telophonus senegalus (Lim.). (Lanius erythropterus,

iw.

48. W. Corvus scapulatus, Daud. (C. leuconotus, Sw.)

- 49. Corvus umbrinus, Sundevall. Distinguished by the length and

curvature of the beak, and by the grey-brown tint of the head and neck.

50. W. Juida rufiventris, Riipp.

51. W. Juida chalybea, Ehrenb. (Lamprotornis cyanotis, Sw.)

52. W. Ploceus luteolus, Licht. (P. personatus, Vieill., Jard:

Contrib. to Ornith. 1849, p. 35. pl. 7.)

_ 53. W. Ploceus sanguinirostris (Linn.).

54. W. Pyromelana ignicolor (Vieill.).

55. W. Vidua paradisea (Linn.). The series of immature speci-

mens in the collection have enabled me to detect a curious structure

connected with the development of the tail-feathers, which will be

treated of in a separate paper. See Sir W. Jardine’s ‘Contributions

to Ornithology,’ 1850, p. 88. pl. 59.

56. W. Vidua principalis (Linn.). The specimen from Kordofan,

like those from Senegal, has a black spot on the chin, but it is not

yet proved whether the presence of this spot amounts to a specific

distinction.

57. W. Pytelia elegans (Gm.).

58. W. Amadina fasciata (Gm.). (Fringilla detruncata, Licht.)

59. W. Amadina cantans (Gm.). A perfectly typical Amadina,

though M. Riippell makes it an Estrilda.

60. W. Phileterus nitens (Gm.). (Amadina nitens, Sw.) From -

_ the peculiar form of the beak I am disposed to refer this species, as

well as Estrilda squamifrons, Smith, E. musica, Gray, and Loxio

Sfrontalis, Daud., to the genus Phileterus.

_ 61. Crithagra lutea (Licht.), Temm. Pl. Col. 365.

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 23

346 Zoological Society.

62. W. Passer simplex, Licht. (Pyrgita swainsoni, Riipp.)

63. Emberiza striolata, Ritpp.

64. Galerida cristata (Linn.)? This is probably the bird so desig-

nated by Riippell, who states it to be abundant in the whole of N.

Africa. It precisely agrees with European specimens in form, but is

of a much paler colour, which however may be easily explained by

the bleaching effect of the sun’s rays in the scorching deserts which

this bird frequents.

65. N. Mrrarra corporanica, Strickland, n. s. Above fer-

ruginous, the feathers of the crown and back with an indistinct

medial dusky streak, and margined on their inner side with rusty

white ; tertials broadly margined with whitish, that colour being sepa-

rated from the ferruginous of the medial portion by a narrow dusky

line ; secondaries ferruginous, margined externally with whitish ; pri-

maries ferruginous at the base, their distal half being pale rufo-fus-

cous; medial pair of rectrices ferruginous, the next pair pale rufo-

fuscous, the two following pairs deep fuscous, with a very narrow

rufescent margin, the penultimate pair deep fuscous internally ; the

external web, and part of the inner at the tip, white; external pair

white, the inner web fuscous towards the base; cheeks pale rufo-

fuscous, chin and throat white, breast and lower parts pale cream-

colour, the former with a few pale rufo-fuscous subtriangular spots ;

lower wing-covers and sides rufescent ; beak, feet and claws pale yel-

lowish.

Total length, 51 inches; beak to front, 4, to gape, =; wing, 3375;

medial and external rectrices, 2;7,; tarsus, ;%; middle toe and claw,

35; hind toe, ;3,; hind claw, 35.

This, which seems to be a typical Mirafra, is remarkable for the

predominance of a pure ferruginous tint on its upper parts. The hind

claw is remarkably short, though not more so than in some of the

Indian species of Mirafra. The single specimen that occurred of

this bird is now in the British Museum.

66. ALAUDA ERYTHROPYGIA, Strickland, n.s. Upper parts deep

fuscous brown, the feathers narrowly margined with rufo-fulvous ;

upper tail-covers ferruginous ; remiges deep fuscous, almost black on

both webs, secondaries narrowly tipped with pale fulvous ; tail fuseous

black, the middle rectrices narrowly margined with ferruginous, the

bases of all ferruginous, extending obliquely nearly to the tips of the

outer pair. Lower parts pale fulvous, the chin, throat and breast

with a broad medial fuscous streak on each feather ; lower wing-covers

black, margins of wing fulvous ; beak fuscous ; legs flesh-colour ; hind

claw short and slightly curved.

Length 71 inches; beak to front, ;5, to gape, 14; wing, 44; me-

dial and external rectrices, 3; tarsus, 1; hind claw, 3.

Hab. Kordofan.

67. W. Colius macrurus, Linn. (C. senegalensis, Gm.)

68. W. Tockus erythrorhynchus (Kuhl).

69. W. Paleornis torquatus, Vig. (P. cubicularis, Wagl.) This

species, which extends across Africa from Abyssinia to Senegal, is

identical with specimens from India.

Zoological Society. 347

_ 70. W. Pogonius vieilloti, Leach. (P. senegalensis, Licht.; P.

rubescens, Temm.) N.B. This generic name was originally written

Pogonia by Leach (Zool. Mise. vol. ii. p. 45), in which form it had

been preoccupied by a genus of plants. LIlliger’s name, Pogonias, had

also been preoccupied by a fish-genus; but Leach afterwards cor-

rected it to Pogonius, which form had never been used before, and I

therefore retain it instead of Mr. G. R. Gray’s name Lemodon (erro-

neously written Laimodon).

71. Trachyphonus margaritatus, Ripp. (Tamatia erythropyga,

Ehrenb.)

72. Yunz torquilia, Linn. Identical with speeimens from Britain

and from India.

73. N. Oxylophus serratus (Sparrm.). This Cape bird has never

before, I believe, been obtained to the north of the equator. The

nearly allied O. jacobinus (Bodd.) of India (Cuculus melanoleucus,

Gm.; C. passerinus, Vahl) has the lower parts constantly white.

Ehrenberg, in his ‘Symbolz Physice,’ fol. r, describes a Nubian spe-

eies under the name of Cuculus pica, which from the description

seems to be identical with the white-bellied O. jacobinus of India.

Riippell erroneously refers this C. pica of Ehrenberg to the Oxylo-

phus afer, Leach (Levaill. Ois. Afr. pl. 209), of S. Africa, which differs

in haying dark streaks on the throat, and which appears from Riip-

pell’s observations to be also an Abyssinian bird.

74. W. Ozylophus glandarius (Linn.).

75. W. Columba guinea, Linn. (C€. trigonigera, Wagl.)

76. Numida ptilorhyncha, Licht.

77. Francolinus clappertoni, Vig.. Mr. G. R. Gray has separated

the F. clappertoni of Riippell as a distinct species, under the name of

F. riippelli ; but the specimens from Kordofan seem to agree equally

well with Riippell’s plate of F. riippelli and with Gray’s plate of what

he regards as the true clappertoni, between which I ean see no dif-

78. Coturnix daetylisonans.

79. N. W. Pterocles quadricinctus,Temm. (P. tricinctus, Sw.)

This African species has long been confounded with the closely allied

P. fasciatus (Seop.), (Perdix indica, Lath.), of India, figured by

Mr. Jerdon in his ‘Illustrations of Indian Ornithology,’ pl. 10 and 36.

Specimens sent by Mr. Jerdon have now enabled me to prove their

distinction. The general arrangement of colour is almost identieal

in these two species, the chief distinction being in the feathers of the

back, seapulars, tertials and greater wing-covers, which in P. fascia-

éus are marked transversely with bars of a dull iron-grey (or “inky

hue,” as Mr. Jerdon well describes it), while in P. tricinctus these

bands are of a deep glossy black. In P. fasciatus the wing-covers

next the body have two or three of these dark bands alternating with

white ones of equal breadth, the subterminal one being dark, and the

tip of the feather ochreous yellow. In P. quadricinctus the wing-

eoyers have only one black band, (or a very faint trace of a seeond,)

narrowly margined on Joth sides with a fine white line, the terminal

_and basal parts of the feather being ochreous. Temminck’s original

: 23*

348 . Zoological Society.

description of P. quadricinctus is evidently taken from the African

bird, but he erroneously gives India as its habitat, in consequence of

having confounded it with P. fasciata. Vieillot has increased the

confusion by figuring the quadricinctus in his ‘ Galerie des Oiseaux,’

pl. 220, under the specific name of bicinetus, while his description

refers to the true P. bicinctus, Temm., a S. African bird.

80. W. Otis rhaad, Gm.

81. N. W. Eupodotis denhami (Vig.).

82. W. Ortyzelos meiffreni, Vieill.

83. W. Cdicnemus crepitans, Linn. This seems to me to be un-

distinguishable from Gi. senegalensis (Swains. Birds W. Afr. vol. ii.

p. 228), the description of which agrees with the European bird.

84. Gidicnemus affinis, Riipp. So exactly does this agree in size

‘and form with C. crepitans, that I should have suspected it to be an

immature bird, did not M. Riippell appear so convinced of its =

stinctness.

85. Pluvianus egyptius (Linn.).

86. Glareola limbata, Riipp. Closely resembles G. orientalis of -

India, but has the external rectrices about an inch longer.

87. N. W. Squatarola helvetica (Linn.).

88. N. W. Rhinoptilus chalcopterus (Temm.). (Cursorius chalco-

pterus, Temm.) This, with the nearly allied M. dctorquatus, Blyth,

of India, form a very distinct group, connecting Cursorius with Cha-

radrius. Mr. Bly th first formed it into a genus, under the name of

Macrotarsus Jinn: Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. xvii. part 1. p. 254); but

as the name has been previously used by Lacépéde for genera of

mammals and of birds, and by Schoénherr for a coleopterous insect, I

propose the name Rhinoptilus, indicating the advanced position of

the frontal feathers, which, with other characters, distinguish it from

Charadrius.

89. N. Chetusia gregaria (Pall.).

90. W. Lobivanellus albicapillus (Vieill.). (Vanellus strigilatus,

Swains.)

91. W. Hoplopterus persicus (Bonn.). (H. spinosus, auct. recen-

tiorum.)

92. W. Sarciophorus pileatus (Gm.).

93. Charadrius hiaticula, Linn.

94. Charadrius alexandrinus, Linn. (C..cantianus, Lath.)

95. Charadrius pecuarius, Licht.

96. W. Ardeola coromanda (Bodd.). (Ardea coromandelensis,

Kuhl; 4. coromandelica, Licht.; A. affinis, Horsf.; A. russata,

Temm.; A. bicolor, Vieill.; A. ruficapilla, Vieill.; 4. dbubuleus, Au-

douin; 4. caboga, Franklin; A. verrani, Roux; A. lucida, Raff.;

Lepterodas ibis, Ehrenb.) I could have wished that M. Riippell had

given us the diagnoses of 4. bubuleus and coromandelica when he pro:

nounced them distinct. As far as my own comparisons extend, the

African and Indian birds are specifically the same.

97. Botaurus stellaris (Linn.).

98. Grus cinereus.

99. W. Ciconia alba.

little else.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 349°

00. Ibis ethiopica.

101. W. Glottis canescens (Gm.). (G. chloropus, Nilss.)

102. W. Totanus hypoleucus (Linn.).

103. W. Pelidna minuta, Leisl,

104. W. Pelidna subarquata (Gm.).

105. Machetes pugnaz (Linn.).

- 106. Crex pratensis, Bechst.

' 107. W. Sarkidiornis africana, Eyton.

108. Chenalopex egyptiacus.

109. W. Dendrocygna viduata (Linn.). We have the authority of

Jacquin, Azara, and other authors, for the occurrence of this bird in

S. America. If this be the case, it will form the only known instance

of a non-marine bird being indigenous to both the African and South

American continents, without occurring in Europe, Asia, or North

America. Before, however, admitting this remarkable exception to

the laws of geographical distribution, the absolute specific identity of

the African and American specimens should be established by careful

comparison, which, as far as I am aware, has not yet been done.

110. Sterna anglica, Mont.

111. Hydrochelidon nigra (Linn.).

_ 112. W. Pelecanus rufescens.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Feb. 12, 1852.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Greville presented an additional collection of Fungi to the

Society’s Herbarium. Among them were some very good species

from Jamaica, communicated and determined by Kunze ; others from

Schweinitz, of North Carolina, which are authentic for many of his

published species.

The following papers were read :-—

1. “On the Uses of Stillingia sebifera, the Tallow Tree of China,

being the substance of a communication made to the Agricultural

and Horticultural Society of India,’ by D. J. Macgowan, M.D.

Communicated by Dr. Coldstream. The botanical characters of this

Euphorbiaceous plant are too well known to require description, but

hitherto no accurate account has been published of its varied uses,

and although it has become a common tree in some parts of India

and America, its value is appreciated only in China, where alone its

products are properly elaborated. Dr. Macgowan remarks :—

“The Stillingia sebifera is prized for the fatty matter which it

yields ; its leaves are employed as a black dye; its wood, being hard

and durable, is used for printing blocks and various other articles ; and

finally, the refuse of the nut is employed as fuel and manure.

“It is chiefly cultivated in the provinces of Kiangsi, Kongnain, and

Chehkiang. In some districts near Hangchan, the inhabitants defray

all their taxes with its produce. It grows alike on low alluvial plains

and on granite hills, on the rich mould at the margin of canals, and

on the sandy sea-beach. The sandy estuary of Hangchan yields

Some of the trees at this place are known to be several

350 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

hundred years old, and though prostrated, still send forth branches

and bear fruit.

**In mid-winter when the seed-vessels are ripe, they are cut off with

their twigs by a sharp knife, attached to the extremity of a long pole,

which is held in the hand and pushed upwards against the twigs,

removing at the same time such as are fruitless. The capsules are

gently pounded in a mortar to loosen the seeds from their shells, from

which they are separated by sifting. To facilitate the separation of

the white sebaceous matter enveloping the seeds, they are steamed in

tubs, having convex open wicker bottoms, placed over caldrons of

boiling water. When thoroughly heated, they are reduced to a

mash in the mortar, and thence transferred to bamboo sieves, kept at

a uniform temperature over hot ashes. A single operation does not

suffice to deprive them of all their tallow ; the steaming and sifting is

therefore repeated. The article thus procured becomes a solid mass

on falling through the sieve, and to purify it, it is melted and formed

into cakes for the press ; these receive their form from bamboo hoops,

a foot in diameter and three inches deep, which are laid on the ground

over a little straw. On being filled with the hot liquid, the ends of

the straw beneath are drawn up and spread over the top, and when

of sufficient consistence, are placed with their rings in the press.

This apparatus, which is of the rudest description, is constructed of

two large beams placed horizontally, so as to form a trough capable

of containing about fifty of the rings with their sebaceous cakes; at

one end it is closed, and at the other adapted for receiving wedges,

which are successively driven into it by ponderous sledge-hammers

wielded by athletic men. The tallow oozes in a melted state into a

receptacle below, where it cools. It is again melted and poured into

tubs, smeared with mud to prevent its adhering. It is now marketable,

in masses of about eighty pounds each, hard, brittle, white, opake,

tasteless, and without the odour of animal tallow : under high pressure

it scarcely stains bibulous paper: melts at 140° Fahr. It may be

regarded as nearly pure stearine; the slight difference is doubtless

owing to the admixture of oil expressed from the seed in the process

just described. The seeds yield about eight per cent. of tallow, which

sells for about five cents per pound.

“The process for pressing the oil, which is carried on at the same

time, remains to be noticed ; it is contained in the kernel of the nut,

the sebaceous matter, which lies between the shell and the husk,

having been removed in the manner described. The kernel and the

husk covering it are ground between two stones, which are heated

to prevent clogging from the sebaceous matter still adhering. The

mass is then placed in a winnowing machine, precisely like those in

use in Western countries. The chaff being separated, exposes the

white oleaginous kernels, which, after being steamed, are placed in a

mill to be mashed. This machine is formed of a circular stone

groove, twelve feet in diameter, three inches deep, and about as many

wide, into which a thick solid stone wheel, eight feet in diameter,

tapering at the edge, is made to revolve perpendicularly by an ox

harnessed to the outer end of its axle, the inner turning on a pivot

Fe nc le a see aaa

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 351

in the centre of the machine. Under this ponderous weight, the steds

are reduced to a mealy state, steamed in the tubs, formed into cakes,

and pressed by wedges in the manner above described ; the process of

ing, steaming, and pressing being repeated with the kernels like-

wise. The kernels yield above thirty per cent. of oil. It is called

Ising-yu, sells for about three cents per pound, and answers well for

lamps, though inferior for this purpose to some other vegetable oils

in use. It is also employed for various purposes in the arts, and has

a place in the Chinese P peeia, because of its quality of chang-

ing gray hair black, and other imaginary virtues.

** Artificial illumination in China is generally procured by vegetable

oils, but candles are also employed by those who can afford it. In

religious ceremonies no other material is used. As no one ventures

out after dark without a lantern, and as the gods cannot be acceptably

worshiped without candles, the quantity consumed is very great.

With an unimportant exception, the candles are always made of what

I beg to designate as vegetable stearine. When the candles, which

are made by dipping, are of the required diameter, they receive a

final dip into a mixture of the same material and insect-wax, by which

their consistency is preserved in the hottest weather. They are

generally coloured red, which is done by throwing a minute quantity

of alkanet root (Anchusa tinctoria), brought from Shantung, into the

mixture. Verdigris is sometimes employed to dye them green.”

2. “On Victoria regia, Lindl.,”? by Edward Otto, Curator of the

Hamburg Botanic Garden. Communicated by Mr.G. Lawson. This

paper consisted of an account of the mode of treatment adopted in

the successful cultivation of the Victoria in the Hamburg Botanic

Garden, accompanied by observations on the plant’s growth. The

a development he observed in the case of the fifteenth leaf,

m the 19th to 20th August, which increased about 9 inches in

twenty-four hours, and from the 20th to 21st of the same month,

when it increased 11 inches in twenty-four hours. The leaf-stalks

only extend after the leaves are nearly full-grown.

3. ‘On the Structure and Reproduction of Volvor Globator,” by

John Sibbald, Esq. After giving a general description of this

organism, the author proceeded to give a history of the opinions and

observations which have been published concerning it. He alluded

especially to the accounts given by Leuwenhoeck, Baker, and Ehren-

berg, and next noticed the discussions concerning its nature which

have been carried on by Siebold and Eckhard. But what was more

particularly the subject of the paper, was the memoir lately published

by Professor Williamson of Manchester. According to the observa-

tions of this gentleman, the Volvoz is a confervaceous plant, and the

animalcules described by Ehrenberg are merely the endochromes of

the several cells, reduced to a small bulk by the secretion (between

the outer cell-wall and the internal cell-membrane) of a hyaline

substance. The cilia described by Ehrenberg as belonging to the

individual animalcules are, according to Mr. Williamson, really at-

tached to the external covering of the organism. Mr. Williamson

also proposes the theory that the production of the young Volvoces

consists more of a process of growth than reproduction, and refers

352 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the*true reproductive functions to certain bright granules, which are

contained imbedded in the endochrome of each cell, these being the

spores of the plant.

The guthor stated, that though in the main the observations of

Mr. Williamson appeared to him to be correct, and that many of his

deductions seemed legitimate, still there were some points in the

memoir with which he could not agree. With regard to the parts

from which the cilia are developed, he thinks that the various facts

concerning them with which we are acquainted rather lead us to the

belief that they are really developed from and properly belong to the

cell-membranes immediately enclosing the endochromes of the cells.

Next, as regards the organs of reproduction or spores, he could not

agree with Mr. Williamson in thinking that the bright granules were

the spores ; he thought it seemed much more likely, and that it was

borne out by analogy, to suppose that the whole masses of endochrome

were the spores ; and this, he said, seemed more probable if we regard

the cilia as being attached thereto.

The author next entered into the question as to the animal or

vegetable character of the Volvox; and after examining the argu-

ments which might be brought forward to support either theory, he

came to the conclusion that the organism should, without hesitation,

be referred to the vegetable kingdom.

4. “On the Development of the Sporidia and Spores of Lecanora

tartarea,” by Wyville T. C. Thomson, Esq. The author gave a

sketch of the structure of Lichens in general and of their mode of

nutrition and reproduction. He considered spores as being the ulti-

mate germinating cellules, the product of the division of the compound

granular cell which is the result of the union of the conjugating cells

in cryptogamic plants; sporidia as the compound granular cells, the

roduct of the union of conjugating cells ; proto-sporidia as the simple

cells of lichens in which the two conjugating cells are afterwards

formed ; gonidia as free cellules derived from and part of the cellular

tissue of the parent plant, capable of continuing to a certain extent

their development when free from the parent, without the interven-

tion of the true generative act of conjugation (the analogues of free

buds or bulbils in Phanerogams). Mr. Thomson also considered

the pro-embryo in Ferns and other Cryptogams as the cellular expan-

sion formed by the development of the gonidium, and containing the

conjugating cells. This pro-embryo, then, corresponds to the ordimary

cellular expansion of Lichens.

The author then examined the structure of Lecanora tartarea, a

crustaceous lichen holding a middle place between the foliaceous and

the pulverulent species :—

** When we examine a section of the frond of Lecanora tartarea,

we meet, in the layer which immediately adheres to the rock or bark,

chosen for its place of growth, with a mass of elongated, more or less

filiform cells. Most of these cells are empty—some of them contain

a slightly viscid fluid, and in a few there appears to be an undeveloped

nucleus ; the cells are delicate and of a light gray colour. Resting

immediately above these, and sometimes struggling down among them,

are groups of rounded cells filled with bright-coloured chlorophyll,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 353

not usually arranged in a continuous layer, but scattered in small

irregular patches, or as isolated cells among the gray tissue. Above

the green cells we meet with another layer of transparent tissue,

closely resembling that below it. In Lecanora, we have above all a

layer of somewhat flatter cells, forming an imperfect epidermal

covering.

_ “The green tissue appears to represent the living and actively

vegetating part. of the lichen—determining by its development the

form of the frond, and giving origin to all the other tissues. The

cells appear to be in some degree independent of one another, though

showing an evident tendency to form small aggregations. The gray

tissue packs them in, and surrounds them, but appears to undergo no

further change in development. It has powerful hygrometrie pro-

perties, absorbing water rapidly and thereby undergoing great change

of form.

. This tissue is replaced in many lichens by an unorgenized colloid

matter, also hygrometric to a great degree. It is sometimes nearly

absent, and under whatever form it appears, it seems to act mecha-

nically only, transmitting pabulum to the green layer, and keeping it

surrounded by a sufficient quantity of moisture. The green cells

termed gonidia frequently accumulate in masses, burst through the

cuticular layer, and appear as a green powder on the surface of the

plant. In this state the single gonidia are capable of continuing the

powers of cell-development at a distance from the parent—forming

round themselves the gray hygrometric tissue; and, like the parent

plant, producing at length true reproductive organs. This is by no

means a solitary instance of the forniation of these, from developing

cells in the vegetable kingdom. We have in the Ferns an instance of

another order propagating through gonidia. In the Ferns, cells, long

called spores, are found within modified leaves or parts of leaves.

These cells, when placed in favourable circumstances of heat and

moisture, develope, by nuclear division, a small cellular expansion

(still part of the parent plant, as no process of cell-conjugation has

intervened) called the pro-embryo. On this pro-embryo two cellules

of different character appear, a union takes place between the dif-

ferent cells, and the product is an ovoid body, the sporidium. Within

this sporidium, by nuclear division, spores are produced, only one of

which comes to perfection, the others proving abortive. The spore

is developed in situ, feeding upon the pro-embryo, as upon a cotyledon,

and forming the new fern.

**To return to the Lichens. If we examine sections made through

the frond of Lecanora—through the apothecia at various stages of

growth, we meet at an early stage with a hollow sphere of delicate

rounded cells (perithecium), surrounding a number of elongated fili-

form cells (paraphyses) arranged vertically in a rounded mass.

** Advancing a little farther in development, the cells of the peri-

thecium above the centre of the mass of paraphyses have given way,

and among the paraphyses a few flask-shaped, delicate cells (asci) are

visible, closely resembling paraphyses distended and filled with mucus

or cytoblastema.

“Very shortly the fluid contents become slightly granulated, and

354 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the granules eventually aggregate into eight cytoblasts. Round these

cytoblasts delicate rounded cells are formed which take at length an

ovoid form, and we may generally easily perceive within them two

free nuclei. Round these nuclei two secondary cells are developed,

which gradually increase in size, so as nearly to fill up the parent

cell. They become filled with densely granular chlorophyll, and

finally the two cells conjugate ; that is to say, the walls of both cells

give way, and the granular contents amalgamate, nearly filling up the

parent cell. The result of this conjugation is a large compound

granular cell. Watching its further progress, we observe the granules

becoming more and more distinct and defined, till at length the mother.

cell bursts, and the contained cellules escape—at the same time the

ascus gives way, and the cellules are dispersed as spores, to originate

new individuals.”

Dr. Balfour stated that Mr, Allan B. Dick (assistant to Dr. George

Wilson) had analysed the leaf of Livistona chinensis, Sabal umbra-

culifera, Chamerops humilis and arborescens, grown in the Palm

House of the Royal Botanic Garden, and had detected a very notable

quantity of manganese in their composition.

Mr. M‘Nab made a report on the state of vegetation in the Edin-

burgh Botanic Garden, from 8th January till 11th February. The

communication embraced a register of the periods of flowering of

plants in the open air, as compared with the flowering of the same

species, and as nearly as possible the same individual plants, during

the two previous years.

Mr. M‘Nab also laid before the meeting a report of temperatures

observed at the Botanic Garden from 8th January to 11th February

1852.

Mr. M‘Nab read the following extract from a letter from Dr. G.

M‘Nab, Kingston, Jamaica, dated 13th January, 1852 :—*< With

reference to your inquiries regarding the paper made from the Spanish

Dagger Plant, I have to state that the Spanish Dagger is the Yucca

aloefolia, a plant very common in this country for making fences ;

the fine paper-looking substance is obtained by breaking the lower part

of the leaf along the midrib, and then pulling each half gently from

the cuticle which covers the upper surface. It is most easily got

from the young leaves, as in them only it separates freely ; it can

also be got equally well from the young leaves of the Yucca gloriosa.

It is an excellent article for making artificial flowers, as it takes

colours freely.”

Mr. M‘Nab exhibited specimens of the paper which he had prepared

from the upper surface of the young leaves of Yucca gloriosa growing

in the Botanic Garden, and he showed the method by which it was

prepared.

Mr. William Keddie stated that he had found a vast profusion of

Batrachospermum vagum, in the pools and rivulets immediately under

the upper part of Goatfell, in Arran—about the place where the

granite comes into contact with the schistose rocks. The plant is

not commonly found in Scotland. :

Bie TES ai Raley iy ee ee

Miscellaneous. 355

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new genus of Chitonide. By Henry and ArrHur Apams.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

19 Hanover Villas, Kensington Park, March 13, 1852.

GentTLeEMeEN,—In pursuing our investigations into the Chitonide,

we have met with a form which appears to us as much entitled to rank

as a genus as any that have been so considered. We shall therefore

feel obliged by your inserting the accompanying notice of it in your

valuable Magazine.

We remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servants,

Henry and ArTHUR ADAMs,

Genus Lortica, H. & A. Adams.

Mantle covered with small, smooth, imbricated scales, the posterior

margin deeply notched. Valves broad, the posterior small, with apex

terminal, produced, the hinder margin notched ; lateral areas of valves

elevated, distinct.

Sp. L. Cimolia.

Chiton Cimolius, Reeve.

On the Appearance of large Swarms of Butterflies.

By M. Guriiant.

In the ‘ Gazetta Piemontese’ of the Ist of May 1851, M. Ghiliani

has given an account of the appearance of an extraordinary number

of butterflies of the species Vanessa Cardui, Linn., in the neigh-

bourhood of Turin. On the 26th of April, about eleven o’clock in

the morning, millions of this species suddenly made their appearance ;

their number continued increasing till about one o’clock, when the

‘atmosphere was darkened by them ; at four o’clock they had disap-

peared, and only a few scattered butterflies were to be seen. M. Ghi-

iani only observed this phenomenon within a circle of about a mile

round the town, but he thinks it must have occurred throughout

nearly the whole of Piedmont. He attributes this circumstance to

the non-exclusion of the autumn brood of the preceding year, caused,

no doubt, by some extraordinary diminution of temperature. The

greater part of these butterflies must have passed the winter in the

pupa state, so as to undergo their metamorphoses in the spring, whilst

those which made their appearance in the autumn would have

hibernated under leaves or im the clefts of walls. It may also be

supposed that, the southern face of the Ligurian Apennines having

had a mild winter and an early spring, the Vanesse of that district

had been developed earlier than usual, so as to add to the number of

those properly belonging to the environs of Turin. By means of these

two suppositions M. Ghiliani explains—1st, the extraordinary number

of these butterflies, and 2nd, the freshness of some, which had evidently

only just escaped from the chrysalis, and the bad condition of others,

which had undergone a long exposure to the inclemency of the weather.

'—Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Nov. 1851, p. 559.

356 Miscellaneous.

RARE IRISH MOLLUSCA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Windsor Lodge, Monkstown, co. Dublin, March 16, 1852.

_ GenTLEMEN,—I shall feel much obliged by your publishing the

occurrence of the following Mollusca off the Waterford and Wexford:

coasts in the summer of 1851 :—

Gastrochena modiolina; in limestone boulders, Tramore Bay, co.

Waterford. ;

Venerupis Irus; same locality.

Thracia distorta ; same locality.

Kellia suborbicularis ; same locality.

rubra; among Mytilus edulis on the exposed sides of large

rocks, Dunmore, co. Waterford.

Turtonia minuta ; among Lichina confinis at or above high water,

Dunmore, co. Waterford.

Nucula radiata ; in fine sand dredged from about 45 or 50 fathoms,

twelve miles off the Hook Light, co. Wexford.

Trochus Montagui ; off the Saltee Islands, co. Wexford.

Lulima polita ; dredged in 14 fathoms, gravelly bottom, off Port-

ally, Dunmore.

Scalaria Treveliana; dredged in fine sand in 45 or 50 fathoms,

twelve miles off the Hook Light, co. Wexford.

Odostoma Eulimoides? from the same locality as the last.

Chemnitzia rufescens? same locality.

Natica sordida ; trawled in muddy sand 40 fathoms, off the Saltee

Islands, co. Wexford.

Trophon muricatus ; same locality.

Ovula patula ; one specimen of a beautiful orange colour in a live’

state was found attached between the divisions of a specimen of Alcy-

onium digitatum, off the Saltee Islands, co. Wexford.

Bulla scabra; same locality as Natica sordida.

Gentlemen, yours truly,

WivcuiaAm Waite WALPOLE.

On the Insects injurious to the Rape Crops. By M. Ap. Focriion.

The object of the author of this memoir is to furnish the results of

his observations, as to the cause of the loss which had been sustained

during several years by the cultivators of rape-seed, from the ravages

of certain insects. The period at which he commenced his observa-

tions (the end of June) was too late in the season to allow time for

their completion, and he has accordingly put off till another year the

investigation of the natural history of the noxious insects, and the

consideration of the best means of destroying them. The problems

which he has endeavoured to solve during the present season are the

following :—

Miscellaneous. 357

1. What are the causes of the devastation, and by what means may

they be distinguished from one another ?

2. What importance should be attributed to them?

The damage done to the rape-plants, in the fields of the ‘‘ institut

Agronomique” (where these observations were carried on), is due to

five perfect insects and three larve. ;

The former consist of four species of Haltica, and a new species

of weevil belonging to the genus Grypidius of Schénherr. This

curious insect passes its slender curved rostrum through the walls of

the pod to the centre of the seed, where it gnaws a large hole. The

seeds thus attacked, if not ripe or nearly so, become abortive ; if ripe,

they lose a considerable portion of their substance; and as, from

their position, the rostrum of the weevil always cuts the radicle, they

are rendered incapable of germinating. A very small hole in the

valve of the pod is the only external trace of its attacks left by this

insect.

The four species of Haltica attack and destroy the young plants

as soon as they are above ground ; they sometimes gnaw the paren-

chyma of the seed-vessels, but apparently without injuring the seeds.

- The larvee are the most destructive enemies of the crops. The first

M. Focillon believes to be that of the weevil above-mentioned (Gry-

pidius brassice). It is about 3 millimetres in length and 14 in breadth,

white; footless, with a shining black scaly head. It inhabits the in-

terior of the pod, where it devours three or four seeds ; its presence is

known by the blackish colour of the seed-vessels. When mature it

gnaws a round hole in one of the valves of the pod, by which it passes

oe and no doubt goes down into the earth to undergo its metamor-

phosis.

Very similar ravages are committed by the caterpillar of the Ypso-

lophus xylostei of Fabricius. This is about 9 millimetres in length,

of a pale green colour, bristled with black hairs, and with the head

black. Like the preceding larva it lives in the pods until the period

of its transformations, when it passes out through a round hole which

it forms in one of the valves. After leaving the pod it spins a cocoon

of very loose meshes, in which it remains fifteen days in the pupa

state. The moth appears, usually, in June.

The third larva is about 2 millimetres in length, and during the

greater part of its life is of a white colour. Great numbers of them

are found in some pods, which soon become moist, and finally wither

and become mouldy, together with a larger or smaller quantity of the

seeds which they contain. M. Focillon has not yet ascertained the

perfect state of these larvae, which are known to the agriculturists by

the name of the “small white worm.”

The importance of these ravages will be readily understood from

the following statements :—Cleaned rape-seed contains 45 per cent. of

oil, and deducting that which is retained by the rape cake, there is a

return of about 34 per cent. This return will be larger if there are

more sound seeds, and if all were in this state, it would rise to 36-6 per

cent.

The seeds eaten by the larvee of the weevil and moth give no oil.

358 Miscellaneous.

The seeds damaged by the small white worm lose 28-5 per cent. on

the quantity which they should have yielded. The seeds pierced by

the weevil in the perfect state sustain a loss of oil equal to 18°2 per

cent. From these data M. Focillon has arrived at a mode of calcu-

lation by which the loss of oil on a given erop of rape-seed may readily

be ascertained. According to these calculations, M. Focillon states

the loss on the crop of rape-seed raised by the above-mentioned In-

stitution in 1851, at 2800 franes out of 7500.

The result of experiments made to ascertain the effect of the at-

tacks of the insects on the germinative faculty of the seeds is as fol-

lows :—The seeds eaten by the larvee of the weevil and moth and

those pierced by the perfect weevil do not germinate. Of 100 seeds

affected by the small white worm only 52 germinated, whilst out of

100 sound seeds the average number was 80.—Comptes Rendus,

1852, p. 252.

Note on a species of Coccus, indigenous to France, which lives on the

Common Bean, and appears to be capable of furnishing an abun-

dant Colouring Matter which may be used in the Arts. By

M. Guérin MENEVILLE.

This new Coccus (Coccus Fabe) when crushed in linen or paper

furnishes a red colour, sufficiently intense to raise hopes that it may

perhaps contain as much colouring matter as the Mexican cochineal,

What renders this indigenous cochineal very interesting is, that it

would be possible to cultivate it and raise regular crops of it. It lives

on Vicia Faba, on which it is so abundant, that I have been able, in

a few hours, to collect a considerable quantity of these cochineals, by

brushing the plants covered with them over a cloth. I treated them

in the same manner as that by which the Coccus Cacti is prepared—

killing them in boiling water and afterwards drying them in the sun.

By these means I have obtained an article which offers a considerable

resemblance to the cochineal of commerce, and may, even now, be

the subject of some experiments in dyeing, should the Academy think

fit to ask M. Chevreul to undertake them in his laboratories.

As I brought with me a considerable number of living cochineals,

I have been enabled to continue the study of their habits in Paris,

and have seen that the myriads of eggs which they laid last autumn

were hatched during the winter, and that young ones proceeding from

them are able to live without nourishment until they meet with the

plants on which they feed.

I have instituted an experiment on rather a large scale at Sainte

Tulle, and I hope this year to raise a sufficient crop of this cochineal

to enable experiments to be made on larger quantities, should the

results of those which I have ventured to ask of M. Chevreul, give any

encouragement to follow out this new application of entomology.

Some very curious parasites on this cochineal have been discovered

this winter, and will probably give occasion for some interesting sci-

entific observations.—-Jé. March 1852, p. 334.

—

Pe te ee _

ea —” PT

Meteorological Observations. 359

OBITUARY.—HdH. N. TURNER, JUN.

Our readers will be grieved to hear of the death of Mr. H. N. Tur-

ner, jun., a young and ardent worker in osteology, and one, who,

while his amiability endeared him to all his acquaintance, was re-

garded, by those best qualified to form an opinion, as one of the

most promising comparative anatomists of the day. Most of his

were read before the Zoological Society, and appeared in the

ings of that Society and in this Journal; they were chiefly

directed to demonstrating the importance which he considered should

be attached to the position of the cranial foramina in the classification

of the Mammalia.

In August last, he had the misfortune to prick his finger whilst

dissecting, and after being confined to his room for more than five

months, he was carried off by an attack of rheumatic fever, with

which his debilitated constitution had no strength to contend. Thus,

while his much-lamented death affords a lesson of caution in the use

of dissecting instruments to every anatomist, his short life gives an

illustration of what may be done for science by well-directed

and unremitting perseverance.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1852,

Chiswick.—February 1. Rain: clear and fine. 2. Rain: cloudy and mild:

densely overcast. 3. Clear: exceedingly fine: clear at night. 4. Uniformly over-

cast: rain. 5. Densely clouded: rain. 6. Clear: slight shower : clear: frosty.

7. Clear: very fine: overcast. 8. Boisterous, with rain: overcast: rain. 9. Cloudy

and fine: showery: clear. 10. A few snow-flakes: cloudy and cold: clear at

‘night. 11. Clear and frosty: fine: sharp frost at night. 12. Frosty and foggy:

very fine: clear: slight frost. 13. Densely overcast: fine: overcast. 14. Hazy:

uni overcast: clear. 15. Overcast. 16. Fine: densely overcast. 17.

Cloudy: fine. 18. Low white clouds: clear. 19. Clear andcold. 20. Clear

and frosty: very sharp frost at night. 21. Severe frost: fine. 22. Cloudy and

cold. 23. Fine, but cold. 24,25. Clear and cold. 26. Slight rain: uniformly

overcast. 27. Cloudy: rain. 28. Slight rain: clear at night. 29. Clear: over-

cast and cold. -

Mean temperature of the month .............sssesseeseee seabioee 38°72

Mean temperature of Feb. 1851 .es......c.ssesceececsessescecses 38 -44

Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty-six years ... 40 -06

Average amount of rain in Feb. .......0......ccscceecesseceerare 1°62 inch.

Boston.—Feb. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 3. Fine. 4,5. Rain:

raina.M.and p.m. 6. Fine: stormy. 7. Fine. 8. Rain: rain early a.m. and p.m.

9. Cloudy: rain with lightning a.m. and p.m. 10. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.

11,12. Fme. 13,14. Cloudy. 15, 16. Cloudy: rain p.m. 17: Cloudy. 18—

21. Fine. 22,23. Cloudy. 24. Fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

and p.m. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Clear: fine: aurora. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy:

sleet-showers. 4. Rain: showers. 5. Showery: clear. 6, 7. Sleet-showers.

8. Drizzle: rain. 9. Sleet-showers. 10. Bright: clear. 11. Cloudy. 12. Cloudy:

clear: aurora. 13. Bright: showers: aurora. 14. Drops: drizzle. 15. Bright :

hail-showers: S. aurora. 16. Hail-showers: S.aurora. 17. Rain : snow-showers :

S. aurora. 18. Snow-showers: S.aurora. 19. Snow-drift: S. aurora. 20. Bright:

cloudy. 21. Thaw: cloudy: aurora. 22. Cloudy: aurora. 23. Fine: cloudy:

fine. 24,25. Cloudy: fine. 26. Cloudy: showers. 27. Showers: drizzle. 28.

Snow-showers : showers. 29. Snow-showers.

1g. || 00.4 | bor 00.09 |6g.6€ |hz.g€ |bz.0f joz.Lb| 194.62 11L.6z 35.62 bg.6c c

Lo. 10. | wu | ema | mm P EVE | PE LE} be | Eb | 69.62 “bL.6z L¥.6z 6£2.62 @L3:62% 62

- Lo. [reerer! ro, | emo |emuu}] ma | $9£ | SSE | S.cb] of | of 7L.6z 29.67 ££.6z 879.62 $1L.6z "gz

Ir. | co. | £0. | -ma femuu} -u | $$h] Sv] S.9f| cE | gt 2L.6z 60.08 08.62 £96.62 g£1.0£ “Lz

ssseenesel ZO"! LO. ol saul gue] cau eb | Sr gh bbs 2 oe of.08 1$,0£ 90.0£ $zz.0€ VEL.O£ “9%

asscesdcatshegsteseisesseged oo ry Tt = an "9 LE] $1 | 6,48] 62 | SP 1L.of 09.0£ Lo.of "| Soz.of £EL.0£ Sz

Atteensaalteeccesesleeeseers! sae | og | cgay Sv | $Sb | SE) 16 | ch gv.of S.08 © Vz.0£ zgf.0£ 005.0 bz

£o, seeeseees! og 9 | -ou Lv} Sv vE| Ec | ob £9.08 09.08 LE.0£ ZLS of LEg.08 fz

Eo, [rrseseresteeeeeeeee! oan | sou | eon gb.| SEF ve] zz | oF gt.0f ££.0€ L1.0€ £zv.0£ VLS.0£ ad

z ofteeeeres| ro. | ema lemon! cw 6£ | Scr vz} zf | ab 272.08 36.6 96.62 €£Z.0£ zgt.of IZ

ZO, |ttterrseelerreereeel sus lemma] oma | $66} SE Lz} Sx | gf S0.0£ “‘b1.0£ 73.67 L£11.0€ ggt.of£ ‘07@

TI, |ttteseere|ereeesooe! oy lemma] ema | Le] 62 1f| €c | 6€ 30.08 76.62 0$.6z £94.62 gr0.0£8 61

AB, jesectssesitseeserest og Pam lesa | 2EWE BOE 6£| Lz | gb 7.6% $b.6z $1.62 968.62 LEL.6z "gr

So. So. fo. “wm |smuul oA LE} gf 64) LE | 9S 77.67 $¥.6z ov.6z 855.62 853.67 “Lt

Sz. fo. to. m | 7a | omg | ob | LE ob| &b | £S $v.62 zb.6z gi.6z LLL.6z gl1.0€ “gi

Yo, |reecrereslerreereeel om | oom | emg LE | §S+ Iv| €€ 64 Lv.6z 95.62 2L.6z oor.o£ 161.0£ “Sr

8z. maonsvisel iggy ol oc ease orsag Lv | ov bE] zz | fb $9.62 $9.62 bL.6z 00.08 goz.of br

sesseretsleseeteeesleeseeeee! ogy | ag *g 6£ | oF €£1 of | cb 29.62 $+.6z ££.62 gS .62 $29.62 ne

£0, |seeeeeerelererereee! ag *g -s | Sib | Seb | of! Sz | E> gt.6z €$.6z S9.6z $99.62 $16.62 tr)

seerereee! Co, [eeereesee] ome | egg ca fb | £6¢ of| Zr | tb $L.6z 7L.6z 03.62 366.62 660.0£ ‘I

go. | of. zo. jms | cu | cn gf | gf 6£| Sz | S¥ £0.08 £6.62 $£.6z 1£9.6z 9£0.0£ "OL

vS, AM So. | ‘mu |*muu} ms | zh] SE fv| Sc | Sb 6+.62 21.62 £L.gz 111,62 19b.6z 6

of, or, gt. |-mu] -m | ms | Srv | fh 6b] of €s $L.6z 00.62 o1.6z fov.6z gL1.0€ 8

ZU. jeeerseert) ZO, | tm | om | cm | fb | Eb] 6k] rb | oS 64.62 19.67 eL.6z $66.62 $$1.0£ “L

60. Sr. ro. | ‘mu |*Muu| ‘mu | mv] . gf wh|s Lz | 64 69.62 15.62 $1.62 gbo.6z 960.08 9

ev. 60. £2, “Mm |otms | ems | S96} 6E gv) fb |. $s $2.67 62.62 £2.62 1t9.6z 6£L.62 SO

££. freee} Er. emu} sms | ems | Seb 1 rb | rh] bh | SS gl.gt £6.97 g$.6z o1g.6z 161.08 +

Go, frorseerre|icrsevensl om | cms | ems |: SPT, ch | S.g8 | obs f 2S 97.62 gz.6z $$.6z gto.of cbr.0f ‘t

to. zo, | ¥o.- | "ms | cms |otms'|' €b | ob Lo) SE | ES 67.62 77.67 £5.62 0$3.6z _ £00.08 4

60. | bz. | bo. | ass | ‘wm: | cm | oF | rh] $2] 6€ |. ZS $9.62 gt.6z 22.6% L£1L.6z 966.62 3

me Q |Pol's OF are 2 on eh le a ee cur wr oo by . ‘ re

Ee : Be 5 = E ut a %6 “mI $6 &3 Ul, OH ud $g ure $6 ne) Ul xvyt “ZORI

28 B , 28 g B Z ‘“yormpueg | 8 g AS " B's

* : Se fs ot > Semguo |. | Seos [5 aPapaeg foauo Beta a. opm “UOT

surey ‘pum *1OJOULOULIEY, J, *daOUMOLST pa

‘AUNMUG ‘asuppyl younpung yo “UOysNO{D *C ‘acy ay7 Ag pun £ NOLsog yy T[wVaA “ATW Ag

‘uopuo'T wvaUu “MOIMSIHO 70 Ajzavv0g youngynarsozy ayz Jo uapsny yz yo vosdmoyy, Ip hg apyw suowynasasqg Joorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS_

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 53. MAY 1852.

XXIX.—Sketch of a Classification of Recent Brachiopoda ; based

upon Internal Organization. By Tuomas Davipson, Member |

of the Geol. Soc. of France, &c.

Tue numerous dredgings undertaken under different latitudes

and in deep as well as shallow seas, have shown that recent

Brachiopoda are more numerically abundant and varied in

generic and specific forms than we formerly supposed. The best

account of the species of this order is contained in the mono-

graph by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, published in his ‘ Thesaurus Con-

chyliorum,’ 1846. In that work fifty-seven recent species are

described and arranged under five genera, viz. Lingula, Tere-

bratula, Orbicula, Crania and Thecidea.

Of late years many other genera have been proposed, and in

a minute investigation of the interiors of all the species of Tere-

bratula, 1 found so much variation in the dispositions of the cal-

_ Cctzous appendages, as to necessitate a complete subdivision

and re-arrangement of the shells usually associated under that

name. All the known and described species, with two or three

exceptions only, are to be found in the magnificent collection of

Mr. Cuming, who in the most obliging manner placed his spe-

cimens at my disposal for examination. I am also greatly in-

debted to Mr. Gray of the British Museum, and Prof. Forbes, for

the means of examining the animal of many genera and species ;

these investigations, undertaken along with-Mr. Woodward of the

British Museum, have proved of great assistance in enabling us

to ascertain what relation the calcareous supports or appendages

bear to the soft parts of the animal, and more especially to the

arms, in the different genera.

- It is not the object however of this paper to give descriptions

and synonyms of the different species, which will be included in

the catalogue of Brachiopoda Mr. Gray is about to publish for

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 24

362 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

the British Museum. My only object is to point out how all the

sixty-six or sixty-seven known species may be classed according to

their structure and affinities. In drawing up any scheme for

the arrangement of the Brachiopoda, due regard must be paid

to the extinct species, which vastly outnumber those of the

present seas. The family Rhynchonellide for example afford

only two living species, whereas several hundred are known in a

fossil state: and in the same manner the proposed subdivisions of

Terebratulide become more important in reference to the number

of species which no more exist. When we open and examine the

numerous species possessed of calcareous appendages, we observe

that these vary in shape and arrangement, and that under each

form or type a number of species can be clustered all very similar

in their structure; these form genera or subgenera, more or less

intimately or distantly connected, as will be shown hereafter, and

thus enable any one to know by the generic appellation, what

is the form and disposition of the skeleton or loop in all the

different species. The subdivisions of the great genus Tere-

bratula, are based chiefly on the extent and form of the apophy-

sary system or loop, and my object has been to ascertain how far

the form of the loop can be associated with the modifications in

the soft parts of the animal and in the more obvious external

characters presented by the shell. The woodcuts which accom-

pany this paper will serve to render the generic descriptions

more complete and readily understood.

It can scarcely be expected that this first attempt to classify

the recent species of living Terebratulide should be entirely suc-

cessful, but such a classification has become not only desirable

but necessary, and no good would be accomplished by delaying

its publication. With these few preliminary observations I will

propose the following arrangement. mn.

Class BRACHIOPODA, Dumeril.

Order LaAMELLIBRANCHIATA, Blainv.

Animal attached to submarine bodies by a muscular peduncle

or by the substance of its ventral valve: furnished with a pair of

ciliated arms, sometimes supported by « calcareous appendage :

respiration performed by the vascular mantle, &c.

Typical Family. 1. TereBratvLip2Z.

Shell minutely punctate, inequivalve, usually subcircular and

smooth or striated: the ventral ordental valve generally the largest,

its beak notched or perforated for the passage of the peduncle:

dorsal, socket, or receiving valve, furnished internally with a cal-

- _ to facilitate a comparison of the same parts.

of Recent Brachiopoda. 363

careous process or loop for the support of the arms. These

vary in their dispositions and details in the different genera, but

could not be protruded from the shell as they are united together

by a membrane, which effectually maintains them in one invari-

able position; they have no connection with the epening and

closing of the shell, as supposed by some authors, which is ac-

complished by special muscles passing from the centre of the

perforated valve to the fulcrum of the smaller valve ; thus in those

genera possessed of a calcareous loop the disposition of the

ciliated arms is not regulated or restrained by the form of the

loop, a point I was not convinced of before having entered into

the zoological details of these animals.

I. Genus Terresratuta, Lhwyd, 1698 (restricted).

Shell usually oval, and convex, with the margins even or only

slightly waved ; valves articulating by means of two teeth in the

larger and corresponding sockets in the smaller valve: beak of

dental valve truncated and perforated by a circular foramen

partly completed by a deltidium formed of fone or two pieces.

Loop or calcareous appendage variable in length, formed of two

riband-shaped lamellz fixed to the crural base, and more or less

folded back on itself. The arms are partly supported by this

appendage, but they do not strictly follow the same course ; thus

the form of the arms is the same in Terebratula vitrea, with a

small loop, and in Terebratula australis which has a long one;

the arms in both cases are united throughout by a membrane

forming three lobes, of which the central one is spirally folded

like the proboscis of a butterfly, but from its texture and rela-

tions it never could be moved or unrolled at the will of the

animal ; the sole use of the folding of the arms is’to give increased

surface for the disposition of the cilia.

The letters in the diagrams of Terebratula and Terebratella are intended

24*

364 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

Section A. Terebratule with a short loop.

1. Terebratula vitrea, Linn. sp., 1773 ; Sow.

Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 56. 59%.

Hab, Mediterranean, dredged by Prof.

Forbes in 92 to 250 fathoms in nullipore ~

mud. Many specimens of cretaceous Ter.

carnea are undistinguishable from this

living species.

2. Terebratula uva, Brod. 1833; Zool. Proc.; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 70. fig. 538-55.

Hab. From the Gulf of Tehuantepec. I have never seen but

one specimen of this species; its loop is broken, but I think it

was similar to that of 7. vitrea.

IY Z

Section B. Terebratule with a long loop.

3. Terebratula Cranium, Muller sp., 1776; Zool. Dan. Prod. ;

Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 60-62.

Hab. Coast of Norway and North Sea; dredged by Dr. Fle-

ming in deep water eastward of Bressay in Zetland.

4. Terebratula globosa, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71.

fig. 99-101.

Hab. Unknown. Some uncertainty exists if the species of

Lamarck (Ency. Méth. pl. 239. fig. 2) is the one figured by

Sowerby from Mr. Cuming’s collection.

5. Terebratula picta, Chemn. sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.

fig. 43, 44.

Hab. Java.

. 6. Terebratula dilatata, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.

fig. 48, 49.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens: I can perceive no difference be-

tween this shell and Ter. Californiana, except in the size of the

foramen, which is small in Koch’s species.

7. Terebratula Californiana, Koch; Kiister, Nov. Ed. Martini

Chem. vol. viii. 1843, pl. 2d. fig. 21-28; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 70. fig. 50, 52.

Hab. Coast of California.

* For convenience, and to avoid referring to numerous works, we will

in this short paper mention only the figures in Sowerby’s ‘Thesaurus Conch.’

1849.

of Recent Brachiopoaa. 365

8. Terebratula lenticularis, Deshayes, 1830 ; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 72. fig. 108-110.

Hab. Cook’s Straits, New Zealand, depth 15 fathoms: this

species is found fossil in the island.

9. Terebratula Grayii, Day. Zool. Proc. 1852.

Hab. Straits of Korea.

10. Terebratula australis, Quoy, 1834; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 69.

fig. 25, 34.

Hab. In shallow seas, depth 4 feet ; according to Quoy. Ter.

flavescens and dentata, Lam. 1819, and T. recurva, Quoy, are only

varieties and malformations.

II. Genus Teresratuiina, D’Orb. 1849.

Closely allied to Terebratula, but differing in the union of the

crural processes, which form a shelly band behind the mouth of

the animal, whereas the reflected border of the loop is always in

front (below in the figure) of the mouth: in young specimens of

the recent 7. Caput-serpentis, the crural processes are not joined,

showing an intimate relation to Terebratula vitrea. The disposi-

tion of the ciliated arms is the same as in 7. vitrea and australis :

the figure has been taken with the cilia a little out of their proper

place to show some points more clearly, and especially for com-

parison with the type of Argiope. The arms are united by a

membrane which.forms a flat disc in Argiope, but here forms

three lobes as described under Terebratula. Apart from the

peculiarity of the loop, the Terebratuline form a small group,

so well characterized by form and sculpture as never to be con-

founded with any other. The beak is truncated, and the foramen

partly encircled by a deltidium united or disunited in different

species; the two ear-like expansions on the sides of the umbo

are also characteristic of this genus.

A great many recent species have been proposed by various

authors, but after a minute comparison of these, they must I

fear be reduced to five or six.

366 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

ll. Terebratulina Caput-serpentis, Linn. sp., 1773; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 68. fig. 1-4, &e.

Hab. Many parts of the Scottish coast, &c., in from 10 to

50 fathoms : this species is likewise found fossil in all the strata

from the chalk upwards.

12. Terebratulina septentrionalis, Couthouy sp. ; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 68. fig. 5, 6, 1846.

Hab. Coast of Maine, Massachusets.

13. Terebratulina Japonica, Sow. sp., 1846; Th. Conch. pl. 68.

fig. 7, 8.

Hab. Seas of Japan.

14. Terebratulina cancellata, Koch sp.; Kiister, Neur. ed.

Martini Chemnitz, vii. 1. t. 2 d. fig. 11-13.

Hab. Unknown.

15. Terebratulina abyssicola, Adam and Reeves, sp. 1850, Voy.

of Samarang.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, depth 120 fathoms ; these two last-

named species require further examination.

16. Terebratulina Cumingii, Dav. Zool. Proc. 1852.

Hab. China seas.

III. Genus Teresrateiia, D’Orb. 1847.

The animal of this genus has been well described by Prof.

Owen in the ‘ Trans. of the Zool. Soc. ;’ it differs from Terebratula

by its loop being doubly attached ; the lamellz proceeding from

the crural base, before attaining their greatest length, give off a

flat, wide, more or less horizontal process, likewise affixed to a

more or less elevated longitudinal septum, the lamella proceed-

of Recent Brachiopoda. 367

ing again and doubling itself in the shape of a loop as in Tere-_

bratula. The variations in the details and in the position of the

lamella and septum in some species of Terebratella, such as T.

crenulata, Evansii and Cumingii, connect this genus with Magas,

so that the last genus will no¢ form a separate family as generally

supposed. 4

Fourteen or fifteen species of recent Terebratella have been

described and figured, all in general characterized by a longitu-

dinal depression in the smaller valve ; but some of the species

enumerated differ so little from one another as to make me doubt

the propriety of retaining them all under distinct appellations.

17. Terebratella dorsata, Lam. sp., 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 68.

fig. 15, 16, 17.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens.

18. Terebratella fleruosa, King sp., Zool. Journ. vol. v.; Sow.

Th. Conch. pl. 69. fig. 23, 24.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens, in the vicinity of Port Famine.

19. Terebratella Chilensis, Brod. sp., 1833; Zool. Proc.; Sow.

Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 18, 19.

Hab. Bay of Valparaiso, 90 fathoms.

20. Terebratella Sowerbii, King sp., 1835 ; Zool. Journ.; Sow.

Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 20-22.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens.

21. Terebratella Coreanica, Adam and Reeves sp., 1850, Voy.

of the Samarang, pl. 21. fig. 3.

Hab. Corean Archipelago. This species is beautifully strigated

with bright red, which distinguishes it from T. Bouchardii, which

is of a uniform yellow colour.

22. Terebratella Bouchardii, Dav. 1852; Zool. Proc.

Hab. Unknown. :

23. Terebratella rubicunda, Sow. sp., 1846; Zool. Journ. ; Sow.

Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 45, 46, 47.

Hab. Abundant in the seas near New Zealand; its colour is

vivid red or white. T-. inconspicua, Sow., seems to be only~a

young and ill-grown specimen of this species.

24. Terebratella Zelandica, Desh. sp., 1830; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 72. fig. 111-113.

Hab. Cook’s Straits, New Zealand, depth 15 fathoms. This

368 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

is the Ter. sanguinea, Leach (not Chemnitz), Ter. rubra, Sow.,

by mistake Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 9-11, not 7. rubra, Pallas.

25. Terebratella crenulata, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 71.

fig. 96-98.

Hab. Santa Cruz and Korea. In this species the loop is

doubly attached as in all Terebratelle, but the central septum

forms an elevated plait almost reaching the larger valve; the

form of the loop is similar to that of 7. Evansii, but slightly

different in its details.

26. Terebratella Evansii, Dav.; Zool. Proc., 1852.

Hab. New Zealand.

27. Terebratella Labradorensis, Sow. sp., Th. Conch. pl. 71.

fig. 89, 90.

Hab. Labrador (Goodsir).

28. Terebratella Algoensis, Sow. sp., Th. Conch. pl.71. fig.91,92.

Hab. Algoa Bay. Only the larger or perforated valve is known,

but by analogy I suppose it to be a Terebratella.

29. Terebratella transversa, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 72.

fig. 114, 115.

Hab. Unknown.

30. Terebratella rubella, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 69.

fig. 40, 42.

Hab. Java. Mr. Sowerby states the loop to be simply attached

as in australis; this however appears to me to be a mistake, as

Mr. Cuming has specimens showing traces of the double attach-

ment.

31. Terebratella? sanguinea, Chemnitz sp., 1785 ; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 71. fig. 71, 73.

Hab. Island of Zebu. _ This species appears to have the loop

attached somewhat as in Megerlia.

32. Terebratella Cumingii, Dav. ; Zool. Proc. 1852.

“Hab. New Zealand. Iam quite at a loss what to do with this

form, which possesses many of the characters of Magas, Bouchar-

dia and Terebratella ; for the present I therefore leave it under

the latter genus, from whence it may be removed if future

discoveries render this necessary.

of Recent Brachiopoda. 369

IV. Genus Meceruia, King, 1850.

In this section a slightly elevated medio-longitudinal crest

roceeds from under the muscular fulcrum to less than half the

ength of the valve, near the extremity of which two short central

diverging branches arise and support the calcareous loop, which

consists of two riband-shaped lamelle, first attached to the inner

side of the socket walls or crural base, afterwards extending to

the extremity of the diverging branches to which they are affixed

before proceeding on both sides in the same direction to their

extremity, under the shape of two nearly parallel longitudinal

lamellz, which are afterwards folded back as in Terebratula,

forming a loop, but giving off two processes, which affix them-

selves also to the extremity of the diverging branches above

described ; perhaps in time it will be found necessary to consider

this genus as a section of Terebratella: two recent species of this

genus are known, and it occurs in the fossil state.

33. Megerlia truncata, Linn. Gmel. sp., 1788; Chem. 1785 ;

Sow. Th. Conch. tab. 71. f. 64-67.

Hab. Coast of Sicily, &c., depth from 60 to 105 fathoms ;

found fossil at Gibraltar.

34. Megerlia pulchella, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 71.

fig. 105-107.

Hab. Attached to corals at Calapan, Island of Mindoro, &e.

V. Genus Kraussta, Day. 1852.

Shell subcircular, with a nearly straight hinge-line; beak

truncated; foramen large, round; deltidial plates small, not

united ; beak ridges well defined, leaving a flat false area between

them and the hinge margin; in most species a longitudinal de-

pression exists in the smaller valve; the inferior pedicle muscles

are large, leaving two wide eye-shaped impressions close to the

hinge, and between the inner walls of the socket ridges, a small

slightly elevated mesial ridge extends to about half the length

of the valve, at the extremity of which arise two small forked

diverging lamell expanded at their extremity.

The ciliated arms are unusually small, their fringes not extend-

370 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

ing to more than half-way towards the border of the shell ; in the

first part of their course from the mouth forwards, the cilia are

few or wanting; the whole brachial apparatus is supported by

the small forked process above described, no other part of the

apophysary system being calcified.

Obs. The animal of this genus has been examined in two

species, and differs from Megerlia in the relative small size of the

ciliated arms : five recent species are known.

35. Kraussia rubra, Pallas sp., 1766; Mis. Zool. tab. 14. fig. 2,

11; Ency. Méth. pl. 243. fig. 4-8.

a ae striata promontorii bone spei; Chemnitz, 1785, tab. 77.

. 103.

wee Capensis, Gmel., 1788.

Terebratula Capensis, Krauss, 1848.

Hab. Near Cape of Good Hope.

Obs. Most authors have misunderstood this form; Sowerby,

in his ‘Th. Conch.’ tab. 68. figures as 7. rubra (Pallas),

a specimen of 7. Zelandica, which is now in the Collection of

the British Museum, and figured by Leach under the false name

of sanguinea, which is not Chemnitz’s species. 7. Capensis,

Adam and Reeves, is not the 7. Capensis of Chemnitz, and there-

fore not the T. rubra of Pallas.

36. Kraussia cognata, Chemnitz sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 68. fig. 12-14.

Hab. South Africa.

37. Kraussia pisum, Lamarck sp., 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 69.

fig. 37-39.

Ter. natalensis, Kiister, 1843 ; Krauss, 1848.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

38. Kraussia Lamarckiana, Day. 1852; Zool. Proc.

Hab. Sidney and New Zealand.

39. Kraussia Deshaysii, Day. 1852; Zool. Proc.

Ter. Capensis, Adam and Reeves (non 7. Capensis, Gmelin) , &e.

Hab. Korea.

—

5 of Recent Brachiopoda. 371

VI. Genus Morrista, Day. 1852.

Shell minute, circular, depressed ; foramen large, round, en-

croaching equally on both valves; larger valve with a small

straight hinge area ; deltidium plates minute, widely separated ;

smaller valve deeply notched at the umbo; apophysary system

consisting of two branches, originating at the base of the dental

sockets, and united to a small elevated process arising from the

centre of the valve.

Animal furnished with two subspiral or sigmoid arms, frmged

with comparatively large cilia: these arms originate above the

mouth (as shown in the figure) supported by the crural processes,

and after passing forwards and converging in front of the mouth

they again turn outwards, each having the shape of the letter S.

The shell is of a dark green colour, with bright orange ovaries,

contrasting with the brilliant white of the ciliated arms. The

cilia (more properly cirri) are grouped in pairs, as we believe to

be the case in the Terebratule generally.

40. Morrisia seminulum, Philippi sp., Enum. Moll. Siciliz, 1836,

pl. 6. fig. 15.

Ter. depressa, Forbes, Rep. of the Mol. of the Aigean Sea, 1843.

Hab. Mediterranean, depth 95 fathoms (Forbes).

Obs. Philippi’s species has been mistaken by Sowerby, who

gave the name seminulum to another form which we have called

Argiope Forbesii. The original figures of seminulum are circular,

and clearly exhibit the deep notch in the umbo of the smaller

valve characteristic of the genus, and not to be found in any

species of Argiope: according to Kiister the shell under notice

has received the name of Ter. Neapolitana from Scacchi, Oss.

Zool. ii. p. 18 ; but not having been able to find the paper alluded

to, I have retained Philippi’s name.

VII. Genus Maeas, Sow. 1818.

The genus Magas is characterized by the peculiar shape of its

apophysary system, composed of an elevated longitudinal sep-

tum in the imperforated valve, to which are affixed two pairs of

372 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

calcareous lamelle differently disposed : the lower pair are riband-

shaped, attached first to the crural base. They direct themselves

by a gentle curve to near the anterior portion of the septum, to

the sides of which they are affixed: the second pair arise on

either side of the upper edge of the septum, extending in the

form of two triangular-shaped lamelle.

No true recent Magas has been discovered ; but some forms,

placed for the present in Terebratella,such as T. Cumingii, possess

characters of this genus.

Subgenus WatTonia.

Apophysary system consisting of a pair of riband-shaped

lamelle fixed to the crural base and to an elevated plate.

41. Waltonia Valenciennii, Dav. 1850, Ann. and Mag. of Nat.

Hist. vol. v. pl. 15. fig. 1.

Hab. New Zealand.

VIII. Genus Boucnarnta, Dav. 1849.

Apophysary system anchor-shaped, consisting of an elevated

central plate, to which are affixed two short lamelle.

42. Bouchardia rosea, Humphrey sp.; Day. Bull. Soc. Géol. de

France, vol. vii. 2nd ser. pl. 1. fig. 1-6, 1849.

Hab. Rio in 138 fathoms.

Obs. Magas, Waltonia, and Bouchardia are related to Tere-

bratella by such species as Terebratella crenulata, Evansii and

Cumingii.

TX. Genus Arciorr, Deslongchamps, 1842.

Megathyris, D’Orb. 1847.

In the imperforated valve one or more prominent septa ; apo-

physary system consists of a distinct loop, originating at the

base of the dental sockets and furnished with converging crural

of Recent Brachiopoda.. . 373

processes: the loop is folded into two or more lobes occupying

the interspaces of the radiating septa, to which they adhere on

their inner side. The mantle adheres closely to the shell, as in

Terebratula proper, and is not seen, except as a part of the shell:

its margin is simple and not ciliated ; the arms originate 'as in

Terebratula on the anterior side of the mouth, and diverge right

and left parallel with the margin of the shell, but at some little

distance from it: when they arrive at the raised septa they turn

inwards, forming one or more lobes on each side of the middle

line: the outline of the arms is therefore four-lobed in A. decol-

lata; whilst in other recent species, such as A. cistellula, which

has only one, there is only one lobe to each arm. The arms are

relatively connected, as in Terebratula, by a membrane filling up

the whole interior space.

43. Argiope decollata, Chem. sp. 1785 ; detruncata, Gmel. 1788.

Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71. fig. 68, 70.

Hab. Mediterranean: depth from 45 to 105 fathoms; fossil.

Miocene, Gibraltar. (James Smith.)

44. Argiope cuneata, Risso sp., 1826; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.

fig. 83, 84.

Ter. Pera, Miuhlfeld.

Hab. Mediterranean : depth from 28 to 69 fathoms (Forbes).

Obs. This species has only a single median septum. The lobes

of the loop are free for one half their extent in the specimen

examined, and then blend with the shell, as we have noticed in

some specimens of A. decollata.

45. Argiope Forbesii, Dav. 1852.

T. seminulum and lunifera of Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71. fig. 85-

88 (non 7. seminulum, Philippi).

Hab. Mediterranean : depth from 60 to 105 fathoms (Forbes).

Obs. In this form the same longitudinal septum exists, but

the loop was imperfect in the specimens at my disposal.

46. Argiope cistellula, S. Wood, sp. 1840; Mag. and Ann. of

Nat. Hist. vol. v:, and Forbes and Hanley, Hist. of Brit.

Moll. pl. 57. fig. 9, 1849; Dav. Mon. of Tertiary Brach.

Pal. Soc. part 1. p. 10. f. 2.

Hab. Off Skye, Zetland, &c., Scotland ; in 40 fathoms (M‘An-

- drew).

Obs. In this species the same mesial septum coexists with a

complete two-lobed loop ; in my specimen of this species the ani-

mal is preserved, and differs only from A. decollata in having two

lobes instead of four.

374 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

X. Genus Tuecrpe£, Def. 1828.

Thecidea has a calcareous loop folded into two or more lobes,

- and lying in hollows of correspond-

ing form excavated in the substance

of the small valve. This loop, or

apophysary ridge, supports the

branchial membrane, whose thick-

ened and ciliated margin is appa-

rently attached to the inner sides

of the grooves. The cilia are very

long, especially the outer series,

which are directed inwards in the

dried specimens.

47. Thecidea mediterranea, Risso, 1826; Hist. Nat. des Prine.

Prod. de Europe Mer. fig. 183 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.

fig. 30-32.

Hab. Mediterranean.

2. Family Sptrirertp2# (extinct).

Shell furnished with spiral caleareous processes for the sup-

port of the oral arms. Usually trilobed and winged.

3. Family RayncHoneLiip2.

Shell not punctate, usually tetrahedral and sharply plaited ;

oral arms spiral, supported only by short curved processes.

XI. Genus Ruyncuoneta, Fischer, 1809.

Shell variable in shape ; beak acute, more or less recurved, no

true area; foramen variable in its dimensions and form, placed

under the beak, exposed or concealed, entirely or partially sur-

rounded by a deltidium in two pieces; apophysary system in

smaller valve composed of two short flattened and grooved

lamellee separate and moderately curved upward, attached to the

inner side of the beak of smaller valve, and to which were affixed

the free fleshy arms.

Obs. Not having had the advantage of examining the animal of

this genus, I can only refer to Prof. Owen’s anatomy of R. psit-

tacea in the Zool. Trans. vol. i. 2nd part: two species of recent

Rhynchonelle are known.

48. Rhynchonella psittacea, Chem. sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 71. fig. 78, 79, 80.

Hab. Labrador, in the mud on the shore at low water: dredged.

alive at Melville Island, throughout the arctic seas, from low

ee Ed ee ae ee

ae ee

of Recent Brachiopoda. 375

water to 100 fathoms: obtained by Prof. King from the depth

of 30 fathoms at a distance of twenty-five miles from the north-

ern coast of Northumberland, and by Laskey by dredging in the

depths of the Frith of Forth. This species is found fossil in the

Norwich Crag, and in the glacial formation of the Clyde.

49. Rhynchonella nigricans, Sow. sp., 1846 ; Proc. of Zool. Soe.

and Sow. Th. Couch. pl. 71. fig. 81, 82; also Dav. Zool.

Proc. 1852.

Hab. Foveaux Straits, about five miles N.E. of Ruapuke Island,

dredged in 19 fathoms by Mr. F. J. Evans, R.N., New Zealand.

Obs. This species is undistinguishable from half-grown speci-

mens of the oolitie Rh. concinna, Sow., but probably never be-

came so globular as that species is found, when adult.

4. Family Orturp2 (extinct).

Arms spiral ;? destitute of calcareous supports, attached or not

by a pedicle.

5. Family Catcroxip (extinct).

6. Family Craniapa anp ORBICULID2.

Shell horny or calcareous, minutely tubular, attached by the

ventral valve,‘or by a pedicle passing through a fissure in it ; no

hinge or apophysary system ; animal with its oral arms fixed to

a process of the lower (ventral) valve. The lower valve in both

Crania and Orbicula correspond to the perforated valve of Tere-

bratula, so that while those two genera form an exception to

the invariable rule that the shell of the Brachiopod is fixed by

fheans of the ventral valve, they differ very remarkably from

other genera in having the oral arms fixed to the ventral or

attached valve.

XII. Genus Cranta, Retzius, 1781.

Shell calcareous, tubular ; ventral or fixed valve with a central

process, to which the spiral arms are attached; dorsal or upper

valve free, limpet-like, with two diverging muscular processes.

No hinge or calcareous appendage, no perforation for the passage

of a pedicle of attachment ; arms fleshy.

50. Crania ringens, Heningh., 1828 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.

fig. 10, 11.

Hab. Mediterranean in from 40 to 90 fathoms ; also near Sid-

ney, New South Wales.

51. Crania personata, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 9.

Hab. India.

376 On the Classification of Recent Brachiopoda.

52. Crania anomala, Mill. sp., Zool. Dan. 1776. C. norvegica,

Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 15-17.

Hab. Scotland, adhering to stones, &c. in deep water in Zet-

land, in 20 fathoms off Arran, in from 30 to 80 fathoms in Loch

Fyne, &c. ; also in North Sea.

53. Crania rostrata, Hoeningh., 1328 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.

fig. 12-14.

Hab. Mediterranean.

XIII. Genus Orsicura, Cuvier, 1789.

Shell horny; upper valve limpet-like, without any internal

processes ; ventral or lower valve perforated for the passage of

the pedicle, and furnished with a central process for the attach-

ment of the ciliated arms.

54. Orbicula lamellosa, Brod. Zool. Proc. 1833, p. 124; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 73. fig. 1.

Hab. Coast of Peru.

55. Orbicula levis, Sow. 1818; Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. viii., and

Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 2, 3.

Hab. Off Conception, Chili; attached to Mytili ; depth 6

fathoms.

56. Orbicula Cumingii, Brod. Zool. Proc. 1833 ; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 73. fig. 6.

Hab. Payta, St. Elena and Panama.

57. Orbicula strigata, Brod. Zool. Trans. vol. i. pl. 23. fig. 1,

1833 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 7.

Hab. Island of Canna, Guatemala, Malacca, &e.

58. Orbicula striata, Sow. 1818, Trans. Zool. Soc.; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 73. fig. 8.

Hab. Unknown.

59. Orbicula tenuis, Sow. 1846 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig.4, 5.

Hab. Unknown.

60. Orbicula Evansii, Dav. 1852; Zool. Proc. 1852.

Hab. Bodegas.

7. Family Linevuipa.

Almost equivalved, rudimentary branchie developed from the

mantle.

=. Te ie oe a,

ee eS

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 377

XIV. Genus Lineuta, Bruguwiére, 1791.

Shell thin, depressed, almost equivalved, hingeless, the two

valves being held together by the adductor muscles; the. shell

attached by a pedicle which passes between the beaks. . No cal-

careous supports. On each side of the base of the mouth is

situated an elongated subspiral fleshy arm, fringed exteriorly

with numerous cilia.

61. Lingula anatina, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 67. fig. 1-

10.

Hab. in sand at low water at the island of Siquijor.

62. Lingula Hians, Swains. 1823 ; Phil. Mag. vol. lx. ; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 67. fig. 4.

No habitat given.

63. Lingula Audebardi, Brod. 1833, Zool. Proe.; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 67. fig. 5.

Hab. In coarse sand at about half-tide from 4: to 6 inches be-

low the surface ; at the island of Punam, in the bay of Guayaquil.

64. Lingula semen, Brod. 1833, Zool. Soc.; Sow. Th. Conch.

pl. 67. fig. 11.

Hab. Off the Isle of Plata, West Columbia.

65. Lingula tumida, Reeves, 1841, Proc. Zool. Soc. ; Sow. Th.

Conch. pl. 67. fig. 7.

Hab. Masbate, New Holland.

66. Lingula ovalis, Reeves, 1841, Zool. Proc. ; Sow. 'Th. Conch.

pl. 67. fig. 8.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

67. Lingula alinda, Hinds, 1844, Moll. Voy. of the Sulphur,

p- 71. pl. 19. fig.4; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 67. fig. 6.

Hab. Bay of Magdalena, California, in 7 fathoms, among sandy

mud,

XXX.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxetey,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

[Concluded from p. 329.]

[With four Plates. ]

640. S. (Caulicol) nigrans, Desm. Ann. d. Se, Nat. 1846, PI.

Crypt. no. 1774. On Dactylis glomerata, Batheaston, Feb. 1851.

~ n

a certain stage of growth the black stroma-like spots are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2, Vol. ix. 25

878 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. B. Broome on British Fungi.

not visible, but there are merely a few creeping flocci at the base

of the perithecia; these gradually increase in number, so as at

length to form a thin dark stratum. The species may however

be recognized in any state by the fusiform spores, the middle

joint of which is swollen. Besides the true paraphyses, there are

jointed threads in the perithecia resembling the flocci on some

slimy Agarics. .

Puate XI. fig. 27. a. Asci; 5. sporidia in various stages of growth.

641. S. (Caulicolee) semilibera, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1787.

On dead reeds, Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq.

Rather a large form of the species, but such as might be ex-

pected on a larger matrix, a circumstance always worthy of atten-

tion in this genus, as may be seen in the difference between the

same species when growing on a twig, or that luxuriating on a

thick bough. The form of the spores is the same. Desmaziéres’

plant is on Bromus sylvaticus, but it also grows on Dactylis glo-

merata or Triticum sativum.

*S. scirpicola, Dec. Fl. Fr. ii. p. 809. Besides the common

form on Scirpus, we find Desmaziéres’ var. Typharum on Typha,

and one similar to it on some Carex. In all, the sporidia are ob-

long, somewhat curved, triseptate, with the articulations slightly

swollen.

*S. maculans, Sow. t. 894. f. 9. Maculis orbicularibus parvis

griseis ; peritheciis sparsis subglobosis, ostiolis punctiformibus ;

sporidiis oblongis elongatis curvulis 6-7-septatis. On Scirpus

lacustris.

This species, which was considered in the ‘ English Flora’ as

a form of S. scirpicola, we now propose as a species under its

original name, being characterized, in addition to its outward

appearance, by the sporidia being very much longer and with

more than twice the number of septa.

S. maculans, Desm. no. 1784, is totally different.

*8. herbarum, P., var. glumarum. Peritheciis subglobosis

ostiolo papillzformi vel obscuro ; ascis clavatis obtusis sporidiis

biseriatis fusiformibus curvulis uniseptatis cellulosis. On wheat

chaff, Batheaston, Jan. 1850.

Perithecia minute, subglobose, furnished with a more or less

visible papilleform ostiolum. Asci large, clavate; paraphyses

longer than the asci, flexuous. Sporidia biseriate, yellow-brown,

consisting of two apposed cones the border of which is twice

constricted, each division containing as seen laterally four cells,

so that twenty-four cells are visible im each sporidium.

We were at first inclined to think this distinct from S. herba-

rum, but we have since seen the sporidia of undoubted S. herba-

rum formed on the same principle.

"1 Pe aS

Se) ee es

ee ee

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broom: on British Fungi. 879

642. S. (Caulicole) Ogilviensis, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis de-

ressis ; ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis fusiformi-

us bipartitis, endochromatibus in quoque loculo tribus, On

dead stems of Senecio Jacobea, Dundee, Mr. W. M. Ogilvie.

Perithecia scattered, covered by the cuticle, depressed, with a

decided obtuse, papilleform ostiolum. Asci clavate; sporidia

biseriate, fusiform, consisting of two apposed cones, the sides of

which are slightly hollowed out; each division containing three

endochromes.

No species can be confounded with this when the fructifica-

tion is properly observed. Externally it resembles S. herbarum.

Puate XI. fig. 28. a, 6. Sporidia more or less magnified.

643. S. (Caulicole) Clivensis, n.s. Tecta subglobosa ostiolo

minuto perforante; ascis elongato-clavatis; sporidiis oblongis

curvulis utrinque obtusis triseptatis fuscis. On dead stems of

some herbaceous plant, apparently Pastinaca sativa, in an old

stone pit at King’s Cliffe, July 1850. It will probably prove

common, but the name is intended to indicate the place where it

first occurred. Entirely covered, with the exception of the

minute ostiolum which penetrates the cuticle.

Perithecia subglobose. Asci clavate, elongated; sporidia

biseriate, oblong, slightly curved, very obtuse, triseptate; some-

times constricted at the articulations, dark brown.

Allied to S. herbarum, but with very different sporidia. We

ean find no indication, in authors, of this species, whose fruit is

extremely beautiful.

Puate XI. fig. 29. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia more or less magnified.

644. S. (Caulicole) modesta, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1786. On

dead stems of Scrophularia, Glen Isla, Mr. W. Gardiner, May

1846 (no. 131).

_M. Desmaziéres’ specimens are on Scabiosa. The peculiar

character is the swelling out of the third joint of the curved,

multiseptate, subfusiform sporidia. In S. complanata the spo-

ridia are larger, with the second joint swollen, as in Libert, no.

244. S. complanata, Desm. no. 713, appears exactly intermediate

between the two; in this we find the third joint swollen. In

both, the asci are eylindrical, but they are clavate in S. modesta.

In Fries’ ¢ Scl. Suec.’ we find in one copy Phacidium Patella, and

in another which exactly resembles Madame Libert’s plant ex-

ternally, there are no asci, but slender fusiform spores, seated on

sporophores, which must either be considered as a Septoria, or

as the Spheropsoid form of the species.

The swollen joint in this and several other. species may

25*

380 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi,

possibly be something analogous to the phenomena exhibited by

Vesiculifera.

Puate XI. fig. 30. Sporidium highly magnified.

- 645. S. (Caulicole) commanipula, n.s. Sparsa primum sub-

globosa tecta demum denudata collapsa ostiolo minuto; ascis

cylindricis ; sporidiis biseriatis brevibus elliptico-cymbiformibus

uniseptatis. On the dry capsules of some Scrophularia, Glen

Isla, Forfarshire, May 1846, Mr. W. Gardiner.

Scattered, at first covered by the cuticle, subglobose, then ex-

posed and collapsed, with a minute papilleform ostiolum, which

is however sometimes obscure. Asci cylindrical; sporidia bi-

seriate, elliptico-cymbiform, uniseptate. Sometimes one of the

endochromes is decidedly conical, with a constriction about the

centre.

This occurs on the capsules of the same plant whose stems

produced S. modesta. On the capsules we also find a Phoma,

precisely similar externally, which may be regarded possibly as

the Sphzropsoid form of the species.

Puate XI, fig. 31. a. Ascus; 0b. sporidia: both more or less magnified.

646. S. (Caulicole) Thwaitesii, n.s. Peritheciis minutis con-

vexis basi applanatis; mycelio subtilissimo matricem intrante

zruginoso ; ascis cylindricis; sporidiis oblongo-clavatis curvulis

obtusis ; endochromatibus 4 repletis. On stems of Umbellifere,

Leigh Wood, Bristol, G. H. K. Thwaites, Jan. 1845.

Perithecia minute, convex above, flattened below, arranged in

short lines; seated on the woody fibres, which are traversed and

covered with very delicate anastomosing, verdigris-green threads.

Asci cylindrical or subclavate, rather short; sporidia biseriate,

oblongo-clavate, obtuse at either extremity, slightly curved, con-

taining about four endochromes. In some specimens we find

naked, oblong, slightly curved spores, with about five endo-

chromes, the whole gelatinous mass having a pale sea-green tint.

The eruginous threads running through the hyaline woody

fibres and anastomosing in their cavity form a very pretty

object under the microscope. ;

_ On the same stem a Peziza occurs, externally resembling P.

atrata, but with elongated, oblong, curved sporidia, containmg

7-9 endochromes.

Puiate XI. fig. 32. a. Sporidia; b. mycelium; c. one of the woody cells

traversed by mycelium. All more or less magnified.

647. S. (Caulicole) Phomatospora, n.s. Immersa; peritheciis

depressis ellipsoideis ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis lmearibus ; spo-

ridiis uniseriatis oblongo-ellipticis minutis hyalinis bmucleatis,

On dead potato stalks, Ashwick, Gloucestershire, March 1850.

We aa

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 381.

Immersed in the dead decorticated stems, and, with the excep-

tion of the black punctiform ostiolum, quite invisible, being con-

cealed by the woody tissue. Contents of the perithecia pale

salmon-coloured. Asci extremely delicate, linear ; sporidia

hyaline, uniseriate, oblongo-elliptic, minute, obtuse, with a single

nucleus at either extremity.

Agreeing in habit with S. Berkeleyi, Desm., like which it is

not merely subcuticular or cortical. It differs essentially in its

depressed perithecia, shorter ostiolum, and more especially in its

shorter obtuse sporidia, which closely resemble those of a Phoma.

Piate XI. fig. 33. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

A Spheria occurs on leaves of Atra cespitosa at Batheaston,

with slightly longer sporidia and more exposed perithecia, which

we at first referred to this as a variety. As it grows on leaves_

the perithecia are necessarily less immersed, and the difference in

the sporidia is very slight. We are now inclined to consider it

rather as a form of S. pheosticta.

648. S. (Caulicolz) fosta, n.s. Peritheciis minutis pallidis

depressis epidermide adusta tectis; ascis linearibus; sporidiis

uniserialibus; sporidiis brevibus elliptico-cymbiformibus uni-

septatis. On dead stems of Epilobium hirsutum, Rudloe, Wilts,

Feb. 1843.

~ Perithecia depressed, subglobose, pale, concealed under broad

spots which look as if they had been scorched, the part of the

cuticle above each perithecium being darker. sci linear; spo-

ridia uniseriate, short, elliptico-cymbiform, uniseptate, very pale.

This species has somewhat the habit of S. tomicum, S. clypeata,

&c., but is very distinct.

Puiate XI. fig. 34. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less mag-

nified.

649. S. (Caulicol) tenebrosa, n.s. Sparsa tecta epidermide

prosenchymateque tenebrosis ; peritheciis depressis ; ascis amplis

eylindrico-clavatis ; sporidiis fuscis bipartitis articulis subconicis

‘endochromatibus binis repletis. On dead stems of Arctium,

which are completely blackened by the fungus, King’s Cliffe,

May 1, 1843.

Perithecia scattered, irregularly covered by the cuticle and

subjacent cells which are traversed by dark cellular mycelium,

which here and there gives rise to short Toruloid threads. Asci

large, cylindrical, obtuse, slight, attenuated below ; sporidia bi-

seriate, composed of two apposed irregular cones which contain

at first a single large globule, but at length have two irregular

endochromes.

A very fine species remarkable for its curious mycelium and

382 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

large sporidia. The perithecia are by no means seriate, and the

connecting cellular matter can scarcely be considered a stroma.

The sporidia are totally different from those of S. inguilina, with

which the species may perhaps be compared.

PLATE XII. fig. 35. a. Asci and paraphyses; }. sporidium; ¢. mycelium.

All more or less magnified.

*S. mgrella, Fr. Obs. i. t. 4. fig. 2. On Angelica sylvestris,

King’s Cliffe.

We have exactly similar specimens from the south of France,

gathered by Dr. Montagne, and which had been submitted to

the inspection of Fries.

650. S. (Foliicole) sabuletorum, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis

subglobosis demum collapsis ostiolis pertusis ; ascis amplis cylin-

dricis sporidiis fusiformibus nodulosis. On dead leaves of Am-

mophila arundinacea, Sands of Barrie, Mr. W. Gardiner, May 1845.

Perithecia scattered, concealed, with the exception of the per-

tused ostiolum, subglobose, at length collapsed. Asci large,

rather short, cylindrical, very obtuse. Sporidia at first globose

or obovate, uniseptate ; eventually one joint produces three endo-

chromes and the other four, the fourth beimg seated in the centre

of the compound fusiform sporidium, and much larger than the

rest. There is a constriction between each endochrome, Other.

sporidia may be found more or less distorted ; sometimes a partial

disruption takes place at the primitive articulation, and the axes

of the two portions make an obtuse angle with each other. In

the young spores the centre of the dissepiment is often thrust

forward into one of the cells, generally the larger, so as to call

to mind the analogous phenomenon in Zygnemata. This is

perhaps the finest of all the graminicolous species.

This species oecurs on the specimens published under No. 1288

by M. Desmaziéres as S. perforans, Roberge. The sporidia of

that species are described as elliptic, bilocular and hyaline. We

do not find that species on the grass, but the present and three

other genera, amongst which is our Eriospora, which does not

appear hitherto to have been observed in France.

Since the above was written, we have received a specimen of

S. perforans from M. Desmaziéres which contains fruit agreeing

with his description, and unmixed with our S. sabuletorum,

which cannot be distinguished without microscopical examina-

tion. ‘There is a certain resemblance in the very early state of

the sporidia, but S. perforans stops where S. sabuletorum begins.

Amongst the specimens of Ammophila studded with Cryptogams,

received from Mr. Gardiner, is a minute lichen, apparently Bia-

tora vernalis (Lecidea sabuletorum, Moug. and Nest.), which ex-

hibits conidia seated on the tips of the paraphyses. Something

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 383

of the kind is figured by Bayrhoffer, Hiniges iiber Lichenen, t. 3.

f. 12.» See also Gardeners’ Chronicle, Dec. 20,1851. The apical

spores in Lichenopsis of Schweinitz are evidently of the same

nature.

Puarte XII. fig. 36. a. Ascus; 5. young sporidia; c. older; d. young

sporidium showing the bulging septum; e. sporidia (sometimes appendicu-

late) from S. perforans, Roberge. Fig. 37. Paraphyses of lichen bearing

conidia. Ail more or less magnified.

651. S. pheosticta, Berk. in Antarct. Fl. Crypt. p. 59. tab. 68.

fig. 4. On Carex pendula, Thornhaugh, Norths.

The antarctic specimens are on Hierochloe Brunnoniensis. The

sporidia are brown, and resemble those of S. fusca.

Piate XII. fig. 38. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

652. S. (Poliicole) eucrypta, n.s. Tecta; peritueciis ovatis

teneris, e floccis sparsis ramosis enatis ; collo brevissimo ; ascis

clavatis ; sporidiis lineari-fusiformibus ; endochromatibus pluri-

bus inzqualibus. -On leaves of Carex pendula, Batheaston, Jan.

1850.

“Searcely visible unless the leaf is held up to the light ; peri-

thecia delicate, ovate, with a very short neck and round aperture

like a little India-rubber bottle, springing from threads which

are mostly branched at right angles. Asci very delicate, clavate ;

sporidia ~4,th of an inch long, lineari-fusiform, with several en-

dochromes varying much in size. ;

A pretty species, but very liable to be overlooked, unless the

leaves on which it grows chance to be saturated with moisture.

Puare XII. fig. 40. a. Asci; 6. sporidia; c. threads accompanying the

perithecia, and with which they are partially clothed.

653. S. (Foliicole) helicospora, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis subglo-

bosis ; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis linearibus longissimis spiraliter

involutis. On leaves of Cyperacee, West of England.

Distinguished from the former by its extremely long spirally

disposed sporidia, which resemble those of Hysterium apiculatum.

654. S. (Foliicole) palustris, n. s. Tecta; peritheciis glo-

bosis ; ostiolo minuto papilleformi, ore tandem rotundo aperto.

Ascis linearibus. Sporidiis ellipticis curvulis uniseptatis utrinque

appendiculatis. On dead leaves of Iris, Carex, &c., Batheaston,

Dec. 1849.

Scattered, completely covered by the cuticle, globose at first, with

-aminute papillzform ostiolum, at length opening with a regular

round aperture, the edges of which adhere closely to the matrix.

_Asci linear ; sporidia uniseriate or rarely biseriate from slipping

over each other, cymbiform, brown, uniseptate, furnished at

either end with a hyaline appendage rather shorter than the

3884 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

joints, at length ejected and forming a brown border to the

ostiolum. Sometimes the two cells of the sporidia appear like

“two apposed cones. The appendages seem to be continued from

a delicate outer membrane, and sometimes both pomt in one

direction, sometimes in two, so as to give the sporidia a sigmoid

outline.

Puate XII, fig. 39. a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

- %*8. Artocreas, Tode= Discosia clypeata, De Notaris. We have

also from Aberystwith, gathered by Mr. Ralfs, and from Appin by

Capt. Carmichael, a species of Pilidium, which does not differ, as

far as we can see, from P. disseminatum, Lib., a synonym we be-

lieve of P. acerinum, Kze. Our plant occurs on oak leaves.

655. S. (Foliicole) carpinea, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. 1. p. 528;

Desm.! no. 981. On dead leaves of hornbeam, Lucknam, Wilts.

Asci subclavate ; sporidia biseriate, broadly and shortly eymbi-

form, the least curved side being a little hollowed out towards

either apex.

Puate XII. fig. 41. a. Ascus; 0. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

656. S. Pteridis, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1295. S. Litura, Berk.

‘MSS. (olim). “ Epiphylla maculis parvis griseis vel nullis ; pe-

ritheciis minutis globosis sparsis vel subaggregatis, epidermide

-tectis ; ascis clavatis.”

= 8. punctiformis, b. Pteridis, Fr. Scl. Suec. no. 86.

*S. (Foliicole) Brassice= Asteroma Brassica, Chev. Par. vol. i.

p- 449.

Nothing can be more common than this on cabbage-leaves in

autumn and spring, but it is not often found with perfect fruit,

which places its true characters beyond doubt.

Puate XII. fig. 42. a. Asci; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

657. S. Eryngii, Fr. in Duby, Bot. vol. ii. p. 710; Desm. ! Pl.

Crypt. de France, no. 1300. On dead leaves of Eryngium, Pen-

.zance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

658. S. (Foliicole) Rumicis, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1298. 8,

lichenoides, Johnst. Fl. Berw. vol. ii. p. 181. “ Maculis am-

phigenis, minutis, numerosis, orbiculatis, sparsis, brunneis, viri-

dulo-cinctis. Peritheciis epiphyllis, conglomeratis, mnato-pro-

minulis, perexiguis, globoso-depressis, collabescendo concavis,

olivaceis, dein nigris, poro simplici pertusis. Ascis amplis, tubu-

losis, parum curvatis. Sporidiis olivaceis ovato-oblongis obtusis

uniseptatis.”

Abundant on dock-leaves, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam ; Berwick,

Dr. Johnston ; Penzance, J. Ralfs. Esq. ; Bristol, H. O. Stephens,

Esq:

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 385

659. S. (Foliicole) Leightoni, n.s. Epiphylla; peritheciis

subglobosis piceis ostiolo conico; ascis clavatis; sporidiis oblongo-

biformibus triseptatis. On dead leaves of Linnea Borealis,

Glen Dole, Clova, Rev. W. A. Leighton, Aug. 1837.

Minute, scattered over the upper surface of the leaves, pitchy

brown, shining, narrowed into a short conical ostiolum. Asci

clavate, sublanceolate ; sporidia oblongo-cymbiform, about four

times as long as broad, obtuse, scarcely curved ; endochrome at

first retracted to either end ; a septum is then formed between

the two masses which are at length again divided.

- Puate XII. fig. 43. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

660. Dothidea Piggotii, n.s. Orbicularis innata, superficie

cellularum apicibus papillata; ascis brevibus clavatis ; sporidiis bi-

serialibus obovaté-cymbiformibus 3-septatis. On Pcrmelia saxa-

tilis, Beddgelert and Capel Curig, Aug. 1849, H. Piggot, Esq.

Forming little patches about a line broad, completely adnate

with the thallus; surface opake, black, papillate with the pro-

truding tips of the semi-immersed cells, whose walls are black,

but separated from each other by pellucid vertical cells running

down below into hyaline subhexagonal cells with thick walls.

Asci short, broad, subclavate. Sporidia brown, biseriate, obovate,

eymbiform, slightly curved, triseptate, or very rarely quadrisep-

tate.

This appears clearly to be of the same category with D. Liche-

num, which has however, according to Fries, a different outward

aspect and very slender asci. We take this opportunity of de-

scribing a magnificent closely allied species, gathered in Central

America by Mr. Seeman, and now in the herbarium of Sir W.

J. Hooker.

Dothidea hymenicola, n. s. Cellulis semiliberis totam super-

. ficiem hymeninam occupantibus granulatis, ostiolo subradiato ;

ascis subcylindricis ; sporidiis biseriatis oblongis brevibus uni-

septatis. On the apothecia of some species of Sticta, Central

America.

Occupying the whole surface of the apothecia, which it renders

rough and granular like some pustular Spheria. Cells half im-

mersed, their upper half very obtuse, minutely granulated ; os-

tiolum obscurely radiated. Asci subcvlindrical, clavate ; sporidia

biseriate, oblong, uniseptate.

The matter between the cells'is composed, as in the last, of

longitudinal tissue passing into hexagonal. A state of that spe-

cies however occurs in which the cells are entirely submersed,

‘without any hyaline tissue interposed between them. As they

contain only imperfect fruit, without any distinct asci or spores,

we are inclined to think this arrested in its development and

386 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

completely charred by the sun. D. Lichenum, Fy., is probably

more neatly allied to D. hymenicola, but in the absence of all in-

formation as to the sporidia, it is impossible to speak positively.

661. Dothidea Johnstoni, n. s.. Maculis minutis orbicularibus ;

cellulis concentricis semiliberis, ascis brevibus ; sporidiis obovato-

oblongis uniseptatis. On the leaves of a small Epilobium, Ber-

wick, Dr. Johnston.

Forming little black spots about a line broad studded with

concentric half-free cells with a little round aperture; there are

sometimes a few scattered short stiff brown hairs on the surface,

occasionally converging over the orifice. Asci short, subcylin-

drical, generally rather thicker below. Sporidia biseriate, ob-

ovate-oblong, at length pale brown, uniseptate.

Dothidea Epilobii is totally different, and there is no other

species with which it can be compared. It has almost the habit

of a Depazea, or rather of Spharia Rumicis.

*Lastobotrys Lonicere, Sprengel MSS.; Kze. Myc. Hefte ii-

p. 88. ;

After a very careful investigation of this genus, we are enabled

to confirm the observations of Dr. Montagne, adding however a

little to what he has seen, It is to the specimens published by

Desmaziéres, no. 957, that we are indebted principally for our

information. We have distinctly observed the small bodies found

at the base of the larger sclerotioid grains pullulating from them,

as seen in our sketch. One or two of the outer cells swell, and

become filled with a few hexagonal thick-walled vesicles. As the

cells increase in size the included tissue is multiplied, and the.

external wall becomes reticulated, exactly after the fashion of the

transformation of a cell in the genus Antennaria into a sporan-

gium. The bodies now separate from the original parent. At an

early stage when squeezed, a loose gelatinous mass of slightly

branched, subcylindric, short, thickish threads makes its appear-

ance. Ata later period they are filled with well-formed ecylin-

drical, short, thick asci, which may sometimes be found con-

nected together at the base as if derived from a common thread,

of which the structure observed in an earlier stage of growth is

doubtless an indication. A sketch communicated by Dr. Mon-

tagne exhibits a structure just intermediate. We have not found

sporidia, but the asci are as perfect as in Spheria herbarum, and

as well developed with a distinct second membrane. This seems

to favour M. Desmaziéres’ view of the larger bodies being a scle-

rotioid stroma. Vertical sections of these bodies when mature,

and accompanied by their ascigerous offspring, show very clearly

that the asci are truly contained in the smaller sacs, which are

therefore the true perithecia. All doubt as to their origin is re-

moved by the discovery of the mode of their production. The

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 387

sporidia are still a desideratum ; and should it turn out that the

bodies observed in the smaller perithecia by Kunze and Montagne

are not young asci, though we believe them to be so, we shall

then be obliged to regard them as the Spheropsoid form of the

truly ascigerous sacs. Dr. Montagne, it should be observed, has,

like ourselves, found undoubted asci in the small perithecia, of

which he has sent us numerous sketches.

Piate XII. fig. 44. A transverse slice of one of the large sclerotioid

bodies, showing the conversion of the external cells into perithecia. Highly

magnified. See also Gardeners’ Chronicle, Dee. 6, 1851.

XXXI.—On some genera of the Ieacinacee. By Joun Miers,

Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Continued from p. 226.]}

APODYTES.

Tue characters of this genus, suggested by Dr. Meyer, were

first published by Dr. Arnott in ‘ Hooker’s Journal of Botany,’

and nearly about the same time by Mr. Bentham, in a memoir

given in the 18th vol. of the ‘ Linnzan Transactions.’ The prin-

cipal feature by which it is distinguishable from Icacina, is the

- subsequent growth of its ovarium into a form so extremely

gibbous, that the style appears as if it were produced upon one

side, where it is inflected downwards, and at maturity this is

rendered manifest by the presence of a somewhat lateral scutelli-

form appendage, towards the summit of the fruit. It is how-

ever to be remembered, that nothing is yet known of the develop-

ment of the ovarium of Jcacina, beyond its early stage, when it

exactly resembles that of Apodytes ; and it is not at all improba-

ble, that in the respect just mentioned, they may turn out to be

alike, in which case the two genera must be regarded as identi-

cal, and all the species of Apodytes must then be referred to

Icacina. 1 have had no opportunity of examining the seed of

Apodytes, and in the followig diagnosis have therefore added

its earpological characters from the description of Mr. Bentham,

which will be seen to conform with the analysis given by Dr.

Wight, in his ‘Icones,’ tab. 1153. The only other tangible

feature that can serve to distinguish these genera, is, that in

Ieacina the anthers are ovate, not long, linear, and profoundly

bifid below, and that the filaments are slightly induplicated at

their apex, not straight, as in Apodytes.

Avopytss, E. Meyer; Arnott, Hook. Journ. Bot. iii, 155;

Benth. Linn. Trans. xviii. 683.—Flores perfecti, vel interdum

388 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacex.

polygami, sicco nigrescentes. Calyx parvus, 5-dentatus, per-

sistens. Petala 5, linearia, carnosula, glabra, hypogyna,

eestivatione valvata, demum patentia. Stamina 5, cum petalis

inserta, iis alterna, et fere equilonga: filamenta compressa,

subulata, erecta; anthere lineari-oblongz, 2-lobe, basi ad me-

dium bifidze, in sinu dorsifixe, seepe glandulis resinosis aspera,

lobis parallelis, connectivo tenuissimo connatis, singulatim

2-locellatis, demum septicidis et longitudinaliter evolutim

dehiscentibus. Pollen trigonum. Ovarium liberum, oblon-

gum, valde gibbum, disco parvo suffultum, 1-loculare ; ovula

_2 juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter superposita, podospermio

crassiusculo suspensa, anatropa. Stylus elongatus, subulatus,

flexuosus. Stigma clavatum, sub-3-lobum. (“ Drupa baccata,

dimidiato-ovato-reniformis, stylo hine coronata, et lateraliter

appendice carnoso aucto, nucleo osseo monospermo. Semen

pendulum, ovato-reniforme, compressum, testa tenui, albumine

copioso, carnoso, nigro. Embryo in medio albuminis parvus,

axilis, juxta hilum positus, ‘rectus, radicula breve ad hilum

spectante.” Benth. doc. cit.)\—Arbores capenses et Asiatica,

. folia alterna, ovata, integra, coriacea, glabra, petiolata. In-

florescentia paniculata, terminalis ; flores parvult, cum pedicellis

_ brevibus articulati, bracteolis minimis, caducis.

1. Apodytes dimidiata, E. Mey.; Arnott, Hook. Journ. Bot. iii.

155; Benth. Linn. Trans. xviii. 684 ;—ramulis suleato-an-

gulatis, junioribus pubescentibus ; foliis ovatis vel oblongis,

acutis vel retusis, coriaceis, supra glaberrimis, subtus pube

- vara conspersis, margine cartilagineo revolutis, petiolo sub-

brevi, canaliculato; paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, valde

ramosis, creberrime floribundis, antheris linearibus, profunde

bifidis, crustaceis, glanduloso-echinatis, ovario flavide sericeo.

—C.B.8.ad Krakakamma, Prov. Uitenhage (Zeyher, Drége,

Harvey) ; Port Natal (Krauss, 95). ~

The different specimens vary in the size and shape of the

leaves, and in their more or less glaucous or pruinose hue ; they

are generally from 1} to 24 inches long, $ to 1 inch broad, on a

petiole of 3 lines in length.

Var. 8. capensis ;—foliis utrinque acutioribus, glauco-pruinosis,

glaberrimis, crasso-coriaceis, margine cartilagineo revolutis,

petiolo quam precedenti duplo longiore et tenuiori, subsca-

brido.—C. B. 8. (Masson) ; Uitenhage (Drége).

I can hardly affirm this to be a distinct species, although it is

very different in its aspect, and remarkable for the much

greater length of its petioles; the leaves are more glauccus,

thicker, and more coriaceous, upon petioles twice as long, with

a a

“J

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the cacinacee. 889

longer, spreading, terminal panicles and ig copious flowers :

the leaves measure generally 2 inches in length, 1 inch in

breadth, upon a petiole of 7 lines long.

2. Apodyies Benthamiana, Wight, Icones, tab. 1153 ;—ramulis

teretibus, glabris ; foliis oblongo-ellipticis, utrinque obtusis,

coriaceis, glaberrimis ; panicula terminali, rigida, folio breviori,

alabastris oblongis, floribus albidis; drupa ovata, appendice

laterali scutiformi signata.—Neilgherries.

Dr. Wight describes this to be a tree, with leaves from 31 to

4 inches long, including the petiole, and 14 inch broad: the

flower-buds 3 lines long: the drupe is represented as 8 lines

long, and 6 lines in diameter, semi-ovate, reniform, crowned with

the persistent style, and furnished with a lateral scutelliform

appendage. The-leaves and flowers of this and the following

species become dark in drying, and appear to be charged with

resinous matter.

3. Apodytes Gardneriana, n. sp. ;—foliis sicco nigrescentibus,

oblongis, utrinque acutis, acuminatis, apice barbato obtuse

mucronatis, subcoriaceis, glaberrimis, supra lucidulis, nervis

immersis, subtus ferrugineo-brunneis, nervis prominulis ru-

bentibus, margine valde revoluto; panicula sublaxa, terminali,

alabastris elongatis, mmoribus.—Ceylon, ad Newer-Ellia, altit.

6000 ped. (Gardner, n. 189).

This species hardly accords with Dr. Wight’s description of

the Neilgherry plant, and the specimens from the two localities

differ much in appearance: the leaves here are larger, being 4+

inches long, or with the petiole 4% in length, and 21 inches

broad ; the panicle is 13 inch long, the flowers grow black in

drying, and the buds scarcely exceed a line in length*,

4. Apodytes acutifolia, Hochst. ;—arbor grandis, ramulis sub-

striatis, glanduloso-verrucosis, foliis ovatis, utrinque acutis,

apice repente et breviter attenuatis, glaberrimis, supra sub-

lucidis, subtus pallidioribus, petiolo valde elongato, tenui,

canaliculato, glabro, glauco; panicula laxe ramosa, terminali,

folio breviore, pauciflora, sparse pubescente.—Abyssinia, in

Monte Aber, prope Adesselam altit. 8000 ped.—. s. in herb.

Hook. et Mus. Brit. (Schimper, 1315).

This is said by Schimper to be a tall handsome tree: its

branchlets are marked with long whitish spots having a furrow

down the middle; the leaves are 33 inches long, 13 inch broad,

upon a petiole 14 inch in length : the panicle measures 13 inch.

* A representation of this species with generic details will be given in

plate 5 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &e.

380 Mr. J. Miers on come genera of the Icacinaceze.

RuAPHIOSTYLIS.

This genus, suggested by Dr. Planchon, was first announced

by Mr. Bentham, who gave an outline of its characters in the

‘Niger Flora,’ p. 259. It differs little from Apodytes, its di-

stinguishing features consisting in its inflorescence, with small

axillary fasciculate flowers, and the peculiar somewhat lateral

glandular appendage, seen on the summit of the ovary, and near

the base of the style: it bears somewhat the appearance as if it

had originally possessed three styles, one of which had acquired

much growth, and the other two, being abortive, exhibited only

rudimentary traces of their existence: on the other hand, this

process is evidently very analogous to the fleshy scutelliform

appendage seen in Apodytes, as well as to the large epigynous

gland observed in the fruit of Stemonurus. In its elongated

slender style (whence its generic name is derived) it has much:

resemblance to Jcacina: in its inflorescence and habit, it bears

greatly the appearance of the Phlebocalymna of Griffiths. The

following outline of its generic character is somewhat modified

from that given by Mr. Bentham, in order to distinguish it more

readily from other genera of the same family.

Ruarutosty is, Planch.; Bth. (Flor. Nigrit.)—Flores perfecti.

Calyx breviter campanulatus, 5-dentatus, dentibus obtusius-

culis, persistens. Petala 5, zqualia, linearia, glaberrima,

_ hypogyna, eestivatione valvata, sub anthesi reflexa. Stamina 5,

cum petalis inserta, usdem alterna; filamenta carnosula, imo

dilatata, apice subulata; anthere oblong 2-lobe, 4-loculares,

imo bifidee, connectivo tenui, dorso in sinu affixe, lobis singu-

latim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis, et longitudinaliter evo-

lutim dehiscentibus. Pollen trigonum. Ovariwm oblongum,

liberum, subgibbum, glabrum, disco parvulo stipitatum, ap-

pendice glanduloso dentibus 2 obtusis erectis ad basin styli

lateraliter coronatum, 1-loculare ; ovu/a 2 juxta apicem loculi

subcollateraliter superposita, podospermio crassiusculo sus-

pensa. Stylus tereti-subulatus, gracilis, longitudine petaloram

excedens, apice inflexus. Stigma obtusum, lateraliter suleatum.

Fructus ignotus.—Frutices Africe tropice glabri, exsiccatione

nigrescentes ; folia alterna, elliptica, integerrima, flores parvi,

plurimt, azillares, fasciculati, cum pedicellis brevibus articulati.

1. Rhaphiostylis Beninensis, Planch. ; Hook. Flor. Nigrit. 259.

tab. 28. Apodytes Beninensis, Hook. fil. Icon. pl. tab. 778;

—glaberrimus, foliis distichis, elongato-ellipticis, utrinque at-

tenuatis, summo obtusiusculo vel emarginato, subtus nervis

prominulis, margine revolutis, breviter petiolatis: floribus

axillaribus, paucis, virente-albidis, cum pedicellis sub-brevio-

ribus articulatis.—Cape Palmas (Vogel).—v. s. in herb, Hooker.

= a

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 391.

The leaves here are 34 to 4 inches long, 1} inch broad, on a

petiole of 2 lines; the axils are generally inch apart, with about

eight flowers in each ; the flowers in bud are 3 lines long, on a

pedicel of 2 lines.

2. Rhaphiostylis Heudelotii, Planch. MSS. ;—glaberrimus, foliis

oblongo-ellipticis, utrinque acuminatis, apice repente angus-

_ tatis, coriaceis, subtus pallidioribus, breviter petiolatis ; flori-

bus axillaribus, pedicellatis, e nodo crebre bracteato 8—10-fas-

-ciculatis.—Senegambia (Heudelot, 723: v. s. in herb. Hook.).

This is certainly a distinct species, the leaves being consider-

ably larger than the former, more attenuated in the apex, paler,

more coriaceous, the axils more distant, and the flowers larger.

The leaves are 53 inches long, 2 inches broad, on a petiole of

8 lines: the axils are 13 inch apart ; the flowers in bud measure

4 lines in length, and 1 line in diameter, upon pedicels 2 lines

long; the pistil is at least a line longer than the petals ; the

calyx is very small: the whole plant is entirely glabrous, and like

the former blackens in drying*.

LERETIA.

This genus, although previously known from the rough and

very incorrect figure in the ‘Flora Fluminensis,’ was first

described by Mr. Bentham in the ‘Linn. Trans.’ xviii. p. 680.

It resembles his Pogopetalum in having its petals clothed inside

with long silky hairs, and bears some analogy with Rhaphiostylis

and Pennantia in exhibiting two erect processes about the base

of the style, which in all these instances may be considered as

additional and rudimentary styles, corresponding with as many

abortive cells of the ovarium: this hypothesis is rendered the

more probable by the fact, that in making a transverse section of

the ovarium, these abortive cells may be distinctly traced in the

fleshy covering, upon the side correlative with the stylar appen-

dages. As in the other genera last mentioned, the suspension

of the two somewhat collateral ovules is from a point below

the apex, towards the side of the abortive cells, and they are

here attached to a thick fleshy bell-shaped podosperm with a con-

spicuously crenated margin. The ovarium is densely covered

with long adpressed erect hairs, which as well as those of the

petals are thickly spotted with prominent, oval, transparent

glands, arranged in closely spiral lines all over their surface. I

did not meet with its fruit, nor have I found it in any herba-

rium, so that I cannot offer any particulars of its seminal struc-

* This species, with an analysis of its floral structure, will be represented

in plate 6 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c

392 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinaceze,

ture ; but in the figure of the ‘ Flora Fluminensis,’ above referred

to, this is represented as a large fleshy drupe, about 14 inch in

diameter, and therefore one of the largest known in this family.

The Emmotum fagifolium of Desvaux, from Guiana, has been re-

ferred here by Endlicher ; but, notwithstanding the scantiness of

the details given of it, little doubt can exist that it is identical

with the Pogopetalum acutum, Bth., also from Guiana.

Lererra, Velloz.—Flores perfecti, interdum polygami. Calyx

breviter campanulatus, acute 5-dentatus, persistens. Petala 5,

zequalia, hypogyna, oblonga, carnosula, extus pubescentia,

intus dense sericea, estivatione valvata, sub anthesi reflexa.

Stamina 5, cum petalis disco inserta, iisdem alterna ; filamenta

carnosula, basi dilatata, apice subulata et breviter induplicata ;

anthere oblong, apice mucronatz, imo breviter bifidee, 2-lob,

connectivo tenui dorso infra medium sinu affixe, lobis bilo-

cellatis, membranaceis, demum septicidis et longitudinaliter

evolutim dehiscentibus. Pollen ovale, longitudinaliter 3-sul-

catum. Ovarium conico-oblongum, subgibbum, sericeo-hir-

sutum, disco parvulo obsolete 5-lobo breviter stipitatum,

1-loculare ; ovula 2 juxta apicem loculi collateraliter super-

posita, podospermio crasso crenato suspensa. Stylus erectus,

filiformis, apice inflexus, basi processubus 2 brevibus erectis

comitatus, in flore sterili valde brevior, hirsutus et obtusus.

Stigma obliquum, suleatum. Drupa majuscula, globosa, mo-

nosperma; cetera ignota. Arbuscula Brasiliensis in sylvis

maritimis vigens, ramulis glanduloso-rugosis, acute angulatis,

angulis ab axillis utrinque decurrentibus : folia alterna, oblonga,

glaberrima, subcoriacea, reticulata, minute pellucido-punctulata,

lete viridia, sicco pallescentia, breviter petiolata ; panicula laza,

axillaris, divaricatim ramosa, floribus cum pedicellis brevibus

articulatis, pubescentiea pilis punctato-glandulosis.

1. Leretia Vellozii. L. cordata, Velloz, Flor. Flum. iii. tab. 2 ;—

ramulis angulatis, cortice rimoso, foliis oblongis, utrinque

subacutis, apice breviter attenuatis, coriaceis, nervosis, margine

revolutis, petiolo brevi crasso canaliculato; panicula pubescente,

floribus extus griseo- pilosulis, intus pilis longissimisferrugineo-

sericeis dense vestitis: drupa majuscula, globosa.—Rio de

Janeiro in sylvis maritimis.—v. v. ;

I collected specimens of this plant in 1836 in a wood on the

borders of Jurujuba Bay, in the harbour of Rio de Janeiro: it

was found also by Gardner on the maritime skirts of the Coreo-

vado range at Tejuco, and by Padre Velloz in the maritime woods

at Tagoahy, in the same province: the specimens collected by

Moricand in Ilheos, no. 2347, do not appear to me to differ spe-

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 393

eifically from the others. It forms a tree with spreading branches,

of which the branchlets are acutely angular as above described.

Its leaves are 6 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole $ of

an inch in length: the panicle is from 2 to 3 inches long, with

its branches spreading at right angles to the length of 14 inch:

the flower-bud is oval, 2 limes in length; the petals are of a

greenish yellow colour, clothed inside with long white silky hatrs,

which become brown in drying: the ovarium is in like manner

sericeous, so that the lower half of the style, and its basal lobes,

are concealed. As the name cordata may lead to mistake, there

being nothing in the form of its leaves or other parts approxi-

mating a heart-shape, I] have dedicated the species to the author

of the genus ;—the somewhat truncated base of the kernel of the

fruit (probably an accidental occurrence) suggested the above

designation *.

Maprprta.

‘This genus, described and figured in the ‘ Hortus Schoenbru-

nensis ’ by Jacquin in 1797, appears to have escaped the notice

of all succeeding botanists. The plant upon which it was founded

was raised in the Imperial Botanic Garden, but the country from

which it was derived was then unknown. There can be no

doubt, however, that it is identical ‘with the Icacina dubia of

McFadyen, and that it is a native of Jamaica. I have also to

add many other species from tropical Asia, and Madagascar, so

that the range of the genus is considerable. In its floral struc-

ture it is very near Jcacina: it differs from Apodytes, Rhaphiostylis

and Leretia, in the absence of any glandular appendage or raised

teeth on the summit of the ovarium, and from both, as well as

from Jcacina, in having a shorter, erect, and stronger style, and

a lobed hollow stigma, in its calyx being more entire, the anthers

more ovate and not so deeply cleft at base, and in its entirely

free hypogynous disc, smooth outside and generally very pilose

within; in the cristulate apex of the nut, it bears-some analogy

with that of Pennantia. It differs also from Apodytes, Stemo-

nurus and Pennantia in its larger embryo, with large, oval, folia-

ceous cotyledons, that nearly equal the length of the albumen.

It is the Stemonurus of Dr. Wight, but differs essentially from

the Stemonurus of Blume.

The Nothapodytes of Blume agrees with this genus in every

essential feature. I cannot perceive any difference in the struc-

ture of the flowers between the Jamaica and Asiatic species, except

in the more glabrous habit of the former, their more lanceolate

leaves, and the perfect smoothness of the hypogynous disc,

* This plant, with full generic details, will be shown in plate 7 of the

* Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Voll. ix. 26

394 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Lcacinacee.

features that cannot constitute any generic distinction. I have

therefore divided them into corresponding tribes.

The following outline of its generic characters has been derived

from my own observations.

Marrra, Jacq. Stemonurus, Wight, non Bl. Nothapodytes, Bl.

—Flores perfecti, interdum polygami. Caly# breviter cam-

panulatus, fere integer, denticulis 5 donatus, immutatus et

persistens. Petala 5, oblonga, carnosula, intus villosa, imo

disci inserta, estivatione valvata, sub anthesi patentia. Sta-

mina 5 cum petalis inserta, iisdem alterna; filamenta basi

dilatata, carnosula, superne subulata, <estivatione induplicata ;

anthere introrse, ovate, 2-lobe, 4-locellate, imo breviter

bifide, connectivo tenui, dorso in sinu affixe, lobis singulatim

2-locellatis, demum septicidis, et longitudinaliter evolutim de-

hiscentibus. Pollen reticulatum, 4-suleatum vel subquadra-

tum. Ovarium liberum, ovatum, interdum subgibbum, villo-

sum, imo glabrum, et disco cupuliformi libero margine lobato,

extus glabro, intus sepissime hirsuto hine cireumdatum, 1-

loculare ; ovula 2, juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter suspensa,

anatropa. Stylus teres, interdum brevis, erectus, rarius

paullulo curvatus. Stigma erectum 2-5-lobum, cavum, demum

capitatum. Drupa oblonga, epicarpio parco carnosa, olive-

formis, ianthina, monopyrena, calyce persistente suffulta : pu-

tamen osseum, tenue, extus irregulariter sulcato-rugosum,

crista apicali et laterali; semen suspensum, oblongum, ¢esta

membranacea, raphe dorsali, ab apice versus basin tendens,

chalaza fere basali: embryo in axi albuminis carnosi immersus,

orthotropus, inversus, fere ejusdem longitudine, cotyledonibus

majusculis, foliaceis, ovatis, radicula 3-plo longioribus.—

Arbores in Asia tropica, et Antillis crescentes, folia lanceolata,

oblonga, aut ovata, acuminata, integra, subpubescentia, petiolata ;

inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis, flores parvult, flavescentes,

odore feetido, rarius suaveolente emittentes, cum pedicellis artt-

culati.

§1. Eumarria. Discus cupularis profunde et obtuse 5-lobatus,

lobis extus 2-costatis, utrinque glaberrimis. Species Antillane.

Mappia racemosa, Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. i. 22. tab. 47. Ica-

cina dubia, McFad, Fl. Jam. i. 122 ;—foliis lanceolatis, utrm-

que acutis, glaberrimis, nitidis, penninerviis, nervorum axillis

glandula supra verruceformi subtus cava signatis, petiolo

longiusculo, glabro, canaliculato; paniculis axillaribus, folio

brevioribus, plurifloris, floribus parvis, flavescentibus, odore

foetido, calyce glabro, denticulato, petalis extus levibus, intus

sericeis,—Jamaica ; v.s..in herb. Hooker (MacFadyen).

Mr. J . Miers on some genera of the Icacinaceer. 395

The figure of Jacquin gives a very faithful representation of

this plant, as well as good details of the structure of the flower.

The fleshy immersed gland, about the size of a millet seed, seen

near the axil of each nerve, offers a very characteristic mark of

this species; its leaves are 4: inches long, 1} inch broad, upon a

petiole of 6 or 8 lines: the panicle is 2} incheslong. The whole |

plant, as in some other species of this genus, becomes black in

drying.

2. Mappia affinis, n. sp.;—ramulis lenticellis elongatis, verru-

cosis, albidis maculatis; foliis lanceolatis, basi minus acutis,

epee nitidis, penninerviis, nervis eglandulosis, petiolo

reviori, canaliculato ; paniculis glabris, axillaribus, folio multo

brevioribus, multifloris, floribus parvulis, odore snaveolente,

calyce subpubescente, petalis extus glabris, intus sericeo-pilosis.

—Manchester, Ins. Jamaice ; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Purdie).

This species is very similar to the foregoing one, but is di-

stinguished by the want of the peculiar nerval gland and by the

whole plant becoming less black in drying. Its leaves are

53 inches long, 14 inch broad, on a petiole half an inch in length :

the panicle is 1} to 2 inches long.

§ 2. Tricnocrater. Discus cupularis, 5-dentatus, extus

glaber et 10-costatus, intus pilis longis indutus. Species

Asiatice.

3. Mappia fetida. Stemonurus feetidus, Wight, Icon. tab. 955 ;

Spic. Neilgh. tab. 23 ;—foliis ovato-ellipticis vel elliptico-ob-

longis, apice repente attenuatis, valde reticulato-venosis, utrin-

que parce pubescentibus, subtus glauco-pallidis nervis venis-

que prominentibus ; paniculis terminalibus cymosis breviter

pilosis; floribus subparvis, flavis, foetidis, spe omnibus masculis;

ealyce acute 5-dentato; drupa oliveformi, purpurea, putamine

tenui.—Neilgherries ; v. s. m herb. Hook. (Wight).

This is described as a large umbraceous tree, and I observe

the specimens do not become black in drying; the leaves are

generally 4 or 5, sometimes even 7 inches long, usually 2, rarely

3 inches broad on a petiole % inch in length: the panicle is from

2 to 3 inches long, much spreading, with numerous flowers; the

buds are ovate, nearly 2 lines long, and the flowers, which exhale

a rank smell of carrion, are larger than most of the species of

this genus; the ealyx is deeply and acutely dentate ; the petals

are very pilose outside, covered with sericeous hairs inside, and

marked by a raised longitudinal nervure ; the anthers are oblong,

with a mucronulate apex ; the ovarium and erect style are densely

covered with long pilose hairs, but the former is glabrous at its

26%

396 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacez.

base, where it is surrounded by a short free cup, which is quite

smooth outside and densely sericeous within.

4, Mappia oblonga, n. sp.;—foliis oblongis, utrinque acutis,

summo longiuscule attenuatis, supra glabris, nervosis, nerviis

7-Y-jugis, venisque subtus sparse pubescentibus, petiolo elon-

gato, gracili, glabro, canaliculato ; panicula laxa, terminali,

pubescente, folio dimidio breviori, divaricate ramosa, ramulis

elongatis, floribus majusculis valde pilosis, calyee submem-

branaceo denticulato.—Bombay—Ghauts ; v. s. in herb. Hook.

(Dalzell).

The leaves of this species are 6 inches long, 3 inches broad, on

a petiole 11 inch in length ; the terminal panicle measures 3inches.

A specimen in the Wallichian herbarium, no. 9064, under the

name of “ Cordia,’” is probably only a variety of this species : it is

from Travancore, collected by Dr. Wight, and may be thus

designated :—

Var. elliptica, ramulis angulatis, foliis minoribus, ellipticis, basi

obtusioribus, apice breviter attenuatis.

5. Mappia ovata, n. sp. ;—ramulis glabris angulatis ; foliis ovato-

oblongis, basi ineequilateribus, apice subito attenuatis, fere gla-

bris, supra nitidis, lete virentibus, creberrime reticulatis,

venosis, subtus glaucis et resinoso-punctatis, margine subre-

volutis, nervis venisque utrinque sparse pubescentibus, sub-

tus in axillas venarum barbatis, petiolo gracili, valde elongato,

glabro; panicula subterminali, floribus parvis, pubescentibus ;

calyce 5-dentato.—Ceylon—Hautane, altit. 2300 ped.; v. s.

in herb. meo et Hook. (Gardn. 99).

This is a very distinct species ; the branchlets appear fistulose

and angular; the leaves are broader than other species, being

6} inches long, and 4 inches broad, on a petiole of 2 or 23 inches ;

the panicle, on a lengthened peduncle, does not exceed 2 inches

in length; the flowers are small, and densely tomentose*.

6. Mappia Gardneriana, n. sp. ;—foliis oblongis, basi obtusis et

inzequilateribus, apice subito attenuatis, margine subrevolutis,

supra fere glabris, subtus ferrugineo-glaucescentibus, et parce

pubescentibus, punctis creberrimis minutis notatis, nervis 8-ju-

gis supra impressis, subtus prominentibus, fuscis, pilosulis,

petiolo elongato, canaliculato; panicula subterminali, pilosa,

pedunculo crassiusculo, petalis intus pilis dense vestitis, calyce

denticulato.—Ceylon—Newer Ellia, altit. 6000 ped. ; v. s. m

herb. meo et Hook. (Gardn. 98), Galagama (Thwaites, no. 492).

* A figure of this species, with ample generic details, will be scen in

plate 8 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

ay Se ge oe a

; Aa eee ee SS

ewes:

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 397

This species greatly resembles M. feelida; the nervures of the

leaves are sometimes a little barbate at base. The leaves are

53 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole of 1 or 1} inch in

length. It is one of the commonest plants of Ceylon, and called

by the natives Ganda pang, meaning “ stinking lamp,” on account

of the extremely foetid odour of its flowers.

7. Mappia Championiana, n. sp. ;—cortice suberoso, foliis ob-

longis, apice attenuatis, costee summo imoque recurvis hinc

subconduplicatis, textura tenuibus, utrinque sparse pubescenti-

bus, subtus pallide flavidis, nervis paucijugis prominentibus et

rufulis, reticulato-venosis, venulis in areolis liberis et furcatis :

panicula cymoso-terminali, longe stipitata, 2-3-chotome ra-

mosa, ramis elongatis gracilibus, floribus crebris dense pilosis,

odore feetidis ; drupa ovali, putamine rugoso.—Ceylon ; v. s. in

herb. Champ. et Hook. (Col. Walker, Major Champion).

The leaves in this species are 44 to 7 inches long, 24 to 3 inches

broad, on a petiole 3 to 1 inch in length. It is certainly differ-

ent both from the M. Gardneriana and M. fetida, having leaves

of much thinner texture, beautifully reticulated, and with fewer

nervures, these scarcely exceeding 5 pairs: its flower stem and

branchlets are much more slender : on account of the foetid odour

of its flowers, it also bears the vernacular name of Ganda pang.

8. Mappia Wightiana, un. sp. ;—foliis lanceolato-oblongis apice

subito attenuatis, a medio ad basin gradatim angustioribus

textura tenuibus, utrinque glabris, subtus glaucescenti-pallidis,

nervis rufulis, eleganter reticulatis, venulis in areolis liberis et

furcatis, margine revolutis, petiolo gracili canaliculato, costa-

que sparse pubescentibus: panicula terminali dichotome

ramosa, sparse pubescente, floribus adpresse pilosis, calyce bre-

vissimo, denticulato, hirsuto, disco intus longissime hirto.—

Madras; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Wight, ‘ Beureria?’ no. 647).

This is certamly a very distinct species, and bears much

-analogy with the preceding: it is distinguishable by the shape

and greater length of its more flattened leaves, which are almost

membranaceous in texture, their reticulations being regularly

anastomosed hike the fronds of some ferns; the leaves are 7 to

8 inches long, 3 inches broad, on a petiole 13 in length; the

raceme is 3 inches long; the flowers are remarkable for the

greater rigidity of the pubescence, for the small size of their

hirsute calyx, and for the length of the rigid hairs that spring

from the internal face of the cupular disk, which form a close

erect crown, concealing more than half the ovarium.

9. Mappia tomentosa, n. sp. ;—foliis oblongis, basi obtusis, apice

acuminatis, vix attenuatis, coriaceis, supra glabriusculis, nervis

398 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee.

8-jugis, subtus demissu fulvo-tomentosis, rachi versus basin

valde prominenti, petiolo crasso, canaliculato, tomentoso ;

panicula terminali, tomentosa, multiflora, ramo ramulisque

crassis, pedicellis confertis, cum floribus articulatis ; drupa

sanguinea pilosa, majuscula, pulposa, putamine rugoso, nigro.

—Neilgherries ; v. s. in herb. Champion.

This is also a very distinct species: the leaves are much

channelled at both extremities, and the midrib is very prominent

towards the base, so that the eontinuous thick petiole stands at

a considerable angle with the plane of the blade ; they are smooth

above, and below are thickly covered with dense yellowish tomen-

tum ; they are 6 inches long, and 23 broad, on a petiole 1 inch

in length; the panicle is 4 inches long, its stem being 2 lines

thick. The specimen in Capt. Champion’s herbarium is very

short, so that the lower leaves are probably much larger: the

berry is nearly an inch in length~and 3 inch in diameter.

10. Mappia montana. Nothapodytes montana, Bl. Mus. Bot.

Lugd. Bat. 248 ;—arbor ramosissima, ramis dichotomo-ramu-

losis, foliis sparsis, oblongis vel lanceolatis, utrinque angustatis,

integerrimis, subcoriaceis, glabris, supra lucidis, subtus reti-

culato-venosis, petiolatis ; paniculis corymbosis axillaribus vel

infra gemmam terminalem ortis, cum alabastris pube sericea

obductis ; floribus parvis, brevissime pedicellatis, subcalyce

articulatis, ebracteatis.—Java.

As the features offered by Prof. Blume in the work above cited,

of his genus Nothapodytes, quite correspond with those of Map-

pia, I feel no hesitation in considering these genera as identical ;

the characters of this species there given, being also analogous

to the plants above described, and the proximity of the countries

of their origin, all seem to confirm this conclusion.

DrsMOSsTACHYS.

I propose to establish this genus upon a plant of very peculiar

habit from Madagascar, which I have found im the herbaria of

Dr. Lindley and Sir William Hooker, remarkable for its several

slender spicated racemes, growing out of each axil, whence its

generic name, and which I adopt upon a manuscript suggestion

of Dr. Planchon. It resembles Mappia in the structure of its

flowers, but the floral parts are far more delicate and membra-

naceous in texture, and retain their yellowish colour in drying ;

the stamens and style are marked with numerous pellucid dots,

and the anther-cells are thin and membranaceous; the ovarium

is covered with very long setose hairs and is seated on a distinctly

5-lobed disk.

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacez. 399

Desmostacuys, gen. nov.—Flores perfecti. Calyx minimus,

brevissime cupulatus, 5-dentatus, ciliatus, persistens. Petala

5, zqualia, hypogyna, lineari-oblonga, membranacea, extus

pilosa, zstivatione valvata, apice inflexa, sub anthesi patentia.

Stamina 5, longitudine petalorum et iis alterna; filamenta

tenuiter linearia, membranacea, apice attenuata, disco inter

lobos alternatim. extus inserta; anthere oblonge, 2-lobz,

4-locellatze, imo breviter 2-fide, dorso medio affixe, lobis

membranaceis, singulatim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis et

longitudinaliter evolutim dehiscentibus. Ovarium liberum,

ovatum, villosum, disco cupuliformi obtuse 5-lobato suffultum,

1-loculare ; ovula 2, juxta apicem loculi superposita, podo-

spermio crasso subcollateraliter suspensa, anatropa. Stylus

erectus, gracilis, glaber, pellucido-punctatus. Stigma obsolete

lobatum. Fructus ignotus.—Frutex scandens Madegascariensis;

folia alterna, ovata, coriacea, glaberrima, petiolata; racemi

plurimi, azxillares, spicati, gracillimi, pauciflori, folio subbre-

viores, floribus minimis, sessilibus, bracteatis.

1. Desmostachys Planchonianus, n. sp. ;—scandens, ramulis tere-

tibus, levibus; foliis cuneato-ovatis vel lanceolate-oblongis,

apice brevissime et repente attenuatis, crasso-coriaceis, utrinque

lucidis et glaberrimis, supra lete viridibus, subtus pallidis,

nervis venisque valde reticulatis prominentibus, margine revo-

lutis, petiolo brevi, brunneo,rugoso, inflexo, canaliculato ;

racemis in axillis 5-8-fasciculatis, spicatis, gracillimis, pubes-

centibus, folio brevioribus, floribus minutis, alternatim sessili-

bus, petalis virescenti-flavidis.—Madagascar; v. s. in herb.

Lindley (Forbes), in herb. Hook. (Lyall).

Among the several specimens I have seen of this plant, some

have their leaves quite ovate, others nearly lanceolate, but as

their shape varies in the same plant, they must all be considered

as one species. It is described as climbing upon other trees, in

the Province of Be-Zemcharak : the leaves are thin and coria-

ceous, shining, very reticulated, of a very light green colour

above, from 23 to 4 inches long, and from 14 to 12 inch broad,

upon a thin incurved petiole, with a dark brown corrugated sur-

face: from 4 to 8 slender spikes grow out of each of the upper

axils, measuring 1 inch to 13 inch in length; the flowers are

alternately arranged, are quite sessile upon the slender pubes-

cent peduncle, and are 1 line long, with a minute pubescent

bract at the base of each*.

* A drawing of this es with figures of its floral analysis, will be

given in plate 9 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

400 Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata.

XXXII.— On the Venus undata of authors.

By Witi1am Crark, Esq. >

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, March 20, 1852.

Tue Venus undata of the older conchological authorities, which

has been justly separated from Venus by more recent writers

under various appellations, and particularly by the learned

authors of the ‘ British Mollusca’ under the title of Lucinopsis

undata, has given rise to much difference of opinion amongst

malacologists in regard to its natural position. Though the

shell of this species, anomalous in several points, has long been

known, the aggregation of the curious characters of its animal

has never been sufficiently described, from the difficulty of pro-

curing it alive of large size. The quotation from my manuscript

in the ‘ British Mollusca’ is the result of the examination of very

small specimens, not more than 3ths of an inch diameter, though

it is as correct and full as could well be expected from such ma-

terials ; but the receipt from Exmouth of adult lively examples of

11 inch diameter, has enabled me to review and add to it several

unrecorded features, which I think will interest some of your

readers, and show that this peculiar genus has scarcely yet re-

ceived ifs precise natural allocation; and many important cir-

cumstances will be developed, which may assist to determine the

proper station of some other bivalve molluscan groups, by the

concatenation of characters exhibited by this animal, illustrative

of its connection with them.

Lucinopsis undata, Brit. Moll.

Venus undata, auctorum.

Animal inhabiting a shell of thin and fragile texture, like

many of the Telline, irregularly subrotund, and not exhibiting

the decided lenticular form of its shell; the general colour is

pale pinkish drab, which, when the animal has been killed by

hot water, often changes to the various hues of orange, red and

brown : this remark is of some importance as regards correct de-

scription, for under similar circumstances this condition prevails

more or less in all the testaceous Mollusca, and particularly in

the bivalves. The mantle has its edges sinuated or furbelowed,

in some examples irregularly jagged, but not serrated; the ven-

tral aperture is very contracted, only affording space for the

issue of a moderately sized foot, in consequence of the basal posi-

tion and very large size of the posterior adductor ; and though

the anterior one is nearer the dorsal region, it also, from the

length, contributes to the smallness of the pedal aperture ; the

lon So el a An

Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata. 401

mantle is produced posteriorly into two very long pale orange

siphons divergent and separated to their bases; the branchial

one is the smallest and longest, being in adult examples in full

extension 13 inch long, and having the extremity margined by a

circle of very short, minute dark lines, blotches or dots, with

16-20 white cirrhi of irregular sizes and lengths ; the anal siphon

is of rather larger diameter, and when protruded is barely an

inch in length; its extremity is furnished with 12-15 white,

short cirrhi, of more uniform length than in the branchial ; it

has not the dark terminal margin of points: the usual hyaline

valve was not observed, but it probably exists.

This siphonal apparatus has the entire aspect of that of the

typical Yellinide; but its position when exserted is singular,

being very little posterior to the centre of the ventral range, in-

stead of being, a8 is more usual, protruded from a posterior

angle somewhat more basal, than a right one to a vertical line

drawn from the beaks to the ventral centre ; this nearly central

basal site is occasioned by the great size and low position of the

posterior adductor, which necessarily compels the issue I have

described.

The foot is white, not large, flat, bevelled, pointed, very little

geniculated, without a byssal groove, scarcely differing from

the Telline and some of the Veneres; it also, from the causes

assigned to the siphons, has a more basal position than usnal

when protruded, with a very limited anterior action, from which

it may be inferred that the motive power is confined to the turn-

ing from side to side and on its centre. The branchie are sub-

circular, the upper plates being much less than the lower, half

lapping on them, pale drab, with moderately fine but not very

distinct pectinations ; the pair of palpi on each side are fleshy,

rather long, triangular, pointed, strongly pectinated on the out-

sides, smooth within, and connected with each other around the

mouth ; they are also light drab. The body is pale pink, small

and subglobular, having the foot fixed to its centre. The liver

is grass-green. I have already alluded to the texture of the

shell, but it is necessary to add, that in the right valve there are

two laminar primary teeth, and in the left two similar ones, with

a strong double tooth between them: there are no laterals.

It would then appear, that the texture of the shell, the two

laminar teeth in the right valve, and the exact similitude to the

typical Te/line, of the very long, slender, divergent siphonal ap-

paratus having each tube completely separated to the base, ally

this animal by many degrees nearer to the Tellinide than to the

Veneride, as none of the genera of the latter family have any

resemblance to this siphonal condition; still it cannot be lost

sight of, that the three primary teeth in the left valve, which ap-

402 Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata.

pear in no tribe but in that of the Veneres, give it a decided con-

necting link with them.

As to the alliance of Lucinopsis with Lucina it is not very

near, and principally consists in its lenticular shape, which, how-

ever, is that of many of the Veneres, so that a less significant

appellation might have been preferable. I must likewise observe,

that there are some differences of shape and position from either

the Telling or Veneres in the adductor cicatrices of Lucinopsis,

which have a slight approach to the Lucine ; in other respects

there is little in common between the two, there being no sipho-

nal apparatus, and a very peculiar foot in Lucina.

These remarks may induce malacologists to take into consi-

deration that, the Tellinide and Veneride being so closely allied

by the intervention of Lucinopsis, it would be desirable to re-

move the Mactre into the vicinity of Cyprina, to follow it and

precede Cardium, in which case the line would march thus :—

Tellinide, including the Donaces, Lucinopsis ; the Veneride, em-

bracing Cyprina and its adjuncts; then Mactra, Cardium, &c.,

which two latter genera as regards both the animal and shell

have some points of agreement, and by relieving the Tellinide

and Veneride of the intermediacy of the Mactre, perhaps a

greater approach to a natural position would be obtained.

The peculiar characters of the shell of Mactra create a diffi-

culty with respect to natural order, as it has many features of

the Myade and Anatine ; but the open mantle of the animal will

not allow it to be so near a neighbour to them as to precede the

Tellinide ; neither can it remain between the latter family and

the Veneres, the union of which I think is more naturally effected

by Lucinopsis, notwithstanding the anomalies that exist in that

genus. The siphons of Mactra are altogether different from those

of the Telling; their tubes are more congruous with the Vene-

ride, so that it might have been placed immediately after the

typical Veneres if the Cyprinide had not intervened, which, how-

ever, cannot be severed from them, merely because their siphons

are so short as scarcely to produce a scar ;—therefore it would

appear difficult to fix Mactra otherwise than to follow the Cypri-

nide, and come into line with the Cardia.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

WiiiaM Crark,

Erratum in the paper on Lepton Clarkia, ‘ Annals,’ N.S. vol. ix. p. 293 :—

For “ I was all but convinced that the Lepton convexum and L. nitidum

were identical,” read “I was all but convinced that the Lepton converum

and L. nitidum were distinct.”

— - -

Mr. W.T. C. Thomson on some Zoophytes and Polyzoa. 403

XXXIII.—Notes on some Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa. By

Wrvitte T. C. Tuomson, Sec. R.P.S., F.B.S.E., Lecturer on

Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen.

[With a Plate.]

Sir, Bonsyde near Linlithgow, Jan. 12, 1852.

In going over some of the Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa, I have

met with several species, partially described by Sir John Graham

Dalyell, in his ‘Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland.’

Some of these species appear to be new, and others it is not very

easy, without a little consideration, to identify. Of one of the

former I send you a sketch and description ; of two others, Ser-

tularia fascis and Triticeila flava, 1 hope to have something to

say shortly, but afew observations are still wanting.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

PoLyzoA INFUNDIBULATA.

VESICULARINA. Fam. VESICULARIADE.

AVENELLA, Dalyell.

Diag. Polypidom confervoid, filiform, very much attenuated,

creeping, nearly simple. Cells large, solitary, irregularly scattered,

sub-unilateral, slightly contracted towards the apex, curved.

Animal an ascidian mollusk with from twenty to twenty-four

ciliated tentacula ; gizzard small.

A. Dalyellii, Wy.T. Cells slightly rough with scattered, patent,

horny bristles. Plate XVI. B.

Sir John Dalyell, in the 2nd vol. of his ‘ Remarkable Animals,’

bestowed upon this mollusk provisionally the name of Avenella

fusca. “ Fusca” is not a very appropriate specific name, as all

the species belonging to the genus, yet to be discovered, will

probably have an equal claim to the title. As Sir John has as

yet no namesake among a race whose manners and customs he

so carefully studied, I have taken the liberty of proposing in

— the specific name “ Dalyellii,’ a tribute due to his

bours in an obscure and unfrequented path.

One of the largest and most conspicuous of our Vesicularian

Polyzoa, I have found Avenella Dalyellii very abundantly at some

seasonsamong the rejectamenta of theoyster dredges at Newhaven,

covering with dense tangled masses Thoa muricata, halecina,

Beanii, and other corallines from rather deep water. I met

with it once on Sertularia margareta, off Port Appin, Argyllshire,

and twice among rejectamenta from the Dogger Bank.

The mollusk is, like all the rest of its family, very persistent.

404 Mr. W.H. Benson on some new species of Helix.

I have dried many specimens on mica with the tentacula expanded.

It appears to be, like others of its class, a delicate animal, and

does not survive long in captivity.

A sertularian zoophyte noticed by Dalyell under the name of

Sertularia Arcta, and described by Dr. Hassall as Coppinia mira-

bilis, is frequent in the Firth of Forth, much more so in deep

water off Aberdeen, and has been met with by my friend Mr.

Peach off Peterhead. It seems to be absent from the west coast

of Scotland. Great confusion exists with regard to the synonymy

of this species. It is confounded with Campanularia intertexta

of Couch, a true Campanularia.

I am, Sir, your obedient servant,

~ Wrvitiz T. C. THomson.

P.S. To aid in clearing up some doubts with regard to the

distribution of the Urchin, Arachnoides placenta, I think it right

to notice a specimen received from the Burmese coast.—

W..T. CT.

XXXIV.—Characters of new species of Helix from Souther

India and Bengal. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Brrore proceeding to the descriptions of the following species,

I may remark that, with the exception of Succinea Imperialis,

nobis (proving to be a variety of Dr. Pfeiffer’s S. picta, with

which I was unacquainted in consequence of the delayed publica-

tion of the ‘ Zoological Proceedings’ of 1849), and of Helix -

Orobia, solata, Ampulla, cacuminifera, crinigera, and acuducta,

nobis, the whole of the Helicide described in my papers contained

in former numbers of this Journal have been figured by Dr.

Pfeiffer for the Martini-Chemnitz Conchylien Cabinet. The

name’of H. munda, nobis, has been altered by that author to H.

cerea, Pfr., the former designation having been applied in 1849,

by the American conchologist, Adams, to a Jamaican shell. The

Helices which I had omitted to take with me to Germany will be

figured in Lovell Reeve’s ‘Conchologia Iconica.’ H. regals,

nobis, from Borneo, was subsequently given in the ‘ Zoology of

the Samarang,’ as H. vittata, A. & B., a name which had been

long applied to a Ceylonese species. The brown variety has now

been portrayed under the correct name of H. regalis (no. 426,

plate 80 of Helix) in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica ;’ but in neither

instance have the obsolete nodulose costee on the intermediate

whorls of the spire been represented.

1. Helix Cysis, nobis, n. sp.

Testa anguste et profunde umbilicata, sinistrorsa, depresso-globosa,

Mr. W. H. Benson on some new species of Helix. 405

tenuiuscula, oblique plicato-striata, fuscescente-cornea, spira con-

vexa, apice planato; anfractibus 4, convexis, celeriter accrescenti-

bus, ultimo inflato, primo obsolete angulato, tune rotundato, antice

breviter descendente, subtus tumido; apertura obliqua magna,

subovato-lunata, peristomate simplici, acuto, marginibus conniven-

tibus, externo et basali vix incrassatis, columellari breviter re-

fiexiusculo.

Diam. major 43, minor 35, alt. 23 mill.

Hab. in Montibus “ Nilgherries”’ Indize Australis. Teste Jerdon.

In form it is more globose and inflated than the other sinistral

elices, excepting H. cicatricosa, Miill., quesita, Desh., and

Bajadera, Pfr. In figure it more nearly approaches H. quesita,

Desh. (Fér. t. 10. B. fig. 10, 12), but differs in the narrow um-

bilicus, smaller number of whorls, with a greater size, as well as

in colour, texture, and less developed peristome.

2. Helix Thyreus, nobis, n. s.

Testa profunde umbilicata, sinistrorsa depressa, orbiculata, supra

cerea cornea, oblique radiatim plicato-striata, striis spiralibus exi-

lissimis decussata, subtus convexa, polita, radiato-striata, fusces-

cente-cornea, infra carinam breviter saturatiore; spira convexius-

cula, apice planato; anfractibus 43, convexiusculis, lente accres-

centibus, ultimo obtuse carinato, non descendente ; apertura obli-

ee lunata, intus livide purpurea, margine expansiusculo, re-

exiusculo, columellari breviter recte descendente cum basali an-

gulum efformante.

Diam. major 34, minor 29, alt. 16 mill.

Had. in India Australi. Teste Jerdon.

The umbilicus, although moderate, is peculiarly deep and

distinct, comparatively with other orbiculate depressed shells of

the group, showing, like H. quesita, all the whorls internally to

the apex.

3. Helix bidenticulata, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, depresso-conica, obsolete radiato-striata, albida (de-

corticata) spira subconica, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ; anfrac-

tibus 6, arcte convolutis, convexis, omnibus superne lineis duabus

gequidistantibus elevatiasculis instructis, ultifno carinato, subtus

convexo ; apertura arcte securiformi, verticali, peristomatis margine

superiori brevissimo, columellari oblique descendente, expanso,

superne refiexo, basali arcuato, dentibus duobus minutis distanti-

bus, submarginalibus, dextro prominentiore, munito ; perforatione

pervia.

Diam. major 3, minor 23, axis 2} mill.

Hab. in montium “ Nilgherries ” vallibus calidioribus. Teste Jerdon.

This interesting little species, remarkable on account of its

narrow aperture and spiral ridges ongthe spire, is the only known

406 Mr. W.H. Benson on some new species of Helix.

cis-Gangetic species provided with teeth in the mouth. These

are apt to be overlooked, or mistaken for accidental grains of

white sand.

The next form was described and published twelve years ago ;

but as fuller characters are desirable for the purpose of com-

parison with the two subsequent species, I insert them here.

4. Helix vesicula, nobis (amended character).

Testa perforata, depressiuscula, vel subdepresso-globosa, obsolete

striata polita, pellucida, pallide cornea ; spira plus minusve elevata,

apice acutiusculo; sutura submarginata; antractibus 54-6, con-

vexiusculis, sensim crescentibus, ultimo rotundato, venicicbsieistehe:

apertura vix obliqua, rotundato-lunari, longitudine latitudinem

zequante ; peristomate simplici, recto, margine columellari verticali,

breviter reflexo, cum basali angulum rotundatum efformante, per-

foratione membrano fere clausa.

Diam. major 143, minor 12, axis 74 mill.

Var. Diam. major 14, axis &} mill.

N. vesicula, Benson, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Calcutta, vol. vii. p. 216, 1838.

Hab. in agris Bengalensibus prope Soti-Durga, ad apicem Deltz

Gangeticee.

I discovered this pretty species during the rainy season of 1835,

in a river voyage from Calcutta to Benares, on the branches of a

shrubby Zizyphus, and below Rajmahal on Asclepias gigantea,

not creeping on the ground like its darker-coloured ally H. vitri-

noides, Desh. The animal was, as in that species, a Macrochlamys,

nobis, ‘ Jour. Asiat. Soc.’ vol. i., 1832 (as distinguished from that

of Ariophanta, Desmoulins, 1829, which corresponds with that of

Nanina, Gray, 1834), with reference to the great length and nar-

rowness of the tentacula-like processes of the mantle, which lubri-

cate the surface of the shell even to the apex. A full description

of the animal of H. vitrinoides will be found in vol. v. of the

‘Zoological Journal’ for 1834, long prior to the date of Mr.

Strickland’s observations on the same subject in the ‘ Annals’ for

November, 1849.

5. Helix Lecythis, nobis, n. s.

Testa subobtecte perforata, depressiuscula vel orbiculato-conoidea,

obsolete striata, nitida, pellucida, pallide cornea ; spira plus minusve

elevata, apice acutiusculo, sutura submarginata ; ; anfractibus 6,

convexiusculis, sensim crescentibus, ultimo rotundato: apertura

vix obliqua, lunari, latitudine longitudinem vix superante, callo

parietali tenui rugosiusculo ; peristomate’simplici, recto, margine

columellari oblique arcuatim descendente, superne triangulato

reflexo ; perforatione membrano fere clausa.

Diam. major 14, minor 13, alt. 9 mill.

Var. Diam. major 12, minor 10, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. in montibus prope Ragmahal Bengalie. Teste Dr. J. F. Bacdi.

Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons. 407

Distinguished chiefly from H. vesicula by the less ventricose

form of the last whorl, the shorter reflexion at the top of the

pillar lip, and by the aperture, which is broader than long in

this species, and has not the vertical position of the columellar

lip, so conspicuous in that shell. It varies much also in the rela-

tive height of the spire.

6. Helix subjecta, nobis, n. s.

Testaobtecte perforata, orbiculato-conoidea, striata, nitidiuscula, cornea,

translucente ; spira acutiuscula, sutura submarginata; anfractibus

6, ultimo latiori, rotundato; apertura vix obliqua, late lunari;

peristomate simplici, recto, margine columellari oblique descen-

dente, superne late triangulari-reflexo, perforationem obtegente.

Diam. major 17, minor 14, axis 83 mill.

Hab. in montibus Bengaliz, non procul ab urbe Rajmahal. Teste

Dr. Bacon. :

Distinguished from the two last-described shells by the colour,

proportion of the last whorl, and characters of the aperture. It

was sent to Dr. Pfeiffer to be figured under the MSS. name of

“ spreta,’ which has been now altered with reference to the

prior use of that name by Adams.

London, April 10, 1852.

XXXV.— Observations on Hyperoodon latifrons.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.

In Professor Eschricht’s paper on the Gangetic Dolphin, so well

translated by Dr. Wallich, he observes, first referring to a pre-

vious paper of his own, “ Mr. Gray’s Hyperoodon latifrons is a

good species founded on a cranium from the Orkney Islands,

with the crest of the upper jaw unusally thick, and yet it may

perhaps be only the cranium of an old male of the common

Hyperoodon.” He then proceeds: ‘“ This supposition has since

become a matter of certainty, for all the crania of old Hyper-

oodons, at least of males, have the crest similarly developed, as

has actually been verified in a skeleton of an old individual of

this kind sent to my worthy colleague Professor Steenstrup

from the Farée Islands.”

It appears from the above paragraph, that the only reason

which Professor Eschricht has for pronouncing “ all the crania

of old Hyperoodons, at least of males, to have the crests simi-

larly developed,” is that a single specimen of the animal, which

has been found in Farée Islands, was a male. Now I was

assured by the fishermen who procured the head which I de-

408 Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons.

scribed and figured, that it was that of a female gravid with young.

A female specimen of the same species, as proved by the examina-

tion of its skull (described in my Catalogue of Cetacea, p. 70) in

the Museum of the University of Edinburgh, was captured in the

Firth of Forth, accompanied by a young male (see W. Thompson,

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, vol. xvii. p. 153). Other speci-

_ mens of this whale have been caught on the coast of England,

especially one in Lancaster Bay, but I am not aware that the sex

of that individual was recorded. .

I have observed the skull of at least one specimen which was

marked as being that of a male animal, which certainly belonged

to the common species ; and my late lamented friend Mr. Wil-

liam Thompson described a male specimen which was caught at

Belfast, the skeleton of which is preserved in the Belfast Museum,

which that naturalist refers to the common species.

It is also to be observed, that in the above paragraph the Pro-

fessor appears to think that the only difference between the two

skulls is the thickness of the crest, but in the descriptive Cata-

logue of the Cetacea in the British Museum, I observe: “ The

examination of four skeletons and six or eight skulls of H. ras-

tratum, and of three (four) skulls of this species (H. latifrons)

have satisfied me that it must remain a perfectly distinct species :

it not only differs from H. rostratum in the thickness and solidity.

of the crest, but in the crest being much higher than the hinder

part of the head, while in all the skulls of H. rostratum the crest .

is of the same height as the frontal ridge.””—p. 70.

The skull of Hyperoodon latifrons is one-third longer than that

of H. rostratum, the latter being usually 60 and the other 90 or

92 inches long. Under these circumstances I must consider that

Professor Eschricht’s supposition has not “ become a matter of

certainty,” for the evidence is certainly very adverse to. the.

theory.

The Professor in the same manner considers the Physeter.

bidens of Sowerby and the Dauphin du Havre of Blainville (the

Delphinus micropterus of Cuvier) to be the same species. It is

true, the only specimen of the former which has been recorded

was a male, and that the two specimens of the latter which have

been described were females; but this is searcely sufficient. evi-

dence. Before Professor Eschricht made this suggestion, which

he evidently considers very important, in the ‘ Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for 1846, I had regarded the three ani-.

mals as belonging to the same species, “ believing the difference:

in the size of the teeth, which Mr. James Sowerby’s description.

appears to indicate, to be only a peculiarity produced by. the age of

the specimen;”’ but when I had the opportunity of examining.the)

skull, I considered myself justified in regarding them as distinet

A ee

cc eee et neawmae eee ie CSN

alas hein cial eee vs

Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons. 409

species belonging to different genera as then established (see

Cat. Cetacea, p. 72), but I think M. Duvernoy has perhaps been

correct in now referring them to the same genus, as M. F. Cu-

vier’s figures and description of the skull of D. micropterus is

very inaccurate and imperfect (see Ann. Sci. Nat. 1831, t. 2.

f. 3, 3).

These observations are more important, as up to this time we

have no proof of there being any considerable difference between _

the skulls of the two sexes of whales or dolphins, and my expe-

rience is against the theory ; for after measuring and comparing

all the skulls of these animals which I could find in the various

European Museums, several hundreds in number, I have been

struck with the great uniformity in size, proportion, and form of

the skull of the different species.

It is to be regretted that so excellent a paper as the descrip-

tion of the animal and skeleton of De/phinus gangeticus should

be deformed by so many captious observations on the labours

of others, especially as many of them are not deserved or founded

on justice. Many of the observations which M. Eschricht has

indulged in respecting my labours on this class of animals have

been corrected by myself in the Descriptive Catalogue of Cetacea

in the Collection of the British Museum, which was published in

1850, one year before the Professor’s paper, and which he quotes

in the second page of his Essay. I will only refer to a few of

these observations.

Thus: 1. Dr. Eschricht, in a note having very little to do with

the Essay, observes, that he believes the drawing of Duhamel’s

(D. canadensis) which I obtained from M. De Blainville, and

which [ at first thought might probably be (not be) an Jnia, is

only a Beluga. In 1850 I had, in the Cataiogue (p. 78) above

referred to, already observed: “ From inquiries recently made in

Canada, I have very little doubt but that Duhamel’s animal was

a Beluga, which is common in that country.” I may further

remark, that if it had not been for the opportunity of inspecting

the original drawing of Duhamel, which I obtained from M. De

Blainville, showing the absence of the dorsal fin, neither Pro-

fessor Eschricht nor I could have divined that the dolphin with

the beaked nose represented the beakless Beluga, for the absence

of the fin is not mentioned in the description.

_ Secondly. The Professor states, that “the cranium of Sowerby’s

valuable specimen deposited in the Anatomical Museum of the

University of Oxford was reported by Mr. Gray as no longer ex-

isting there, &c. It was therefore a very gratifying surprise to

me to be favoured with a communication from Prof. Acland,

Curator to the Museum, to the effect that the specimen was

. quite safe in his custody.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 27

410 Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons.

Any one reading the above would suspect that I had made a

careless misstatement. The following is the only observation I

had made on the subject: “The skull was preserved in Mr.

Sowerby’s Museum in Mead Place, and when distributed at his

death Mr. James Sowerby informed me it was purchased by the

Rev. Dr. Buckland, the Dean of Westminster, and sent to one of

the museums in Oxford. J have examined these collections with

Mr. Hugh Strickland, but have not been able to discover it.”

(Zool. Erebus and Terror, p.27.) The interest whieh I had excited

by my visit caused the skull to be looked for, and some time after I

received through the kindness of Dr. Acland, the Curator of one of

these Museums, the skull in question, with permission to deseribe

it ; and he, seeing the importance of it to zoology, had casts made

of the skull and sent them to the English and Foreign museums.

IT and all other zoologists cannot but be muchobliged to Dr. Acland

for the trouble he took to find the skull, and the liberal manner

in which he has distributed the casts ; but I believe that if it had

not been for the information which I had obtained by searching up

all the documents connected with the specimen from Mr. Sowerby

and M. De Blainville, the skull in question would have been

most probably hidden from science until the present time, and

perhaps eventually lost; for when Mr. Strickland, Mr. Duncan,

Dr. Melville (the Assistant Curator), and I searched for it in the

two Oxford Museums, both in the collection and in the store-

room, we could not discover, and nobody recollected ever having

seen such a specimen.

But in the Catalogue of Cetacea before referred to, printed

and sent to Professor Eschricht before his observation was

made, I had altered the above-quoted note in the Zoology

of the Erebus and Terror, thus: “* * and sent to the Anato-

mical Museum in Oxford, from whence Dr. Acland kindly sent

it me for examination,” p. 72.

Thirdly. Professor Eschricht in several papers objects to my

having placed the genera Jnia and Platanista in the same grou

ealled Platanistina, though he allows they are nearly allied : this

is entirely a mistake ; I have never so placed them. Both in the

Essay on the Cetacea in the Zoology of the Erebus and Terror,

pp- 25 and 45, and in the Catalogue of Cetacea, pp. 135, 136,

which may be regarded as a second edition of the same Essay,

each genus is considered as the type of a separate tribe called

Iniina and Platanistina.

a a 7

Bibliographical Notices. 411

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Vegetation of Europe, its Conditions and Causes.

By A. Henrrey, F.L.S. London: Van Voorst, 1852.

Turis little work supplies a deficiency in our popular Botanical litera-

ture. Before its appearance there was no book to which a person

desirous of knowing something of the geographical distribution of the

plants of Europe could refer, and those who were determined to attain

a knowledge of that interesting subject of inquiry had to consult

many and rare works written in various languages. The modest tone

in which the author speaks is deserving of all praise, but we must

not allow it to be supposed that the book is really so mere a ‘‘ rough-

draft’ as he states it to be. Doubtless a person who has studied the

subject in the detail necessary to collect the materials used in it may

be led to look upon it as a sketch ; but it is so full a sketch as pro-

bably to satisfy most readers, since all the more prominent, and there-

fore the most interesting facts of the subject are very clearly placed

before them.

The introductory part, treating of the causes of differences of cli-

mate, and of the influences of soils, exposure, &c. on the diffusion

of plants, is highly deserving of attention. We think however there

is not quite sufficient weight given to the influence of the Gulf-stream

on the climate, and therefore the vegetation of the north-western

coasts of Europe. We believe that that has by far the greatest in-

fluence of any natural cause in producing the high and equable tem-

perature of the western coasts of Britain and Scandinavia; and that

if, as has been suggested with much probability, that stream were

turned off by an opening through Central America, or by a slight

depression of the Mississippi and Mackenzie river-valleys, so as to

allow it to take its natural course either into the Pacific Ocean in the

one case, or the Arctic Sea in the other, the climate of these coasts

would become similar to that of Labrador, and render Britain and

much of Scandinavia nearly uninhabitable by restoring them to the

state which seems once to have existed, at the time that is, of wha

geologists call the glacial period.

It is impossible to enter into a description of the contents of such

a work as this, which is made up of an enormous mass of facts col-

leeted with care and much skill from the writings of those who have

treated in detail of the Botanical Geography of their respective coun-

tries ; neither does it seem desirable to extract isolated parts, since

they would convey a very imperfect idea of the whole, for each por-

tion of the book is most closely connected with those which succeed

and follow it.

We beg leave to congratulate the author on a great improvement

in his style, which, in some of his former productions, was rather dry

and unpleasant to read, but here presents his multitude of facts in an

interesting and popular, but at the same time sufficiently scientific

form. We have no doubt that the readers of his present book will

., Tise from its perusal with a feeling of having derived much pleasure

and information from it.

27*

412 Bibliographical Notices.

There is an unfortunate error at page 28 (line 12) caused by print-

ing Scotland for Iceland, which may give some little trouble, although

the careful reader will immediately detect it. At page 86 there is

some confusion concerning the northern limit of the ripening of pears,

which the author will do well to correct in his next edition. e do

not quite understand what is mtended by the statement at page 154,

that “the length of Great Brita amounts to 120 geographical miles,

of Ireland only to 60; the breadth of the former varies from 15 to.

65, and that of Ireland from 20 to 40.” A geographical mile is

about 2025 yards, or rather less than one English mile and a fifth,

and therefore, according to his calculation, Great Britain is not more

than about 150 miles in length instead of 600. It has probably —

originated from adopting the numbers given in some foreign work,

where the geographical miles are calculated in accordance with the

longer ordinary miles used in the country, apparently about in the

proportion of four to one of the English. These however are ve

minute errors, and cannot detract from the value of the book, repels

we strongly recommend to our readers.

It is satisfactory to see that this is the first of a series of works on

the ‘Outlines of the Natural History of Europe,’ of which the second,

‘ On the Natural History of the European Seas,’ by Prof. E. Forbes,

may be immediately expected. We are not informed of the volumes

that are to follow, but judging from the present work, and from Mr.

Forbes’s known acquaintance with the subject intended to be illustrated

by him, we are led to expect that the whole series will forma —

addition to eur popularly-scientific literature.

Conspectus Cyclostomaceorum emendatus et auctus Pneumonopomo-

rum Monographie Prodromus, auctore Dr. Lupovico PFEIFFER. :

Cassellis, 1852. 8vo, 74 pages.

This small work is one of the most convincing proofs of the rapid

progress of modern conchology. Lamarck described. twenty-seven

species of the genus Cyclostoma; Deshayes added eighteen in his

edition of that author, being the last general work on the species of

shells up to 1850; they were all included in a single genus. 4

In the Synopsis of the British Museum for 1840, as our author

informs us, Mr. Gray proposed to divide them into genera according

to the form of the operculum ; Troschel extended the number of the

genera ; and in 1850 the Trustees of the Museum, under the title of

‘Nomenclature of Molluscous Animals and Shells in the Collection of

the British Museum. Part I, Cyclophoridee,’ printed a list of the

specimens in the collection of that institution with the characters of

the new genera.

The above work of Dr. Pfeiffer may be considered as a second or

revised edition of that work, with the description of many. new

species; the species noticed in it amount to 469 divided into 29

genera, arranged in three sections.

It is pleasing to observe the effect which the Catalogues, published

by the Trustees of the British Museum, haye hadon science. e

lists of Mammalia and Birds were followed by similar lists of the Mam-

Fe See ee ee Pee Sa NS ee

Zoological Society. ; 413

matia, Birds and Reptiles contained in the Frankfort Museum ; and

the list of Birds forms the basis of a Catalogue of the Collection of

Birds in the Philadelphia Museum.

~ The list of Cetoniadze was followed by the commencement of a

Catalogue of Lamellicornes in the Museum of the Garden of Plants

in Paris, and has been revised and extended, and printed in Stettin

by Dr. Schaum; and more lately the professors of that Institution

have published Catalogues of the Mammalia and Reptiles similar to

the second and more enlarged edition of the British Museum Cata-

Jogues of these animais ; and here we have a list of shells published

in Germany like the other work above quoted, most of them avowedly

following the lead set them by the Trustees of the British Museum.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

- ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Synopsis or THE species or Derr (CERVINA), WITH THE

_ DEscRIpTION OF A NEW SPECIES IN THE GARDENS OF THE

: oO

_Socrery. By J. E. Gray, Esea., F.R.S. erc.

The Deer, spread over all parts of the Globe, are easily recognized

by their deciduous horns, which are covered, when they are first de-

, With a hairy skin.

It has been supposed that the Deer were not to be found in Africa,

but the discovery of a species in Barbary has dispelled that idea ; they

are rare in that extensive quarter of the world, their place being sup-

plied by Antelopes.

Since the. publication of Cuvier’s Essay on Deer, in which he de-

scribed several species from the study of the horns alone, many zoolo-

gists have almost entirely depended on the horns for the character of

the species, and Colonel Hamilton Smith has been duced to sepa-

rate some species on the study of a single horn. But the facilities

which menageries have afforded of studying these animals, and watch-

ing the variations which the horns of the species present, have shown

that several most distinct but allied species, as the Stag of Canada

and India, have horns so similar that it is impossible to distinguish

them by their horns. On the other hand, it has been shown that

animals of the same herd, or even from the same parents, and some-

times even the same specimen, under different circumstances, in suc-

¢eeding years have produced horns so unlike one another in size and

form, that they might have been considered, if their history was not

known, as horns of very different species. These observations, and

the examination of the different cargoes of foreign horn which are

tin for the uses of the cutler, each cargo of which is generally

collected in a single locality, and therefore most probably belong to a

single species peculiar to the district,—have proved to me that the

horns afford a much better character to separate the species into

‘groups, than to distinguish the allied species from one another.

. Colonel Hamilton Smith, in his ste Ode of the Genus, sepa-

‘rated them into subgenera according to the form of the horns.

A414 Zoological Society.

In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1836 I drew atten-

tion to the glands on the hind-legs as affording very good characters

to arrange the subgenera proposed by De Blainville and Colonel Smith

into natural groups, which m most particulars agreed with the geo-

graphical distribution of the species.

Dr. Sundevall, in his Essay on Pecora, has availed himself of the

suggestions in my paper, and has also pointed out some other exter-

nal characters, such as the form and extent of the muffle, which afford

good marks of distinction in these animals,—such as I believe are

much more important for the distinction of the genera and species

than those derived from the form of the skull or the modifications of

the teeth, or the form and size of the horns; as they are not, like

those parts, so liable to alteration from age, local circumstances and

other changes during the growth of the animal, and they can be seen

in the females as well as the males, which is not the case with the

horns, as they can only be observed in the male sex.

The Deer may be thus divided :

A. The Deer or THE Snowy Recions have a very broad muzzle,

entirely covered with hair; the horns are expanded and pal-

mated, and the fawns are not spotted.

a. The Alcine Deer have no basal anterior snag to the horns, and a

small, bald muffle between the nostrils, as the genus dlces.

b. The Rangerine Deer have a large basal anterior snag to the horns,

close on the crown or burr, and no muffle, as Tarandus.

s. The Deer or THE TEMPERATE OR Warm Recions have a

tapering muzzle, ending in a bald muffle; the fawn, and some-

times the adult, are spotted.

ec. The Llaphine Deer have a distinct anterior basal snag to the horns,

the muffle broad, and separated from the lip by a hairy band,

and the tuft of hair on the outside of the hind-leg above the

middle of the metatarsus, as Cervus and Dama.

d. The Rusine Deer have a distinct anterior basal snag to the horns,

the muffle very high, and not separated from the edge of the lip,

and the tuft of hair on the outside of the hind-leg above the

middle of the metatarsus, as Recervus, Panolia, Rusa, Axis, Hy-

elaphus, and Cervulus.

e. The Capreoline Deer have no basal anterior snag to the horn, the

first branch being some distance above the burr; the suborbital

crumen (and pit in the skull) generally small, as Capreolus, Ca-

riacus, Blastocerus, Furcifer, and Coassus.

The Alcine and Rangerine Deer are confined to the Northern part

of both continents; the Llaphine and Rusine Deer to the Eastern

World, the latter almost exclusively to the warmer part of Asia; the

Capreoline Deer are peculiar to America. The only exception to

these rules are, the Wapiti Deer of the Elaphine group is found in

Northern America, and the Roebuck and Ahu of the Capreoline group

are found in Europe and North Asia,

ne eee

ene | al

“e ee ea ee

= ES eee a,

Zoological Society. 415

A. The Deer or THE SNowy Recions have a very broad end

to the nose, which is entirely covered with hair, a short tail and pal-

mated horns ; the fawns are not spotted, but uniformly coloured like

the adult ; the skull with a large nose-cavity, and with the intermax-

illaries not reaching to the nasal.

a. The Aucrne Derr or Evxs have no basal snag, the first branch

of the horn being considerably above the crown.

1. Auces; Alce, H. Smith.

The muzzle is very broad, produced, and covered with hair, but

there is a small, moist, naked spot in front of the nostrils; the neck

is short and thick ; the hair is thick and brittle; the throat is rather

maned in both sexes; the hind-legs have the tuft of hair rather above

the middle of the metatarsus; the males have palmate horns. The

nose-cayity in the skull is very large, reaching behind to a line over

the front of the grinders ; the intermaxillaries are very long, but do

not reach to the nasal; the nasals are very short. They live in woods

in the northern parts of both continents.

1. Atces maLcuis. The Exix or Moose.

Dark brown ; legs yellower.

Alces, Gesner; Plin.—Cervus Alces, Linn. 8. N. i. 92; Pallas,

Zool. R. A. i. 201; H. Smith; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer. 232.

—Alces Malchis, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, 135; Gray, Knows. Menag.

56.—Moose Deer, Dudley, Phil. Trans. n. 368. 165.—Z/k, Laws, Ca-

rol. 123; Pennant, Syn.—lan, Brisson, H. N. xii. t. 7. Supp. vii.

t. 25; Cuvier, R. A.—Orignal, La Houtan, Voy. 72; Charlev. Nouv.

France, iii. 126.— American Black Elk(C.alces 3.), H.Smith, G.A.K.

vy. 77 1.—Loss, Russians in Siberia.

Inhabits the Northern regions of America and Europe.

Several naturalists, especially Colonel Hamilton Smith, thought

they had observed a difference in the horns of the Russian and Ame-

rican Elks; I have compared numerous specimens from both coun-

tries, but can discover no appreciable distinction between them.

The Elks, like most of the other Deer, and especially of the ani-

mals which inhabit the cold and mountain regions, present a very con-

siderable difference in size, according to the scarcity or abundance of

the food which the locality they inhabit affords, and the development

of the horns appears to be greatly influenced by this cause ; so that

the horns of the animals inhabiting the more barren districts are much

less developed than those found in more fertile situations, and I think

I have observed this to be the case with both the Russian and the

American horns: but on this head naturalists are like to be much

misled, as the horns which are imported are generally chosen for their

size and perfect development, and the small and less-developed speci-

mens are only to be observed in the eargoes of horns which are im-

ported for economic purposes.

These observations are equally applicable to the Retn Deer.

6. The Rancerine Deer or Reins have a large and well-deve-

* loped basal branch close on the crown of the horns.

416 Zoological Society.

2. Tarannus; Rangifer, H. Smith.

The muzzle is entirely covered with hair; the tear-bag small,

covered with a pencil of hairs; the fur brittle, in summer ei in

winter longer, whiter, of the throat longer; the hoofs are broad, de~

pressed, and bent in at the tip; the external metatarsal gland above

the middle of the leg; horns in both sexes elongate, subcylindric,

with the basal branches and tip dilated and palmated; of the females

smaller; skull with rather large nose-cavity, about half us long asthe -

distance to the first grinder; the intermaxillary moderate, nearly

reaching to the nasal; a small, very shallow, suborbital pit. 16

They live in the Arctic Regions in both hemispheres, migrating in

flocks, and eating lichens.

1. TARANDUS RANGIFER. The Carisov or Rern Deer.

Dark brown in summer, grey in winter. Young: brown, yellow

varied. |

Tarandus, Plini.—Rangifer, Gesner.—Cervus Tarandus, Linn.;

Pallas, Zool. Ross. A. i. 106; Cuvier, Mamm. Lith. t. ; Bennett,

Gardens Z. 8. 241. fig.; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer. 238.—C.

Tarandus sylvestris (Woodland Caribou), Richardson, Fauna Bor.

Amer. 250.—C. rangifer, Raii Syn. 88.—C. platyrhynchos, Vrolich,

Rendier, t. 2 (1828).—C. palmatus and C. mirabilis, Jonston, Quad.

t.36, 37.—Tarandus rangifer, Gray, Knows. Menag.57.—Rein Deer,

Pennant.— Caribou, Sagard. Theodat. Canad. 751.—Renne, Buffon,

H. N. xii. 79. t. 10-12. Supp. iii. t. 18*.—Rhenne, Cuvier, R. A.—

Caribou or Carrebouf, French Canadians.— Oleen, Russians in Siberia.

Var. Smaller; horns more slender, less palmated ; hair short,

smooth, close, brown, with throat and belly white in summer; hair

very close, thick, waved, brittle and erect and white in winter...

Cervus Tarandus Americanus, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 773.—C. Ta-

randus v. Arctica (Barren-ground Caribou), Richardson, Fauna Bor.

Amer. 241. fig. 240, horns. —Common Deer, Hearne, Journ. 195.200.

Inhabits Arctic parts of Europe and Ameriéa.

Varies exceedingly in size. In the British Museum there are spe-

eimens varying from 20 to 28 inches high at the withers, and pro-

portionally as large in the horns and all the other parts. The variety

is confined to the barren grounds,

Dr. Richardson observes, ‘‘ There are two well-marked and perma-

nent varieties of Caribou that inhabit the fur countries; one of them

(Woodland Caribou) confined té the woody and more southern di-

stricts, and the other (Barren-ground Caribou) retiring to the woods

only in the winter, but passing the summer on the coasts of the Arctic

seas, or on the barren grounds so often mentioned in this work.’?—

Fauna Bor. Amer, 299.

The large Siberian variety are ridden on by the Tungusians. They

also use them for draught, as the Laplanders do the smaller variety.

They have a large variety in Newfoundland, nearly as large as a

heifer, haying very large and heavy horns... There.are some horas) of

this variety in the British Museum. _M.Middendorf informed me that

the horns of the large Siberian variety were as large as, and greatly re-

Zoological Society. 417

sembled, the horns from Newfoundland (Nova Scotia) in the British

Museum Collection. :

Pallas observes, “‘Americe forte continua gregatim verno tempore

r glacies admigrant, paulo diversi a Siberize inquilinis et yerosimil-

Fithe Americani.”’—Zool. Ross. Asiat.i. 208. *

_sp. The Deer or THE WARM or TemPerRATeE Recions have a

tapering nose, ending in a naked, moist mufile; they generally have

a well-developed tail, distinct crumen, and rather long false hoofs ;

their fawns are spotted, the spots generally disappearing in the adult,

or only to be seen when the animals are in high condition; the fur is

shorter and fulvous in the summer, becoming longer and greyer in

the winter; the skulls have a moderate nose-cavity, and the inter-

maxillaries reaching to or nearly to the nasal bones.

e. The Exaruine Deer or Sracs have a low, broad muffle,

narrowed and rounded below, and nearly separated from the edge of

the lip by a hairy band, which has only a narrow interruption in the

middle, and rather elongated ears; they have rough horns, generally

. on a more or less long process of the frontal bones, fur-

nished with a frontal basal branch or snag close on the burr or crown ;

the outer side of the hind-legs has a tuft of hair placed rather above

the — of the metatarsus, and another tuft on the inner side of

the hock.

They are (except the Wapiti) exclusively confined to the woods of

the Old or Eastern World.

3. Cervus; Elaphus, H, Smith; Cervus and Pseudocervus,

2 Hodgson.

. Horns round, erect, with an anterior basal snag, a medial anterior

snag, aud the apex divided into one or more branches, according to

the age of the animal ; a well-developed crumen ; narrow triangular,

compressed hoofs; they are covered with brittle, opake hairs; the

rump is generally ornamented with a pale mark ; skull with a large,

deep, suborbital pit.”

_ * The True Stags have one or two branches on the middle of the

front of the beam.

+ The American kind have rather broad semicircular hoofs, a very

short tail, and the withers covered with softer hair in winter. Stron-

gyloceros.

1. Cervus CanapeEnsis. The Wapirt.

Red-brown ; rump with a very large pale disk extending far above

the base of the tail, and with a black streak on each side of it; male

with hair of throat elongated, black, with reddish tips.

Stag, Dale, Phil. Trans. n. 444, 384.—Cerf de Canada, Perr. Anim.

ii. 55. t. 452; Cuvier, R. A. i. 256.—Cerrus Canadensis, Brisson ;

» Gray, Knows, Menag. 58.—Cervus Elaphus, var. Canadensis, Erx].—

Cervus Strongyloceros, Schreb. t.247 ; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer.

»251.—C. major, Ord.—C. Wapiti, Leach, Journ. Phys, lxxxv. 66.—

American Eik, Bewick, Quad.— North-Western Stag, C. occidentalis,

418 Zoological Society.

H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 101. t. . f. 2, horn; Fischer, Syn. Mamm.

614,notSyn.— Wapiti, Warden, Etats Unis, v.638 ; Wied, Voy. Amer.

Sept. iii. 302.

- Var. Smaller. ;

Red Deer (or Canadian Stag), Warden, Etats Unis, v. 637.—EUk,

Lewis and Clerk.—Stag, Pennant, Arct. Zool. i. 27.—Wewashiss,

Hearne, Journ. 360.

Inhabits N. America.

In summer red-brown ; ears, middle line of the back of the neck,

and back of rump and front of legs blackish ; rump-mark yellowish.

+t The species of the Western World have narrow, triangular

hoofs, a moderate tail, and are covered with harsh hair. Cervus.

2. Cervus Exvapuus. The Srac.

Brown ; rump with a pale spot extending rather above the upper

surface of the base of the tail.

Cervus, Plin.; Gesner.—Tragelaphus, Gesner (old male).—Cervus

Elaphus, Linn.; Gray, Knows. Menag. 58.—C. vulgaris, Linn.—C.

nobilis, Klein. —C, Germanicus, Brisson.—C. Elaphus /3. Hippelaphus,

Fischer, Syn. (old male).—Stag, or Red Deer, Pennant.—Cerf, Buffon,

H.N. vi. t. 9.—Cerf commun, Cuvier; F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lith. t.

Inhabits Europe.

Mr. Blyth described a variety as the Hungarian Stag (Mus. Asiat.

Soc. Beng. 1841, 750. t. 3. f..11).

The Deer which Buffon (H. N. vi. 95. t. 11) describes under the

name of the Cerf de Corse, has been regarded as a variety to be di-

stinguished by the smallness of its size, but Buffon observes, that he

believes the “size to depend on the scarcity of nourishment ; for

when moved to better pastures, in four years they became higher,

larger and stouter than the Common Stags.”

3. Cervus Barsarus. The Barspary Derr.

Dark brown; obscurely white spotted, with a very indistinct,

greenish brown, broad dorsal line, with a pale yellow spot extended

considerably above the base of the tail ; back of haunches white, with

a dark stripe on each side.

Cervus Barbarus, Bennett, MSS. Catal. Gardens Zool. Soc. ; Gray,

Knows. Menag. 59; Frazer, Zoologia Typica, t. .—Burk-Goat (Al-

Wassai), Moors (see Griffith, A. K. v. 775).

Inhabits Coast of Barbary ; Tunis.

4. Cervus Wauuicuir. The Bara Sinca or Mort.

_ Brown, with a very large white spot on the rump, extending on

back of the haunches and far above the base of the tail; the horns

with two basal and one or two apical branches.

Cervus Pygargus, Uardw. Linn. Trans.—Cervus Wallichii, Cuvier,

Oss. Foss. iv. 50; F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. from Hardw. Icon.; Sundey.

Pecora, 55; H. Smith, G. A. K. iv.103.t. _. (from Indian drawing) ;

Gray, Knows. Menag. 60.—Jaareel Stag, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, 1841, 750.t. .f. 7, young horn; Hodgson, Icon. ined.

——_ To.

Zoological Society. 419

t. 198, called Gyana.—Pseudocervus Wallichit, Hodgson, Journ.

Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x. 914, xi. 284.—?Cervus Caspianus or Hangool,

Falconer, MSS.; Gray, Cat. Osteol. Sp. B. M. 147.—? Cervus Cash-

meriensis, Gray, Cat. Osteol. Sp. B. M. 65.—Kashmir Stag’, Blyth,

P. Z. 8S. 1840, 72; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 750.t. .f. 8, 9.

—Persian Deer, Maral or Gevezu or Gookoohee, MacNeil, P. Z. 8.

1840, 11; Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 750. t. . f. 10.

Inhabits Cachir (Hodgson) ; Persia (MacNeil).

The skull of Dr. Falconer’s Cashmere Stag is 15 inches long; the

suborbital pit is oblong, triangular, and rather deep. The skull and

horns are very like Mr. Hodgson’s specimen of Cervus affinis, but

they are considerably smaller.

Sir John MacNeil informs us they are called by the Persians

Maral, or Gevezu, or Gookoohee, and are frequently noticed in their

literature. It is found in all the wooded mountain districts of Persia,

but apparently does not occur in the central parts of the country.

They rarely descend into the plains. During the summer they are

found in the highest wooded parts of the mountains, and during the

winter in the lower ravines, near their bases, where they are frequently

tracked in the snow. The horns of the adult males closely resemble

those of the Red Deer of this country; insomuch that I doubt whether

an unscientific observer could distinguish them, except by the supe-

rior size of those of the Maral.—P. Z. S. 1840, 11.

5. Cervus AFFINis. The Sau Forest Srac.

Pale brown ; rump without any distinct pale mark?; skull 16 or 17

inches long; suborbital pit large, oblong, trigonal, rather deep.

Cervus affinis (Mool Baratingha, or Royal Stag of the Morung),

Hodgson, Icon. ined. B. M, n. 197; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x.

741, 914; Calcutta Journ. N. H. iv. 291; Sundey. Pecora, 131;

Gray, Cat. Ost. Sp. B. M. 65; Knowsley Menag. 60.—C. Elaphus,

Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, iv. 648.—C. Wallichii, part,

Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. in B. M. 32.—C. Wallichii, var. Blyth,

Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 747.

Inhabits India; Saul Forest.

Mr. Hodgson, in his figure of this animal, does not represent any

pale spot on the rump: if this is correct, it must be a most distinct

species, as Dr. Falconer informs me the Cashmere Stag has a large

white rump.

6. Cervus Sika. The SiKa.

Dark brown ; cheeks and throat rather paler ; rump brown, without

any pale spot ; tail pale, white beneath; hair harsh; horns rather

slender, with a basal and medial snag, and a subapical internal one.

Cervus Sika, Schlegel, Fauna Japon. t. 17; Sundev. Pecora, 55,

131; Gray, Knows. Menag. 60.—C. Sitza, Temm. Mus. Leyden.

Inhabits Japan. Mus. Leyden.

4. Dama, H. Smith; Platyceros.

Horns, upper part expanded, smooth, and branched on the hinder

edge ; tail rather elongated ; tear-bag well developed ; hoofs narrow,

420 Zoological Society.

triangular, compressed ; they are covered with thin, rather adpressed

hairs, and have the hair of the nape reversed ; the fur is spotted in

summer ; the skull with a short broad face, an oblong, rather shallow,

inftaorbital pit; intermaxillary broad, reaching to the short broad

nasals

1. Dama vutearis. The Farrow Derr.

Fulvous ; white spotted, with the longitudinal streak on the lower

part of the side, and the line across the haunches white.

Var. From nearly black to nearly pure white.

Platyceros, Plini.—Cervus platyceros, Raii Quad. Sb. Cote

dama, Linn.— Dama vulgaris, Gesner, Quad. 335. f. .; Gray, Cat.

Osteol. Sp. B. M. 65; Knows. Menag. 60.—F allow Deer and Buck,

Pennant.—Daim et Daime, Buffon.— Daim fauve, F.Cuvier.— Cervus

coronatus, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. t. . f. 4, from monstrous horns.

Var. Blackish. f

Cervus mauricus, F. Cuy. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816.—C. Dama maura,

Fischer.—Daime noire, F. Cuv. Mam. Lith.

Inhabits Persia. Domesticated in Europe.

This species is represented in the sculptures from Nineveh.

d. The Rustne Deer or Sampoos have a large moist muffle,

which is as high as broad, and extends to the edge of the upper lip ;

hind-leg with a large tuft of hair rather above the middle of the meta-

tarsus, and with a pencil of hair on the inner side of the hock; a

moderate tail, broad, short ears, and the fur consisting of hard, rather

shining, thick, depressed hair ; they have no white mark on the rump.

_The horns are r oyfiuttteal: generally rather longly peduncled, with a

distinct anterior basal branch or snag close on the burr or crown, and

are forked, and sometimes reforked, at the tip; they have no medial

snag. The skulls have a large, very deep, suborbital pit. They are

confined to South-Eastern Asia and its islands.

* In some the upper part of the horns is variously branched.

5. Panos, Gray.

The horns round, curved backwards and outwards, with a large

anterior basal snag close on the burr; the upper part bent in, forked,

becoming rather expanded and branched on the inner or hinder edge ;

the fur formed of rather rigid, flattened hair; muffle large; skull

with a narrow face, a large, oblong, very deep suborbital pit, and the

nasals short, broad, and dilated behind ; the frontal snag of the horns

often has a tubercle or branch at the base.

1. Panouia Expr. The SunGNat.

Panolia Eedii, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M: 34; Knowsley

Menag. 61.—P. acuticornis, Gray, Cat. Mam: B: M.180. any platy-

ceros, Gray, Cat: Mam. B. M. 180 (adult horn).— Cervus: lyratus,

tae Syn. 11. 395.—? Cervus Smithiv; Gray, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1837,

45:— Cervus Eedii, Calcutta Journ. N. H. ii. 413. t. 12. Cervus

(Rusa) frontalis, M‘Clelland, Calcutta Journ, Nv H.-i; ££. 2 ‘f. 1,

11.°539,-4i1. t. 13 ; ‘Sundevall, Pewurd; 132:

adwhidbits brdia, noagt oH

Zoological Society. 421

General Hardwicke has.a drawing of a Deer, the frontal snag of

_ the horns very much elongated, and apparently forked: Colonel

Hamilton Smith made an ‘improved’? drawing from the sketch;

and in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1837 I mention

the species under the name of C. Smithii, p. 48.

I am now doubtful if the sketch might not have been intended for

this species or a new one allied to it.

6. Rucervus, Hodgson; Rusa, sp. H. Smith.

Horns cylindrical, with an anterior basal branch, and repeatedly

forked at the tip; muffle large, high, continued to the edge of the

upper lip below; they have a rather short, thick tail, a shortish face,

a well-developed crumen, broad rounded ears, covered with hair, and

narrow compressed hoofs. ‘The fur is formed of rather soft adpressed

hairs; they have no pale. mark on the rump, and are indistinctly

spotted. The skull has an elongate face, with a large nose-opening,

and an oblong, rather shallow, suborbital pit.

1. Rucervus Duvaucettiu. The Bauratrya.

Yellowish brown, without any rump-spot ; back with an indistinct

dark streak, with a row of white spots.on each side ; sides.not spotted ;

hair black, with yellow tips; neck with rather longer hair; throat,

chest and belly with longer, scattered, greyish white hairs; muzzle

and front of leg dark ; chin white. Fur in winter dark brown.

Cervus Duvaucellii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 29. f. 6, 8.—Rucervus

Duvaucellii, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll, B. M. 33.—Rucervus ela-

phoides, Uodgson.—R. Duvaucellii, Gray, Knows. Menag. 61.—

Cervus Bahrainja, Hodgson.—C, enclodocerus, Hodgson.—C. Bah-

raiya, Hodgson, P. Z.S, 1836,46.—C. Euryceros, Knowsley Menag.

t. 40, 41.—Bahraiya, Hodgson.

Inhabits India.

* The True Rusas have the upper part of the horns simply forked.

7. Rusa, H. Smith; Cervus Hippelaphi**, Sundevall.

Phey are covered with hard, rigid, very thick hairs; they are not,

or only obscurely, spotted ; the horns are placed on a moderately long

peduncle, have an anterior frontal snag close on the crown, and are

simply forked at the tip.

+ The Larger kinds have the hair of the neck elongated, forming

a kind of mane, at least in the males.

1. Rusa AristToretis. The SamsBoo.

Tail not floccose, brown, rather darker at the end ; blackish brown,

with the feet, the region of the vent, and a spot over the eyes fulyous:

Male maned.. Young obscurely white spotted (Hodgson).

Gona Rusa, Daniel, Ceylon, t.... .—Cervus Aristotelis, Cuvier,

Oss. Poss. iv. 502. t.39. f.10; F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. ..; Sundev:

Pecora, 55.—Cervus Hippelaphus, C. Aristotelis, and C, heteroceros,

Hodgson, Icon. ined.—Rusa Aristotelis, H. Smith; Gray, Cat.

Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 67 ; Osteol. Spec. B. M. 67; Knows: Menag,

4.22 Zoological Society.

62.—Cervus unicolor, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 780.—Cervus Benga-

lensis, Schinz, Syn. Mam. ii. 390.—Daim noir de Bengal, Duvaucell,

Asiat. Res. xv. 157.—Cerf noir de Bengal, F. Cuvier, Menag. Lith.

t. .—Cervus equinus (Samboo Deer), Bennett, Tower Menag. 185,

fig.— Zk, Indian Sportsmen ; Sykes, Proce. Zool. Soc.—Var. Cervus

heteroceros, Hodgson, J. A. 8S. Beng. 1841, 722. t. :

Var.? Biche de Malacca, F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. female.—Cervus

Malaccensis, Fischer, Syn.

Inhabits India ; Ceylon.

The skull is about 17 inches long, and has a very deep, oblong,

subtriangular, suborbital pit.

The specimen from Ceylon, in the Zoological Gardens, differs from

the common Samboos from India in having shorter and thicker horns.

Nearly black in October ; the front of the muzzle rounded, the nose

black, forming a band across the chin; front of chin (only) white ;

tail all black ; face paler than back, and more grisled, but uniformly

coloured, without any black streak over the eyes or up the side of the

nose; vent flesh-coloured. Much larger.

2. Rusa Dimorreue. The Srorren Rusa.

Red-brown ; back with distinct series of small white spots; sides

indistinctly white spotted ; limbs paler; neck and belly blackish; chin

white ; the horns (deformed ?). Young bright fawn-red, white spotted.

Cervus Dimorphe, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1844, t. ;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. 74; Sundevall, Pecora, 132.—Rusa

Dimorpha (Hodgson’s Rusa), Hodgson in Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll.

in B. M. 33 ; Gray, Knows. Menag. 62.

Inhabits Saul Forest ; Morang.

3. Rusa Eautnus. The Rusa or SMALLER SAMBOO.

Brown, not spotted ; tail rounded, floccose, black at the tip; hair

(summer): elongate, rigid, thick, waved. Young very obscurely

spotted ; hair rigid and rough.

Rusa, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 263.—Cervus equinus, Cuvier,

Oss. Foss. iv, 44. t. 5. f, 30, 37, 38,42; H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 112.

t. ; Sundevall, Pecora, 55; S. Miller, Nederl. Verh.—EZland or

Elk of the Dutch Sportsmen.—Rusa Hquinus, Gray, Knows. Menag.

G2, &. 40.

Inhabits Sumatra ; Borneo.

4. Rusa Hiepretarpuvus. The’Mrsancan Banior.

Greyish brown ; tail not floccose, brownish at the tip; anal region

not pale; cheeks and upper part of the neck of the males maned;

hair (summer) short, rigid, close-pressed, not waved. Young: hair

smooth.

Rusa ubi, R. saput and R. Tunjuc, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 260.

—Cervus hippelaphus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5. f. 31, 34 & 42;

F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. ; Raffles, Mem. 645.—Cervus Tunjuc,

Vigors, in Raffles’ Memoir, 645.—Cervus Rusa, 8. Miiller, Nederl.

Verh. 45, t. 43.—Great Muntjac, Waterhouse, Cat. Mus. Zool. Soc,

1839, 39.—-Cerf noir de Bengal, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. 2, in

Zoological Society. 423

summer.— Cervus Leschenaultii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. , from

horns only.— Rusa Hippelaphus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 62.

Var. Smaller. Eydoux, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1836, 26.— Cervus

Moluccensis, Quoy.—Cervus Rusa Moluccensis, 8. Miller, Nederl.

Verh. t.45; Mus. Leyden, 1845.—Cervus Rusa Timorensis, Mus.

Leyden, 1845.

Inhabits Java.

In all its states it was very distinct from the Samboo of Continental

India. The horns are similar to those of R. Equinus, but the body

and horns are smaller, and the hair of the young is smoother.

** The Smaller Rusas have no mane; the peduncles of the horns

are rather elongated, and covered with hair.

5. Rusa Peroni. The SMALLER Rusa.

Brown, paler beneath ;_hair rigid, thick, ringed ; muzzle dark ; tail

brown, floecose ; anal disk white; the hind part of the feet hairy ;

the horns are thick and heavy.

Cervus Peronii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 46. t. 5. f. 41,45; Sundey.

Pecora, 56.—Rusa Peronii, Gray, Knows. Menag.63.—Cervus Kuhlii,

S.Miiller, Neder]. Verh. 45. t. 44; Sundev. Pecora, 56.—Rusa Kuhlit,

Gray, List. Osteol. Spec. B. M. 68. . 3

Inhabits Timor, Luboc, Bavian and Ternate. Specimen in Brit.

Mus.

6. Rusa Pururpeinvus. Paivippine Rusa.

Forehead brown ; end of nose and eyebrows brownish ; feet behind

naked ; hair rigid, not waved.

Cerf de Philippine, Desm. Mamm. 442.— Cervus Philippinus, H.

Smith, G. A. K. iv. 147. t.164. f. 5. head, v. 803; Fischer, Syn. 622;

Sundey. Pecora, 56.—Rusa Philippinus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 63.

Var.? Tail black, dependent ; front of face dark. '

Cervus Marianus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 45. t. 5. f. 30, 37, 38, 46;

H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 115. t. 168 (from Mus. Paris); Fischer, Syn.

453; Sundev. Pecora, 57.

Inhabits Philippines.

This species has the horn on an elongated peduncle, like the Munt-

jacs, but it is easily distinguished from them by the absence of the

ridge and of the grooves on the face.

7. Rusa cepipa. The Litrie Rusa.

‘Reddish brown ; back and sides varied with pale, spotted hair ;

vent disk small, white, black edged above ; tail longly hairy, white,

above black ; face brown, with a roundish white spot in front of the

usual oval black spot ; horns smooth, slender, nearly straight, elon-

gate, the basal snag bent down on the forehead.””—Sundevall.

Cervus (Hippelaphus) lepida, Sundev. Pecora, 57.—Rusa lepida,

Gray, Knows. Menag. 63.

Inhabits Java. Mus. Frankfort. Scarcely as large as a Roebuck.

8. Axis, H. Smith; Hippelaphus ***, Sundev.

Covered with moderately thick, polished hairs ; fulvous and beauti-

424, Zoological Suciety..

fully white spotted at all seasons; the face is elongate, narrow, and

the ears large, rather elongate and acute, with a rather elongate tail,

and nearly equally long, slender legs ; the horns are placed on mode-

rately long peduncles ; the skull is elongate, narrow, with an oblong, »

rather small, deep suborbital pit. ah: soding

1. Axis macuuaTa. The Axis or CaIurrRa.

Fulvous, with a black dorsal streak, edged with a series of white

spots; sides with many white spots in an oblique curved line, and

with a short white streak obliquely across the haunches. .

Young fawn, spotted exactly like the adult.

Avis, Plin.?; Buffon, H. N. xi. t. 38, 39; Cuvier, Menag. Mus. t.. ;

Oss. Foss. iv. 38. t. 5. f. 24, 29.—Cervus Axis, Erxl.; Schreb. t. 250;

Bennett, Gard. Zool. Soc. 253; Sundey. Pecora, 57.—Azis maculata, -

Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 178.—A. major, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat.

Soc. Bengal, x. 914.—4. minor, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, —

x..914.— A. medius, Hodgson, Icon. ined.—Cervus pseudazis, Ger- _

vais, Voy. Bonite, 64. t. 12; Institute, 1841, 419; Sundev. Pecora, a

57.—C. Axis Ceylonensis, H. Smith. ite

Var. Blackish. Cervus nudipalpebra, Ogilby, P. Z. 8. 1831, 136;

Sundev. Pecora, 57.131. rraaJd 1

Inhabits India. we 1 a

The horns of this species vary greatly in size. Pennant describes .

two Deer under the names of 1. Greater Axis, Pennant, Syn. 525

Quad. 106= Cervus Axis y, Gmelin; 2. Middle-sized Avis, Pennant, ,

Quad. 106= Cervus Axis 3, Gmelin, from the horns alone: these are »

probably only large-horned examples of the common species; 3. C.. -

pseudaxis, which has been regarded as a species of Rusa, is onlya , |

small-horned variety. :

err

9. HyrLaruus, Sundey.; Avis, sp. H. Smith. er

Covered with moderately thick, polished hair ; fulvous, and spotted —

in the summer; with a rather elongated tail, and rather short legs,

the front being rather the shortest; the face is short, broad, ad

arched in front; the ears short and rounded; the horns are placed

on moderately long peduncles.

1. HyeLapnus porcinus. The Lucna Para or SuHeortan.

Brown or yellowish brown, with an indistinct darker dorsal streak,

and with obscure whitish spots, but without any white streak on the

sides or haunches; in the winter brown and spotless; front of face ~

and legs darker; line down the front and the inside of the thighs —

white. .

Porcine Deer, Pennant, Syn. 42. t. 8. f. 2.—Cerf Cochon, Buffon, ~ j

Supp. ii. 122.t.18 (in summer).— Cervus porcinus, Zimmerm.; Schreb. ~

t. 251, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithog. t. .—Hyelaphus poreinus, Sun-

dev. Pecora, 58; Gray, Knows. Menag. 64. t.42; Cat. Ost. B. M.67. —

—Azis porcinus, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x. 914; Gray, ~

Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 33.—Cervus niger, Hamilton, Icon. ined.; ~

Blainv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1816, 76; Fischer, Syn. 454 ; Sundev, Pe- me

cora, 60. 132. ere

Inhabits India.

¢%

I ae

known from the Azis by being lower on its legs, and there

is no distinct black dorsal streak, nor white streak on haunches; the

tail bushy, and often carried erect: the males and females in summer

are reddish brown, with numerous white spots, the middle of the back

rather darker ; in winter the whole fur becomes blackish brown, and

the spots disappear: the horns are generally short, with only short

suags My branches, but they are sometimes as large as those of the

eer.

10. Cervutvus, Blainv. 1816; Muntjacus, Gray, 1821;

Stylocerus, H. Smith; Prox, Ogilby, Sundev.

Horns on elongated pedicels, supported by longitudinal ridges on

the face, which have a naked, moist groove on their side; the canine

teeth are exserted; the tear-bags are large and deep; the tail elon-

gate and tufted ; the hoofs triangular, and partly united in front by

a web; the false hoofs are small and transyerse; they are covered

with thin shining hair, and are not spotted ; they have no tuft of hair

on the hind-legs ; skull with a very large, deep, nearly hemispherical

suborbital pit.

1. CeERVULUS VAGINALIS. The Kisane or Munrsac.

ie reddish brown ; narrow streak on the front edge of the thigh

white.

_ Kijang, Marsden, Sumatra, 94.—Cervus Muntjac, Zimm. Schreb.

t. 254; Horsfield, Java, vi.t.1; Raffles, Mem. 645.—Proxr Muntjac,

Sundeyv. Pecora, 61.—Cervus vaginalis, Bodd, Elenc. i. 136.—C. sub-

cornutus, Blainv. Schreb. t. 254 z. f: 2:—Muntjacus vaginalis, Gray,

Cat. Mamm. B. M. 173.—Cervus aureus, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 148.

t. .yv.805.—Ribbed-face Deer, Penn.—Chevreuil des Indes, Allam,

Buff. Supp. v. 41. t. 17, vi. 195. t. 26; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5.

f. 48, t. 3. f. 49, 54.—Cervulus vaginalis, Gray, Knows. Menag. 65.

1 its Sumatra; Java.

This chiefly differs from the following in being darker-coloured.

2. CervuLvus moscHatus. The KeGan or KAKeEr.

Bright reddish yellow ; streak on front of thigh and under part of

the tail white ; chin and gullet whitish ; hair not ringed.

Var. With a triangular white spot on each side of the chest.

Musk Deer of Nepal, Ouseley, Orient. Collect. ii. t. .—Cervulus

moschatus, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816, 77; Schreb. t. 254s. f. 1;

H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 149. t. .v. 806.—Cervus moschus, Desm.

Mamm. 441.—C. Ratwa, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, i. 146.

t. head; P. Z.S. 1834, 99; Royle, Flora Cashm. t. 5. f. 2.—Stylo-

cerus. Ratwah, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, x. 914.—Munt-

jacus vaginalis, part, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 31.— Prox

Ratwa, Sundey, Pecora, 62.—P. albipes, Wagner, Suppl.; Sundev.

Pecora, 62.—P. stylocerus, Wagner, Suppl.; Sundey. Pecora, 62, 64.

— Cervus melas, Davari fcoe melas, Sundev, Pecora, 62,— Cervulus

moschatus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 65.

Inhabits India, Nepal.

” Ann. Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 2. Vol. ix. 28

426 Zoological Society

Greyish brown ; hair short, paler ringed. . “ine

Cervus Reevesii, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1838, 105.—Prow Reevesii, Wag-

ner, Sundey. Pecora, 62.—Cervulus Reevesii, Gray, Knows. Men. 65.

Inhabits China.

Mr. Ogilby observes, this species has a longer head and. tail than

the Common Indian Muntjac, also less red and more blue in the gene-

ral shades of colouring, and is readily distinguished by the want of

the white over the hoofs, which is so apparent in its congeners. The

fawn is spotted. -

The Earl of Derby has these three kinds at Knowsley ;_ but they

breed together, and it has hence become impossible to discriminate

the mules from the original species.

e. The Capreotine Deer or Rozs have rugose, very shortl

peduncled horns, without any basal snag or branch; the first brancl

arising some distance above the crown or burr; the upper part is

more or less branched; the muffle is broad and naked ; ihe suborbi-

tal gland and the pit in the skull are very small and shallow, except

in C. Pudu. Some species have a distinct tuft of hair on the outer side

~ of the metatarsus, and more have the pencil of hair on the imner side

of the hock, and others are without either ; indeed in some specimens

of the same species the tuft of hair on the hinder legs is very visible,

in others very indistinctly or not at all seen. ‘

11, Capreotus, H. Smith; Caprea, Ogilby. ’

Horns nearly erect, small, cylindrical, slightly branched, with a

very short peduncle; they have no tail, but a large, white anal disk,

a very indistinct tear-bag, and narrow triangular hoofs; the tuft on

the hind-legs rather above the middle of the metatarsus; they are

covered with thick brittle hair in winter, and thinner and more flexible

hair in the summer ; the adults are not spotted, and have a black spot

at the angle of the mouth; the skull has a very small, shallow sub-

orbital pit. Found in Europe and North Asia,

1. Capreotus Capra. The Rorsvuck.

Inside of the ears fulvous ; summer, red brown; winter, olive, pale

punctated ; horns short.

Caprea, Plin.; Gesner.—Capreolus, Brisson.—Cervus eapreolus,

Tinn.; Pallas, Zool. Ross. A. i. 219.—Capreolus Caprea, Gray, Cat.

Osteol. B. M. 64.—Capreolus Luropeus, Sundev. Pecora, 61.—Roe

Buck, Penn.—Chevreuil and Chevrette, Buffon, H. N. vi. 198.

Inhabits Europe. A larger variety is said to haye formerly imha-

bited the Tyrol. rtaF

2. CapREOLUS PyGARGUS. The Anv.

Interior of the ears fulvous; fur pale yellowish; horns elongate.

Cervus pygargus, Pallas, Reise, i. 97, 198, 433. ii. 159; Spice. xii. 7

(not Hardwicke); Schreb. Saugth. v. t. 253.—C. eapreolus (3, Pallas,

Zool. Ross. Asiat. i. 219.—Cervus Ahu, Gmelin, Reis, ii. 496. 't, 56 ;

a i

Zoological Society. 427

Griffith, A. K. iv. 122. t.. —Capréolus pygargus, Sundev. Pecora,

61.—Tailless Deer, Pennant, Quad. i. 121.—Tailless Roe, Shaw.

Tnhabits Central Asia. Collection of the British Museum.

12. Furcirer, part. Wagner, Sundev.; Mazama, part. Gray, H.Smith;

Au pocamemt, Leuckart, 1816; Cervequus, Lesson; Capreolus?

ray.

Horns erect, forked, without any basal snag; ears narrow, acute ;

a short tail; covered with thick, brittle, waved hairs; there is a di-

stinet pencil of hairs on the inside of the hock, but none on the outer

sides of the metatarsus. Confined to South America. Differs from

Capreolus in the want of the outer tuft on the leg.

1. Furcirer Antistensis. The Tarusn or TaruGa. ~

_ Yellow grey ; hairs rigid, quilled, brown, with a yellow subterminal

ring ; edge of muffle and throat white ; face with a brown longitudinal

itreak, and a lyrate band between the eyes; the hoofs rather broad,

worn in front.

_ Cervus Antisiensis, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid..t. f. ; Dict.

Univ. H. N. iii. 328 ; Tschudi, Faun. Peru, t.18 ; Sundev. Pecora, 60.

" Inhabits East coast of S. America; Bolivian Alps.

2. Furcirer Hvamet. The Gemut.

~ Fur dark, closely yellow punctated ; inside of the ears white.

Equus bisuleus, Molina, Chili, 520; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 430.—

Auchenia Huamel, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 764.—Cervus Chilensis,

Gay et Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1846, 91.—Cloven-footed Horse, Shaw,

Zool. ii. 441.—Guemul, Chilians.—Gemuel seu Huemul, Vidaure,

Chili, iv. 87.—Camelus equinus, Triverianus, Mus. Biol. ii. 179.—

Hippocamelus dubius, Leuckart de Equo bisuleo, 24. 1816.—Cerv-

equus andicus, Lesson, Nov. Tab. R. A.173.— Cervus (Capreolus) leu-

cotis, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1849, 64. t. 12.—Capreolus? Huamel, Gray,

Knows. Menag. 66.

_ Inhabits mountains on East coast of South America. Patagonia.

The female Gemul in the British Museum and in Lord Derby’s

Museum at Knowsley is considerably larger, and has the legs thicker,

than the Siberian 4hu, which is much larger than the European Roe

MM. Gay and Gervais, who haye compared the two species, con-

sider them distinct.

13. Brasrocrervs, Wagner, Sundey.; Mazama, sp. H. Smith;

Furcifer, part. Wagner and Sundeyall.

* Horns straight, erect, three-branched, without any basal snag; a

very short tail, and rather large ears ; are covered with very thin soft

hair; they have a distinct pencil of hairs on the inside of the hock,

but none on the outside of the metatarsus. Confined to Tropical

America, east and west coasts.

1, Basrocerus patuposus. The Guazu-puco.

_ . ) Fulyous ; orbit, sides of muzzle, belly and under side of tail white ;

face-marks and feet blackish.

28*

428 Zoological Society.

Cervus paludosus, Desm. Mamm. 443); Hi. Smith, iv. 134, t:0..

v. 796; Fischer, Syn. 444, 616; Licht. Darst. t. 17; Sundev. \Pe-

cora, 59.—C. palustris, Desmoul.. Dict. Class. H.N. iii. 379.—

Cervus dichotomus (Guatzupueu), Iliger, Abhand. Akad. d. W..1804

—-1811, 117; Pr. Max. Neuw. Isis, 1821, 650. t. 6.—Blastocercus

paludosus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 68. ef, Os

- Var.? Mazama furcata, Gray, Cat. Osteol. B. M. 64.

Inhabits the Brazils.

2. Buasrocerus campestris. The Mazame or GuazutTt.

Fulvous brown; the hairs of the lower part of the nape and front

of the back reversed; the hoofs narrow. Young: middle of back

not spotted ; sides with small white spots, the upper series forming a

regular line. 20)

Mazame, Hernandez, Mex.; Buffon, H. N.xii.317.—Veado branco,

Veado campo, Aunchieta, Notic. i. 127.—Cervus bezoarticus, Linn.

S. N. ed. 10..67.—C. campestris, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 484 ? ;

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 51. t. 3. f. 46, 47.—C. campestris, Licht. Darst.

t.19; Pr. Max. Abbild. t. ; Darwin, Zool. Beagle, 29. fig. horns ;

H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 136. t.. . v. 797.—C. leucogaster, Goldfuss,

Schreb. Saugth. 1127.—_Mazama campestris, H. Smith ; Gray, Cat.

Osteol. B. M. 64.—Biche de Savanne, Buffon, Supp. iii. 126.—Gou-

azouti, Azara, Essai, i. 77.—Lurcifer campestris, Gray, Knows. Me-

nag. 68. H

Inhabits 8S. America ; N. Patagonia. Collection of British Museum.

The figure of C. campestris in F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithog., is evi-

dently a Cariacus, and not of this genus. The horns from Brazils

figured by Cuvier (Oss. Foss. iv. t. 3. f. 48) appear to belong to quite

a different species. It may be the variety of the Roebuck, figured

in Griffith, A. K. iv. t. 164. f. 6.

14, Cartacus, Gray; Mazama, Sundev.; Mazama, part, H.Smith.

Horns cylindrical, arched, with a central, internal snag, the tip

bent forwards, and with the lower branches on the hinder edge ; the

are covered with soft thin hair, have a moderate tail furnished wit

long hair on the under side, a white anal disk, rather elongated,

large, rounded ears; they generally have a tuft of white hair on the

outer side of the hind-leg, rather below the middle of the metacarpus,

but. it is sometimes not to be seen ; the skull has a very small, shallow,

suborbital pit, and the nasal bone is broad and subtriangular behind ;

the tail is elongate, slender, pale, with the lower part dark, and reach-

ing nearly to the hocks in summer; much shorter and: broader, and

all dark olive in the winter. Confined to North America.

* Hoofs narrow, elongate ; tail hairy beneath.

1. Carzacus Virernianus. The AMEeRIcAN DEER, )

Bright fulvous in summer, greyer in winter; tail fulvous above,

the tip black, beneath white; carried erect when running ; nose

brown; side of mouth white, with an oblique black band fromthe

nostrils; hoofs narrow, elongate. Lonht

Dama Virginiana, Raii Syn. 86.—Fallow Deer, Lawson, Carol, 23;

ES ee Oe eee a as

‘ Biers |

‘

cm .

Anadabiiak Habits. 429

Catesby; Carol. App. 28.— Cervus Dama Americanus, Erxl, Syst. 312.

Cervus Mexicanus, Licht. Darstell. t. 20.— Cervus Strongyloceros,

a Schreb. Saugth:1074, not figure.— Cervus campestris(Mazame),

F.Cuv. Mam. Lithog. t. .—Cervus Virginianus, Gmelin, 8. N. i.

179; Desm..Mamm. 442; F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. 205.—

C. Mangivorus, Schrank, Ann. Wetter. i. 327, 1819, from Buffon.—

C. (Mazama) Virginiana, Bennett, Gard. Z. 8. 205; Fischer, Syn.

449 ; Peale, U.S. Explor. Exped. 39 ; Sundeval, Pecora, 58.—Cervus

leucurus, Long-tailed Deer, Douglas, Zool. Journ. xv. 330 ; Richard-

son, Faun. Bor. Amer.i. 258.—C. Mazama leucurus, Sundeval, Pe-

eora, 59.—Cariacus Virginianus, C.leucurus, and C. Mexicanus, Gray,

Cat. Osteol. B. M. 63, 64.—Virginian Deer, Penn. Syn. 51. t. 9. f. 2;

Quad. i. 104. t. 11. f. 1.— Cerf de La Louisiane, Cuvier, R. A. i. 256;

Oss. Foss. iv. 33. t. 5. f. 1-5.—Chevreuil, Charlev. Nouv. Fran. iii.

152.—Cariacou, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 347. t. 44.—Cariacus Virgini-

anus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 66. t. 46, winter coat.

_ Inhabits N. America.

| Mr. Peale obseryes,—“‘ We believe that the same species of Deer

inhabits all the timbered or partially timbered country between the

Coast of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. They vary in size, as all

the animals of this genus do, in different feeding-grounds, but they

are specifically the same.”” The Mexican Deer (Penn. Syn. 54. t. 9.

£13, and Quad. i. 20), Cervus Mezxicanus (Gmelin, S. N. i. 179;

H. Smith, G. A. K. vy. 729, iv. 130.t. |; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5.

£.:23), Cervus ramosicornis (Blainville); are all described from horns,

which only appear to be much-developed horns of this species which

have belonged to some well-fed animals.

iv. 132. t._), appear to be only-varieties of the common form.

1. The Cervus Mexicanus (Lichten. Darst. t. 20; Sundeval, Pe-

_cora, 59),

2. The Cervus nemoralis (H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 157. t. ; Sun-

deval, Pecora, 59),

_ 3. The Cervus gymnotis (Wiegmann, Isis, 1833 ; Sundeval, Pe-

cora, 59),

all from Mexico, appear to be varieties of this species. _C. Mexicanus

is said to have a brown tail and indistinct chin-band. ‘The nakedness

of the ears, which is peculiar to C. gymnotis, is often to be observed

in these animals when in change of fur. C. spinosus, Gay and Ger-

vais, is only known from a single horn from Cayenne.

. 2. Cariacus Lewisi. The Buack-rattep DEER.

The tail black above towards the extremity, yellowish white beneath,

covered with hair at all seasons, not carried erect when running ; ful-

vous (in summer); hair very soft, not ringed ; forehead and upper

part of face before the eyes blackish ; inside of the legs and belly

white; chin-band distinct, black ; front hoofs narrow, elongate. Horns

like C.. Virginianus, but generally more slender, and commonly with-

out the first antler.

Black-tailed Deer, lo-American in Oregon.—Black-tailed

Fallow Deer, Lewis and k, Travels to the Pacific, ii, 26,125

430 Zoological Society.

(London edit. 1807).—-Cervus macrotis . Colombiana, Richardson,

Fauna Bor. Amer. i. 257.—Long-tailed Deer (Cervus macrourus),

H. Smith, G.A.K. iv. 134, v. 795, part; Fischer, Syn. 615.—-Cervus

Lewisii, J. Peale, U.S. Explor. Exped. 39. t. 9, med. fig. at p. 43,

phe eo Gray, Knows. Menag. 67. t. 44, in summer, t..45, in win-

ter fur. flataiss

Inhabits N.W. Coast of N. America.

3. CARIACUS PUNCTULATUS. The CALIFORNIAN Rok.

Dark reddish brown (in summer), minutely punctulated by the —

ellow tips of the hair ; chin-mark distinct ; ears B deseo nakedish ;

ase of the ears, orbits, round the muzzle, under side of tail, and the

upper part of the inside of the leg, white ; forehead, line down the

face, and narrow streak on upper part of the nape black ; legs brown ;

a very narrow, indistinct streak on the middle le of the rump yel-

lowish ; tail like back, with a blackish tip. Lio

Inhabits California. '

- There is a female of this species in the Zoological Gardens. _ It is

much smaller than the Black-tailed Deer, and darker than C. Virgini-

anus, and it differs in the hair being dark, with a distinct yellow sub-

terminal band.

** The front hoof broad cordate; tail not hairy beneath.

4, Cariacus mMAcrotTis. The Mute Derr.

Brownish fulvous ; chin without. any or only an indistinct band ;

tail pale ferruginous, with a black tuft at the end, and without any

hair beneath ; ears very large ; hoofs of the fore-feet broad cordate,

nearly as’ broad as long, flattened and concave beneath ; horns larger

and more spreading than in C, Virginianus. top

Mule Deer, Anglo-Americans of the Rocky Mountains. —!? Mule or

Black-tailed Deer, Le Raye ; Lewis and Clerk, Travels ; Wied, Voy.

Amer. Merid. iii. 273, and Vig. A, B.—Cervus macrotis, Say, Long,

Exped. Rocky Mount. ii. 88; H. Smith, G.A. K. vy. 794; Fischer,

Syn. 444,615; Sundeval, Pecora, 59 ; Richardson, Faun. Bor. Amer.

254.t.20; Peale, U.S. Expl. Exped. 41. t. 10 (ined.), fig. at p. 43,

fore-feet ; Gray, Knows. Menag. 67.—C. auritus, Desm. Dict. Class.

H..N. iii. 379. .

TInhabits N.W., America; Arakansa.

We have several skulls of this genus in the British Museum, which

offer very distinct characters, but unfortunately, not having the skins

belonging to them, we cannot identify with certainty the species to

which they belong. |

These skulls vary considerably in width and comparative length of

the face, and in the extent and depth of the suborbital pit ;. in some,

which are probably, the skulls of the Black-tailed Deer as they come

from the north-west coast, the pit is very large and deep; and thirdly,

in the extent of the intermaxillary lines. In some they scarcely aaah

to the nasal; in others,they reach to it and.are united to it by a rather

broad suture ; and in others they do not nearly reach to it, but stop

abruptly, ending in.a notch in the front upper edge of the maxillary.

There is imported by the North Western American Fur. Company

ST bi er ——

Zoological Society. 431

the flat skin of two Deer which probably belong to this genus, and

appear distinct from the preceding: 1. The Orenoka Deer (of the

: Company’s list). It came from Central America, is of a large size,

| of a bright red-brown colour, with the hair of the back short and

rather adpressed, the chin and under part of the body white, the tail

blackish ; 2. The Yucatan Deer, about the size of the American Deer

(C. Virginianus), but very distinct from the skin of that species mn

the same store ; the fur is short red brown with blackish tips.

15. Coassus, Gray; Subulo, H. Smith, Sundeval.

Horns simple, rudimentary, shelving back ; ears rather short, broad,

rounded ; tail short ; the facial line rather convex; the fur short, of

the forehead (in both sexes) elongate, forming a rhombic tuft between

the horns and face ; legs without any tuft on the outside of the meta-

tarsus, but with a pencil on the inside of the hocks. Confined to Tro-

pical or South America.

* Ears nakedish ; skull with a very small, shallow, suborbital pit ;

supraorbital foramens in a groove. East coast of America.

Coassus. /

1. Coassus Nemorrvacus. The Cueuacu-apaRa.

Pale brown; the hair dull-coloured, brown, with a yellow subterminal

band which wears off ; a paler streak over the eyes. Young: brown,

white spotted ; spots of sides unequal; nape dark. Skull elongate,

suborbital pit broad, subtrigonal shallow; grinders moderate, infra-

orbital ridge very distinct, sharp-edged. The intermaxillaries do not

reach to the nasal but fit into a notch in the maxilla. :

Oss. Foss. iv. 54. t. 5. f. 50; Fischer, Syn. 446, 618; H. Smith,

G. A. K.iv. 142. t. |; Sundev, Pecora, 60; Licht. Darstel. t. 21.—

Coassus nemorivagus, Gray, Cat. Osteol. B. M. 64; Knows. Menag.

68. t. 48.—Cervus nemorum, Desm. Mam. 446.—C. simplicicornis,

Illiger, Pr. Max. Abbild. t. .—Young? Moschus delicatula, Shaw,

Mus. Lever. t. 36.

Inhabits Brazils. :

A male specimen at Knowsley Menagerie was dark brown ; streak

on each side of the forehead, upper part of the legs and spot on the

angles of the lower lip blackish; streak over each eye yellowish ;

under lip and spot on upper lip near muffle, underside of the tail and

inner side of the upper part of the thighs white; muffle smooth,

bluish, upper edge slightly arched; ears small, lower half of the

inner side black.

This male was the size of a full-grown Roebuck, as is the largest

of the genus in the Menagerie.

There is a female at Knowsley which is probably a young female of

this 1 gti Mr. Fraser thus described it: “A female: dark grey,

tinged with brown, greyer on the head and neck ; the lower part, and

the inside of legs, the belly and round the eyes rust-coloured ; the

purple brown patch in the ears smaller and less distinet than C. rifus.

A small white stripe in front of the eyes and the under surface of the

tail white ; from the eyes to the nose short and thick compared with

‘the other specimens.”

432 Zoological Society.

*-2. Coassus rurus. The Cucuacu-ErTe or Prva. to sito

The fur bright shining red ; crown and neck grey; sides of face

and chest paler. Young: reddish, white spotted, spots of sidé un-

equal; nape with a distinct white-e dged dark central streak ; the

muffle carunculated, rather angularly produced above. |

Var. With white rings above the hoofs. malt

Cervus rufus, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 485 ; Cuvier, Oss. Foss.

W008.t50. 441; Ate Ne Bs f. 44 ; Hi Smith, G. A; Ka ay. 14008: ;

Pr. Max. Abbild. t. ; Fischer, Syn. 446, 618 ; Licht. Darst. t. 20;

Sundeval, Pecora, 60. —Cervus simplicicornis (Apara B.), H. Smith,

G. A. K. iv. 141.t. .—C. dolichwrus, Wagner, Supp. iv. 389.—

Cariacou de la Guyane, Buffon, ix. 90.—Biche rouge, Buffon, Supp.

ii. 126.—Gouazou pita, Azara.—Coassus rufus, Gray, Knows. Men,

69. t. 47.

Inhabits S. America.

The males cast their horns in the month of September, and they

are very shortly replaced by a new pair.

Mr. Fraser has kindly sent me the following description of the fe-

male at Knowsley :—‘‘A female: light red brown, neck and head

greyer; darker grey on the hocks and upper part of the fore legs ;

the forehead with one black stripe on each side a grey one in the

centre, which leaves two brown yellow stripes on each side; ears with

a purplish brown patch of about a third of the whole extent inside ; ;

the muffle is carunculated, of a purplish hue.”

3. CoaAssus sUPERCILIARIS. The Eveprowrep BROcKET.

Bright shining red ; neck and head grey ; forehead darker ; hocks

and front of the fore legs grey ; stripe in front of the eye and under-

surface of the tail white ; muffle deeply arched above ; ears moderate.

Coassus superciliaris, Gray, Gleanings Knows. Menag. t. 48, °°

Inhabits the Brazils. Para.

This species chiefly differs from the former in the form of the

muffle and in the presence of the white streak over the eyes. ‘There

is a male at Knowsley, and formerly there was a female in the Gar

dens of the Society.

A, Coassus auRITUS. LARGE-EARED BROCKET.

Bright pale red brown; head and neck grey; orbits pale brown-

ish; spot on side of upper lip, chin, belly, hinder side of fore and

front side of hinder thighs and under side of tail, white; crown dark

grey brown; ears very large, broad, acute, more than half the ence

of the head, with two lines of hairs in them.

Inhabits the Brazils.

There is a female of this species in the Gardens of the Society 3 ; it

greatly resembles the Indian Muntjac in the distribution of its colour:

In the British Museum there are two skulls which belong to these

species. They have the face shorter and thicker than the skull of

_C. nemorivagus, the nasals are wider behind ; the suborbital pit small

or less impressed, and the grinder larger.

The first belongs to a young specimen in the Museum Collection;

apparently of C. rufus. It has a small slightly impressed pit just in

Cuil. ie Ueik aki ill Sede

init Sa ta

eee, ee eT

eS ee

tke! as

;

Pm es <0

Cork. Cuvierian. Society. 433

front of the edge of the.orbit.... The second belongs to a more adult

female, sent, without the skin, from Para by Mr. Reginald Graham ; it

is considerably larger than the preceding, and there is scarcely any

2a lal in front of the orbit, only a slight concavity of the

general surface. This skull exactly resembles that of C. superciliaris,

which was in the Zoological Society’s Gardens.

** Ears thickly covered with short hairs; skull with a very deep

_. oblong suborbital pit ; face short ; grinders large. West coast

‘of America. Pudu.

5. Coassus Pupv. The VENaADA.

Fur rufous, blackish in front and darker behind, and on the fore-

head and lower part of the leg; hairs ringed, of cheeks and neck grey-

ish, of forehead and ears bright rufous; ears short; tail very short.

Cervus humilis, Bennett, P. Z. S. 1831, 27. fem. ; Sundev. Pecora,

60.—C. rufus, Wagner, Supp. iv.— Capra Pudu, Molina.—Chevreuil,

Re Froriep’s Notiz. 1829; Férussac, Bull. Sci. xix. 95.—Cer-

vus Pudu, Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1846, 90.—Antilope (Mazama)

' mazama, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 291?

5 Tnhabits Chili; Conception and Chiloe (King). Brit. Museum.

dj It 2

y CORK CUVIERIAN SOCIETY.

April 7, 1852.—-C. B. Newenham, Esq., presented to the Society

a slab exhibiting fossil casts of foot-steps.

_; Dr. Haines wished to direct particular attention to the flag now

laid on the table by Mr. Newenham, first, in order that due merit

might be rendered to the discoverer, and in the second place, to indi-

cate the character, great interest, and importance of the discovery.

Mr. Newenham’s attention was drawn to this flag, lately laid down on

one of our pathways, when walking over it in a shower of rain, which

rendered the track more visible. All persons present may not be

aware of the value of data which carry us back, step by step, to the

knowledge of the primzeval states of animal life on the earth. This

is, Dr. Haines said, he believed, the first observation of the foot-

prints of the higher classes of animals made in Ireland. The first

diseovery of foot-marks was that of reptiles in the lower part of the New

Red Sandstone in Scotland; then they became known as common in the

New Red Sandstone of England and the continent, and in a part of

the same formation the foot-marks of birds were found in America.

Here we now have, the occurrence of foot-prints in a rock of greater

age, in this slab of millstone-grit from Kilrush, county of Clare, from

whence the flagging-material of our streets is obtained. Dr. Haines

went on to state, that some years since he had exhibited to this

Society and to the British Association some very beautiful and new

fossil casts referable to Annelids from this same rock, and pointed

out some traces which might possibly be the foot-markings of a crus-

taceous animal. Since then those flags have presented us with nume-

rous fossil, impressions, but until now, none referable to the track of

an animal of a high order. On this flag there are seyen pair of de-

cided foot-impressions, evidently the track of one animal; they are

very regular, about 41 inches in advance of each other, and over

3 inches apart laterally. Two or three of these feet show three toes

in front and one strong linear impression pointing directly backwards,

which caused some persons to think them at first the marks of a bird;

but they are not the walk of a biped, as a bird, with alternate steps;

and therefore it was said the bird was in the act of jumping forwards,

bringing both feet to the ground at once and nearly in a line. He,

Dr. Haines, thought them the track of a quadruped, that is, a fours

footed creature, and probably a reptile ; but it was not easy to recon-

cile the markings to any known mode of progression, and therefore

he made a second examination, when he discovered that there are the

impressions of another pair of feet between each of the former, which

satisfies every difficulty and proves the creature to have been qua-

drupedal. Those additional foot-prints, which Dr. Haines has just

discovered, are comparatively indistinct, so much so as to have been

at first entirely passed over by every one looking at the stone; but

now, on being pointed out, they are equally convincing, when taken

in relation with the other marks, to all who examine them.

The condition of the slab now is, that we have twenty-six impres-

sions instead of fourteen ; fourteen large, about 1 inch in length each,

and half an inch wide ; twelve smaller casts, nearly half an inch long,

giving the idea of the impression of one central toe only. These

smaller marks incline inwards towards each other, and also lie an inch

and a half in advance, and a little within the line of the larger feet.

In the original mould the righé feet, both small and large, are con-

stantly slightly in front of the line of advance of the feet of the left

side. The distance of the large impressions before the smaller ones

by the progress of the animal is about 24 inches. '

It seems clear then that this four-footed creature had two smaller

fore-feet and two larger hind-feet ; that in the alternate bringing up

of the feet as it walked, the hind-foot approached the fore-foot perhaps

pretty closely, as we must make allowance for those portions of the

feet not fully impressed in the mould. It would be quite possible to

calculate the length of the body and length of limbs from the data of

these foot-tracks ; and from the high relief of the casts of the hinder

feet and their width apart, the body must have been wide and heavy,

in relation to its other dimensions. To convey a short sketch of foot-

prints, Dr. Haines stated that about twenty-six years since was the

date of their earliest notice ; first in the New Red Sandstone, as already

mentioned ; then in older rocks which are called the Coal-measures,

in Bavaria, in America, and xow in Ireland, for the Millstone-grit is

of the lowest part of that series ; since then they have been discovered

so low down and remote in age as the Upper Devonian sandstones in

Morayshire ; and still more remote in time, in a sandstone at the base

of the Silurian rocks in Canada* ; thus proving an antiquity for the

vertebrated division of animals as far back as almost the first traces

of created being. : ,

* With regard to the Canadian foot-tracks, these have been referred by

Professor Owen, in a paper lately read before the Geological Society, to

_ Crustaceans.—Ep. Jestacs ) a8

Saati cael ieee

Miscellaneous. 435

MISCELLANEOUS.

TWIN MUSHROOM.

Mr. ANDERSON, gardener to the Earl of Stair at Oxenford Castle,

exhibited at the last Meeting of the Edinburgh Botanical Society a

singular twin mushroom, represented in Pl. XVI. C. It would

as if two mushrooms had united together by the summit of

their pileus in the young state, and that one had afterwards grown so

vigorously as to detach the other from the soil, and bear it on the tip

of its pileus inverted. The substance of the pileus of the two mush-

rooms is intimately united, as seen in fig. 2. In the lower mushroom

the lamellze are as usual in the lower surface, while in the upper sur-

face the pileus being inverted the lamellze appear above.

. 1. shows the two mushrooms united, with the lamellz on both sides.

7. 2. shows a section through the two mushrooms.

On the Circulation of the Blood in Insects. By M. Lion Durour.

I shall not refer to all the proofs which I have accumulated to show

that the tracheary apparatus of insects is solely an organ of respira-

tion, a vascular system intended exclusively for the circulation of air.

This subtle fluid penetrates, by an infinity of ramifications, into all the

tissues, to communicate to them the benefits of respiration, to give

the blood with which they are imbued that vivification, that nutritive

faculty, in search of which, in the higher animals, the vessels come to

a circumscribed respiratory organ, either lungs or gills. 1 only wish,

at present, to discuss the new facts lately brought before the Academy

in support of the theory of peritrachean circulation.

24 silkworms which have been fed on leaves powdered with blue

or rose-colour, produce blue or rose-coloured cocoons, is an incontest-

able fact. Neither do I deny the coloration of the tracheze observed

MM. Alessandrini and Bassi. But, whilst admitting these facts,

ince proyed by M. Blanchard, I am far from coinciding with him in

the consequences which he has deduced from them. The blue blood,

‘we are told, fills the abdominal cavities, the /acune, penetrates the

dorsal vessel, and nevertheless neither the muscles nor the viscera are

coloured ; they preserve their usual whiteness! What! those power-

ful locomotive muscles, into which, even with the naked eyes, we see

trachez of such large size penetrate, to perform the important fune-

tions of reparation and nutrition, receive no tinge from that blue blood,

which, even according to the hypothesis of peritrachean respiration,

“must insinuate itself everywhere! And those digestive viscera, so rich

in trachez of all Gimensions, the detection of which does tiot require

‘a microscope or even a simple lens—those ventricular parietes, through

which, even according to this author, the blue nutritive fluid trans-

‘udes—these viscera remain white! And those serifie glands, which

in the exercise of their secreting faculty can admit the blue colour

’ (for this is transmitted to these cocoons)—these glands offer no’ ap-

pearance of blue!

. Because the tracheze appear blue, is it necessary to coneltide that

this can only be cansed by the imprisonment of blue blood’ between

an external membrane and the true coat of the aériferous duct of

436 Miscellaneous.

the trachea? If the thoraco-abdominal cavity be filled by a blue

nutritive fluid, why should mot: the walls of the trachese, which, like

all the tissues of the organism, require nutrition and reparation, be

also penetrated by these blue particles? Is it necessary, in order to

explain this coloration, to recur to an intermembranular cavity, the

existence of which I think I have sufficiently disproved by facts and

arguments ? nith

Perhaps, in regard to the absence of coloration in the ramifications

of the trachese, M. Blanchard will imtrench himself behind these

words in his communication—‘ The trachez present the deepest tint

at their base, becoming gradually paler to the extremity.” This ar-

gument may appear valid if we only regard one of these canals sepa-

rately ; but, as every one knows, the isolated filaments of a blue cocoon

do not appear blue, although the whole of the filaments produce a

blue cocoon,—and the same effect must take place in the living tis-

sues of an insect, when the blood-vessels, however capillary they may

be, become pressed together in close ramifications for the performance

of their nutritive functions. —Comptes Rendus, Noy. 17, 1851.

On the Transmigration of Worms... By Cuarues Voor. _.

The worms, those Pariahs of the animal kingdom, haye long been

neglected by zoologists ; the intestinal worms in particular, from the

uncertainty which existed as to their organization and deyelopment,

have been united into an ill-defined group. It is nevertheless amongst

these animals that modern zoology has discovered some of the most re-

markable facts in the history of the animal organism and embryogeny;

The theory of spontaneous generation, attacked and overturned on

all sides, has long sought a last refuge in the history of the intestinal

worms. How has it been possible for an animal, a parasitic worm, de-

prived of sexual organs, to appear and propagate in the closed cayi-

ties of the bodies of man or animals? Such is the embarrassing

question put by the partisan of the ‘ generatio equivoea.” If we

dissect one of our little freshwater fishes, the stickleback (Gaste-

rosteus aculeatus), we shall find in the cavity of its body a worm be-

longing to the genus Bothriocephalus, which is entirely destitute of

generative organs. If we confine ourselves to this single fact, the

formation and reproduction of this parasite are no doubt difficult to

explain, and one is easily tempted to call in the aid of the Deus ew

machind of spontaneous generation. But a second observation shows

us, that at the moment when the fish in question becomes the prey of

some aquatic bird, its worm passes into the body of its destroyer,

where it receives its true development,—for it is then only that its

segments become filled with eggs, which, rejected with the exere-

ments of the bird, fall into the water and thus pass into the bodies of

the fishes which swallow these excrements.. Without pertonstins to

explain the history of all the parasitic worms as naturally as this, we

present the following facts as a new argument against their pretended

spontaneous generation. C098

All worms possess generative organs, provided they. find. the,.con-

ditions necessary for their development. . It.is. true that we find in

worms, Crustacea, Insects, &c., parasites, called Gregarine, totally

;

Miscellaneous. 437

destitute of internal organs, but the embryogenic development of these

organisms is still too little known to permit us to arrive at any cer-

tain conclusion.

with an elongated, cylindrical body, resembling a brown horse-hair. Its

coriaceous skin ily absorbs the liquid which surrounds it. When

dried, its body becomes as brittle as a horny thread. This worm, known

by the name of Gordius, inhabits the water of springs, ditches, &c.

When taken from the water, it retains its life for a certain time, and

on being restored to that element resumes its usual movements. This

property is very useful to it during a certain period of its life. The

Gordius does not, as was long supposed, inhabit water only, but

the first portion of its life as a parasite in the bodies of various

insects, and especially in the abdominal cavity of grasshoppers, where

this worm, so large when compared with its habitation, may be found

rolled up into a ball. When its sexual organs are developed, it quits

its first habitation to finish its career in some piece of water, or in the

basin of some rustic spring, where it deposits its eggs in long chains.

We are still ignorant of the first stage in the development of the

Ascarides, which are very common in the human intestines. It is

known, however, that as soon as their eggs are mature, these worms

quit their ordinary habitation and sometimes even perforate the in-

testinal canal. Some observations made on a parasite of the frog,

serve not only to throw some light on the development of the Asca-

rides, but also on the presence of worms in the closed cavities of the

bodies of animals. Certain Nematoid worms deposit their young in

the blood-vessels of frogs. These little parasites, which are true

larvee, circulate during a certain time with the blood, until, having

arrived at the proper period of their development, they pierce the

walls of the capillary vessels. After secreting a capsule, which af

first is colourless, but afterwards becomes brown, the worm rolls itself

up spirally within it. When transparent portions of the mesentery of

a frog are examined under the microscope, these little capsules ma

frequently be seen, always arranged along the course of the blood-

vessels. The worm in this pupa state does not possess generative

organs; these are not developed until after it has left the capsule.

Sometimes the young worm, not finding the conditions necessary for

its further development, dies while still in the capsule, which then

becomes incrusted with calcareous matter, and remains in the midst

of the animal tissues in the form of a small stony concretion. A

great number of individuals of a worm of this group (Trichina spi-

valis), which presents these calcareous incrustations, has recently

been discovered in the muscles of the human body.

Every one knows the Tenia, or tapeworm, which frequently attains

an enormous length in the human intestines. Every one of its nu-

merous segments is filled with ovaries and testicles. At the period

when the eggs contained in the ovaries become mature, some of the

segments, either separated or attached to one another, become de-

tached and pass from the body with the excrements, It is not yet

known how the young tapeworms, thus dispersed, arrive in situations

favourable to their development, nevertheless the repartition of the

438 Miscellaneous.

Tenia and Bothriocephalus will throw some light on this point. Th

latter worm only occurs in Switzerland, Poland and Holland, whilst

the Tenia inhabits the intestines of the French and Germans. When

individuals belonging to these two nations live for a certain time in

Switzerland, they sometimes get. the Bothriocephalus, but never the

Tenia. In all the countries in which the Bothriocephalus is so fre-

quent, it is customary to water the plants used as food with the liquid

excrement procured from the cesspools. There is no doubt that some of

the eggs of the Bothriocephalus ejected with the excrements find their

way, with salads and other raw vegetables, into the human intestines,

These eggs contain a little embryo, which exhibits very lively move-

ments of contraction and dilatation ; the anterior portion of its body

is furnished with six retractile hooks. In the pulmonary cavity of

the common slug, some little, milk-white cysts of +45 inch in dia-

meter frequently occur ; each of these contains a young Tenia. It

is very probable that as soon as the slug has been devoured by some

other animal, the worm quits its envelope and developes ne -

ments. The animals of the genera Scolex and Tetrarhynchus, which

are so often met with in the intestines of marine fishes, are only the

young cephalic segments of Tenie, which afterwards fix themselves,

after losing the trunks armed with hooks, which are useful to them

during their migrations in the bodies of fishes. :

Occasionally the Tenia loses itself during its peregrinations ; its

metamorphoses then become arrested, and certain portions of its body

undergo morbid transformations ; hydatids are nothing but abortive

Tenias, of which the normal development sometimes depends upon

mere chance. The liver of rats and mice often contains an elongated

worm, the last segment of which is transformed into a bladder filled

with water; but as soon as this passes into the intestines of a cat,

the terminal vesicle of the parasite disappears, it developes new

ments, and becomes a true Tenia, long since described. by naturalists,

If during the summer some Lymnee or Paludine, of which the

shells have been removed, be held in pure water and their skins ne

torn, numbers of microscopic worms will be seen to issue from them,

appearing in the water like whitish clouds. These creatures, whose

body is terminated by a tail, have often been classed amongst the -

Infusoria under the name of Cercaria. The Monostomum mutabile,

which inhabits the aériferous cells of aquatic birds, produces embryos

which swim quickly, and within which a second embryo may be seen

moving ; the latter completely resembles the worms which are found

in the Lymnee, in which the Cercarie are formed. The primitive

embryos of the Monostomum probably leave the aériferous vessels of

the birds when the latter are in the water, and afterwards penetrate

into the mollusks. Here the Cercarie are formed by gemmation,

and they have been seen to penetrate into the larvee of aquatic insects

by the aid of the corneous points which they bear on their heads,

During this passage they lose their caudal appendage, and then ex-

hibit the form of the Trematode worms. After this they become

contracted, and surround themselves with an envelope as transparent

as glass, within which they await their further development, which

only takes place according as the insects undergo their metamor-

Meteorological Observations. 439

phosis, or become the Prey of birds, fishes, frogs, &e. Other Cer-

carie pass directly from the body of the mollusk into that of the

bird, &c. These-metamorphoses, taking place consequently in the

bodies of animals belonging to the principal types of the animal

kingdom, furnish the most evident proof against the old opinion, that

the parasitic worm could only exist within the animal for which it

was formed. On the contrary, the preceding facts appear to prove

to us, that the migrations of worms through various organisms are a

condition of their normal development. Classification will

nece y be much affected by these observations. Many species

and genera will be suppressed. Thus it has been discovered quite

recently, that a worm belonging to the family of Polystomata, the

genus Gyriodactylus, which is found on the branchize of many fresh-

water fishes, is only a transitory form which propagates by gemma-

tion. In the interior of this worm, which possesses all the organs of

the adult Trematoda, a young one is developed by gemmation, which

nearly attains the size of its mother, and finally passes out by an

opening on the abdominal side of the latter. Whilst it still remains

thin the body of its mother, it forms, by gemmation, a second

‘oung one within its own body ; so that in these worms, the mother

requently contains at once her daughter and grand-daughter.— Bid.

Univ. de Geneve, December 1851, p. 347.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1852.

Chiswick.—March 1, Fine. 2. Overcast : fine: clear, with sharp frost. 3. Clear

and frosty : fine : sharp frost at night. 4. Very fine: clear: severe frost at night.

. Frosty: bright sun: frosty. 6. Slight haze: clear. 7. Frosty, with haze:

Hazy : foggy at night. 11. Hazy: densely overcast. 12. Cloudy: clear.

Flying haze: cold anddry. 14. Uniformly overcast. 15. Foggy : dusky haze.

‘Slight drizzle: cloudy. 17,18. Cloudy and cold. 19. Cold haze: white

clouds: clear and frosty. 20. Clear and fine: frosty. 21, 22. Fine. 23. Slight

haze : fine: clear: frosty. 24. Overcast: densely clouded. 25. Clear: overcast.

26. Clear: cloudy: frosty. 27. Frosty: cloudy: clear. 28. Overcast. 29. Hazy:

fine: rain. 30. Rain: cloudy and mild: overcast. 31. Uniform haze: overcast

and cold: cloudy.

Ba S

Mean temperature of the month ..........sscscseeseeees dedbibiee 36°-92

Mean temperature of March 1851 ........... Actas esGQiel72

Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-six years... 42 52

Average amount of rain in March — ..........sesseeeeessseeeereee 1°40 inch,

Boston.—March 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy. 3. Fine: snow a.m. and p.m. 4—7. Fine.

8,9. Cloudy. 10. Foggy.. 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain

A.M, 15. Cloudy: rainp.m. 16, 17. Cloudy. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20—26. Fine.

27, 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30, Cloudy: rain early a.m. and p.m. 31. Cloudy.

'_ Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Snow-showers., 2. Snow-showers : snow.

3. Snow: fine. 4. Snow: fine: light halo. 5. Thaw: clear: fine. 6. Fine:

clear: fine. 7. Fine: hazy. 8. Fog: fine: fog. 9. Fog. 10—15. Hazy: fine.

16. Drops: hazy: fine. 17. Hazy: fine: cloudy: fine. 18. Bright : fine: clondy:

fine. 19-—21. Bright: fine: clear: cloudy: aurora. 22, Cloudy: fine. 23. Fog:

cloudy. . 24. Bright: cloudy. 25. Hail-showers. 26. Hail-showers: snow-

showers, 27. Snow-showers._ 28. Snow: bright: snow: clear. 29. Cloudy:

snow-showers. 30. Bright: clear. 31. Cloudy.—This month has been remark-

.. ably fine and dry, with a high barometer and thermometer. The average quantity

of rain in March for six previous years was 2°55, and in one month only was the

quantity smaller, viz. Sept. 1846, when it was only “60. The average temperature

of March for twenty-six previous years 40°38, The average state of the baro-

meter has not been higher since May 1844, when it was 30213.

gZ.0 $z.0 Lg9.0v,|fz.£b| zg \19.92 |19.08 | oSr.0£ gz1.0£ 08.62 1g0.0£ bLr1.0F | uray

sebeerees seeeeeees "ou "a "Ou 1v Sy o.S+ 6£ gh 00.0£ 73.6% 07.6% 00$,6z 7$g.6z "rE

So. ZO. "Ou *S *MS gf 7 I § Se 9S 99.62 09.62 Sg.gz 007,62 glb.62 *of

10. gt. ‘9 79 | 9 | $98 | eb ty! Sv | QS $9.62 9.62 of.6z 112.62 ££S.6z i

rr. Heed a weweleeseceees wyeo "9 "Ou Se fb gf gt oS L9.6z £9.62 ot.6z $19,6z z£9.6¢ 4 €

ot. See ecenesleeecceres wyeo “Mm “M ce +E SLE Zz gt 09.62 $9.62 ££.6z 919.62 £99.62 "Lt

Pr. foeteree| aa | cal on | $F | Sh] S.ofl re | gy gl.6z 06,62 98.62 994.6% L9g.6z | ‘ot

sobocsens Servers sg] om tL ep tad ho ge | th get oe Loot €x1,0£ 39.62 146.62 $60.06 | ‘Sz

teseeeeeslerreveeeelsereseens! ot | gt | ag LE} ob | gv] gz 99 gr.of €r.0£ £8.62 198.62 Lgg.62 | “bz

reeseesesfeseeeetselereeescer! cog | emg | com.| £6 | $251 ott Se $9 Lo.o§ 16.6 £9.62 656.62 fLo.of | “Ez

eatanedealees “sel ama | s | as | ot | 86h | Eb! gz | 99 26.62 16,62 61.62 gor.o£ oz1.08 | ‘7

seteseeecleceresssilerresases! og | ogg | eng tb | gb gf} Lz | £9 Lg.6z 98.62 0g.6z Lor.o£ 161.08 4

seasesterlescseseesdeeeeeeseel ogg | egga | as’ | ch | $rb | gfl Se 9$ 06.62 $6.62 34.62 £or.0£ zbr.0f | oc@

seeeeeres "9 "9 Srv Sb Ev Lz Lt 90.0€ BI.0£ $9.62 gor .0f 9S 1.08 *6r

Pagecee pesrediapesenaneest gugg.t sct som fe 8 he f° SS) de $2.06 9z.0f 06.62 ZEr.o£ zgz.of | “gr

penpateesterwsncatppsteoheene omy 1 our Ch ogee ooh tek FSeE ee gh 9z.0f Bz.0£ 36.62 66z.0£ Ef£.08 | -Lr

seer] zo. | to. | om | ou | on] bb] se] tbl sg gb 9£.08 oF.of£ ¥o.0£ grl.of zov.of | ‘or

tteeeeeesl Coy leewenceee om 9 ‘QU gt Sop rb| <z¢ gt Pr.oF zv.o£ OT.of S1v.0f Lzv.o£ “Sr

teeseeeadleceseeseeleeseeeeeel oa | cour | eget ov | SLb gf] Sz | gb gr.of gb.o£ Lo.of Lrv.0£ zzv.0£ “br

os err ers *9 tb Sb ot 9z gv 1S.0€ LY.o0£ So.0€ 1Z£.0£ gzv.o£ fy

“ereesestleseeeeessleoeeeeseel creo | coun | au | £61 &b1 6€| Sc | éb E+.0 oF.o£ 00.0 gt £.0£ zgf.of | ‘trp

“eresesesfroceseeseleceeeeeeel unrgo | smu | vou | Seb | Sb] ob| $e | sp g£.of LE.0£ 76.62 L£1z.0£ obz.of | ‘Ir

sen] To. | ueo | vou | a | ch] bh | SE! oz | ob | zb.0f br.0f $0.0f oof.o£ zgf.of | or

peer spencer rena 9951 gt eer ls eh Sey T Sere} need cas L¥.0£ gb.of £1.0£ 9gf.of grv.cf | °6

scclitee Vnaaisiers Wagan: Ss. fy te ak a Oe ee ee SS.0§ $9.08 $z.0€ 6S%.08 . EvS.of | 8

ttterevesleseeeesee! eye "9 ‘ou LY gv of gz oS 69.08 L9.0€ 2£.0€ 6L5.0£ $99.08 *L

POP EN OOo el eee reernesisecnreees “M 9 "OU LY 6+ rf Sz gv 09.08 £S.0€ Zv.0£ 669.0£ 6£L.08 "9

fo. poems cg ee eet we fe hb tel br} Be li ct oe $1.08 of.0f g¥9.08 6EL.06 | 3 O

Et ea ey ON) Meta Ze Be TE on) Se) tail ts ne II.0€ 70.08 z1£.08 gis.of |

pas soneaspsneeneras *S | OU} ‘om | rE] zE | S.6cz| 6x | Sb 30.08 go.of 9.62 £56.62 foz.0f | “€

2 oe Ce eed ot ‘ou +E SE zil 6r 6+ 96.62 L3.6z Lb.6z 6>1.6z 0$ 3.62 ~

Sx. [rere] So, | com [oun] «m | x6} ze} zel se | 6b oL.6z LS.6z 6£.6z o1L.6% fog.6z | ‘r

Fe i ; ae : “= "ord $g ure $6 &? “UT | "xeyy | = *urd fg “ue £6 &? “oT wat "seat

aa | 8 B [eS] 8 | BE |arepes | 28 é BS

ad ’ : gol SE * | ‘ugg | ** |“ euAsTID *yotmpurg ‘fouyQ ais “HPYASTIO “qyUOTT

“Urey *pulAn *IajJoULOULIOY,y, *IoyoMlOIVg pe ae

‘AUNAUQC “asunpy youmpung yo “Uoysnojy “Cg *aoy ayz fg pun § NOLSOg 70 [waa “Ip Ag

Suopuory .9aU “MOLMSIHO 70 fyar0g josnzynarsoFy ay2 fo uaps

DE) 2y2 20 uosdmoYy, I Ag apuu suorynasasgg joarboposoazayy

THE ANNALS

_ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 54. JUNE 1852.

; _ XXXVIL—On the Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and

the Phanerogamia. By Anruurn Henrrey, F.LS. &c.

eS [With a Plate.]

__ ~ Ewa report which I furnished to the British Association at the

_ last Meeting (1851), I gave an account of the historical develop-

ment of the question of the reproduction of the higher Crypto-

gams, confining myself to a summary of the different views en-

tertained by the various authors who have recently written on

this subject.

| That report was not accompanied by illustrations ; moreover,

since it was written I have had more leisure to investigate cer-

- tain points myself, and to weigh the general conclusions to be

deduced from them. Since the new lights which have been

thrown upon this subject must entirely change our views of the

Telations of those higher Cryptogams among themselves and to

the flowering plants, and since, moreover, they furnish a basis

for a more satisfactory classification of them than we have

hitherto possessed, I have thought it might be acceptable to the

readers of the ‘ Annals” if I laid before them an account of what

is known respecting the Cryptogams, without the detailed refer-

ence to authorities given in the British Association Report, to-

gether with a statement of the remarkable points suggested by

Hofmeister in reference to the relations of the Conifere to the

Cryptogamia on the one hand and the Angiospermous flowering

plants on the other.

eS PTI" | eres

> ees ae ar eae * nati F

Hepaticz.

It is well known that the appearance of the spore-fruits or

eapsules of the Hepatice is preceded by that of certain minute

organs termed the pistillidia, or as they are now more generally

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 29

44.2 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

termed the archegonia, and the antheridia; from the former of

which the spore-fruit takes its origin, while the antheridia, after

discharging moving spiral filaments or spermatozoids, die away

and disappear. It has long been supposed that these organs

represented the sexual organs of the flowering plants, and that

an impregnation of the archegonia was effected by means of the

spermatozoids of the antheridia.

These antheridia and archegonia are produced in various situ-

ations ; in the frondose Hepaticee, such as Anthoceros, Riccia, &e.,

the antheridia and archegonia are developed in the cellular sub-

stance of the frond; in the leafy Jungermannia they are found in

the axils of the leaves or at the apex of the stem; but under all

circumstances they exhibit a structure having a common type.

The antheridia, whether they originate in excavations of the

cellular frond, as in Anthoceros, or as axillary products, present

themselves at first as cellular. papille which grow out, and by

multiplication of their cells are converted into stalked clavate or.

finally almost globular bodies ; during this growth the internal

cells have undergone a peculiar development and become de-

tached from the outer layer, so that this last appears as a simple

cellular membranous coat inclosing a cavity filled with free cel-

lules. At a certain epoch this stalked cellular sac, the perfect

antheridium, becomes ruptured above, and the contained cellules

emerge; in the interior of each of these is seen a spiral filament

coiled up, which soon breaks out of the cellule and exhibits active

rotatory motion ; these spiral filaments are the so-called sperma-

tozoids. In some Hepatice the antheridium is said to have a

double cellular coat.

The archegonia or pistillidia present greater differences. In

Anthoceros a single row, composed of four or five cells ranning

down from the surface of the frond form the archegonium; the

lowermost of these produces a free cell in its interior, and then

the cross septa of all above it are absorbed, so that an open canal

is formed leading down to the free cell at the bottom ; it is at this

period the impregnation is supposed to take place by a sperma-

tozoid penetrating into this canal and coming in contact with the

free cellule at the base of the archegonium, which then becomes

developed into the known pod-shaped capsule of Anthoceros.

In Pellia epiphylla the archegonium grows out from the

under side of the edge of the frond as a flask-shaped cellular

body, having a cellule (nucleus) within its cavity, which cellule,

atta impregnation, becomes developed into the sporiferous cap-

sule.

In the leafy Jungermannie the archegonia are similar flask-

shaped bodies, as also are those produced in Marchantia, &c. ; the

involucres which surround them are usually of later origin than

yey

en _ srs

' . pclae ks

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 443

the archegonia themselves. In Riccia the antheridia and arche-

gonia originate very early, and the parenchyma of the frond

grows up around them as they advance in development; in the

case of the antheridium its walls become adherent to the enve-

loping cells ; the archegonium remains free, and the apex of the

neck hangs out from the surface of the enlarged frond.

Hofmeister states that he has several times seen spermatozoids

swimming about around the archegonia in longitudinal sections

of the involucres containing the archegonia of Jungermannia bicus-

pidata and J. divaricata, when these were brought quickly under

the microscope (Pl. XVII. A. fig. 1). Moreover in these species,

and also in J. bicrenata and scalaris, he found at the mouths of

archegonia which exhibited the first trace of the commencement

of the development of the fruit, more or less curled, colourless

filaments, which resembled the spermatozoids of each species in

size and aspect, but were motionless.

Muscti.

The antheridia and archegonia of the Mosses essentially re-

semble those of the Hepaticze, exhibiting a germ-cell as a free cell

produced in the base of the archegonium (or pistillidium) by free

cell-formation. The evidence of impregnation is altogether cir-

eumstantial as yet, but the existing facts and the analogies with

other families render it in the highest degree probable.

In this family, as also in the Hepaticz, we have in the condi-

tions of the reproductive system a most remarkable set of phz-

nomena, which, until the facts presently to be noticed were dis-

covered, seemed to have a close relation with those in the flower-

ing plants. The spores produce the leafy plant which bears anthe-

ridia and pistillidia, apparently the analogues of the stamens and

pistils of flowers ; but if we look a little more closely, we see that

the archegonia differ greatly from pistils (or ovaries), since they

do not contain ovules to be fertilized; but a single cell in their

interior becomes developed into a complete fruit, often borne

upon a stalk, and in the Mosses of very eomplex structure, which

gives origin to a great number of new bodies, the spores repro-

ducing the leafy form. Thus, the pistillidium, or as it is better

called, the archegonium, seems to bear a closer analogy to the

oyule than an ovary, and its free central cell to represent the em-

bryonal vesicle of the flowering plants. Thus Hofmeister, to

whom we owe most important researches on these subjects, com-

pares the cycle of development in Mosses and Hepatic to the

‘alternation of generations” in the animal kingdom, and he

considers the spore-fruit or capsule a distinct body, related only

by descent to the leafy stem, being in fact the next generation of

the plant. <A third generation is met with in the leafy-stemmed

29%

444 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

Mosses. and Jungermanniz, for their spores are developed into

ramified Confervoid structures, each capable of giving origin to

a number of buds producing distinct leafy stems. Therefore as

the leafy stems are also capable of increasing by gemme, we have

a process of multiplication occurring in all these generations

which collectively represent the cycle of life of a Moss or Jun-

germannia. .

Fixices.

Organs which might be considered as representatives of the

antheridia in Ferns were long sought in vain, till Nageli diseo-

vered peculiar cellular structures in the germinating fronds which

produce moving spiral filaments or spermatozoids. This disco-

very rendered the subject only more enigmatical, until Count

Suminski brought to light certain other most important facts in

reference to these and other bodies unknown to Nigeli, the re-

sult of which has been a complete revolution in our ideas of the

import of the various reproductive structures of the higher Cryp-

togamia. Suminski pointed out the maccuracy of Nageli’s ob-

servations on the antheridia, and demonstrated the existence of

archegonia, but he has been followed by several others, who, mostly

agreeing among themselves, have given an account of the course

of development of the organs, differmg in many respects from

that furnished by him.

The antheridia and archegonia of the Ferns are both found

upon the little Marchantia-like body (prothallium) developed

from the spore in its germination. The former are described

somewhat differently by different authors; occur abundantly on

the under surface of the prothailium, and according to some con-

sist of simple globular cells projecting from a cell of the prothal-

lium ; according to others, of a cellular papilla having a central

cavity: the latter seems to be the correct view. In this cavity

are produced a number of free cellules which are discharged by

its rupture at the apex, and these themselves severally burst and

give exit to a ciliated spiral filament (spermatozoid) which swims

actively, advancing with a rotatory motion through the water

under the microscope (Pl. XVII. B. fig. 3, 4).

The archegonia (Pl. XVII. B. fig. 1) are less numerous and

consist of cellular papillee considerably larger than the antheridia,

with a central canal leading down to a large globular cell im-

bedded in the substance of the prothallium; this canal is cer-

tainly closed at first and open afterwards, like the canal of the

arehegonia of Mosses, which it essentially resembles. At the

bottom of the canal, in the globular cell, 1s produced a free cell

as in the archegonia of the Mosses, and it is supposed by most

writers that one or more spermatozoids pass down the canal to

PS POL TY NLR MO

Higher Crypiogamia and the Phanerogamia. 445

impregnate this ; while Suminski asserts that the end of a sperma-

tozoid becomes developed into the embryo here, just as Schleiden

asserts the hollow tube to form the embryo in Phanerogamia.

After a time this cell begins to divide, and it is gradually con-

verted into an embryo (PI. XVII. B. fig. 2) with a bud above

and a radicle below, from which grows up the regular leafy stem

of the Fern*.

The prothallium often goes on growing for a long period in a

barren condition, even becoming multiplied by throwing off por-

tions which grow out as lobes from its margins ; antheridia gene-

rally present themselves in these. The archegonia are rarer, and

as a general rule only one of these becomes developed into a stem

on each prothailium. The fact of impregnation rests solely on

the evidence of Suminski and Mercklin, the latter of whom

states that it is so difficult to observe, that he only met with

- spermatozoids in the canal of the archegonium three times in the

course cf a twelvemonth’s investigation of the subject.

In this family we find a more complete exemplification of the

“alternation of generations,” for the spore produces a thalloid ge-

neration (the prothallium) on which the sexual organs are deve-

loped, then the archegonium or ovule gives origin to the fully-

formed plant composed of stem, leaves, and roots, multiplying

by a totally different process, namely the development of spores

consisting of simple cells. The sporiferous plant is here of in-

definitely long life, as, for example, in the Tree-ferns ;—the pro-

thallium on the contrary, unless it remains sterile, is of very short

duration ft.

EquISETACE.

This family has been shown by Thuret, Hofmeister, and others

to resemble the Ferns in its mode of reproduction. Its spores

produce in like manner a prothallium, which however is more

lobed and ramified, and of much longer duration than that of the

Ferns ; upon this are developed antheridia and archegonia, from

the latter of which arises the bud, which gives origin to the new

perfect spore-bearing Equisetum plant. The Equiseta thus stand

very close to the Ferns, the one family exhibiting the proponde-

rating development of the leaf, the other of stem in the ulti-

mate, spore-bearing form or second generation of the cycle.

* I have followed out the ter part of the stages of development of

the Ferns as described by Hofmeister, and can bear testimony to the ge-

neral correctness of his statements. I hope shortly to publish a complete

account of the germination from my own observations.

+ It may be mentioned that Hofmeister’s researches on the development

nan him to regard the Fern fronds as branches and the ramenta as true

eaves.

- 446 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

LyYCoPODIACER.

Two forms of the spore-fruits are known to exist in the species

included under the genus Selaginella, the oophoridia producing

four large spores, and the antheridia producing a large number

of small spores. Both kinds have not been discovered in all the

Lycopodiacee ; but in the genus Selaginella in which they do

occur, very remarkable facts have been observed in regard to

the development of the spores after leaving the spore-fruits.

The small spores, from the antheridia, after lying a certain time

on the damp earth, burst and emit a number of cellules, each of

which bursts and discharges a spermatozoid closely resembling

that of the Ferns and Equisetacez (Pl. XVII. D. fig. 8).

The large spores when examined soon after their emission from

the oophoridia are found to have a layer of minute cellular tissue

at the upper end beneath the external tough coat of the spore,

and opposite the part where this subsequently bursts open. by

valve-like flaps (Pl. XVII. D. fig. 1). After a time a number of

peculiar organs are developed in this cellular expansion or pro-

thallium, essentially analogous to the archegonia or ‘ ovules’ of the

Ferns, each consisting of a cellular papilla with a central canal

leading down to a free cell lying in a cavity in the prothallium

(Pl. XVII. D. fig. 2-5). It is presumed that a process of impreg-

nation takes place here through.the agency of the spermatozoids

of the small spores, after the outer coat of the large spore has

burst at its apex so as to lay bare the cellular prothaliium with

its archegonia. The free cell then begins to grow and subdivide,

and elongates into a filament which grows down into the cellular

tissue which now occupies part of the cavity of the spore. Its

terminal cell there .becomes developed mto a cellular mass

(D. fig. 6), upon which a bud with a radicle are soon distin-

guishable; from this bud arises the characteristic leafy stem of

the new plant of Selaginella (D. fig. 7), and at the same time an

adventitious root grows out (the primary radicle remaining abor-

tive). This embryo, as it may be called, then bursts through the

prothallium and grows out into the ordinary form of the species.

A similar series of phenomena have been observed in Jsoétes

lacustris. The small spores here also produce spermatozoids ;

while the large spores have a prothallium developed within the

outer spore-coat, on which archegonia are developed, and in one

of these a filamentous suspensor grows down, as in Selaginedlla,

into the cavity of the spore (which here becomes quite filled up

with cellular tissue), where it is developed into an embryo with

bud and radicle, from which the plant arises and bursts through

the coats of the spore. On

The conditions of those Lycopodiacee. in which only one kind

“ee a A Cn ee

: rah Fs s

OE EE a ae a ae Tee ee RE FT pee

Higher Cryptogamia and the’ Phanerogamia. A447

of spore has hitherto been found, is as yet obscure, but the

above observations have been made by MM. Hofmeister and

Meéttenius, and so far as the existence of the prothallium’ with

the archegonia in Selaginella, and the development of the embryo

at the’ end of a suspensor growing down from the prothallium

‘are concerned, I can confirm them from my own observations.

T have not yet succeeded in seeing the spermatozoid produced

from the small spores, which however I found burst and empty

among the ‘germinating large spores. As the processes above

described occupy several months after the discharge of the spores

from the antheridia and oophoridia, there is some difficulty in

observing all the conditions. . ;

Hofmeister suggests, that in the genus Lycopodium, where

there is only one kind of spore, a prothallium is formed, which,

like that of the Ferns, produces both archegonia and antheridia.

The relations of the course of development here to what we

Meet with in other families of the vegetable kingdom, ‘will ‘be

spoken of presently in a general summary. — . .

ont: i

«The morphological import of the two kinds of spores of Pilu-

daria, asserted by Schleiden, has proved correct, although his

views with regard to the nature of the process of impregnation

shave been refuted. ‘The small spores (described above as pollen-

grains) have been discovered to bear the closest affinity with

those of Selaginella and Isoétes; since shortly after their emission

from the spore-sacs they burst and discharge cellules containing

spiral filaments (spermatozoids) (Pl. XVII. C. fig: 1), which‘soon

break out and swim freely about in the water. The saes whieh

produce the small spores therefore represent the antheridia here.

. The archegonia are closely allied to those of Selagineila, but'in

Pilularia only one is formed on each large spore. The large spore

soon after it becomes free exhibits a cellular growth, forming a

prothallium analogous to that of Selaginella at its upper end, in

which a central large cell becomes visible. The cells of the pro-

thallium multiply, and it projects at its apex through the summit

of the spore, the triangular lobes of the spore-coat separating to

expose it. The four cells above the large central cell grow out into

papillz (which Schleiden mistook for pollen-tubes), and an in-

tercellular passage is produced leading down to the large central

cell, in all probability affording access to-a fecundating sperma-

tozoid (Pl. XVII. C, fig. 2,3). This single central erchegonium

very closely resembles those found in the analogous prothallia of

Selaginella and Isoétes. There is never more than one developed.

When the spermatozoids can have access, the large cell of the

RHIZOCARPER.

448 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

archegonium soon exhibits a new development (C. fig. 4), which

results in the formation of an embryo, from which the new plant

grows up. )

The prothallium of Marsilea is developed in a similar manner,

- and likewise produces only one archegonium ; the cells bounding

the canal of this do not grow out in papille like those of Pilu-

laria.

Salvinia presents some points of difference. It has been ob-

served that the small spores remain coherent together even after

their sporangium is ripe, and cannot be isolated ; but when such a

sporangium is compressed, in water, under the microscope, there

escape from its ruptured walls ellipsoid cells divided into two to

six chambers, in each of which subsequently appear one to four

minute cellules, in the interior of which are developed sperma-

tozoids just like those of the Ferns.

The prothallium is produced by the large spores much in the

same way as in Pilularia and Salvinia, but in addition to the

archegonium at the apex, several others are subsequently developed

around it. The embryo is developed from the basal cell of the

archegonium, and, according to Hofmeister, never when the small

spores are carefully removed from contact with it. In very rare

cases two archegonia produce embryos. The import of the struc-

tures met with in Azolla is still very obscure, yet the disco-

veries, just referred to in the other Rhizocarpex, would lead us

to imagine that there is a close analogy between the two kinds of

organ found in that genus and those met with in Pilularia, &e.

If I might hazard a conjecture, I should be inclined to sup-

pose the cellular lobes found in the upper part of the ovule-like

sporangium of Azolla to be the prothallium; the ‘ points” seen

upon the cellular structure, which afterwards becomes divided

into the nine lobes, might possibly be archegonia ; but this isa

subject on which it is dangerous to venture without further exa-

mination of the organs.

FERTILIZATION OF PHANEROGAMIA.

In no department of physiological botany have greater ad-

vances been made within the last few years than in the study of

the sexual reproduction of plants. The particulars related in the

last few pages sufficiently demonstrate this in reference to the

Cryptogamia, and it will be seen to hold of the Phanerogamia

from what follows.

Most important contributions have been furnished to the

subject by R. Brown, Amici, Mohl, Hofmeister, Tulasne and

others, and I have satisfied myself of the truth of Amici’s views

as opposed to those of Schleiden. It has proved however that

the subject is not so simple as was imagined, while the re-

Se oe

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 449

searches of R. Brown and Hofmeister have revealed most. im-

portant facts with regard to the fertilization of the ovules of

the Conifer, which afford a link connecting the sexual repro-

duction of the vascular Cryptogamous plants most closely with

that of the Angiospermous flowering plants. But although the

processes in the Conifers stand intermediate between those of the

Rhizocarpez, &c., and those of the flowering plants, they are so

much simpler in the latter that it will make the explanation

clearer to take them first.

ANGIOSPERMOUS FLOwERING PLantTs.

One of the simplest cases is that of Orchis Morio. The ovule

springs from the placental surface as a single projecting cell,

which by subdivision soon becomes a cellular papilla (the nucleus)

composed of a central cell (the embryo-sac) surrounded by a sim-

ple cellular layer. The two coats gradually grow up over this,

and by the greater elongation of one side the ovule becomes

anatropous. The nucleus meanwhile loses its cellular coat, ap-

parently by absorption, and appears as a large oval sac inclosed

im the coats, consisting in fact merely of an embryo-sac. In the

apex of this, about the epoch when the pollen falls upon the

stigma, three cellules (embryonal vesicles) make their appearance

at the upper end of the embryo-sac, formed apparently by free

cell-formation around a globule of protoplasm. The pollen-

masses on the stigma send down pollen-tubes which traverse the

conducting tissue of the style and make their way to the pla-

centas, where they enter ordinarily singly (sometimes more than

one) into the micropyle canals of the ovules, and come in con-

tact with the outside of the apex of the embryo-sac, immediately

above where the embryonal vesicles lie; but the pollen-tube does

not penetrate the embryo-sac (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 1,2,3). Soon after

the pollen-tube has reached the embryo-sac, one (very rarely

two) of the embrycnal vesicles begins to swell, becomes divided

by a cross septum into two cells (F. fig. 4, 5), and while the

upper one grows out in a filamentous form through the micro-

pyle, by a continued process of cell-division, the lower cell en-

larges and divides repeatedly so as to form a cellular globule, the

embryo (F. fig. 6), which in this plant does not go on to produce

a cotyledon and radicle, as in most other cases. The filamentous

prolongation, the use of which is not evident, but which seems

analogous to the suspensor presently to be mentioned, meanwhile

decays away.

In other cases the details of the process are considerably mo-

dified... In the Cruciferee and Scrophulariacez for example, the

embryo-sac is a large cavity in the substance of a cellular nu-

450 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

cleus of considerable magnitude ; and while the embryonal vesicles

are produced in the upper part of the embryo-sac, a largé num=

ber of free cellules are produced'in the lower and middle parts

(the endosperm-cells) (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 8c). The pollen-tube has

here to break through the cellular tissue of the apex of the nu-

cleus which clothes the summit of the embryo-sac ; and the’ em-

bryonal vesicle, which becomes impregnated, grows at first into an

elongated cylinder (the suspensor) (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 7, 86), which

becomes divided by cross walls into a row of cells, the lowermost

of which becomes developed into the embryo (F. fig. 8, 9). This

then proceeds in its growth, and in the Dicotyledons is con-

verted into the embryo with two cotyledons and a radicle, in the

Monocotyledons into one with one cotyledon (or with the rudiment

of a second) and a radicle; in the course of this growth mostly

causing the endosperm to disappear by absorption, to make room

for it; in many cases even obliterating the nucleus (in the exal~

buminous seeds). In Nymphea the endosperm is not wholly ab-

sorbed, but remains surrounding the embryo, while the nuclews’

forms a layer exterior to this organ, so that this plant has a

double albumen. fo Ehde

The above views are diametrically opposed to those of Schleiden,

who, nevertheless, still maintais his original opinions, and more-

over has been supported in an elaborate essay by his ‘pupil’

Schacht. But the balance of evidence is decidedly against him,

and, as far as Orchis is concerned, I am convinced from my obser-

vations that he is in error. eames

GymnosrerMovus FLOWERING Piants.

The remarkable bodies called by their discoverer, Mr. Brown,

corpuscula, and the polyembryony, found in the ovules of Coni-

fers, have recently acquired great importance in the theories of.

reproduction, as will be seen presently. The following account

of the process of fertilization in the Coniferze is derived from

Hofmeister. .

The ovule of the Conifers consists of a short and thick nucleus

inclosed in a single, somewhat fleshy integument, leaving a wide

micropyle canal open (Pl. XVII. E. fig. 1). » At the time when

the pollen is shed the nucleus consists of delicate cellular tissue,

containing deep in its substance an embryo-sac (E. fig. 1 6), formed:

by the coalescence of a vertical series of a few cells; Taxus has:

often three embryo-sacs at first, the Abietinee and Juniperines

seldom more ‘than one. The pollen-grains pass through the wide

micropyle and come in contact with the summit of the nuclens,:

into the substance of which they send their pollen-tubes. This:

takes place very soon in Taxus and Juniperus; but not for several!

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 451

weeks in the Abietinex ; in Pinus sylvestris and others the pol-

len-tubes are not produced till still later.

_ At this time the embryo-sac is a simple cell ; but shortly after,

numerous free cell-nuclei appear in its cavity, and it soon be-

_ comes filled up with cellular tissue, which goes on increasing in

those Abietineze which require two years to ripen their seeds, till

the following winter season; the cells of the nucleus are much

multiplied. meanwhile. In March and April of the following

year the endosperm-cells multiply still more, and by absorption

of the walls of the parent-cells are set free, while the embryo-sae

inclosing them grows to more than twenty times its former size.

These cells become applied in layers to the walls of the embryo-

sac, until it at length again appears filled with cellular tissue

(Pl. XVII. E. fig. 25). After the embryo-sac has become filled

with cellular tissue, certain of the cells at the micropyle end of

it become larger than the rest, and grow into large cells (the

corpuscula) (EB. fig. 3d). Each of these corpuscles is separated

originally from the surfaee of the embryo-sae by a simple cell ;

this latter divides into four by two vertical septa crossing each

other, and then an intercellular passage is formed between their

imner.angles leading down to the corpusele (E. fig. 4 e).

The number of corpuscles is from, three to five in Pinus syl-

vestris and austriaca; mostly three in Abies balsamea and peeti-

nata; generally four (rarely five) in Pinus canadensis ; and five

to eight in Taxus and Juniperus.

Free cells are next produced im the cavity of each corpusele

(E. fig. 4, 5 d) ; some of them usually appear as it were pressed

against the upper end, and usually one at the lower end (E. fig.5/).

About the time the corpuscles become evident the pollen-tubes

resume their growth, advancing by breaking down the tissue of

the nucleus until they come in contact with the outside of the

a embryo-sac, one over each corpuscle (E. fig. 3c), while they per-

R forate the membrane of the embryo-sac to come into the canal

leading between the four cells down to the outside of the cor-

puscle, with which they finally come in contact (E. fig.5¢). Very

soon after this, the cell at the lower end of the corpuscle (the em-

— ="

RS ee ee

¥ bryonal vesicle) becomes greatly enlarged. In this a free cell is

4 found (E. fig. 6) which divides by a vertical septum into two

7 collateral halves (fig. 7), and then by another vertical septum at

‘ right angles into four elongated cells ; these are each divided by

2 a cross-wall, so that this cellular body (the proembryv) consists

of a short cylinder composed of eight cells. The four lower cells

elongate and become divided again by cross walls (fig. 8, 9) ; and

as the side walls of the upper cells are adherent to the walls of

the corpuscle, the growth causes the lower end of the corpusele to

be pushed downwards ; finally this gives way, while the cells of

452 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

the proembryo becoming much elongated, drive the point of the

proembryo deep into the substance of the nucleus (EH. fig. 10, 11),

which at this time becomes lax and half-dissolved. The longi-

tudinal series of cells, of which each proembryo presents four,

now become isolated into filaments (suspensors) (K. fig. 12,13),

and the cell at the lower extremity of each suspensor becomes

divided repeatedly to form an embryo (E. fig. 13 g), so that at

this time there are four times as many rudimentary embryos as

there are corpuscles *. Out of all these only one becomes fully

developed ; the rest are arrested and displaced by the growth of

that one which forms the embryo of the ripe seed.

Before leaving the subject, we may advert to the idea lately

propounded by Geleznoff, from his researches on the Larch, that

the embryo is formed from a cellule which originates in the end

of the pollen-tube and passes through an orifice into the cor-

puscle. This idea may easily have arisen from imperfect obser-

vation, and cannot be readily connected with anything observed

by other authors.

REVIEW oF THE PHENOMENA OF REPRODUCTION IN THE

FLOWERLEsS AND FLOWERING CoRMOPHYTES.

The discoveries which have been made within the last few

years seem to leave little doubt of the existence of sexuality,

down to the lowest of the Cormophytes, even if we refuse to ae

mit the evidence of its probable extension to the Thallophytes,

and so throughout the vegetable kingdom.

It is impossible moreover to mistake the striking connexion

between the various forms of the reproductive structures which

present themselves in the different groups ; and it may be worth

while to examine this point briefly here.

In the Angiospermous flowering plants, we find the perfect

plant producing pollen and ovules in distinct organs: the pollen

falling upon the stigma developes tubular prolongations which

pass down into the ovary and enter the ovules, where they come

im contact with the embryo-sac, and thus fertilize an embryonal

vesicle existing in the interior of that sac (a greater or less quan-

tity of endospermous cells also exists there). This then under-

oes subdivision into two cells, and while the upper of the pair .

of cells thus formed is developed more or less into a conferyoid

filament, called the suspensor, the lower cell becomes developed

into the embryo (mostly causing the absorption of the endo-

sperm), which acquires its distinct form with one or more coty-

ledons, and a radicle, before it is cast off from the parent. We

* This resembles the process in Mosses when the spore produces a con-

fervoid body, from which a number of stems bud out.

eee ae Te

a a ee eee

ed a ae a aa a

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 453

may say that these plants undergo all their metamorphoses

within the ovary, and are separated from the parent as rudi-

mentary perfect plants.

_In the Gymnosperms, the Conifers and the Cycads, the con-

ditions are more complicated. The carpels being open here, the

ovules are exposed and the pollen-grains come immediately to

the micropyle of the ovules instead of to a stigma; and the

pollen-tubes have to traverse only the substance of the nucleus

to reach the embryo-sac. But while the external conditions are

thus simple, those of the embryo-sac are much more complicated.

The endospermous cellular tissue formed within it becomes a

mass filling up its cavity, and on the upper-end of this appear

several structures, the corpuscles, presenting the most striking

resemblance to the archegonia of Selaginella, &c., consisting of

an enlarged cell crowned by four cells, leaving an intercellular

canal between them running down to the large cell. A pollen-

tube makes its way to, and passes down each of these canals, to

fertilize the central cell of each corpuscle ; just as Suminski and

De Mercklin describe a spermatozoid to pass down the canal of

the archegonium of the Ferns. The central cell then produces

four suspensors, at the end of each of which a rudimentary em-

bryo presents itself*—only one becoming fully developed. The

growth of these suspensors down from the central cell of the ar-

chegonium or corpuscle is precisely analogous to the growth of the

suspensor, producing the embryo-at its extremity, in Selaginella

and Isoétes.

The relations to the higher flowering plants are here clear

enough ; the difference existing only in the superaddition of all

the stages of development of the endospermous tissue between

the entrance of the pollen-tubes and the development of the em-

bryonal vesicles into the curpuseles, the central cells of which are

physiological analogues of the embryo-sac of the higher Phanero-

gamia ; while the embryo-sac itself is the morphological analogue.

The relations to the lower plants are more diversified ; they are

closest in the cases of Selaginella and Isoétes, which is the more

interesting on account of the many other affinities between the

Conifere and Lycopodiacee. The large spore of Selaginella is

analogous to the ovule of a Gymnosperm, its internal coat to the

_embryo-sac. The cellular prothallium, which is developed at the

summit of the cavity of the large spore of Selaginella, represents

the endospermous tissue of the Gymnosperm, and the archegonia

of the former are recognized in the corpuscles of the latter.

Thus, as in these corpuscles, cells become developed so as to

* This resembles the budding of several leafy stems from the Moss-

spore,

454 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

form suspensors, bearing embryos which they earry down into the

substance of the lower part of the ovule. In’ Selaginella the

germ-cell of the archegonium grows down into a suspensor, and

developes the embryo in the cellular tissue inside the nid oe

the spore quite below the prothallium.

The principal difference in Salvinia seems to be the asebini

of the suspensor, the embryo originating in the substance of the

prothallium, which has several archegonia. Pilularia differs —_

from Salvinia in having only one archegonium.

In these tribes of the Cryptogamia, the stage of development in

which the prothallia with the sexual organs appear—after the

spores have become entirely separated from the parent, thus

constituting separate entities,—is comparatively brief; it is a

transitory stage of the development of the forms representing

the species ; the prothallium bemg moreover very ee

and almost wholly inclosed in the spore-coat.

We find a very great difference in the Ferns and Equisetacere,

which may be grouped together. Here the representatives of the

pollen-grains, the small spores, disappear, or at least only one

kind of spore is formed; from this is developed a prothalium,

which becomes a more important and conspicuous structure.

No longer hidden in the spore-coat, it grows out into'a Mar-

chantia-like frond, well-provided with chlorophyll, having root-

fibrils, and lasting, especially in the Equisetacez, many months.

This structure produces not only archegonia, but also antheridia,

emitting spermatozoids. Hence the prothallium here combmes

the analogy to the endospermous tissue of the embryo-sac of the

Gymnosperms with an analogy to the pollen-mass.. Hence while

the stems and fronds of the Ferns, and the shafts of the Eqwseta

are represented by the stem and leaves of the Gymnosperms, the

fertile fronds and spikes of the former find their analogues’ in

the cones of the latter. The spike of the Lquisetum closely re-

sembles the cones of some Conifers; the fertile fronds of the

Ferns, especially in certain cases, approach to the cones of the

Cycads, with their numerous ovules on abundant anthers upon

each scale or leaf. The male and female influence lie as yet —

combined in the spores of the Ferns and Hquiseta, to become

disentangled during the development of the prothallium ; the

sexual influences are already separated in the cones of the Coni-

fers and Cycads, where the uniform spore of the Filicoids is re-

presented respectively by the pollen-mass or the embry yo-sac of

the ovule.

The Mosses present another kind of disintegration of the spe-"

cific form, if it may he so termed, into distinct existences, the

conditions of the prothallium.and ‘the spore-bearing generation.

being reversed here; the former being the more permanent;

ae ee ee. hee

RS Or

Legh 4) A Oe

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 455

the latter transitory. Moreover we have the two forms here existing

contemporaneously, the prothallium or fruit-form constituting the

vegetative structure which nourishes the spore-bearing form,

here reduced to a sporocarp ; while in the higher forms the pro-

thallium disappears soon after it gives birth to the leafy spore-

bearing plant.

The spore of the Mosses and Hepaticz represents the spore of

the Ferns, the large and small spores (combined) of the Lyco-

podiums and Rhizocarpez, and a combination of the pollen and

embryo-sac of the Gymnosperms*. When it germinates it pro-

duces the leafy plant, representing the prothallium of the higher

Cryptogamia and the endospermous tissue of the Gymnosperms

(and Angiosperms), and bearing antheridia and archegonia. The

archegonia then produce the spore-fruits, which represent the

fertile fronds of the Fern, the spikes of Equisetum, the sporo-

carps (collectively) of the Lycopodiacee and Rhizocarpez, and,

lastly, the anthers and ovaries of flowering plants. Therefore in

e Mosses we have nothing homologous with the stem and

-leaves of the higher Cryptogams and flowering plants in this

en ayaa form; these are only developed in the prothallium-

ormy.. -

_.Liooking at the more perfect Mosses alone, this idea of the

morphological relations of the leafy Moss-plant, of the prothal-

lium, namely, to the endosperm of Phanerogamia, seems rather

difficult to, accept; but when we examine more closely into the

various forms included under the families of Mosses and Hepa-

tice, it becomes less remarkable. _ The separation of these two

groups is by no means natural. There are no essential differ- .

ences in the antheridia and archegonia of the Mosses and Hepa-

tieze, and in the fully developed condition of their spore-bearmg

structures there is no universal character which will separate

them. Many of the leafy Jungermannie have the Confervoid de-

velopment of the prothallium from the spore ; the Jungermannie

have a vaginule, as also Radula and Anthoceros ; this last has a

columella, but like Riccia it is destitute of elaters. So that if

with Hofmeister we divide the plants belonging to these two

families into four groups,—1l. Mosses; 2. Jungermannie; 3.

Marchantiz, Targionez and Ricciex, and 4, Anthocerotez,—they

collectively form quite as natural a family as the Ferns or Rhi-

zocarpee. Then looking to the lower forms of this family, we

* Since some Mosses are dicecious, the sexual influence is represented

even in the spores; some are embryo-sac spores, others pollen-spores ; but

both kinds produce a prothallium.

+ There is also a her separation of existences in the Mosses and

some Hepaticz, for the spore produces a Confervoid body from which se-

_ yeral:stems bud out; this resembles the polyembryony of Gymnosperms.

456 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

find the prothallium, as in Spherocarpus and Anthoceros, reduced

to a cellular structure little more complex than the prothallium

of a Fern, which affords a link connecting it with that of Se/a-

ginella, &e., and so with the endospermous tissue of the Gym-

nosperms.

Finally, in the Characese we seem to meet with a group re-

duced to a prothallium, bearing archegonia (nucules) and anthe-

ridia (globules), in which the sole result of fertilization is the

development of a new prothallium from the central cell of the

archegonium, no spore-bearing form coming to light ; and thus

we get the opposite extremity of the scale, at the head of which

stand the Angiospermous flowering plants where the spore-

producing form alone is represented, since the formation of

the endosperm-cells in the embryo-sac before fertilization only

affords the most distant trace of its analogy to the prothallia of

the Cryptogams, an analogy which is only rendered clear by the

interposition of the Gymnosperms where this endosperm exhi-

bits so many characters relating it to the prothallium of Selagi-

nella, &e.

The following is a tabular view of the conditions *which pre-

sent themselves more or less distinctly in the Phanerogamia and

higher Cryptogamia.

The column marked Embryonic Form shows the growth or

increase taking place in the embryonal vesicle or germ-cell pre-

viously to its development into the new plant or plants of the

vegetative form. Where the 0 is placed it signifies that the em-

bryonal cell of the archegonium becomes directly developed into

one new plant of the vegetative form. :

The 0 placed in the column of the vegetative system of the

Hepaticee and Musci indicates the absence of this, since the im-

pregnation results in the growth of the sporangium, which-re-

mains attached to the persistent vegetative organs of the sexual

orm.

z [The bud-like nature of the production of the spores in the

higher Cryptogams is strongly indicated in a monstrous specimen

_of Eucamptodon perichetialis, Mont., described in the Annals of

Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. p. 354, by Dr. Montagne, where the sporangia

were filled with gemma like those of Liverworts, in the place of

spores. |

BR oe.

and the Phanerogamia. 457

ogamia

Higher Cryp

~padoy

“OAD S89] 10 910NL OIG

“Wd ay} Jo aosuadsng

*auo yng OATVIOGR

ITV ‘odrquia ue vonp

“ord Yyoua orm ‘s.10s

-nadsns anoy 07 wiSt0

Surard oporsoa peuodaquay

"804

“9087 pur woutpodoody

ur podopaop Ayysrs

4osuadsns snojuowry y

“soqny-ua[[og

2) A)

“ISOA euosAquiyy

*soqng-U9[[0g

seeeee sorosndtog

*sploz

-oyouniods = But

“WIYOD sOTNTTEO

sree BITOBOYOIY

IPL ee)

“ATHY

Ayyensn ‘s][90-tu19dsopuy

“eanTfeyyord Jo puyy

B our ovs-oArquiIa oY

ur podojoaop usodsopury

seen egies sor0ds Tremsg

“a1ods

Ot UTYQUA wnTTPeToud

Jepnyjao @ :sotods aZer7

*(¢ sume) snoudd

uayjod Bururwyu0o saoyaue

pue ‘soynao Surarezuo0o sod

“VO JO ULIOJ 94} SVT 4v Zuyuosoad

‘saAva, PoyIpoul Jo posodmod ss0Moyy

Was sengeseuveeneseas sas soee)s ortega Snood

‘sano poyvu Survoq

‘soavo, poytpou jo pasodaioa souog

LPP eee ee | so.ods yjeus

pue ‘sasods oS.1vy Ayoyuaed

a8 Suonpoad ‘(symay-as0ds ur pour,

“109 wodswoozryy on} ur) viBuvs0dg

*m193s Ajyvoy

etme en eneee

*m9}s Ayvay y

*m1948 Ayvoy

*(wyasmbiy) soavoy Aue

“}UOUIIPNA IITA SUL9}S 10

‘suradsomuy

‘sumadsoumt{y *g

‘mad

-1BD0ZITY puR

waourpodook'y *q

“BIPLOyIUE |-orpue ‘(wnyynyjord) | -oaods Jo pury ono Suronpoad saaroy ‘(sutaq) saavo] padoyaaop | ‘azoovjasinby

0 """\puB BfuoRoYory puo AvpOI[9d oyMUTEL Vipoyypour ssaj 40 oLoW UO wIBULLOdg)AjoAIssoox YYLM twoIs Vv pue susay “9

“pnq

SWI9}S ]RIOAVS YOrTAr

ie 10 jWoIy 4UOMIeTY ploadsy *puTyouo jo

“RIPON {UB |snoLo~MUOUT) W148 AJB] |-u0Q v OVUL Bayeu — sasods LM “TSN

O “""\pue vuoFoyory|e 10 puosy AVfNI[IO Y\-103 sompoutos osodg wnBuvsodglssr GQ ceseeeeeeeee pue monedayy “g

“MLLOF [UNXIS Oy F

JO SUIO}S [wVIoAOS ogur '

yno spnq wniuosoyor *(sno1a@rp 40 snoro

and jo [Jeo voy oY “BIployyue |-couout) yueyd oyty-t199s

uLods quouleyy Av[n{[Io -yipue viUoZayory|xv[NI[o9 Surqoursq Wr pe carga nee seo sensne 0 SOPH RRR E Rete Heel ewe teen eee 0 CoP e eee tees “Sees MOOBIRID ‘Vv

— *suvdIC) 9AtIVIOB0A, "mayskg aaronposdoy "maysig oarnyoSa,

“aNdOy OJUOAIQUIGT ema *sdnosp

‘(uoywusordiry yim) wo [enxeg *(aorsratp-q]0 Aq pardyyynan) wo aarywredo,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix.

ee ee a

458 Mr.A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

A curious law presented itself to me in the contemplation of

this table ; in each of the three “forms” under which the differ-

ent conditions of organization are arranged, a multiplication. may

take place. Now this is effected through a different kind of cell-

formation in each “ form.”

Cells are formed in three ways :—

1. By subdivision of an old cell which may become enlarged

in one or more directions, or may bud out laterally, before the

formation of the septum which divides it into two or more

chambers.

2. By subdivision of the entire contents of the parent-cell

into four or more portions, between which septa are usually

formed, but which then acquire special coats inside, and by

the solution of the parent-cell and the septa become free.

3. By the formation of a membrane around a small globular

mass of contents (nucleus) which has become isolated in the

eavity of the cell.

In the ‘ Vegetative form,’ the formation of spores and pollen-

grains is effected by the second process. [The embryo-sac of

Phanerogams is formed by the simple enlargement of a cell or

several coalescent cells of the tissue of the nucleus. ]

Tn the ‘Sexual form,’ the germ-cell of the arehegonium, which

is impregnated by the spermatozoid, is stated to be formed by

the third process, free cell-formation around a nucleus, and the

embryonal vesicle of the Phanerogams certainly originates in

this manner.

In the ‘Embryonic form,’ the multiplication which takes place

in Characee, Mosses, and in the suspensors of Conifers, is

effected by cell-division, in the first two cases preceded by bud-

ding; this is the first process, and that which occurs A

in the growth of tissues.

Recent Literature of the Subject.

1, Amicr. On the Fecundation of the Orchidez. (Memoir read at the Ita-

lian Scientific Congress, Genoa, 1846.) Abstracted in Annales des Se.

Nat. 3rd Ser. vii. 193 (1847); ‘and i in the Botanische Zeitung, v. 364,

1847.

2. Cricer. Ueber Befzuchtung bei den Orangen. Botanische Zeitung,

iv. 57, 1851.

3. GeLeznorFr. Mémoire sur l’Embryogenie du Meléze. Ann. des Se.

Nat. 3rd Ser. xiv. 189, 1850. .

4, Henrrey. On the Development of the Ovule in Orchis Morio. Pro-

ceedings of the Linnean Society of London, April 3, 1849.

5. Hormeister. Untersuchung des Vorganges bei der Befruchtung der

(£nothereen. Botanische Zeitung, v. 785, 1847. Abstracted'in Ann.

des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. ix. 65, 1848.

. Die Enstehung des Embryo der Phanerogamen : 4to, Leipzig,

1849. Abstract in Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd Ser xi. 375, 1849. 90

SS a eh ee

ey eae

ey aan

ey, ae

‘iT

sa att

SET ee ce

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phaneroyamia. 459

7. Hormetsrer.) Ueber die Fruchtbildung und Keimung der héherer

»») Kryptogamen. . Botanische Zeitung, vii. 793, 1849.

8. ——-... Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Keimung, Entfaltung und

__ Fruchtbildung héherer Kryptogamen : 4to, Leipsie, 1851.

9. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Embryo der Personaten.

Flora, 1851, 450.

Ueber die Stellung der Moose im Systeme. Flora, 1852, 1.

; Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Zostera, Botanische Zeit-

ung, x. 121, 1852.

12. Merckiin. Beobachtungen an dem Prothallium der Farrnkrauter :

‘St. Petersburgh, 1850.

13. Zu den Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelungsgesch. der

; Farrnkrauter. Linnea, 1850, 723.

14, ee eee, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Rhizocarpeen : 4to, Frank-

~ furt, 1846.

15. ———. Beitrage zur Botanik, Heft i. 8vo, Heidelberg, 1850.

16. Mritpx. Ueber Antheridien bei keimenden Equiseten. Botanische

Zeitung, viii, 448, 1850.

17. - Desporarum Equisetorum germinatione. Linnea, 1850, 545.

18. Mont. Ueber die Entwickelung des Embryo von Orchis Morio.

Botanische Zeitung, v. 465, 1847. Abstracted in Ann. des Se. Nat.

3rd Ser. ix. 24, 1848.

19. Munuer, K. Beitrige zur Entwickelungsgesch. des Pflanzen-Embryo.

_ | Botanische Zeitung, v. 737, 1847. . Abstracted im Ann. des Sc. Nat.

3rd Ser. ix. 33, 1848.

20. NAGELI. Bewegliche Spiral-faden(Saamen-faden) an Farren. Schleiden

‘und Nigeli, Zeitschrift f.wiss. Botanik, Heft i. 168, 1844.

21. — . Ueber die Fortpflanzung der Rhizocarpeen. Ibid. Heft iii.

& iv. 188, 1846. Abstracted im Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. ix. 99,

10.

il.

errs 184 . ;

22. Pingav. Recherches sur la Formation de I’Embryon chez les Coni-

féres. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi. 83, 1849.

‘23. ScHacur. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pflanzen-Embryo. (Verhand.

| -Nederlandsch. Koninkl. Instituut): 4to, Amsterdam, 1850. Abstracted

| in Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xv. 80, 1850.

a4. — . _ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrnkrauter.

“~~ Linnea, 1849, 753.

25. Ueber Antheridien der Lebermoose. Botanische Zeitung,

x. 153, 1852.

26. Scuimrer. Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les

Mousses : 4to, Strasburg, 1848. Abstract in the Flora, 1848, 673.

27. ScwLeipeN. Grundziige der wissenschaftliche Botanik, vol. ii. 3rd

edition, Leipsie, 1850.

28. Suminski. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrnkriuter: 4to,

Berlin, 1848. Abstracted in Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi. 114, 1849.

Annals of Natural History, 2nd Series, iv. 339, 1849.

29, Tuurer. Sur les Antheridies des Fougéres. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd

=> Ser. xi. 5, 1849.

30. ———. Mémoires sur les Antheridies, Part 2. Ibid. xvi. 5, 1852.

81, Tunasne, L. R. Etudes sur Embryogenie végétale. Ann. des Se.

Nat. 3rd Ser. xii, 21, 1849,

182..Wicanp. Zur Entwickelungsgesch. de Farrnkrauter. Botanische

ae i 17, 1849, . Abstracted in. Ann, des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi.

26, 1849.

3 sf The two following: papers, which preceded all the above by several years,

30*

460 On the Reproduction of the Cryptogamia.

‘should be consulted in reference to the Coniferz, since so much new it-

terest now attaches to the facts revealed in them:

Brown, R. On the Plurality and Development of the Embryos in the

Seeds of the Coniferze. Read before the British Association at Edin-

burgh, August 1834. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2nd Ser. Bot. xx. 193; An-

nals of Nat. History, Ser. 1. xii, 368.

Mrrsev and Spacu, Notes sur ’embryogénie des Pinus Laricio et

sylvestris, &e. ‘Ann, des Sc. Nat. 2nd Ser. Bot. vol. xx. 257.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

A. Hepatice.

Fig. 1. Jungermannia bieuspidata., An archegonium recently impregnated

(5), with another (a) unimpregnated. The first contains a rudi-

mentary fruit composed of two cells. In the inside of the perianth

inclosing the archegonia were found. several moving spermato-

zoids ; the arrows indicate the direction of the movements. (Hof-

meister.)

Fig. 2. A rudimentary fruit extracted from a somewhat older archegonium

of the same plant... (Hofmeister.)

B. Filices.

Fig. 1. Asplenium septentrionale. A vertical section of an archegonium, ~

just impregnated. _( Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the prothallium of the same plant, passing

through an embryo developed from the globular cell of the arche-

gonium ; the archegonium (a) is seen pushed aside by the enlarge-

ment of the embryo. (Hofmeister.) pean bt oh

Fig. 3. Antheridia of Pteris aquilina: a, unopened; 6, just | bursting;

ce, older one which has the walls of its cavity coloured. brown.

( Thuret.)

Fig. 4. Spermatozoids from Asplenium septentrionule. (Hofmeister.)

C. Rhizocarpee.

Fig. 1. Pilularia globulifera.. Small spore. The inner coat, which has

become protruded through the fissure of the outer coat, bursts

and discharges cellules, from some of which spermatozoids are

extricating themselves. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. The same plant. Vertieal section of a prothallium with central

archegonium, just before impregnation. (Hofmeister)

Fig. 3, The same plant.. Archegonium seen from above. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 4. The same plant. Vertical section of the prothallium with the em-

-. bryo in an advanced stage of development (a, archegonium).

(Hofmeister.)

D. Lycopodiacee.

Fig. 1. Selaginella Martensii. The inner coat of a large spore recently

discharged from the capsule, with the outer coat pepper off, so

as to show the young prothallium at the upper end. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. Selaginella denticulata. Vertical section of the prothallium and upper

half of a large spore, eleven months after sowing. Several arche-

- gonia are seen, one of which exhibits’ a central cell.» (Hofmeister.)

. 3. An archegonium of Selaginella Martensii. (Hofmeister.)..

Fig. 4. An.arechegonium, of Selaginella denticulata just impregnated, the

central cell divided into two by a cross wall. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 5. An archegonium seen from above. (Hofmeister.)

Dr. Filippivon the Generationof an Hymenopterous Insect. 46%

Fig. 6: Vertical section of the prothallium and upper part of the large spore

of Selaginella denticulata, showing the embryo developed fromthe

central cell of one of the archegonia, carried down by the growth °

" of its suspensor, so as to be imbedded in the cellular tissue fillmg

; the upper part of the cavity of the spore. (Hofmeister:)

Fig. 7. Young embryo of S. denticulata breaking through the prothallium,

its bud now outside the spore. (Hofmeister.)

‘Fig. 8. Small spore of Selaginella helvetica bursting and discharging cel-

lules containmg spermatozoids. (Hofmeister.)

E. Phanerogamia Gymnospermia.

Fig. 1. Vertical section of an ovule of Pinus austriaca, from a cone just

flowered: a, nucleus; 6, embryo-sac.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the ovule of Pinus sylvestris in May of the second

' year: b, embryo-sac filled with cellular tissue; c, pollen-tubes

' penetrating the nucleus.

Fig. 3. Portion of the embryo-sac and upper part of the nucleus of Pinus

'| Strobus: b, embryo-sae; c, pollen traversmg the tissue of the

nucleus (a); d, corpuscles.

Fig. 4. Vertical section of a corpuscle of Abies excelsa just ripe for impreg-

nation : 5, tissue filling the embryo-sae; d, free cells im the cavity

of the corpuscle ; ¢, the four cells between which the intercellular

canal passes.

Fig. 5~ Vertical section of a corpuscle of Pinus Strobus, to which the pol-

len-tube (c) has just arrived; d, free cells swimming in the con-

“tents ; f, embryonal vesicle.

Figs. 6-10. wire at stages of development of the suspensors of Pinus

Fig. 11. The suspensor just before separating.

Fig. 12. The same, detached below. : ;

Fig. 13. A suspensor (three bemg cut away), somewhat further advanced,

with the rudimentary embryo (g) at the base.

(All from Hofmeister.)

F. Phanerogamia Angiospermia.

Fig. 1. Ovule of Orchis Morio just impregnated (original).

Figs. 2-5. Successive stages of development of the embryo.

Fig. 6. Embryo with the suspensor-like filament which grows up out of

the micropyle (original).

Fig. 7. Embryo-sae of Veronica triphyllos: a, pollen-tube; 6, suspensor.

( Tulasne.) :

Fig. 8. More advanced: ec, endosperm-cells; d, embryo. (Tulasne.)

Fig. 9. More advanced embryo extracted. (Tulasne.)

XXXVII.— Upon the Mode of Generation of an Hymenopterous

Insect of the Family of the Pteromalide. By, Dr. Pu. pe

Fiirrt, Professor of Zoology at Turin.

{With a Plate.]

I. nap collected during the month of May 1851, from the

vineyards near Turin, a quantity of leaves rolled up by the

Rhynchites Betuleti, in order to study the development of the

embryo in the very transparent oya, which this little Coleopterous

insect lays in them. What was my surprise, howeyer, when I saw

462 Dr. Filippi on the Generation of an Hymenopterous Insect.

that the larger moiety of these ova was attacked by a parasite,

aid that in the interior of this parasite another was developed,

which when fully grown transformed itself into a nymph within

the ovum of the Rhynchites, and at last gave birth to a little

Hymenopterous insect of the numerous family of the Ptero-

malide \

Here is a summary of the facts. Among the ova which have:

just been deposited by the Rhynchites upon leaves still fresh and)

green, there are some which are altogether clear, and which when

examined by the microscope present no trace of embryonic ceils.

Regarding them attentively, we observe at some points of the

ova a very small animaleule, like an infusorium, provided with a’

tail which it moves briskly with a lashing motion; but which’

in form, and in the hairs which beset its body, resembles certain’

Dipterous larve (Pl. XVI. A. fig. 1 & 2). In most cases there

is but a single one in each ovum, but I have also seen two and

even three. No organs can be distinguished in the interior of the

parasite under this form; it is only later that a kind of vesicle

makes its appearance in it (fig. 3,6). Very soon the parasite loses

its mobility, and the internal vesicle, increasmg in size, distends’

the integument of the animal in which it is formed; so that the tail

drawn in by this distension, ends by disappearing, and the body |

of the first parasite becomes reduced to a mere sac (fig. 4, 5).

What I have called a vesicle becomes more and more developed,

presents first the outline of a head, and begins by its vermicular

motions to give signs of life (fig. 6).

It is in fact the larva of one of the Pteromalide, which, when

it has arrived at its complete development, appears armed with

two delicate and elongated jaws, without any trace of legs, and

simply with a projecting crest on the sides of the body (fig. 7).

When this larva is going to pass into the nymph condition (which

takes place eight or ten days after its first appearance), it changes

its skin—tears by this movement the envelope of the first parasite,

and spins a cocoon, in consequence of which the ovum of the

Rhynchites takes on a brown colour (fig. 8). Lastly, after another

delay of a week or so, the little Hymenopterous insect effects an

opening in the ovum and makes its exit. ;

I shall not at preseht give the figure and description of the:

perfect insect, which perhaps belongs to a new genus, but instead,

I will rather offer a few remarks upon the facts which I have just

detailed. The first question which I asked myself was, whether

this might not be the case of a parasite within a parasite, that is

to say, an ovum deposited by the Pteromalian female, in the body —

of a Dipterous larva, which feeds on the ovum of a Rhynchites;

but many circumstances have caused me to reject this interpre-

tation. T have examined about a hundred ova of Rhynchites thus’

attacked, and have always witnessed the series of metamorphoses

ee eee he eee ey ee ee eS

Dr. Filippi-on the Generation of an Hymenopterous Insect. 463

here set forth ; the first parasite never continued to live and be-

come developed on its own account. It is besides so small that

it. could not be perforated by the ovipositor of the Pteromalian

female ; and the larva of the latter is developed in its interior in

avery different manner from the other Jchneumonide which

arise from an ovum. The first parasite is, in truth, only the

generator of the Pteromalian larva; it is, to use Steenstrup’s

phrase, a nurse. How has it been formed and introduced into

the ovum of the Rhynchites? How do the spring broods of Pée-

romalide proceed? How do they live? When do they deposit

the product of their new copulation? for from the state of their

sexual organs we must suppose that they produce a new genera-

tion within the year. All this is to be discovered. However it

may be, this insect presents the only example known at present

in the class, of a true generation by nurses. The propagation of

the Aphides appears to me to be a very different affair. In fact,

the viviparous individuals of these imsects are true females and

have well-developed sexual organs: their young proceed from ova

which are developed in the ordinary manner, as M. Leydig has

recently demonstrated (Siebold and Kdolliker’s Zeitschrift. fiir

Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. ii.). The course of events here, is

just as if the viviparous females were fecundated by the influence

of the copulation of their immediate or remote progenitors. This

example of Parthenogenesis (according to the elegant expression

of Mr. Owen) takes place sometimes. exceptionally in other spe-

cies of insects. I shall eonfine myself here to mentioning the

singular ease, which was related to me recently by a celebrated

English entomologist, Mr. John Curtis, in his passage through

Turm ; of an isolated chrysalis of Bombyx polyphemus which he

had received from America, and from which a female procceded,

all of whose ova produced young. I believe that the same

thing sometimes takes place in the Bombyx Mori, although

altogether separated from the males. But we cannot speak

of ova inthe interior of the nurse of my Pteromalian, any more.

than in those of the Distomata or in the larvee of Meduside and

Perhaps these observations may throw some light upon the

complicated history of other parasitic insects, especially of

Xenos and of Meloé, which has been made known to us by

the beautiful investigations of Siebold and Newport.

Analogy leads us to believe that the active larve of these in-

sects, provided with three pair of legs, do not become transformed

into inert vermiform laryz, but produce them: there would then

bein these parasites also a nursing generation.

_{The Translator feels bound to remark, first, that in_ his

_ belief M. Leydig’s observations do not lead to the conclusion

that the viviparous Aphides are true females ; and secondly, that

464 Mr, J: Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Eeonomy,

the observations of Sichold and Newport quoted, are quite’ suf-

ficient to demonstrate that. the active larvee are transformed into

the inert larvee. ]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. A.

The figures 1, 4, 6,7 and 8 represent the ovum of the Rhynchites some-

what compressed i in order to show the parasites more distinctly.

Fig. 1. a, shows the first parasite, which is seen removed from the ovunt

and further magnified in fig. 2. 09

Fig. 3. represents the same animal a, with the interior vesicle 3, which-i is

the first indication of the second parasite, or of the larya of the

Pteromalian. In the following figures a and 6 have the same

signification.

Fig.8. A dorsal view of the nymph of the Pteromalian; ¢, the thrown- off

skin; d, the cocoon; e, the shell of the egg of the Rhynchites.

XXXVIII.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, ineluding remarks on

ther Structure, Functions, iconomy, and Systematic Arrange-

ment. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 275.]

169. Walckenaéra hiemalis.

Walckenaéra hiemalis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol, xviii. p- 632...

Numerous individuals of this species were observed running

actively on rails in meadows and pastures near Lanrwst in

December 1836 and January 1837: a

I cannot concur with M. Walckenaer in adding Walekenaira

hiemalis to the synonyma of Argus cucullatus, from which it

differs in size, colour, and organization (Hist. Nat. des Insect.

Apt. t. iv. p. 510). In the form of the anterior part of the

cephalo-thorax and in the disposition of the eyes, the males bod

these spiders are very dissimilar.

170. Walckenaéra bifrons.

Walekenatra bifrons, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 634.

Argus bifrons, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p..510.

Mr. T. Glover captured an adult male of this spider, which is

the only specimen I have had an opportunity of examining, in

June 1838 among coarse herbage in Gwydir, Wood, near Patan

y Coed, Caernarvonshire.

171. Wailckenaéra bicolor.

Walckenatra bicolor, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 635.

M. Walckenaer is of opimion that Walckenaéra bicolor should

rank as.a synonym of Argus elongatus (Hist. Nat. des Insect.

Apt. t. iv. p. 509) ; but they may be readily distinguished from

each other fa differences in size, structure, and colour. a

SS ae eee =

soo vam) Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 465

oMales of this species, with ‘the palpal organs fully developed,

were taken in July 1836 on rails near Llanrwst.

172. Walckenaéra parva.

Walckenaéra parva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 635.

Argus parvus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

In December 1836 and January 1837 this minute spider was

seen in considerable numbers on rails near Llanrwst.

173. Walckenaéra depressa.

Walckenaéra depressa, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

~~ Series, vol. viii. p. 482.

Adult males of Walckenaéra depressa were detected under stones

in a wood at Oakland in April 1835, and in June 1837 both

sexes were procured in the sanie locality.

174. Walekenaéra humilis.

Walckenaéra humilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 636.

Argus humilis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 506.

Several specimens of this spider were found in October 1836

under slates in the garden belonging to Thomas Warner, Esq.,

of Crumpsall Green, near Manchester; others were observed

afterwards on rails at Crumpsall Hall; and in 1840 Miss Ellen

Clayton met with males and females of this species near Garstang

in Lancashire.

175. Walckenaéra cristata.

Walckenaéra cristata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. iii. p. 107; Research. in Zool. p. 317. pl. 2.

fig. 7-10.

Theridion bicorne, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 220. taf. 14. fig. 12.

Micryphantes cespitum, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes

Heft, p. 12 ; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 104. tab. 281. fig. 673, 674.

Argus bicornis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 365.

- Mr. Thomas Blackwall discovered this species in October 1832

under stones ‘and on rails in the neighbourhood of Manchester,

and I have since met with it in similar situations near Llanrwst ;

it has also been taken near Bradford in Yorkshire by Mr. R. H.

Meade.

176. Walckenaéra antica.

Theridion anticum, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 221. taf. 15. fig. 1,

Micryphantes tibialis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 47. tab. 89.

“fig. 203, & viii. p. 107. tab. 282. fig. 675.

Walckenaéra apicata, Blackw. Linn. ‘Trans. vol. xviii. p. 637.

Argus anticus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 357.

apicatus, Walek. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 509.

466 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Ciconomy,

As the Argus anticus and Argus apicatus of M. Walckenaer are:

the same, and are identical with Walckenaéra antica, 1 have in=

cluded them among the synonyma of that. species, which was

observed on rails near Llanrwst in November 1837, and againim,

May 1838.

177. Walckenaéra pumila.

Walckenatra pumila, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p- 639.

Argus pumilus, Walck, Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

Both sexes of this spider secrete themselves under stones in

moist pastures near Llanrwst. The male has the palpal organs

developed in May. |

‘178. Walckenaéra picina,

Walckenaéra picina, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 640.

Argus picinus, Walek. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 507.

A specimen of Walckenaéra picina, captured in the neighbour-

hood of Manchester, was received from Mr. T. Glover in June

1838; and in the following month another specimen was taken

near Llanrwst. Both individuals were adult males.

179. Walckenaéra nemoralis.

Walckenatra nemoralis, Blackw. Linn, Trans. vol. xviii. p. 641.

Argus nemoralis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. teiv. p..507. +

In March 1837 males of this species, in a state of maturity,

were found under stones in woods about Llanrwst.

Genus Pacnyenatua, Sund.

180. Pachygnatha Clerckit.

Pachygnatha Clerckii, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 208, &

1832, p. 258.

Listeri, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 10;

Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 142. tab. 430. fig. 1064.

Manduculus ambiguus, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third

Series, vol. ili. p. 111; Research. in Zool. p. 359. pl. 3. fig. 3-5,

Theridion maxillosum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 37. tab. 53.

fig. 122. . |

Linyphia maszillosa, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 267.

Clerckii, Walck, Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. li. p. 270.

Arachnologists, in their endeavours to identify the species con-.

stituting the genus Pachygnatha of Prof. Sundeyall, have involved

their synonyma in a labyrinth of such perplexing intricacy as to.

render any attempt at revision extremely difficult. Such being

the case, | submit the result of a careful investigation of the sub—

ject to the impartial consideration of zoologists, hoping that it

re ee

a a, ee ee ee

sae eee?

and’ Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. °' 46%

may tend to facilitate a more accurate knowledge of this small

but interesting group. .

"The Pachygnatha Listert of M. Koch and the Linyphia mazil-

losa of M. Walckenaer are evidently the same as Pachygnatha

Clerckii ; but the Theridion vernale of M. Hahn and the Pachy-~

gnatha Listeri of Prof. Sundeyall, which are included by M.

Walckenaer among the synonyma of Linyphia mazillosa, must

not be confounded with that species and with each other, Theri-

dion vernale being identical with the Pachygnatha Degeerti of

Prof, Sundevall. As M. Walckenaer states that the description

of his Linyphia Clerckii is borrowed from Prof. Sundevall’s ac-

count of Pachygnatha Clerckii, I am constrained, notwithstanding

the great disparity in size, to regard it as a synonym of the latter.

The spider represented by M. Koch as the Pachygnatha Clerckii

of Prof. Sundevall.(Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 146. tab. 430. fig. 1067)

is quite distinct from that species, and is admitted to be an im-

mature individual by M. Koch himself, who remarks, “ Ich fand

sie auf einer Reise in der Nahe von Zweibriicken, aber nur Weib-.

chen und diese nicht im Zustande vollstandiger Ausbildung ; ein

solches stellt die hier gegebene Abbildung vor.”

Mr. T. Blackwall met with Pachygnatha Clerckit, which pairs

in October, under stones and rubbish in the township of Crump-

sall, in the autumn of 1831 ; and I have since received specimens

of it from Yorkshire and Middlesex. In it are combined several

striking characteristics of the species composing the genera The-

ridion and Tetragnatha. Allied to the former by the structure

of the oral apparatus, and by the irregularity of the insignificant

web it fabricates, it resembles the latter in the form and relative

length of its legs, which it frequently extends in the same manner

as Tetragnatha extensa ; thus closely connecting the Theridiide

with the Epéiride.

181. Pachygnatha Listeri.

Pachygnatha Listeri, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829,-p. 210.

Manduculus limatus, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xvi. p. 667.

The Linyphia manducula of M. Walckenaer (Hist. Nat. des

Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 482) is the same as Manduculus limatus, and,

consequently, lapses into a synonym of Pachygnatha Listeri.

This species occurs under stones and on bushes in woods about

Oakland, and the male has the palpal organs completely de-

veloped in September. It has also been captured in Lancashire

and Yorkshire.

“In the ‘ Transactions of the Linnzan Society,’ vol. xviii. p. 668,

it is proposed to institute a comparison between Manduculus

limatus and the Linyphia tenebricola of M. Wider (Museum

Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 267. taf. 18. fig. 2); as they differ,

468 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

however, very decidedly in structure and colour, no doubt they

are perfectly distinct. ifs

182. Pachygnatha Degeerit.

Pachygnatha Degeerii, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 211, &

1832, p. 259; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,

p- 10; Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 143. tab. 430. fig: 1065. ine

Linyphia Degeerti, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 269.

Theridion vernale, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 38. tab. 53. fig. 123.

Manduculus vernalis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 125. #83

In autumn, adult males and females of this species may

frequently be seen running on the ground in various parts of

Lancashire and Denbighshire. A collection of spiders received

from Charles C. Babington, Esq., M.A., in 1840, and another

transmitted to me from Northamptonshire by the Rey. Hamlet

Clark in 1842, contained specimens of Pachygnatha Degeerii ; it

is found in Scotland also, Mr. J. Hardy having taken both sexes

in Berwickshire in the spring of 1849.

Family Epéiride.

Genus Eriitra, Walck.

183. Epéira quadrata.

Epeira quadrata, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.1i. p. 56 ; Sund.

Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 239 ; Koch, Die Arachn, B. y. p. 66.

tab, 162. fig. 381, 382. ;

Titulus 8, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p, 42. tab. 1. fig. 8.

This large and handsome Epéira appears to prefer wild un-

cultivated districts, and is not uncommon in many parts of

England and Wales. It pairs in autumn, and in October the

female attaches to the stems of heath or gorse a subglobose cocoon

composed of coarse yellow silk of a looseish texture, measuring

7gths of an inch in diameter, which sometimes comprises between

900 and 1000 spherical eggs of a yellow colour, agglutinated

together in a lenticular form. In constructing the cocoon the

female presses her spinners against the mass of eggs and attaches

a compound line to it, then drawing out the line by elevating

the body, she again applies the spinners to the eggs and cements.

the line to them in the form of a small loop; this operation)is.

continued (the lines being united to each other when the eggs

are covered) till the cocoon is completed, and, as it consists of a

congeries of short silken loops, it cannot be otherwise than loose

in texture. ig

The snare of this spider has the appearance of bemg con-

structed with geometrical precision, and is similar in design to

~, sand Systematie Arrangement of British Spiders. 469

the nets fabricated. by the Epéiride generally, It consists of an

elastic spiral line, thickly studded with minute globules of liquid

gum, whose circumvolutions, falling within the same plane, are

crossed by radii converging towards a common centre, which is

immediately surrounded by several circumvolutions of a short

spiral line devoid of viscid globules, forming a station from which

the toil may be superintended by its owner without the incon-

venience of being entangled in it. The viscid spiral line is ac-

commodated to the frequent and rapid changes in distance which

take place among the radii when agitated by winds or other

disturbing forces, by its extreme elasticity ; and, in consequence

of this property, insects which fly against the snare are more

completely entangled than they otherwise could be without doing

extensive injury to its framework. Near the net, and connected

with its centre by a strong line, the spider constructs a dome-

shaped cell of compact white silk which it usually occupies.

184. Epéira apoclisa,

Epéira apoclisa, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 61;

Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 243; Hahn, Die Arachn.

B. ii. p. 30. tab. 48. fig. 116.

virgata, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 26. tab. 46. fig. 113.

dumetorum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 31. tab. 48. fig. 117;

_ Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst, erstes Heft, p. 2.

—— sericata, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 2;

. Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 110. tab. 385. fig. 914, 915.

arundinacea, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,

p- 2; Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 109. tab. 385. fig. 913.

— patagiata, Koch, Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 115. tab. 386.

fig. 916-919.

Titulus 6, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 36. tab. 1. fig. 6;

Much confusion in the synonyma of Epéira apoclisa has been

occasioned by some of its numerous varieties having, without

sufficient investigation, been described as distinct species. The

difficulties attending endeavours to reconcile conflicting opinions

in such cases are well known to naturalists, and as they are un-

usually great in this department of zoology, I may be permitted

to allege them as an exeuse for any errors into which I may in-

advertently have fallen in my attempt to elucidate this intricate

subject. Perhaps the Epéira foliata and the Epéira nauseosa of

M, Koch, ‘Die Arachniden,’ B. xi. pp. 119, 120, might be added

to the synonyma given above, but as I entertain some doubts on

this point, I have deemed it better to omit them.

Epéira apoclisa frequents gorse, heath and rank herbage

growing near the margins of lakes, pools and brooks, or in other

470 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. °

damp situations, among which it constructs a dome-shaped cell

of white silk of a compact texture. In this cell, after distributing

upon its exterior surface the withered leaves of plants and closing

its entrance with a tissue of silk, the spider passes the winter

in a state of torpidity. During the summer and autumn the

female incloses in cells of a similar construction several subglobose

cocoons of yellow silk of a loose texture, measuring, on an average,

2yths of an inch in diameter, each of which contains about 220

spherical eggs of a pale brown colour, agglutinated together in'a

lenticular mass. On the 18th of July, 1846, both sexes of a

small insect belonging to the family [chneumonide, the female

of which is apterous, came out of a cocoon of this spider, and in

1842 I obtained specimens of the same insect from a cocoon of

Epéira umbratica.

M. Walckenaer, in referrmg to an interesting fact sengisled

by Lister, has strangely misinterpreted the meaning of that

author; he states that “ Lister a observé des larves d’Ichneumon

dans les nids de cette espéce” (Kpéira apoclisa) : “ces larves se

sont transformées sous ses yeux et ont pris leur vol dans lair ”

(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. 11. p. 65). The source of error

will be immediately perceived on perusing the following passage

cited from the ‘ Tractatus de Araneis’ of the English naturalist,

page 40 :—“ In nido autem altero divulso triplicem, ut supra

dictum est, foetum observavi. Inter primum yero partum sex

aderant parvee Chrysalides sive Thece teretes, solide, utraque ex-

tremitate retusze, sublivide, id se. genus, e quibus Muscee tripiles,

a Moufeto nostro sic dicte, antiquis vero Jchneumones vespe ap-

pellate, excludi solent. Ex ipsis autem Araneolis natu majori-

bus, qui sc. horum vermiculorum voracitatem, dum in ovo, effu-

gerant, quotquot a me aéri expositi, protinus fila ejaculando

avolavere ; non injucundo sane spectaculo ! ”

The snares spun by Epéira apoclisa vary considerabl y in extent ;

upwards of 120,000 viscid globules are distributed upon the

elastic spiral lena in a net of large dimensions, yet, under favour-

able circumstances, the time required. for its completion seldom

exceeds forty minutes.

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol, xvii.

p. 79, I have asserted that the legs of all the males of this spe-

cles, whether British or foreign, which I had measured, were

shorter than those of the other sex ; since the publication of that

remark, however, I have met with several males whose legs ex-

ceeded in longitudinal extent those of the largest female in my

possession, showing that this spider varies as remarkably in, its

proportions as it does in colour.

1 +

Bais,

Ther

On the Development and Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. 471

185. Epéira sealaris...

Epéira scalaris, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 46;

“Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 27. tab. 47. fig. 114; Blackw.

Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 127.

— pyramidata, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 242; Koch,

Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 2; Die Arachn. B. xi.

p- 107. tab. 384. fig. 912.

I have received specimens of this showy species from Stafford-

shire, Shropshire, Northamptonshire, Devonshire, and Middlesex,

but I have not observed it either in North Wales or Lancashire.

XXXIX.—Contributions to the History of the Development and

to the Minute Anatomy of the Infusorta. By Prof. Stein of

Pharand*. — ~

tatit 3 [With a Plate.]

I. Development of Vorticella microstoma, with Comparative Re-

‘ amarks upon the Mode of Development of the Gregarinide.

Iw a previous essay+ I have shown that all Vorticelline at an

eatlier or later stage of their development become encysted, by

drawing in their ciliated disc and contracting their bodies into a

ball; at the same time secreting around themselves a gelatinous

mass which solidifies into a firmer elastic covering. Very com-

monly a Vorticella will become encysted while still adherent to

its stalk, but in that case the stalk soon dies away and disappears,

a process which is first indicated by the breaking up of its con-

tamed muscular band into single portions. More frequently,

however, the action of a circlet of cilia developed close in front of

the hinder extremity of the Vorticella, detaches it from its stalk,

and it becomes encysted while freely swimming.

The Vorticella thus inclosed gyrates rapidly, and in exceptional

eases still appears provided with its posterior circlet of cilia,

though, in the majority of cases, this falls off as soon as the

encysting substance is excreted.

The body of the Vorticella inclosed within the cyst always

changes subsequently into a globular closed vesicle, which is

an 3, homogeneous in its interior, incloses the unchanged

and-like nucleus, and possesses besides a round cavity filled

with fluid ; the last however no longer changes its capacity like

the contractile space of the free animal to which it corresponds,

but appears always as a drop of one and the same size. In an

appendix to my earlier communication I further stated, that the

* From Siebold und Kélliker’s Zeitschrift, B. iii. H. 4, 1852.

+ Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1849.

472 Prof. Stein on the Development and

Vorticelle thus changed, ultimately became Acineta-like bodies,

by the included vesicular Vorticella-body extending itself some-

times on one side, sometimes on all sides, and thrusting out pro-

cesses of its wall, thus thinned. In this manner by one-sided

extension, the form described by Ehrenberg under the name of

Podophrya fiza as an independent species is produced, and by

the universal extension, one resembling the Actinophrys Sol of

Ehrenberg. I have since repeated this observation too often to

fear that it can be erroneous. Soon after that discovery, however,

I recognised the purpose of this change of the Vorticella-cysts

into Acineta. The nucleus of the Acinete, or what is the same

thing, the original Vorticella, becomes entirely metamorphosed

into an actively rotating offspring ; becoming contracted ito an

ovate body, which at its more pointed end carries a circlet of

long vibrating cilia, and at its more obtuse end is perforated by

a mouth which communicates with a distinct oral cavity. In the

interior of this offspring we observe already a long, oval, slightly

bent nucleus, and a round rhythmically contracting space*. It

perfectly resembles, in fact, a young Vorticella which has be-

come developed from a bud and is just ready to leave its parent.

Even if the change of Vorticella-cysts into Acinete could be

questioned, yet every doubt must disappear when we compare

the offspring of the Acineta with the offspring of a Vorticella by

gemmation, or even with a fully-developed contracted Vorticella,

which is in the act of becoming freed from its stalk. As both

the former and the latter commonly soon become fixed, and pro-

duce a stalk from their posterior extremities, so without doubt

does the offspring of the Acineta become fixed when it has left

the Acineta. Since the time at which these observations were

first made, I have observed many hundred Acinete with rotating

young, and have sometimes seen the offspring voluntarily ejected,

sometimes have pressed it out of the Acineta. The gap, which

the young tears in its passage through the wall of the Acineta,

becomes immediately closed again. The latter goes on stretch-

ing out and retracting its radiating filaments, like feelers, and

after a time produces in its interior a new nucleus for a second

offspring. )

Besides this propagation of Vorticelle by means of Acinete

* The presence of a contractile space in Infusoria, completely excluded

from the outer world, might of itself be considered sufficient to contradict

the view of O. Schmidt (Handbuch d. Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 220),

that the contractile spaces are vesicles opening externally at the surface of

the body and intended to pump in water. I say “contractile spaces or cavi-

ties” instead. of “vesicles” advisedly, because I could never see any in-

vesting membrane around the clear space, and because I know Infusorial

structures with many contractile spaces which occupy no determinate luca-

lity, but move backwards and forwards. Btre eH

aay sata oS oe ee aa

aT = =“

~ Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. ‘A473

there exists a second, which I surmised some years ago at first

“sight of the Vorticella-cysts, but which I was so fortunate as to

- discover only in the last summer holidays. An immense number

of my Vorticelle had become encysted, and I determined to ex-

amine them daily so as to observe once more through all its

stages the metamorphosis into Acineta-forms which 1 had pre-

viously seen so distinctly, and then to follow the further course

of the offspring of these Acinete. In order to get rid of all foreign

forms of Infusoria, which might possibly have produced a de-

“ception, from my further observations, I selected, on this oeca-

sion, the mud at the bottom of the infusion, in which mnume-

rable Vorticella-cysts lay scattered, and poured off all the water ;

I then rapidly evaporated the moisture contained in this mud

until it was perfectly dry. The remainder just baked to its sup-

port, was, after the lapse of a day, scraped off, and fresh spring

water, in which, as is well known, Infusoria are of rare occur-

‘rence, was poured over it. On re-examining the softened mud,

‘1 found my Vorticella-cysts in capital condition ; every free infu-

sorial‘organism had however disappeared, as might naturally be

~ Tomy great astonishment, within twelve hours later I found

‘at: the surface of the infusion a considerable number of free Vor-

ticelle, all of the normal size or considerably larger, and of these

a few became encysted again under my inspection.

»» In the course of a day all these free Vorticellg had disappeared

again, and they did not reappear subsequently. The consider-

sable size and number of the Vorticelle, and the fact that the in-

fusion:was covered, testify that these Vorticelle had not come from

without, during the twelve hours that had elapsed since the last

examination; they must then have arisen from the cysts by

voluntarily breakmg out of them. Probably these were such

Vorticellg as would not have become encysted of themselves, but

were constrained to do so when the evaporation of the water

threatened them with death.

_» In the following days the alterations in the interior of the

Vorticella~cysts were limited to the change of the merely sphe-

rically contracted Vorticella-body into a simple, closed, round

vesicle, in which no traces of the original organization of the

Vorticella were any longer to be detected. The contents of the

eyst were now perfectly similar to those of a simple cell with

sometimes coarsely granular, sometimes finely granular contents,

amidst which the unchanged band-like nucleus, and a clear un-

changeable space, lay imbedded. After about a weck’s watching

for further changes, I perceived that in many cysts the included

parental vesicle became. sacculated-looking and uneven, and that

in its interior many considerable hyaline spaces arose, which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. cot |

474 Prof. Stein on the Development and

sometimes suddenly disappeared to reappear elsewhere. ') I be-

lieved now that this was the conimencement of the’ metamor-

But, seeking further, | came upon cysts in which one or a few

of the czecum-like projections of the parental vesicle had become

so much elongated that they had broken through the covering

of the cyst. Looking steadfastly at sucha projection, it sud-

denly burst at its apex and the whole contents of the parental

vesicle shot out, whilst its walls collapsed, and remained behind

like an empty wrinkled bladder with a few adherent granules,

within the cyst. ike

The free contents remained as a round, transparent, limpid

drop of jelly of about the same diameter as the cyst, in which

some thirty embryos, of the form of Monas colpoda or Monas

scintillans, sailed about with varied and active motion as if in a

little ocean. piaiap ine OW

After a time the drop of jelly became diffused, and its monadiec

inhabitants were scattered to the winds. More clearly and de-

eidedly could no observation be made than that: just deseribed ;

yet I should have been ready to believe myself deceived: by some

singular accident, had I not, in the following hours which I

passed with beating heart at my microscope, seen the very same

process in many cysts: as distinctly and decidedly as'the most

scrupulous criticism eould require. Soon also I succeeded in

bursting cysts, ripe but perfectly closed, by eareful pressure, ‘so

as to see the embryos slip one after another out of the parental

vesicle. UHLOa TISAI

I now proceeded to examine the mode of origin of the ems

bryos more closely, in which I succeeded all the better, as I pos-

sessed cysts of very different ages; for im a few I found the yet

unchanged Vorticella-body. 1 observed that in cysts, whose in-

eluded Vorticella-body was metamorphosed into a simple vesicle;

the band-like nucleus had broken up into as many single disci-

form bodies as, later, embryos were to be set free. This break-

ing up does not take place by successive acts of division, but in

the nucleus, round discs become marked off contemporaneously;

at the most different points; whilst the intermediate substance

of the nucleus becomes reabsorbed. The discs grow at the ex-

pense of one part of the liquefying granule-substance of ‘the

parental vesicle, whilst the other part becomes changed into the

gelatinous mass, m which, afterwards, the embryos swim. | The

perfect embryos are oval, somewhat notched on one’ side, and

wholly similar to the Monas colpoda, Ehr., or the M. scintillans,

but quite dissimilar to a Vorticella. The walls of its body are as

flexible as those of all ciliated Infusoria ; but beside this general

contractility, they unquestionably possess special motor organs ;

a ee Sa ee

Minute. Anatomy of the Infusoria: 475,

however,-on account of the minute sizeof the embryo, I fnslaee

voured iu vain to make these out with certainty..

Often it seemed as,if the anterior end were covered with very

short. cilia ; possibly, however, the repulsion of any fine granules

which approached this part might arise from such a fiabellar

organ as that possessed by the monads.

After these observations, the change of Vorticella-cysts ito

Acineta-forms might again appear doubtful ; but I was not to be

led astray by these considerations, especially since the one me-

thod of propagation did not necessarily exclude the other.. On

the other hand, I followed out day by day the innumerable Vor-

ticella-cysts still contained in my iniusion, and, within ten days,

1 had the satisfaction of finding the first Acineta-forms, whose

number now daily greatly increased.

» The above-described formation of young within the Acinete

was also frequently observed in the course of a few days more..

> There can now be no difficulty, after this long series of obser-

vations so frequently repeated and confirmed, in summing up

and justly expounding the whole cycle of the development of the

Vorticeliz... From my observations it is incontestable that the

nucleus—the. testis according to Ehrenberg—is the true and

only.organ of propagation of the Infusoria, and may thence be

called -henceforward the germ-nucleus (Keim-kern, nucleus ger-

minativus). A gland it is not, but a sharply defined homo-

mass of fine granules like, the nucleus in the interior of ~

acell, and like this, probably bounded by a membrane in its most

perfect condition. That, further, the fine granules in the inte-

rior of the body of an Infusorium never perform the. part of ova,

is just as certain, for in the last-described mode of development

of the Vorticella-cysts we have seen them one and all dissolved.

, With the “testis” the “ vesicule seminales” of Ehrenberg

must equally be given up,—those clear spaces in the interior of

the Infusoria, which in a note above I have stated to be nothing

but spaces filled with a clear fluid.

. From the “ germ-nucleus ” new animals proceed in two modes

asia of two forms. In each case the parental Vorticella must be-

come invested by a capsule, and its body change into a simple

globular vesicle. In each case the globular vesicle subsequently

, in order, either with a change in the wall of the cap-

sule to become a stalked or unstalked Acineta-form, or in. order

to burst the wall of the capsule and to set free the embryos

snug from the breaking up of the germ-nucleus.

These. embryos have at most the size of the very youngest

Vorticella observed by Mivenherg* and myself+, which also, ied

oh Die Sodveiaetthinns. tab. 25. 3, La, t Loc..cit. p. 98.

31*

476 Prof. Stein on the Development and

sent no clear cilia, but are seated upon an excessively fine, non-

contractile stalk, and which, when they become free, present ex-

actly the same form and movements as the embryos which have

proceeded from the maternal vesicle. It is therefore perhaps as

good as certain, if I assume that the embryos fix themselves

soon after they are born, particularly as I frequently saw such

young Vorticelle again in my infusion soon after the first burst

cysts were observed. The production of numerous monad-like

embryos then, forms unmistakeably the concluding phase in

the course of development of the Vorticelle, and this course

—— be very simple were not the Acinete interposed in the

cycle.

How shall we now interpret this last phase? Two cireum-

stances throw light upon it. First the Acinete set free their

whole germ-nucleus as a ciliated individual, which, except in the.

want of a stalk, exhibits the whole organization of a Vorticella,

and is in no respect different from an individual which has arisen

by budding. The Acineta, therefore, is properly nothing else

than a Vorticella, which out of the still, pupa-condition, has re-

turned into active existence, but under an altered form. It sends

from the surface of its body delicate radiating processes, which

have independent movements, and not merely, as I previously

believed, serve to keep off enemies, but also certainly take in

nutriment by their surfaces, though naturally only in a fluid

form. That the Acinete can be nourished from without seems

to be a necessary conclusion, from the fact that I saw the germ-

nucleus change into an embryo only in Acinete of a certain size;—

not in the very small Acinete, which therefore must grow and

be nourished from without. The production of Vorticelle by the

intermediation of Acinete then is perfectly equivalent to gem-

mation ; it is a kind of mternal gemmation ; whilst propagation

by the change of the whole inner encysted body of a Vorticella

into numerous embryos is to be regarded as the equivalent of

the sexual propagation of the higher animals. In this manner

there is a sort of alternation of generations in the Vorticelle,

though perhaps not in so marked a form as in other Inverte-

brata ; since each early phase of development may change into

the final phase of the whole series, under peculiar conditions ;—

what these conditions are, however, I have not been able, as yet,

clearly to determine. The embryo may, under certain cireum-

stances, become encysted after a short period of existence, as the

very small cysts, often to be observed, demonstrate. Further, a

bud just freed from its parent may at once become encysted, and

the stalked Vorticelle are able to become so at all stages of their

growth. The cysts, from the smallest to the middle-sized, ap-

pear to be able to pass into the Acineta-form only ; from the

< e lea e

Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. 477

middle size upwards, they may either become Acinete, or imme-

diately produce monad-like embryos.

We may thus ideally arrange the different stages of develop-

ment through which the Vorticel/e pass: the largest end their

lives by becoming encysted ; the whole of the contents of their

bodies then passes into embryos, to which the dividing germ-

nucleus first gives origin.

The embryos become fixed, develope from their posterior ex-

tremity a stalk, which is at first not contractile, and graduaily

change their monad-like body into that of a common Vorticella.

As soon as this has taken place, their very much smaller size

only distinguishes them from the perfect Vorticelle. Even in

this imperfect condition they frequently multiply by continual

division and in a subordinate degree by external gemmation.

[This power of multiplication in the imperfect state, however, is

one of the most certain criteria that we have to do with an alter-

nation of generations.| By degrees the generations become larger

and larger ; certain individuals become encysted and pass into

the Acineta-form ; under this form they lead an independent

existence, but apply all their assimilated food to the re-formation

of the germ-nucleus, which they send forth from time to time in

the form of a common Vorticella. Finally, the last generation

become encysted, not to re-awake to an. independent existence,

‘but to break up ito a swarm of embryos.

At last then, after many aberrations from the right track,

without however having previously observed wrongly, I had

found the complete history of development of the Vorticelle, and

thereby set aside the observations of Pineau*, which, indeed,

bore the stamp of improbability about them. It becomes hereby

quite possible to explain the sudden appearance of Vorticelle in

infusions, without assuming a generatio equivoca, which has

-been so boldly advocated lately by Dr. Gros} and Dr. Reisek{.

For it is only necessary that a single Vorticella-cyst should

get into water previously free from Vorticelle, in order to people

it m a very short time with troops of them. There can be no

difficulty in understanding how such a cyst may be imported, if

one considers that owing to their minute size, they are as readily

carried about by the air, as the spores of plants. A brisk wind,

ruffling the surface of some stagnant water, will as easily carry

away any Vorticelle there may be on its surface, as particles of

. * Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1845.

T Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Bd. iii. p. 68. Dr. Gros did me the

favour to call on me at Berlin, but did not succeed in showing any thing

“under the microscope by which his views might be justified.

“t. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Thieres und der Pflanzen durch Urzeu-

ogung. Berichte der Kaiserl. Akad. der Wissenschaften.zu Wien, 1851.

478 Prof. Stein on the Development and

water. ‘The cysts may, as the experiment cited above shows,’

remain dry a long time, and yet their development will proceed

as soon as they enter water again.

In the same way the wind may readily carry away Vorticella-

systems with the dust from dried-up pools. Should any one thmk

these suppositions too bold, let him examine the dry sand of the

roof-gutters, as two years ago I did frequently in order to make’

my pupils acquainted with the Tardigrada. Not uncommonly,

besides Tardigrada and their ova and different Rotifera, we find

Vorticella-cysts which may be readily recognized if the inclosed

body is yet unchanged. These cysts were either deposited in the

gutters by the winds, or they are the descendants of Vorticelle,

which came in this way and multiplied in the rain-water collected

im the gutters. an

T may be allowed, in conclusion, to recur to the starting-point

of my investigations upon the Infusoria ; this was, my researches

upon the Gregarine. The hope of finding the Infusoria not

much more perfectly organized than the Gregarine, and of dis-

covering a similar law of development for them, encouraged me

to enter upon the investigation of that difficult and famous class.

This hope has been fulfilled. Without at present entering into

any controversy upon the organization of the Infusoria, con

cerning which, after the course of development we have traced,

there will perhaps be no doubt, I will only point’ out how the

law of development enunciated by me for the Gregarine, essen-

tially harmonizes with that which governs the Vorticelle.

The Gregarine become encysted for the purpose of propa-

gation like the Vorticelle, only it is always two Gregarine which

become included in one capsule. The two encysted Gregarine

fuse into one ball, and then a great part of the contents of their

bodies becomes changed into spindle-shaped spores (the so-called

navicelle), whilst the remaining portion liquefies in order

to contribute to the bursting of the cyst and the expulsion of the

ripe spores. The encysted Vorticella changes also into a simple

globular body, and then its germ-nucleus breaks up into nume-

rous round discs. There is no reason why these should not be

called spores. These spores however become developed into em-

bryos in the parental cyst. Finally, the eysts burst, and, like the

spores of the. Gregarinide, they are driven forth swimming

in a part of the liquefied contents of the body of the parent. —

The investigations upon the Vorticelle may be considered to

strengthen those upon the Gregarimide. I bring forward the

Gregarine into prominence here intentionally, because’ IT see

that lately two very estimable observers, Bruch* and Leydig,

" * Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Bei

+ Miiller’s Archiv, 1851. At BABI MO

See te eR ee Rp Ee oA

LET He eee i eee

Minute.Anatomy of the Infusoria. 479.

endeavour to show the Gregarine to be larve of higher animals,

and especially to connect them with encysted Nematoid worms.

For many reasons this appears to me to be a vain attempt. I

will here bring forward only a few arguments. I am acquainted

with Gregarine of such peculiar forms, that one requires a very

strong imagination to deduce them from Nematoidea, or to sup-

pose they can pass into these; ‘The encysted Nematoidea are

always found in the cavity of the body of insects, never in their

intestinal canal, where alone encysted Gregaring are to be found.

» In the few insects which contemporaneously with the Grega-

rine lodge encysted Nematoidea, the cyst which incloses the

latter is always a well-organized structure of cells with clearly

marked nuclei, upon and in- which numerous trachee are distri-

buted. This tissue agrees perfectly in its finer structure with

the fatty mass of insects. The cyst of the Nematoidea is there-

fore plainly a product of the vital activity of the insect, not the

exudation of the inclosed worm. ‘The cyst of the Gregarine, on

the other hand, is always au amorphous. mass, and like the cyst

of Vorticelle, nothing but an excretion of the included Gregarina.

li, therefore, encysted Nematoidea change into Gregarine or vice

versa, their cyst must undergo a metamorphosis, which perhaps

no-one will assume, and of which as yet no observer has seen

anything... Perhaps I shall be able to find leisure for the pub-

lication of my complete researches upon the Gregarinide, and

then the doubts opposed to my views may perhaps be resolved...

_.. The remainder of the memoir contains descriptions of several

new forms of the Vorticelline, principally found upon Gammarus

pulex, Cyclops minutus and ‘Asellus. The first—

~ Spirochona gemmipara, has inflexible parietes, and is closely

allied to Epistylis.

| Dendrocometes paradozxus is a yery remarkable. body with se-

veral radiating branched arms, almost like some Xanthidia. Stein

supposes it, with great probability, to be the Acineta-form of

Spirochona.

_| Lagenophrys is nearly allied to Cothurnia. Three species of

it are described, from the legs of Cyclops, gill-laminz of Ase/lus,

and legs of Gammarus, One of these, L. nassa, is remarkable

for having an armed mouth like that of Nassula.

The most important physiological points are: that the germ-

nucleus of Spirochona contains a clear nucleated vesicle, but

otherwise answers to that of other Vorticellinz ;—that in the

oblique fission of Lagenophrys-the anterior half of the animal

goes on moving and feeding, and is seen to contain globules of

nutritive matter, while the posterior half never contains any, but

consists internally of a homogeneous finely granular parenchyma,

in which nothing more is to be seen than a median contractile

480. On the Development and Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria.

space, and the half of the original germ-nucleus, which often

remains clearly connected with the other half. “This appear-

ance cannot be reconciled with the idea of a defined intestinal

canal running circularly through the body of the Vorticella and

beset with stalked stomach-vesicles ; for smce the posterior half

of the body, before the commencement of the diagonal fission,

showed just as numerous nutritive masses (stomach-vesicles) as

the anterior, it is clear that this half must have contained a seg-

ment of the intestinal canal. By the cleft along the line of fission,

the intestinal canal, like the germ-nucleus, must. haye been eut

through in two places, and then it would have been impossible

for the anterior half of the animal to go on taking nourishment ;

but there must have been a time of rest, during which a new uni-

ting segment must have been developed between the two widely:

separated portions of the intestine.’

Prof. Stein proposes the following revision of the Vorticélling

(Ehr.) ; the Stentors to be excluded, as they are ciliated over their

whole surface.

Vorticelline.

1. Stalkless, free swimmers: Trichodina, Urocentrum.

2. Stalked ; stalk contractile: Vorticella, Carchesium, Zootham-:

niu.

3. Imbedded in a common gelatinous investment + Ophrydium.

4. Inclosed in a cup-shaped cell : Vaginicola, Cothurnia, Mitim-

nus, Lagenophrys.

5. Provided with a non-contractile stalk: Epistylis, Opereularia.

6. Wholly non-contractile bodies: Spirochona.

Of these, he says, that he has evidence that Vorticella, Vagie .

nicola, Cothurnia, Epistylis, and Opercularia possess distinct Aci-

neta-forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. D.

Fig. 1. Full-grown encysted Vorticella microstoma: a, the retracted oral

circlet of cilia; 5, the nucleus; c, the contractile space.

Fig. 2. A cyst separated from its stalk.

Fig. 3. The same more advanced. The nucleus has broken up imto spore-

like globules.

Fig. 4. The same still more developed. The mother-cyst or original body

of the Vorticella, d, has become sacculated, and many clear a

have appeared in it.

Fig. 5, One of the saceulations of the mother-cyst has burst through the

envelope and has given exit to the gelatinous mass e containing _

the spores.

Fig. 6. Acineta-form of Vorticella microstoma, which has arisen from a

cyst similar to fig. 2: 6, nucleus.

Fig. 7. The stalked Acinetenfortn of V. microstoma, until now dehekibed as.

Podophrys fixa: f, the young Vorticella, the result of the SARE. .

formation of the nucleus of the parent.

Fig. 8. The young, free Vorticella: a, b, c, as in fig. 1; g, posterior cirelet

of cilia,

“-

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Ieacinacee. 481

XL.—On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Mizns, 7

eviite Esq., F.R.S., F.LS.

[Continued from p. 399.)

PorsaQuEIBA.

No botanist has ventured to assign a position in the system to

this very curious genus of Aublet until very lately, when M.

Tulasne has given a description of it in the 11th vol. (3rd ser.)

of the ‘ Ann. Sc. Nat.,’ where he has very correctly referred it to

Mr. Bentham’s tribe of the Icacinee. The analysis given in

plate 47 of Aublet’s work, though roughly drawn, is in the main

correct, and the details there shown will be more easily com-

prehended from the particulars I am now able to offer. The

ingu itions that stand in bold relief on the inner surface

of the petals, are produced by their pressure, while in bud, upon

the enclosed genitals ; the force of this compression is such, that

a portion of their fleshy substance is forced between the in-

terstices of the curiously formed stamens, stamping a counter

mould of their shape in the raised lines and deep cells that con-

stitute the peculiar character of the petals ; the upper and trans-

verse portions of the very elevated cruciform partitions thus pro-

duced are deep, while the lower pale is broad and hollow in its

centre, forming in this manner two very deep cells in the upper,

and three parallel cells in the lower moiety. This however, as

might naturally be expected, proves to be a variable character,

for in a new species described by M. Tulasne, the two upper

cells and the intervening deep keel are deficient, owing, it would

appear, to the circumstance of the anthers being only half the

length of those of the other species, so that the lower moiety

only of each petal presents two cavities in which the stamens are

lodged in the bud. The stamens are of very singular construc-

tion, and the figure in Aublet’s drawing affords a very ex-

idea of their form. In all the preceding genera, I

have described the bilobed anthers as being always distinctly

4-celled before they burst, although after dehiscence, from the

evolute mode of opening, they appear as if they had been only

bilocular. In Poraqueiba, however, this 4-celled structure is

rendered manifest in a much higher degree, for the cells are here

distinct, and even separated from one another for a

considerable distance by the intervention of a thick 4-sided

pyramidal connective, composed of coarse reddish-coloured

grains: this is covered by a whitish adhering cuticle, consisting

of a thicker crustaceous epidermis, and a thinner and. more

membranaceous inner tegument; the narrow cylindrical pollen-

482 Mr. J. Miers on some generavof the Ieacinaces.

cells, placed in the four salient angles of this connective, are

formed by the continuation of the same cuticle, which here ceases

to be adherent to the fleshy centre; the epidermis forms. the

anterior or external casing of the crustaceous cells, while the

inner tegument constitutes the posterior lining of. the cavity,

which is at the same time free from the connective, although in

contiguity with it, and which seems to form the receptacle for

the attachment and assimilation of the pollen-grains: the pollen-

cells, therefore, in reality appear to consist merely of a linear

separation between the two membranes at the angles of the

anther, and in all transverse sections of the same placed under

the microscope, no sutural break in the continuity of the epider-

mis is discernible on either margin, where by its reduplication

it becomes attached to the fleshy connective, nor is there any

indication of a line of rupture or dehiscence. \ I confess therefore

my inability to perceive, in any anther I have examined, the

smallest appearance of bursting of the pollen-cells.. M.'Tulasne,

on the contrary, states that they open longitudinally, by a fissure

along the face of the connective; but whether sinistrorsely, or

dextrorsely, or alternately so, he does not explain. In the ~

summit of the anther, the same continuous crustaceous cuticle

is extended, and drawn up into a short cylinder, or obtuse apical

point, without any intervening connective, which apical point is

again reflected downward along the upper portion of the anterior

face of the anther, vanishing: between the summits of thetwo

anterior pollen-cells; the nature or function of this process is

not apparent. In the structure of its pistillum, Poraqueiba re-

sembles that of Mappia. Of its fruit nothing is recorded, more

than that in its unripe state it is spherical; smooth, and mucro-

nated. Although M. Tulasne has given a very elaborate descrip-

tion of this genus, it appears to me the following is a more

correct expression of its character. Bis

PoraquerBa, Aubl.—Flores perfecti. Calyx imo. brevissime

cupulatus et carnosus, limbo 5-partitus, laciniis ovatis vel

subacutis, ciliatis, estivatione quincuncialiter imbricatis, per-

sistens. Petala 5, equalia, oblonga, carnosa, marginibus

summo apiceque propendenti imflexis, intus carina profunda

superne longitrorsim ex altera mediana transversali decurrente

et in laminam latam concavam usque ad imum. continuam,

cruciatim disposita, modo ut in locellos quinque. sic divisa

sunt, nempe, 2 superiora et 3 inferiora (vel carina suprema

defectu' solummodo in imo. 3-locellata), :locellis :profundis

glabris, carina suprema scabrido-papillosa, in compitum) fasei-

eulo pilorum donata, pilis rigidis albidis erecto-patentibus,

‘wstivatione valvata, sub anthes? reflexa. Stamina.5, cum petalis

—— MieJv Miers ‘ont some generaof the Teatinacer’’ 488°

‘disco hypogyno inserta, iisdem alterna, primum in locellos

~petalorum recondita, et circa pistillum arcte conniventia ; fila-

_>menta earnosa, incurva, compressa, superne dilatata, apice

“subito attenuata; anthere tetragonz, conico-oblongz, dorso

-‘gibbe, basi truncate, et abi versus dorsum apicifixe, apice

*-mucrone oblongo obtuso excentrico repente terminate, sub—2-

“lobe; 4-loculares, loculis crustaceis, cylindricis, angustis, in

~angulos connectivi centralis valde crassi late discretis, 2 anticis

brevioribus, propioribus, sursum attenuatis, 2 posticis summo

~attingentibus, incurvis, dehiscentia vix apparente (vel sec. cl.

~Tulasne rima longitudinali singulatim secus connectivi faciem

vapertis). Ovarium oblongum, pressione filamentorum sub-5-

2) sea apice conicum, liberum, glabrum, disco parvo stipita-

tum, 1-loculare: ovu/a 2 juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter

~ superposita, podospermio carnoso suspensa. Stylus subbrevis,

»*tereto-subulatus, crassiusculus, erectus. Stigma obsolete

: 8-lobum, subeavum. Fructus immaturus sphericus, mucro-

mulatus, glaber ; cetera ignota.—Arbores excelse Guianenses

‘et Brasilienses, apice ramose ; folia petiolata, alterna, ovata,

3 acuta, integerrima, glabra ; inflorescentia terminalis et axillaris,

4 eee ttnncetiase, floribus parvulis, albis, imo 2-bracteatis.

Sea

EEIAY RS

: Bi Siinagueiia Guianensis, Aubl. Fl. Guian. i. 123. tab. 47.

7 _» Barreria theobromefolia, Willd. Sp. Pl.i. 1145 ; Spr. Syst. i.

« gyalis, foliis oblongis, apice repente et breviter attenuatis,

-cutrinque acutis, glaberrimis, coriaceis, reticulato-venosis, supra

~ucidis, subtus ferrugineo-brunneis, sub lente punctis albidis

-O is et minutis notatis, rachi nervibusque prominulis

,et rufescentibus, margine undulato revolutis, petiolo brevi,

»-eanaliculato; racemo spicato axillari et terminali, floribus

parvis, alternis, subglabris, albis, imo 2-bracteatis et cum

pedicello brevissimo articulatis ; petalis ovato-linearibus, intus

» 5-locellatis, staminibus equilongis.—Guiana Gallica.—. s. in

ivherb: Mus. Brit. (Aublet).

~ This is described by Aublet as a fine tree 50 feet high with a

éopious branching summit: his original specimen, which exists

in the British Museum, accords well with the drawing given in

his work, only that the leaves being lower are somewhat larger ;

they answer however with his description, being 74 inches long,

ot 8 to 3 inches broad, on a petiole of 3 lines.

2. pibiontusiht Surinamensis, n. sp. Poraqueiba Guianensis,

io Puls Anns Se. Nat. (ser. 3) xi. 170 ;—fohis. ovato-oblongis,

apice longiuseule et repente attenuatis, glaberrimis, subtus

2il ferrugineo-glaucis, sub lente punctis albidis ereberrimis: et

484, Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Iecacinaces.

minutis notatis, costa nervibusque prominentibus, rufescenti-

bus, margine undulato reyolutis, petiolo longiuseulo, crasso,

eanaliculato; racemo spicato, axillari et terminali; floribus

paucis, alternis, albis, imo 2-bracteatis, et eum pedicello bre-

vissimo articulatis, petalis ovato-linearibus, extus adpresse

pubescentibus, intus 5-locellatis, staminibus: equilongis.—

Guiana Batava.—». s. in herb. Hook. et Mus. Brit. Surinam

(Hostman, no. 1209). tho

This species appears to me distinct from the former, the leaves

being much broader with a thicker and much longer petiole, and

a more lengthened and more branching panicle; its leaves

measure 63 inches long, 35 inches broad, on a fleshy petiole 3 inch

in length; the panicle is 34 inches long, composed of many di-

varicating branchlets. .

3. Poraqueiba sericea, Tulasne, loc. cit. p. 172 ;—excelsa, foliis

latissime ellipticis ve] ovato-ellipticis, basi rotundatis, vel ab-

rupte breviterque in petiolum longum validum decurrentibus,

apice mucronatis, supra glabris, subtus pilis minutissimis

sericeo-pubentibus, nervis venisque prominulis; panicula ra-

cemosa, axillari, cinereo-pubescente, folio breviore, floribus

approximatis, minoribus, imo bibracteolatis, et cum pedicello

brevissimo articulatis, inalabastro ovato-globosis, petalis ovato-

lanceolatis, imo 2-locellatis staminibus duplo longioribus, intus

pilis brevibus patulis albo-lutescentibus \ vestita. — Brasilia

eequatoriali, ad Egam Fluv. Nigri. (Popp. pl. no. 2597).

The leaves of this species are much larger and proportionally

broader than the former, being from 6 to 10 inches long, 4 to

7 inches broad, on a petiole 14 to 1% inch in length. The

axillary panicle is from 4 to 6 inches long, and the flowers are ~

barely 2 lines in length.

PENNANTIA.

The true affinity of this genus, established by Forster im 1778,

has not hitherto been sufficiently well understood. Jussieu

placed it among the genera of indeterminable position, hinting

at the same time its probable relation with Canariwm, a genus

belonging to the’ Terebinthacee. Bartling considered it should

be referred to the Euphorbiacee. Sprengel and. Meissner held

it to be an anomalous genus of the Terebinthacee. A. Richard

(Voy. Astrol. 368) pronounced its station to be quite uncertain.

Endlicher in his ‘ Prodromus’ of Norfolk Island plants, placed

it in Rhamnacea, a view confirmed by eee in his ‘ Introdue-

tion to Botany.’ Endlicher again, in his ‘Genera Plantarum,

arranged it among the doubtful genera of that family. Reisseck

subsequently gave an elaborate description of its characters, when

TT ee a a ee

PELE AS aa ae eT ee ae ST ee 7 Pr

a en a eae

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 485

he endeavoured to show that it was closely related to Mauria and

Rhus in Anacardiacea, in which opinion he was joined by Prof.

i in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom, and also by Endlicher in

the 3rd Supplement of his ‘Genera Plantarum, Lastly, Dr.

Planchon (Hook. Icon. 778) dicated its affinity with the Ola-

eacee, The evidence I am now able to offer will prove satisfac-

torily that its true position is among the Icacinacee, although it

offers certain peculiarities deserving our attention. It will be

seen to accord with that family in all its most essential characters ;

viz. in its habit, its polygamous or dicecious flowers, its small

persistent 5-toothed calyx, its 5 fleshy linear petals with an in-

flexed apical point and valvate zstivation; its 5 hypogynous

stamens alternating with these and nearly equal to them in

length, with filaments induplicated in the bud; its somewhat

gibbous ovarium, entirely free, which by abortion is unilocular,

with ovules suspended from near the summit of the cell ; its dru-

us fruit, containing an osseous indehiscent putamen, which

encloses a single suspended seed, and an embryo with superior

radicle, enveloped in fleshy albumen. The peculiarities just

alluded to consist in the retroverted position of its ovule, as

shown in the development of the fruit, in a manner similar to

that seen im Euonymus, and which probably will be found to

exist in other genera of the Icacinacee. The summit of the

is furnished with a kind of dorsal and apical cristate

protuberance, which is prominent in the typical species, but less

so in the others, and which is also seen m the putamen of

Apodytes and Mappia; but below the extremity of this crest in

Pennantia, a very distinct foramen is evident, through which the

strophiole or funicular support of the suspended seed passes, and

which strophiole is evidently in connexion with the raphe-like

cord that is seen imbedded in the pulp, proceeding from this

point, along the external ventral side of the nut, to its base. A

corresponding termination of the funiculus is observable in the

putamen of Mappia ; but there no such aperture exists, although

the point of suspension is at the same spot, and a similar cord

is likewise seen externally, descending from that point, along the

ventral face to the base, asin Pennantia. Reisseck describes the

ovarium as being sometimes 2-locular, though generally 1-locular,

and in his analytical sections it is represented as having only a

single cell. Endlicher, however, in his ‘ Prodr. Fl. Norf’ had long

before stated it to be 3-locular, in the species from Norfolk

‘Island, a fact repeated in his ‘Genera Plantarum.’ A. Cunning-

ham, quoting the generic character upon Endlicher’s authority,

also describes the ovarium of the New Zealand species to be

S+locular (Ann. Nat. Hist. iii. 248). Endlicher, however, in the

3rd’Supplement of the ‘Genera Plantarum,’ evidently upon the

486 Mr.J. Miers on some generavof the Leatinace.

testimony of Reisseck, renounces his former. statement, and de-

scribes the ovarium as being unilocular, a discrepancy manifestly:

attributable to different. views, entertained at different times, in

regard to its affinity, it having been referred at one period.to:

Rhamnacee, at another to Anacardiacee: it is not recorded that

such views originated in any careful observations. upon its im

ternal structure. Reisseck im addition states, that, its. ovarium

(either 1- or 2-celled) has a single ovule suspended by a long:

filiform and erect placenta, which rises from the bottom of the

cell to near the summit, as in Rhus; but I have not been able to

observe any such feature, and the fact that the seed is suspended

from a strophiole which passes through a foramen near the apex

of the nut, and which is connected with the cord that descends

hence externally to the calyx, militates strongly against the pro-

bability of the existence of any such internal connexion. of the

podosperm with the base of the cavity. In Pennantia we see

the existence of a testa and integument furnished with a dorsal

raphe and a nearly basal chalaza, which I have not been able to.

detect in Mappia; but in the latter case, these features were, not.

distinguishable, on account of the seeds having been long desic~

cated, the albumen having become black, the integuments much,

decayed, and adhering to the cavity of the nut... The seed of.

Pennantia differs from that of Mappia in. having a much smaller,

and almost terete embryo, placed in the upper portion.of the,

albumen, in which respect it agrees with Apodytes, while in.

Mappia the cotyledons are of considerable size and foliaceous,.

as in Celastrus.. It should also be remarked, that in the New

Zealand and Norfolk Island species, the stigma is described as.

being large, pulviniform and sessile, exactly as it has erroneously

been figured in Stemonurus ; but, as in that genus, this will-be

seen to occur here alone in the ovuligerous flowers, and then

only after the ovarium has attained a considerable increment,

and advance towards maturity. I have met. with fertile female.

flowers only in the New Holland species, and there three very.

distinct and equal styles exist ; the ovarium is deeply grooved,

into three corresponding lobes, each lobe being distinctly 1-celled,

as. I have found to occur in Stemonurus. Only one of the ovules

im one of these cells becomes perfected, so that the fruit is only.

1-celled and 1-seeded, but partial deviations from this rule some-

times occur. The ripe fruit of- this same species. is an oval

drupe, surmounted by a sessile 3-lobed discoid plate, similar to.

that observed in the two other species. of Pennantia, and in every

species of Stemonurus, in Sarcostigma and in Discophora.,. As.

have traced in Pennantia Cunninghami the existence of several.

distinct styles or stigmata, and the subsequent conversion of these.

_ organs into sessile discoid. processes, we may safely infer that it

— st

Mr,J. Miers ‘on some generavof the Icacinacer. 487

is common toall the species of the several genera above 'men-

_ tioned ; that after impregnation the styles become flattened and

expanded, until they form a sessile fleshy disc, more or less

lobed, upon the summit of the fruit: I feel convinced that Bauer,

when he made his drawing of P. Endlicheri, sketched the figure

of the ovarium after this transformation had taken place. The

fact of the existence of three distinct styles and three separate

cells in the ovarium, does not militate against the ordinary cha-

racter of the Jeacinacee, as demonstrated by the structure already

shown to exist in the genera previously described ; for though the

-ovarrum is there uniformly 1-celled, I have all along endeavoured

‘prove that such is the case only by abortion, and that

ly, in all those instances, it is in reality 3- or 5-celled. My

object in constantly maintaining that fact, has been to show the

fundamental difference in normal structure that exists between

the Icacinacee and the Olacacee. In regard to the circumstance

of the presence of three distinct styles in Pennantia, we must

remember the very analogous structure in several genera of the

section last described ; for instance in Apodytes, Rhaphiostylis

and Leretia ; but in those cases, two of these styles are nearly

obsolete, as are also two of the corresponding cells of the ovarium :

in’ allothese instances, the normal axis is in the centre of these

cells, although two of them be only rudimentary; for where the

ovarium is apparently only 1-celled, the ovules are invariably

suspended near the apex of the cavity, upon the side of the

_ abortive cells and of the two rudimentary styles. It is desirable

to keep these facts in view when we come to speak of Stemonurus

and Sarcostigma.

» Among the numerous specimens in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herba-

rium ‘of Pennantia corymbosa from New Zealand, I have not

been able to meet with a single ovarium that shows any trace of

an ovule; this, in every flower I have examined, exhibits itself

inthe form of a terete, narrow, conical, or subulate style-like

column, rising out of a pentangular hypogynous disc, and sur-

mounted by a distinctly clavate and undivided stigma. On

making sections both longitudinally and transversely, there ap-

pears nothing but a homogeneous fleshy mass: had I not en-

countered the necessary elements in the New Holland species,

we should have had no evidence to guide us to the real structure.

Thave already described the pistillum, existing in that species,

as appearing like three subulate processes, conjoined for two-

thirds of their length, the upper parts free and erect, the united

portions forming three distinct cells; one of these cells only

appears ovuligerous, the ovulary body occupying the whole space

of the cell and suspended by a short cord from the summit ; but

_ on account of the great tenuity of the walls of these cells, the

488 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee.

soft texture of the ovule, and the minuteness of the parts, it is

difficult to extract it entire ; it bears at first sight the appearance

of a single ovule, but from the overlapping of the visible edges,

it would seem as if composed of two ovules pressed together : as

I failed to separate them, owing to the reasons just mentioned, I

cannot state with certainty that this body consists of two ovules.

The analogy of this structure with what I have observed in Ste-

monurus and other genera will be found most complete, and it

offers additional testimony to support what I have urged, in

regard to the normal structure of the whole family.

I have alluded to the fact of the unusual occurrence of a

raphe-like cord, imbedded in the pulp of the fruit, originating

in the calyx, ascending along the external ventral side of the

nut, and attaching itself to the strophiole of the seed which

protrudes through the foramen just below the apex: this cord

consists of two distinct threads, and apparently results from the

extended remains of the two abortive cells, or it may consist

merely of the nourishing fibres, become thickened, that con-

stituted originally the axile column of the united carpels: its

marked appearance in such a position is certainly an occurrence

worthy of notice. I shall be able to show, that under certain

circumstances, this external cord disappears, and the phenomena

then observed all tend to confirm the inferences just drawn in

regard to the true nature of this process.

Another fact remains to be mentioned that offers very instruc-

ive evidence. The two species of Pennantia from New Zealand

and from Norfolk Island, both produce a drupe containing a

solitary, hard, three-cornered nut, as has already been described :

though very different in dimensions, their structure is precisely

alike. The fruit of P. Cunninghami, on the contrary, encloses

a thin, soft and coriaceous putamen, which is oval, 1-celled, and

contains a single seed, resembling the two preceding species in

structure and attachment ; but the external cord is adherent, and

cannot be detached from it without rupture. Ihave found, how-

ever, one instance in which the putamen is distinctly 2-celled,

the cells being separated by a thin dissepiment, and each filled

by a single seed, suspended in the usual manner from the

summit of a thick internal cord, which originating in the base,

proceeds close to the walls of the putamen, attached to one side |

of the dissepiment, reaches the summit of the cells, where it

throws out two strophiolar processes, one into each cavity, from

which the seeds are respectively suspended: it need hardly be

suggested that the cord im question must be the elongated relic

of the abortive third cell. This is an instructive fact, showin

how necessary it is to trace the growth of seeds through all their

successive stages from their origin, in order to understand their

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 489

_ true structure and development. The circumstances observed

in Pennantia Cunninghami, of possessing three distinct styles and

-cells in the fertile ovarium (a character which, for aught we know

to the contrary, may be common to all the species), and of having

also.a drupe containing an oval coriaceous putamen, might in-

duce some botanists to place this species in a genus distinct from

the other hard-nutted species, but it appears to me that such

differences are not sufficient to authorize their generic separa-

tion; should it be thought otherwise, it might bear the name of

GATE NY OLS RR een CRETE IT

the section in which it is here placed. The following generic

‘character is almost wholly based upon my own observations.

“Penwanmta, Forst.—Flores polygamo-dioici. Calyx parvus,

_ erasso-discoideus, obsolete 5-dentatus, immutatus et persistens.

_ Petala 5, oblonga, carnosula, glabra, zstivatione valvata, apice

» inflexa, sub anthesi patentia. Stamina 5, petalis alterna, i lis-

dem longiora, ad marginem disci extus affixa ; filamenta fili-

formia, estivatione induplicata, in anthesi patentia : anthere

, oblonge, 2-lobe, e basi ad medium 2-fide, lobis connectivo

_ angustissimo et tenuissimo nexis, sejunctis, parallelis, subru-

nh », Gosis, apice basique interdum glandulis piliformibus donatis,

m 2-locellatis, valvulis e marginibus contiguis utrin-

que evolutis et hine rima longitudinali late hiantibus : in flori-

bus foemineis polline destitutis. Pollen sub-4-gonum, rarius

_ 8-gonum. Ovarium brevissimum, eonicum, glabrum, disco

_ Pentagono suffultum ; in floribus masculis teres, subulatum,

carnosum, effoetum, stigmate capitato terminatum : in floribus

| foeemineis conicum, profunde 3-sulcatum, textura tenui, 3-locu-

| lare, loculis 2 (rarius 1) effcetis: ovulum unicum (vel potius

gemellum ?) loculum implens, oblongum, funiculo sub-brevi

eX apice suspensum. Siyli 3, loculis ovarii continui, iis di-

midio breviores, erecti, subulati, stigmata totidem compressa,

emarginato-spathulata, stylisque demum in discum sessilem

_ epigynum fructus coronantem mutata. Drupa baccata, ovalis,

\-monopyrena. Putamen osseum vel coriaceum, ovatum vel

_» Ineequaliter 3-gonum, apice ex angulo dorsali cristatum, summo

. faciei ventralis angustioris subeayum, et hinc foramine par-

_ yulo perforatum, 1-loculare, loculo callo 2-lobo infra foramen

. notato,monospermum, Semen medio strophiole suspensum,

. loculo conforme ; strophiola crassa, foramen percurrens, et ad

apicem chord conspicuz per faciem externam putaminis ad

torum continue adnexa: ¢esta membranacea; raphe a stro-

_ phiola apicali usque ad chalazam basalem latere dorsali pro-

ducta. Albumen carnosum, dorso propter raphen immersum

suleatum : embryo isto dimidio brevior, apice inclusus, subteres,

Se aeiedn ovatis, carnosulis, parvulis, radicula supera

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 32

490 Mr. J, Miers on some genera of the. Icacinacez.

equilongis:—Arbores proceres in Nova Hollandia et insulis

Nove Zeelandiz Norfolkizeque ecrescentes, glaberrimi ; folia

elliptica, coriacea, nitentia, integra, vel interdum grosse subden-

tata, petiolata : corymbi terminales, rarius avillares, multiflori ;

flores parvi, ad pedicellos bracteatos articulati. HIRO

§ 1. Eurennantia. Putamen osseum, trigonum, sub apicem

foramine conspicuo perforatum. nS ee

1. Pennantia corymbosa, Forst. Prodr. 396; A. Cunningham in

Ann. Nat. Hist. ili. 248; Reisseck, Linnza, xvi. 339. tab. 12 ;

—arbor 6-orgyalis, ramis albo-punctatis; foliis cuneato-ob-

longis vel subellipticis, acutis, extra medium inequaliter gros-

seque dentatis, interdum integris, emarginatis, coriaceis, gla-

berrimis, supra lucidis ; panicula ampla, corymbosa, terminali,

diffusa, puberula, multiflora, alabastris ellipsoideis; petalis

patentibus, filamentis filiformibus, capillaceis, antheris ob-

longis ; drupa atro-purpurea.—Novya Zeelandia.—». s. in herb.

Hook.

This species is so fully described and figured as above quoted,

that it is not necessary to enter into any details. _Imay however

remark that its leaves are much smaller, and far less coriaceous

than the other two species, and being for the most part, coarsely

toothed, it bears a very different aspect. The upper leaves, as

in the specimens in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herbarium, scarcely ex-

ceed 1 or 14 inch m length; but. Reisseck states that the lower

leaves are usually 2 or 3 inches long, as they are represented: in

his drawing. The nut is double the size of that of the next

species*,

2. Pennantia Endlicheri, Reisseck, Linnea, xiii. 841. tab. 18.

P. corymbosa, Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. 80; Iconog. tab. 121; Ferd,

Bauer, Ill. Pl. Norf. tab. 165 ;—ramulis teretibus, fistulosis,

cortice viridi, lenticellis pallide fuscis maculato ; foliis elliptico-

oblongis, aut oboyatis, obtusis, retusisve, basi cuneatis, coria-

ceis, glaberrimis, supra nitentibus, subtus pallidioribus, nervis

venisque prominulis, margine reyolutis ; panicula corymbosa,

ampla, terminali, diffusa, multiflora, glabriuscula, floribus her-

maphroditis cum pedicellis bracteatis pubescentibus articulatis,

paucis masculis intermixtis, alabastris globoso-oyoideis glabris,

petalis luteo-viridibus, subreflexis, filamentis subulato-filifor-

mibus, antheris ovoideis : drupa minori, ovata, atro-purpurea,

stigmate coronata.—In Insula Norfolkize.—v. s. in herb. Hook.

(A. Cunn.). ALTUBIg

It is worthy of notice that the delineations and analytical de-

* Analytical details only, of the floral and carpological structure observed

in this species, will be appended to the drawing of P: Endlicheri;~ 20)

Sees ee

hat

OE ee PT aa es ETT 2 ony pL PON

mee,

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 491

tails of this species given in the ‘ Linnea,’ though marked on

the plate as having been drawn by Reisseck, form a perfect fac-

simile of the plate in the ‘ Iconographia’ above-quoted, which is

a production of the pencil of Ferd. Bauer, and published four

years previously ; but in that of the ‘ Linnza’ several figures are

added which do not exist in the other, giving sections of the

ovarium, which are manifestly founded on error ; for the ovule is

there represented as being suspended at its apex from a long

ane eir springing from the base of the cell, as in Rhus.

uch faith is to be placed on the drawings of Bauer, who has

the reputation of having always correctly depicted what he saw,

and it is therefore necessary to make a remark in regard to the

in question, im which the ovarium is represented as

bearing no style, but crowned with a pulvinate, 3-lobed, sessile

stigma: this is so different from what I have observed in the

young flowers of the species from New Holland, that I suspect

the drawing was made from flowers advanced in age, where, by the

growth of the ovarium, the styles had become obliterated, and

the stigmata rendered sessile. Cunningham’s specimens of the

same plant are fructiferous only, and the berries are all crowned

with a sessile stigma, so that 1 am unable to solve the doubt as

to the fact in question, otherwise than from analogy, as shown in

the preceding

“The lower leaves of this species are described by Endlicher as

being 7} inches long and 5 inches broad, but in the specimens

in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herbarium the upper leaves are 43 inches

long, 24 inches broad, narrowed to the base into a somewhat

slender petiole 3 inch in length ; they are shining, very thick and

coriaceous: the corymb has its branches spreading broadly at

nearly right angles, and is about 3 inches long. The fruit is an

oyal drupe, much smaller than the other two species, being only

4 lines long, and encloses a 3-gonous nut 3 lines in length*.

§ 2. Dermatocarrpus. Putamen ovatum coriaceum.

3. Pennantia Cunninghami, n. sp. ;—omnino glaberrima, ramulis

teretibus, fistulosis, lenticellis pallidis verruculosis, foliis_ob-

longis, utrinque acutis, apice acuminatis et mucronulatis, crasso-

coriaceis, supra lucidis, nervis venisque immersis, subtus pal-

lidioribus, nervis rubentibus prominulis, integris, margine sub-

reyoluto undulatis, minutissime pellucido-punctulatis, petiolo

canaliculato : paniculis corymbosis, terminalibus, et axillaribus,

glabris, multifloris, folio deusidin brevioribus : alabastris ovoi-

deo-oblongis, ¢ staminibus demum exsertis, filamentis breyio-

*. This plant, with may i details, will be shown in plate 11 of the

* Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

o2*

492 Dr. H. Miller on the Male of the Argonaut

~ribus, mduplicatis ; ‘antheris lineari-oblongis, rugosis, elandu-

loso-pilosulis ; drupa oliveeformi.—New South Wales, County

of Camden.—(v. s. in herb. Hook.—spec. in flor.’ Mlawarra,

imaeatcrs in fruct. Five Islands: district, A. Cunning:

am. : As

These specimens may be said to be from the same locality, for

Illawarra, though on the mainland, is in the Five Islands district,

and opposite to those islands in lat. S. 34° 50’, a little to the

south of Port Jackson. From Cunningham’s journal, he does

not appear to have visited them, and all his specimens collected

about Illawarra are stated as from “ Five Islands.” The leaves

are larger than in the two foregoing species, are shining, smooth

and coriaceous, 55 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole

% of an inch in length ; those of the specimen from Illawarra are

smaller, and evidently much younger ; the panicle is 8} inches

long, with its branches less spreading *. a

XLI.—WNote upon the Male of the Argonaut and the Hectocotylus.

By Dr. Henry Métuier of Wurzburg F. 5 WSB

Detxre Cuiaset and Cuvier§ were the first to describe the Hec-

tocotylus of the Argonaut (T’richocephalus acetabularis), and the

Hectocotylus of Octopus granulosus, which were considered by

them to be worms parasitic upon the Cephalopods. Later,

Costa|| asserted the Meetocotylus of the Argonaut to be the sper-

matophore of this creature.

Kolliker {[ soon afterwards discovered a third Hectocotylus

upon Tremoctopus violaceus (D. Ch.), and was led to regard the

three Hectocotyli as the males of the Argonaut, Octopus and

Tremoctopus, which had in vain been previously sought for.

Guided by the observations of Madame Power**, Kélliker sup-

posed that the male Argonauts (the Hectocotyli) were developed

like vermiform embryos, in separate groups of ova.

Last year M. Verany++ described a species of Octopus (O. ca-

~ rena) which had the right arm of the third pair more developed

than the rest, and provided with an oval globe at its free extre-

mity. :

* A representation of this species, with analytical details of its floral and

carpological structure, will be given in plate 12 of the ‘ Contributions to

Botany,’ &c.

+ From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xvi. No, 3.

{ Memorie, vol. ii. p. 223.

§ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1819.

{j Annales des Sciences Nat. 1837.

{| Bericht von der zootomischen Anstalt zu Wurzburg, 1849,

** Annales des Sciences Nat. 1841. eet

tt Mollusques Mediterranéens, Génes, 1851,

A —— ee

Vey

Byes THEO

EET Me eS

and the Hectocotylus. 10 498

_ M. Filippi having seen this Octopus, made out that this ab-

normal arm was the Heetocotylus octopodis of Cuvier, upon which

Verany thought himself justified in concluding that the Hecto-

cotylus, octopodis was nothing more than the deciduous arm of

the Octopus, carrying male organs. As for the Hectocotyli of

the Argonaut, and of the Tremoctopus, Verany is of opinion that

they cannot be arms: so that the question of the nature of the

Hectocotyli has become more unsatisfactory than ever.

In studying the Hectocotyli at Messina in the course of last

year, I discovered the true male Argonaut, and I had the satis-

faction of being able to trace the connexion which exists between

this Argonaut, and the Hectocotylus Argonaute. This last is

nothing else than a part of the Argonaut which is developed

within a coloured sac, which occupies the place of the third arm

of the left side. _ All the male Argonauts which I have seen are

small (not beyond an inch in total length), and shell-less ; in the

latter respect resembling the females of this size.

~ Their superior arms are not expanded, but are pointed: the

sac of which I have just spoken incloses, without exception, a

single Hectocotylus, whose enlarged portion is contained within

the pedicle and attached at its base, whilst the rest of the body

is re and coiled up towards the side on which the suckers are

d.. ; .

¢ As soon as the sac is opened, or becomes cleft by the move-

ments of the Hectocotylus, this latter curves back, and at the same

time the sac inverts itself (se retourne), and becomes the coloured

capsule, described by Kolliker in the back of the detached Hee-

tocotylus.

The Argonaut itself contains a very large testis, whose situ-

ation and structure are exactly the same as in the ordinary Ocfo-

poda, and which incloses spermatozoa in different degrees of

development.

The excretory canal of this testis could not be demonstrated

im specimens preserved in spirits, which at present are the only

ones which have been examined with regard to this point.

However, it can scarcely be questioned that it debouches into

the Hectocotylus, since this always contains in the silvery sac de-

scribed by Kolliker, spermatozoa, which often fill also the canal

which proceeds from it (ductus deferens, KGlliker) as far as the

end of the filiform appendage, which very probably performs the

part of a penis.

It is then proved, that the Hectocotylus is formed upon a male

Argonaut, and is nothing else in short than an arm metamor-

phosed irregularly. This arm or the Hectocotylus is detached

when the seminal fluid formed in the true testicle of the Argo-

naut has been deposited in it, and from this moment it enjoys

494, M. L. R. Tulasne on the Ergot of Rye.

an apparently independent life. It lives on the female Argo-

nauts, fecundates them by a true copulation, as I have observed

in the Hectocotylus Tremoctopodis, and by this circumstance, by

its movements, by a kind of circulation, and by the long dura-

tion of its life after its detachment, it resembles a true male

animal.

However, it cannot be regarded as an independent animal,

having no organs of digestion, and not being the place in which

the semen is formed, but only an organ for its transport.

On the other hand, it is evident that the Hectocotylus is not

an ordinary spermatophore, since these, according to the inves-

tigations of Milne-Edwards, have not the least trace of organi-

zation, while the Heectocotyli possess muscles, nerves, ganglia

(the Hectocotylus possesses a chain of ganglia in the axis of its

body in the middle of the muscular tube), vessels, chromato-

phores, &c.

The Hectocotylus of the Argonaut is then the arm ‘of a male

Argonaut metamorphosed for the purpose of carrying the semen,

and therewith impregnating the female; an arm endowed with

so high a degree of independence that it truly deserves Cuvier’s

phrase, “un ver vraiment extraordinaire.”

I shall shortly publish nm MM. Siebold and K@lliker’s ‘ Zeit-

schrift fiir Zoologie’ a more elaborate memoir upon this subject.

XLI.—On the Ergot of Rye, Sclerotium Clavus, D.C.

By M. L. R. Turasne*.

Since botanists have been agreed in regarding the ergot of

Grasses as a vegetable production (Sclerotii spec., D.C. ; Sper-

media, Fries), almost all have distinguished in it two things: one

a fungoid, homogeneous and solid mass (Selerotium, D.C.; Noso-

carya, Fée), and the other a filamentous and sporiferous portion,

especially abundant towards the summit of the Ergot (Sphacelia,

Lév., Fée ; Ergotetia, Quekett). It is imagined that this latter

chiefly constitutes the parasitic fungus, and the body of the Ergot

is regarded as a monstrosity of the ovule (Léveillé+), a patholo-

gical production (Phoebus, Mougeot, &c.), or an hypertrophied

seed (Fée), no further inquiry having been made as to its real

* From the Comptes Rendus, December 8, 1851. Communicated by

Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S.

+ Vide Ann. des Se. Nat. 2nd Ser. xx. 218. Although M. Léveillé mis-

understood the nature of the Ergot of the Grasses, his opinion that the

Sclerotia are “ fungi arrested in their development, or rather a condensed

mycelium, the nature of which is to provide for the preservation of the spe-

cies ”’ (loc. cit. 216), acquires a further degree of certainty from the facts

mentioned in this note. ;

ee a ae ee ee

r.7 or" aa

M. L. R. Tulasne on the Ergot of Rye. 495

nature and destination, Yet its enormous volume in comparison

' with the Sphacelium deserved more attention, and should have led

toa suspicion that the latter did not play the most important part.

The discovery of a sporiferous portion of the Ergot was undoubt-

edly a considerable step forwards in the knowledge of this smgular

vegetable, the toxicological and medicinal virtues of which give

it a double interest ; but it does not appear at present that this

discovery sufficiently authorized the removal of the Ergot of

Grasses from the number of the Sclerotia, among which M. De-

Candolle properly placed it. In fact, the Ergot of Rye, which I

take as a type, is formed, like the majority of the Sclerotia, of a

very dense tissue of polygonal cells, intimately connected together,

and turgid with an oleaginous liquid. Moreover, an attentive

study of its development shows that it grows exactly in the man-

ner of a Sclerotium, that is to say, in the midst of a filamentous

tissue which invades the flower and in particular the ovary. One

circumstance however is peculiar to it, namely that it rudely re-

sembles the seed of Rye. The reason of this is, that it is deve-

loped in the unfecundated ovule of this plant ; for although the

i ents of the ovule are greatly dilated and rendered unre-

cognizable by the entophyte, they become enlarged without en-

tirely diverging from the form which they would have possessed

had they been destined to protect a true seed; and in this re-

spect they resemble ovaries of Wheat in which the Tilletia Caries

has taken the place of the seed. That which was at first called

the sphacelium (Léveillé), then the sacculus (Fée), in the Ergot,

is nothing more than the accumulation toward the summit (and

most frequently both around and within the still subsisting ex-

tremity of the ovary) of the filaments of the mycelium, of which

this sphacelium forms an integrant part, and of the conidia*

(sporidia of authors) which origmate from it; but as the fila-

ments and the conidia are found more or less abundantly on all

points of the Ergot, the supposed sphacelium is merely an acro-

genous production, as was imagined, and it would be wrong to

attribute precise limits to it.

If there were nothing more in the Ergot of Rye, than a Sclero-

tium with the mycelium which has produced it and the conidia,

scattered over the filaments of the latter, there would be no ne- |

cessity to make these last two into a particular entity, or to give

them a collective and special name (Sphacelia, Léy., Fée); for,

even combined with the Sclerotium itself (pseudostroma, Fée),

they do not constitute a complete plant (the Sphacelidium of Pée),

and taken together, are properly speaking only organs of vege-

tation. The fungus which arises from all this arrangement,

* Vide, with regard to this word, my note on the Reproductive Apparatus

in the Fungi, Comptes Rendus, March 31, 1851. (Annals of Nat. Hist.

2nd Ser. vol, viii. p. 114.)

496 M.L. R. Talasne on the Ergot of Rye.

which must be regarded as the term of the whole, is an elegant.

Spheria, and very probably the same which has received from

M. Fries the name of Cordyliceps* purpurea. This plant was’

first described at the commencement of the present century by

Schumacher, who stated that he found it upon the seeds of dis-

eased Cereals. It has been observed anew recently on the Sele-

rotium Clavus produced on Bromus sylvaticus (M. Roussel), on

Arundo Calamagrostis, and on an undetermined Grass (MM. Petit

and Bamberger, quoted by M. Desmaziéres) ; finally, according

to M. Mérat, who thought that it was to be regarded as a new

species of Onygena (Onygena cespitosa seu affinis, Mér. MS. in -

suopte herb.), M. Duméril has met with it on the Ergot of Rye.

Nevertheless it does not appear that the origin of this Cordy-

liceps has opened the eyes of botanists to the nature of the

Ergot of the Grasses; and although this mode of origin had

hitherto been regarded as merely accidental, I was desirous of

ascertaining by direct experiment that the final product of the

Ergot of Rye was really such as the preceding observations in-

dicated. With this intent therefore I this summer planted a

certain number which began to vegetate nearly two months

ago, and I now possess some which bear several examples of

Cordyliceps, which I have seen produced, and traced day by day

in their development.

If, after these explanations, other proofs of the true nature of

the Ergot of Rye should be judged necessary, I would cite as a

term of comparison the Cordyliceps typhina, Fries, the stroma of

which proceeds from a filamentous mycelium, altogether analo-

gous to that of Sclerotium Clavus, D.C., and which in like man-

ner becomes covered with innumerable acrogenous conidia before

giving birth to aggregated perithecia, differing im no respect in

their intimate structure from those of Cordyliceps purpurea, Fries,

The conclusion from all this is, that the Ergot of the Grasses,

if it be subject, like other plants, to the influence of cosmical cir-

cumstances, is not, as M. Fries imagined, incapable of propa-

gating by seeds, since it possesses at least two kinds: viz. 1. the

conidia, which precede and accompany the development of the

Selerotium, and which I have several times seen germinate and

become elongated into filaments, like the conddia of the Erysiphes

(fertilizing organs and spores, Léveillét), or like the spores pro-

* M. Fries usually writes, doubtless by abbreviation, Cordyceps; but

both are hybrid words, for which it will be perhaps conyenient to substi-

tute Claviceps, which preserves their signification.

+ Vide Ann. des Se. Nat. 8rd Ser. xv. 119; 120 & 178. M. Léveillé

seems to have mistaken the value which I have attributed to the reproduc-

tive cellules which arise in strings from the mycelium of the Erysiphes ; for

T have hitherto regarded them only as conidia (see my note on the Repro=

ductive Apparatus of Fungi cited above).

SY I a res Tn

ls 2 go aha aa cn Oe

Tie, Better

Bibliographical Notices. 497

perly so called of the Fungi; and 2.the spores of the Cordyliceps,

- inwhich probably resides the most perfect faculty of propaga-

tion, and a great portion of which are only ripened and disse-

minated about the period of the flowering of the Rye*.

An examination which I have made of the Ergot of Scirpus

Beothryon and Heleocharis multicaulis, and of their conidia, leads

me to think, contrary to the common opinion, that the Ergot of

the Grasses and that of the Cyperacee do not belong to an iden-

tical species of vegetable ; it will also be necessary to investigate

whether it is true that they are always identical in themselves,

or whether each may not embrace several distinct specific en-

tities.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Class Book of Botany ; being an Introduction to the study of the

_ Vegetable Kingdom. By J. H. Batrour, M.D. &c., and Pro-

_ fessor of Botany in the University of Edinburgh. Part I. Sérue-

aires and Morphological Botany. 8vo. Pp. 357. Edinburgh,

z » 1852,

Notices of introductory works on botany cannot fail to be very uni-

form in character, for all such books having the same object in view,

we have little more to do than to state our opinion of the success with

which the several treatises have been prepared. New matter is not

to be expected in them, at least such is the case with those published

in Britain ; for some continental botanists seem to forget that an Intro-

duction is intended to teach beginners of the study, not to conyey

information, however valuable and interesting, to those who have

made much advance, or are even masters in the science.

~The work before us makes no pretensions to be different in character

from other similar books ; but it does pretend, and we think justly; to

be not only the last of them, but also one of the best books to place in the

hands of a student. From the Professor’s peculiar success as a teacher,

and the especial attention which he is well known to pay to the pre-

peeaee of his lectures by accumulating every fact as it is made

own in the literature of the day, we certainly expected that such

would prove to be the character of his work. We have carefully

looked over the book, but find it impossible to select any part which

would by transference to our pages convey a good idea of the work

itself; for the publisher has so liberally supplied the author with

woodeuts, that without introducing them also we should not do it

justice. These cuts are more than a thousand in number in 360 p

of type, and they are such as to replace as far it can be done the

illustrations with which a lecturer teaches his class.

.* In like manner we see the Maples already clothed with young leaves

in spring, when the Rhytisma cerinum casts its linear spores to the winds.

498 Zoological Society.

We have not now before us the whole of the projected work, as

this Part is occupied with structural and morphological botany ex-.

clusively. 14

The brief recapitulation inserted at the end of each section will be

of peculiar value to the student.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

ON THE HABITS OF HELIX LACTEA.

By J. 8. Gaskoun, F.Z.S. erc.

As all facts relating to animated nature, elucidating the habits and

powers of living creatures, however low their station in the scale of

creation, must be interesting and instructive, I do not hesitate to place

before the Zoological Society a few observations I have been enabled

to make on some individuals of the genus Helix. In April 1849, I

purchased four or five specimens of Helix lactea (African), and placed.

them in water to be cleaned for my cabinet ; one, some hour or two

after immersion, resuscitated, and escaped from the vessel. These

specimens were selected from a great many others, all of which had

been together in a dry dusty drawer in the dealer’s shop for more than

two years, and had been imported by a merchant of Mogadore, in

whose possession they had remained, in a similar condition, for a still

longer period. ‘The test of submersion in water was afterwards prac-

tised on the whole stock of the dealer, and none reviving, it was con-

cluded all were dead. I placed the living stranger under a large glass

bell on a tub of earth, and it lived well on cucumbers and. the outside

leaves of cabbages, &c., quite alone, until the end of the following

October, when I discovered about thirty minute black helices, not the

twenty-fifth of an inch in diameter, crawling on the inside of the glass,

on the mould, &c. At first I had doubts as to their origin, but with

growth the markings and form of my African captive being approach-—

ed, the point was no longer to be mistaken. Some of these are now

(October 30, 1850) nearly as large as the parent, which measures 14

inch across the long diameter of the aperture, although the lip in no

instance has begun to evert ; thus twelve months have not sufficed to

attain the adult state. Now as the Helix is known to be bi-sexual,

and not hermaphrodite, it follows that in this instance impregnation

or conception must have occurred prior to the capture of the animal,

after which it fell into a state of suspended animation, and is traced

to have remained so for more than four years; and we know nothing

of the time it may have remained in the hands of the native gatherer

before he took his collectings to the town dealer for sale; and I see

no reason why, vitality having been latent for so lengthened a period,

it might not have continued so almost indefinitely, and on the resto-

ration of animation all the functions of the system resumed at once

Zoological Society. 499

their natural powers: and what is most remarkable, utero-gestation

resumed its process to accomplish the period, from the time it had

been arrested, as though no circumstance had suspended the opera-

tion, and the time destined by Nature for its completion. I conclude

the Helix to be insusceptible of prospective fecundation, that is, one

communication of the sexes being sufficient for more than one con-

ception, or there would probably before this time have been another

brood of young ones, as the parent is still living and flourishing.

To render this paper more perfect, I will add a few other examples

relating to the same subject. Dr. Baird has recorded in the ‘Annals

of Natural History’ for July last, the circumstance of an Egyptian

Helix, the “Snail of the Desert,” the Heliz maculosa of De Férussac,

having remained gummed to a tablet in a show-case of the British

Museum during four years, when the existence of an apparently re-

cently formed epiphragm being observed, it was removed from the

tablet and placed in tepid water, and in a short time crawled away.

It fed on cabbage-leaf, and began very soon the completion of a re-

pair of the aperture of its shell, which had been broken prior to its

the suspension of animation having arrested the execution of

the work. It resuscitated on the 15th of March last, but has shown

neither signs nor result of fecundation, although still livmg.

I am indebted to Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston (who interspersed his

entomological pursuits, during a two seasons’ residence on the island,

with a no less fruitful and valuable research in terrestrial concho-

logy) for several species of living mollusks, principally Helices, indige-

nous to Madeira and its adjacent rocks: aA teens had lain in a box m

dry canvas bags for a year and a half, and had been restored to vitality

by placing them in water. They were put under glass shades, on

flower-pots filled with mould, or im large glass cases, and all fed well.

Three individuals of the Helix undata of Lowe, within forty hours,

deposited more than two hundred small, white, semipellucid pearl-like

_ eggs, which, on exposure to the air, soon became of an opake white ;

not in a covering, nor agglutinated, but together, loose in the earth.

One portion or nidus, about sixty in number, I immediately restored

to their situation, about three-quarters of an inch below the surface,

eovering them with mould, hoping therefrom to learn the period of

incubation. The parents burrowed their heads and bodies into the

earth, remaining im that position some twenty or thirty hours, or

forced themselves, shell and all, below the turf, and so deposited their

ova. Other species have also produced eggs.

Curious and instructive as these facts may be, perhaps the conti-

nuance of the vital principle in mollusks removed from their native

element may seem still more so, especially in the case of a bivalve,

which has so much less perfectly the power of excluding the influence

of atmospheric air on its animal substance; yet the latency of ani-

mation is a quality obviously necessary for the inhabitants of ponds

and other shallows, which of course at certain seasons are liable to be

dried, or the existence of the species would soon become extinct. An

Unio, which lives in ponds, and much resembles the British species,

Unio tumidus of Retzius, but is somewhat higher and shorter, was

500: Zoological Society:

packed up by the Rev. Robert: King, on the 26th of January:1849,

at Wide Bay in Australia, having been enclosed ina dry drawer for

231 days, but was first submitted to the test of water, when its valves:

opened and it was alive. On its arrival at Southampton about the

latter end of June 1850, 498 days after it had been taken from the

pond, Mr. Newnham, to whom it was consigned, in consequence of

what Mr. King had written, a second time placed it in water, when it

expanded its valves and was living. It was then forwarded, inter alia,

to the British Museum, and is restored to its element with full vital

powers, in the care of Dr. Baird of that establishment, to whom I am

indebted for this relation.

I have now living, the Helix Fraseri, Australia; H. lactea, Africa ;

HZ, turricula, Madeira; H, laciniosa, Madeira; H.undata, Madeira ;

H. tectiformis, Madewa ; and the Carocolla Wollastoni, Madeira.

On new Birps IN THE COLLECTION AT KNowsLey. By Mr.

Louis Fraser. In A LETTER TO THE SECRETARY.

Knowsley Hall, November 11, 1850.

Sir,—Having received a notification, through Lord Derby, of my

appointment to the Consulship at Whydah, my stay in England is

necessarily drawing to a close. I have endeavoured to meet your

wishes by forwarding a few brief descriptions from novelties contained

in this extraordinary Collection, and with his lordship’s permission 1

forward the original drawings made by Mr. Wolf, who has been en-

gaged here for some considerable time.

I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your obedient servant, =

Lovurs Fraser.

D. W. Mitchell, Esq., Sec. Zool. Soc. Lond.

The first specimen to which I would wish to draw the attention of

the Society is a Parrakeet of large size, which I propose calling —

PaLzorNis DERBIANUS. Top

Forehead, round the nostrils, a small stripe from the nostrils to the:

eyes, and a broad moustache, black ; head, towards the bill and round

the eyes, green, passing into a light yiolet-blue on the occiput and ear-

coverts ;_ the remaining upper parts of the bird, the thighs, vent and

under tail-coyerts green, being more yellow on the back of the neck

and centre of the wings; the shafts of the two centre tail-feathers:

dark purplish brown, with their webs, towards the apex, blue; from

the hinder part of the ears, down the side of the neck, and behind

the moustache, runs a narrow line of light rose-coloured purple, which

colour extends over the whole under surface; the under side of the

tail-feathers greyish yellow; bill black; feet the usual parrakeet

colour ; eyes pale straw-colour.

Length from base of beak to tip of tail, 20 inches. 9»

Curve of upper mandible... 2.36. 200.00 1# 4, i

Wa LGD Mosinee O) oolial Ape ee aR is L

Dell 220i, ied, Rar diadihas wolop.ahs TOR $y if

Hab. ?

a iis.

Zoological Society. — 501

‘This specimen has been many years in this collection, and I have

chosen for its specific name that of its noble owner. The species is

easily distinguished from all the other members of the genus by its

larger size, and the colours of the bill, head and breast.

‘The next bird is a second species of the same genus.

- PALHORNIS ERYTHROGENYS.

Male: Green; the back, between the shoulders, mealy ; cheeks

and ear-coverts red, which colour passes on to the hind head, where

it meets, in a more rosy tint; moustache black ; the tips of the two

centre tail-feathers blue ; upper mandible red, lower black ; legs grey.

Length from base of bill to end of tail, 153 inches.

Curve of upper mandible... .. 2... 13,

TN Sa Se Np eel pe +

Hab. ——?

, This bird is nearly allied to P. longicauda, Bodd., but is larger ;

the tint on the cheeks is different ; the belly and under wing-coverts

are green; the primaries are not edged with blue; the centre tail-

feathers are only blue for half their length ; and the rump is green.

Crax Apert.

Male: Black, with blue gloss; the lower part of the belly, vent,

under tail-coverts, and the tips of the tail-feathers, white ; cere beauti-

ful azure blue ;_bill yellowish green horn-colour ; eyes dark hazel.

Female: Red-brown; head and crest-feathers barred alternately

with black and white; rump and tail barred with brown, yellow and

dark brown ; yl black horn-colour ; eyes dark hazel.

Hab. f

The pair of birds from which the accompanying descriptions and

figures were taken, are now living in his lordship’s aviaries. A new

and beautiful species of a limited family like the Curassows must be

looked upon as a valuable addition to our stock of ornithological

acquaintances, and deserving of a distinguished cognomen. _ I there-

fore propose to name it after Her Most Gracious Majesty’s illustrions

consort, His Royal Highness Prince Albert, forming atthe same time

a companion to my Goura Victoria.

~The male is at once distinguished from its nearest ally (Crav_Alee-

tor, Linn.) by the blue cere: the female differs from all the speci=

mens I have had an opportunity of examining by the broad bands on

the tail.

PENELOPE NIGER.

Male: Black, with blue, and in some lights green reflections ; bill,

throat (nearly naked), tarsi and feet red.

Female: Daten, with green reflections, each feather having several

bars of rust-colour, the colour and markings being less distinct on the

under surface of the bird.

502 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Length from base of beak to tip of tail, 23 inches.

Gape 4 (eee 0) ee a WEG eto es be ate tele. ote enenare ic ” DOL

Wri 209 18 SOR PISS YO AVES Bf Wy Oyo,

ea ity: Gee re Sd sake Stead 112-5,

Woksi'!. 0, 2991 SAF Bele OF sar iE 23° °;,

Hab. ?

There are three specimens in this museum, two males and one

female ; one of the males lived in the aviaries for many years.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Thursday, 11th March, 1852.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in

the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Remarks on the Growth of the Jalap Plant (Zzogonium Purga),

and of the Scammony Plant (Convolvulus Scammonia), in the open

ground of the Botanic Garden,” by Prof. Balfour. After alluding

to the cultivation of the Jalap and Scammony plants in Britain, Dr.

Balfour read some remarks by Mr. M‘Nab on their mode of cultiva-

tion in the open air in the Botanic Garden.

2. ‘On the Rate of Growth of the Bamboo (Baméusa arundinacea)

in the Botanic Garden,’ by Mr. M‘Nab. The statement of the

growth of a bamboo stem in the Palm-house of the Royal Botanic

Garden, from the time it first showed itself above the soil (15th July,

1851) till the 31st of August, being a period of the year when arti-

ficial heat was almost entirely withheld, showed that on each day it

increased in length by quantities varying from 23 to 5% inches.

3. “Notice of a case of extensive Poisoning by one of the Cape:

Iridaceze,”’ by Allan Dalyell, F.R.S.E., late Lieutenant 27th Regiment.

Communicated by Dr. Douglas Maclagan. The perusal of an inter-

esting paper on Colchicum by Dr. J. M. Maclagan, reminded me

that I possessed the sketch of a Cape plant with whose poisonous.

properties I accidentally became acquainted. During 1841,—I write

from memory, when forming part of the demonstrative force ordered

to the Orange River—on one occasion after a march, arduous from

its length, but especially distressing from excessive drought, a halt)

was made on the banks of the Little Fish River, near the village

of Somerset. That evening, eighty of the baggage and artillery

oxen were reported dead, and next morning forty more were found

poisoned, having eaten the flowers of a small iris-like plant which grew:

in abundance around the encampment. ii

During the following year, in the “Tarka,”’ I had many opportu-:

nities of renewing acquaintance with the same plant,—not, however,

under similar circumstances ; itis only when oxen are so far exhausted

by over-driving, as to lose their discriminative instinct in the hurry)

of impetuous hunger, that poisoning follows its presence in theirs

grazing grounds. |

The nature of the locality where it grew, at the ‘‘ Tarka,’’ closely,

resembled that at Somerset; the flats above the bed of the“ Swart.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh 508

_kie” at the former, as. those of the Fish. River at the latter place,

produced it in abundance. The plant was always regarded as an

enemy, but I never saw it eaten by cattle except in the instance which

I have detailed. . a

It is not possible for me to state the precise time in which death

followed from eating it. I think, however, I may venture to offer

from three to nine hours as the most probable time. Long before

the heat of day had operated on the dead, the dilated eyes and the

frothy nostrils and mouths of the poisoned cattle were commented

nm, whilst we scrambled over them at morning parade, as indicative

of a more suffering death than such faithful companions of our toils

deserved. Symptoms of gastritis were marked by their previous

moanings : further than this, however, it is not in my power to speak

with certainty.

Iam indebted to the kindness of Prof. Balfour for the probable

botanical name of the plant. A rough sketch taken at the “ Tarka”’

has been identified: as that of Vieusseuxia tripetaloides, one of the

Tridaceze, an order numerously represented in Southern Africa.

‘Tt only remains for me to notice, that from the solidity of the

ground it is next to impossible that any of the roots could have been

got up ; poisoning was, therefore, due to the flowers, stem and leaves.

I have also-every reason to believe that every one of the oxen which

had eaten of the plant died.

Dr. Balfour stated that he had determined the plant as far as possi-

ble from the drawing by Mr. Dalyell, and that he considered it to be

Vieusseuwia tripetaloides, D.C., Iris tripetala, Thunberg, and Morea

tripetala,; Ker. He also stated that several of the Cape Iridacee

seemed to be poisonous, and referred especially to Homeria collina as

noticed in Dr. Pappe’s ‘ Prodromus of the Cape Medical Flora.’ “I

introduce this plant,” says Dr. Pappe, “(which is known to almost

every child in the colony as the Cape Tulip), not for its therapeutical

use, but for its noxious properties. The poisonous quality of its

rhizomes appears to have been known to some extent years ago, but

judging from the rapidity with which death ensued in a recent case,

when they had been eaten by mistake, it must be of a very poisonous

kind. -To Dr. Laing, Police Surgeon of Cape Town, I am indebted

for the particulars of a most melancholy case of poisoning caused by

this plant. A Malay woman, somewhat advanced in years, with her

three grandchildren respectively of the ages of twelve, eight, and six,

partook on 18th September 1850 of a supper consisting of coffee, fish

and rice, and ate along with this a small basinful of the bulbs of

Homeria collina. The exact quantity which each ate is not well

known, They appear to have supped between 7 and 8, and retired

to: bed at 9 o'clock, apparently in good health.

‘* About one in the morning the old woman awoke with severe nausea

followed by vomiting, and found the children similarly affected... She

endeavoured to call for assistance, but found herself too weak to leave

her bed; and when at five o’clock assistance arrived, the eldest girl

was’ found moribund, and expired almost immediately. The little

boy of eight years died an hour afterwards; and the youngest child

504 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

was found in a state of collapse, almost insensible, with cold extre-

mities, pulse scarcely 50 and irregular, pupils much dilated. The

symptoms of the grandmother were nearly similar, but in a lesser

deasts accompanied by constant efforts at vomiting. By using dif-

fusible stimulants, she and this child eventually recovered.”

‘4. “Notice of the Number of known Fossil Plants at different

Epochs, and of the Natural Orders to which they are referred,” by

Prof. Balfour. After alluding to the division of the Fossil Epochs

as given by Brongniart, viz. into the Reigns of Acrogens, of Gym-

nosperms, and of Angiosperms, Dr. Balfour proceeded to give an

analysis of the orders of Fossil Plants as given by Unger. The fol-

lowing general tabular view was compiled from Unger’s work :—

DicotyLeponovs Fossit PLants. Genera. Species.

DpalaniGiores: a2 tor4 ss seas 29s vneiigds 24 84

Waly cilorte ss iscisk & sscronn os deshieihs months 49 169

Corollifionea | 735 22 besisina sey olerntdes 30 73

Monochlamydesze Angiospermeze .......... 48 221

i Gymnospermeee.......:.. 56 363

Monocoty.Leponovs Fossit Puants. :

Dictypgente ss es. SS. oe ea Ree 2 5

Potdiondees si ao Leu eee egal ae 36 125

Chines Pes BPS. Jinks oe et 5 12

Acotryteponous Fossin PLANTS .......... 152 1172

UnceERTAIN Fosstu PLANTS .............. 38 167

These plants are arranged in different strata as follows :—

Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Old Red Sandstone 73

(older and middle Paleozoic) ..............

Carbonilevausc. i :<sco3kidiv > aac hate ce ae - 683

Lower Red Sandstone (Permian) .......... Lenetons 76

Magnesian Limestone... ..5 + .<++510+ eb sui eeewomines 21

Upper New Red Sandstone .........s00escenssucs 38

Shell Limestone «:,.9.6504:0 64s bonaio sek wie wae 7

Variegated, Marla... «0, 0.936. s;0: he ack ¢ bn 6 ae 70

ee vote Te ee er ee 126

Upper, Middle, and Lower Oolite (Jurassic) ........ 168

Wealden (Wealden Clay, Hastings Sandstone, Pem- 61

broke Heda) isk te ic fois 5 45 a a ee

Chalk: (Greangand) ; 5: 0,0) +,<3:5 no 0a.68 + een ee 122

SP ORtMARY: OCENE ao sait.c = is aside & epee} Rie 414

gig sk.; PRLDOOTIG. fas isn: 35 a Aig 0 Ni4 Sig co in eles 496

99652, TE AOCRIR, ad eine ous ® 2.0 bs Rag oe

DAIS, whriBecbie's WR Aa Re hen ne tee 31

Fossil species.........++++-2421

After alluding to Sir Charles Lyell’s observations on the Flora of

the Carboniferous Epoch, as given in his late introductory discourse

to the Geological Society, Dr. Balfour referred to Raulin’s account

Royal Institution. 505

of the Flora of the Tertiary Epoch in Central Europe. By this it

‘appears that—

_ 1. The Eocene Flora is composed of 127 species, of which 115 be-

long to Algee, Characeze, Ulvaceze, Palme, Naiadaceee, Malvacee,

Sapindaceze, Proteaceze, Papilionaceze, and Cupressinez.

2. Miocene Flora, 130 species, of which 69 are Algee, Palme,

Naiadacee, Apocynacese, Aceracese, Plataneee, Lemnacez, Papi-

lionaceze, Quercineze, Myricaceee, and Abietinez.

3. Pliocene Flora, 259 species, of which 222 are Alge, Fungi,

Mosses, Ferns, Palms, Ericaceze, Ilicineze, Aceraceze, Celtideze,

Rhamneze, Papilionacese, Juglandaceze, Salicineze, Quercinez, Be-

tulineze, Taxineze, Cupressineze, and Abietineze.

‘The Eocene species are allied to genera now found in intertropical

regions, India, Asiatic Islands, and Australia; some are peculiar to

the Mediterranean region. The Aquatics, which form nearly one-

third of the Flora, are related to genera now found in temperate

regions of Europe, and in North America.

The Miocene species belong to genera found now in India, Tropical

America, and other intertropical regions, but of which the greater

portion inhabit subtropical and temperate regions. Some are genera

found in India, Japan, and north of Africa.

The climate of Europe during the Tertiary Epoch appears to have

a becoming more and more temperate by a gradual process of

cooling.

Se eS

bit fe aes

ROYAL INSTITUTION. _

eR ESTE: er rere ee eee ae Ye

Upon Animal Individuality. “By Toomas H. Huxtey, F.R.S.,

Assistant-Surgeon R.N.

The Lecturer first briefly described the structure of the Diphydee

and Physophoridze—pointing out the general conformity of these

animals with the common Hydra.

They differ, however, in this important respect; that the body

in which the eggs are developed is in Hydra a simple process ; while

in the Diphydze and Physophoridz the corresponding body presents

every degree of complication from this form to that of a free-

swimming, independent “‘ Medusa.”

Still more striking phenomena were shown to be exhibited by the

Salpe. In this genus each species has two forms. In the example

chosen these forms were the S. democratica and the S. mucronata ;

the former is solitary and never produces ova, but developes a pecu-

liar process, the “ gemmiferous tube ;”” upon which and from which

the associated Salpe mucronate are formed by budding.

Each of these carries a single ovum, from which the first form is

again developed.

The Salpa mucronata, which is thus produced from the Salpa de-

mocratica, is just as highly organized as the latter. It has as com-

plete a circulatory, nervous, and digestive apparatus, and moves

about and feeds as actively ; no one unacquainted with its history

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 33

we ST ATO oe, ae +

“506 Royal Institution.

would-dreamiof its being other than a distinet individual animal, and

for such it has hitherto passed. a to otste

‘But the Salpa mucronata has exactly the same relate to thes.

democratica that the free-medusiform egg-produeing body of Physalia

,or-Felella has-to the Physalia or Veletia; and this pred rpmene cit

_ body.is homologous with: the fixed medusiform body»of Dip.

which again is homologous with the semi-medusiform, fixed: body! of

-a Tubularia and with the egg-producing process of the Hydra.

Now as all these bodies are homologous with one another; one of

two conclusions is possible: either, considering the Salpa mucronata

to be an individual, we are logically led to look upom the: egg-

producing process of Hydra as an mdividual also ; which: seems

absurd : or starting with the assumption that the egg-producing

process of Hydra is a mere organ, we arrive at the conclusion: that

the Salpa mucronata is a mere organ also ; hie appears md

startling.

The whole question appears to turn upon the meaning of the word

‘*individual.”’

This word the Lecturer endeavoured to show always eeson merely,

‘‘a single thing of a given kind.” fs

There are, however, several kinds of Individuality.

. First, there is what may be called: arbitrary individuality, which

depends wholly upon our way of regarding a thing, and is therefore

merely temporary : such is the individuality of a landscape, or =

eriod of time ; a century for instance:

Secondly, there is an individuality which depends upon ma

else: than) our’ will or caprice ; this something isa fact or law of co-

existence which cannot: be materially altered without resend the

individuality in. question.

Thus a Crystalis an individual thing in virtue: of its forms Word-

ness, transparency, and: other: co-existent qualities ; pound) it: into

powder, destroy the co-existence of these qualities, and it loses its

individuality.

Thirdly, there is a kind of individuality which is constituted and

defined bya factor law of succession: ' Pheenomena which occur in

a definite cycle are considered as one m consequence of the’ law which

connects them.

As’a simple instance we may take the individuality of the beat ‘of

a pendulum. An individual beat is the sum of the successive places

of the bob of the pendulum, asit passes from a state of rest to a:state

of rest again.

Such ‘is the mdividuality of living, organized beings. Riven Or- -

ganized being has been formless and will again be formless; the indi-

vidual: animal or ‘plant is the sum of the incessant changes page

succeed one another between these two periods of rest:

The individual animal is one beat of the pendulum of life, birth

‘and death are: the two: points of rest, and the vital force is like the

velocity of ‘the pendulum, \a constantly ‘varying “quantity “between

these ‘two: zero points... ‘They different forms which ‘an: animal may

assume correspond with the successive places:of the pendulum:: 90!

a i

oe ae a, a oey

ET a te a tN SET CT ae

Royal Institution. 307

bosIne man himself, the individual, zoclogically speaking; is) not: a

state of man at any particular moment«as infant, child, youthoor

man’; but the sum of all these, with the implied fact of their definite

croIncthis case, and in most of the higher animals, the forms” or

_ states of the individual are not naturally separated from one another ;

‘they pass into:one another, undistinguishably. fv

other animals, however, nature draws lines of demarcation

‘between the different forms ; thus, among insects the individual takes

»three forms, the-caterpillar, the chrysalis, and the butterfly. -These

. do not pass into one another insensibly, but are separated by appa-

rently sudden changes; each change being accompanied by a sepa-

eration of the individual into two parts. One part is left behind and

‘dies, it receives the name of a skin or cast ; the other part continues

the existence of the individual under a new form.

The whole process is called Ecdysis: it is a case of what:might' be

btermed coneentric fission.

The peculiarity of this mode of fission is—that of the two portions

into which» the individual becomes divided at each moult, one is un-

able to maintain an independent existence and therefore ceases to be

of any importance; while the other continues to carry on all the

- dfanetions of animal life and to represent in itself the whole indivi-

~duality of the animal. From this circumstance there is no objection

«to any independent form being taken for, and spoken of, as the whole

individual, among the higher animals...) )

eo Bute the: lower animals the mode of «representation of the

-dndividual is iif erent, and any independent form ceases, im many cases,

»to represent the whole individual; these two modes, however; pass

into one another insensibly. |

-\o/Phe best illustration of this fact may be taken from the develop-

oment of the Echinoderms, as it has been made kuown by the brilliant

ediseoveries of Prof. Miller.

The Echinus lividus stands in the same relation to its Pluteus, as

basbutterfly to its caterpillar;)in the course of development only a

oslight.ecdysis takes: place, the skin of the Plutews becoming for the

“most part converted into the skin of the Echinus.:

But in Asterias, the Bipinnaria which corresponds: with the Plu-

‘deus; givesoup only a portion of its integument to the developed

The Bipinnaria and the Starfish are as much forms of the same

‘individual as:are the Pluteus and Echinus, or the caterpillar and but-

terfly; but here the development: of one form is not necessarily fol-

lowed: by the destruction of the other, and the individual is, fora time

at any rate, represented by two co-existing forms.

~ This temporary co-existence:of two forms of the individual: might

become permanent, if the Asterias, instead: of carrying off the intes-

»tinal.canal of the Bipinnaria, developed one of sits own ; and thisvis

exactly what«takes place in the Gyrodactylus, whose singular deve-

lopment has been described by Von Siebold.

33*

508 Royal Institution.

But the case of the Gyrodactylus affords us an easy transition to

that of the Trematoda, the Aphides, and the Salpze, in which the

mutual independence of the forms. of the individual is carried to its

greatest extent ; so that even on anatomical grounds it is. demon-

strable that the difference between the so-called “skin ’’ of the cater-

pillar, the free Bipinnaria, and the Salpa democratica, is not in kind,

but merely in degree.

Each represents a form of the individual ; the amount of ge:

pendent existence of which a form is capable, cannot affect its ho-

mology as such.

The Lecturer then proceeded to point out that the doctrine of the

“ Alternation of Generations,” and all theories connected with it, rest

upon the tacit or avowed assumption, “ that whatever animal form

has an independent existence is an individual animal,’’—a doctrine

which, he endeavoured to show, must, if carried out, inevitably lead

to Merardities and contradictions, as indeed Dr, Carpenter has already

pointed out.

There i is no such thing as a true case of “ Alternation of Gene-

rations’? in the animal “kingdom ; there is only an alternation of

true generation with the totally distinct process of Gemmation or

Fission.

It is indeed maintained that the latter processes are equivalent to

the former ; that the result of Gemmation as much constitutes an

individual, as the result of true Generation; but in that case the

tentacles of a Hydra, the gemmiferous tube of a Salpa, nay, the legs

of a Centipede or Lobster, must be called individuals.

And if it be said that the bud must have in addition the power. of

existing independently, to constitute an individual; there is the case

of the male Argonaut, which has been just shown by H. Miiller to

have the power of detaching one ofits arms (a result of gemmation),

which then leads a separate existence as the Hectocotylus.

Without a misuse of words, however, no one would call this a

separate individual.

In conclusion the Lecturer stated his own views thus :

The individual animal is the sum of the phenomena presented by

a single life; in other words, it is, all those animal forms which pro-

ceed from a single egg, taken together.

The individual is represented in very various modes in the Animal

Kingdom : these modes pass in nature insensibly one into the other ;

but for the purposes of clear comprehension they may be thus distin-

guished and tabulated.

Representation of the Individual.

I. By Successive Inseparable Forms.

Ascaris. A. Forms little different= Growth. |

Triton. | B,,,Forms,markedly different= Metamorphosis.

Fi igi Ti

ae eyo

a ee eee Sr ee ee ee

Ny as ee

Miscellaneous. 509

IL. By Successive Separable Forms.

wit 03 horrs 1, Earlier Forms not Independent.

~ Cockroach. A. Forms little different=Growth with Ecdysis,

_ Beetle. B. Forms markedly different = Metamorphosis

i with Eedysis.

2. Earlier Forms partially Independent.

_ Starfish.

III. By Successive and Co-existent Separable Forms.

~~ a. External Gemmation. b. Internal Gemmation.

A. Forms little different. All the Forms produce Eggs.

Nais. Gyrodactylus?

Hydra.

B. Forms markedly different. Last Forms only produce Eggs.

oriay *,* Last Forms produced.

to ois, Generally :

1 «Medusa. Fluke.

Locally :

oF J Salpa. Aphis.

mate facts. One is neither more nor less wonderful or explicable

than another; any theory which. pretends to account for the Suc-

cessive and Co-existent forms. of the Aphis-individual, must also

account for the Successive forms of the Beetle-individual or of the

Horse-individual—since they are pheenomena of essentially the same

nature.

_ When the forms of the individual are independent, it becomes

desirable to-have some special name by which we may denote them,

80 as to avoid the incessant ambiguity of the two senses of the word

‘individual.’ For these forms the Lecturer some time ago proposed

the name ‘Zooid.’ Thus the Salpa-individual is represented by two

Zooids ; the Fluke by three; the Aphis by nine or eleven, &e.

has nothing to do with the question of Individuality itself.

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE COLLARED SNAKE, COLUBER NATRIX.

Tuts species, which is generally called the Common Snake, appears

to have a much more limited distribution in the British Islands than

is generally supposed,—much more so than the common adder, the

viviparous lizard, the blind worm, or the frog and toad.

I am assured on the following authorities, that it is not found in

the undermentioned. districts—viz. the western part of South Wales,

by Mr. Fortune, by my son-in-law Mr. Stokes, and several other

naturalists and sportsmen ; in Norfolk, by Mr. Edwards ; in Northum-

berland, by Capt. Widdrington, R.N.; in the Eastern Border, viz.

510 Miscellaneous.

not in North Durham nor in Berwickshire, by Dr. George Johnston ;

the latter further observes, “Ihave heard that it has been taken in

the Isle of Arran, and dntieed some one told me that it was Common

there. I myself never saw it in any part of Scotland T have visited.”

This snake has an extended geographical distribution ; it is found

in the southernmost part of Europe, and as far north as Denmark and

Sweden: more than one continental species of reptiles are found ‘in

The adder is very common in South Wales, where it grows to a

large size ; it is also common and large in the northern parts of Seot-

land.

I should be very much obliged to any naturalist who would give —

me further information on this subject.—J. E. Gray.

Note on the most important Result of the Sericicultural Experiments

made with the assistance of M. Eugene Robert at the Expert-

mental Silkworm Establishment at Sainte-Tulle. By M. Gui Ri1n-

MENEVILLE.

In this note M. Guérin-Méneville lays before his readers an ollbiial

document certifying the success of some experiments made by him on

a large scale, for the purpose of disinfecting the silkworm establish-

ments in which the disease called Muscardine is prevalent. — Itis well

known that this malady is a plague to the cultivators of silkworms

im all countries;—in France it causes annually a loss of millions. \\ |

For a period: of five years, M. Guérin has gone every spring into

the south of France to one of the principal raisers of silkworms,

M. Eugéne Robert, well known for his zeal in behalf of this branch

of French agriculture.

It will be seen from the report of which the following is an shail,

and which was made im obedience to a decree of the Prefect of the

department of the Basses-Alpes, that something useful has resulted

from these labours. The commission of inquiry consisted of the Sub-

prefect of the arrondissement in which the experiments: took place,

and of five other gentlemen, principally connected: with ‘the _

manufacture.

The report states that the Commissioners proceeded ‘on: the 16th

June, 1851, to ascertain the state of the silkworm establishments of

Sainte-Tulle and Rousset, and the results of the processes employed

by MM. Guérin and Robert with the view of arresting the ravages

of the muscardine. This disease only becomes a source of serious

rejudice to the cultivator, when, having appeared in an establishment,

it leaves behind it the germs of an infection which becomes more and

more fatal every year, and often compels the cultivator to renounce

his business. _M. Guérin’s process accordingly consists in a fumiga-

tion, the nature of which will be hereafter revealed, which interrupts

the transmission of the museardine from one year to another,—pene-

trating into every corner and fissure of an infected apartment, aanroe

ing the vitality of the Botrytis which contains the germ of the

demic and reducing it to an inert state, and this at.a-cost and witha

facility. which. renders: it within reach of the means. of the» most

ee Es Nee)

7.) Seon Pe

aE a

Miscellaneous. 511

humble cultivator... M. Guérin also. proposes to act directly by the

same process on the egg of the silkworm; but,his experiments,on this

object. were not sufficiently completed to be brought under, the notice

of the Commission. fd

At Sainte-Tulle,, the establishment of M. E, Robert, the erop

amounted to 381 k. 4h., and did not present any appearance of mus-

eardine, ..Up to this period the establishment had every year been

more or less ravaged by the disease.

. At the establishment of M. J. Coutet, which is precisely opposite

that of M..E. Robert, one-fourth of the silkworms had. been thrown

out of the window, and during the few minutes which the Commission

spent near the frames, its members. collected several of the animals

seized by the contagion: The return would be nothing, or very

miserable.

_ The vast.establishment of Madame Robert, situated about 100 paces

from that of M. E. Robert, was closed, but the heaps of diseased

worms which were found thrown out, sufficiently indicated the state

of the crop. Madame Robert, from 22 ounces (550 gr.) of eggs, -has

only obtained a return of from 25 to 30 kilogr. of cocoons. The Com-

‘mission was unable to sce the other establishments at Sainte-Tulle,

but it appears that their state was very similar.

_- At Rousset, at the establishment of MM. Eugtne Robert and Co:,

‘the crops from 1845 to 1850 had diminished, owing to the ravages of

the muscardine, from 500 kilogr. of cocoons for 500 gr. of eggs, to

106 kilogr. in 1850. The net produce of this year is 456 kilogr.

5 hect.—difference 350 kilogr. 5 heet.. Other establishments in the

neighbourhood in which the process of M. Guérin-Méneville had not

-been applied presented the same results as those at Sainte-Tulle.

In presence of these facts the Commission would not: hesitate ‘to

_pronounce the object attained and the plague of epidemic muscardine

-yanquished, if a wise reserve did not render it advisable to multiply

experiments before proclaiming this great service rendered to agricul-

ture. It expresses a wish therefore that a new inquiry should ‘take

place in 1852; and that the commission to be appomted should visit

the establishments at Sainte-Tulle and Rousset not only at the period

of gathering, but during the whole course of the cultivation. |

4 \Inconclusion; the Commission recommends the laborious and use-

‘ful researches of M: Guérin-Méneville to the notice of the Govern-

‘ment.—Revue Zoologique.

On. the Petrifaction of Organized Bodies (especially Shells) in the

ewisting Seas.. By M. Marcet pr SeRRES.

L believe it was first’ proved by me that, like the seeds of Chara

in the lakes of Scotland, shells are even now becoming petrified in

the bosom of the Mediterranean. It is only necessary for this pur-

pose: that the water, whether fresh or salt, should contain a suffi-

cient quantity of calcareous salts, to take the place of those which

composed, during life, the shells of Mollusca, the solid tubes of An-

nelida; the stony habitations of polypes, or lastly woods and seeds.

» «Repose does not appear to be necessary for this substitution, for it

‘takes placein the midst of the violent agitations of the sea ; but there

512 Miscellaneous.

is another condition which singularly favours the transformation of

an organic substance more or less charged with animal into purely

inorganic matter,—this is the presence of some support ; metallic

bodies in particular exercise the greatest influence on this phase

menon.

Thus a vase of copper; which I have laid before the Academy of

Sciences of Montpelier, after remaining for some time in the bosom.

of the Mediterranean, was thrown out upon the shore, covered with

a very hard calcareous incrustation of several centimetres in thickness.

This incrustation had attached to it several rolled pebbles, as well as

fragments of various sizes of a considerable number of shells. Some

a these fragments are of sufficient size to enable us to recognize the

ecies to which they belong. Amongst them it is easy to disti

' e Cardium tuberculatum, Venus gallina, Cerithium vulgatum, and

some portions of an Ostrea ; all species now existing in the Mediter-

ranean. These shells, completely petrified, have been converted into

carbonate of lime, at the same time that they have lost the animak

matter which they originally contained.. Their hardness and solidity

are greater than those of some petrified species from tertiary forma-

tions.

After the completion of the calcareous deposit which covers the

surface of this vase, individuals of Serpula echinata, Lam., and Flus-

tra depressa, Lamx., had attached themselves to the solid mass,

where they continued to live until the period of the vase being thrown

upon the shores of the Mediterranean.

We must. therefore. distinguish two epochs in the circumstances

which had taken place on the surface of this vase from the time of its

falling into the sea, to that of its rejection on the shore. The first

and most ancient is that of the formation of the incrustations and of

the petrifaction of the shells... The second, and more recent, is that

in which the marine animals attached and developed themselves on

the surface of. these incrustations, the materials of which had passed,

into the solid state.

In the collection of M. Doumet, Mayor of Cette, there exists an

vered, with a layer of solid calcareous matter. This contains spe-

cimens of Pecten, Cardium, and Ostrea completely petrified, and the

hardness of which is, equal to that of fossil species from secondary

formations. On the surface of the deposit in which the anchor is

imbedded, there are Anomie and Serpule which were living when the

anchor was got out of the sea; these present no trace of alteration.

Judging fr rom the size, the form, and the mode of fabrication of

this anchor, it would appear to belong to the period when Saint Louis

embarked. for the Holy Land, and with the more reason from its having

been found close to the grau of Aiguesmortes. If this be the case,

much time cannot be necessary for the production of these pheeno-

mena.

There are also in. M. Doumet’s collection several pieces of wood

drawn from the Mediterranean, which present the same faets, and

point to two different epochs. These fragments, covered with, incrus-

tations and petrified shells, prove that whenever organized bodies are

— ye eee Ss

ye Se

”

—— so

ee eee

_ Miscellaneous. 513

fl sesaegat analogous cireumstances, they pass into’ a stony state and

trified like the greater part of the organic remains of geo-

5: ca carole which have been immersed in salt or fresh water.”

of Roman origin, which, when drawn from the Mediterranean, pre-

sented incrustations of various thicknesses, but of considerable soli-

3 These stony deposits, like those already mentioned, contained,

snibedded

in their substance, petrified shells. Their surfaces also

were covered with polypes, Serpule, and Anomie, which, not bemg in

the least altered, must have been living when these vases were taken

out of the sea. It is to be presumed that similar facts are much more

common than I had supposed, when commencing my researches on

the petrifaction of the shells of our epoch. It is therefore to be

ee, that naturalists living in sea-ports or near collections

devote their attention to these phenomena, which possess the

greatest interest, as establishing an evident relation between what is

now taking place in the world and the events which occurred in a

world when no human being was an eye-witness.

_ An objection has been raised to my observations which does not ap-

pear to me to be well-founded, considering the facts referred to in my

previous researches. It has been supposed that the shell-grit which is

constantly in course of formation in the present seas, and the petri-

factions which are found in it, are deposits of the tertiary epoch ; but

to render this a serious objection, it would be necessary that the or:

ganized bodies thrown out upon their shores y the Mediterranean,

and probably by other seas, should belong to that geological period.

Now, every one knows that all the organized bodies which I haye

noticed in my previous researches, as well as those which I have just

mentioned in this note, belong to existing species, and have never

been met with, at least up to the present time, in the tertiary forma-

tions,—so, as long as they shall not be found there, they must be

_ considered as belonging to the present period, because we observe

them in nature.

Some persons, admitting that these facts prove incontestably that

shells become petrified in our existing seas, haye supposed that they

must be regarded as fossils, because they have been transformed into

new inorganic elements, and become petrified in the true acceptation

of this term. Those who have raised this objection have added that

it was instilled into them by Cuvier, who considered petrified bodies

as true fossils.

It may be observed, that the state, in which fossil organized bodies

are presented to us, is of no use in the determination of the period in

which they were interred, and can teach us nothing relative to their

date. In fact, a great many species of the tertiary formations still

retain their shell, and are less altered than those which I have laid

before the Academy, for they are not petrified at all. ‘Therefore we

must only regard as fossils those organic remains which are found in

logical deposits.’ This mode of thinking has led me to d

the subfossil organized bodies by the name of humatiles ; they belong

principally to the alluvial and diluvial deposits.— Bibliotheque Unt-

verselle, March 1852.

514 Meteortlogioal Observations.

Additions and Corrections to Mr, Davidson’ s Paper on the Hage |

cation of the Brachiopoda.

P. 364, insert “3*. Ter. septigera, Lovén, 1846 ; Index Moll. Seand.

= p. 29.—Had. Finmark.”’

P. 371, Mr. Forbes’s name “‘ depressa’’ must be adopted for the Mons |

risia, because the name seminulum was intended by Philippi for

an Argiope, although his figure may have heen taken from more

than one shell. —

P. 373, line 13, for “only one” read “only one septum.”

P. 373. 45. Argiope Forbesti. From examination of specimens in

Mr. Hanley’s cabinet, it appears that this species is the Neapo-

litana of Scacchi, and in part, at least, the seminulum of Seta :

Scacchi’s name has priority of both the others.

P. 374, line 8, for branchial read brachial!

P. 375, line 25, for “‘an exception” read “ no exception.”

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1852.

Chiswick.—April 1. Overcast and cold: fine: clear and frosty. 2. Cold dry

haze: clear and frosty. 3. Slightfog: fine: clear. 4. Slight haze: overcast:

clear. 5,6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cold and dry: clear. 9. Very fine. 10. Clear

hazy. ll. Foggy: very fine. 12. Hazy: clear at night. 13. Hazy: very fine =

clear. 14. Dry haze: fine, with very dry air: clear. 15. Foggy: slight haze.

16. Cloudy and cold. 17. Clear and fine. 18. Cloudy and cold. 19. Clear and

cold : cloudy : clear, with sharp frost at night. -20. Clear: very fine: sharp frost

at night. 21. Clear, with excessively dry air. 22. Foggy: fine: clear. 23. Fine,

with hot sun. 24. Boisterous. 25. White clouds: fine: clear and frosty at.

night. 26. Clear: fine: clear and frosty. 27. Cloudy: frosty at night. 28. —

Cloudy and fine: rain at night. 29. Rain: densely clouded. 30. Cloudy and fine. —

Mean temperature of the month ........cceesceeeeereee Sespeay cg 44°8]

Mean temperature of April 1851 we... RHA yl 44 -56

Mean temperature of April for the last twenty-six years ... 47 *30

Average amount of rain in April —....0......sscceeesescsccereee 1°65 inch.

12. Cloudy. 13,14. Fine. 15—17, Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: rain A.m. 19. Cloudy.

20,21. Fine, 22. Cloudy. - 23. Fine. 24. Fine: stormy. 25,26. Fine. 27. —

Cloudy. 28. Fine: rainp.m. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 30. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Clear: fine: clear. 2. Cloudy: fine: clear: |

fine. 3. Bright: fine: clear: fine. 4—7. Clear: fine.. 8. Bright: damp. 9. —

Clear : fine: cloudy: fine: 10.'Clear: fine: aurora. 11. Hazy: fine: clear :‘fine =

aurora. 12,13. Bright: fine: warm: fine. 14. Bright: fine: warm: fine:

aurora. 15—17. Bright: fine: warm: fine. 18. Cloudy: fine: clear: fine:

aurora. 19. Bright: fine: clear: fine. 20. Drops: fine: clear: fine: S. aurora.

21. Clear: fine: clear: aurora. 22, 23. Bright: cloudy: aurora. 24. Clear: fine.

25. Clear: fine: aurora, — 26. Cloudy : fine. 27. Bright : fine: clear: fine. 28.

Cloudy : fine; showers: fine. 29. Fog: damp. 30. Cloudy: clear: fine.

This month has been unprecedentedly fine, dry and warm, with the barometer —

high.

Mean temperature of this month ......... peiacasehatnccnietaeell 47°64

Mean temperature-of April for preceding twenty-five years ... 43 ‘28

Average amount of rain in April for six years ..6..e..cconscesee 2 inches.

The most singular meteorological phenomenon this month was the perpendi- —

cular column of light which appeared above the sun at-setting, extending about

15° in height, wider than the apparent diameter of the sun, following his course —

northwards, and continuing one evening for 55 minutes. It appeared at sunset on

the6th, 11th, 16th, 24th, 26th and 27th, and once or twice before I noted the

date, either this month or March, also before sunrise.

TUG pA LYS Pees

#1}

od ye

SLoNA0jodscuy QPesi.nugsowe WIGS PA we Lpoubeos GE LYS CAG.Qey OL ps PpoLgsc

OY (HTe4AICER

NL ON

f jOHeaLon*

T} PoeLoy

11.0 | 0%,0 | 7.0 of.S% 196.60) 9.Sb joo.zt |£9,45| rz1.08 111.0 11,62 $£0,08 ITT,0£ |*uveyy

wearer eee tr. toe eeeeee ur "MUM “M SY ' gt LS tb 99 19,67 69.62 01.6% gS .6z 009.67 of

P go. £0, gt. | asa | ‘ms | ms | 2b]. 2S gS} of | 19 9,62 £9.62 2£,6z 939.6% o7g.6z | “bz

9 |aabeseentftereeettel gf, [oder] og | ome fob | BrS 6b} $b | +9 11,6 $g,6z oL,6% $6.67 gS1.08 “jgz

reeree ry) Pee em eee el Pee eee ee "ou ou "ou Se gh ¢.Lv Le £9 g1,0£ Lr,of $9.6 £66.62 110,08 “gt

wpeveseedensecasedliasereersl enewen | (4g 9 zy | 19.) §.4b1 of | 0S 07,08 L@,0& 68.62 006.6% 226.6% 4), j

a sephe]eseegseenl May 9 ‘a9 | Sev | 6b] ob] ££ | ES 26,08 gf.of 99.6% 968.6 £06.62 | “be

“Shasveee|vevopscvelapessedesl gga | Mag — [9g Sp | 6b] cS| eb | 99 gz.0£ £1,0£ 0$ 6% zbg.6 196.6% | *he

sasevenesfeensnetns vos | Sb | 6b) S.2S) Sb | of 70.08 $6.62 £$.6z 17g.6% £gg.6c | “ze

se egeees vas. | «bb | eS bh) LE jor 66.6% 20,08 2L.6% 156.62 to.0£ 1%

EEO, frresereteletenevesd omy | rg | sme | Lb | 6b) S98) re). 6 66.62 98.6% wL,6% £b0.08 grr.of Mel 4

ws AW ere eewel eee nn etael tere eeene "§ “ul ‘ou LY foS Sev ot gh 98.6% 6.6% bl.oz 690.0£ 960.08 61@

AA | Great” Sy, 10, ‘9g | cou | +o Se | $£S bh! bE | of 0.08 16,62 Lv.62 £9L.6z orolof “gI

wHheeeeee|eeedaeens] TQ, ‘uu [MUM | Ly | $$ ev} 1£-| of 96.6% 10,0 35.62 L£g.6 £$6:6¢ "LI

; 2 sevedereelereeeceesleeteneees| eoenee | HORg "9 gb zs Sth Sz “S or.o£ £1,0£ 19.6% 196,62 LEo,0£ ‘Or

i ae peers sete Role esse"). sagen! | ets | cre Ly | ¥S | S.ov}: ab | 09 gt,o£ o%,08 9f,6z glo,08 blrof | hs

By [Foner ilenseeenss long eestor) fog | ghar) els |Br§ | SS. Of] Gee) Eh £z,08 17,0 0g.6e 1L1,0f zoz.of | “br

7G Er ehieredinveeeouslervodares) ogg | eosa| ag) | 08 | 28 | 8% gz] gh 6r.0f 61,08 26.6% vLz.0f fff | ‘tx

MN 2) ae esieoy pa eeeeewelsoreneees "9 ‘aso 9 9b os ov gt $s g1.0£ £1,0£ $8.62 bbr.of LLr.of£ “It

@ vebeguces|tnereceeslereecever| senses | *MIM! 9 | BED oS SY gz 09 gI.0£ 77,08 $3.62 6g1.0£ £6z,0£ ‘or )

i > tevdenerslereeseersleteeeeree! agian! OU 9 Bd os Cobb gz $$ T£,0f£ 92.08 68.62 z£z0f oLlt.o£ *g

: Fed seessceslesseveeteleeererees! oa | eouu| “OU + 6b Sv) ob oS Sf.0£ g2.0£ . 08.67 oS$1.0£ grz.of oh

* 2 sdvedeceelaneeeceerltaneaeses] aay ‘ua | *ou Sb | ob tb] 6¢ LS 7.08 £1.08 £4,62 1r1.0f gbr.0f "9

Pm) ES bereeee eer eeeerleneeweeet| eoweee oye) ‘ou Sib Bd LY gz gs Z1.0£ 07,08 94.6% 660,0£ rb1.0£ “f

: tareerees| oweFveel sogil 9 | “98 zy" ist £v| of | of gf.o£ g2,08 08.6% Lvr.of g$1.08 +O

. Vabeeeses[ereeseeseleeterseee! agg | tg | 9g zy | gb | 68] 6c | 1S €£.0€ gz.0£ 36.67 bz,08 gtt.of “t

| rapteevarliversveeelereseseel eQgge] 9 | ‘au | gb | Lb | ob] $e | 2S 7.08 L108 96.6% gt.of tof.of |

eWeaveerlapors eV ipeowinee) Ged eis) “om [gh | eb} Tier ic Me lore gt.of or.of |. 9.62 $to.0f foz.0f | x

‘i mw ce vardoare fo ee om] xe | ord fe ‘ure $6 & Big i\g ‘xvi ey

Ke is ie fe ees ts a he “ A aie: rs “

ra oe ea F jetting 4 p Pa “most on cdapoyapaes. {£PUIEO ia E | a 3, “perio apo}

PULA auomgL eB ung gonkeq,

‘XANIUG “OsUMT yUNpung yn “OASNOID “CD “APY 9y7 fig pun £ NoAsog 7 ‘Twa “AN Aq

ayy yo uosdmoyy, “49 apo suorymaasqQ

bey shied cy hie’ easton v

eS ee ee ee ee

516

INDEX to VOL. IX.

ACALYPTUS, on the British species

of, 204.

Kchatina, new species of, 119,

AGES observations on the genus,

Acrosalenia, new species of, 81.

Adams, A., on the genus Cyllene, 148;

on a new species of Macgillivrayia,

242.

Adams, H. and A., on a new genus of

Chitonidee, 355.

Agaricus, new species of, 192.

Alauda, new species of, 346.

Alces, on the species of, 415.

Algee, list of, taken in Cork Harbour,

244.

Alligators, on the species of, inhabit-

ing Ceylon, 329.

a hila, new species of, 46.

glacialis, notice respecting, 156.

aaa cevaast new species of, 49.

Anderson, Mr., on a twin-mushroom,

435.

Animal individuality, observations on,

Annelida, on the circulation and respi-

ration of the, 154.

Apodytes, new species of, 387.

Argonaut, on the male of the, 492.

Aschersonia, new species of, 199,

Avenella, new British species of,

403.

Axis, on the species of, 424,

Babington, C. C., on a new British

Viola, 12; on British Rubi, 123; on

a monstrosity in the petals of Hon-

keneja peploides, 156.

Backhouse, J., jun., on the Hieracium

plumbeum, ‘50.

Balfour, Prof., on the growth of va-

rious kinds of mould in syrup, 236;

Class Book of Botany, noticed,497 ;

on the number of known ‘fossil

plants, 504,

Bamboo, on the rate of growth of the,

502.

Benson, W. H., on some new species

of Helix, 404.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on some Fungi

from St. Domingo, 192; on British

Fungi, 317, 377.

Birds, list of, procured in Kordofan,

342.

Blackwall, J., on the British spiders, ;

15; 268, 464,

Blanchard, E., on the circulation of the

blood and nutrition i in insects, 74,

Blastocerus, on the species of, 427.

Blood, on the circulation of the, in

insects, 74, 435. -

Books, new :—Gosse’s Naturalist’s

Sojourn in Jamaica, 50; Latham’s

Man and his Migrations, 54; La-

tham’s Ethnology of the British

Colonies and pendencies, “545

Sclvp-Longetianepe Odonates ou

Libellules d’Europe, 56; MaeGil-

livray’s Narrative of the Voyage of

ns Rattlesnake, 132; Dixon’s

Gaaiet and Fossils of the Tertiary

and Cretaceous Formations of Sus-

sex, 135; Moore’s Popular History

of British Ferns, 141; maT

British species of us Li-

chens, 226; ieee

reali-Americana) ; Prodromus

Flore Batavze, 340 ; He s Ve-

getation of Europe, 411; Pfeiffer’s

Conspectus yclostomaceorum,

412; Balfour’s Class Book of Bo-

tany, en re

Botanical Society of Edinb

ceedings of he 70, 150 ei Re,

Bowerbank, J. $., on the probable

dimensions of Carcharodon Mega-

lodon, 120.

Brachiopoda, notes and descriptions

of some, 249; on a new classifica-

tion of recelt: 361, 514) °°

Repos C. E., on British Fungi, 317,

377

Bulimus, new species of, 119.”

Bullidee, on the olfactory appariitus

in the, 188.

Buteo, new species of, 342. :

Butterilies, on the appearance of sib

swarms of, 355.

mou

ee ee ee ee

a ee

INDEX.

Capreolus, on the species of, 426.

Carcharodon Megalodon, on the pro-

bable dimensions of, 120.

Cariacus, on the species of, 428.

Carroll, J., on mollusea dredged in

Cork Harbour, 157 ; on alge taken

in Cork Harbour, 244.

Cassidulidz of the Oolites, on the,

Cervulus, on the species of, 425.

us, on the species of, 417.

ylon, notes on the natural history

329,

on some new species of,

ue Fico)

Chalcis new species of, 42.

Chitonidz, on a new genus of, 355.

Sis, new species of, 45.

ide of the Oolites, on the, 81.

W.,.0on a new British ies

of ‘on, 191, 293; on the Venus

_undata of authors, 400.

silia, new species of, 278.

passus, on the species of, 431.

yoecus, On a new species of, 359.

Coluber natris, on the distribution of,

Crustacea of the Antilles, notes on

_ the habits of the, 77.

Cryptogamia, on the reproduction of

the, 441.

Tene, monograph of, 148.

Cee a ease of extensive

"poisoning by one of the Cape Iri-

y on, 245.

Davidson, T., notes and descriptions

__ of a few Brachiopoda, including a

mon

h of the French Liasic

Spiers, 249 on a classification

[recent Brachiopoda, 361, 514.

Davies, J. B., on the abnormal struc-

ture of a turnip, 239.

new ies of, Ps ai

Deer, synopsis of the species of, 3

Demostachys, new species of, 399.

i notes on the British, 1.

Dinornis, on the cranium of the large

“species of, 149.

Dixon’s, F., Geology and Fossils of

517

the Tertiary and Cretaceous For-

mations of Sussex, noticed, 135.

Dolphin, on the Gangetic, 161, 279.

Dothidea, new species of, 385.

Duchassaing, Dr. P., on the habits of

the Crustacea of the Antilles, 77.

Dufour, L., on the circulation of the

blood in insects, 435.

Dujardin, M., on the nervous system

of insects, 246.

saster, on the British oolitic ies

mi 206, 294. esr

= cone on the occurrence

of, 76.

Epéira, on the British ies of, 468.

Epipona, new species of, 47.

Equisetacez, on the reproduction and

development of the, 445.

Eschricht, Prof., on the Gangetic dol-

phin, 161, 279.

Eulophus, new species of, 41.

Eupelmus, new species of, 41.

Poo, net ies of 197.

erns, Moore’s Popular History of

British, noticed, 141.

Filices, on the reproduction and deve-

lopment of the, 444.

Filippi, Ph. de, on the mode of gene-

ration of an hymenopterous insect

rs we family of the Pteromalide,

Focillon, A., on the insects injurious

to the rape crops, 356.

Fraser, L., on some new birds, 500.

Fungi, description of some, from St.

ee 192; new British, 317,

Furcifer, on the species of, 427.

Gaskoin, J. S., on the habits of Helix

lactea, 498.

Ghiliani, M., on the appearance of

large swarms of buttentics, 355,

ene J.,on trees struck bylightning,

Gosse, P. H., Naturalist’s Sojourn in

Jamaica, noticed, 50.

Gould, J., on Notornis Mantelli, 234,

Saat Dr., notice of testimonial to,

Gray, J. E., on the genus Acosta of

D’Orbigny, 52; on Prof. Lovén’s

homologies of Mollusca, 215; on

H on latifrons, 407 ; on the

species of Deer, 413 ; on the distri-

bution of the collared snake in the

British islands, 509.

518

Gregarinide, on the development of

the, 471.

Guérin-Méneville, M.; ona species of

Coceus indigenous to France, eapa-

ble of furnishing colouring matter,

3585 on the muscardine disease of

silkworhd, 510. :

Haines, Dr., on fossil casts of foot-

on the Milstone-gritof Kilrush,

Hancock, A., on the olfactory appa-

ratus in the Bullidee, 188.

Harvey’s, W. H., Nereis Boreali-Ame-

ricana, noticed, 229.

Hectocotylus, on the, 492.

Hedychrum, new species of, 45.

Helix, new species of, 113, 404.

Helix lactea, on the habits of, 498.

‘Henfrey’s, A., Vegetation of Europe,

noticed, 411; ; on the reproduction

of the higher Cryptogamia and Pha-

nerogamia, 441.

Hepatice, on the reproduction and

development of the, 441.

Hexagonia, new species of, 196.

Hiatula, new species of, 193.

Hieracium plumbeum, notice of, as a

British plant, 150.

Hincks, Rev. T., on the occurrence of

Eolis Landsburgii, 76.

Holectypus, on the British oolitie spe-

cies of, 94.

Holothurice, on the development of

mollusks in, 23, 103.

Honkeneja peploides, on a monstro-

sity in the petals of, 156.

Huxley, T. H., on the anatomy and

physiology of Salpa and Pyrosoma,

242 on animal individuality, 505.

Hyboclypus, on the British oolitic

species of, 99.

Hyelaphus, on the species of, 424.

Hyperoodon. latifrons, observations

on, 407.

Hypoxylon, new species of, 202.

Teacina, new ‘species of, 225.

feacinaceze, on the affinities of the,

218; on some generaof the,387,481.

Infusoria, on the development and mi-

nute anatomy of the, 471.

Insects, on some hymenopterous, 44 ;

on the circulation of the blood and

nutrition in, 74; 435; on the nervous

system of, 246.

Invertebrata, on the general cavity of

the body of the, 157.

INDEX.

Iridaceze, case of extensive ‘poisoning

by one of the Cape, 502." \'*9

Larus glaucus, notice res’ othe

occurrence of, 244)) "o> cele

Latham’s,- Dr. R. G., Man* and his

Migrations, noticed, 54; Ethno-

logy of the British Colonies and

Dependencies, noticed, 26%:

Lawson, G., on some plants found

near Londonj 238.

Layard, E. L. rambles in Ceplon 200.

Lea, J. and H. C., on a new genus of

the family Melanianas and on new

species of Melania, 58, 142.

Lecanora tartarea, on the development

of the sporidia and spores of, 352.

Leighton’s, Rev. W. A., British spe-

cies of Angiocarpous Lichens; no-

ticed, 226.

sy ts Clarkiz, observations on,191,

3 3

Lereboullet, Dr., ona iountrodae 0 ob-

served in the cockchafé?, 240.

aoa on the genus and ——

391.

Leucospis, new species of, 41..

Linyphia, on the British species of,

15.

Lorica, characters of the ‘new’ genus,

356; binrolé

Lovén’s, Prof., homologies. of Mol-

lusea, ébservatibas on, 215.0001

Lowe, Rev. R. T., on new Maderan .

land-shells, 112, 275. SoM

Lycopodiacez, on the re

and development of the, 446. >

M‘Cosh, Rev. Dr., tables ‘illustrative

of the morphology of plants, 71; on

Fuchsia, considered morph

eally, 152. i19

242

MacGillivray’s, J., Narrative: ef ie

Voyage of H.M. S: a no-

ticed, 132.

Macgow an, D. J., on the Tallow-tree

of China, 349.

M‘Nab, Dr. G., on Nymphaea ample,

151.

M‘Nab, W., on the rate of growth of

the bamboo, 502.

Mantell, G. A.,on ‘the discovery’ of a

pe specimen of the ———

Mappia, new species’ of, 393.» oad

Marcel de Serres, M., on the:petri-

Macgillivrayia, on a new species of |

i sll - ‘

Miers, J., on the affinities of the Ola-

Yo seacezey 128; on the affinities of the

————- 218; on some genera

of the: Icacinacez, 387, 481.

) Mirafra, new species of, 346.

Mitchell,-W., on the correspondence

oq between the angles formed by the

on Veins of the leaves, and those formed

Mo, the branches of the stem, 70.

-on the of smell in

ous, 155; rare Irish, 157,

-¢9 356 on Prof. Lovén’s homologies

of the, 215.

Monodontomerus, new species of, 43.

Moore’s, T., Popular History of Bri-

tish Ferks, noticed,-141.

SMogquin-Tandon, M., on the organ of

smell in the fluviatile and terrestrial

lege Mollusea, 155.

— of various kinds of, in

-lo

Male Prof, on the development of

oe amollusks in Holothurie, 23, 103.

Miiller, Dr. H., on the male of the

ge gee and the Hectocotylus,

eriéne, on the British species of,

eo BD, 268655 8 eat

Notornis Mantelli, description of, 231,

sit 2340

aclichites,:; ‘on- the British oolitic

species of, 297.

“Siamese Ee” Sea ea Ge

Turner, jn. 9.

" Olaeacee, on the affinitiés of the,

a Eon Victoria regia, 351.

Owen, Prof. on the cranium: of the

large ies of Dinornis, 149.

Pachychilus, characters of the new

-wiqgenus, 58. B al

INDEX.

arr sds aet ap British species of,

~519

Panolia, on the species ‘of, 420.

Panus, new species of, 194.

Pelopzeus, new species of, 47.

Penelope, new species of, 501.

Pennantia, observations on the genus,

484.

Peziza, new species of, 201.

Phanerogamia, on the ‘reproduction of

the, 441; on the fertilization of,

448.

Plants, localities for rare British, 12,

150, 238; tables illustrative of the

morphology of, 71 ; results of some

experiments relative to the growth

of alpime, 238; on the number of

known fossil, 504.

Pleurosigma, deseriptions of the Bri-

tish species of, 1.

Polyporus, new species of, 195.

Polyzoa, notes on some Seotch, 403.

Poraqueiba, observations on the ge-

nus, 481].

Prosopis, new species of, 50.

Pteromalide, on the generation of an

hymenopterous imsect of the family

of the, 461.

a new species of, 275.

Pygaster, on the British oolitic spe-

cies of, 89.

5 . = the British oolitic species

of, 311.

Pyrosoma, on the anatomy and -

siology of, 242. f

Qua , A. de, on the circulation

and respiration of the Annelida,

154; on the general cavity of the

body of invertebrate animals, 157.

Rape crops, on the insects injurious

to the, 356.

Raphiostyhs, on the species of, 390.

Reptiles, discovery of the remains of

several orders of, m the Old Red

Sandstone and shales of Scotland,

76.

Rhizocarpez, on the reproduction and

development of the, 447.

Rhynchonella, observations on” the

genus, with descriptions of new spe-

cies, 249.

Royal Institution, proceedings of the,

505.

520

Rubi, descriptions of British, 123.

Rucervus, on the species of, 421.

Rusa, on the species of, 421.

Rye, on the ergot of, 494.

Salpa, on the anatomy and physiology

of, 242.

oe _Clavus, observations on,

494,

Scolia, new species of, 46.

Selys-Longchamps’, E. de, Revue des

Odonates ou Libellules d’Europe,

noticed, 56.

Shells, new :—58, 112, 142, 148, 191,

242, 275, 293, 355, 404; on the

petrifaction of, in the existing seas,

5kgs;

Sibbald, J., on the structure and re-

production of Volvox Globator, 351.

Silkworms, on the muscardine disease

of, 510.

Simpson, Prof., on the growth of

alpine plants, 238.

Smith, F., on some new hymenopte-

rous insects, 44.

Smith, Dr. J. A., on the oceurrence of

the black tern near Coldstream,

73; on the sea-bream, 154.

Smith, Rey. W., on the Diatomacex,

with descriptions of British species

included m the genus Pleuro-

sigma, 1.

Spheeria, new species of, 203, 317, 377.

si catalogue of British, 15, 268,

464.

Spirifers, monograph of the French

liasie, 260.

Steenstrup’s alternation-theory, ob-

servations on, 109, 508.

Stein, Prof., on the development and

a anatomy of the Infusoria,

471.

Stereum, new species of, 198.

Sterna nigra, Linn., occurrence of,

near Coldstream, 73.

Stillingia sebifera, on the uses of, 349.

Strickland, H. E., on some birds pro-

cured in Kordofan, 342.

Tarandus, on the species of, 416.

Telerpeton Elginense, notice respect-

ing, 76.

Terebratella, new species of, 257.

Terebratula, new species of, 255.

Terebratulina, observations on the

genus, 255.

END OF THE NINTH VOLUME.

INDEX.

Terebrirostra, new species of, 258.

Tetraponera, new species of, 44.

Thecidez, on French liasic, 258.

Thompson, W.., notice of the late, 246.

Thompson, W., notice of Anas gla-

cialis, 156; on a specimen of Larus

glaucus, 244.

Thomson, W. T..C., on the develop-

ment of the sporidia and spores of

Lecanora tartarea, 352; on some

Scotch zoophytes and polyzoa, 403.

Pode, on the British species of,

Tulasne, L. R., on the ergot of rye,

494,

Me H. N. jun., notice of the late,

359.

Turnip, abnormal structure of a, 239.

Uredo, new species of, 200.

Ustilago, new species of, 200.

Veall, S., notice of the late, 79.

_ Venus undata, description of, 400.

Victoria regia, observations on, 351.

Vinegar plant, description of the, 236.

Viola, notice of a new British, 12.

Vitrina, new species of, 112.

Vogt, C., on the transmigration of

~ eg ~*~ ;

olvox globator, structure and repro-

duction of, 351.

res on the development of the,

—_ W., on the Dasyurus ursinus,

45,

Walckenaéra, on the British species

of, 272, 464.

Walker, F., on Chalcidites, with de-

scriptions of new species, 39.

Walpole, W. W., on rare Irish mol-

lusea, 356.

Walton, J., on two new British genera

of insects belonging to the family

ES uaiianece =n: 204.

orms, on the transmigration of, 436.

Wright, S., on mollusca dredged in

Cork Harbour, 157. —

Wright, Dr. T., on the Cassidulide of

the Oolites, with descriptions of

some new species of that family, 81,

: 206, oes

oological Society, proceedings of the,

58, 149, 231, 3 413, 498.

Zoophytes, notes on some Seotch,403,